Plan With The Tax Man: Recent Episodes

Tony Mauro

Financial, tax and retirement planning guidance from Tony Mauro. Tony is the original Tax Doctor, serving central Iowa. We’ll teach you how to properly plan for retirement, minimize your tax burden and attain a successful financial future.

View Details

There's an entire television network dedicated to doing things yourself — home renovation, landscaping, interior design, all of it. And the DIY mentality is genuinely admirable. But when it comes to retirement planning, the stakes of a bad install are a little higher than a crooked backsplash. Let's talk about what DIY planning actually looks like in practice.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

TRANSCRIPT:

Speaker 1:

We've created an entire television network dedicated to doing things yourself. Everywhere you turn, it's DIY, this and that, home renovation, landscaping, interior design, all of it. And the DIY mentality is genuinely admirable. But when it comes to retirement planning, the stakes of a bad install are a little higher than just a messed up backsplash in your kitchen. So let's talk about that this week, the DIY movement in retirement planning and what that looks like actually in practice.

Hey everybody, welcome into the podcast. This is Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro. And we're going DIY this week, Tony, little pitfalls of doing things yourself. Everybody does it to a certain degree in many walks of life. You and I both have done a lot of DIY things ourselves, but certainly when it comes to the financials, this is maybe room to pause and think about this.

Technology, Tony, has changed. It's super easy to do a lot more things. Absolutely. I'll agree with that. I'm sure you will too. But the complication of preservation and distribution, AKA retirement, is vastly different than accumulation. So let's talk about that this week a little bit.

How are you doing, my friend?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing good. [inaudible 00:01:36].

Speaker 1:

Do you agree with my statement there?

Tony Mauro:

I agree with your statement. Yeah. And I love this topic for a lot of reasons because I think as we... Well, in the world we live in, especially with the AI advancements and whatnot, it's just getting worse and worse. Everybody wants to do everything themselves. And I think a lot of times, and I'm one of them too-

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

... I used to love doing home renovations because I enjoyed it. But now that I'm a little older and I try to preach this to my son and whoever will listen, is you need to outsource everything that you're not good at or you don't enjoy because that's going to free you up to do what you do enjoy and/or make money. And we do it at our business here. I mean, I don't touch the IT. I don't touch the phones. Now, could I, and try all that? Yeah, sure.

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

It clutters up my life too much. And I want to give it to the guys that are good at it. And so yeah, I agree with your statement wholeheartedly.

Speaker 1:

And it's one of those things where we certainly know in this world it's been more and more difficult, especially post-COVID, to get people to show up and maybe do quality jobs in different aspects of things.

Tony Mauro:

Sure. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

And so everybody feels like, "I'm just going to take on this." What's the old saying? If you want it done, right, do it yourself?

Tony Mauro:

Right. Do it yourself.

Speaker 1:

And that could be true. But I mean, my brother and I are fairly handy and we built some things around my property, Tony, but when it came time for a complete overhaul of the back deck and building a roof on it and all this kind of other stuff, I just did not feel comfortable in our skillset, so I farmed it out. Did it cost me more? Yeah, probably. But then again, maybe not because how many times might I had to double back and fix something that I didn't do right the first time because I don't have the skillset or the longevity of doing these things.

So financially speaking, I think that same thing happens. There's so many tools out there now. And growing the money... I mean, Tony, check this out. So you might know this off the top of your head, but if you don't, don't look it up. Just give me a quick educated guess. At the time we're recording right now, how much do you think the S&P 500 is up the last five years?

Tony Mauro:

Cumulative?

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Cumulative. Give me an idea. What do you think? Five years.

Tony Mauro:

Five years, I'm going to say 45%.

Speaker 1:

Okay. How blown away are you that it's 75?

Tony Mauro:

That doesn't blow me away.

Speaker 1:

Okay.

Tony Mauro:

I was thinking a little higher, but no, it doesn't blow me away.

Speaker 1:

Okay. 75. Crazy, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

Five years cumulatively, the S&P 500 is up 75%. The Dow up 50 over that same period. So it's easy for people to go, "Oh man, you can be an idiot and throw a dart at something and do well." But when it comes time for the... As we get closer to financial or retirement, excuse me, distribution, there's a lot more at stake. And I think this is where people start to find themselves at a crossroads. And do you find that? Do you have people coming in that are like, "I've been doing it myself, Tony, but there's a lot I don't know and I'm getting a little nervous. I want to make sure I don't screw this up because this is my forever money"?

Tony Mauro:

They do. And that's how a lot of people come to us. And if they've been doing things themselves, we certainly don't tear apart what they're doing, but we just try to ask a lot of questions and make sure that not only... Because a lot of people come in, "Well, I've been doing this myself and I've been averaging 10% a year or I've been beating the S&P 500."

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

And I say, "Well, okay. We really have you... Let's see, but that's good." And then the first question as I ask is, "What do you have for an emergency fund?" And they have a strange look on their face. And we start talking about that. I said, "Well, what about you... Tell me about your assets and things. And then we'll get to the part of, well, what do you have for life insurance?" And so some of that stuff they don't think about. All they're thinking about, "I throw my dart at the board. I'm investing in this. It's growing. I should be okay." And that may be the case, but there's more to a comprehensive, keyword, financial plan.

Speaker 1:

And you may be doing well, right. So think about my analogy a second ago about what the numbers have done. So let's say you had a million bucks [inaudible 00:05:37] on the S&P 500, you're up half a million dollars over five years. And you're thinking, "Man, I got this thing figured out." Great. Okay. So now you got a 1.5 million sitting in this account, you're getting close to retirement and you got to start pulling this money out. And now you don't realize the things that you're triggering. So your income strategy is going to affect some other things. It's going to affect your Medicaid or your Medicare, excuse me. So you're going to get those issues. You got to start dealing with the IRMAA situation. That catches people off guard. The taxation of the whole thing, Tony, is what catches a lot of people off guard. That's where a lot of people are going, "Okay, this is why I definitely need help. How can I be more efficient here?" And with you being a CPA and a CFP, you're thinking about the tax situation, but as well as the future planning.

Tony Mauro:

That's right. And some of those triggers you're talking about are exactly what I think a lot of people miss really with a good advisor. With us, we're looking always at, we know you want to get the most money, especially around retirement.

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

We got to do it tax efficiently because we don't want to give the feds any more than you have to. So let's think about it. And let's take everything into account, Social Security and everything else you might have coming in, to make sure that that's the case, that we're always on track with that. And don't miss that by too much because it's just ineffective. And at the end of the day, you bleed money and you don't even know it.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. I mean, I can see somebody coming in DIY or they've done well. Let's just go with a million bucks, Tony, because it's easy. They've got a million dollars in their portfolio. And they come in and they're like, "Hey, I heard Ramsey talking about taking 8%. I've done the math. I'm going to pull 80 grand out a year, blah, blah, blah. I should be good to go, right?" You know what I mean? And it's like, that's a quick back of the napkin thing. It's like, "Well, all right, the 4% rule is half of that. The guy who created the 4% rules moved it to 4.7."

But for easy math, Tony, you could sit there and go, "Well, does 40,000, if we go with the 4% rule, does it get it done? Does it drive the plan?" Because Ramsey's thing is, "Well, if the market averages 10% year over year at minimum, why not take 8%?" But of course, the downside of that, Tony, is that to make that happen, you're 100% invested in the market. And I think again, as we age, we're not really comfortable taking that amount of risk.

Tony Mauro:

No, no. And I think that's one of the flaws that a lot of DIYers end up with is they'll come in with some... We use that example.

Speaker 1:

Rule of thumb. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Just that rule of thumb, yeah. And when we sit down and start putting some numbers to that and their situation, most of the time... And I like Dave Ramsey's stuff about getting out of debt, staying out of debt, saving and whatnot. I don't agree with the 8% year-over-year. I think that's too aggressive based on things that happen not only in the market, because he's assuming it earns 10% every year. We know it does not, even though lately it's been way up. But what if you go through a stint right when you retire that it goes up 10% one year? And then we have a situation like from '04 through '08 where the market did nothing and go down. Each year you're drawing that same amount out on a lesser principle. You start going downhill very quickly. I think something like that is unsustainable long term. And you don't want to get into that doing it yourself and then be 75, 80 and out of money and scratching your head saying, "Man, where did I go wrong? This was supposed to work."

I think that's where a planner can lend some value. I'm not saying that...

Speaker 1:

Do you-

Tony Mauro:

Go ahead.

Speaker 1:

I was just going to... No, finish your thought, please.

Tony Mauro:

I was just going to say, I'm not saying you may not do that, but I think you should do some sort of hybrid of that. If you want a little more money out, maybe not take it out maybe in the good years. In the bad years, no. It should be 4, 4.5.

Speaker 1:

Well, that's a great point, right? So you can do the back of the napkin thing and say, "Okay, yeah, 4% might make it work." But you're going to have some lean years, you're going to have some better years, right? So it's got to be able to continue to shift and change. And that's what a good strategy and working with a financial professional does because you guys are going to do these reviews, you're going to make tweaks along the way. And sometimes people I think get hung up in the fact too, Tony, that they see these rules of thumb or whatever, like the rule of a hundred or something. They'll look that up, they'll read that and they'll go, "Oh, okay. So it says take my age and that should be safe. So I'm 60, so 60% of my portfolio should be in safe, 40% at risk."

Okay. Yeah, that's a great place to maybe start. But when you guys start diving in and really dissecting the individual or the couple, oftentimes you find that that's not good for both people. And that's another piece of this too. The DIY thing, are you taking into account both people? And does the second person share your DIY enjoyment? Because what happens when you die if you're the person doing it all and they don't want to do it and they don't know anything about it? And now you've left them behind the eight ball too. So that's something-

Tony Mauro:

You've left them a mess.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

We encounter that a lot because the DIYers, and I think that's one of the mistakes that they make, is the DIYer really loves to do it, for example. And the spouse does not.

Speaker 1:

Sure. Yeah. Nothing wrong with that, right?

Tony Mauro:

Nope. And then what happens is when the DIYer goes and they haven't talked about it, the spouse, you've left them with a complete disarray mess and they have no idea where to turn to. And they're trying to deal with all of this. We just talked about it on the last episode about leaving people with a mess, is you don't want to do that. So I think that's one of the mistakes that people make there for sure.

I think another one really is that they tend to get so fixated, especially when things are going good, to chasing the highest return. They always find it funny when I say, "Look, return is important, but it's not the only driver." And they look at me kind of funny like, "Well, you're a planner. You're supposed to be... I'm paying you to get me the best return."

Speaker 1:

"I want all the money, man. I want all the money. I want to stick it in my ears and go blah, blah, blah." Yeah. But that's a great point, Tony, because okay, let's say you're chasing this aggressive return because the market has been on a tear and you want this higher return. And you go through, you have the planning process with someone like yourself, Tony, and you find out that 5 or 6% return gets it done. Drives your plan, gives you more than you need because maybe you got a pension. Maybe there's two pensions in your family plus Social Security.

So you find out you really only need to be... Your risk level could be much lower and still really drive your plan effectively. But you're taking way too much risk because you want to max it out. And then what happens? Inevitably, Murphy's going to strike. We're going to have a prolonged downturn because we haven't had one really in about 17 years. So we're way overdue for a prolonged. Not a little downturn for three months here, four months there, but like a prolonged downturn. And now you're really kind of screwed. That's the concern.

Tony Mauro:

That's the big concern, is right there because it's easy when things are going good and they have been for a long time. Where I think the financial planner really shows their value... I mean, I think we should try to show value all the time, but it's when things aren't going good, you can point to, we're fine. We're still earning a good rate. And if we are down a little bit, we're not down as much as the market. And you're still on track to win your game. Don't focus on the day-to-day returns. Just, "Here's our plan. If we know we can get there and maybe even a little more, we're fine."

Speaker 1:

Well, the diversification thing I think bites a lot of DIYers in the tush too, right?

Tony Mauro:

It does. That's another one.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. So using the rule of thumbs that are out there and then the diversification thing. "Well, I know I'm diversified. I know that's important. So I've got a bunch of stocks. I've got my Schwab account and I've got a bunch of stocks and I've got five mutual funds and I bought them from different companies just so that I'm well diversified." And it's like, yeah. And most of the time you guys go through training and do your forensic analysis. And it's like, "Congratulations. You got a whole lot of large cap in these mutual funds."

Tony Mauro:

[inaudible 00:13:50].

Speaker 1:

And you got also high fees with these mutual funds. So there's just a lot we don't know when we don't do this every day.

Tony Mauro:

You don't. You don't. And just like every DIYer, I mean, every time I do a DIY, especially if it involves any type of real artistry, the pro always does it better because they're doing it all the time.

Speaker 1:

Right. Right.

Tony Mauro:

But I just had a guy come in last week and he was a tax guy and he was just kind of spouting off. He says, "You know what? I've got a couple of mutual funds." And he says, "I've been doing really well." He said, "But I'm very well diversified." Because I asked him, "How's your diversification?"

"Oh, I'm diversified. I got two funds."

And I said," Well, what are they?" And he gave them to me. Well, they're both small cap world funds that hold very aggressive stocks. I mean, they're from different parts of the world. But I said, "You're really not that diversified. First of all, it's foreign, which has a place in everybody's portfolio, but you have no large cap. You have no conservative. You have no nothing." I said," Do you have a financial plan?"

"No, I just have these funds."

I said, "Well..."

Speaker 1:

That's interesting, right? Because a lot of times we do see my analogy, which was a lot of times we see people come in and they've got a bunch of large cap because it's just-

Tony Mauro:

Large cap.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. They've got small caps.

Tony Mauro:

That's [inaudible 00:14:59] here.

Speaker 1:

Microsoft and Coke and so on and so forth. And you have four or five of those and they all have about 70% of the same exact thing in them.

Tony Mauro:

Same exact thing. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

And if it's all tech-heavy, well, what happens when tech takes a beating? Which obviously everything right now is tech heavy. So yeah, it's just, you're not as diversified as you think you are. And it's not just the portfolio, Tony, you started this earlier as well, and we'll finish with this. Part of the DIY thing that most of us just are terrified of and don't want to mess with, and this is I think probably what brings a lot of people to the door, is diversification of the portfolio and the income stream is one thing. Tax diversification is another, because that's an animal that... We're all terrified of the IRS.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. I mean, at the end of the day, that is the truth. And I'm a big believer. I'm not anti-government, but I don't want to give them any more than we have to legally. So if we've got the opportunity within the rules that they set, let's make sure we're not doing that.

Speaker 1:

And tax diversification is a thing. Don't have it all just in the 401(k). So we've talked about this about a million times, right? So you need different kinds of tax buckets.

Tony Mauro:

You do. You need a lot of different tax buckets. And to make sure you're pulling money out, especially in retirement, as efficiently as possible, meaning trying to minimize your taxes. We've had people come in and they're just pulling money out of pre-tax money out of 401(k)s just because they didn't know any better when they have all this after tax cash sitting over here. Let's draw on that first and let's keep this other stuff growing. So it's just little things like that I think advisors lend a lot of value in this area.

Speaker 1:

Any final thoughts for the DIYers out there? Things that you've seen in your firm, people come in that maybe is the biggest kind of pain point for driving them in to see you or have we kind of covered them?

Tony Mauro:

Well, I think we've kind of covered, most of them, the pain points. I would just tell anybody out there that is starting to get nervous, if you've been doing things yourself and you're starting to feel whatever, anything, get with a planner. If anything else, and you're worried about, "Oh, well, I don't want to do it because I'm not going to use a planner," well, go in and have them charge you just a one-time fee. Have them take a look at what you've got and give you some advice. It might be worth whatever they're going to charge you to do that. And at least then you've got at least some objective opinions about what you're doing.

And who knows, maybe you want to say it, you're getting to the point where it's like, "You know what? I'm done doing this myself. I want to be involved, but I want a planner. I want somebody to help me, especially in the distribution phase to make sure that things are going good." That would be my advice.

Speaker 1:

All right. Well, good stuff today here on the podcast. Look, there's nothing wrong with doing the DIY thing. It has its place in all walks of life and even financially. But some projects are a little worth calling a professional for, especially when the mistakes can really throw you into a real tizzy for the next 30 years.

So if you've been handling your retirement on your own, a second set of eyes, a second opinion is certainly important. Tony and his team are here for just that. You may find that you've been doing a bang up awesome job, but you also may get educated, as Tony said, on some things you just didn't know about or see coming. And so it's worthwhile to have that conversation with yourself. Again, Tony's a CPA and a CFP, an EA of 30 plus years in the industry. So a great resource for you to tap into, not only in Iowa, but he's got clients all over the country as well. He's licensed to work in different states.

So if you need some help, you're checking out the podcast, reach out to him, yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com for some time onto the calendar. Check out the tools and resources there. Subscribe to the podcast. Plan With The Tax Man on Apple or Spotify or whatever app you enjoy using, but certainly get yourself some professional help and advice.

Tony, thanks for breaking it down, my friend, as always.

Tony Mauro:

All right. We'll talk to you on the next show.

Speaker 1:

We'll see you next time. Have yourself a great week. And thank you for some time here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor, Inc.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Whether you're visiting one of the 63 national parks this summer or just hitting a local trail, a lot of the best practices for a great hike apply just as well to your retirement plan. Let's “walk” through a few.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

TRANSCRIPT:

Marc:

This week on Plan with the Tax Man, maybe you're visiting one of our national parks this summer or just out hitting the local trail. And if you are, we have some best practices for a great hike that apply just as well to your retirement plan. So let's walk through a few of these with Tony Mauro. Hey everybody. Welcome into the podcast. This is Plan with the Tax Man, with my friend Tony Mauro. How you doing buddy?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing good.

Marc:

Yeah?

Tony Mauro:

Midst of summer.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

It's all good.

Marc:

I'm telling you what, it's been crazy, incredible hot. Look folks, little FYI out there. If your AC unit fails you during the really hot months, be very, very careful because apparently mold can build in the ducts quickly when the humidity is high and the AC's not working, go figure, even though the AC's not working because the water and condensation that sits in there while waiting to get it repaired apparently turns to mold. So a little FYI because it's expensive to fix it.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Marc:

And that might be a retirement expense, Tony, that you just didn't see coming, right?

Tony Mauro:

You didn't see coming. You better have to depend on the emergency fund.

Marc:

Exactly. Right. So we're always trying to provide useful nuggets of information on this podcast. But we're going to have some fun this week. Tony, I know you like to travel. I know you like to go a lot of places. Do you visit the national parks? Do you do some of that stuff?

Tony Mauro:

The reason that I want to talk about this, because I was just out in a couple of them last week.

Marc:

Oh.

Tony Mauro:

I had to go out to South Dakota for a wedding, and so we stopped at the Badlands National Park.

Marc:

Nice.

Tony Mauro:

And it wasn't really a park, but Mount Rushmore. But I have been to other national parks out. I've been of course to Yellowstone and a couple of others. A lot of them I still want to see, and they're very interesting. I will say-

Marc:

You have been at Yellowstone or not? I though you had.

Tony Mauro:

I have been to Yellowstone.

Marc:

Oh okay.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Marc:

Yeah. Okay.

Tony Mauro:

I still have a few on my list. Zion and Bryce And some of those, but I do like to hike. I'm an amateur.

Marc:

Yeah. I want to go to Denali. That'd be cool.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, Denali.

Marc:

Yeah. Or McKinley, whatever it used to be called, either way. So look, do you know how many national parks we have, by the way? There's a lot.

Tony Mauro:

I don't.

Marc:

There's a lot. 63.

Tony Mauro:

Is that how many? 63 national parks.

Marc:

Yeah. 63 national parks. Some are really big, obviously, and some are really small. I think Hawaii's got a couple. I think California's got like six, but yeah. So there's different sizes and stuff out there. So anyway, a lot of people like to visit these things as a summer thing with the kids or grandkids maybe. So we'll talk a little bit about some analogies. I'll let you spin some financial wisdom to my setup for the park conversation. So we'll start with a map. Don't leave home without a map. I know we got these cell phones and that we're attached to them now, Tony, but you might not get signal in some of these bigger parks. And if you think about it, a lot of the gates when you go into some of these national parks, the first thing a ranger does is tell you a couple things and they hand you a map.

Tony Mauro:

That's what they did to me. Yeah.

Marc:

Exactly. And that's the same thing. It's to help keep you oriented. Same thing with a financial strategy. It's to help to keep you oriented and focused.

Tony Mauro:

It is. I mean, the financial plan, if you have a formal one, I mean, that's your backbone. That's the map itself. And just like when I was... We did a little hike in the Badlands on our own and they gave us a map to make sure we stayed on the trails and stayed on... I equate that to just like in the financial planning world, stay on track and make sure that you're following your map as best you can. So out there in the Badlands, if you get off the trails, a lot of bad things can happen quickly.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

In the financial world, it's going to be a slow burn if you get off track, but over time you get off track too much, and what's going to happen is you get to the end and you are not going to be where you though you were going to be.

Marc:

Mm-hmm. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And so with this plan, as it changes and whatnot, it's not like a static map that you'd be holding in your hand with hiking.

Marc:

Sure. But if you get a little off course, it might help you get back on. Or even those reviews serves as almost like a check-in spot. Maybe you're going on a really long trail through the parks and it's like, "Hey, we're going to stop at this little whatever this thing is." And there's a map there because maybe they've made some changes or who knows?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. In our annual reviews, I mean normally the plan changes a little bit every year, if nothing else, just with a little bit of goal modifications and things like that. And then of course, maybe even rebalancing.

Marc:

Well, life's going to throw something at you.

Tony Mauro:

Life's going to throw something at you. I was just telling you before this call, life threw something at one of our clients. They've got parents going into, one's got dementia and had got to go in a nursing home with no plan. And boom, all of a sudden life changes quickly.

Marc:

Yep.

Tony Mauro:

All the better to have a map and to be following it.

Marc:

For sure. For sure. Well, and unfortunately, Tony, one of the problems that we run into often when we go to these lovely, beautiful national parks because our country is full of amazing locations, is unfortunately there's other people. And people don't do the best job of always picking up after themselves. So when you go to just about every national park, there's signs everywhere. "Please do not leave your garbage. Please do not do the..." Like at Yellowstone, we were just talking about that. At the sulfur pools, "Don't throw cans in the sulfur pools," things like that. Just crazy stuff that you think, hello, common sense. We should not do this. Ultimately, the message is don't leave a mess behind. And financially, same kind of thing. I mean, when we're no longer here, are we leaving a mess for our family?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And that's what I was just on the call with is that this family's mother and father are going to leave them a mess, and they didn't plan for it. And you don't want to leave your loved ones when you're gone. I'm already talking. I'm working through it myself with my wife at our life list. Something happens to one of us, we don't want to leave a mess for our son. And that means knowing where everything's at and how to close things out and what's going to go where.

It's hard enough for loved ones when you're gone dealing with all the emotions. You don't want to leave them with a financial mess. And that goes from everything from no will to outdated wills, no beneficiaries on certain things, keeping all your stuff secret. I think you need to be more transparent with your heirs to make sure that you don't leave them with this and let them know what the plans are. You don't have to share every detail of every cent that you have, but I think you should leave something for them to help them when the inevitable happens. And then you're not going to be blindsided.

Marc:

Yeah. Yeah. I mean, and sometimes there's a lot of little things too. Unfortunately, big situations like the one you're currently dealing with there, but there's the little things people can do to not leave a mess. I mean, even something as simple as your TODs or PODs on some of your different accounts. A lot of times people don't even think about that. They got a bank account, maybe they got 50, 60, 70 grand sitting there and they forgot to put transfer on death to their spouse or whatever. So just a mess. Just make it easy when we pass on, because we're all going to pass on. Try to make it as easy as possible and leave no mess behind.

The scenic route. A lot of times we go to these national parks, we love to do the scenic route. Lots of things can get in the way. It's fun to do the scenic route, but sometimes you're just tired. You want to take the quickest route too. And I think when you're thinking about retirement, sometimes it's easy, Tony, to be like, oh man, what's the fastest way to get me some more income or take advantage of this crazy market run that we've been on or whatever. So the scenic route could be the way to go. Sometimes the faster way is the way to go. It just depends.

Tony Mauro:

It does depend. And it depends on going back to the first thing we talked about is your map and really what's going on. What we see mostly is clients wanting the fastest way. And you hit it on the head is what's the fastest way I can get to X amount because they think that's... And what they end up doing is, without a good plan, they could end up taking a lot of risk. They could end up really shooting themselves in the foot a little bit because there's all kinds of things out there. Anything from the volatility in the markets, what's going on in the world politically. And then of course dumbing it down a little bit, just not dumbing it down, but shrinking it down to what's going on in their personal lives. You're going to have things that pop up at you that scenic route may be the better route.

Our jobs as advisors is trying to mesh the scenic route with the fastest route and get the best of both of them according to whatever that person is after. Because most of the time patience and the discipline win the race rather than trying to shortcut and use time to market, for example. And then the next thing you know, you've lost a lot of money.

Marc:

Yeah. I mean, patience and discipline right there. Whether you're hiking and out in nature or dealing with your finances, it's important. You get too ahead of yourself out on the trail or you get too irresponsible, you could come across some wildlife that's not happy to see you, you could lose your footing and tumble down a hill or whatever. So certainly want to be careful there. And pack light, Tony, where you can whenever you're hiking. Anybody who's ever gone hiking or whatever knows that the more you weigh yourself down, the slower it's going to be, the more tired you are. So you keep the clutter to a minimum. And as we age financially, we start, I think not only just financially, but in every aspect we're like, "Ugh, we got too much crap. Let's start getting rid of some of it." And I think financially that happens too, right? Maybe consolidation becomes a higher priority and whatnot.

Tony Mauro:

I think so. I think as you get closer to retirement, you definitely want to start packing a little lighter. And it's funny because we were just out on, like I said, when we hiked last week, and I'm an amateur hiker. We don't do anything too strenuous, but we're still up on some rocks and things. I'm thinking to myself, I'm getting older. I need to slow down a little bit, make sure I assess these risks because I'm not 25 anymore.

Marc:

My wife would love to hear you say that. She does risk assessment for a living. Anytime someone says, "I got to assess some risks," she's very, very happy. So kudos to you.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And we're just looking at each other, it's like we're off the edge of a cliff here. And if we were to loose rocks or something, then we have an emergency.

Marc:

Yeah. Or it's over.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, or it's over.

Marc:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

But I do like, when I hike, I do like to pack light. And I would say getting that over to the financial arena really is, as you age, get a little closer, it's a good thing to work with your advisor to consolidate accounts. Obviously try to get rid of all high interest debt if you can. I like to say to people, "You want to be debt-free by 65. Maybe you've got some old policies just like you got some old subscriptions that everybody always talks about that you're paying for that are no longer a use to you." All these exercises to clean up your financial life and make it as simple as possible when you retire so you know where everything's at, income's coming in predictably, and you don't have to stress out about it.

Marc:

Yeah. There you go. God stuff for sure. So consolidation and pack light financially is certainly a good idea. The final piece of this conversation, Tony, is that sometimes people will say, "Look, you just said there's 63 of these things. And if you've seen one of them, you've seen them all." Yosemite and Denali are completely different, right? Acadia and Zion, so on and so forth. And the itinerary outlined on the travel books, it may work for one park, but not for another or one family and not for another. And that's a super easy way to do a comparison to retirement. Tony, you've helped a lot of people retire and you could probably easily say, "If I've built one retirement strategy, I've built them all. They're all the same," but they're not because everybody's totally different. Yeah, taxation. Yeah, social security. Yeah. Income. There's the big ticket items you got to certainly do in every plan, but how you do it and in the ways that you do it is unique from person to person, just like a park.

Tony Mauro:

Just like a park. I mean, for those that say, "Well, we're going to use a robo-advisor or just pick some things out." Well, that's just generic. And will that work? Potentially, yes, but you really don't know if it will. And I believe that there's still a human touch in all of this. And what works for somebody on one end may be completely different for somebody else because, A, they may not have the same resources and income and assets, and maybe they don't even want all that. Somebody else might want something totally different. So I think that's where the planner can be of some value and that's why you're paying them is to lend that kind of thing and really create a plan for you rather than just everything's the same. Because I've only been to a few national parks and I can tell anybody that hasn't been, outside of, make sure you visit a few, they're completely different.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And they're completely unique. And I usually don't plug the federal government, but I will say that the parks that I've been to, including this one, are extremely well ran, extremely clean, and extremely just organized. And so why wouldn't we want to have that in our financial life as well? We've been talking about it for this whole call. I mean, that's what it's all about.

Marc:

Yeah, here, here. Well, look, the people who get the most out of their vacations, their national park trips, whatever it might be, aren't the ones that show up and figure it out the gate. Maybe. And maybe that just like retirement, it's such easy to make these analogies. You might, "Hey, we're going to go to the national park and just wing it today." And if you're 25, you can probably pull that off with ease. But when you're 65, you do not do that, right?

Tony Mauro:

No.

Marc:

You've probably done the research, mapped the trails, or at least know what you're going to be getting into before you get there. And retirement clearly, again, works the same way. A little prep goes a long way to making sure that you get the things out of it that you were hoping to get out of it. And that could not be more true when it comes to a financial strategy.

So as always, if you need help folks, reach out to qualified professionals like Tony. He's a CPA and a CFP and an EA of 30 plus years in the industry. He helps clients all over the place, not just in Iowa. He helps clients all over. He's got clients in different states as well. So if you're checking out the podcast and you need to have a conversation for yourself, reach out to him, have a chat, see if he's a good fit for you and vice versa. You can find him at 844-707-7381, 844-707-7381, or go to yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com. Lots of good tools, tips, and resources there. And don't forget to subscribe to the podcast, Plan with the Tax Man. Lots of podcasts out there, but we try to hopefully provide you with some fun, a little bit of humor, a little bit of educational content, some nuggets of good information to help you get along your way towards retirement.

And with that, Tony, thanks for hanging out, brother, and breaking it down as always.

Tony Mauro:

You bet. We'll see you on the next one.

Marc:

We'll see you on the next time here on The Plan with the Tax Man with Mr. Tony Mauro, Des Moines Professional Alternative at Tax Doctor Inc. We'll catch you next time.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM Member M FINRA SIPC Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Over the past year, one retirement video on YouTube pulled in 3.7 million views. The title: "Sell These 5 Things Before You Retire." We thought it was worth a conversation — not to tear it apart, but to react honestly. Do we agree? How often do we actually see this play out with real clients? Let's get into it.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc:

Over the past year, one retirement video on YouTube pulled in 3.7 million views, the title, Sell These Five Things Before You Retire. We thought we would talk about those five things this week here on the podcast and break it down a little bit with Tony here on Plan With the Tax Man.

Welcome into the podcast, folks. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Mauro and myself, as we talk investing finance and retirement. And yeah, the top video of 2025 for retirement was 3.7 million views, Tony, and it's Sell These Five Things Before You Retire. So, we'll keep that in mind as we're breaking these down. I want to get your take on each of these, and does it make sense to you? Do you see that often? Just let us in on your insights as a planner who's been doing this for many years. So, this should be fun. How you doing, my friend?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, I've been doing good, been doing good. This is a good topic because I think we as planners get asked these things a lot. This was a really good video. And I did view it, I agree with most of it.

Marc:

Yeah, I do too, yeah.

Tony Mauro:

We'll break it down a little bit and have some fun.

Marc:

Yeah. Well, let's start with the biggie. The oversized house. I think this is a huge question for obviously many, many people. Obviously, it resonated with lots of folks because yeah, I mean, it could maybe free up some significant money. Now, however, depending on what you want to do, housing prices are still pretty high. So, but I do agree overall with this concept. If it's this big place that the two of you don't need anymore, well, that's something to consider.

Tony Mauro:

It is, and all of these topics really I would preface with saying it begs the question to at least discuss with your planner, because they're selling... In the video they're saying, "Okay, yeah, do this, this, and this." I don't agree with it all the time, but at least you're asking the question. But the theory here is, is obviously if you've got a big house, only two of you in it, no mortgage, maybe don't want to take care of it anymore, have had it a long time. Could sell the house, take the tax-free gain most of the time, and then either downsize and possibly have more money in your pocket to do something else with.

Now, where I disagree with this a little bit is because housing is the way it is, it seems like a lot of times when people go to sell property, at least in the Midwest, down the coast, maybe if you can make a lot of money that's a different story. But they find out, well, I make two or 300,000 on it, and then I go to find something even though it's smaller and I got to invest all of my proceeds plus the gain because things are up from when I bought, and they don't really get as far as they thought they would. But the theory is good because if you're, like in my own case, I have a fairly large yard and I talk with my wife right now. I was like, "As we age, do we really want to take care of this?" And we own the house already and it's too big just for the two of us, but I don't know. I don't know if I want to leave. So, it's a good question to talk about with your advisor, for sure.

Marc:

Yeah. I mean, and it could, to your point, I mean, obviously add some significant capital to a retirement plan depending on, again, what you were going to do. Are you going to just maybe rent? Were you going to get a condo or a townhouse? But those have gotten really pricey lately too. So, it's a worthwhile exercise for sure to see what it could-

Tony Mauro:

That's right.

Marc:

... do to your overall retirement plan.

Number two on that list, Tony, was supporting or financially supporting the adult children, sell this item. I absolutely agree with this one, me personally. But I mean, and it's hard for parents to go against the instinct of helping, but you can't finance retirement, Tony.

Tony Mauro:

You can't, and I agree with you and with this point too. It is hard, I go through it with my own kids. Now I have a grandchild, and that's although I'm going to do whatever I want with her, but... And there's books been written about it about the... And I think it was from The Millionaire Next Door, I think it was from the book, but somebody was saying that that's economic triage. And then what happens is if you start supporting them, then they expect it. And like you said, they're going to have to go out and build their own [inaudible 00:04:29]-

Marc:

And they've got decades still to do it, you don't.

Tony Mauro:

They've got a lot of time, yeah. And you're running out of time. And so, I would limit this if you're going to do it at all, and try not to do it. Just for nothing else, hopefully they can figure things out on their own and become their own financially responsible adults, but obviously we're there as parents if they really fall, but I strongly urge my clients, yeah, not to do this.

Marc:

Yeah. You made an interesting point too, if they really fall, yes. But I mean, look, at the same time, no, because you're going to have to sometimes, you got to rein it in, especially if your plan is just barely getting you the retirement that you needed or not even the dream retirement but just getting you into it and through it, allowing you to stop working or whatever, every situations are different, you can't sacrifice that to help them. I mean, I know it's tough, but sometimes you just got to bite that bullet or they've got to bite that bullet. But isn't it funny though how like throughout time it's some weird thing like, "Oh, well this is the grandkid and the grandkid is now more important than you. Sorry, bye."

Tony Mauro:

I tell you what, it's hard. It really is, because you get like... I never thought I would be like that, but yeah, and you want to ensure their future. I don't know why.

Marc:

Well, maybe because they're little and it's like it takes you back to when yours were little. And of course, we're typically in a better position when we have the grandkids to help them out. So, that probably has something to do with it too.

Tony Mauro:

That has something to do with it, exactly.

Marc:

Yeah, yeah. Good stuff. All right. Number three, expensive toys that become expensive burdens. Some of us spend a lot of years, Tony, the 30s to mid 50s collecting those toys and doing things that we like. And then you just one day go, that's a lot of crap.

Tony Mauro:

It is, and I admit it.

Marc:

Do I want it? Do I need it? Right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And we've all been guilty of it, whether it's a boat, you name it, a classic car.

Marc:

Yeah, a travel trailer, whatever.

Tony Mauro:

If you've got money, yeah, airplane, something like that. If you're not using this stuff and really don't enjoy it, you do have to start asking yourself is, do the cost of these things sitting around actually match what the enjoyment that I get out of them? For me, a lot of things is not. Things don't interest me as much as they did when I was younger. And now that you, most of the time you get a little closer to retirement, in retirement, you have the money to pay for them. But it's like, yeah, just because I can do it, I don't really necessarily get enough enjoyment out of it to just have it sitting around. Then I've got maintenance and everything else and it just freaks me out. But this is something to talk about with your advisor, especially, if you're looking at all of your assets, which your advisors should know about, not just your investments. He or she should know about everything you have.

Marc:

Good point, yeah.

Tony Mauro:

They may be able to advise you, "Hey, do you still enjoy this? If so, let's keep it in. If not, well, what can we do with that money to get you more enjoyment?"

Marc:

Good point. And in that list, and you could have maybe put point number four here in point number three, but maybe not. I get where they're going from this, but I have a real hard time with this one, Tony. So, this will be fun to-

Tony Mauro:

I do too.

Marc:

Yeah, this will be a fun debate here. It's the second car. Now the argument is without the commute, two cars sitting in the garage maybe costing more than they're worth in insurance, maintenance, and so on and so forth. And granted, at a certain age, maybe this becomes more realistic, right? But you think about retirement, people are more active, they're more healthy in early days of retirement. The loss of freedom to an American is a huge deal. I mean, think about our country, our identity for, God, since the '50s has been tied up in the car, right? When we built the interstate system and all the vehicles and everything, I mean, this is a big country. And when you want to jump in the car and go someplace, even if it's down the street to the store, you want to be able to have the freedom to do that, right?

Tony Mauro:

You do. And I don't have many clients, they talked about it on the video. It might be from a strict, strict planning standpoint, might be something to consider. And again, I maybe asked the question, but you hit it on the head with the word freedom, is that less Americans, at least me I know and almost everybody I know, do not want to give up that freedom of I can go, like you said, get in it and go wherever I want.

Marc:

Yeah. Well, Tony, you travel a lot to Europe, right? You were just talking about that on our last podcast, right? Europe is designed differently. They walk everywhere.

Tony Mauro:

They're different.

Marc:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

They walk everywhere and they have trains, like high speed trains. So over there, yeah, the whole culture is different, and maybe there it might make some sense.

Marc:

And depending on where you live here, if you're in a larger metropolis, sure, walking might make more sense, but I'm sure where you're at, where I'm at, it's five miles to the nearest little convenience, like the little convenience store. I'm not walking five miles in 99 degree weather.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, [inaudible 00:09:21].

Marc:

I'm taking a car, right? So this one's tough for a lot of people, I think.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, I think it's tough. I've only known one person and she actually worked for me, my admin person, she was about 70 and now she lived close to the office, but they got rid of one of their cars and it was her car, and she always told me, "I just feel like I walk home from work," because she lived real close, "And then I'm stuck there unless I take an Uber or something," and so she never did. And I was always like, "Why did you guys do this?" And of course, that was their rationale. "Well, our plan was real tight and we felt like we didn't need that car and it's saving us some monthly cash flow." And [inaudible 00:10:02].

Marc:

Yeah. I mean, I guess depending on the car and... I mean, there's so many factors to this one too, Tony, right? If your vision's starting to go, and granted, that happens when we get older and reflexes, I could see where for some couples it makes sense. Maybe not the financial sense, because I don't think a second car nowadays should probably going to make or break things for a lot of people, but I mean, unless you're talking about a really expensive, nice car or something. But yeah, I think there's certainly mitigating circumstances.

Tony Mauro:

I think there are. And I think if you own it outright, why not keep [inaudible 00:10:34]?

Marc:

Yeah, how much is it costing you, really? Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. I mean, it's minimal after that, so.

Marc:

Yeah. I guess if it's still a six, $700 a month payment, you got two of those, right? You're spending like almost two grand a month or 18, 16, 17, $1,800 a month on car payments and you're not really using it a lot, then I could see that argument too, so.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, yeah. There's a little bit of an argument in there. Yeah.

Marc:

Okay. All right. Well, this last one, Tony, you can't sell it on eBay or any of the sites that are out there now, right? So this one's a little different, and it's the work identity. And you and I talk about this often anyway, and so I certainly agree with this. The argument is that sense of self once you no longer have that professional title or whatever. I mean, whether you were working an auto line or you're a doctor or whatever you might be, so many people tie their identity up in what they've done for 30 years. So who am I now, kind of thing.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, and I struggle with this one because I'm in that category of, for me, you work all these years getting, in my case, financial designations. And it's like it's part of who you are and you've had to take and spend tons of time at CE, which is continuing ed, and trying to hone what you know. It's going to be hard for me when you say, "Okay, enough's enough. Why do I want to spend the money to keep these active?" But the biggest thing is the time factor of continuing ed with all that time when you don't have much time left and you're not even earning any money from it. And so, but there's a part of me, I got to admit it, that I don't want to give them up.

Marc:

Well, you're the Tax Man.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, I know. And someday I'm going to think, "Gosh, what am I, really?" I tell clients, "Don't do this," and here I am, clinging to these things that I don't need anymore. But so it is hard, but I think the video's point was when you retire, whether you're a doctor or whatnot, and you got to keep some of this stuff up, and then there might be even insurance if you're going to do something for anybody, E&O and malpractice stuff and all that, is you got to let it go and it is difficult for people.

Marc:

Or just build a new identity, right?

Tony Mauro:

Or build a new one.

Marc:

If you're walking away from whatever, we've said many times, walk towards something else because humans need something else. Right?

Tony Mauro:

You need something, yeah. You can't just sit. But for me, it's probably going to be continuing to... Well, I like wine and learning about that. So I like online stuff with that, I'm not looking for designations or to make money, but that's what interests me. That, flying, golf, and a little bit of travel. So, everybody's different. Somebody might be, I don't know, crafts, somebody might be working on cars. Who knows?

Marc:

Yeah, yeah. Well, I like, we're going to steal from their framework here, their questions. They had a couple questions at the end. And I'm really going to just wrap both of them up into one that I think were most pertinent. And I like the way they put this and just put, if you're thinking about any of these five points, ask yourself, does this still serve my new life? Does it serve my new life, or does it serve my old life? And if I do let this go, what becomes possible? I think those are really good ways of thinking about that.

Tony Mauro:

Those are the best two lines out of the whole video, and that's why I wanted to go over this topic because if you just use that, that's going to guide you in a lot of decisions [inaudible 00:13:57].

Marc:

No matter what in retirement, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, no matter what.

Marc:

Like you could just say to yourself, "Does this serve my retirement or does this serve my old me?" Right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, yep. Exactly it.

Marc:

And that's a struggle I imagine for most people.

Tony Mauro:

It's a struggle. I know it's a struggle for me because you just get set in your ways, but I think the video really, if you haven't watched it, you should go out and watch it, because I do think-

Marc:

We'll put a link by the way in the show descriptions for folks so they can check it. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, because it is good, it's done well. It touches something that what I feel is real. And I think that we're all going to face these decisions, so start wrapping your head around it a little bit.

Marc:

Yeah. I mean, 3.7 million people watched it for a reason, right? So it's not just about the things we accumulate, sometimes it's about also what we're willing to let go of. I think many of us, when you get over 50, we start to feel a little bit of a pull towards declutter. Maybe some people are, they like to hoard the things and some people like to let them go, right? So, it starts to shift a little bit as you get older, but I think it's worth the thought exercise certainly and talking with your loved ones about that as well.

So again, we'll put a link in the descriptions, but if you'd like to go check it out on YouTube again, it's just called Sell These Five Things Before You Retire. Just search that.

Tony Mauro:

You'll find it.

Marc:

Yeah, and you'll find it.

So Tony, thanks for hanging out as always and breaking it down, we always appreciate you. Folks, thanks for being here and if you need Tony's help when it comes to adding these things to your list of conversations or any others when it comes to building your strategy, they are here to help at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. And with that, we will see you next time here on Plan With the Tax Man. Thanks, Tony.

Tony Mauro:

All right, we'll see you on the next one.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Summer's here. And somewhere between the excitement of planning a big trip and the anxiety of what it costs, a lot of retirees end up doing something that surprises us… they feel guilty about it. They worked hard, they saved, they planned for decades, and then they second-guess a beach vacation. Today, let's talk about how travel fits into a real retirement plan and how to enjoy it without guilt.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc:

Summer's here and somewhere between the excitement of planning a big trip and the anxiety of what it costs, a lot of retirees end up doing something that surprises many. They feel guilty about it. So today let's talk about how travel fits into a real retirement strategy and how to enjoy it without all that guilt.

Hey everybody, welcome into the podcast. It's another edition of Plan with the Tax Man. Tony and I are back for more content as we talk about investing finance and retirement. And we are going to talk about, again, that guilt-free vacation, planning, strategizing ahead of time so that you can enjoy some of the things that you really worked towards in your retirement years. And Tony, this works out well because you've had a bit of travel yourself, took a couple of vacations. And how you doing, my friend?

Tony:

I'm doing wonderful. Yeah, I'm back from vacations and I like this topic because it is as people get closer to retirement, I think about a lot of these things too, so I'm anxious to talk about it.

Marc:

Well, I think a lot of people have heard and probably know and admit, Tony, that most people will spend more time planning a vacation than they do their retirement. That's pretty common in this field. But when you're thinking about what you guys do, strategizing, putting these plans together, when you're building those out for people, is travel and vacation something that actually makes it into the plan? I know some advisors do, some don't. I feel like it's something that you've got to take into account and be budgeting for. And I'm sure that you guys do. What are some reasons why and how does that help the end user?

Tony:

Yeah. For a lot of our clients, it's one of the first questions I asked when we get to the point of, okay, what do you want to do in retirement? And if I don't hear, I mean, for a lot of people they say, "Well, I want to travel." But then we try to get a lot more specific with that. But if I don't hear it, I'll ask it. But what a lot of people do is the ones that don't think about it, they plan for everything else and they don't really plan for fun because once we get through everything, it's like, okay, what do you want to do that's fun? Because that's the whole reason for retiring and enjoying the last part of the game of your life.

And so that's one thing I ask them and see if travel comes in there. And I think some people, they feel like they've never traveled a lot in their life so they don't feel like,... They want to do it, but they don't feel almost like they're worthy of it, like they haven't earned it yet, which I think is a mistake because obviously you have.

And if they haven't planned for it, a lot of times then it gets kind of stressful and that's what leads us to, well, let's start planning for it. I mean, everybody's got different budgets and different thoughts about what their travel is. So what's great for me is not going to be great for a client or somebody else, but they just need to get it in their plan and obviously we can throw it out later or we can massage it, do whatever we want. But I definitely think that if it's important to them, we got to get it detailed.

Marc:

Well, and I think that some people probably seeing it on paper in their plan makes them feel like, "Okay, yes, I can spend this." Because like you said, they're so busy thinking, "Do I have enough to survive? Do I have enough to live on? Am I going to run out of money?" The classic things there. And it's like, no. And even with the vacation spending in your plan, you're not going to run out of money. I think that gives people that ability to do that more guilt-free.

Tony:

Absolutely. That does. And once they know that, yeah, they can ease up a little bit and feel a little more calm about talking about it and actually trying to plan something. It's fun to see when people haven't traveled a lot and they get to do some stuff that they never dreamt they would do.

Marc:

And I imagine that budget would change over the years. Like maybe you're budgeting 20,000 or 25,000 over the early couple years and then that tapers down a little bit because I'm assuming that there's a natural rhythm to how retirees spend. And we've all heard the terms about the go go and so like that. So obviously early on, most people are probably wanting to do more because A, free from work, I'm free from the time clock. But also B, I'm feeling good enough to go do it.

Tony:

Yes. And I used to think that too. I used to think that my retirement was going to be just the same from the beginning till the day you die. And as I've watched people over the years, that's so far from the truth because you're exactly right. Most of the time, as soon as people retire, they want to hit the travel and hit the stuff on the big bucket list as soon as they can for the reasons you mentioned. And then we see about 75-ish and beyond, things slow down. Your body isn't moving quite as fast. The mind isn't working quite as fast. And so they don't want to be so far from home in case something happens. And so it really starts to slow down. And then you get over most of the clients I see anyway, over 80, 82 years old, it's really gone to where those days are over.

It's really just visiting family and trying to stay closer to home. So your travel budget does, it starts out high and then it starts going down, which even I think is more of a comfort to people to get them to take and do things while they're a little bit younger in retirement because you're not going to do this forever.

Marc:

Right, right. Yeah. And everybody, again, situation is going to be a little bit different. I imagine you often have to, and we've talked about this many times in other aspects of the retirement strategies, you have to put on that therapy hat, for lack of a better term, because I imagine there's many couples that don't see eye to eye on travel spending, right?

Tony:

There's a lot. Yeah.

Marc:

You got to balance some of that. What are some things to think about there?

Tony:

Well, generally, if we're on that page and somebody they can't come to an agreement, we definitely try to talk it out with both spouses usually and let them know that they are going to have the money to do it. Now, if there's some other reason that they don't want to go, then we can get that out in the open. But really we just try to convince them that you are going to have the money and you don't have to worry about that. Now, if you're averse to travel planes or something like that, I can't really help them with that, but it's really not the trip itself. It's just really kind of talking through, seeing on paper, reassuring them that, "Hey, this is able to be done." And see what they do. Sometimes they compromise, sometimes they don't. It's kind of funny to watch, but it's kind of interesting.

I only had one couple where, and that's a real trouble where one of the spouses, she just didn't want to travel at all. I mean, it doesn't matter what the other spouse or I said. They had plenty of money and so he ended up kind of doing some things by himself and she was okay with it, but that was a rare instance. Most of the time they come up with something.

Marc:

Yeah. And again, how you've lived leading into that, my wife travels a lot for work so I know that she's going to want to do a little less than... And I don't travel. I don't leave the house at all very much because I can work from my home. So like a lot of people have done, so I imagine that adds an interesting dynamic too where one wants to go, one doesn't want to go. So you got to kind of find that balance. One wants to spend, one doesn't want to spend. So finding that balance. And a good way of thinking about this, Tony, is the plan itself might become the referee, right? Because then when it's in the plan and it's structured out and you go, look, you can see it. And then it maybe diffuses some of those arguments.

Tony:

It does. Yeah. Because once that time period comes up in the plan, everybody's ready for it. There's not any real surprises and they know they have the money. And yeah, it does ease the stress of it again.

Marc:

The tensions a little bit. Yeah. Yeah. Do most people think far enough ahead when it comes to planning for travel? I mean, I imagine most don't, right? I mean, there might be somebody who's a bit of a big planner, "Hey, I want to take this really big family trip three or four or five years out." But I imagine most people probably don't do that.

Tony:

They don't. I see this so often that they want to travel and then it's like, well, let's do something in six months. And then, okay, you could do that, but I think you need to focus on, especially in retirement, come up with a plan. I get a friend of mine because he always laughs at me because I do plan three, four, five years out even now for travel. I've got it already down for the next four years. At least what we think we want to do, obviously you can change it.

Marc:

Yeah, but it gives you time to kind of build in the funds and kind of see what you're going to do. I mean, things pop up like a popup wedding destination or something like that, sure, but a little bit of structure could help.

Tony:

It certainly can help. And I tell you, the shorter term planning, to me, I don't like surprises and most people don't. And I think some of that time leads to surprises, if you will, in stuff you didn't think about. And for me, I don't really care about that or I shouldn't say that I don't care about it. I don't care to think about it like that. And I don't know, for me, I try to get them to plan, let's just put a big picture out there, let's put it on a piece of paper. It's just garbage anyway, you don't have to do it and let's see what happens.

Marc:

I'd imagine you could also, maybe for the saver in the situation to our prior point, you could kind of say, "Hey, look, by doing this ahead of time as well, well ahead in advance, we could probably save some money because I mean think about the closer you get to a timeframe, the more the airfare goes up." So if you book something like two years out, it's going to be much cheaper, I would assume.

Tony:

It'd be much cheaper. Especially if you're doing tours and things across the continents and whatnot, they always have things that go on sales, you got to keep your eyes open so at least have the plan so if something you want to do pops up, you can save some money, you can get on or at least put a deposit down.

Marc:

Yeah. Yeah. And it got me thinking a minute ago when we were talking about the first point, you mentioned something about sometimes people get worried as they're aging, something might happen when they're traveling. And so I was going to ask you, what are some travel costs that tend to catch people off guard? That's a fantastic one. I mean healthcare, right? Medicare doesn't... Most people don't realize this, but it's not like Medicare follows you wherever you go.

Tony:

It doesn't follow you where you go and I think that's a big issue as people get older and older is they're worried about something happening when they're on vacation. I typically recommend some sort of travel insurance. I personally use a policy that I renew every year, just like my auto and home.

Marc:

So you've seen that be very, very helpful then?

Tony:

Extremely helpful. And if you're traveling a lot, it's a lot less expensive to just do the yearly policy than one by one because I think they overprice those a little bit. I've got a 24-hour line and I don't feel if something happened abroad, they're going to ship me home right away, but that's something to plan into the plan, number one, because if you do have something bad happen, which I had a friend who got sick down in Cabo and it was life-threatening and she was not able to get back. She almost died down there and it's just a mess and just a mess and then it ended up costing them a fortune to get her out of there. And if she just would have had travel insurance, that would have solved all of that. I think that's one issue. The other issue is, and I try to budget this even when we go on our trips is how much are we going to spend when we're there because you know you're going to do something.

Marc:

And then double it.

Tony:

Yeah. And then add some percentage points because stuff comes up that you see that you want or go to some... Whatever it's a show or something else. So that has to be planned in. And then other than that, really, as I age, now that I have my first grandchild, I'm longing for the years where I can go somewhere in the winter, maybe she can come visit me. And obviously I'll pay for that, so that has to be factored in as well. So all that kind of thing I think are some of the hidden costs people don't think about unless they're having some talks.

Marc:

Yeah. No, that's some good thoughts right there. Yeah, I mean things can always get... And it's not even just like the spending that gets more when you go someplace, taking in a show or some bigger items. The little stuff will nickel and dime you to death too. I was talking with somebody a couple years ago and they text me and they're like, "Worst mistake ever at a Hawaii resort, no sunscreen, had to buy it from the resort." And he was like, "It was like 40 bucks for like this bottle of sunscreen." He's like, "You've got to be kidding me." But they got you. They've got you by the you know what, right? You're not going anywhere.

Tony:

Oh, you do.

Marc:

You spend the money, right? So little things like that can just sneak up and granted, not that 40 bucks should make or break a trip, but it's just the idea that everything can get out of control if you're not careful.

Tony:

It is. When I was just on vacation and we went to France and I'd been there before and so I knew this, but the first time I went, I was unaware. This time I was a little more prepared because what they don't do is when you're tipping them, they don't put it on the credit card like we do here. And so I had euros. I usually don't travel with a lot of cash. I think that's a whole nother topic, but I did have some euros because I wanted to be able to tip in the way they wanted it and it's just again, one of those little things that make it a little less stressful.

Marc:

Yeah, that's a good point. And circling back real fast, we're going to wrap it up here, but another little thing I think when you're talking about the getting out and doing things and traveling while you're still feeling good enough to do it, especially if you're thinking about doing some of those countries and some of the European stuff like you were just talking about, it's a lot more walking than I think people realize and there's no AC and not the AC anyway like there is here.

Tony:

It doesn't work quite the same. Yeah.

Marc:

It doesn't work quite the same. So keep that in mind. Yeah.

Tony:

There's all kinds of loads of little weird things you could talk about. Yeah. It's just different cultures and so it would behoove you to learn a little bit about that just so you're not shocked with different ways people live.

Marc:

I can't tell you that how many times I've talked to somebody who's gone to like Italy or something in the summer and they're like, "Oh my God, there's no AC." And it's not like they don't have it, but they don't have it everywhere like we do, right?

Tony:

No, and then they're used to it. So it doesn't bother them.

Marc:

Exactly. That's the point, right? So anyway, so look, you didn't save for decades so you could sit at home and do nothing unless that was the plan. And if that's what you want to do, then that's okay too. But a good plan for travel makes things a little easier, a little more worthwhile, saves maybe some arguments and some headaches. So make sure you're talking with your advisor about putting that and strategizing that into your overall plan because I think that, again, seeing it in black and white gives people the freedom to feel like, "Hey, I can do this comfortably without the guilt." It serves as that good referee between you and the significant other so you're not jaw-jacking back and forth and making each other mad about piddly things. So it just kind of comes down to just put it in the plan, strategize it out and work with your advisor on doing that.

Get a little ahead of the game and I think that'll serve you very well. So thanks for hanging out with us here this week on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Morrow. Of course his team's here to help you if you need that help, yourplanningpros.com is where you can find them online, yourplanningpros.com. Again, your planningpros.com. Subscribe to the podcast on Apple or Spotify or whatever app you enjoy using. This is Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Morrow. Tony, my friend, I'll see you next time.

Tony:

All right. We'll see you next time. Have a good one.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Quick question before we get started... which Easter candy are you most looking forward to this year? Whatever your answer is, we're going to use it. Because today we're building a financial Easter basket and matching some of your favorite candies to the products and tools that belong in a solid retirement plan.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1 00:00

Quick question before we get started, which Easter candy are you most looking forward to? Yeah, that's my opener for the podcast this week, because we're going to talk about financial Easter baskets. So we're going to talk about candy and what they might say about you here this week on plan with the tax man. You

Speaker 1 00:35

everybody. Welcome into the podcast. This is plan with the tax man with Tony Morrow from tax Doctor Inc, at your planning pros.com that's where you can find them, online. Your planning pros.com, and Tony, we're gonna talk candy, because you and I are in our 50s and we love candy, but it don't love us as much anymore.

Tony Mauro 00:53

That's right. And I grew up eating candy and all these things, although my favorite Easter candy is not on there.

Speaker 1 01:00

Okay, we'll add that. Get to that at the end. Yeah, we'll add that in. So what are we going to do here? Is, I want to give you some, some, you know, Easter candy in lieu of the, you know, the end of the month here and Easter upon us. And we'll do a little financial Easter basket, and let you kind of give me some sort of, we'll do some sort of an analogy. I'll set you up with something, and I'll let you kind of talk about it, so we'll have a little bit of fun. So, are you a jelly bean kind of guy? Easter time? Do you like some jelly beans? You know? I like the kind of, what I would call those artisan jelly beans that they now have come out with, you know? So I do like them. But we always used to get just to run the mill stuff. Oh, yeah. Like, like, you know, I don't know Apple Cinnamon, or, you know, I don't know pumpkin spice or something, yes, although they probably do make a pumpkin spice Jelly Bean. And people are probably like, no pumpkins for October, not for, you know, April, but so, all right, the Jelly Bean, so, lots of colors, lots of combinations, right? And so maybe you're, maybe the analogy here is the 401 k right? Maybe, maybe some combinations, or some, some different things, some variety, potentially, yeah.

Tony Mauro 02:08

I think the biggest thing for, you know, the anchor of most retirement plans is either, you know, 401 K Sep, simple, you know, you name it as the anchor for what you're trying to do as you get toward the end.

Speaker 1 02:23

True and jelly beans are probably a good staple, a good anchor in the basket, if you will.

Tony Mauro 02:27

Yeah, you know, good anchor in the basket, you know. And you find them in every basket. If you don't have this, you know, you need to be starting it. Most employers are offering something these days, and you need to get started. I can't. We're in the midst of tax season, and I'll say this as a public service announcement, I and I've been doing taxes for 30 years. Is I always when I'm reviewing a return, look at somebody's w2 and look in box 12 and see what they're contributing or not contributing to their retirement plan. And many times I see the box check that they the company offers one, I see nothing being contributed, or I see a little bit, which is better than nothing, yeah, but you got to get it going, because it's one of the best deals on the street. It's usually some free money in there. And I think you need to start those early, the use time and compounding and everything else, so that you've got this anchor for when you you know, are at the end,

Speaker 1 03:22

yeah, I don't know why. I just got hit with it. You're talking about, you know, out there on the street, I'm thinking jelly beans in the street. And also I'm like, could you imagine a funny little world where we're out there dealing jelly beans on the corner? Hey, man, right, I got some, I got some pinks. I got some yellows. I got some of those, those terrible black ones. They're those are never very good. I'm not a big fan of, maybe it's just the, maybe it's just the, like black liquors, not very good

Tony Mauro 03:47

to me. I never did like the black ones. But I think, though, to your point, with the different colors, once you start contributing to one of these, then you need to have some diversification. Most, most retirement plans will offer you, you know, an array of different choices, which is, you know, probably behooves you to work with your advisor and come up with a strategy as to what those choices should be.

Speaker 1 04:09

Now, the Jelly Bean choices in the 401 k are, it's not crazy assortment of colors, right? So, like an IRA, you're going to have a lot more to choose from, you know, because you're kind of stuck with whatever they you know, the company goes within those 401 K options. So some people, Tony, often think about, hey, look, from a workplace plan, get that match, get that free money. But then maybe let's do some contributing to an individual account or something we set up so we have more control or more options. How do you feel about that strategy as well?

Tony Mauro 04:39

I like that strategy a lot. Well, that's what we generally will say, is, is somebody comes in, we tell them to start with their 401, K, get that company match. You could certainly continue to max that out if you want. Yeah, absolutely. And then one. Once you get to that point, then you've got to turn to outside. It might be a Roth, might be a traditional something like that. But yeah, if at least get the match. And then if you want more control, total control, then you have to go to an IRA or Roth. The only, the only drawback is, is you are limited on your contribution. So if you want to do more, you got to stay in that retirement plan with some of that. But yeah, they're all three are good ideas.

Speaker 1 05:17

Okay, all right, so moving on here with our Easter basket analogy, things you might find on the Easter basket and the candy, and then how that, you know, might correlate to something. Let's talk about peeps that teach the nasty. And if you like peeps, don't yell at me yet. I'm gonna give you I'm gonna do pros and cons here. But, you know, look, when you're a kid, man, they're colorful, they're fluffy. They're marshmallowy. A lot of kids like peeps, right? They're just kind of fun. You're kind of play with them. You stretch them out a little bit, you chomp on them. They're sticky on your fingers. But as you get a little older, I don't know, they're kind of nasty, right? And they're kind of a pain a little bit. But, you know, some people grow up and they still really love them. And this, to me, is got to be life insurance, right? Because it's kind of like when you're younger, you kind of dig it, right? And then you get older, you think, why do I like this? Or why do I do I even need this anymore?

Tony Mauro 06:08

Yeah, and, and just like peeps, and I don't like peeps anymore. I used to like them, right? Just like you life insurance generally, when we start talking about planning, is not very well, I would say, understood number one or used. So it's not everybody's first choice, that's for sure. And when we start talking to them about it, you know, everybody you know is going to die. And when you're younger, obviously, you know, especially today, term insurance is peanuts to get and protect your family. My son, who's 30, you know, got a new daughter. And, you know, home, and, you know, start accumulating debt, because they're just getting started, it's important that they have coverage. Yeah, for the family, in case one of them, you know, goes down. And yes, you can get some coverage through your employer, which obviously you want to take advantage of that. But it generally is not near enough to what you need, especially as you are younger now, as we age, we get in their 50s, like me, and I'm looking at my life insurance, and as some of this kind of is set to expire in the next five or 10 years, I don't need this much anymore, because I'm, you know, I'm closer to the end, all my bills are paid off, you know, it's in my other financial You know, situation is intact. So you may not need that. Now, some people say, Well, you know what, I don't care if I don't need it. I want it. I want to know if i i think a perfect scenario is I'm at retirement. This is me talking personally. I know that if I pass away, I can, I can, while I'm living, enjoy some of my money I've worked so hard for and I know that, okay, my son, if I'm going to pass money on to him, is gonna be taken care of through life insurance. And some people like, like, like, that angle as well,

Speaker 1 07:49

just like peeps, right? I mean, in some people love it, and it's not everyone. Some it's not everyone's first choice sometimes, right? So, but it could be a useful tool, right? As far as the life insurance thing, right, to pass on that wealth. So at least consider the conversation, have a chat and discuss it, because, again, life insurance is one of those pieces of the retirement strategy that, you know, it's, it's, there's some more wiggle room in there, but there it could be, or life insurance products in general, there could be some aspects of those tools that can be beneficial. So again, talk with your financial professional about that. And of course, Tony's here to help if you've got those questions as well. All right, inside the financial Easter basket, diving back in. Here we go. Here, robin's eggs. Okay, now, we didn't get these often, but occasionally we did. We get these interesting little candy, right? Kind of a divisive candy. Some love them. Some can't stand them. Kind of like peeps, really hard shell the speckled colors, right? Designed to look like a robin's egg. Some people just, my mom just used to use them for decorating. She'd be like, yeah, don't, you guys don't eat those, right? But maybe this is an emergency fund. Maybe this is kind of the analogy there, right? Where some people kind of feel like, you know, they don't really necessarily need it, and other advisors are like, it's a mandatory, you know, pillar of the retirement strategy?

Tony Mauro 09:01

Yeah, and I'm of the camp of, it's a required pillar of the strategy, because, and I think everybody should have one. You know, we tell our individual clients the goal is three to six months of income that you kind of hear that out on the streets in our business, with our business clients, we do accounting for, we're constantly harping on them for cash flow purposes is that you need to have 10% of your gross in your operating or OPEX account, yeah, generally at all times. And it's if it's not there yet. It's a goal. You work towards it. But everybody needs to have it. Because what happens when you have this emergency funding, whether you're individual or business, is it prevents small problems from becoming large problems. And in both cases, you know, on the individual side, you could lose your job, at least you've got a cushion till you find something else in business, you know, a product section or big client leaves, you've got a cushion until you build it back up. So I. Think you really take a big risk by not having one. And I think, as financial advisors, you know, we're trying to mitigate your risks, and so we, you work with me, you'll hear us harping on that that doesn't have to be go into the poor house until you get it built up. No, we're not saying that. But, you know, we want, we want a little bit of money going into that until we reach our goal. Yeah, it's very important.

Speaker 1 10:22

Yeah, you know, this is a little cheesy, but, I mean, it's kind of fun, right? So we're talking about this robin's egg thing, right? And some people, like, I said, just use them for decorating. You don't really eat them and emergency fun, right? You know, whether you love the idea or not, like the idea is that you hope that it just sits there and looks pretty. It's an account you never really have to crack into. Sorry, it

Tony Mauro 10:45

does work. And you know, I've had an emergency fund for, gosh, probably 24 or five years now, and it sat there. And I really it's at the point where I'm not, I'm not adding anymore, but I'm kind of starting to look at it and saying, Well, I wonder if I never use that, I get to retirement, right? Maybe I'll take it out and use it for a vacation fund or do something with it. But, yeah, you hope you never use it along

Speaker 1 11:06

the way. But that's a great point, though, Tony, because there is that argument, switch of the emergency fund once you are retired and you're not doing that, replacing, you know, expenses. Should you lose your job? What do you do? You even need an emergency fund when you are fully retired because you're just pulling, you know, you know, the money from the accounts and the strategy that you set up. So what do you do with that emergency fund that's, that's a great point. It is, you know, I mean, for me, I'm not going to exhaust it, because I still like to have, you know, and everybody's different, a little bit of that cushion. And, you know, just for in case something happens, right? Roof, Roof flies off, and insurance only pays a certain portion, or whatever,

Tony Mauro 11:43

right, you know, just so we've got it. Not that I couldn't take it out of, you know, my retirement income, but Right, right? I want that to be a certain level, but I, you know, the excess. I certainly plan on doing something else with it, for sure. And yes, so it's kind of a little bit of incentive that, man, all these years just sitting there, hopefully I'll, you know, I can have a chance to use some of that.

Speaker 1 12:02

Yeah, well, and of course, that's always brings back the debate too, of how much is sitting there. Let's make sure it's not being too much do this. It's being too lazy, because you're not going to get that much from the bank. So again, just kind of managing the the robin's egg, aka emergency fund, isn't something important to do. And forgive me my for my cheesy puns there. But all right, let's do one more. Then. I want you to tell me your favorite Easter candy. We're gonna do the classic chocolate bunny almost always in a basket, right, in some form or fashion, right? So, and it's the financial plan, right? It's got to be the, you know, it's the, the main staple.

Tony Mauro 12:36

Yeah, it's the main staple, because it wraps up everything we've just kind of talked about, you know, in the basket. And, you know, I think everybody needs a plan, whether you know or not, you're trying to go at it on your own or paying somebody to help you with it, yeah, I definitely think that a detailed plan that's a working, living document that changes all the time. Yeah, make it your own. You got to be your own, right? Yeah, it's got to be your own. It's got, you know, you've got to have it. That's where an advisor comes in. So you can help customize it, let them kind of keep track of you know, and coach you through you know where you're at along the journey, and making sure that you know it's going to be what your future. You know what you want for your future and what you think is your future at age 30 might be way different by the time you get to 40 and 50, and so you want to be able to change that plan. That's why I say it's always a working document. And you know, just as you go, so that you understand, you know your financial well being at all times, even if you've got assistance coming, you know, from an advisor. I've actually read a few articles lately that actually paying an advisor adds X amount of percentages over time to people's returns. And it's not by, you know, getting them better investments. It's, you know, that's not it. It's really just coaching them and keeping them invested when things are bad, not doing, you know, crazily, what I would call not your best financial decisions, uh, talking them out of some things and allows, you know, their money to work harder and longer for them. So, yeah, interesting. Behavioral management is what we're talking about, yeah, as we're talking about more than investment management, because you literally don't need us for that. There's so many options, right? And we don't have any secret sauce? I mean, you know, yes, there's some strategies and things, but it's really, it's the

Speaker 1 14:24

experience though, right? It's the it's the accumulated experience, same. I mean, it's coaching. I mean, it really is coaching. It is right? I mean, you know, I mean, after a number of years, you know, does the professional athlete still really need you know someone to tell them how, you know, did Tom Brady or Peyton Manning, need, you know, someone to coach them on how to throw the ball. No, right? They know what they're doing, but they were still coaching there to talk to them about, hey, this is this play you ran, you you kind of went off script a little bit. And here's, you know, here's probably what you didn't see and why it went, you know, belly up, you know, or whatever the case is, right? So, you know, coaching is still an important facet to. To anything and, you know, just like your chocolate bunny and your financial plan, like you said, having it being, you know, customized and built to your own, whether you eat the ears first or eat the feet first, or whatever your approach is to eat your chocolate bunny, you know, your financial strategy, you know, same thing, manageable bites, right? Is how you want to handle it, and working with an advisor who helps you, kind of, you know, dissect that and work on all the moving parts, because it's also Tony how they interrelate to each other. Like you said, there's a lot of tools out there now, but having the experience to understand that when you pull this lever, it affects six more things down the way, is also an important thing that's different in retirement than it isn't just the accumulation phase.

Tony Mauro 15:38

Yeah, it is. And I think with with an advisor. There's so much propensity today, with so much information in our fingertips, to that we're just going to do everything ourself. And then you start getting a little more, earning a little more, a little more money. It's like, I just want to pay somebody else to do this, because I don't want to take every minute of my time to say I'm going to research this and this and this. And it takes, it takes forever. You can't be an expert on everything. And so, like I tell all my business owners, and what I try to do my own business is anything that I'm not good at, I farm out and hire out, because I don't want to be an expert in that. Could I Yes, but yeah, I don't want to do that anymore.

Speaker 1 16:17

And life is, life is complicated. There's so much stuff now, and yes, and unfortunately, getting quality people to help you with things. I mean, you know, I own a bit of land. I might, you know, I've got six acres here that my house is on. And every time I try to get a contractor with something, if you kind of feel like, you know, you're not getting good service, and then you wind up, I'll just learn how to do it myself, and I'll just handle it myself. You know, the old adage, if I want anything done, you want something done, right? You have to do it yourself. Do it yourself. Do it yourself. But I think there's a few areas where, if you haven't spent the time on it to understand it and learn it, you got to be careful, right? Because you're asking for to maybe get hurt, and certainly financially speaking, I don't want to make those mistakes when I'm 55 and having issues, or 60 or 65 and got some health issues, and, you know, I don't want to, I don't have the time, or maybe the physical, you know, or mental capacity to go deal with fixing those mistakes, right? So turning to a professional in that regard makes a lot of sense. And I can build my own house at 65 right? Because I don't know enough about house building.

Tony Mauro 17:16

So no, I tell people, you know, this isn't a dress rehearsal. We only got one shot at this, right? And you know, we're not getting out of here alive. So we, you know, especially in the financial planning area, you don't have a lot of second chances, maybe a few,

Speaker 1 17:29

but maybe a few, right? But they get thinner and thinner quickly. So yeah, yeah, for sure. All right, down to it. What's your favorite candy? My favorite Easter candy I could eat a whole bag of is actually, it's just really a Reese's Peanut Butter Cup, but they shape them in eggs. You know, it looks like an egg, yeah? And, I mean, that could be the chocolate bunny equivalent. I think, because they don't, don't, they make a chocolate bunny as well. That's a Reese's. I think they do, yeah, they may, now, yeah.

Tony Mauro 17:53

And I may, I may have, what a nice, big one, because I do like chocolate

Speaker 1 17:58

peanut butter, yes, yeah. Reese's have become a staple, I would say for sure. And it could be the Reese's Pieces too, Reese's Pieces. And sometimes Reese's Pieces replaces the jelly beans in the in the bag for the color and different things. So whatever your candy is, though, right? You know, good Easter basket has a little bit of everything. And that is my analogy to, you know, just retirement strategy. You know, your retirement Easter basket, if you will, should have a little bit of everything, right? We talked about diversification Tony. It's portfolio diversification, it's tax diversification, it's maybe insurance products diversification, right? So there's a lot of pieces you can be diversified in.

Tony Mauro 18:35

There is, and I think, you know, you just want to make sure that, I would say your goal is to make sure that you're well diversified, and that you are covering all the aspects of planning, maybe not just one or two, just like you would with a good Easter basket. You got a bunch of candy in there. You don't want just one of just the Reese's. You want a little everything, especially as a kid. That's right, the more you had, the better.

Speaker 1 18:59

That's right. You want that basket stocked, and so should your retirement strategy be as well as gonna do it this week, hopefully you had a little fun with us along the way, and maybe enjoy just a little bit of Easter candy. As I joked earlier, when we get older, it's like, Man, I'd love to have some more of this, but I just don't know that my stomach will allow me to anymore, or my waistline, but whatever your case is, have a Happy Easter, and we will see you next time here on plan with the tax man. Don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple Spotify, or whatever podcasting app you enjoy using, find all the information you need to talk with Tony or to subscribe to the show or just whatever at your planning pros.com. That's your planning pros.com. And we'll see you next time. Thank you, my friend.

Tony Mauro 19:40

All right, thanks. We'll see you next time.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Nobody likes tax season. But for new retirees, it can come with a few unwelcome surprises. The rules have changed, the income sources have shifted, and strategies that made sense during your working years may no longer apply. Today, we're looking at some of the biggest tax mistakes retirees make, as discussed in a recent Kiplinger article, and whether these match what we see in the real world.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1 00:01

Nobody likes tax season, and certainly not even Tony Morrow here on playing with the tax man. But for new retirees, it can also come with a few unwelcome surprises. So this week on the podcast, let's talk about tax mistakes new retirees make. Look up in the sky. It's a bird.

Nick 00:17

It's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero, but Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for plan with the tax man.

Speaker 1 00:32

Everybody welcome into the podcast. Thanks for playing tour. Thanks for hanging out with us here on plan with the tax man. If I can get my thoughts together, Tony, it is tax season. And I made the joke there in the intro that not even you like taxes, even though it is obviously something you've been doing for a long time as a CPA and a CFP and an EA of 30 plus years. But it is a it is a hectic, confusing time, for sure, every year, isn't it? It really is. And as we're taping this, we're right in the midst of it. And it seems to me, you know, I mean, we like helping clients, but this truly is, you know, compliance season, you know, and the tax planning has to go on before after this. And so what I find, ever since covid, it seems like taxpayers, our clients anyway, tend to really just kind of put it off. And, you know, we're down to kind of where we prepare tax. Most of our tax returns is March and April. It used to be kind of from mid January on, but yeah, stuff gets out later and everything's slower, yeah,

Tony Mauro 01:31

yep, yeah. So it is a hectic time. And I understand, from a taxpayer standpoint, nobody likes to gather all their stuff and they put it off and yeah, you know,

Speaker 1 01:40

yeah, yeah. So yeah. But we were just talking before we started the podcast, folks, and I was saying, I got to get my stuff over to my CPA. And of course, you know, he was like, Well, why isn't toning your CPA? Well, we're in two different parts of the country, so that's the beauty of the internet. But, but, and he's, you know, he's like, look, my public service announcement to everybody out there is, get them this information as soon as possible, so they have time. And I was like, Okay, I'll get it over there. So I got scolded. So not that, not that we, all, you know, don't do it right from time to time, Tony, but yeah, the sooner we can get it in, the better, right? But it is. Let's talk about tax mistakes for new retirees, specifically on this week's podcast. Okay, because there's a recent article from Kiplinger, we'll put a link into it there, talking about big mistakes that tax retiree new retirees make. And so we'll focus on some of those comments there, and just kind of get your thoughts on it and see how it matches up with what you see, you know, in the real world, right, from just you know, from just an author as an article standpoint, versus what you see in the trenches. So starting the conversation with ignoring the upcoming RMDs, especially if it's your first one, right? Yeah, so you got to be careful here. So talk to me a little bit about that, and some of the stuff you

Tony Mauro 02:49

see, well, some of the stuff we see, and we, you know, base what we see, because a lot of our retail tax clients are retirees or nearing retirement, and so we do see a lot of these things come up, rather than, you know, working with the younger crowd who don't have these problems yet, but they will. But yeah, ignoring the RMDs. I mean, RMD is required minimum distribution, you know, for those that are unaware. And so you you may have an IOU to the government for these, and they're going to come knocking and say, hey, look, once you reach a certain age, at 73 now and 75 for people like me, born after 1960 you need to start taking money out of your tax deferred accounts, because the government says you have to, because they want their their tax. They want their cut. That's right, they want their cut. So it's important that you work with your advisor or figure this out, because there is a large penalty if you delay this past the date you're supposed to do it, so you don't want to get in that situation, and then you have to start taking this money out every year, which creates a little bit of a tax problem, because you're going to, you're going to have some taxes due on this and whatnot. But the kind of, the hidden problem is, is the government will allow you to defer this a little bit past your full retirement age or your RMD age, but you got to be careful, because then you could end up taking two in one year if you wait till the last minute. So you want to plan this carefully,

Speaker 1 04:08

and you can do that the first time, right. Tony, you can push it back on that first one, but to your point, you'd have to take two, and that could cause you to bump a tax bracket if you're not careful, right? If you're

Tony Mauro 04:20

not careful, depending on how much you have to take out, you hate to go into the next tax bracket and pay some extra tax needlessly, when just a little bit of planning could have saved you. That Gotcha. So I would stay, you know, stay ahead of that and work with your advisor. So, you know, these important dates coming up and your options, yeah, you know.

Speaker 1 04:37

And of course, we're off conversion conversations, and are going to can fall into there. And, you know, just again, getting efficient with it and getting handled is just gonna remove some of that stress. And people are always the question always comes back, I don't need it. Why do I gotta take it? Well, we said it a minute ago. The government wants their cut, right, right? They want their cut. There's no way around it. People often ask that question to Tony. They're. Like, how do I get out of the RMDs? It's like, well, you don't, well, I heard a Roth conversion gets me out of it. No, you're just convert. You're still paying the taxes. You're just moving it to an account that you want, that your heirs won't have to deal with, or, you know, later on,

Tony Mauro 05:12

that's right. And Roth conversions really can be a really powerful tool. We use them all throughout the age brackets, depending on your stance on, you know, if you want it, you know, tax free forever, or tax deferred, and worry about it later. But Roth conversions, if done correctly, you know, and you gradually do them over, you know, especially your early retirement years. So really, what that means is, all you're doing is taking money out before your RMD, paying taxes on it now, no penalties, right? And filling up the tax bracket you're in not going into the next one, so you're not paying tax needlessly. And then you got, you've got that money out of Uncle Sam's crosshairs for the tax IOU, because it's, it's now tax free forever, the earnings, and, of course, the principal,

Speaker 1 05:57

yeah, and keep So, yeah, yeah. And definitely keep in mind, I say, like the state you're in, right, their state, lower tax, state issues. You know, people often think about moving as part of that equation when thinking about Roth's right, or the Social Security factors, Irma right, triggering the Irma cost. So just make sure that if you are considering a conversion, you're doing it correctly.

Tony Mauro 06:16

Yeah, and all of those points are good points, because all that stuff comes into play. I get a lot of seniors. Do they get tripped up on the higher Medicare costs, because all of a sudden, you know, their income is way high, and then they get a bigger Medicare bill. Course, it's coming out of their Social Security. And then they're mad. You could file some forms and do some things there to get it back lowered, but it's just more work and more, you know, and it's tricky too, Tony, because it's a two year. Look back. Two year, look back. Yeah, so it's, again, a little planning goes a long way in this area, you know, going back to my first point, all of these require some planning, but it's not difficult. It's just you got to have the conversations.

Speaker 1 06:54

Well, you and I were chatting when we first kicked things off that people are owing a bit this year. You're doing some returns, and people are, you know, and you know, and you were kind of surprised to see a few more people owing, which is interesting, because, you know, we were seeing a lot of reports in February that, you know, with the new tax law changes and things that they expect more people to get, you know, returns and so some confusion, again, around the whole social security piece. So again, as a new retiree, that's our conversation point today, getting blindsided by Social Security taxes is a thing, and unfortunately, the confusion around what happened with the passing of the Oba is still tripping some people up. Right? They did not remove taxation on Social Security. They added a senior deduction, right? Added a senior

Tony Mauro 07:39

deduction, which is helpful for the seniors who don't have a lot of other income outside of Social Security and a few other sources, but it's not as helpful to the higher income retirees, because it does get phased out. They don't mention that. And what happens? What I've been seeing this year as we were talking is I see a lot of people that are at their full retirement age or beyond, and starting to take out and spend some of their money, which is great, sure, but what they're getting tripped up on is, like you said, Social Security is not tax free. It's partially taxable with other income sources. So what's happening is is their their income they're taking from their 401, k's and everything else and their investments is now causing more of their Social Security to be taxed. And generally, people don't have taxes withheld from their social security so that their tax bill goes up. So yeah, again, I think with some planning and some coordination, you can pull money from different accounts in a particular order so you don't have that and,

Speaker 1 08:37

yeah, that's a great point. People, yeah, right. How are you pulling it, and where and when are you pulling it, to avoid those little, I guess, those little tax traps, right? Yeah, these little snafus, you know? And so, yeah, that's a big one as well. Start putting some of these things together, if you you know, if all three of them are happening, correct? And, you know, all of a sudden you got a pretty big, pretty big, good increase in there. Like, What the Hey, it just what happened here? Yeah, exactly. So, all right, and then another one that trips people up, and we'll do one more point here is forgetting to plan for the spouse or The Heirs I mentioned earlier, right? Your heirs might appreciate, you know, you leaving them money, you know, tax efficiently, right? You might think, well, that's their problem. I'm gone. I don't care. They can deal with it. But you might not feel that impact, Tony, but of course, again, like I said, Your loved ones will. And certainly, I think most people, if we're in a position to be more tax efficient with with the legacy, why not do it right? But talk to me about some of the different things dealing with, you know, when planning for the spouse or The Heirs?

Tony Mauro 09:36

Yeah, when, when you have a one of the spouses passing, a lot of people don't think about how this shifts so quickly. Why would you right? 40 years you're finally married filing jointly, all of a sudden, yeah, boom, you know, now you're filing single, which is a different and generally higher tax rate on the same income. Your Medicare thresholds drop. One of your social securities goes bye, bye, and disappear. Years. Now you can file on the higher one, but you're not going to get two. You're going to get one, possibly a pension too. Goes bye, bye, if you didn't select the option right and select the option, we see a lot of people not knowing their options. When they select an option and they hire, they choose the highest option, and then they're dumbfounded when the spouse dies and it goes away, you know, and then really just kind of becomes, you know, more of a burden, I think, if that starts happening, adding to the other you know, things we just talked about with this increased in tax so even though you're gone, you know, your your loved ones might be filling a tax bill, but they probably gonna have the money to do it. But again, they're needlessly wasting money, and all it would take is just a little bit of planning. And most of this stuff isn't going to cost you a dime. Might cost you a little tax if you do Roth conversions, but hopefully you're minimizing that, and you can really save a lot of money, even trickling down to your heirs if you if you pass away.

Speaker 1 10:57

Yeah, and I think again, tax efficiency comes into the conversation. You know, we talked many times here on the podcast about the removal of the stretch IRA, right? So when leaving money, if you've got that IRA, you gotta, you know, we'll just make it easy. Math here, you got that million bucks, then an IRA, and you want to leave it to whomever, unless it's going to the spouse that's going to have to be taken out in 10 years. Now, because they got rid of the stretch Ira used to could go to the kids, and the kids could stretch it out over their lifetime. They can't do that anymore, right? But if it goes to the spouse, right? It becomes basically their own IRA. So in that regard, that's still fine.

Tony Mauro 11:30

That's still fine, yeah, and at least you can, you know, stretch it out a little bit, type of thing. But like in, in my father's case, he's still living. He's got a rollover IRA, and his spouse is gone. My mom is gone, and so we will, you know, if he's got any left in that, we'll have to take that out over the next 10 years, right? And pay our taxes.

Speaker 1 11:47

Finally, speaking of the government finally gave you guys guidelines on that, right? They put that into play, what, five years ago, and they're just now, you know, the last, last maybe year and year and a half, they're going, Okay, here's what we meant,

Tony Mauro 12:00

yeah, I think the whole covid thing affected a lot of that, you know, and they're just kind of starting to get back on their feet a little bit with that. And, you know, yeah, we're just now getting guidance on that. So it's still kind of a weird area, murky

Speaker 1 12:12

waters, yeah, yeah. So again, there's lots of different things you need to think about when leaving, you know, planning for a spouse. And again, we're talking about taxation today, obviously leaving a legacy. In general, there's a lot of things to think about, but just tax mistakes, new retires. New retirees can sometimes trip up on the big one being ignoring those RMDs that we talked about, Roth conversions not done at all or done wrong, and, of course, getting blindsided by Social Security. So if any of those things are pain points that you're concerned about make sure you're having a conversation tax mistakes and retirement are rarely about being careless Tony. They're just usually about not knowing what you didn't know, right?

Tony Mauro 12:49

Not knowing what you didn't know. And yes, and I would you know, strongly suggest now you do have a little bit of information those that are listening, but it's one of the things that an advisor who's a tax guy or gal has to talk about, versus maybe, you know, someone that doesn't, is the tax efficiency of how you're going to plan and, you know, take money from your retirement.

Speaker 1 13:12

Yeah, a lot of financial professionals are like, Hey, let's make sure you consult with your CPA. You know, whenever you're, you know, whatever these things that we're doing. And don't get me wrong, a lot of financial advisors have a lot of tax knowledge, they do, but you have both, because your CPA and CFP, right? So, you know, that's you kind of have everything under one roof there. So if you need some help, you know, again, get some help. Because the good news about all of this, right? Is a lot of this stuff is avoidable. With a little planning and a little bit of guidance, you can kind of knock some of this stuff out. So if you need some help, reach out to Tony and his team at your planning pros.com that's your planning pros.com he's got 30 years of experience plus helping people with all of this stuff. So you know, start planning with the tax man today at your planning pros.com and don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple or Spotify or whatever podcasting app you like using. Just type that into the search box, plan with the tax man, or just again, go to his website. Your planning pros.com. Tony, thanks for hanging out. Breaking it down. I will let you dive back into your stack of taxes to work on, and we will see you next time, my friend. All right, we'll

Tony Mauro 14:14

see you next time. Thanks.

Walter Storholt 14:21

Securities offered through avantax investment services. SM Member FINRA, SIPC investment advisory services offered through avantax advisory services, insurance services offered through an avantax affiliated Insurance Agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

For many business owners, retirement savings don’t show up neatly in a 401(k) or IRA. They’re tied up in the business itself. Today’s listener question comes from a couple facing a sudden transition from “almost nothing saved” to managing a large lump sum late in the game. And they’re wondering if it’s enough.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1 00:00

For many business owners, retirement savings doesn't show up neatly in a 401, K or an IRA. It's tied up in the business itself. Well, this week, we're going to tackle a question from a listener dealing with the possibility of selling a business and what that might look like for their retirement. Look up in the sky. It's a bird,

Nick 00:22

it's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero, but Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for plan with the tax man.

Speaker 1 00:36

Hey, everybody. Welcome into the podcast. This is plan with the tax man, with Tony Morrow from tax, dr, Inc, find them online at your planning pros.com that's your planning pros.com where you can drop a line into the team and get yourself some time onto the calendar, and, you know, ask your questions, get some things answered. And we're going to take a listener question here this week on the program Tony, about selling a business. And I know you've as a business owner, you've also got a lot of business clients, and so a lot of people do find themselves in this position in America, a lot of small business owners. So we're going to tackle this here a second. But first, how you doing? I've been doing real well. You know, I like this topic because it's near and dear to my heart, and we have a lot of clients that I've seen experienced this exact thing we're going to talk about. So I'm excited to talk about that. And Spring is almost on us, so things are good, good. Well, yeah, let's dive in. Let's because there's quite a few additional pieces that is kind of a lot of lot to unpack here for if we want to dive in. And we'll try to keep this within our normal timeframe here, but see if we can help some folks out, if they might be in a similar situation. So here's the setup. The listener says, Look, I'm 60 years old. My husband's 58 we're definitely behind when it comes to retirement savings, because we have basically nothing saved, but we put it all into the business, and we're going to be selling our business soon for just under a million bucks. I'm very nervous about dealing with this large sum of money, since we don't have any investing experience. Wondering where should we start, and Will this be enough to retire? On any pointers you can help would be great. So I guess we can start with a couple of pieces of this Tony. So when you're, when you're selling a, you know, a business, and you've not saved anything, I mean, it is very it's awesome that the business is, first of all, I guess, sellable, enough that you're, they're selling it and making this money, right, right? That's the first step. I think for a lot of business owners, it's like realizing, hey, is this valuable? Is it sellable? You know, is there value there? And then, if you do sell it, now, what do you do? So what's some things to think about here?

Tony Mauro 02:27

Well, I think the first thing to think about is, and we see this a lot, is, I'll tell you, what they all say is, when we start talking about retirement and whatnot, they all that's what they say is, look, I'm not saying for retirement. My retirement my retirement is gonna be my business, and I'm putting all my money into the business. And so when we that's how the conversation starts. And then in this case, you know, I'd love to know more about it, but I'm gonna make an assumption here that they are gonna be at a million. I don't know what just under a million means. Yeah, let's, let's round it off for easy. Yeah. We'll just, yeah, we'll round it off. But what a lot of people don't realize is, if it's a service business like mine, or they don't owe anything on it, you sell a business for a million and you have no basis, which is kind of like, you know what you paid for your stock, then all of that potential money could be taxable, and if you're getting or giving up, say, 20% of it to the feds, another three or four to the state, you could end up with maybe 750,000 total after taxes. And then you also, you know, you got to factor in selling costs and things like that. So I'm just going to use 750,000 so it's not the million you think, because you're going to owe some taxes. Now, there's a lot that goes into that, because that capital gains, Tony, that's capital gains, yes, capital gains, taxes, and so you know, at first glance, you're 60 years old, and you've got 750,000 net to to, let's say, you know, save for retirement. Are you going to retire now or not? Or because I don't to me on the surface this probably, I don't know if it's enough or not. Depends a lot on their lifestyle and what they want out of life. Well, I don't know, yeah, what enough means?

Speaker 1 04:10

Let's break that down for a second. Okay, so based on your question, there is a million enough, or even 750,000 Well, first of all, the ages were 60 and 58 so you can't even access social security yet for either person, and you certainly can't access medical. So those are two pieces that certainly have to pop up, and if you've done no saving at all, then you're basically rocking this 750 grand for at minimum two years before the first person can turn it on for Social Security, Tony and and five for medical right? So that could be a huge problem. You know, in eating away that 750 may not last for someone's lifetime of 20 years more, I definitely don't think it'll last person's lifetime for sure, because if you know it just isn't going to work again, unless you're going to what you. Retirement to you is, you know, 3040, $50,000 a year total. But let's say, like you were saying, You got to go two or three years with spending, let's say 50,000 including, you know, paying for your for your medical and all of that. Well. Now you're down to, you know, 600,000

Tony Mauro 05:18

and you know, you're, yeah, or less. And you know that's not gonna last you 20 years. You know it just won't even at 50,000 a year. Even if you're earning, say, four to 6% on it, it's it's definitely not gonna be enough. I think it's good. You might know that now, yeah, and hopefully, if maybe the sale is not final, right now you're just thinking, maybe you keep it for a while and build it up and or save and then sell it later. That's a possibility. But I think let's say they're going to sell it now anyway. I think what you definitely need to do is get all these numbers with your advisor and start thinking about, you know, spending. I think you should think about, well, what are we going to do for the next 10 or 15 years? Because we really can't, other than this, we don't have any more income coming in. How are we going to save more?

Speaker 1 06:11

Because, yeah, you've got to get a plan together. I mean, you just mentioned, like, if you're making 4% off of the 750 that'd be the first question for someone like this, who doesn't know even where to start. Where do they park it? To get seven, you know, to get 4% right? So you want to get with an advisor. Are you looking at maybe some in an annuity? Are you putting some in the market, you know? Because you need to be a bit more aggressive, because you don't have any other money saved. I mean, there's a, this is where a financial strategy really comes in handy.

Tony Mauro 06:37

I think so. And I hit on a good point I was going to mention, is, I'm not a huge proponent of annuities, but they have their place, and this might be one of them, if, you know, you talk with your advisor and you figure out, I need an income I can't

Speaker 1 06:51

outlive, right? That's what I was thinking. Was the guaranteed income putting, you know, I don't know, you know, 200,000 or something of that into something that generates income. Yeah, it

Tony Mauro 07:00

generates income, and, you know, you can't outlive it, because I think that's the biggest fear with this couple, or biggest threat, I should say that they'll face is outliving this income. And if you've got nothing else coming in, eventually it's just gonna be down to Social Security, which is a meager existence, right?

Speaker 1 07:18

Yeah, so and that. So the whole question of what's Enough? Enough? Well, that's lifestyle. And, you know, all those pieces go into it. So, Tony, if you were, if you if this person came into your office and said, help us out, right? So you would start with, you start putting, kind of the, you know, the strategy together. Start putting an income piece and expenses right. Is, do they is, do they have a home? Is it paid for? That? That changes things, right? Changes things so there's a lot of data that would then go into hopefully helping somebody like this kind of see in black and white, are, where are we? Are you behind? Do you have a shortfall? And how much

Tony Mauro 07:52

exactly a client like this? This is why I love this topic. This is a very, I want to say, complex, but a very in depth conversation you need to have with somebody, with your advisor, because you have to lay all this out, and then you as the client got to be able to picture this. This is what it's going to look like. I've seen it before. And are you okay with that, or do you need to make us, you know, maybe make a change. But I think if you're going to go through it, that you really got to, you know, buckle it down. And, you know, figure this stuff out, the income needs, the expectations on longevity, all that kind of stuff. And so you are not going to get there. And because I've seen this happen too, where they didn't plan. And boy, are they really, I don't want to say upset, I guess the right word is disappointed that they worked all those years, sold the business. Of course, they didn't save anything, and they didn't plan, right? And then they're they're too old, they can't go back and

Speaker 1 08:50

go to work. Yeah, yeah. Well, so it's a temptation for folks like this could be as well, not everybody, but you haven't saved. Well, again, to this person's you know, question, you now have this big chunk of money, and we'll just call it the 750,000 the temptation could be, well, we're behind. Maybe we should go ahead and put a we should get aggressive with a bunch of it and swing for the fences right to make more money to get ready for retirement. So that could be a dangerous place to be, especially if you're not real savvy in what you want to do. Hopefully you don't take, you know, half a million dollars and go dump it into the market, you know, in in an aggressive, you know, portfolio,

Tony Mauro 09:27

yeah, I definitely think you need to start talking with your advisor and discuss the risks of that and diversification. And, you know, why that kind of strategy, you know, that's, that's risky. I mean, it's easy to see to say, you know, hey, these last few years in the market, especially saying, well, we dump 500,000 of this into the market, we get 20% back. That'd be great, yeah, and it would double itself, say, in even if we got 7% double itself in roughly about seven, seven and a half years. Okay, now we're. At a million. But what if that doesn't happen, and we go through a prolonged period of of downturn, even in just a few years, going to be devastating? And, you know, it's just, it would be a bad situation to go into that, if you're going to go into something like that, you better, better

Speaker 1 10:16

know all the Yeah, and that's kind of why I was asking, you know, that question earlier. You know, for somebody like this who's not real savvy, first of all, find an advisor, right? So I guess the first two things would be, take a step back, breathe like, let's Okay, let's, let's assume that deals going through, you're getting this money, you pay the taxes, whatever the case is, you know, don't rush to make an immediate decision, but certainly, take a little time. Do some, you know, do some vetting, and find a financial professional that you can talk to, go talk to a couple, right? Have those interviews and find out the right person for you, and then start discussing the strategy sessions of of what you know, what do I need to know, you know, and what would my Social Security look like when we do get there, like? Because that's going to factor into the strategy, right? So we don't know if they were paying them, if they had this business for 30 years, were they paying into Social Security properly? Is it going to be low numbers, mid numbers, high numbers, like all of those things, are going to factor in Tony to the overall next 25 year retirement strategy? Yeah.

Tony Mauro 11:13

I mean, all that's going to factor in. And I would say, On a different note, I was thinking about it when you were saying that is if we have younger business owners on this, the one thing I would say, and this little conversation frames it is the one thing our government does, I think, extremely well. I hate to even say that, but I'm gonna say it is, they have so many things for us, business owners to save for our retirement. I mean, from cash balance plans all the way down to Roth IRA 401, KS, everything in between. So if you're younger, try not to get to this point. I mean, in other words, you know, start saving through retirement.

Speaker 1 11:53

We talked about even a set, right, a simple anything, yeah, because

Tony Mauro 11:57

you could stash so much money in it and not have this. Then when you sell the business, then it's this million dollars less, less taxes, 750 is just an add on, and not your overall plan. But yeah, so, I mean, I it's not just for the for the people just getting ready to sell. I think it's younger people can have, have get some benefit out of this conversation.

Speaker 1 12:18

Tony, I tell me, if I'm wrong here, you know? I mean, I'm just the host, but, I mean, I've been talking about this stuff with advisors for 10 years. I feel like, you know, the first place that someone like this has to start, obviously, is, like we said, we'd have to, you have to find an advisor that you're comfortable talking to, that you get a good feeling about. And then you got to start asking, this is where the proper diversification is really going to come into play. How much should we put in the market? How much should we be a little bit aggressive with? How much should we have in safety and protection? How much should we set aside on an emergency fund? What you know, what's the House Situation look like, and then obviously dealing with the medical gap that's going to be coming up as well. Those, to me, those are all like the four or five main pillar pieces that I mean, honestly, that's the same for anybody, whether you worked for a company your whole life, or you worked for yourself in your own business, these are the standard pillars of retirement strategies.

Tony Mauro 13:08

That's it, I mean. And it would have to be the conversation with this couple, for sure, but anybody else, I mean, it's pretty much the same conversation we have, like you're saying, with all of our clients, because at the end of the day, that's what really matters. And I think if they're not looking at that and at least getting a big picture idea in which, I think is where the advisor can become valuable, is to kind of keep them grounded and on task. Yeah, there you go. You know, that's worth the fees that you pay, in my opinion. But certainly,

Speaker 1 13:38

yeah, that 58 and 60 they, you know, getting an advisor now and starting to help, you know, helping them work with this large sum of, sum of money. You know, there's a lot of those, lots of little moving parts and things they can help them with over time. To your point, I kind of getting started now, making tweaks along the way. You know, that's, that's a great point, right? So, yeah,

Tony Mauro 13:57

so I hopefully they'll, they'll sell it, you know, and, you know, live happily ever after and but they will need to do some planning, because if they just sit on it, it's definitely, in my opinion,

Speaker 1 14:09

not going to last. Yeah, you know, you just said that sell it made me think of, well, they're going to assume that they did this, Tony, but for those that are out there listening, that are, they're like, Hey, I've got a business. I'm con, you know, contemplating this, hopefully they went through like a business broker, right? You know? Because, I mean, you could sell your business just kind of like selling a house, where it's for sale by owner, and you might be fine, but there's a lot of nuance to selling a business. And do you find that, would you recommend people, if they're thinking about selling a business, to work with a licensed professional in that in that space?

Tony Mauro 14:39

You know, most of the time, I think so, unless you're selling it to an employee or, you know, something like that, like an insider or a family member, okay? Because I think they're gonna be able to bring you a lot of different, you know, options and whatnot, and they're gonna be realistic, as business owners tend to. And I do the same thing. A lot of us think our businesses are worth more than they are, and. A lot of times, you may get buyer, but they want to spread it out over time, which is not a bad tax strategy from a seller standpoint, but it does delay you getting all your money as well.

Speaker 1 15:11

Well, that's a good point too, right? So are you doing owner financing for this deal, or are you just hoping for that one big fat check, because you kind of need that, right? So that plays into all that as well. So lots of stuff to unpack and deal with when you're thinking about selling a business. And to me, I feel like that's where there's so many little places you could step in it and mess up that, you know, certainly seek the guidance of some professionals in that space. You know, with financial like I said, a business broker certainly finding a financial advisor, maybe even if you don't have one, get one before you sell a business. I don't know if this couple here, they may already be in the in the weeds on that, but certainly get a financial professional before you sell your business. So they can kind of start giving you some things to be on the lookout for as well. So I would agree,

Tony Mauro 15:53

and I would say the last person in there sometimes too is an attorney to look over the deal. Oh yeah, definitely. You know, just, just to make sure that it, you know, you're not missing something on a legal standpoint, especially if you're if you're doing some financing, yeah,

Speaker 1 16:07

great point. Yep. You need a team. You need a financial team, for sure, when you're going through this. I mean, we need it in in everyday life. When you work for somebody for 40 years, you need it when you own business, too. So it's the world we created. It is what it is. But better to make the pay the it's worth it. I think the money to pay those little extra pieces to make sure you're, you're doing the CYA, right? You got everything covered, all right? Well, good stuff. Thank you so much for breaking it down, Tony. We appreciate it. Thank you for the question as well. Folks. Good luck to you. Of course, Tony's teams reaching out to them anyway to ask if they need some further in depth questions and things answered. But if you're thinking about selling a business or a home, or, you know, got an inheritance coming your way, or you just need a strategy in general for retirement. Get with Tony and his team at your planning pros.com today and start talking about how to plan with the tax man. You can subscribe to the podcast on Apple or Spotify or whatever app you like, and we certainly appreciate it, and hopefully you enjoy the content and catch some useful nuggets along the way. And with that, we will see you next time here on the program for Tony Morrow, I'm your host. Mark Killian, we'll see you next time.

Walter Storholt 17:13

Securities offered through avantax investment services. SM, member, FINRA SIPC, investment advisory services offered through avantax, advisory services, insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Everyone’s got an opinion about money (especially the people with a book deal or a TV show). Some of that advice is useful. Some of it sounds better on a stage than it works in real life. Let’s break it down.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc:

Everyone has got an opinion about money, especially people pushing a book deal or a TV show. And sometimes maybe that advice is useful and sometimes it's not, it works better on a sound stage than in real life. Let's break it down and have Tony react to some controversial financial takes here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Hey, everybody. Welcome into the podcast. This is Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro, here in Des Moines professional alternative at Tax Doctor, Inc. Hanging out with me to do a little reaction type podcast this week, Tony, we'll get your take on some interesting hot takes from some financial talking heads out there and see what you think about it and practice in the real world. Because you see clients and help people every day and of course are governed and have rules that you have to follow where a lot of these talking heads don't, they can say whatever they want. We'll talk about that a little bit this week.

How are you doing, buddy?

Tony Mauro:

I've been doing good. As were taping this, we're getting into our tax season so getting busy with a lot of new tax changes and whatnot that's hitting everybody.

Marc:

Yeah, a lot of changes with the OBBBA. You got to be on your toes, right?

Tony Mauro:

Mm-hmm.

Marc:

And we talked a lot about that on some of the prior podcasts.

Tony Mauro:

We did, yeah.

Marc:

Yeah. If you guys aren't a little sure about some of those things, make sure you go check those out and you can find us at whatever podcasting app you like, Plan With The Tax Man. Just type that in the search box or just go to yourplanningpros.com. But if you need some help, of course, reach out to Tony as tax season is upon us again at yourplanningpros.com.

All right. My friend, let's dive in and have some fun with these.

Tony Mauro:

Sure.

Marc:

All right. You're probably familiar, maybe a lot of our listening audience is with Robert Kiyosaki. A number of years back, he wrote Rich Dad, Poor Dad. Really good book, actually. Quite helpful.

Tony Mauro:

[inaudible 00:01:51] yes.

Marc:

Yeah, quite helpful for a lot of people. But he's since gotten a lot more aggressive and interesting in some of his stances and takes. And again, a lot of that is the demographic I think he's marketing himself to and pushing and things of that nature. But let's talk about this take here more recently. He said people shouldn't work for a company and save in that retirement plan, instead should launch their own startups or maybe buy gold, silver, and Bitcoin, or all of the above. At the time we're talking, Tony, it's early February and gold and silver and Bitcoin, we're doing pretty good last year and earlier into the year this year, but not so great right this minute. At the time we're talking, there was a recent 30% downturn in gold and silver so that didn't age so well.

Tony Mauro:

No. And I think it's interesting you pick this one because I have read his books and I think by and large the Rich Dad, Poor Dad, especially the Rich Dad, Poor Dad Cashflow Quadrant are great books for people. And this strikes me because... Don't get me wrong, I like people being in business for themselves. We serve a lot of those businesses.

Marc:

Absolutely.

Tony Mauro:

And the tax planning and accounting capacity and the financial end as well.

Marc:

But I bet they got their own SEPs and things, they've got their own retirement accounts they're doing.

Tony Mauro:

We've got them in almost anybody that will listen and take us up on it, whether it's through us or somebody else. Yes, they have their own retirement plan of some kind.

Marc:

Yeah. Not saving in a retirement plan just seems crazy, especially if you are working for somebody else, Tony. Because if nothing else, take the free money.

Tony Mauro:

It's free money. And that's exactly it, it's free money if you're working for somebody else. I think depending on who he's trying to market this measures to, not everybody is cut out for having a business for themselves. They may be good at it but they don't... A lot of them tend to get themselves into trouble, whether it's tax-wise or lack of planning, lack of cash flow, that kind of thing, let alone the headaches. Again, I love small business. It's my favorite thing so it's somewhere deep in me. I say, I get it. I get what you're saying. Yeah, I think everybody should work for themselves but not...

Marc:

Everybody doesn't have the right temperament though.

Tony Mauro:

They don't. They don't. They don't have the right temperament. And I definitely think if they're working for themselves or if they're working for a company, they should be in a retirement plan of some kind.

Marc:

Yeah. And to just invest in gold, silver, and Bitcoin, come on, that's crazy. Have some if you want but...

Tony Mauro:

I agree. That goes against every financial prudent planning aspect that I know of, that's some diversification...

Marc:

150 years?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Marc:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

Like you say, you can have some but I think you've got to have some diversification, you got to have a plan. I'd love to hear what his rationale for that.

Marc:

Well, I've watched some shorts and some reels he's had out there recently. And I do think he's targeting the younger generation right now, this kind of mindset of we're not going to work 50 years for somebody and then retire, we want to make all our money in our 20s by being aggressive in technology and this, that, and the other. I think he's pandering a little bit to that crowd. Maybe not. Maybe he's totally on board with it. But it just seems like a big departure from some of his previous stuff.

Tony Mauro:

It does. Yeah, it's a real departure from his books.

Marc:

Yeah. Anyway, interesting hot take there. Look, if you want some gold and some silver and some Bitcoin, hey, cool. Talk with your advisor about that, make sure being prudent though to Tony's point. Don't get crazy.

We were joking the other day. I was talking with an advisor, Tony. The Dow just hit 50,000 at the end of last week at the time we're taping this for the first time ever, right? And the comment was, "Hey, the Dow hit 50,000." And somebody goes, "Yeah, so did Bitcoin." Of course, it started at 100,000.

Tony Mauro:

Right. Right.

Marc:

Because it's not had a very good couple of weeks.

Tony Mauro:

No. And that just goes to show you the volatility there.

Marc:

Massive, yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Having all your eggs in those three baskets, definitely very aggressive.

Marc:

It could be, for sure. Yeah. All right. Let's go to a different take here from Suze Orman, host of Women and Money, recently suggested and this is... If Robert was getting a little crazy and aggressive, Suze is maybe getting a little too conservative. Tell me what you think about this, Tony. She suggests retirees set aside three to five years worth of living expenses. Not six months, right? Not three to five months. Just in case bank accounts crash or stock market crashes, things of that nature. Three to five years, a little too conservative? What do you think?

Tony Mauro:

In my opinion, yes. I think that's far, far too conservative because assuming, again, if you're a retiree and you have a diversified portfolio, hopefully if you are in stocks that are high yielding, good quality individual companies. But most people don't have that, they have mutual funds and a variety of things. And even in a market downturn, if you look at 3, 5, 10-year periods, there's not very many that last very long. And if you take it in 10-year periods, there never is over the entire period so that seems very, very conservative.

And who in their right mind is going to take a large chunk of their portfolio and stick it in a 2%, 3% yielding vehicle when they're trying to live off of the income? I don't know where she's coming from with that at all. And again, these people sell a lot of books and whatnot. But keep in mind, I always like to point out that... And they have a lot of followers, they've made a lot of money. But sometimes if you're listening to some of this stuff, you might want to bounce it off your financial advisor as well, just see what they think because I don't agree with that one at all.

Marc:

Yeah, it's a little too... And again, if you got... I don't know. I guess if you're worth $100 million, putting aside three years worth of money is a little easier than most folks, right?

Tony Mauro:

Right. Right.

Marc:

It's three years. I can hardly put side six or eight months, let alone three years worth. And again, interesting takes. And of course, these folks are talking heads out there in the landscape and pushing their books or their programs or things. And while technically, Tony, doing a podcast makes us a talking head, we're a smaller talking head.

Tony Mauro:

True.

Marc:

But again, you're in the trenches. You're a CPA, a CFP, an EA, you work with clients day in and day out. These folks don't do that so that's a little different there.

Tony Mauro:

No. Yeah.

Marc:

Kevin O'Leary and his amazing suits, his very colorful, interesting suits he wears. This one might be the most realistic, Tony, of everything on my list today. And this one is still a little bit too much, I think. But what do you think? He insists that if you don't know your net worth at all times, you're being irresponsible with money. He promotes constant tracking, optimization, and performance measurement.

Tony Mauro:

Somewhat I agree with him because I do think you need to know your net worth.

Marc:

Indeed.

Tony Mauro:

Now, at all times and if you don't know it, you're irresponsible.

Marc:

Constant?

Tony Mauro:

I think that's a little extreme.

Marc:

A little much. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. But I think the point he's trying to make, if I'm reading it right, is you need to track your spending and what you own and what you owe so you do know your net worth because it is an important number. I wouldn't get so hung up on it day to day because you're just not going to be able to make significant changes to it. I think it's worth looking at with your financial advisor to see where it's headed on a yearly basis for sure. We do it with our clients. Every one of our clients, we go over that net worth. Did we grow it? Did it go backwards and why? And it's good to have that because at the end of the day, a large portion of that net worth is going to be your retirement portfolio, your investments. And so that's going to be what we're focusing on mostly.

But also in that net worth, we see a lot of times where we start to become almost a financial personal coach in that, "Hey, your net worth is not growing because you're spending more than you're making." That kind of thing. I think he has some good points there but I wouldn't focus on it. I would focus more with your advisor on the month to month, the bigger plan, and I think you'd be fine.

Marc:

Yeah. And I think a lot of times people do hire a professional, Tony, because they don't want to track it every day and keep an eye on it and it stresses them out. But I think most people, we should know our baseline numbers, we should have a good idea of what's going on, our total net worth, what's coming in, what's going out. You want a good understanding. Even if you do have a financial professional in your pocket helping you out, you still want to have a good... What is it? A 10,000-foot view kind of thing. But I think micromanaging it down to that small of a level, maybe at some point in life. But I think as we get a little older, we're like, "Okay, I need to turn this over to somebody else to handle this because it's too stressful."

Tony Mauro:

Right. Agreed.

Marc:

All right. I got two more I'm going to do and it would not be complete doing this list without old Dave Ramsey. Dave is not shy and no stranger to controversial takes like cutting up credit cards or paying exclusively in cash. And obviously, Dave has got a huge empire, helps a lot of people, and actually has a lot of good things that do seem to work on the debt side. However, on this side, Tony, this might be a little crazy. He's challenging the rule of thumb, the 4% rule. He's advocating for 8% annual withdrawal for retirees who invest 100% in the market. If over time the S&P 500 yields a 10% rate of return, he says the money should then last you throughout retirement. And while on the surface, that makes sense, 100% in stocks for retirees alone just seems like way more nausea and sleepless nights than most people probably want.

Tony Mauro:

I would agree with you. I've read Dave Ramsey's books, I think one of his best is the Total Money Makeover. As far as getting yourself started with planning, I think that's a great book for everybody.

Marc:

And the snowball thing works great.

Tony Mauro:

It works great. This, I would agree with you too. I don't agree with him at all there. I do like a little bit more aggressive withdrawal percentage than 4%, I like to use 5% with most of my clients unless they're very conservative. But 8% and all in stocks, that would be... I think as a fiduciary, that would just be wrong of us to even assume that unless the client comes and says, "This is what I want. I want nothing else." And it's up to us to say, "Wait a minute, that's too much." Because what he doesn't say here is, yes, over time it yields 10%. I would agree with that but that time period is a long time period. What happens if you've got all of your retirement portfolio, S&P 500 index, let's say, and we have an eight-year prolonged downturn? Will you run out of money? Probably not, but you will have significantly less. And if you're living off the income, well, then you either have to take less or get into the principal.

Marc:

And he doesn't really talk about, "Hey, are you willing to cut that back on the down years and things of that nature?" Because adding a little context to that, Tony, to your point, somebody could be listening and go, "Hey, man, the market last year finished at 18%. The year before that, 20 something. The year before that, 20 something. The year before that, 20 something. Making 10 back and only pulling out 8 totally seems doable the last four or five years. Why not?" Sure, you're right. But what about the 10 years where we made nothing? What about a few decades back when there was what? 15 or 18 years where it made nothing, right?

Tony Mauro:

Made nothing, right. I remember through 2000 to 2000 almost 10.

Marc:

Oh, the lost decade. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Oh, just a whole decade was gone. Let's say you were following this strategy then and that wouldn't have been too good for you.

Marc:

You're pulling 8% out of a million dollars, you're pulling 80 grand out year over year, and it's not making anything back. Again, it's a little too much, I think.

Tony Mauro:

I think so too. I think he might be just trying to generate a conversation there but I think he definitely got to put some context to that.

Marc:

Yeah, for sure. And again, while technically the numbers technically do make sense, can you sleep at night with that much risk? And it flies in the face of everything for people... And again, the fact that he even mentioned it for retirees is what kind of... If he would have said people in their 30s or 40s, I could have maybe rolled with that. But people in their 60s up, that's a little too crazy.

Tony Mauro:

I agree.

Marc:

All right. Final one. You might have thought that might have been the wildest take but I'll save this one for last. The world's richest man, Mr. Musk, predicts that advances in AI, energy, and robotics will generate such an abundance of resources, Tony, that all individual retirement savings will become irrelevant in the future. On a recent podcast, he said, "Don't worry about squirreling away money for retirement. In another 10 or 20 years, it won't matter anyway." There's going to be this boom that is going to just bring riches to everyone and the thing is I actually think he believes it. I will give him the credit and the benefit of the doubt saying I think that he thinks these things are true, that he can make these things happen or they're going to happen or whatever. And kudos for feeling about that. But man, there is so many holes I can punch into this. First of all, Tony, what is your thought on will it even generate that sort of money? And then who allocates it? Who doles it out?

Tony Mauro:

Well, that's what I was just thinking [inaudible 00:15:10]

Marc:

And who do you trust to make sure they don't take it and give it to you?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, this is nirvana. I'm thinking, "Well, boy, if that's the case, sign me up."

Marc:

Heck, yeah, sign us all up.

Tony Mauro:

[inaudible 00:15:21]

Marc:

But the history of human beings have... Is there any company, person, government, anything that you would trust to say, "Oh, send me my universal check every month so I don't have to do anything." I know that's the world keeps thinking we're moving towards that but we have to be on it. Who is going to really trust someone to do that first and foremost, right?

Tony Mauro:

I agree. I just think that's... I didn't even know where he's coming from with that. I do think he believes it because I heard...

Marc:

I do. I really do. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

But I just don't see how that's possible. Everybody that either... Let's say AI and energy and robotics have taken over everything, those are the people that are going to have... Who create that I would think are going to have the money and I don't know how that's going to be doled out to the rest of the people and why.

Marc:

Well, you're talking about what? They've been kicking around that universal income for everyone kind of thing, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Marc:

And if you're having a computer, if you're having AI dole out the money where so therefore humans aren't touching it, therefore it's deemed fair. I guess you could make those arguments. But at some point, it just seems... All right, 20 years from now he's talking. If you're 60 years old right now listening to this and you stop, right? You stop, saying, "You know what? Elon is totally right. He's going to pull this off. This is going to happen. I'm 60. I'm not going to save another dime for retirement for the next 20 years." And 20 years comes by and you're 80 and none of this came to fruition. Well, you're screwed.

Tony Mauro:

You're screwed. Yeah, you're in real trouble.

Marc:

And he's not on the hook for it.

Tony Mauro:

No. I would say to everybody, you keep doing what you're doing, you plan like we're in this world right now.

Marc:

Exactly.

Tony Mauro:

And if something like this in your lifetime ever comes to happen, well then all the better. But I wouldn't bank anything on something like this.

Marc:

And that's where I think the questions and the interesting thing comes into the speculation of investing, right Tony? That's where it comes back to, "Hey, look, if you want to get in crypto, if you want to have some AI properties, if you want to do some of these different things because you believe in this interesting future possibility. Cool, do that. But don't risk the tried and true things that have also worked for 150 years just in case you're wrong because there's you, there's your spouse, there's your heirs to think about." And so I think that's where we... We're in this interesting space where it's like, "I want to take some chances maybe." Or, "I want to be on some cutting edges." But let's still keep it within that speculative portion I guess, Tony, of our finances.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, very small. Very small speculative portion because that's exactly what it is. And you certainly don't want to, just like you said, risk your future on some of the speculation. Because some of it is out there and...

Marc:

And it may be possible. It may absolutely be possible but it also may not.

Tony Mauro:

It may be possible.

Marc:

[inaudible 00:18:16] I'm still waiting on my flying car. I ain't got it yet.

Tony Mauro:

I've got a client here locally, tax only, that has... He's the same way. He is invested in some Iraqi Dinari that he keeps saying that it's going to take off, it's going to be... He's been telling me this for 20 years and it's basically worth 3/10 of one cent. You don't want to get into that. I think it was a little flyer for him, I don't even know. But anyway, please consult with advisors before you do any of these kind of things and [inaudible 00:18:53]

Marc:

And again, it's easy for the world's richest man to be like, "Well, if it doesn't work, well, whatever."

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, whatever.

Marc:

Well, he's going to fly off to Mars and not be responsible anyway.

Tony Mauro:

That's right.

Marc:

But look, good stuff, fun for conversation. And I think that's a piece too, I think as humans, we're always looking to try to move forward and do some things. And of course, sometimes we're trying to sell some stuff. And of course, even in Elon's case, he's trying to promote his robotics and his AI and get people on board. And the more people that are interested and on board, the better the chances of things happening and generating.

You always have to take stuff with a grain of salt and you could simply say, "Well, Mark, you're constantly saying, Hey, call Tony." Yeah, I am. I'm saying call Tony to get a strategy and a plan in place that works for your situation based on the things you've got going on in your life, and also they're backed by years of research and data. And there's no plan that's perfect but having a plan is better than having no plan.

Tony Mauro:

That's right. I agree totally.

Marc:

Yeah. Get yourself onto the calendar, have a consultation and a conversation with licensed professionals, CPA, CFP, EA. It's what Tony is for 30 plus years. If you need some help, find him online at yourplanningpros.com. That's your planningpros.com. We're going to wrap it up this week so thanks for hanging out with us here on Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro.

Tony, thanks for engaging and having some fun with me on this.

Tony Mauro:

All right. We'll see you next time.

Marc:

We'll see you next time here on the podcast.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

One of the biggest retirement decisions people make doesn’t involve the stock market at all. It’s a choice hidden inside their pension paperwork.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1 00:00

Hey, time once again, to plan with the tax man, and we are going to talk about the biggest retirement decisions people make that doesn't involve the stock market or could make, right? So it's a choice hidden inside the pension paperwork. Let's get into it. Would you trade $600 a month to protect your spouse? Look up in the sky. It's a bird. It's a plane.

Speaker 2 00:21

No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero, but Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for plan with the tax man.

Speaker 1 00:34

Welcome into the podcast, folks. This is another edition of plan with the tax man, with Tony Morrow from tax doctor. Inc, and you can find them online@yourplanningpros.com and again, yourplanningpros.com and Tony, this week, we've got a listener question, a variation. Anyway, I'll change it up just a little bit. And you've been getting some of these lately yourself as well. And so we want to talk about this, the pension trade off conversation. And so we'll, I'll just set it up. Let me read the email and then, and then we'll dive into it. All right, okay, all right. So with my pension, the person says I can get $3,500 a month, but the wife gets nothing when I die, or I can take 2900 a month and she'll continue to get all of it after I'm gone. As always, I'm wondering which is better and Tony. It seems cut and dried, like the spouse is sitting there, probably listening, going, duh, take the one where I get money after you die. But let's, at least, for the sake of the conversation, talk about, you know, the pros and cons of both ways. And I think that's what people need to think about when this situation comes up, right? It's not Yes, probably 80% of the time, it probably does make sense to take the spousal continuation, but maybe not always. So let's discuss it. How you doing?

Tony Mauro 01:47

I'm doing good. I've been doing good since first year. So getting ready to dwell into tax season. And we do get this question a lot. And you know what I find with tax clients is I find more of the clients that I've talked to, they actually take the higher amount not knowing. They don't read over their paperwork. Very, very well true. And you know, so I find that, you know, make sure you're before you even dwell into this read this paperwork, make sure you understand before you check boxes. And make sure that you get some advice you have any questions on it, yeah, because one can, you know, really devastate you if you pick the wrong one, but you're, you know, in this case, and this is a topic of mine, because as I get a little closer to the end, my wife has worked for the government for it'll be probably 47 years, but she goes, Oh, wow. And so we'll have this choice in our public retirement plan called IPERs, and, you know, so yeah, me, as a spouse, I'm just like you said, you know, let's take the lower amount, because I want to make sure you know that if something happens to you, that I've got this till I die, right? But the nice part about IPERs, in our case in Iowa, is, if I go first and we're at the lower amount, she can actually bump herself back up to the higher amount. Oh, it's rained or her life. So, yeah, you know, that works. But what a lot of people need to take a look at in this and make some decisions and talk to their advisors about is, you know, the very first thing is, what kind of longevity does the covered person, meaning the you know, person that's going to get this benefit, have within their lifetime? And you know, use that, you know, to make this decision, because obviously, you know, the higher payout shifts the risk to the surviving spouse, correct, and you know that that's kind of a risk. And so that's why we kind of titled this, you know, is this reduction or this $600 a month worth it? Because it does act like a little bit of insurance, you know,

Speaker 1 03:38

if, yeah, for sure, it's like a little insurance policy and that. And I guess we can skip around a little bit, because that really it's easy for us to walk to that conversation piece, because that's what a lot of people tend to think. They go, Well, why don't I take the bigger amount, the 3500 in this example, and invest that $600 difference, and I'll buy my own life insurance, right? And so that's certainly something that people think, and I in their statistics that show I can probably do better and leave some tax free money, because it'll be in a tax in a life insurance policy. And that's fine, that's totally possible, but you need to run the math first and see, and to your point about longevity, that's going to play into that. Because if you don't really have longevity on your side, and you go that route, you may not live long enough to fund that policy exactly. You may not live long enough, and you may not be healthy enough at 6570, they're even going to issue a policy another, I don't think, you know, 600 a month may not buy you a whole lot at that time, because you might, you know, hey, if you can get the policy, it's gonna be well more than that pending.

Tony Mauro 04:35

And, you know, you may not be even insurable. So again, conversation to have, but that is a that's an option, which is why you want to have these conversations, you know, which I think is good

Speaker 1 04:47

well, so you think about, Okay, a couple of different things, right? So let's just go with the standard statistics. Male passes first, the females right behind, typically goes, guys pass away first. So a couple things happen, right? So this, this the shift you talked about, the risk. Shifts to the spouse? Well, a couple of things big, big things happen right off the bat. One is you're going to higher tax bracket. You weren't expecting that, right? So you've got that. You're going to lose one social security, so you're going to go to the higher one. So if you don't have this spousal option checked in on, can you survive the lower income hit right? Depending on what your other assets and the other things you have in place. So talk a little bit about some of those things and how you've seen that. So again, this is it's case by case specific.

Tony Mauro 05:26

Case by case specific. Is exactly it, because you hit all the topics and it needs to be discussed. Because if you have the assets where none of that you just mentioned, it matters, and you still gonna have plenty of income and everything, well then maybe the higher amount, you know, is a better option for you, but more times than not, in our case, exactly what you said happens, expenses don't drop, income drops, and now all of a sudden you've got higher taxes, more you know, same expenses, less income. And you know, then you've underestimated the impact of all this, and by taking that higher amount, you still may not have enough to cover things, and then all of a sudden the whole retirement plan shifts and changes on you. And, you know, do you really want that? You know? And so that's why I think it needs to be discussed. Yeah.

Speaker 1 06:14

And there's a lot of little pieces to that, right? So there's those different pieces. And I think sometimes Tony people kind of fall into that factor of, well, they've heard it forever. Well, they're only going to need half the money coming in when one of us dies anyway, right? So, so we're good any if, even if we did take the bigger amount, because we've got plenty. But half is a misnomer. It's, it's not, it's more like 85% I

Tony Mauro 06:36

think it's, yeah, at least that. I don't. People always say that to me. I said I've never seen it happen. Expenses don't drop to half. Everybody that I've I've worked with, I haven't seen one yet at best, yeah, they dropped 10 to 15. I had one case dropped about 20, but not half. And luckily, in his case, everything else he had, it didn't really matter too much, because he was pretty well off. I mean, he had not only social security, but he had a big pension of his own and a big portfolio, you know, things like that. But I think all those other things you need to have the discussion to figure out where this fits in the rest of your overall plan, right? I mean, with everything else, because that's going to really guide you on what to take, well, you know, or which way to

Speaker 1 07:19

go, yeah, yeah, for sure. Well, how the pension fits in with the rest of the overall plan, right? I mean, that's really going to be a big key. So this is where, again, why not stress test the situation? If this is on your radar, if you're eligible for our pension, right? If you've got somebody in the in the family that's going to possibly be getting one, go sit down with somebody and say, let's look at the different options. Because Tony, just like Social Security, you well, actually, even worse than Social Security, they typically don't come with colas, and there's no do over there's

Tony Mauro 07:45

no do over on this, no. And I think a lot of us, as you get into retirement, I mean, for me personally, I like to, what I value is, I want to make sure that my and my wife's income, you know, it's monthly income, is the way I look at it, is not is going to be the same regardless of who dies first, and the remaining person can be here and have the same income coming in, you know, if one of us is gone. Now, I mean, yes, we've got the nest egg over here that's funding that income, and then Social Security and some other things. But to me that I want more certainty than, you know, a little bit higher monthly amount? Yeah, I mean that, like, say that's just me and for us, you know, I'm gonna assume I'm gonna die first, and if she can go back and get the higher benefit that for her rest of her days, my decisions made already, because, you know, we'll take the lower amount. And if she ends up living me 10 years, well, then she'll she can go back and get that higher amount for all those 10 years, which I think

Speaker 1 08:39

is good. And Tony, what if you already have, like, life insurance in place, right? So again, running these numbers because maybe it makes sense to take the higher amount because you don't need it. You've ran the portfolio, you've ran the Social Security maximizations, you've ran all these things, and you guys are going to be sitting pretty without taking the spousal option. Then fine, right? I mean, what else could you do with it? Right? Can you could spend it, I guess, however you want, while the initial person is here, yeah, and depending, life insurance is a big part of it. Now, what I find in reality,

Tony Mauro 09:11

most clients, generally don't have the life insurance. Toward the end, they usually have all this term, and it starts to run out about 65 you know. So they're past their their bill paying years and debts, and so they don't have it. But if you do, and have some big permanent policy, you know, say you're out there with, you know, 2, $3 million worth, total of permanent life that you can't outlive, meaning that as long as you pay the premiums, they're going to pay out somebody, and if that goes to the spouse when you kick off early, then you know, you could take that $3 million invest it, and probably, you know, get your 3500 a month. So, yeah, it makes some sense to take a look at

Speaker 1 09:47

that as well. Yeah, so we're talking peace of mind versus maximum income. I guess

Tony Mauro 09:51

I think at the end of the day, that's really what it is, is peace of mind, knowing that the living spouse is still going to have something I know again I keep talking to. Out my own situation, but I know, in my wife's case, you know, her hyper is going to be fairly large now. I mean, you know, if something happened to her and we took the wrong and we took the one where it ends when she dies, I'm going to be okay, but, boy, I could be a heck of a lot better, you know, if I continued to get that until, until I died, yeah, but yeah, it for me, it's peace of mind over a little bit bigger benefit. I actually had an uncle. He has now passed where he wasn't he chose the wrong one. He didn't even know he did it. And then it happens. That happens a lot, doesn't it? It happens a lot. He went back and tried to fight him on it, saying, oh, you know, no, you got to give me the one that covers my spouse. And they legally, they would not do it. And he lost that case and and then it ended when he died, which is about two years ago, a spouse still living, and he's got nothing. She got no benefit from that. So real life, real life decisions, and it does happen,

Speaker 1 10:53

yeah, for sure. Well, look, neither choice is wrong, but it does need to align with the overall values and the reality of whatever your financial situation is this decision is about deciding what kind of protection matters most in your retirement strategy, right? So you got to understand the trade off so that you can find the right answer, right? And I think that's where people make to your point about the uncle, you know, if this is something on the radar, make sure, before you elect or ignore that you run a complete, you know, breakdown and scenario to see what's going to be beneficial. Because I'm quite sure, if you go with the title that we used here, Tony for this episode, would you trade $600 a month to protect your spouse? Your spouse is probably looking at you, going, you're better. Yeah, that's right. So no matter which side it goes, whether it's male, female, whatever, but make sure that you're covering your loved one, but again, do the right thing too, because you could find it could be a better solution to go the other way, but you don't know till you run that math right. Any final

Tony Mauro 11:49

thoughts, my friend, no, I would say, as I generally do, this is an important, important decision. And make sure, especially retirees, you know, they're not sure when they read this paperwork. Get advice. You know, if you don't have an advisor, ask one of your children, but, but get with an advisor or somebody before you check the wrong box,

Speaker 1 12:07

yeah, and then make a big mistake. So indeed, well, good stuff, good conversation. And again, topical this month with our chats, because Tony's been getting questions about both of the podcasts we dropped this month. And as always, to you know, learn more, stay abreast of things, or just, you know, get some of the information you need, subscribe to the podcast, or at least, consider it, maybe share it with others who might benefit from the message as well. You can find plan with the tax man on all the major podcasting apps. All you got to do is type that into the search box, plan with the tax man, or just go to Tony's website. Your planning pros.com that's your planning pros.com lots of good tools, tips and resources there as well. Get some time on the calendar and all that good stuff. So Tony, thanks for breaking it down and being with us. We always appreciate your time, and we will see you next time here on plan with the tax man,

Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

A new government-backed savings account for kids is coming. On the surface, it sounds like a win. Free money for newborns, long-term investing, and a head start on adulthood. But once you look under the hood, Trump Accounts raise some real questions about taxes, flexibility, and whether they beat existing options. Today, we’re walking through the pros and cons and asking if this new account is worth the effort.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

00:00

A new government backed savings account for kids is coming. We've all heard about this, and on the surface it sounds like a win free money for newborns and long term investing and a head start on adulthood. But when you look under the hood, the Trump accounts raise some questions about taxes flexibility and whether they beat existing options. So this week on plan with the tax man, let's break it down. Look up in the sky. It's a bird. It's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero, but Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for plan with the tax man. Hey everybody, welcome to the podcast. This is planned with the tax man, with Tony Morrow from tax Dr Inc and Tony. Let's talk about the free money, or the future headache of the pros and cons of the new quote, unquote Trump accounts, and just kind of see if we can kind of give some, you know, back and forth, a little bit on some of these things, because there's a lot of interesting ideas, but there's also some conundrums as well. So we'll dive into that. How you doing? My friend, doing good. You know, New year, new goals. Hopefully everybody's got some new goals and feeling good. And so, yeah, we're looking forward to, course, tax season starting for us shortly as we as we're taping this right, right? So we've got that coming about. Get busy. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Well, so let's break into this. Let's chat on this conversation here a little bit. So I guess let's kind of start with big picture, right? So this was part of the Oba the one, and they launched this year. So this stuff, if it all goes through again, this would start this year in July of 2026 give us some some highlights here, some big picture. Yeah, so the big picture. And the reason I wanted to talk about this because we're starting to get some questions. Some questions from tax clients. I think they're hearing things, you know, out on the news and things in Google and whatnot, but I still think there's a lot of people that don't know anything about it. That's why I want to at least try to reach as many people as possible. But you know what they did? And you know, again, putting all politics aside whether this is right wrong, we have the money, but this is what's going on, and you got to decide whether or not you know you want, can take advantage of it. So what they did was they're basically saying that starting in July 26 children born between 25 and 28 so we're only talking 25 at the moment, 26 to be but they got to keep this in mind, the government's going to give each of these children, if they open up a Trump account, $1,000 free money, which, on the surface sounds good, and what happens is, is the child owns the account. The parent is the custodian, till they're 18, other people, like grandparents, parents, friends, all that contribute up to $5,000 a year to this account in total. And even employers could throw in 2500 but it's not, I don't know. See a whole lot of that happening, but who knows? Maybe. And then what they're going to do, what the federal government is going to do, is take this money invested in low cost US equity funds are probably going to be ETFs and index funds, things like that. It's very low cost. All of this interest in gain is going to grow tax deferred, and then when the child's 18, they do have the opportunity to withdraw this amount, but they don't have to any withdrawals. It's treated just like any other retirement account. It comes out taxed at ordinary income, and they could face penalties there and whatnot. That's kind of the big, big picture of that. And you know, we'll continue to move on, and I'll go over some numbers that I ran before we got this on here, and just to kind of give some people some numbers to put with it. But I think the big thing they're what they're looking at, in my opinion, is, again, I think a lot of times the government sometimes means, well, they rush things out, don't think it through. I think their big you know idea here is, let's start something for newborns, so that if they save this money and end up with it all the way till they retire, that maybe you know, if we don't have the programs we have now, that they're going to be okay, in other words, less reliant on the government. But that's my opinion of that, because I you know they know that not enough Americans are saving on the regular, and I think that's, that's their primary motivation, yeah. And I think there's two pieces to that, Tony, and thank you for breaking that down, good and concise, good stuff there. I think one is to get people saving. Or, I think these are really three. There's really threefold, really right? One is to get people saving from a young age, teach in the value or the power of compounding, as you know, is massive, right? Absolutely. And so I think that's one piece. I think another piece is get people making kids, because we're going to have a real shortage of workforce, not only our country, but a lot of countries. And I think, I think there's some of this is a leftover Elon kind of feel right with with Trump and with the administration, because he's a huge proponent of we are going to have major shortfalls in society, in the workplace in about 2025, 30 years, right? And so if you look at China, they're going to have huge workforce problems as well. So I think it's that and that, and then tax revenue. And the reason I say that about the tax revenue and I'm going to have you buy.

05:00

Break this down for us is because they're a little sticky, right? There's, there's some criticisms here about how it works. So why don't you break down some of the the cons, some of the negatives of this, some of the negatives really, you know is, and this is what, what I didn't even know until we started really dwelling into it, is, if somebody like me. So the reason this is near and dear to my heart because I had my first grandchild. First grandchild in 25 so, you know, I want my son to open up this account get the 3000 I'm gonna I'm planning on putting the $5,000 a year in for her, and we'll get back to that. But one of the cons is, is these contributions don't qualify for the annual gift tax exclusion. A lot of people don't know that when they give gifts away of cash and other things, there's an annual gift tax exclusion, and after that, you have to file a tax form using some of your lifetime exemption. These don't qualify for the exclusion. So therefore, when I do this, I'm going to have to file a gift tax return, which is a form 709, which is not terribly difficult, because obviously I know how to do them, but people that don't know how to do them are gonna have to go pay somebody two. To go pay somebody to do them, or they could get themselves in trouble, you know, with the IRS. The other thing too, is, and I just found this out before, well probably a couple weeks ago, is this is not supported this form by DIY tax software, you know, so half of America is using DIY tax software. You're going to need to pay someone like ourselves to do this for you, which just means a little more money out of your pocket. The other thing too is there's no tax deduction for these contributions, because it's not, you know, not a qualified charity or anything like that. Withdrawals are taxable, unlike Roth's and other types of things. And then there's limited flexibility, I feel like, for me personally, I don't mind assuming this all comes off like they talk about letting the government run the account until she's 18, but after that, if I were to convince her, if I'm still around, and not to let the government hold that, we move that into something, you know, a rollover IRA, something like that, that we can Control outside of the government hands. That's just me personally, but so I think there's some of those. Are some of the criticisms. I would say people have to watch out for some of the cons. But I think the pros, you know, really are number one. Government's handing out 3000 bucks right of a child you know, born between 25 and 28 you might as well take it if you have a child. But even if you don't do anything else, you might as well take the free money. Granted, we don't, maybe not have the money to do it, but they're going to hand it out. So, you know, why not take that? I think that's one. I think two, like you were talking about, really gives the child early on some sense of, you know, investing, using compounding things like that, the investments are going to be very low, and you don't have to make any decisions about them. It's just going to be invested in index types of funds. And I ran the numbers before we got on so you know, if you take advantage of this, if you have a child, and you just open one up and the government puts the 1000 bucks in you, nothing else, right? If you leave it like that, and let's say that these funds earn roughly 7% you know, not, not very high, but I they probably gonna do better than that over 18 years. But so you would have, for that child $3,379

08:15

you know, it's not a ton, but it's free money. I ran, I think I ran it Tony. And if you go out something crazy, like 40 years, just, just the I ran that one, right? Yeah. Did you run that one too? I ran that one. Go ahead. Took the same 1000 bucks and you left it so you're 3379 and 18. You took it out another 48 years till they were 65 that person would have an 81,250

08:38

bucks. If you did nothing, you did zero, right? So, like, if you do nothing and you leave it alone, and again, there's that limitation, right? You got to have a kid born this year for right now, but that's 85 grand at retirement that you didn't have before, and you did nothing, did nothing, that's not that's not terrible, that's not terrible. So I think the Pro, in my mind, pros outweigh the cons. Yeah, especially if you, if you, you know, take control of it after 18. Yeah, maybe help them, not just go out and spend it. I had, I had done that Tony with and added $1,000 annually, right? So, just saying, okay, like life gets in the way, whether, you know, whether it's family or whatever, adding $1,000 while the kid is young, up to a, you know, 18, and then they've got a job, and then you've, you've taught them, you've educated and you've got them set they're going to put $1,000 in every year like clockwork until they're 65 and it was over half a million. Yeah, right. Well, I ran the numbers for my own granddaughter, and if I, if I open one, or my son will open it, but Right? And so the free 1000, if I put in $5,000 a year for her till she's 18, and stop at 18, she'll have $173,000

09:50

in that account. Wow. Imagine that. That's amazing. If she left that till she was 65 and did zero, you know, nothing else for retirement, she would have 4.4

10:00

Million dollars. Holy moly. So granddad would have funded her retirement up till she was 18, and she just didn't touch it again. Now that again, to your point, this is assuming 7% year over year. 7% things can happen, right? But, yeah, and who knows, you know, if people are going to have the wherewithal to set it aside, but it would be kind of in my own, my own situation. For me, it's like, you know, maybe that would be something kind of, you know, for my legacy, you know, even so if something happens to me or when I'm gone, right, she can say, hey. I mean, 4.4 may not buy as much as it does today, but it's still, I gotta think $4.4 million 60 years from now, still got to be nice. Yeah, you know, it's gonna be nice. So interesting, yeah, interesting, yeah. Well, let me so let's, let's play devil's advocate, right? So you've talked about some of the criticism, you've talked about some of the pros. How do they stack up against the things that are already out there, right? So, is it the best fit? Is it, are you still better off doing, you know, like, a 529, or a custodial account? Like, what's some thoughts? That's good thought. I would say this where hopefully you're working with your advisor to talk to them and go over that. I think I hate to give away free money, especially when the government's given it. So I would at least take advantage of 1000 bucks, right? And but as I did the numbers and I compared it, you know, to say, if I put for my own situation, I put in $5,000 into a 529, plan for her, and she didn't use it for college, and we rolled it to, you know, an IRA, assuming that rule is still in effect, it's going to be close. She'd actually probably have a little more in that if she took it all the way out to 65 simply because the investment flexibility and whatnot. But when you take away some of the, you know, the manager fees and something like that. It starts getting down fairly close to it. But again, it depends on what clients want to use this money for. Maybe some are just saving for the 18 and using it for college and calling that good. I know in Iowa you can get a, you know, a deduction for your 529, contributions. So in Iowa, if you're using it for college, it might not make as much sense to do the Trump account versus an Iowa 529 plan, but different. You know, people in different parts of the country might find it different. So my my takeaway there for everybody would be, make sure you run some numbers with your advisor and what you're wanting maybe to use this for, because Roths and 529, may be still a better option. They're not getting the the headlines like this, but, you know, they still may be better options for you. All right. So final thoughts, my final thoughts, basically, are, you know, with the state of the government right now, I don't, I don't want to get into all that. I say, you know, if you've got a child being born, go ahead and take the money, at least, take the free 1000, then work it into your plan and see where that takes you. I will say in closing on this topic, for 2025

12:52

there's actually a form that you can fill out and submit with your tax return, and they will open it up automatically for you in 26 and beyond. Right now they're saying you've got to go out on your own and open up the account. I don't know if that'll be the case once they get the 26 forms and everything done, but for those born in 25 which my granddaughter was, it's very easy to get at least get the account open, rather than going through a lot of bureaucratic, bureaucratic BS. But I hope that they can do this, and they can continue to do it for these three or four years here, where this, I don't know, I'm hearing all kinds of things. I'm hearing some of its federal money, some of it, Michael Dell, or somebody's done, yeah, they did, like, 6 billion, I think, to this fund, yeah. So, you know, there's some money out there, and, you know, it's, I think it's worth a look anyway. Don't, don't just pass it up because it's a government thing. It's funny. People are like, Oh, they just did that because they're, you know, if you're, if you're getting political, well, they're cronies and all that kind of stuff. It's like, it's also a tax write off for the Dell corporation or Dell person, whatever the case is, right? And who cares, right? I was like, sometimes people get so, they get so wrapped up in political minutia that it's like, Look, if it's $6 billion it's coming from a private individual to fund something that may help, you know, another generation save some money, and yes, there'll be tax revenue generated for it. Let's be honest. It's not, and it's not, yeah, it's not just Trump's administration that needs tax revenue. It's our country, right? It's our government. So whether taxes, you know, taxes are probably still going up. Tony, I mean, you know, they passed the extension of the tcja, right with the over but we're in there. We're in our low tax, you know, brackets now for another few years. But let's be honest, at $38 trillion we need tax revenue. We need tax revenue. And I would agree with you. You know, as much as political things are going on the country right now, you can't let political things drive, you know, every single like, motivation about everything, right? Yeah, that's, I mean, because, from a from a truly tax guy standpoint, me saying, the government, hey, you guys spend way more than you you take in. Why are you doing this? We don't have the money. Blah, blah, blah, but Right? I mean, as a user of the system, hey, if you're gonna hand out money, I think I should Right, exactly, take it exactly. It's.

15:00

Interesting, yeah, yeah, we just can't get so politically polarized, you know, we can't see that. But so, yeah, I think, I think that they're a worthwhile take a look at deal, right? Okay, well, overall, they're not inherently bad, but they're not automatically better either, right? But the money is real, and so are the trade offs. So like most financial tools, Tony, all financial tools, their value depends on the family, the goals and the other situations that are already in play or could be in place. So sit down with a qualified Pro and see if it's you know, right for you. And again, you have to even fall in line with this if you're having a child or your child's having a child with this past year, right? So it's a very limited option for people right this minute, but if it's something that does pique your interest, and as Tony said, he's had a lot of calls and emails about it here recently, then reach out to him and have more in depth conversations at your planning pros.com that's your planning pros.com or call 844-707-7381,

15:56

we'll have a link in the show descriptions so that you can click on there and get in touch with With Tony, but don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple or Spotify or whatever podcasting app you enjoy, and for that, we'll see you next time here on plan with the tax man. Tony. Thanks for breaking it down. All right. Well, take care. We'll see you next time. We'll see on the next episode.

16:17

Right here Securities offered through a van tax investment services. SM, Member FINRA, SIPC, investment advisory services offered through avantax advisory services, insurance services offered through an event tax, affiliated Insurance Agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Turning 62 might not feel like a milestone birthday… until you realize the Social Security clock just started ticking. Filing now could put money in your pocket sooner or cost you tens of thousands over a lifetime. How do you pick the right strategy? Let’s break down how to think through one of the biggest retirement decisions you’ll ever make.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

Turning 62 might not feel like a milestone birthday until you realize the social security clock just started ticking. Filing now could put money in your pocket sooner or cost you tens of thousands over your lifetime. So which is the right strategy? Let's break it down.

Hey everybody, welcome to the podcast. This is Plan with the Tax Man, with Tony Mauro and myself to talk, "Hey, I'm 62. Should I file or wait?" That's the big conversation, Tony, that happens all the time. I imagine you probably have this chat with new prospects virtually every single time you meet with somebody.

Speaker 2:

Every time. Yes. And I picked this topic this week because I've been getting a lot of questions on it. There's been a lot of chatter on social media about it. So I wanted to address it again because it is important.

Speaker 1:

And it's complicated for people, but you could talk big money here. So I mean, why do it? Why file at 62? There's a plethora of reasons. If you take out the just actual need it, okay, it's like I ran the numbers and we actually do need to turn it on. Oftentimes it's things like, "Well, it's mine. I want it back." Or whatever. Understandable, but what's some other things you've heard?

Speaker 2:

Well, I hear things such as, "My parents didn't live very long, so therefore I want to collect it while I still got some time." Okay. And by the way, as we talk about this, we could sit, if I had 10 listeners on the podcast as a call in, we would all have different opinions. And you could get into some serious arguments about this. So a lot of this depends upon each individual situation, like most things financial planning do. But that being said, besides worried about longevity, they want to basically take the money and invest it in themselves. Some want to give it to their heirs a little earlier.

Some are, of course, like you said, they're just ready to get out. They've worked for somebody else forever. They want to retire now and they need the income now is always the biggest one, but there are some drawbacks to that, which we'll get to. But those are the things I find most people want to take it early. And most people, when they want to take it early, they've given it no though other than those things. They haven't run any projections. They haven't done any type of planning for this, which we'll talk about here in a second.

Speaker 1:

Okay. Well, why wait until FRA, full retirement age? So there's some compelling reasons to do so. First, it's what, about 6% annually. If you were to do the numbers from 62 every year you're waiting, it's about 6% up to full retirement age. Yeah?

Speaker 2:

It is. So when you take it early, of course, you have to take a reduction in benefits.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, like 30%.

Speaker 2:

Yeah. And there's a cap on how much you can earn if you're still wanting to go out and do some work. Now, if you wait till full retirement age, not only is your benefit higher, but you can go out and earn as much as you want and they won't reduce your social security benefit. Yeah, you're still taxed on it and all of that. But that's one of the reasons why people might want to wait. They want the higher benefit. They might want to use some sophisticated planning and coordinate with spouse benefits and maybe have the lower amount or the lower earning person take theirs earlier and the higher earning take theirs later. And then of course, like I said, maybe-

Speaker 1:

You should definitely think about doing that, right?

Speaker 2:

Absolutely.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Speaker 2:

I mean, that's one of the biggest ones. And a lot of times you get this full retirement age statistically showing both men and women, if your health is fairly decent, you plan on living quite a bit longer up to at least the averages. At least that's, again, that's an assumption. But those are some reasons why. And if you start running some numbers and you take a look at, I ran my own before we got on the podcast. And if I took mine at 62 versus 67 is my full retirement age, by the time that I, if I lived, I used both scenarios. This is just for example, and this is what the planning software can do for you. If I lived until 83, if I waited until 67 versus 62, I would've collected $72,700 more if I waited. And so you have to decide and you should run some of these numbers.

And I also would say to all the listeners, you at very least should be out and have yourself a login and username to the social security website so you can see your reports and look at some of this stuff. It's free. They've actually done a nice job with it. So the question becomes like, in my case, is it important enough for me to delay? Because I could die between 62 and 67. Who knows?

Speaker 1:

Sure, yeah.

Speaker 2:

But do I want to take that chance and maybe get 72, $73,000 more I live in the same amount of time? And I think that is what the real planning stage is. And there's really no right or wrong answer because for some people, yes, maybe they do need it at 62, but for a lot of us, if you don't need the income, it generally is better to wait.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. I mean, think about it. 6% from 62 to 67 is... And it's a safer investment because somebody would say, to one of the arguments, "Well, I want to just take it now and I'll reinvest that money." Especially if the argument is that, "I'm doing it, I'm turning it on, but I don't actually need the income." So let's just take, I need the income off the table because if you need it, you need it. But if you're turning it on because you just want to turn it on for whatever other reason, and you're saying, "Well, I can invest in myself." Okay, maybe you're going to get a guaranteed 6% year over year with very little risk. That's one piece. Now you might look at the market right now year to date, the S&P, Tony, while we're talking is like up 16%. Somebody said, "Well, yeah, I could get 16%." Well, fine, but that's 100% at risk.

Speaker 2:

That's 100% at risk. I just saw not too long ago, which led me to even pick this topic this week is somebody on Facebook sent me a clip of what appeared to be a financial advisor or some annuity person talking about it's never better to wait. Always take it at 62. And I listened to it and I would love to debate that with a gentleman, at least for every case. I mean, he does make some compelling arguments as to why some people should take it at 62, but most of what he was talking about was, "Well, they need the income now and they can reinvest it." Well, okay, yes, that is right, but you can't just sit there and tell everybody never to wait because there are some compelling arguments in some cases to wait.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, yeah. And to your point. So you ran those numbers at $70,000 or whatever. Did you think about the spousal piece? Sometimes people, they don't necessarily do that. It's like, okay, don't forget, the higher of the two is what the person that's left behind is going to get. So you mentioned earlier doing that option. So if you're in a situation where one member of the family, one of the couple there is making more and you want to turn the lower one on at 62, that's a fine strategy for many people still run the numbers first to see. But again, you got to kind of factor all that stuff in there. You can't just claim it without some intentionality in there.

Speaker 2:

No, you do need to be intentional with it. You do need to talk to your advisor about it because that's one thing that we use a lot is we have the lower earning spouse, if they do want some money now, okay, let's claim that now, but let's let the higher earning spouses ride a little bit and then that way you've got kind of a little bit of best of both worlds. You're getting some money now because that's what you said you wanted, but you want to get some higher benefits and generally the women live longer and if the man dies, then she can reclaim and get his higher benefit, which will benefit her later by him waiting. And so I think that's one thing that we generally try to do as far as that goes. But we use some good software just like most advisors have to be able to at least show people and run a lot of different scenarios very quickly so they can at least have all of the facts to make the best decision for them.

Speaker 1:

And you know, Tony, it can go the other way too. I was just talking with another advisor earlier and he was sharing an interesting story that he had some new clients that were in prior, right before Thanksgiving, saying that they were in, they were starting to do the preliminaries and everything and they were like, "No, no, we've already identified a lot of stuff and we're going to both wait until we're 70." They wanted to do the total maximization. And he said, "Cool, but let's go through the exercise of running stuff and just see what those," Like you kind of did, "What some of those projections lay out." And he was able to show them for a myriad of reasons why, and again, he's like, "It's not my job. If you want to go 70, we'll go 70. But if we turn it on, in your case, specifically both of you at 67, you're actually going to fare better." So there is times when it can go one way or the other, but you don't know that until you get into the math of it.

Speaker 2:

You don't. And that advisor probably showed them something they probably never had dreamed of and probably going to-

Speaker 1:

They were shocked, yeah.

Speaker 2:

Get more money over their lifetimes.

Speaker 1:

They were, actually. And then you started thinking about IRMAA and you start thinking about the taxational. That's the other piece, how much of your social security is going to get taxed? In this situation where we were talking about today or our topic point, if you're turning it on at 62, but you don't need the income, you are probably going to wind up paying the max tax on this too. So not only are you taking a 30% haircut, but you're probably paying up to the 85% as taxable.

Speaker 2:

It's going to be taxable. And depending on your tax bracket, it could increase that haircut by quite a bit, which is why you need to think about some of this stuff before you do it.

Speaker 1:

Now you got a buzz cut.

Speaker 2:

Yeah. The other thing too is I always ask people, well, if you take it 62, especially the single people, what are you going to do for health insurance until you're 65? Because Medicare doesn't kick in. And so there's some things to think about there. And if you just blindly go into this and quit your job or whatever, you probably aren't going to be able to go back and now you could be stuck with some real unfavorable circumstances.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, yeah. We all know that age discrimination is not supposed to be a thing, but we also know it's a thing. So it's like trying to be 70 and find a job or the job you had before, the odds aren't great.

Speaker 2:

Not great.

Speaker 1:

No. So at the end of the day, look, it's a huge, huge decision, Tony. I mean, you can truly be talking tens of thousands of bucks here.

Speaker 2:

You can. I mean, at the end of the day, as I say, and on most of them, and of course, we're tooting our own horn here with, you need your advisors and help to make sure that your decisions work with your plan, your health, your long-term goals. And once you do that, then at least you could feel good about what you chose. But like I say, I would caution you to just blindly do it without running the numbers because they are big. And in fact, back to my case as we close is, my plan personally is we're probably going to wait at least until we are full retirement age, if not 70, because I'm going to want that extra 70,000. I mean, that's just my psyche. But I have run the numbers and we might do a spouse claiming early, but it probably won't be 62. It might be 64 or 65.

Speaker 1:

And that's true. That's true. The reason we hear things like, "Oh, there's 6,000 claiming options." Or whatever they claim there is that's because every day after 62 that you delay and turn it on, could change something, whether it's 63-

Speaker 2:

Two pennies.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. 63 in two weeks or 64 in three months or whatever it might be. So it all changes that number a little bit. Again, about 6% roughly from 62 to 67 is the growth. And then from 67 to 70, it's what about 8%.

Speaker 2:

It's about 8%, yeah. It really goes up during those last couple, two or three years.

Speaker 1:

So something to think about. So the right social security decision depends on your income needs, work plans, health and long-term goals, but before you file, make sure you're choosing that path that supports your retirement, not necessarily just some other reason that you've got in your head. And if you need some help with that, to Tony's point, tooting the own horn, yes, but the social security office folks, they do a fine job, but they're not allowed to help you go through the... They're going to tell you your options and then you pick. They're not going to ask you about your tax implifications. They're not going to ask you about your IRAs and how much you have in your income so that you're making the right decision based on all that.

So get with a financial professional before you take this action and have those chats. And if you need Tony's help, yourplanningpros.com is where you find them online, yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple or Spotify and also share with others that might benefit from the message as well and maybe enjoy the content. Maybe they'll need some information that might help them along their path. Again, yourplanningpros.com. Tony, thanks for hanging out, my friend. It's the end of the year, so have yourself a great holiday season, my friend.

Speaker 2:

You do the same, and I wish everybody out there a great and safe holiday season as well.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. And we'll see you in 2026. Ugh, sounds weird already, but we'll see on the other side here with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor, Inc. on Plan with the Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Nothing will mess with your financial confidence faster than comparing your savings to your brother, your coworkers, or that guy on YouTube who claims he retired at 38. Your retirement number isn’t a competition. Let’s talk about what really matters when you’re trying to figure out if you’re behind on your savings goals…and what to do if you actually are.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

Nothing will mess with your financial confidence faster than comparing yourselves to your brother, your coworkers, or that guy on YouTube that claims he retired at 38. Your retirement number isn't a competition, so let's talk about what really matters this week on the podcast.

Hey everybody, welcome into Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro and myself to talk investing, finance, and retirement. And am I behind in my retirement savings and what to do if you are, that's the topic of conversation this week. Tony, my friend, what's going on, buddy? How are you?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing well. And just back from the Thanksgiving break, trying to get reignited for this last month of the year.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, it's upon us and always fast and furious, always something going on, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

So we got to dive in and tackle the work, get it done, especially right after holiday break. It seems like everybody's always like, "Oh my God, I'm so overloaded."

Tony Mauro:

That's right. Everybody's got a ton of stuff to do.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, got to catch up from the half the week you're off or whatever. So listen, we got an email question in. And so it kind of sparked the conversation here, Tony. So we'll throw this up here. I'll state it for the listeners and then let's just kind of break it down a little bit. So the person says, "Look, I thought I did a good job saving over the years, but it seems as though I'm behind. My brother's got nearly two million saved and it seems that a lot of my colleagues or coworkers are in that similar kind of stratosphere. The husband and I barely have over a million bucks and now we're in our early 60s and wondering what do we got to do to get caught up?"

So it's kind of like, well, is a million not enough? With all these conversations period, so whatever the number, forget the number for a second, what to do if you're feeling behind, period. So where do we start with this? How do we identify the real issue, Tony?

Tony Mauro:

Well, I think the real issue, and this is a good topic for this time of year, because I think everybody, at least the clients that we serve and prospective clients are all looking at their financial situation. Another year's gone by, another year older and people start to ask these questions. And so I think some of the real issues here probably in this writer's email is basically they're trying to, just like you said, they're trying to compare themselves in a number to other people. And you don't want to do that. You want to get with your advisor and really talk about where you're at with your plan because just because... Well, I guess I can back it up and say, somebody's always going to have more than you, whether it's money, whether it's this, that, things, you've got to really hone in on the real issue of, in your situation, are you going to be ready?

And you got to... I mean, the number is important, yes, but it's not the primary factor, I don't think. A lot of times, because, for example, client A might be very happy and very well off with a million dollars, client B, not so much, which I think we're going to talk about a little bit more in depth here. So really the only benchmark is what you're doing with your plan and what it requires and try to figure out then from there, is what you have enough?

Speaker 1:

Great point. So you've got to really kind of break each of those pieces down and look at all of them and get the numbers. I mean, ultimately, you've got to have this conversation based on numbers and not how you feel about it, and we'll talk about that in just a second. But if you're reframing the conversation, so what is enough, Tony? What's enough for you? Everybody's different.

Tony Mauro:

Everybody's different, so you really have to, again, get with your advisor. I think I've said it before, it's where an advisor lends a lot of value is to take you through these exercises for answering what's enough for you. It really is dependent a lot on type of lifestyle that you want to lead, what your monthly expenses are going to be in retirement, do you have any outstanding debts and other commitments, things like that. You also got to think about too, how long you're going to live. Obviously nobody knows that for sure, but you can kind of make some estimated guesses based on your family heritage and whatnot, who's still maybe alive. And then I think lastly, when it's all over, what kind of legacy do you want to leave? When it's your turn, I think all of these things have to come into play to answer what's enough for you. Because again, what might be enough for one person is definitely not enough for another and not enough for another. So this is where you got to have some good conversations.

Speaker 1:

Well, again, so are you behind or are you assuming you are? So to this person's question, they didn't really state, "We're probably behind," is one of the words that was used. We're barely over the million dollar mark and probably behind. So have you truly run your projections out? And this goes for anybody listening, how do you know if you're behind if you don't truly know where you stand, period?

Tony Mauro:

I agree. And I think that a lot of people fixate on that big number of the nest egg. But what the writer didn't tell us is, they assume they're behind, but a lot of times we find out when clients tell us this is that, "Well, let's say you may only have a million dollars saved," but, "Oh, by the way, you've got this pension that you can't outlive over here," and they don't factor that in, but that's a monthly income that you can't outlive, so that's very much a factor in, do you have enough to retire? So I like to focus on not the number at the end, but what's your monthly expenses? How much do you want to have to not only pay that, but still be able to go out and have fun? That's the number we're looking at. Now then we have to back into, okay, do we have enough over here with all sources of income coming in, including Social Security and pensions and our investments to figure that out?

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Yeah, so I mean, find those targets, get those numbers specifically and then talk about lifestyle, fixed expenses, those financial commitments, the longevity, all those pieces that we talk about often and then you've got a much better piece of black and white right in front of you, so you kind of know what's going on.

But let's just assume, Tony, for the sake of the argument that you are behind. Well, now, so what's some catch up strategies? What's some things to be thinking about when it comes to how to tackle these and how to maybe shorten that gap? So obviously we should start with you're over 50, most likely, because we're talking about retirement, this listener was in their 60s, so take advantage of the opportunities there, max out.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, you want to max out things like if you've got a 401k at work, if you don't have that, or even if you do, IRAs, got your HSAs in there, you certainly could, and this all comes down to planning, of course, you don't want to just, throwing these out there, you've got to get with your advisor and check some of this stuff out. But you may want to say, "Well, okay, based on the amount I can safely set aside every month with what I have," maybe you need to delay retirement a little bit. Maybe we just need to move it back a bit to even things out. Maybe it's a fact of we do all of the above and we start cutting back just a little bit, we reduce some things to maybe save more. I mean, without feeling like your retirement savings poor. Maybe we need to reassess our risk. Maybe we need to maybe invest a little more aggressively than you have been depending on how things are looking if you're behind.

Speaker 1:

That's a good point. Now as the advisor, okay, if you have to say that-

Tony Mauro:

[inaudible 00:07:35] to say.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Well, so if you're the advisor and you say, "Okay, look, you are behind. You want to make up this ground, whatever. One of these places is that you have been very conservative with your portfolio." You don't just move to the higher risk if you're behind because you need to take into account not only as the end user, the client, but also as the advisor, how are they going to feel about this, can they stomach taking that extra risk?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, can they stomach it and how much will that risk tend to be? How much longer do we really have, because that plays into it as well. But it's weird for an advisor to say, "Well, you might need to take on a little more risk." Most of the time we're saying, "Nah, maybe take a little less," especially towards retirement. But it's an option that you might want to consider if you're getting close and you're behind.

And then the last one is, and I think a lot of people don't give this enough merit is maybe you just take on some part-time work, some mindless type work in your retirement to help fund things with not too much stress, maybe not full-time. And maybe you can pick up 20, $30,000 a year extra just doing that and you might have to find something you really like to do.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, I think ultimately, if you got to do some catch up things, there's these pieces. Obviously we got the catch-up contributions, Tony. Now if you are 60 to 63, you've got this new little funky window that they've added.

Tony Mauro:

A little bit more you could put in.

Speaker 1:

A little bit more, so you could pile it away a little bit and really just kind of close that gap should it actually be there. But if you don't identify the lifestyle and the projections, and granted, I know things change, but if you don't do that, you're really just kind of taking a random shot in the dark at stuff. It's like the people who say, "Hey, we are currently living off $5,000 a month and we know we're close to retirement and we just want to pull the trigger and get into retirement, so if we go ahead and live off of 3,500, we could make our numbers last for our projected lifetime." Well, did you try living off the 3,500 first of all to see if that actually works? And I feel like that's the same kind of thing sometimes when people go, "Well, the million's not enough. I got to push to two million." It's the opposite conversation. What if the million does get it done and you just don't know because you just didn't run the numbers.

Tony Mauro:

You didn't run the numbers. Yeah, and we like to do that exercise with pre-retirees before they even retire and get our plan mapped out and say, "Let's try this kind of fake, if you will." I mean, we make them go through it, but they just kind of report back that, "Hey, we were able to do this on this and we don't think this is going to be a problem." Or sometimes they say, "Oh boy, I want a lot more than this. I can't do it." And then you got to adjust. But again, that's, I believe where advisors lend their most value, especially pre-retiree and during retirement is making sure that, and I would advise all the listeners to, if you have an advisor, especially in retirement, make sure you're talking to them about this kind of stuff. You don't want to go in and just talk about numbers all the time. You want to talk about, is retirement working for you and what do you see as your problems? And maybe they can help you make some adjustments there.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, very true. And don't forget too, there's a whole nother piece of this conversation, like if you... Okay, so this person says her brother's got two million. Well, do you or your husband have a pension, and they don't, right? That's another piece of the animal. What if both couples have good Social Security and good pensions? You might not even need a half a million dollars, right? I mean-

Tony Mauro:

Might need a half. How about another one is, maybe you know that you are going to be inheriting quite a bit of money, you just don't have it yet, but you know it's coming. That could be in play too.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, there you go.

Tony Mauro:

All that kind of stuff.

Speaker 1:

Although don't count on that though, right?

Tony Mauro:

No, don't count on it. But like you say, it's important to get that out on the table that you think that's going to happen.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, exactly. So at the end of the day, do you need the two million? Do you need the one million? Look, Tony, I've been talking about this all week, people have known and said for years, Warren Buffett's famously said things like, retirement planning and all that kind of stuff, it's not sexy work, it should be boring. I mean, in a way it should be boring because if you're too emotionally involved and charged up, you make those rash decisions. It's very much like you just get swayed very easily because we get so worked up about our money. But if it's going well, it's probably boring. But news media of any kind, financial of any kind, can't sell boring.

Tony Mauro:

Nope, can't sell boring, that's why they've got to put some stuff in [inaudible 00:12:11].

Speaker 1:

So it's got to be, "It's a million now. Now it's two million. Oh no, the market's plummeted," when it went down like a half a percent. Things like that. So get the numbers, get the concrete data, and then just make sure that you're making decisions from a place of information, not just emotion. Then you can bring the emotion into it, absolutely. But start with the data. So good stuff, man. Well, thanks for breaking that down this week as we talk about it. Always good stuff. Any final thoughts?

Tony Mauro:

Well, I would just say, I mean, my final thought really is keep on it, keep at it. We get a lot of questions from people in their 50s, and the one thing I don't like to hear people say is, "Well, I'm 50-something, it's too late." I don't think it's ever too late. I think if you sit down and iron out a good plan, it might not be your dream plan that you had maybe when you were young, but I think you can craft a good plan. And I think you should stop, it's hard, stop comparing yourself to others, start getting your plan together and I think you can live a, most people, a very good retirement in America these days.

Speaker 1:

Very true. All right, well, thank you so much for your time. And if you've got some questions, you need some help, as always, reach out to Tony and his team at Tax Doctor Inc. Find them online at yourplanningpros.com. That's your planningpros.com or call 844-707-7381. We'll have links in the descriptions below. Tony's been doing this for 30 plus years, he's a CPA, CFP and an EA, so a great resource for you to tap into again at yourplanningpros.com. And subscribe to the podcast on whatever app you enjoy using. We'll see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

From the Macy’s parade to carving the turkey, Thanksgiving traditions can teach us a lot about what makes a great financial plan. Let’s match some of the most loved parts of the holiday with the money lessons they represent.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

From the Macy's Parade to carving the turkey, Thanksgiving traditions can teach us a lot about what makes a great financial plan. So let's have some fun this week here on Plan with the Tax Man.

Hey everybody, welcome to the podcast. It is Thanksgiving week that we are putting this one out. So maybe you're catching it before or after Thanksgiving. Hopefully you had a good holiday. And we're going to talk about what Thanksgiving traditions, how they might mirror smart financial planning. Have a little bit of fun here with Tony Mauro, who is the Des Moines professional alternative. And at Tax Doctor Inc., he is the tax man. So we're going to have that conversation, my friend. What is going on? How are you doing?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing great. Getting ready for Thanksgiving. One of my favorite holidays of the year.

Speaker 1:

You and me both.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. The staff's getting excited too. They get a little time off around Christmas, so it's all good.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Favorite dish?

Tony Mauro:

At Thanksgiving, I'm still a traditional turkey guy, but my favorite at Thanksgiving is probably the pumpkin pie with a lot of whipped cream.

Speaker 1:

Okay. All right.

Tony Mauro:

How about you?

Speaker 1:

Mashed potatoes. My wife's mashed potatoes are killer.

Tony Mauro:

Oh yeah.

Speaker 1:

They're killer. That's probably why I have heart problems, but they're good. Well, let's have some fun. We'll talk about these traditions. We'll kind go through the day. We'll kind of run through the day a little bit and see if you can spin a financial yarn to some of these items.

So I don't know about at your house, Tony, but she starts working on all the stuff in the morning. It's her and my daughter have this tradition of doing all these things together, even though the kid's in her late 20s now, they really enjoy kind of working through the process together. That's a tradition in and of itself. But she has to have the Macy's Parade on in the background as they're prepping and whatnot. So what kind of analogy can we make to the prepping of the parade and the financial prepping and planning?

Tony Mauro:

Well, the parade, I used to watch it, I haven't watched it in several years, but it always does come off, just like every other giant event, as fairly flawless and looks like it's effortless. Just like I always use the golf analogies. Those guys make it look so easy. But what everybody doesn't see is everything that goes into the setup and the organization of that parade.

And really, no different in your financial life, whether it's your retirement plan or any other plan that you have that you're saving for. You do have to do some work behind the scenes. You've got to get your plan in place. You've got to understand what's going on, have communication with your advisor, and really monitor that plan in order for it to later, on when you're out bragging to your friends that, hey, I'm retiring at this age, or whatever, and telling them you're going to do all these fun things, to them it looks like, boy, somehow you made it so easy, but they don't understand the things that go into it. But you do need to do that with your financial plan.

Speaker 1:

That's a good way of thinking about that, right? The choreography, if you will, of the planning and of the parade as well as your retirement is pretty important. So, all right, so you're watching the parade, you got that going on, you start cooking the feast. So when it comes to obviously getting the turkey in, timing's got to matter here.

Tony Mauro:

Got to matter. I'm not a good cook, so I would probably be burning it. So I leave that to my wife. But I know that there's been several years that in the past, actually, it used to be my mom, she would put it in too late or cook it too long and it would burn. So the whole thing was kind of ruined. And so in your planning life, I never think it's too late to start, but obviously the sooner you start, you don't have to rush or you don't have to feel as much pain of saving because you're starting on time, you're doing it for a long time. And just like cooking the turkey, you want to make sure you're monitoring it while it's in the oven, or in this case, while your money is being invested. So that, again, just like I said before, at the end of the day, your plan is going to look like and feel like a real success.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. You don't want to rush it, especially if you're doing that deep fried thing. Because I guess that's where they explode is when it's still somewhat frozen and you drop it in there, and I guess that's when the problem happens. So timing is important.

Tony Mauro:

Timing is an issue. Yes.

Speaker 1:

In both things, right? For sure. All right. Well, the turkeys cooking, stuff's being made, and you're probably part of the family is probably watching some football games going back and forth. So this one should be a pretty easy one for you here, Tony, to give us an analogy. But my beloved Lions, I am a long suffering Lions fan. Yes, we've got a good team last couple of years, but they still seem to lose on Thanksgiving Day. So that's a tradition I could get rid of. But anyway, what do you got?

Tony Mauro:

Well, I think with the football games, I mean, we're all sitting there watching them in some form or fashion. Obviously, we see both the offense and the defense on the field at different times. It's really just very similar to your financial plan. I mean, sometimes you're playing offense, and that's the proactive, what I call saving and monitoring for the future and saving for those goals. But you also need to, and this is where I think a lot of people miss, they don't play defense enough in their financial lives.

In other words, they don't carry the proper insurance, they don't watch that enough. And I'm not just talking life and disability and things. I'm talking about home, auto, things like that, that they do need to protect the assets they have. So I kind of equate that to a little bit of a defense because you have to spend money on that stuff. It's not sexy at all. You don't like it. You only get a return is if something bad happens. And so a lot of people put that off. But I do think both of those are important, just like they are in football.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, great analogy for sure. And sometimes, yeah, my Lions do not play defense enough or not well enough. And any of the guys who are listening, I'm sorry, but you know it's true. So we got a great offense right now, but sometimes the defense is a little suspect. So that's a great analogy. All right. Food's done, ready to get rocking and rolling. Got to cut that turkey, man. Got to slice that joker up. What are we doing from a retirement analogy?

Tony Mauro:

Well, I think it's similar to the turkey is we all have different plans. We all have different needs and wants, very similar to the size of the turkey. So when we're talking about distributions and getting income from what we have saved, it's important to be strategic about what we're doing and how we're divvying that up. Because obviously in retirement planning, it's how long is it going to last? If you're cutting the turkey, it's like, okay, there's an end because somebody's going to eat the last bite. But in retirement, hopefully we're not taking the last bite because then that means we're out of money and that's the last thing we want to have happen.

Speaker 1:

We don't want to do that, right?

Tony Mauro:

No.

Speaker 1:

So yeah, so you want to be strategic about how you slice up your retirement income so you can plan it out, stretch it out. Because we want to have that longevity piece covered as well. Even if you don't think longevity is on your side, you still want to plan for it in case you're wrong. So family table conversations, that'll be next. So everybody's sitting there to eat. You've cut up the turkey, you're chowing down. Lots of conversations happen over Thanksgiving and sometimes they're not always super comfortable. Hopefully everyone's keeping the political stuff at bay the last couple of years. But what's that financial correlation?

Tony Mauro:

Well, I think the financial correlation, and I think you're right, I mean, I've been in a few of those awkward conversations over the years at Thanksgiving, which is very uncomfortable. It used to happen at my wife's mom and dad's house. It's very similar, because at least with us as advisors, we want to take some time to talk about some uncomfortable things that people don't like to talk about, which is the end, the death, the planning after you're gone, what's that going to look like? And it's uncomfortable, but if we can take that and maybe make it less uncomfortable and get people to talk about that, generally they feel better afterwards, that they've got that part of life handled and they can enjoy the rest of their lives knowing that that's in place.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. The family's together. My mom was kind of funny, I think it was last year or the year before. She's like, I'm in my 80s, I'm going to die in a few years. What are we doing? She just kind of dropped it out blunt like that.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, that's one way to do it.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, exactly. So have those chats.

Tony Mauro:

[inaudible 00:08:37].

Speaker 1:

But she kind of made it silly a little bit, which took the edge off. But you got to have those conversations talking about money, legacy, all that good stuff while everybody's together. The future versions of your family will thank you for that. All right. Leftovers, Tony. Time to start putting stuff away. Some people might say this, the best part of it is having leftovers.

Tony Mauro:

It's my favorite for sure. I think in the financial realm, really the leftovers for me really are living within your means. In other words, creating a budget and sticking to it as best you can. And then of course my favorite tax strategies, because a lot of people don't think about these things, and these little leftovers can add up to a lot of dollars over years. If you could live within your means, save the excess, and use that excess to invest strategically the best you can tax wise, you're really going to be able to add a lot of extra dollars to your end game, which is your retirement income.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, you got to stretch it. And that's where maybe there's tax strategies. We often talk about with you being the tax man and all, I mean there's all those other facets to just the retirement versus just the income, which we were talking about before, is you want have all those good pieces in place. And I know sometimes we often talk about the budgeting word, and people hate that word in retirement. They think they're going to have to live on a strict plan. But that's not really what you're talking about. I mean, it's really just making sure you got everything kind of checked, the boxes checked, so that you've got plenty of leftovers for the next 30 years.

Tony Mauro:

That's right. And yeah, my clients don't like that budgeting term either. And it's really not. I try not to phrase it like that, but I like to say living within your means. Knowing what you have coming in, what you have going out, and making smart decisions that way. Because if you can do that, that's a lot of the battle right there.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. We'll call it a spending plan, right?

Tony Mauro:

Spending plan is a good one. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. That way you can just do that and then say that and that makes you feel better. All right. Now, somewhere along the way from me growing up, it seemed like the oldest person in the house was the first person responsible for the post meal nap.

Tony Mauro:

Oh yeah. I think that still happens.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Now a lot of people fall asleep for sure, but I feel like it seemed like it was always the oldest person in the room that was the first one to kind of kick off. But you've earned it. And I mean, look, this is pretty easy. This is what retirement is. It's the post meal relaxing time after the Thanksgiving feast.

Tony Mauro:

It is. And it's the reward for hopefully your preparation and saving for all these years. And hopefully you've got enough health to be able to get out and enjoy it. And those that don't, enjoy what you can because, in the end, we will all have an end. And so it is your reward, and hopefully you can take it easy and do what you want, which is, in my opinion, the whole reason why we are trying to help you with financial planning in the first place is that.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, exactly, right? Whether it's your portfolio or Tony's favorite pumpkin pie, everything turns out better when you plan ahead, share wisely, and savor those results. So that's going to be our fun little podcast leading into Thanksgiving. Tony, I hope you and the family have a fantastic holiday.

Tony Mauro:

You do the same. And hopefully everybody out there has a great holiday as well.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, absolutely. For all of our listeners out there, thank you so much. Don't forget to share the podcast and subscribe if you haven't done so. Certainly supports the channel and just helps us keep knowing that we should put out some information for folks to hopefully consume. I'll keep doing these food jokes. And that way you can digest what's the right thing for you in your retirement. So reach out to Tony and his team if you need help today, yourplanningpros.com, that's yourplanningpros.com. This is Plan with the Tax Man. Subscribe to us on your favorite podcasting app, and you can find that stuff at the website as well. And we'll see you next time here on the show.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

How do you know if your financial advisor is a bad fit for you? What about an advisor that you’re thinking about working with? What red flags should you be looking out for?

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian:

How do you know if your financial advisor is a bad fit for you? What about an advisor that you're thinking about working with? Are there some red flags to be on the lookout for this week on Plan With The Tax Man? We'll highlight five of those to keep an eye on.

Hey everybody, welcome into the podcast Plan With The Tax Man here with Tony Mauro and myself, Mark Killian, to talk about some red flags to hopefully you're not ignoring or at least be aware of. And we'll dive into that this week here, Tony, as we're getting pretty close to Thanksgiving. How you doing, my friend?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing good. Getting ready for the holidays myself and getting ready, well with the staff, for the year-end.

Marc Killian:

Okay. Yeah, well, I mean, it is a busy time of the year for everybody. And so maybe if you are shopping or thinking about doing something, making a change, some red flags to maybe be aware of. So we'll run through a few of these for folks, see if we can help them out. Let's start with the whole cookie cutter conversation, the one size fits all approach. Obviously at this point it's become cliche. Every advisor says you need a specific strategy for your situation, but it really is true because there are still some of those big box places out there that just try to jam everybody into the same kind of thing.

Tony Mauro:

There is. I have more and more conversations with clients about this, and you're right. All of us advisors, everybody knows that we all do the same thing. But I think too many of us, if they're going with this one size fits all approach, I think we're doing a disservice to the clients. So I think if you are a person out there looking for an advisor, you want to ask about what is your approach for your clients and what do you do with them and how do you do it a little bit?

Because for us, we like to start, and I just had a conversation with a tax client yesterday about we don't want you to come to us just for us to have you do say a Roth IRA. And we just manage the money. You're paying us, so we want to provide some value. We want to get to know you, we want to develop a plan and help you through the plan. So I would definitely ask those questions and don't be afraid to do that because that's what's going to determine if they're a good fit for you or not.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, exactly. And every situation's a little bit different, certainly. And there's certainly universal things that do affect us all. But just kind of trying to jam everything into one style that 20 people walk in the door and they try to put them all in the same overall portfolio and approach. And maybe that's the key word right there, Tony, is that a lot of times these big box places, they're really talking more about the portfolio management and things of that nature versus a holistic retirement strategy.

Tony Mauro:

They are. And we don't spend a lot of time on that because I don't want to say we don't feel it's important because it is. But that's secondary to really what you want to do and where you want to get to because we can figure out that part of it later. And there are so many choices that we'll find something there. I don't like to lead with that and talk about performance and this and that because I don't think that that is the first thing we should be doing.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, you're talking about relationship and life planning, if you will, a little bit, more than just portfolio building at that point. Most of us have built one. Sure, we still want to manage things and then stay ahead of the inflation and keep going, but you're talking taxation and social security optimization, there's just all these other pieces that go into it. So that's where the customization truly does come into play. All right. That's the first one, Tony. How about the communication aspect? So also sometimes a knock on some of those places is, well, okay, they got me set up and I never hear from them after that.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, I hear that a lot. I really do from clients, and sometimes it can go several years. And to me, I always ask them, well then they're not really, in my opinion, your advisor. There's somebody that is maybe managing your money or at least supposed to be watching it, but most fiduciaries, we have an obligation to at least meet with you once a year. But we try to do that more than once a year, even if it's just a phone call or a Zoom call, something like that. Because we do want to communicate with you and we don't want to just talk about how the market's doing and what's going on in the latest rally, or decline, or political situation, things like that.

We want to talk about what's changed in your life and if some of your goals have moved and things like that, we'll touch on some of that current event stuff. But I think it's important to just keep in communication to let you know that we are still looking after things and monitoring your plan, even though you don't hear from us. Because a lot of people, if we don't communicate with you, you probably start scratching your head saying, well, why am I paying these people and what am I paying them to do for me if I'd ever hear from them?

Marc Killian:

Yeah, yeah, exactly. So communication is certainly a big key. And transparency also a big key, Tony. If you can't tell how somebody's getting paid, that's a serious concern. That's a big red flag. And transparency not only in the fees you're paying, but fees you're paying for your products and just across the board. That should just be a must. Transparency across the board.

Tony Mauro:

I think it is. I think it should be one of the first things that are talked about. We talk about it with our clients and prospective clients right up front. And we tell them just like when we do your tax return or your accounting, we're paid pros. And as long as you understand that, here's the value we're going to deliver, here's what you can get for the money you're paying for us. And it's up to you then to decide if you think that there's enough value to pay that fee. But we definitely don't want to hide behind that. And I definitely wouldn't be afraid for all of you out there to ask your advisor that. And just so you know, you're not really questioning that they should be getting paid more of how and what motivates them. And I think more of the truer measure, I'm one of those fee for planning types of guys or asset-based management. I don't really like commissions and things like that. I do think that skews some things and can lead some people to do things that aren't in their clients best interest.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, again, you're talking about relationship building. So why would you not want to have that transparency anyway on all facets of things? So it just totally makes sense. Okay. Tax strategy, so well, Plan With The Tax Man, right?

Tony Mauro:

That's right. My favorite.

Marc Killian:

Exactly. So I mean obviously if you're working with somebody who is, again, the focus is primarily on the accumulation and you don't really touch on some of the other pieces of the long-term aspect of retirement, getting into retirement, all that kind of stuff, then you're certainly a red flag because you got to have a tax strategy, Tony, you know this as a CPA, the prior year information is fine and good, you're handling all that, doing the annual taxes. But you really want to be thinking about future taxes as well, forward-looking. And someone like yourself who does multiple sides of the coin, you're a CFP as well as a CPA, you're looking at both of those.

Tony Mauro:

Trying to always look at both of those, especially with a financial plan planning client because you know what they say. Taxes, they're with us till the day we die. It touches pretty much everything. It's one of the biggest expenses over our lifetime. Why would you plan your future without taking that into consideration. And it's bad. And I don't know what the best word is here to say. I better leave it alone. I don't want to talk about the government. We're coming off to shut down and everything else. But as bad as they are, sometimes the tax code is full of things that we can do legally to help cut our taxes.

And a lot of people aren't familiar with them or haven't taken advantage of that. And it's certainly true with retirement, but there's also some things you can do in retirement to cut your taxes now, but then you've got to deal with it later. You've got basically a payable to Uncle Sam. So it's important to factor that in when you're planning, I think. It's my number one favorite and my number one biggest reason why I think people should use somebody that has a tax background when they're planning.

Marc Killian:

And again, nothing wrong with your CPA looking at the prior year, that's their job, right?

Tony Mauro:

Right.

Marc Killian:

But working with someone who has, I guess the mindset to do both sides of the aisle if you want to stick with the political conversation, sort of is a great way to go about that. And of course doesn't mean that you can't have your own CPA and work with people as well, but just again, make sure you're having that tax strategy conversation and working with a financial professional who is thinking about the tax simplifications of the moves you're making because they will be there. They're not going anywhere to your point. And I guess Tony, that really just brings it back home to the final piece for, so we talk about five today, and that's just not a lot of information gathering.

Look, you've been doing this 30 plus years. It's probably very fair to say if a brand new prospects walk walks into your door and sits down with you in that hour consultation, you probably, if you've got their information, you're looking at it, you probably could give them recommendations right then and there, right? Because you've been doing it long enough. You've seen it enough time. It's like mechanic says, "Oh, yep, I know exactly what's wrong with your car." However you want the diagnostic fully done to make sure that it's not something else or that all the different pieces. And that's where, again, the communication, the information gathering, taking the time to learn about the client is crucial when working with a professional. So if you're not getting that, that's a red flag.

Tony Mauro:

That's a huge red flag because yes, you're right. Somebody walked in my door hypothetically and said, "Look, I want to open up a Roth IRA. Just tell me what fund to put my money into and I'm going to go do it." Yeah, I could give them a number of funds or stocks or whatever else they want, but that's not really what I'm being paid to do. And I do have a duty to make sure that what I'm saying fits them. The only way that I can make a good recommendation, whether it's a plan or a specific investment, is to know a lot about what they want, what they have, where they're going. And so I generally gather a lot of information.

Now we use some tools technologically, we use Asset Map for us. It makes it very easy for the client to get it started without having to feel like they're getting the third degree interrogation, trying to get every last piece of their financial advice or a life. But we try to make it fun for them. But in the end, and they help construct that. They tell us really everything they have and where they want to go and everything. And then we have it, like I say. We take their assets and kind of throw it on a map and rearrange it and come up with a plan.

Marc Killian:

And that's why it's Plan With The Tax Man.

Tony Mauro:

That's why it's was plan. You got to be able to plan.

Marc Killian:

You got to be able to plan. So look, a great financial advisor will build a relationship with you. If something feels off, listen to your gut. We have those things for a reason. A lot of times they're right. And their right advisor hopefully is not making you feel like you're in the dark or are not understanding or whatever the case is. And so if you're already working with somebody and you feel like you've got some red flags, and you're not getting answers to the questions and you're shopping around, or you're just shopping around for their first advisor, take the time to find the right fit for you. That's why they all offer those complimentary reviews and consultations. That's why the podcast, just about everybody has a podcast and video channels and stuff like that. It's a great way to learn more about them and that their philosophy is a good fit for you.

Then you go in for the consultation and so on and so forth, and you see if it's a home run or not. So that's going to do it for this week here on Plan With The Tax Man. Don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple, Spotify or whatever podcasting app you like using, and you can find all that information at yourplanningpros.com, as well as get on Tony's calendar there and his radar for a consultation at yourplanningpros.com. With that, we're going to say we'll see you next... Well, right before Thanksgiving probably. So have yourself a great week and Tony, I'll talk to you soon.

Tony Mauro:

All right, thanks.

Marc Killian:

We'll catch you later here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Here on the show, we often talk about what it’s like to become a client. But what about what it's like to be a client of a financial advisor? Tune in for a behind-the-scenes look at what it looks like to be a client at Tax Doctor Inc.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Walter Storholt:

Well, here on the show, we often talk about what it's like to become a client, but today we're going to talk about what it's like to be a client. On Plan with the Tax Man, what's it really like to be a client of a financial advisor, we'll give you all the details coming up. I'll grab Tony and we'll get started. It's another episode of Plan with the Tax Man, I'm Walter Storholt filling in for Mark Killian, but as always, joined by Tony Mauro, a certified financial planner and CPA with more than 30 years of financial planning experience. Find us at Yourplanningpros.com. Based out of the Des Moines area in central Iowa, serving everyone throughout the community there, you can find him certainly via the phone as well, 844-707-7381, all the contact information for Tony is in the description of today's show. Tony, before we dive into the topic today, everything going okay with you?

Tony Mauro:

It's going good for us, just got back into town from a family wedding, and yeah, still tackling fall, so everything's good.

Walter Storholt:

Nice. Where was the wedding?

Tony Mauro:

It's actually over in Chicago.

Walter Storholt:

Nice. Good trip to the city?

Tony Mauro:

It was. I don't get over there very much for as close as we are, but there's a lot of stuff to do, a lot of stuff to eat, and all that, so yeah, it's always a good time.

Walter Storholt:

Did you get down to the riverfront or down to the lakefront at all?

Tony Mauro:

We did, we went down to, familiar with the Navy Pier area.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

We were there a little bit, and then kind of walked around downtown a little bit. It's spent a long time since I had a good old-fashioned deep dish pizzas, so we had a little of that.

Walter Storholt:

I was going to say. Who did you use, was it Lou Malnati's or what's the other one-

Tony Mauro:

Yes, it was whatever that one is. It was highly ranked, so we thought, well, we'll go try it, and it was very good.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah, it's hard to beat a meat pie, right?

Tony Mauro:

That's right.

Walter Storholt:

Pretty good stuff. One of my favorite things ever was doing the river tour, the riverboat tour in Chicago, just the architecture tour from the boats, I think it's just one of the-

Tony Mauro:

I've never done that. Yeah, but that sounds good.

Walter Storholt:

Oh, you got to do it. Next time you're in the city, just do the riverboat tour, the architecture tour, and they take you all up through the river, and they point out all of this just fascinating information, all about the architecture of all the buildings right there along the river front. And it's a fun ride, they put on a great show, lots of amazing information. Every time I've gone to Chicago, I've done the tour, so.

Tony Mauro:

I'll have to do that. Yeah.

Walter Storholt:

It's really cool. I think you can pick it up right there from Navy Pier too, so you hop on the boats that are right there, they take you right through, and just easy.

Tony Mauro:

Cool.

Walter Storholt:

Very cool.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Walter Storholt:

I would do it when the weather is warm. It'd probably be a little brutal in the colder temperatures, but good summer activity for sure. Well, let's dive into our conversation today, Tony, what it's really like to be a client of a financial advisor. So, again, a lot of our focus is on becoming a client, but let's talk about once we've turned that page and we are a client, set some expectations for folks, what's that relationship then going to look like beyond just the first couple of visits and meetings? So, when somebody's been a client for many years and they already have a solid retirement plan in place, what are your discussions look like when you get together for periodic reviews, and how often do those happen? Take us under the hood, if you will.

Tony Mauro:

Sure. Well, normally, depending on the client's situation, how complex it is, and really whether they're in the... I try to divide it up into two main areas. You're either in the accumulation stage or the distribution stage, that's what our clients are in. So, that number one depends on how many times a year we get together. It's anywhere from one to four times that we'll get together, because some clients will say, believe it or not, hey, I think four is too much, I don't really want to get together that often. And some really like it. So, everybody's different there, but once we get a plan in place... And for us, a plan isn't just lip service and talking, we actually use, and I think a lot of advisors do today, some sort of formal financial planning software that they can take and develop a plan for the client, top to bottom. Everything they own, everything they owe, what their goals are, everything from retirement, to college planning, and everything in between.

And basically, kind of function off that plan as their financial quarterback, and make sure that plan, we're progressing, number one, and then number two is in the reviews that we've had with clients who've been with us a long time, it's really reviewing the plan, are the goals still the same? Anything drastic happen in your life? And just talk about that. And then, we'll touch on investment performance and how things have done over the last quarter, last year, two, three years, that kind of thing. Obviously that's important too, but that's really not why we meet, just to go over, hey, your returns this quarter were this much or this little type of thing, it's much more than that.

And as you get into understanding what the client's about and wants to achieve, the more we know about them, the more we are involved with their life, at least on the financial side. So, a lot of them have been with us for a long time, we know everything about them, we try to get their children involved, if they're adults, especially in the distribution stage, because we talk about end of life and what's going to go on there, so that's kind of our reviews process in a nutshell.

Walter Storholt:

Makes sense, and I think helpful to get that peak. Can you go over a little bit more of how often you meet with your current clients to review their situations? Is it always in person? Do you have remote meetings? Sometimes? What's usually the right mix for folks?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, it's totally client-dependent, it used to be everything, of course, was in person, now more and more of them want the video call, they're comfortable enough with that, they've done them enough that they don't have to come to the office. Obviously people that live a long way away, they love that. And so, I would say probably right now for us, I give the client the choice, but we probably do 60, 70% of our meetings virtually now. We hop on, we could see each other, and we talk through it just like you and I are doing, except you could see our faces. And then, once in a while they'll come in, if we've got some things to do that way, but like I said, most of the time we're generally two to four times a year, depending on the client.

In between that, of course, if they call or email or things like that, we certainly want them to reach out if they've got questions about anything they've seen or heard. And if you listen to our last podcast about some of the funnies that we did, we get a lot of calls about that kind of stuff about, hey, I heard this, what do you think? Type of thing. And we can address those things, just one-off off the cuff type of things.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah. Those are some pretty good examples of things that are from outside what somebody would think of as probably the normal services of a financial advisor, I would think. Like, calling you up and being like, hey, is this a scam email? That's not what I would write down is usually in the description of a financial advisor, but it's outside of that realm of just helping you with your portfolio.

Tony Mauro:

It is, and we get a lot of that, we get a lot of people asking tax questions, obviously we've always prepared tax returns, and so they look to us, many of them, we do their taxes-

Walter Storholt:

That's something that not every financial advisor does though, right? That's sort of unique for you guys.

Tony Mauro:

Right, Yeah. So, we can kind of take the tax angle perspective as well to work that into the plan, and let them know, hey, not only are we trying to achieve your goals, but we're trying to do it in this much of a tax-efficient manner versus other things. But beside that, the clients will call up and they're changing jobs, they're doing this, they're doing that in their lives, and so they generally have a lot of tax questions that we'll answer for them. And a lot of them, of course, as they get a little older, they're asking about Social Security, and when to take that, and again, we can certainly help them with that. That's in the scope of the financial services, but kind of outside of it. But the bigger ones really are, they'll ask us a lot about passing money on, end of life, things like that, that we've really tried to help them with in addition to just keeping the plan in progress.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah, makes a lot of sense. I'm curious if you can maybe share with us some memorable victories or happy occasions that you've been able to celebrate with your clients over the years, since you're describing a relationship that then stays in place throughout their retirement.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Well, we track every goal that they give us, and we sometimes have to push them a little bit and make sure it's still an important goal. But it's always great to see when they hit their goals, as small or as big as are, we actually celebrate it with them. If it's a big goal, we'll actually send them things. If it's a small goal, we'll call them up or send them a pre-recorded video, and congratulate them, and have some fun with it. But it's anything... Some of the biggest ones, obviously if you were working with a client a long time and they get to the end, and we've monitored the plan a long time and they're where they want to be. They're so excited to retire, and have the kind of life they thought they could have, and when they tell you they never really dreamt that this was possible, and really it just was a matter of them taking our advice, and actually executing, which really on their end generally means you got to save some money, you got to postpone spending to accomplish these goals.

And sometimes I think we act more as a coach/consultant, that, hey, okay, you got to stay on goal here type of thing, those are the happiest really occasions. Even, I met with a lady yesterday, we just started a new goal, she needs some [inaudible 00:10:01]... She's retired, but she says, "I need to reside my house, it's just getting old, it's falling apart." And we said, "All right, well, let's set a goal, and how long do you think you want to take to save for it?" And she told me, and so we'll celebrate that, even though that's a small non-financial goal, it's one of her goals. And so, I believe our job is to help them try to achieve those goals even outside of the planning realm a little bit.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah, makes a lot of sense. And those are some good stories when you get to track those goals and see them succeed in those goals throughout their financial life, and through their retirements. Can you maybe describe for us, one more story since we've slipped into a storytelling mode here, maybe a time when something in life happened to drastically change a client's financial situation for the worst, and how you were able to help?

Tony Mauro:

Sure. There's a lot of these as well, and most of them occur around a couple of things in our realm, it's either a loss of a job or loss of a loved one. And I can think of one in particular where, lady lost her husband, they were relatively young, a drastic change in their life, they had two young kids at the time, these stories are all over. But luckily she came in to see us, he did have some life insurance, which was great, so she was able to, with our assistance, take that and invest it, get totally debt-free, and invest the course of the rest. And she just retired about a year and a half ago, she's still with us. And now she's enjoying her retirement, as happy as she can be, obviously she lost a husband, it was 18 years ago, but I like those kinds of stories because people can continue on and, at least on the financial side, be able to reach their goals.

And it's almost like, obviously nobody ever thinks they're going to be in that situation where you lose a loved one early, and it drastically changes your life. And on the flip side of that, if you don't reach out and try to get some help, it could go the exact other way. So, there's all kinds of things in all of our lives that happen that we didn't plan for, and better to have a plan and try to work that plan as those things come at you.

Walter Storholt:

Absolutely true about that, Tony, and I appreciate you sharing that story with us. Sometimes it looks hopeless or you can't see that light through the end of the tunnel, and you guys help people plan for the opportunity to see that hope, to see that potential future in front of them. It's an example of how money matters change over time, but hopefully over the last couple of minutes you've been able to see that the value of a real relationship with an advisor, someone who knows your story, cares about your outcomes, tracks your goals, that never goes away, that never lessens in importance and value.

And so if that's the kind of relationship that you're looking for as you plan for your financial future and for retirement, all you have to do to get in touch with Tony, to have a conversation and get a review of your financial status and look at what you need to do to plan for the future, all you have to do is give him a call, at 844-707-7381, or you can go online to yourplanningpros.com. Tony is a CPA and a certified financial planner, and you can again find all of his contact information simply in the description of today's show. We try to make that easy on you there. Tony, thanks for all the help once again on the program today, great catching up with you, and we'll look forward to chatting with you again soon.

Tony Mauro:

All right, well, thank you, and we'll talk to everybody on the next one.

Walter Storholt:

See you again on Plan with the Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

We all know there are things in life you probably shouldn’t trust — like gas station sushi or an email from a Nigerian prince. But the same principle applies in retirement planning. Sometimes what looks safe, easy, or even “guaranteed” isn’t so trustworthy when you peel back the layers.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Walter Storholt:

Well, we all know that there are things in life you probably shouldn't trust, like gas station sushi or that email from a Nigerian prince trying to send you some money and get you to send them money. But the same principle applies in retirement planning. Sometimes what looks safe or easy or even that dreaded word, guaranteed, isn't so trustworthy when you peel back the layers. So on today's show, we're going to talk about the things that if you trust it, you might go broke and how to avoid it.

Hey everybody and welcome to another edition of Plan with the Tax Man. I'm Walter Storholt filling in for Mark Killian on today's episode, but as always, joined by Tony Mauro, Des Moines professional alternative for the Tax Doctor Inc. in central Iowa, office right in Des Moines. You can find Tony online at yourplanningpros.com.

Tony, great to be with you on today's episode. How's life treating you?

Tony Mauro:

It's good. Fall's upon us. Everybody's talking football of course, and now it's starting to get serious about planning, so it will be busy coming up.

Walter Storholt:

You get kind of a second hit in the tax calendar this time of year. Most people think of taxes as just being something you worry about at the last minute in April, but you get a little bit of a second wind as we head toward October, right?

Tony Mauro:

We do. As we're taping this, we're coming up on a due date the IRS puts on us for corporate extensions, which is the 15th, and then in another month, October 15th, everybody that we have on extensions and everybody out there have got to get those tax returns in, especially if they owe to avoid some big penalties. So most of our clients, though, are not the procrastinators or the ones that are on extension. We got them done long ago, but we still have a few that we're always pushing to get over that hurdle.

Walter Storholt:

That's right. Yeah. And it's not like corporate returns are easier than personal returns, right? A few more layers and moving parts to worry about there?

Tony Mauro:

It is. With the corps, it's not near as straightforward of just getting documents and getting them into the software. A lot of moving parts usually, and of course business owners by and large usually don't want to talk about taxes and they tend to put it off. So half the battle is getting them to communicate and get some of that stuff done.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah, absolutely. Well, good luck wrapping those things up so that you can enjoy the changing of the fall weather and football season and all that other good stuff. Well, here's how today's episode's going to work, folks. We're going to talk about the things that you trust might make you go broke and we're going to talk about some real world things and then some financial sides of the equation as well. So we'll kind of bounce back and forth between the two.

So first of all, Tony, I like throwing this one out there. Gas station sushi. Is that something that you think you would trust?

Tony Mauro:

I would never trust that. In fact, I notice even in some airports now, kind of like sushi to go and fast food sushi.

Walter Storholt:

Oh, sure.

Tony Mauro:

I would never do that, and I do like sushi, but that kind of stuff, especially at a gas station, I wouldn't [inaudible 00:03:21].

Walter Storholt:

Yeah. I might do the airport sushi if it was a sushi restaurant in the gas station, but when it's just kind of in those grab and go sections, I don't know if I want that going wrong right before a flight, right?

Tony Mauro:

Right before a flight. I agree.

Walter Storholt:

The risk there is not worth it.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, yeah.

Walter Storholt:

I did, I thought gas station sushi was sort of a made up thing and then one day I did actually see sushi in the gas station.

Tony Mauro:

Wow.

Walter Storholt:

It was not appetizing.

Tony Mauro:

I've seen it in some small supermarkets and whatnot, but it just looks like, how long has that been there?

Walter Storholt:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

I don't know if I want to try that, but I'm like you, I'd rather just have them cook it for me. That's the only way I'm eating it.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah, it's the same thing with raw oysters. I got to trust the place I'm getting my raw oysters from.

Tony Mauro:

Exactly.

Walter Storholt:

Otherwise I'm not eating it. All right, so let's look at a more realistic real world thing here from the financial perspective would be people who say they've developed a system for timing the stock market. That sounds a lot like gas station sushi in my mind.

Tony Mauro:

Well, it sure does. I think a lot of what we'll talk about today is stuff people are seeing online and how they need to vet that a little bit on who's writing that. But I've even seen it just scrolling through Facebook, you see the things that look like a post that are really an ad and I see a lot of these about people being able to time the market and to beat the market, so to say. And from a financial planner's perspective, any one of us is going to tell you that's been in the business for a while that even the best of the best can't really do it on a consistent basis.

So what makes whomever out there online think that they've done it? What a lot of times they'll do is, that I've seen, is they'll point to some freak kind of abnormal result that they've achieved over the short term and they've never really tested it over the long term, but even if they can long term, it's all going to even out, so I really advise people not to fall for that kind of stuff just because of that.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah. I mean, anything that kind of sounds too good to be true, we can file this one under that probably is category.

Tony Mauro:

That's right. Yeah.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah. All right. Other things that can cause you to have some trouble in the real world is when we use WebMD to diagnose ourselves, right? Although today's version of that, it seems to be AI, right? I go into AI now and I'm like, "Hey, I got this thing going on." So either one, a little questionable there.

Tony Mauro:

And even in the financial world, robo-advisors and AI, it certainly is going to play a role in everything that we do I think going forward. However, I think just like in medicine and even in taxes is AI can't make the critical decisions, I don't think, at least at this point, in a person's portfolio, and not everybody is the same. There needs to be a human element in there because really, a lot about goals and emotions, how you feel about things, and AI can't pick that up, at least yet. And a lot of people I think use WebMD and some other things kind of basically just for a quick hitter and there's nothing wrong with that, gathering some information, but I would say confirm that with an advisor to make sure it's really true.

Walter Storholt:

I like your perspective on that, and it's kind of funny, I used AI to kind of analyze some test results recently on my ankle. I had an MRI done on a heel Achilles injury, but I didn't know what I was reading, right? All these big fancy words, and it was kind of hard to sort through it all with the way that it was laid out in the test results, and my follow-up appointment wasn't going to be for a couple of days and I kind of wanted to know what was going on a little bit more from what the techs found. And so I took all of that gibberish and threw it into AI and it was able to kind of at least give me an idea of what I was facing. So it set some expectations for then that visit to the doctor.

I wasn't trying to make it fix my ankle, but to say, "Okay, so what am I looking at? What are my options? What's the good? What's the bad here?" That was kind of helpful and kind of nice. I could see that helping a lot in the financial realm too, maybe using AI to maybe make certain parts of the process easier, but man, I'm still going to go to that doctor, I'm still going to go to that advisor and get that interpretation, that guidance. And then like you said, the decision-making, the critical choices got to still happen from the human, at least at this point.

What about advisors who say there are no fees in your portfolio? Is that a trust this, go broke kind of thing?

Tony Mauro:

Well, I would be very leery of that because in everything we're doing in the financial world, even if you don't have an advisor and you're doing it yourself, almost every investment has some fees of some kind, unless you just flat own individual stocks and/or bonds. You do pay a fee when you buy and sell, but I think what this is referring to more so is people saying that they're going to be able to advise you for absolutely no fees. There are always fees, you just have to look for them.

What we do with our clients is in everything that we're doing for them. I mean, we're fee only. So yeah, there's going to be a fee to be the financial quarterback, but we want to disclose that and make sure that the client knows what they're paying us and what they're paying us for, what the kind of value we're going to deliver for that. And then also any types of investments that we're choosing, we want to let them know what type of fees are hidden in there because fees can add up, obviously. More in fees you pay, the less return you're going to have, and that will affect your goals a little bit. But yeah, be very leery of that. If somebody's saying there's absolutely no fees, I would love to see that, because I've never seen it.

Walter Storholt:

No one's working for free, right? So someone's getting paid in some way, shape or form. It's just making sure we understand who and how and where it's coming from.

Tony Mauro:

And what the amount is. Absolutely.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah. This one's a callback to any fans of The Office. When the deposed king of Nigeria sends you a letter, you respond to it or whatever that quote was. So what about those Nigerian princes offering to share a portion of their fortune with you via email?

Tony Mauro:

Via email? Yeah.

Walter Storholt:

That's even worse than gas station sushi, right?

Tony Mauro:

It really is. I've actually had three clients over my span of being in business... It's been a long time. This isn't as prevalent now as AI calling people and faking somebody they know and sending them money, but [inaudible 00:09:35]-

Walter Storholt:

The scam has gotten more sophisticated, right?

Tony Mauro:

It has. It has. But I've had three people, this exact email came to them and they sent money and one sent like $4,000 and it was an older lady and after it's gone, it's gone, but obviously there must be some people that still fall for this because they're still doing it, but now it's more sophisticated, so now it's moving on to AI-generated language of somebody and calling you saying they're in jail, they need money and all of that. Very difficult for people to decipher. But my advice to anybody, don't send any money to anybody until you've talked to a human being. It's just not worth it.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah, absolutely. Just be on the lookout for anything that doesn't quite feel right and then maybe seek a second opinion. My folks have done that in the past, Tony, and I told them, "Please always feel comfortable with that. If you ever feel like something's not quite right, just give me a call and we'll look at it together real quick and just get that outside voice and say, 'Oh yeah, this doesn't sound right,'" because that can be really helpful when you just get that other person that can validate your suspicious feelings, if you will.

All right, we're talking about things that if you trust it, you might go broke. I'm going to put some trust in a stock market that hasn't crashed in a decade. Is that a fool's errand if I'm doing something like that?

Tony Mauro:

I believe it's a fool's errand, yes. Depends on how you define crashed, but the market moves up and down and it's very easy to show people a timeline. Even over the last 10 years, we can name 21. When we had COVID, everybody thought it's the next doomsday. And so we have minor corrections and sometimes they're major corrections, but if you go back 10 years, yeah, there's ups and downs and so that's totally false. And anybody that tells you that, if you're talking about the stock market, is basically either manipulating the numbers or they're just flat out not saying the truth in my mind.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah, it's an easy one to cover for sure. This next one really grates me. The weather forecasts that are more than three days out, just don't even look at them, right?

Tony Mauro:

That's right, that's right. Don't even look at them. In fact, it's funny on the weather. So I fly a small plane for a hobby and so we're always fascinated with the weather. We're always looking at the weather because that's a scary thing, and they preach it and preach it and preach it when you're learning to fly. And I feel like the weather forecasts we get are some of the best of the best and it's still just a forecast, and many times they'll forecast something that's completely off even for a day out. So can't control the weather. It's so funny. We have all this scientific stuff, and yet it still wins sometimes. So yeah, don't trust that. My mom used to always look at the weather way out and she would just swear by it and it's like half the time it would never be what they said.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah, we had that exact same experience just last week, Tony. We were back in Pennsylvania near family for a baby shower and it was an outdoor event and we were kind of throwing the outdoor event, and every single day for the 10 days leading up to the event, 80% rain, 90% rain, hail, thunderstorms, severe weather, boom, boom, boom, all the stuff. And I just kept telling my wife, "It's going to be fine. It's going to be okay. I promise you it's going to be just... Whatever they're saying it is now, it's not going to be on the day of." And sure enough, we had perfect weather on the day of. It worked out beautifully, not a single drop of rain. So sometimes it just happens like that.

All right, let's talk about celebrity endorsements for financial products as another thing that we have to be wary of. This seems like it's popped up a lot more in recent years. I'm thinking of Super Bowl commercials with celebrities talking about various investments. And I don't know if this gets you in compliance trouble, Tony, but crypto or something along those lines, it's very prevalent now to see celebrities endorsing financial products.

Tony Mauro:

You do, you see it a lot. And going back to what we were talking about a little earlier with no fees, these celebrities of course are getting paid to endorse. I mean, hopefully everybody understands that, although even if you do understand that, there's something about seeing that celebrity, especially if it's one you like, endorsing something that you might make an emotional decision to purchase that product just because you see them, you kind of feel like you're part of their group. And I think you need to, obviously with financial products, any of them, check with your advisor, because they're just doing a blanket statement, and I think there's much more to any product itself. If it fits in your plan, regardless of if they've endorsed it or not, it's going to be a good thing. If it doesn't, then obviously you need your advisor to say, "No, that's not suitable for you," depending on what you have in your plan.

But I see it a lot on the marketing side. There's a lot of things out there. Let's say I'm marketing my practice and I get a celebrity to endorse, "Hey, Tony Mauro is the greatest thing. He's the greatest planner, this or that." That resonates with people and these celebrities have themselves out there for hire and it's kind of crazy to have that. I've always told my brothers my celebrity endorsement would be Kiss, the rock group. I don't know what kind of crowd from my past that would attract, but I'm sure those guys for the right fee would dress up and do it. I know Gene Simmons would probably. But it's interesting on those. It's fun to see them, but there is a lot of them endorsing financial products.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah, that's pretty funny. I'm just picturing Kiss doing your endorsement.

Tony Mauro:

Wouldn't that be funny, had a few of the members in there? I was a big fan. I still-

Walter Storholt:

Maybe they could do the jingle.

Tony Mauro:

That's right. Do the jingle.

Walter Storholt:

Kiss jingle. I love it. Have you ever bought duct tape from the dollar store, Tony?

Tony Mauro:

I never have.

Walter Storholt:

I have.

Tony Mauro:

Have you?

Walter Storholt:

It doesn't work very well.

Tony Mauro:

I was going to say, did it work? Because it doesn't sound like it's going to work.

Walter Storholt:

No, it's not very sticky and it's so thin that you can only really get a few pulls off of the duct tape before it's out. That's why it's only a dollar. There's hardly any on there. It's almost as if they just bought out the used roles that just had a couple of uses left and that's what they're selling for the dollar. Yeah, I wouldn't trust it. I suggest avoiding it.

Tony Mauro:

Avoid it. I was going to ask you, is that the stuff they can't sell anywhere else or that falls off the spool or [inaudible 00:15:55].

Walter Storholt:

Right, right. It's just the last few bits clinging to the spool I think is what they're selling at the-

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, that's cool.

Walter Storholt:

... dollar store duct tape. So watch out for that one. Back to the financial side, friends' or neighbors' retirement strategies. Well, this is one that's tricky, right? Because that's advice and information coming from people we trust.

Tony Mauro:

People you trust, and they start, just like the celebrities, you trust them and you figure if it's good enough for them, it might be good enough for you, but in a lot of cases it's not because obviously everybody's different, has different goals and whatnot, and I think that's another thing to run by your advisor as to, "Hey." I mean, we hear it a lot, "Hey, such and such told me this or that." And it's good that they ask what you think, what we think and then we can kind of tell them, "Well, that does in their situation probably apply, but in yours with the way we've got you set up and what you told us you wanted to achieve, that may or may not be the best strategy." But it is a source of information and I just think you need to verify it. I'm saying that about all of these basically, but just yeah, you can't take it as blanket advice. It's almost like just blindly trusting AI to complete your financial plan, because it may not be suitable for you.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah, that's another great point. All right, we've got one more real world and one more financial element. The last real world one is autocorrect. Don't trust it.

Tony Mauro:

Don't trust it, right? It's-

Walter Storholt:

We've all seen it turn one word that we wanted into a different word, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yes. I always tell my staff, and I try to do it as well, I would advise it to everybody that's out there, whether it's a text or email, but I think is to proof what you're going to send before you send it. We've all gotten so using autocorrect as a crutch that we're spoiled and we just get fast. And I think sometimes it's actually accepted. You read a text from somebody or an email and it's kind of all garble, but you kind of know what they meant. You figure it-

Walter Storholt:

You kind of figure it out, yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. But for us from a business standpoint, it's not very professional to send out stuff that doesn't make sense. But even in the real world, yeah, it might put in the wrong... It's good, but it's not perfect, and a lot of times it doesn't correct proper grammar even close. So if you accidentally type or say something and it's not clear that autocorrect doesn't get it... In fact, just this morning, I was typing something to a tax client in their portal and in the portal it does not have autocorrect and I was kind of mad. I said, "You know what? I'm going to bring that up to the software provider and say, 'You guys need to autocorrect in here because I don't like to have to make sure that I really read this,'" because I get lazy and we start depending on it, but you really can't.

Walter Storholt:

I could swap this one in and out with voice to text, right? My dad was a big voice to text person, still is. But when he was still working and this technology was just real... He was a very late convert from the flip phones to a smartphone or tablets that they used at his work. And when he was in the field, he'd always be sending back messages to the office and logging things in there. They were in a service business, so he'd be logging things into their portals and whatnot and using voice to text for everything.

He loved voice to text. He was like, "This is the greatest thing." He'd send me texts, he'd send me long emails that were all dictated. He is like, "I'm not correcting anything. I don't care." And I'm like, "I love you for it because you just don't even worry about it." It's like it says what it says and you can figure it out or don't, just very matter of fact. But this was my favorite thing. When he retired, they had a little retirement party for him at work and the big final thing they did at his retirement party is everyone had submitted their favorite Jim stories of their voice to text and they read them all out loud and they were hilarious.

Tony Mauro:

Had a good laugh?

Walter Storholt:

Oh, it was a great laugh. They had a good time poking some fun at them and lots of smiles and there were some real doozies in there, too.

Tony Mauro:

That's cool.

Walter Storholt:

Very entertaining.

Tony Mauro:

But yeah.

Walter Storholt:

All right, last one here. Financial rules of thumb without context. That's the trust this, go broke part of that. Without context, that's really important there at the end.

Tony Mauro:

It is. And in the financial world, there's a lot of rules of thumb out there and a lot of them make sense. I think that just trusting them without verifying and maybe executing them could lead to some financial disaster. So I would highly recommend at least getting an interpretation of that rule of thumb, especially if you kind of don't understand it and where it's going, and make sure it fits in your situation before you just blindly go out and do something that is going to be detrimental, because keep in mind, all of these things outside of the funnies that we're sharing, the serious stuff, as you age and you make more and more of these potential blunders, you start to run out of time. And if you make too many of them and you're sitting there scratching your head at age 58 or 60 saying, "Boy, I'm not even close to where I thought I should be," maybe it's because you did some of these things without advice and that's the biggest thing I want to get over.

I always tell my staff as we're talking about all of these, it kind of ties in, that you're not going to know everything about the tax law and whatnot. You did when you studied and you got your certification, but you need to know where to look, and it's not got to be authoritative. I always tell them, "Do not blindly just go out and read something on Google or Facebook or whatever and think it's true in our area because number one, you know better, and two is who knows what kind of qualifications whoever wrote this had." And so I always harp on them on that.

And my last thought is, and I just shared it with them yesterday, it was right out of accounting today, and it says, "The IRS over the last two and a half years has instituted $162 million in penalties and interest from people that have filed incorrect tax returns saying they got advice online," and it went on to say, this is the IRS talking, "Do not trust Facebook posts and this and that on questionable tax credits and things that can get you in trouble and then you go blindly prepare your own return and next thing you know you got us breathing down your neck." And so if the IRS is saying that, you know it's out there in the financial world as well and in a lot of other sectors too. It could be auto repair, it could be anything.

So make sure that you are working with your advisor. Make sure you have a plan based on your situation so you can get that personal guidance. You could always look up some things and ask questions. I think it's great that we have all this information available to us, but I definitely think that most people are going to be much better off with getting advice from a planner. That's my opinion, of course, but that's my take on it.

Walter Storholt:

Yeah, trust is a good thing, bottom line, but in retirement planning, blind trust can be dangerous just like gas station sushi or blindly trusting duct tape from the dollar store or weather forecasts 10 days out. All of those things end up getting us in trouble to some extent. And that's what happens in the financial world when that blind trust enters the equation too.

So that's why it pays off to have a financial plan built on facts and that personalized guidance that Tony just mentioned. If you'd like to set up a time to visit and explore what a financial plan looks like with Tony's help and guidance, you can certainly do that. The number to call is 844-707-7381, and you can also go online to yourplanningpros.com, yourplanningpros.com. We've got all the contact information in the description of today's show so you can find it easily there. Tap into that 30-plus years of financial planning experience that Tony brings to the table, not only as a CPA, but a certified financial planner as well.

Well Tony, thanks so much for all the help today. I'll be back with you again on the next episode before Mark returns and looking forward to chatting with you again soon.

Tony Mauro:

All right, we'll see you on the next one.

Walter Storholt:

All right, take care everyone. We'll see you again right back here on Plan with the Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Most people don’t feel wealthy. But what if your day-to-day habits are quietly building serious financial strength? A recent article from Kiplinger outlined five surprising signs that you might be richer than you think. And none of them involve yachts or private jets… Let’s analyze the habits that signal real, lasting wealth and what to do if you are (or aren’t) on the right track.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc:

Most people don't feel wealthy. But what if your day-to-day habits are quietly building serious financial strength? Well, a recent article from Kiplinger outlined five surprising signs you might be in better shape than you realize. So let's talk about that this week, here on Plan with the Tax Man.

Welcome into the podcast, folks, as we break things down with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc., and this week, five signs that you're richer than you think, or at least, I don't know, that's the term it used in this article. I'm going to call it better off, Tony, than we maybe think. I've been talking to advisors like yourself for years, and more times than not, I'd say most advisors say usually about seven out of 10 times, and I'm going to give, maybe not so super specific, but people come in looking at that initial consultation wondering, am I okay? Right? That's the big question. And more times than not, advisors say people are in better shape than they realize. Is that what you see as well in your practice?

Tony Mauro:

I'd say generally that, yes. They're not, I believe, where they want to be.

Marc:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

Because obviously, they wouldn't be in there, but they're better off than they think. We seldom see somebody that's so far behind that it's impossible to...

Marc:

Right, right. And I think that's the catch, right? It's kind of like going to the dentist. We all kind of go... Not to equate your stuff to the dentist, but unfortunately, it's a good analogy. People go, "I need to go, but I don't want to go, because I really don't like it." And then you wait until you've got a real problem and then it's a bigger pain. And so I think a lot of times people think, "Ah, I need to go see a financial professional, but I don't want to because going to give me bad news." And more times than not, again, people are in better shape than they realize.

So, let's run through this report. We'll put a link in the show description here for folks if they want to check it out. And we'll just do a real simple of these five signs. Where are you at? How are you guys doing with this stuff? So number one, Tony, is emergency fund. Have you prepared one? And I think COVID certainly highlighted the need for this for many people, when you were losing jobs, or not being allowed to come in, and weren't getting paid, or reduced pay, maybe put a squeeze on you if you didn't have that emergency fund.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, and this is the first question we ask clients when we're data gathering and whatnot, is to, if they have this. And most don't. Most don't. Most have heard about it, they've never done it, or they've tried it and just basically robbed it and never went back to it. But obviously, most of this types of advice, most planners are going to give you the same thing. You've got to get something like this in place before you can start investing for the future, because of things like job losses, everything that related with COVID, somebody's sick, that kind of thing. So, once you get that kind of stability, then we can kind of move on. Now, we don't have to make you wait to start doing planning until you have six months of expenses saved up.

Marc:

Right. Great point. Yeah. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

It can take several years. But we got to get you at least working on it, even if it's $50, $100 bucks a month, to get money in there. And then the other thing is, I ask them, I said, "Do you even know what a month or two of expenses are?" Or do you just look at that checkbook and say, "Oh, well, we've got a little more money this month, we can spend it, and then we got to quit spending." And that goes to just personal finance there. But you've got to know those two things, and you got to get along that path.

Marc:

I think the article goes on to say that the average American has about $1000 saved.

Tony Mauro:

$1000 bucks.

Marc:

Yeah. That's probably not going to get it done. So you got to work your way, like you said, into some sort of a groove there. And I know there's some debate back and forth about once you're retired, do you really need emergency fund? Because you are not working, so therefore you're 401 and all your different nest egg is really the emergency fund, I suppose. But while you're building up to retirement, you certainly want to have that emergency fund there.

Tony Mauro:

Yes.

Marc:

All right, number two on the list was, you live below your means. I'll throw in, you live within your means. I think below or within, especially in today's environment. If you can do within your means, I think again, these are steps, signs that you're doing pretty good.

Tony Mauro:

And this is right out of probably the Millionaire Next Door book, or a chapter of it, is you must know, in my mind, of course, what you got coming in for your income, and then of course, a good idea of what your monthly outflows, are or your expenses. That's what we're talking about here, is living within or below your means. You still have money left at the end of every month, or at least at zero, and you're not going into the negative.

And this assumes that nothing bad or unusual is happening, but if you're in a negative every month, that means you have a spending problem, and you are not living within your means. And that's something we got to curtail, because there's no way you're going to be able to save. You come into us and say, "Hey, I've got to start saving for retirement," and we look at that and you're in a negative pretty much every month, we've got to make some changes immediately before we can start saving, because you don't even have any money to pay your bills, let alone if you get behind, which we just talked about, lose a job. How are you going to invest for retirement?

But yeah, it is definitely something that if you are living within your means, or even better, below, then you are going to be in great... I don't want to say great shape, to automatically have a great retirement. You still got to save.

Marc:

Right. It's a big help, though. It's a big help.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, it's a big, big help.

Marc:

Because lifestyle creep is a thing. I mean, as we make more money, we kind of want a few more things, and it's totally understandable. You work hard, blah, blah, blah, but you got to be careful not to get out of control. I was just reading something the other day, Tony, I'm not sure if you're a Gen X-er like me. I think you are. But it says Gen X-ers are most in debt right now, on an average of about $157,000, with vehicle debt being a big piece of it. That wasn't even including the house. So you got to get that stuff under control, and living within your means or below it, either way, is a good milestone there, a good marker for financial health.

Tony Mauro:

I agree. I think before we leave that topic, it amazes me how many clients that they'll shop around and really feel good about trying to find whatever they're buying at the lowest price, and then they'll put it on a credit card, and they don't pay the credit card off. And I say, "But let me ask you, if you went into that same thing, just going to buy it and you're going to pay three times what they're asking for, would you do it?" And they say, "Absolutely not."

Marc:

You wouldn't do it. Absolutely not.

Tony Mauro:

"Absolutely not. I'm not doing that. I shopped for deals." I said, "But you really aren't getting any deal, because who knows how long you're going to take?"

Marc:

You're just not paying the retail place or whatever the money because you got it cheaper, but you're paying the credit card company money.

Tony Mauro:

You're paying the credit card company. So we find a lot of people with a lot of debt because of that.

Marc:

That's a great point.

Tony Mauro:

It just kind of goes along about that. You got to pay cash for things if possible, except for the few big things in life, because otherwise, generally that's a problem.

Marc:

That's a fantastic point. It's very simple to overlook. You think, well, I kind of need to get this new... My computer's acting up for work, or whatever, and I got to get this new computer, and I need to finance it, but I'm going to shop around for the best deal. And maybe that's a higher dollar amount. Maybe you do need to finance it, but if you could save for it and just pay cash, you're just better off. You're just saving money. To your point, yeah, house, car, really big stuff makes sense, you may have to finance.

Tony Mauro:

Big stuff, yeah.

Marc:

Yeah. All right, number three, you invest strategically. Whether it's your workplace plan or whatever, you got a strategy, versus just, well, I threw it in the 2040 fund because my year to retire.

Tony Mauro:

And I think people that, they have a head start when they come in and they say, look, I've got... Even if they've got three or four 401Ks from different employers, they're constantly investing in their current employers, whatever they have. Some of them are doing a Roth on their own, which is fantastic. It doesn't even, to us, matter as much of what they have it invested in, unless it's just all cash and they're really young or something like that, obviously we're going to advise them. But if they're already doing that strategically, they're well ahead of the game because putting money away, and if we can solve those first two problems, if they have them, then great. But that's just a sign that, yeah, they've got a great start on things, and once they get a good plan in place and can see the end goal, then they start feeling, you know what, this is achievable.

Marc:

Yeah, right, exactly. It's like, hmm, I like that. Yeah, good stuff indeed. All right, well we're running through, again, these signs that you are in better shape than you realize. So we've got a couple more here to go. And again, check the link if you'd like to kind of read this article from Kiplinger.

You have multiple income streams, Tony. So it's not just, we all know diversification is the name of the game. We have that conversation all the time. But having more than one income stream, or even two. Some people will go, "Well, I've got my 401K, we're going to turn that into one, and then I've got social security, that's two. So I've got multiple." Well, yeah, okay. But what about some others?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, some others, I mean, even during the working years could be either... Could be as simple as a part-time job. It could be you've got a little side gig going on your own, a little business selling whatever you're doing, whether it's a service or actual goods. Could be rentals. We've had rentals since I was 20 years old, and it's good passive income now. All of this stuff comes with issues, meaning that it's just not free income and you don't have to do anything for it. But if you've got multiple income streams, I think it's better.

Yeah, it causes a little more, maybe stress in your life, maybe a little more to-do's. But at the end of the day, one, you're going to hopefully be making more money, and two, if something goes bad with the main gig, I call it, well, you've got at least a little income coming in from something while you figure it out. So I think it's always good to take a look at, especially today, I tell my son a lot, with AI, the way it's going and whatnot, it's just changing so fast. You got to be prepared to make some changes and try to earn money from different sources.

Marc:

For sure. For sure. Yeah. Whether it's rental property or whatever else, but definitely just having those multiple income streams can go a long way towards, again, putting you in better shape than you might realize.

And then the final one, Tony, and you kind of touched on a little bit when we were talking about investing strategically, but just in general, the article talks about focusing on the long-term. How does your mindset and your behavior reflect with that? I think folks who are definitely thinking, especially sooner than later, 50-plus, you start really thinking long-term, that's going to help you out.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, and I like the fact that when clients come to see us and we give them a little quiz right off the bat, and if they answer it, whether they're nonstop watching TV and listening to the news and reacting to this short-term stuff, or whatever it may be, it's usually negative. And so, if they panic every time they're doing that and they're not focused on the long-term, for us, that's kind of a landmine. We have to try to talk them out of that if they're going to work with us. Versus a person comes in and says, "I've been doing all these things for years. I really don't pay attention to the news and I just keep putting money in and it's done fairly well for me." That's kind of more of the focus you want. With some, especially with an advisor, if you're meeting with them once or more a year, they're going to be able to help you and tell you what you have been doing. But you definitely want to keep a long-term perspective on things.

Marc:

Yeah, and I think helping and having that long-term plan, again, sooner than later, gives you that runway that we need to plan out the stuff that we want to do. The new passing of the tax code and everything helped. Again, we talked about it the last couple of weeks, helped advisors. At least, if nothing else, whether you agree with it or don't agree with it, now you at least know what's ahead of you from a strategic planning standpoint for taxation and so on and so forth. And so, all of that kind of lends into just having a good cohesive strategy to get you to and through your retirement goal.

So, if you need some help, reach out to Tony. Hopefully, if you're doing some of these things, that makes you feel pretty good. You realize that maybe you're already on the right path. But find out, right? Run the numbers and see where you stand and what kind of work you need to do. Everybody can use a little bit of work, but sometimes people overreact, I think, and think, oh, if I go see an advisor, it's going to be some major overhaul to my life. And maybe it is, depending on what you've done, but a lot of times it's little tweaks, right? Little tweaks goes a long way.

So, get on the calendar, folks. YourPlanningPros.com. YourPlanningPros.com to schedule some time with Tony and his team at Tax Doctor Inc. And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple or Spotify, whatever podcasting app you enjoy using, to catch future episodes when they come out. Tony, my friend, thanks for breaking it down and hanging out with us. Always appreciate your time.

Tony Mauro:

All right, we'll talk to you on the next show.

Marc:

We will see you next time here, we'll get into, as the year's winding down, we'll be almost into the fourth quarter on the next couple episodes coming up. So if you've got some questions, need some help, again, reach out to Tony, YourPlanningPros.com. We'll see you next time here on Plan with the Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

The kids may be heading back to class, but it’s not a bad time for adults to hit the books too, especially when it comes to retirement. So, let’s test your knowledge with a quick financial pop quiz and see how ready you really are.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc:

The kids may be heading back to class, but it's not a bad time for us adults to maybe hit the books too, especially when it comes to our retirement strategies. So let's test our knowledge this week on the podcast and play a quick financial pop quiz with Tony here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Welcome into the podcast folks. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Mauro and myself. Tony, of course, is here to answer all the questions and give us some insights as he is a CPA, CFP, and an EA of 30 plus years in the industry and over there at Tax Doctor Inc, helping folks get to and through retirement. And Tony, I want to send you to school today, my friend. How you doing?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing well. Enjoying the summer. It's fair time here.

Marc:

Good. Good, good.

Tony Mauro:

And kids here are heading back to school.

Marc:

Yeah. Are you a good test taker?

Tony Mauro:

I used to be. I've taken a lot of them, so I've had a lot of practice, but back in school, I wasn't all that great.

Marc:

Got you. Got you.

Tony Mauro:

Especially in grade school.

Marc:

Well, this will be pretty easy for you, but I thought it'd be fun for our listeners to play along as well. And feel free, Tony, once we go through this, it's multiple choice, so it's pretty easy. I'll give you the question, possible answers and then you give us the correct answer or the answer you think, and then maybe just share a client story or elaborate on the answer a little bit, wherever you want to go with that.

Tony Mauro:

Mm-hmm.

Marc:

But we'll let folks play along as well, see how they do. So, ready for it? You ready to get started?

Tony Mauro:

I'm ready.

Marc:

All right, here we go. Question number one, what age can you receive full social security benefits if you were born after 1960? Is it A; 59 and a half, B; 62, C; 65 or D; 67?

Tony Mauro:

Well, for this one, since I'm in this group, I know this one, it's D for 67.

Marc:

Okay. And the trick is the 60, isn't it? The 1960?

Tony Mauro:

It's the 1960 and a lot of people still have, in their mind the magical retirement age is 65 and that's still theoretically true, but what they started doing was moving up the age that we can receive full benefits when the trust fund started seeping out more money than it was taking in. And so that's what they did as a step back from that. But a lot of people still think 65, the 62 answer is, you could take it as early as 62, but for us after 1960, it's 67.

Marc:

Right, for that full retirement age. And it's always, what is it, like 66 and some months or something? I think my brother was one of those, he was 66 and seven months or something like that. But we'll see what happens if they change it. But a lot of times people wonder is it worthwhile to extend it to 70 and all that stuff. But this was again, just when you can do the full and of course the caveat there being Tony, if you don't do the full, if you go early, there are income limitations.

Tony Mauro:

There are a lot of income limitations, yeah, if you take early because if you take it at 62, you can go out and earn income, but they're going to reduce your social security. And this is all the way up to full retirement age, a dollar for every, I believe it's $2 that you earn. And so, the whole idea, I believe, of probably this question is you need to work with somebody and try to figure out what's the optimal age for you depending on your situation.

Marc:

Correct.

Tony Mauro:

Because everybody's going to be a little bit different there.

Marc:

Yeah. Yeah, exactly. And of course, once you get to 67, you can make all the money you want in the world and go from there. But yeah, so there you go. Good job. So good job with this first one. All right, so how'd you guys do? Did you get the question correct? And most people, I think, probably know that one, but again, you might not be aware that depending on when you were born, it could affect your social security or when you turn it on. All right, number two, what is the maximum annual contribution limit for a traditional or a Roth IRA for individuals that are age 50 and older as of 2025? Is it $6,000 a year you can put into that account, B; $7,000 a year, C; $8,000 a year, or D; $9,000 a year?

Tony Mauro:

That's another one of those questions that I think for most people, they've got the general idea, they've probably lost track unless you're like us and live it every day. But the correct answer is C; $8,000 in my mind because... And the reason I say that people get lost is they know it's around anywhere from, I get answers from about $5,000 to $8,000, but they've done a lot for people over 50 now as a catch-up provision. So they give you a little chance to put extra in if you're over 50, which is a great deal.

Marc:

Yeah, I mean, it's not the most massive amount. Sometimes people might hear, oh, $8,000. Because you get what, $7,000 normally and if you're over 50 you get that extra thousand, right?

Tony Mauro:

Extra thou, yeah.

Marc:

But I mean-

Tony Mauro:

That's not a lot.

Marc:

Yeah, but I mean, 8 grand, Tony, if you're 50 and you're not retiring until, see the prior question, 67, that's 17 years at $8,000 a year. I mean, that's not chump change either.

Tony Mauro:

And you got to think, at least I think in my opinion, and even with now what they've done with the recent retirement changes for these 401K's and whatnot, they're really trying to make it known, I don't think they'd do a good enough job, because they don't want us really relying on what we're talking about in the first question, and that's social security. Even though I believe it'll be there, but they're trying to say, "Hey look, we're going to give you every break that we can to try to stock money away so that you're not just dependent on social security." That's my theory.

Marc:

Okay. Yeah. And again, if you're over 50, you get those catch-up contributions and that's just the traditional in the Roth. Then there's the company sponsor plans, which is obviously quite a bit more so the government, every once in a while they do something that makes sense and the catch-up contributions over 50 is definitely helpful for a lot of people. So that's a good place to... Especially for folks who feel like they're behind, which many people who first start thinking about getting into retirement when they get into their 50's are like, "Ah, man, I'm not in good shape." So this is a great way to shore that up. All right, number three, which type of retirement account, Tony, requires you to take the RMD, the required minimum distribution? Is it A; a brokerage account, B; a 401K, C; an HSA or D; a Roth 401K?

Tony Mauro:

Another tough one. This one is the 401K, letter B because it is a qualified retirement account. And so what the IRS basically, unless it's a Roth 401K, that's different, but 401Ks, keep in mind, if you've been putting money in tax deferred for however many years, that's basically a deal with the IRS that basically said, "Hey, we're going to let you tax deferral on this money, but hey, by the way, when you start taking it out, we are going to require taxes to be paid."

But they got smart enough to say, "Well, you know what? Some of these people will never take it out and then we're going to escape. We're not going to get our tax money. So they came up with this required minimum distributions rule of, well, once you become a certain age, we're going to require you to take it out whether you like it or not, and you're going to pay taxes at that time, and that's what that RMD means. And they have an age, brackets now, they have raised those a little bit because people are living longer, but the other ones, your Roth, your HSA, and these other ones, you don't have to take money out of those at any time. You can die with whatever you want in those accounts, but the government is crafty that way because they can say they want their tax money.

Marc:

I don't know if I've ever ever heard anybody say the government's crafty that way, but there you go.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, some of this stuff they think of it's just, you think they're not very smart and then you think, yeah, that's pretty crafty of them to do that. I get it.

Marc:

Sometimes you shake your head though. You do sit there and go, "What in the world are they thinking?" So good stuff. All right, number four here, Tony, what does the 4% rule refer to? Many people have heard this and most people probably know what it is, but in retirement planning, what does the 4% rule refer to? Is it A; the maximum percentage you can contribute to a 401K, is it B; a tax on high income retirees, C; a suggested annual withdrawal rate from your portfolio or D; the penalty for early withdrawal from a Roth IRA?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, I would think most people would probably get this one, but the answer is C, it's the suggested withdrawal rate from your retirement portfolio. And we've talked about this before, several episodes back about that. That's the theory these days that if you can take 4% out of your retirement plan and you can stress test it and tell people, "Hey, if you do this, you can't outlive your money. But I don't really like as a one size fits all for everything. I like to work with clients basically anywhere from 4-6% based on what they have and what they want to do. As long as you can stress test the portfolio and show them that, hey, even if you live till you're 95 or 100, in your instance, with what you want to do, you will not run out of money. They like that. Now, it is a general theory to start and it's an easy way to just ballpark things, but I think you need to work it and get it down a little closer than that. But that's what they're talking about there.

Marc:

Yeah. And is it still viable, do you think? Do you think it's something or is it just this gets us in the ballpark?

Tony Mauro:

I think it gets us in the ballpark. I still think it's viable. I think with today's interest rates, in order to do 4% or more, you will have to be willing to accept either taking principle out or you've got to accept a little more risk and delve into either some bonds or equities or some things like that. A little higher paying dividends than just an old time CD. Right now, if you just were in CDs, you couldn't do that.

Marc:

Got you. Okay. And then the final one this week, Tony, is what is a financial risk that many retirees face? This is question number five. I'm going to give you a layup. I got to make this easy. Is it A; outliving their money, B; paying too much in taxes, C; miscalculating healthcare costs, D; being overexposed to risk in the market or E; all of the above?

Tony Mauro:

And one's not on there, is earning too much from their returns, but this is D; all of the above. I think all of these things is what we work with, especially with people, as I just said, making sure they don't outlive their money, making sure they're not paying too much in taxes. I mean, that's really what people are paying us to help them do. I mean, we will help them calculate their social security and their healthcare costs and whatnot. And then D; is trying to make sure that if we are trying to get them between 4 and 5%, that we're not overly exposed in their type of risk. So all of these lend themselves to the stuff that we do. Actually, all of the questions do really, but that number five is really what people are after us to help them with.

Marc:

Gotcha. Yeah, and I think at the end of the day, really just like school, if you think about it, the more you study your financial picture and understand the pieces, hopefully the better the outcome's going to be. But the good news is you don't have to go it alone. You can definitely turn to some help. And obviously, this is a profession that's been around a while, people helping folks get 2 and 3 retirement. You want to do your homework and your due diligence to find the right person for you, but that's why so many advisors, Tony, like yourself offer those consultations and conversations complimentary to get things rolling a little bit, usually the first couple of ones actually, to see if it's the right fit. So if you need help, get onto the calendar. Reach out to Tony and his team at yourplanningpros.com and go back to school, if you will. Now, don't worry, they don't assign a whole lot of homework, I don't think, Tony. It's pretty... He does most to the heavy lifting, but I guess you got to do a little homework on your own.

Tony Mauro:

You have to do a little bit, yeah. I mean, the biggest thing for us with clients is helping them, and we try to make it as easy as possible, figuring out really what they've got going on in their financial life. And so we needed an insight. You've got to show us and tell us some things. We've got to gather data and so you do have to help us with that.

Marc:

A little bit of homework. So not too bad though. So get on the calendar, come on in, have a conversation. Yourplanningpros.com, yourplanningpros.com or call 844-707-7381, 844-707-7381. Tony, thanks for hanging out as always, playing our game with us. We appreciate it. And folks, don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple or Spotify or whatever podcasting app you enjoy using so that you can plan with the tax man. And we'll see you next time. Thanks, Tony.

Tony Mauro:

Okay, take care.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

The new tax bill just passed, but will it actually help you? Let’s look at who stands to benefit, strategic moves to consider now while the rules are fresh, and answer a few true or false questions about the law.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc:

This week on Plan With the Tax Man, let's revisit the Big Beautiful Bill conversation. But this time let's look at who it helps and maybe who it doesn't help as we digest more of the Big Beautiful Bill.

Welcome in to Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro and myself as we talk investing, finance, and retirement. What's going on, my friend? How you doing?

Tony Mauro:

I've been doing well. How about you?

Marc:

Hanging in there. We are firmly into August already. Man, the year is just like, "Shoo," just flying by. So I hope everybody's doing well. We're on the back half of the year and we wanted to just readdress a little bit more the Big Beautiful Bill conversation. We talked two weeks ago, Tony, about some of the nuance, some of the numbers, things of that nature, but let's talk about who's benefiting and maybe who isn't, just depending on where you're at. And we'll just kind of refresh some of the rules in the conversation as we're moving along. So in your mind as a planner, as someone who helps people with their business, with their personal, not only taxes, but also financial strategies, things of that nature, who do you see benefiting from this passing law?

Tony Mauro:

Well, I think there's a little bit for almost everyone in varying degrees. So I hate to say that there's no real losers, I don't think. Some people might benefit more than others, but I think that anybody could take some of this, especially with the tax rates and use it to their advantage for a while. It doesn't matter what your income is, it matters of how much that you can do to save for some things. So while I think it's a good attempt to maybe provide some tax relief all up and down the board, yeah, I mean it depends on who you listen to. High income earners are the winners because the greater tax cuts for businesses and the lower income households are losing way more than they're getting. We don't want to get into all that, but we want to at least hopefully explain a few things about this of how you can win on this.

Marc:

And we talked about that a couple of weeks ago. I mean, I think retirees and pre-retirees, certainly with the expanded standard of deduction, see benefit 65 plus, right? So that's a big piece. Some above the line items we talked about for charitable people, that's definitely beneficial. I think married couples that are, I guess middle/upper I guess maybe might be the ones losing out. I think married couples between basically $250,000 of income coming into the house and down. There's quite a few benefits for those folks, right? 250 and up, I think you're not going to see some of that.

Tony Mauro:

Not going to see some of that, especially if you're one of those people and you're both W2 and you don't have businesses or rentals or some things like that. And it depends on some of where you live, but there is some things in there that you might be able to take advantage of. Depending on what state you're living in with the whole SALT cap thing, you might be able to itemize where before you could not. But yeah, I think you're right with the things above 10 or 200, some of that stuff's going to phase out and you might feel like, "Well, I didn't get much out of this," but nevertheless, the tax rates are still relatively low. You still can convert Roth IRAs and do some things for retirement and things that will help you.

Marc:

Clients with no business or rental exposures. They're going to miss that. A little bit, like you said, some of the lower states with the SALT, but I feel like there's a lot of strategy in here for people. So if you're being proactive, which we hope that you are, what strategic moves should savers be looking at?

Tony Mauro:

Well, I think the big one would be, I'm a big Roth guy if you can do it, because way back Congress made a deal, what I call, with the devil, because they allowed these Roths, even though I think it kills them in the end because they can't get any tax on it. But they did set some limits in, but Roth conversions are big because they still allow you to convert from a tax deferred to a Roth, and you can even still do a backdoor Roth. It doesn't matter even what tax bracket you're in. And so even high income owners can start getting that money from the IOU to Uncle Sam to tax-free later on. So I think that's a huge one no matter what bracket you're in, that's the big one. Higher income earners and wealthier people, they did raise the estate and gifting strategies, but you're talking really high net worth up there, so that's not going to affect most of our clients.

Marc:

Right. At least they went to an even number, what was it, 13? It was like $13 million 999 before or whatever. Now they made it $15 million, so it's like-

Tony Mauro:

$15 million.

Marc:

Yeah, thanks for making it simple.

Tony Mauro:

And if you think about that, and if you double that, if you're for joint, you've got $30 million roughly before you have to start paying some of those taxes. I can remember in my lifetime when that exemption was like a million dollars and boy, if today it was that low, everybody would be getting snagged with that one.

Marc:

Yeah, I mean that's a good thing, right? Because I mean just the home values right now would send most people over. Even I think there was talk about before this even went through of them removing that $13 million down to back down there like six or seven or somewhere in that neighborhood even that would've been easy to hit for a lot of people with some of the housing prices.

Tony Mauro:

Especially in these total estates.

Marc:

Yeah, so I think again, charitable deduction, charitable contributions being effective there is certainly going to benefit a lot of people. And when it comes to the estate side, you definitely want to make sure you're still talking with your strategist and hopefully an attorney and you're putting those pieces together anyway, because a lot of people just don't even bother. They hear that number and they go, "Oh, well, I'm never going to touch that, so I don't need an estate plan." It's like, well, no, everybody needs an estate plan. It's just a matter of the estate tax conversation.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, and the complexity of it. I believe everybody needs an estate plan and some of the basics. Obviously if you get up there to those numbers, then it's more complex and you really do have to do some planning to avoid those nasty taxes, but it's possible to do it.

Marc:

Yeah. Well, what else might trip people up on the new landscape, Tony?

Tony Mauro:

Some things would be implementation windows. Check with your advisor. I mean, we're sending out newsletters, so hopefully our clients are reading those about some of these weird start dates, so you don't do something and miss it and be mad that you don't get that particular deduction. There's that. And then I think too, I think you should check with your advisor to see overall, just you're just your tax advisor and/or your tax and or planning advisor, is, "What can I do? How can this help me?" So you don't go out and do something that you shouldn't, so you don't make a mistake.

And I'll give you an example. The car interest deduction, it's basically for lower to middle income people. It does phase out. It would be a mistake to go out and buy a car that doesn't qualify for that. And so that would really make you mad if you went out and bought a new car. Maybe you got yourself into a loan and with the hope of getting the interest deduction, you don't get it.

The other one is too though, with that one, you have to be careful, and maybe this would be more of a planning situation, is don't go out and buy a new car, maybe just for a deduction if you don't need it. Now, that's going against probably what Congress's intent is, but from a planning standpoint, as an advisor, we want you to stay out of debt as much as possible. But if you're in the market for a new car and need it, do it and maybe you can get a tax deduction that lowers the overall cost a little bit. But again, I think the big takeaway there is really check with your advisor before you implement some things. Let's put it this way, before spending money on things.

Marc:

Yeah, very true. All right, well let's wrap up the program here, Tony, with just a quick true or false on some of the Big Beautiful Bill myths out there. True or false? Social security is no longer taxed.

Tony Mauro:

That is false.

Marc:

Okay.

Tony Mauro:

They're still subject to the income tax depending on your total income, so that's not true. People are getting that confused with the extra deduction or-

Marc:

Yeah, the senior deduction.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, the senior deduction. Yeah.

Marc:

Well that's my next one, so that's false. Okay. True or false? The new law means tax cuts for everybody.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, not really because some of it, like the $6,000, I mean really is only for 65 plus and that does phase out if your income is too high. And then the SALT deduction really is going to help mostly people in the higher tax states.

Marc:

Yeah, for sure. True or false? The tax brackets are permanent now, so I don't need to worry.

Tony Mauro:

That's definitely false. You know nothing is permanent in Washington and it only means they're not set to expire. That doesn't mean the next Congress or president couldn't come in and rewrite everything, so absolutely not.

Marc:

Yeah. Okay. The $15 million estate tax exemption means estate tax or estate planning won't really matter to me because I don't make that much or I don't have that much. Right?

Tony Mauro:

And that's definitely false because every state has their own rules. Everybody always fixates on that big federal one. In Iowa, the rules are very different here. And so you are going to need a state tax plan even if you have a net worth say of a million bucks or more, especially depending on who you're going to give it to.

Marc:

There you go.

Tony Mauro:

Definitely check with your advisor.

Marc:

Great point. All right folks, well hopefully the last couple of episodes we're talking about the One Big Beautiful Bill hopefully we helped you with some clarity. I know Tony sent some other things out with newsletters and different things as well. So as always, before you take any action with something you hear from our show or any other podcast or anything you see or read online, see how it relates to your specific situation with your qualified professional because every situation is going to be different. Obviously we're all affected by taxation, we're all affected by social security, we're all affected by healthcare, things of that nature. But how it rolls into and plays in your specific life and strategy is different from person to person.

So make sure you're sitting down with someone like Tony who is a CPA, who's also a CFP and an EA of 30 plus years helping people get two and three retirements. So got all the credentials, got all the stuff there, so make sure you're reaching out to Tony and his team at Tax Doctor Inc. You can find them online at yourplanningpros.com, that's yourplanningpros.com and you can also subscribe to the podcast on Apple or Spotify or whatever app you like using so you can catch new episodes when they come out of plan with the tax man. Tony, thanks for breaking it down, my friend.

Tony Mauro:

Okay, we'll see you next time.

Marc:

I always appreciate you. I always learn something new and we'll see you a little bit later here on Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

A new tax bill has officially passed (you’ve probably heard it mentioned as the “Big Beautiful Bill”). And while most headlines are focused on politics, we’re focused on what it means for your retirement. The choices you make in the next year or two could have a significant impact on how much you keep and how much goes to Uncle Sam.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc:

This week on Plan With the Tax Man, let's talk about the Big, Beautiful Bill and what it means for your retirement. We'll stay away from the politics as much as humanly possible and just focus on what it might mean in the choices that you may make in the next couple of years. Let's get into it.

Hey everybody, welcome into the podcast. This is Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Morrow and myself to talk investing, finance and a retirement with Tony, who is Des Moines Professional Alternative at Tax Doctor Inc. He's a CPA, CFP and an EA of 30 years plus in the industry, and a great resource for you to tap into.

And Tony, this week we're going to talk about... It's been a couple of weeks now and we're going to talk about the BBB or the OBBBB as the One Big Beautiful Bill. But you know, it's kind of funny. I think at first when we heard that, I think we thought that was just like the media name, but that's actually the bill's name. I was expecting it to be like OBB753624, some crazy number or whatever. But nope, it's One Big Beautiful Bill. So how you doing, buddy?

Tony:

I've been good. Wrapping up the summer and hot here and here, we're getting ready for the state fair. So that's a big thing around here.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony:

Yeah. Things are going good.

Marc:

Well, good. Well, let's talk about this. Like I said, we'll try to stay off of the political stuff as much as we can. I mean, unfortunately, everything is trying to frame every piece of a conversation with some sort of a slant. And I will say, the only piece I'll say about this is that there's a lot of this helps billionaires and blah, blah, blah. And when you really look at some of the stuff we're going to cover today, it really doesn't. It's actually really kind of low and middle income families who actually get some of this extended stuff, at least a lot of the things that are going to affect most people. Right?

Tony:

That's right. Yeah.

Marc:

So we'll just dive into it. We'll kind of get started. So first of all, the tax brackets, which is the big piece, have been extended. You and I have been talking about that for a couple months now. When you're talking about planning and strategizing, we were waiting to see would the TCJA, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act from 2017, expire or would they get extended? Well, they got extended.

Tony:

They got extended and they are supposedly... And we have to address this because you're going to hear a lot of stuff in the news and whatnot about this and that tax cut or brackets being now permanent, and hopefully, everybody knows that permanent only means that they just won't expire. But-

Marc:

Right. In Washington-

Tony:

Congress can change them.

Marc:

Yeah. In Washington, permanent is not an actual word I don't think. Yeah.

Tony:

It isn't. So I wish they wouldn't throw that around. But from this standpoint right now, they're not going to expire until Congress changes them.

Marc:

A future Congress would have to pass a bill, basically.

Tony:

Yeah. So you have to do that. But it is good news because now people from all income aspects can kind of plan. Obviously, the higher income is probably more concerned because they can do maybe a little more, but this is going to benefit people because all across the board, we're not going to have to worry about tax rates going up for right now.

Marc:

Yeah. The seven brackets, Tony, they're staying the same through at least probably 2028, right?

Tony:

At least. Yeah. At least.

Marc:

Right. So we got what? 10, 12, 22, 24, 32, 35, and 37. Those are the tax brackets.

Tony:

That is correct. Yeah. I always have to look them up now. Because there's so many, and they're constantly adjusting them a little bit for inflation. But I think that as far as how you can take advantage of that any more than you already have is we always try to get our clients to use up the bracket that they're in. It's important that they know what bracket they're in, which is their marginal bracket, because that is the bracket that the last dollar of income that's going to be taxed on. So anything we can do to fill up that bracket-

Marc:

Can you explain that a little bit? Because I think people get confused by that, right? So they think, okay, let's say I'm in the 22, and so I'm afraid I'm going to do this or this and I'm going to move to the 24. But when you get moved up a bracket, it doesn't mean every dollar that came in moves to the 24, correct?

Tony:

That's correct. Yeah. And a lot of people tend to forget when we'll pull out the brackets and the ranges that this is a progressive tax system. Certain amounts of income are starting out taxed at 10 and then the next is 12 and on and on and on. We talk about marginal bracket because if you're in the... Let's say I spout out, you're in the 22% bracket, that means any more of your income that you bring in that year over a certain amount is going to be taxed at 22%, but the first parts weren't taxed at 22%.

Marc:

Correct.

Tony:

Just the latest. And so it's really a good tactic for using Roth IRAs or Roth conversions-

Marc:

And we'll talk about that yeah, a little bit later too. Yeah. But that's a good piece of that. I mean, overall extending this, from a planner's standpoint, which obviously you're a planner, that's useful. Yeah?

Tony:

I think it's useful because now we can go with people and we can, I think with more accuracy, determine what their future taxes are going to be on some of this stuff and how we want them to take advantage of that and invest for retirement. I mean-

Marc:

Yeah, for sure.

Tony:

On a nation standpoint, well, again, we don't want to get into politics and all that as far as spending and cutting and this and that. But all we can do is take advantage of what they give us regardless of who's in there.

Marc:

Yeah, true. And so probably up until '28 we'll have this in place, and some of these pieces that they passed also do have time expirations on them as well, and we'll talk more about that here in just a second. But again, there seems to be a lot of confusion around it. So that's the first big takeaway is that, hey, we are at historically low tax rates. So that's a win for most people. We'll see how it plays out in the long run, but for right now, that's the advantage we can take from it.

The standard deduction was also "made permanent" right, Tony? And honestly, it's pretty hefty. Check this out. I was going to run this past you, see what you thought. If you kind of break this down a little bit, Tony, so it's what? The standard deduction is... Let just find my note here. Where'd it go? Okay, so the standard deduction for a married couple, it's 31,500 base for 2025. That's pretty hefty.

Tony:

That's hefty. And a lot of clients, that at least we see, may not be able to have enough itemized deductions to get over that, but at least it is. It's hefty. So you're not being penalized what I would say so much, but it is making it a little bit simpler for some Americans to just take the standard deduction. However, I think what we're going to talk about next will come into play this year where it hasn't come into play and that's the SALT cap because some people might be able to itemize now. But again, it's important to make that distinction.

Marc:

Yeah, for sure. Well, I'll tell you what. I'm going to move it around a little bit. Let's talk about the SALT cap after we talk about some of the other deductions that kind of go along with the standard. Okay? So we got the standard deduction. It's 15,750 for a single person, single filer. 31,500 for a married couple.

Now, what they did for a lot of our listening audiences is the whole conversation and the kerfluffle around no tax on Social Security. That didn't happen. They did their bartering and all that stuff and people wanted to get this, and some people wanted to get that. And what they settled on, Tony, was this additional $6,000 per person over the age of 65.

Now, here's where I think people get confused. So the existing law gives you that additional standard deduction of $2,000 per person if you're over 65. Then this new temporary, from 2025 to 2028, senior deduction they're calling it is another 6,000 for single filers or 12,000 for married couples. So if you add these together, the 31,500... Let's say you're a married couple. 31,500 base deduction, the 3,200 age-based existing law deduction for married couples, plus the $12,000 bonus that's temporary through 2028, that's $46,700 of deductions can be pretty hard to itemize.

Tony:

It's going to be pretty hard to itemize for seniors. Yes.

Marc:

That's pretty great.

Tony:

For sure. I mean, that is good.

Marc:

65 and over again, right?

Tony:

Yeah, 65 and over. Now, what you got to remember though is that it's not... And I've already started to hear it. They're not eliminating taxes on Social Security.

Marc:

Correct.

Tony:

You still are paying taxes on your Social Security. It's just that they're extending a deduction. So it's in the ballpark. I mean, your taxes will be cut by whatever tax rate you're in with this deduction. And so-

Marc:

It's kind of like a semantic word. It's almost a semantic math problem. Now, there are income limitations on this, we should say. For some people, it is like you're not going to be paying the tax on your Social Security, but not for everybody.

Tony:

Not for everybody, but yeah for a lot of people, especially the people that are more Social Security heavy as far as driven with their retirement income, you may not be paying taxes at all now or very little. They will go down.

Marc:

Yeah. So I guess we should explain the phase out. So how it works is if your MAGI, your modified adjusted gross income, is 75,000 for singles and 150, that's when it starts to phase. Does it mean you're cut off? It's not like a cliff, right?

Tony:

It's not like a cliff.

Marc:

At 150 for couples, it's not cut off, but at $250,000 of income, that's when it does cut off. So 150 to 250, you're kind of like percentages are going down, correct?

Tony:

That's correct.

Marc:

Okay.

Tony:

Yeah, that's correct. And then the people that are over 250, obviously I think probably the theory there is, well, they don't need this extra deduction. So you're not getting it basically.

Marc:

Right. Right.

Tony:

So you're not getting that tax cut.

Marc:

And so that really does benefit lower and middle income families, retirees.

Tony:

For a lot of them definitely. Definitely. I think we're going to see a lot of our senior tax clients and the financial planning clients, their tax bill is going to go down with that.

Marc:

Yeah. Now, the goofy part unfortunately was what was the IRS or whoever sent that thing out at first saying that it was no tax? And then they was like, okay, got all kind of confused and people got a little misnomer there. So we wanted to make sure we kind of explained that. They're kind of calling it the senior citizen deduction. As I said, it's 6,000 per person. Of course, $12,000 if you're married, and it's only for folks over 65 and again, within those monetary thresholds.

Now, to your point, let's back up a little bit and go to the SALT cap again, the bargaining chip I think when all these congressmen and senators and women are all chatting. It's like, well, I want this and I want that. They get this plan together. This happens with every bill for everything. We all know that's what they do. And you know that the higher income states were like, hey, California and New York and New Jersey and some other states were like, we need to raise the SALT. So explain what the SALT tax is and all that stuff.

Tony:

So the SALT tax is short for what they did with the state and local income taxes and your property taxes back with the Tax Act of 2017. They basically put a limit on that deduction that you can not deduct any more than $10,000 in that whole area of your Schedule A, which is really your state and local income tax, your property tax, your car license fees and sales tax.

And so for those high tax states and those big states like California and New York, you're talking property values... I mean, some of those people's property tax alone might've been 30 to 50,000.

Marc:

Yeah. I think Jersey's even higher than California, if I'm not mistaken. But Jersey's pretty high too. Yeah.

Tony:

So I mean, all the really high income earners have large, large homes and properties have been crying for several years because they always could itemize drastically and now that was cut way down for them. So they have expanded this to I believe it's 40,000.

Marc:

It's 40. Yep. Mm-hmm.

Tony:

And there are some limits I believe on that too, and I can't remember what they are. But that is going to be a help to people that might not have been able to itemize before that might be able to now. Again-

Marc:

Yeah. I feel like that's going to be your higher income earners though, Tony,

Tony:

It is.

Marc:

And by the way, yes, you're correct on the limits on that. The SALT deduction cap phases out between a half million and 600,000.

Tony:

Okay.

Marc:

Yeah. So it's fairly up there. So if you're itemizing, you're probably fairly well off.

Tony:

You're probably fairly well off. Yeah. It just gives a little bit to the higher income earner, especially in the higher property tax states and whatnot, and income tax states to be able to deduct all that where they were limited severely here in the past. And we have a couple of tax clients that live in these states. They're making a half million, million bucks a year as a W2'd employee. So they're phased out of everything. It's those people that were really getting hurt. So this will help some as well.

Marc:

Yeah, for sure. And before we move on to just the strategy of things and stuff, I did want to point out that there's also that new charitable deduction for standard filers. So if you can't itemize, back to my point a minute ago, we're talking like 30 plus grand of standard deductions going on, so a lot of people will not hit the itemizing level. They added this new little in 2026, Tony, where you can, for singles, it's only $1000, but still it's $1,000. And for married couples, it's $2000, but you can still do charitable donations without the itemizing.

Tony:

Without the itemizing.

Marc:

So it's not a ton of money, but it still comes off of your top income line. And if you're charitable minded, that's a great thing.

Tony:

That's a great thing. I mean, even at $2000, let's say you're in the 20% bracket, it's $400 of an actual tax reduction. And again, you want to take everything they're going to give you and you don't want to leave anything on the table. So that does help with the charitable giving as well.

And back to the point of the higher income people, the charitable giving, they're giving a lot more anyway, so they're already itemizing. So that doesn't really do anything for them, but it does give the average person, if they're doing it anyway, at least they get a little bit of deduction where before they didn't.

Marc:

Yeah, true. True. And this is an above the line deduction, correct?

Tony:

Above the line. So they don't have to itemize.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony:

Yeah.

Marc:

Okay. All right, so then let's talk about also charitable giving and the Roth opportunities. So we kind of started that little piece of that earlier. Coming back to that now. The fact that you now have more runway, Tony as a planner, if Rothing over time was something that was maybe on someone's radar to do and they were worried, well, are they going to extend the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act or not? Or were the tax rates going to go up? That kind of changed that scenario, but now that we know that it's going to be that way for maybe the next four years, then hey, Roth opportunities are still alive.

Tony:

They're very much alive. Our clients especially using backdoor Roths for higher incomes, for us, we're basically telling clients, let's make sure we're filling up these brackets and getting everything into a Roth as we can before they change something on that loophole. But I think in this tax situation, especially in the planning area as far as evaluating what to do now versus later, I think that's where people like us come and play where we can provide a lot of value in that area. It's not talking all about just choosing investments, is how can we cut your tax bill and continue to save for retirement tax efficiently.

Marc:

Yeah. I mean, I think that's going to be the name of the game for most people is how do we maximize... Especially for four years, right?

Tony:

Four years.

Marc:

We know that politically it is what it is and in four years, depending on what happens with elections, another administration could come in and try to wipe out everything that this administration did. Who knows. So be efficient and take advantage of things right now while you can. And we'll wrap it up with any other things in there that caught your eye that you thought were interesting that you might want to share with the listeners?

Tony:

I think one was, and nobody really is talking about it yet and it doesn't help a whole lot of people, and I don't know if I really agree with it, but I think it's important to get it out there. And that is they're allowing auto loan interest to be deducted again above the line. So you do not have to itemize to get this deduction. However, there's a lot of limits in it. It's got to be purchased this year, it's got to be new. There's phase outs for the deduction on income, but everybody's buying a car [inaudible 00:17:06]-

Marc:

Yeah, it's like 10 grand too, isn't it? It's pretty-

Tony:

Yeah, it's up there.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony:

And so if you're out buying that, you're going to have an incentive to...

Marc:

Well, that was the point. Yeah. that was the point, right? Because what is it, final assembly in the US? Which I'm curious as to what the breakdown on that is. Is it like 40% of the car has to be assembled here or what?

Tony:

Exactly. I think that's interesting.

Marc:

Yeah, for sure.

Tony:

And it'll be interesting to see how they try to police that for people that might press that a little bit.

Marc:

Great point. Yeah. Well, in that same car vein, Tony, I think it is again, part of that initiative to promote American business and growth and help our economy. Because on the same side, the EV credit is going away. So if on your radar for your retirement strategy, if you're getting close to retirement this year was to get a new car like many retirees do when they first get to retirement, keep in mind that the EV credit goes away in September. So just a little over a month or so from now.

Tony:

Yeah. I think one last one though is the no tax on tips up to $25,000.

Marc:

Might not help a lot of our listeners or your clients, but maybe their kids or grandkids.

Tony:

Yeah. I mean, it's going to help a certain segment to a point. I actually had, believe it or not, somebody already called me up, and this was a business client, they're already thinking, and hopefully they don't do this. But they were asking about, well, why don't I just convert all my employees to 1099s and they can basically claim tip income?

So the IRS has got rules on that. It's got to be W2. They got to be reported tips. So if you're a tipped employee and it's got to be in the service industry that normally receives tips, can't be somebody out on the road truck driver or something like that. Don't get too cute with some of this stuff and trying to push the limits and trying to outthink things, because you're going to get yourself in trouble. I know the IRS is having some issues now with staffing and whatnot, but I would recommend highly do not try to do any of that. And there's already stuff out on the internet talking about ways, which I think are already, they strike me as illegal. So don't fall for that. Make sure you ask your advisor.

Marc:

Yeah, yeah. Yeah. We want to still stay above board with this stuff.

Tony:

Got to stay above the board.

Marc:

Yeah. Especially with some of that stuff. But yeah, I mean, it could be beneficial for folks in those industries doing things the right way. So good stuff. I mean, look, Tony, at the end of the day, the tax bill didn't shake the system to its core, but it did provide a decent amount of change to help in a lot of areas, especially for retirees and pre-retirees to take advantage of. So again, the window's kind of short to act. A lot of this stuff kicks in either this year or the first of next year, and it expires at the end of '28, going probably into '29. Unless of course Congress does something different. But more than likely, this all stands until there's a new administration and then they rule some kind of changes or whatever. So the takeaway, be proactive, right?

Tony:

Right. Be proactive, talk with your advisor, see which deductions might apply to your situation both for taxes and retirement planning. And then just modify the plan as you go and try to take advantage of anything you can.

Marc:

Absolutely. Yeah, and that's a great point. And when working with someone like yourself, Tony, who's doing both sides of that, both sides of the aisle if you will, if you'll pardon the pun, you've got the planning side as well as the tax side. So it's really helpful to have both of those things under one roof. So reach out to Tony if you've got some questions, need some help. Get yourself onto the calendar so that you can Plan With the Tax Man at 844-707-7381. 844-707-7381. Or of course, visit him online@ at Yourplanningpros.com. That is Yourplanningpros.com. And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple or Spotify or whatever podcasting app you enjoy using. We'll see you next time here on Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Morrow. Thanks, Tony.

Tony:

All right, take care.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

The 4% rule gets talked about like gospel in retirement planning. But let’s be honest, it’s always been more of a rough guess than a golden rule. Now, its original creator is revising it to 4.7%. So, does that mean your retirement paycheck just got a raise, or is this just another headline that oversimplifies a complex decision?

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc:

The 4% rule gets a makeover. Let's talk this week here on Plan With The Tax Man about the change in the 4% rule by the guy who created it. It's pretty much the gospel in retirement planning, so what does that mean for us? Let's get into it with Tony. Hey everybody, welcome to the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Mauro and myself as we talk investing, finance, retirement, and the 4% rule getting a makeover is the big topic this week, Tony. I want to dive into this conversation just a little bit, but first, how are you, my friend?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing very good, how are you?

Marc:

I'm doing very well. Have you seen this? I'm sure you have-

Tony Mauro:

I have seen it.

Marc:

About the move to 4.7%. Doesn't have the same ring as the 4% rule, but it's being bumped up to 4.7%. And so I want to talk about this a little bit because this thing really, truly has... The guy who made this, and I'll let you give us a little back story here in a second, I wonder if he thought that this thing was going to be like the golden rule gospel of retirement planning when he made this thing 30 some odd years ago, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Well, I don't know if he did and it's been around for what, since the '90s I believe?

Marc:

Yeah, early '90s.

Tony Mauro:

Basically what he came out with, and there's been books written about it and everything else, and so it's very popular that what he came out with was retirees should basically, if you're going to live off of the income, you should take out 4% or right around there just for inflation. So for basically over your retirement lifetime, which at then was 20, 30 years, you wouldn't run out of money.

Marc:

Yeah, and it was like a 50/50 split too, right? I think it was instead of the 60/40, it was 50/50. And to make it easy, Tony, I guess we can say, look, you got $1 million, and it feels like everybody, even people who aren't in the financial industry have heard of this 4% rule. If you're getting close to retirement, you've probably heard it. And so it's like, okay, you got $1 million, take out 4%, it's $40,000 a year. Nice and easy, right?

Tony Mauro:

Right. And then it would continue to grow, you could continue to do that and you wouldn't run out of money.

Marc:

That's your safe withdrawal rate, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, safe withdrawal rate. Now, in a person's overall financial plan, I like to go against the grain on this a little bit. I think when we talk about this at the distribution stage, I try to get them to buy into the fact that we want to do a hybrid type of take on this. Number one, we want to start out, because I think in today's, depending on their appetite for volatility, I think you can get closer to 5% easy. You have to cut back your bonds a little bit.

Marc:

Interesting. Well, and that's kind of what Bill's saying. And by the way, his name was Bill Bingen for folks who were-

Tony Mauro:

Yep, Bill Bingen.

Marc:

Who are listening. He's saying 4.7%, so you're saying maybe even 5%.

Tony Mauro:

I like to suggest 5% and I've been doing it with my own father for years and several others that like that. Now, if their propensity, they don't want to see any of their portfolio when they look at a statement or something and see it bouncing around, I try to get them, "Let's not worry about that, it's going to go up and down." But the income, we can get 5% easy, but I try to get them to buy into the fact, is let's say that we base it on 5%. Yeah, if we have a bad market, let's bump our distribution rate down a little bit to 4% or 4.5%. And if we have a good market, well, then let's bump it up a little bit in that year.

So we kind of get a little more activity, because I think the one thing I don't like about this rule is a lot of people think, "Well, I've got to leave all my money to whomever," and whatnot. I think the number one thing that we need to think about is, the first thing is you need to make sure that the rest of your life is stable and you have enough money. Then if there's money left, you can leave it to heirs. But I think too many of us get wrapped up in, "I don't want to take any money out." And I think it depends again, what you want to do in life, but they kind of shortchange a good retirement when they have money that they could do it with.

Marc:

Yeah. Okay, so looking at what Bill has done here, he's changed a couple of things. His 2025 update, Tony, is now 55% stock and 45% on the bond side. So he's kind of acknowledged that over the last couple of years, the bond market has not been so great, so he's kind of peeled that back a little bit, bumped it up to this 4.7%. And I think if people who see this, sometimes I kind of wonder, do they feel like that gives them a green light to, "Hey, I'm getting a raise in retirement?" Maybe, but maybe not.

Because for a long time, Tony, I've been talking with advisors for 10 years now and the 4% rule constantly gets brought up and people would say, "Well, it's really more like the 3.2% rule because we can't really pull that out," because interest rates were terrible. Zero on bonds and stuff for a long time, so it gets confusing for folks. They think, "Is it lower than 4% or is it higher than 4%?" Here, you're saying maybe up to 5%. So is it a green light to spend or is it a green light to say, "Let's rerun some numbers, re-analyze?"

Tony Mauro:

I think just like I said, it's a green light to re-analyze year after year and say it depends. It's definitely not an increase just to go spend more, but with bond yields as they've been over the last many years, the whole 50/50 split doesn't work. Even 55/45 is not going to quite get you 4.7%. It might if the stock side is doing okay, but in those years that we might have a down year, it certainly is not going to. I believe that, like I say, if we have a running range and depending on how things went, then that is what you're spending for the following year should be, and then you stick to that and then reassess. Your advisor's going to help you with this, so-

Marc:

Hopefully.

Tony Mauro:

It's not hard to... Yeah, hopefully. It's not hard to do, but definitely not a green light to just go spend more.

Marc:

Well, okay, so here's my thought on this and you tell me, because obviously you've been doing this for 30 plus years and I've just been talking with advisors for 10 years. But I think what sometimes happens, and this doesn't mean the 4% rule is wrong, by the way.

Tony Mauro:

Nope.

Marc:

I think it's like any rule of thumb, Tony. It's a conversation starting point. We'll go back to that $1 million account, 4% is $40,000 a year. If you're trying to figure out what do you need to pull from your assets to help your shortfall, because you're going to have your social security, maybe a pension, whatever. Do you have $1 million, I guess would be the first question. What kind of account is it? Because you might not have $1 million in it. It might be $1 million, but you may owe Uncle Sam $300,000, so now you got $700,000. Well, 4% on that's what, $28,000 a year? So does that fix your shortfall or does that leave you in the hole? This is where the strategy has come into play versus just a general rule of thumb.

Tony Mauro:

It is. And I think like you say, rule of thumb is a starting point. With your advisor every year, you need to be trying to figure that out because it really evolves as you age and what your, of course, needs and wants are.

Marc:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

And then of course, you may start out in retirement saying, "I'm going to go spend all this money." Health of a spouse, something else gets in the way and then all of a sudden your goals change, and so your plan needs to change, too. So keep in mind, it's a great place to start. We generally will start with that, but we like to plan from there and that's where the advisor is really going to prove their value to you being able to adjust this on the run.

Marc:

Well, Tony, what factors matter more than just the percentage you withdraw? I mean, I think that's got to be a question that people ask themselves. What other things matter, like market sequence of return risk? I mean, that's timing, taxes. I mean, these different pieces.

Tony Mauro:

Taxes, all that. I mean, how long are you going to live? What type of things you want to do. You got to factor in if you've got a spouse or significant other, what you want to do there. It also factors in, is how much if any, do you want to leave heirs? Maybe they're taken care of and that's not even an issue for you. For somebody else, that's goal number one. All of that needs to be factored in, so we have to allow for adjustments in that, all while providing you the retirement that you want. It's not all just about leaving it. One thing I notice with a lot of clients, my father included, is as we age, we've talked about this before, I think, is people don't want to spend any money. And I'm not saying run out and just blow all of your money.

Marc:

Right, but enjoy it.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And if we've planned and we try to hold them to it, because ask them a lot of questions. And we put it in the plan as, "Here's what you told us that you wanted to do, are you really doing that? I mean, are you really doing the part-time job you always wanted to do or starting that foreign language that you always wanted to do? And if not, why?" I mean, maybe your plans have changed, but most of these plans involve spending some money and that's where we get into it. But it's a nice topic to talk to everybody about really what they want before the end.

Marc:

Yeah. Well, okay, let's finish it with this kind of point. I think ultimately people want to know, "Well then, what is my personal safe withdrawal rate? How do I figure that out?" Because we're talking 4% rule or 4.7% or 5%, it's some rules of thumb. Or potential, people are going to come in and say, "Hey, what is my with safe withdrawal rate? How do we figure that out?" And that's really where the strategizing and the plan comes in. Because Tony, as I mentioned earlier, let's just use you and me as an example. If you come in and sit down with yourself, if you come in and you've got social security and assets, those are the two main things that you're pulling from, and I come in and I've got social security pension and assets. Well, my withdrawal rate may be different because I got the pension money.

Tony Mauro:

You got the pension money.

Marc:

Right?

Tony Mauro:

People ask us that, yeah. I say, "You know what? I have no idea what your safe withdrawal rate is. However, I will be able to find out, once we delve into some things, then I can tell you." But just blankly saying it's 4%, we could start there, but if I don't know what you have and what your goals are, there's no way for me to help you. Which is, it's basically is why you're paying a financial advisor, is to add that value and be able to help you determine what your safe withdrawal rate is. But it's no different than going to your doctor and they've got to ask you some questions before they can prescribe you medicine or figure out what to do for you.

Marc:

Right. I mean, it's 100 year old joke, but I still always giggle at it. "Doctor, it hurts when I do this." "Well then, don't do that."

Tony Mauro:

That's right, stop doing that.

Marc:

It's like with your financial advisor, he's like, "Hey, advisor, it hurts when I pull money out." "Well, don't pull money out." It's like, "Well, I have to." So you got to get the math put together, you got to get the strategy put together and take a look at it. And to your point, you can't generalize. I mean, you can if you're just having that quick conversation. You and the loved one are sitting around having dinner, "Hey, we're getting close to retirement. This should work, we've got this and we would do this," blah, blah, blah. But then take, run those numbers, right Tony, through the real value process and the calculators and the various different levers that get pulled when you turn this on and you do that and so on and so forth in that overall retirement strategy and see how it's all going to play together?

Because that's the big thing, too. I mean, you could think about the DIY movements. It's a lot easier the last number of years, to build our wealth and accumulate our wealth, especially if you're a DIYer. A lot of tools out there, a lot of resources. But I think when people get to realizing all the different nuances that make up retirement strategy and all the different things we got to deal with, they kind of like, "Yeah, I need a little help here."

So get on the calendar, come in, have a conversation. Talk about your withdrawal rate and taxation and market volatility and sequence of return risk. All these pieces, it all factors in. So reach out to Tony, get yourself some time on the calendar, folks, at Yourplanningpros.com. That is Yourplanningpros.com, or call him at (844) 707-7381 to have a conversation about today's topic or any other that's important to you. Tony, we're going to drop this right around the 4th of July, so happy 4th of July, my friend.

Tony Mauro:

Same to you and same to everyone out there. Hopefully everybody stays safe.

Marc:

Absolutely, enjoy. I'll see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man, with the one and only Tony Mauro.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Target-date funds just passed $4 trillion in assets. They’re now the default investment in many 401(k)s, and millions of Americans are using them without really understanding how they work. So, are they a smart choice… or just the easiest one?

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc:

Target-date funds just passed $4 trillion in assets. They're now the default investment in many 401Ks for millions of Americans, who are using them without really understanding how they work. So this week on Plan With The Tax Man, let's talk target-date funds.

Hey, everybody. Welcome to the podcast with Tony Mauro and myself as we talk investing, finance and retirement. Of course, Tony is the Tax Man, and if you've got questions or concerns or need some help when it comes to today's topic, or any other, make sure you're talking with a qualified professional like Tony and his team at Tax Doctor Inc. You can find them online at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. Tony's got 30 plus years of experience as a CPA, CFP, and an EA, so a great resource for you to tap into.

Tony, my friend. What's going on buddy? How are you?

Tony Mauro:

I'm well. Enjoying the summer so far, and as we're recording, that's getting closer to the July 4th holiday, so things are good.

Marc:

That's true.We'll drop this one this week about two weeks early, and then we'll drop another one, probably right around there.

So what do you think about that? 4 trillion bucks, man, in target-date funds? That's a lot of dough.

Tony Mauro:

That's a lot of money. It seems that clients are starting to ask about them more. Basically, what is it? Do you think it's a good idea?

Which is why I wanted to talk about it a little bit just to shed some light on all this.

Marc:

Because the question is, Tony, is it the smart choice or is it the easy choice?

So they were created for that purpose, to be easy, I think. I think that's part of it because... Well, we give some back history here, just a little teeny bit. Again, according to Morningstar, hit $4 trillion in assets. In fact, it says eight out of every 10 Vanguard 401k investors hold one today. So start at the beginning a little bit. What exactly is a target-date fund? Give us just a quick breakdown.

Tony Mauro:

It's as the name implies, is basically they set a date, and they have all these different funds. So for example, if you're 50 years old, and they have a fund that they put a date on it, so 15 years from now they'll call it the 2040 fund, and then the '45 and on and on and on.

Marc:

Which we're used to seeing, right?

Tony Mauro:

That's what you see. And really what they're designed to do, is based on your age, they basically take a portfolio growth-oriented as you're younger, if you've got a lot of time left, and then as you age, it becomes more and more conservative, and shifts on its own to more and more conservative funds. With the theory that is that as you get closer to retirement, you want to take less risk, and you want to make sure that a down little blip in the market two to five years is not going to kill you as far as that goes.

So, it makes it really appealing to a lot of investors with this whole thing. Talk about set it and forget it. This fund is that exactly.

Marc:

It's definitely that. So they call it the glide path, so it's designed. But I think there's some misnomers in there. So part of that, but based on what you were just saying, sometimes people say... Okay, well let's just go with an easy number here, Tony. We'll just say the 2050 fund. So it's 25 years from now, so I've got 25 years before I'm going to retire. I'm set to retire in 2050. So that'll work great, I'll just do that. Again, if you're doing nothing, I think these target-date funds can be cool, but some of the downside is that risk tolerance you were just talking about.

First of all, they don't go all the way down to zero. So I think some people feel like there's this, "Oh, well, if they're reducing my risk as I get closer to my target-date, I'll be really, really no risk by the time I get there."

And that's not usually the case. Usually, what? It's about 50/50 I think is about where they stop at.

Tony Mauro:

That's usually what it is, what I see, even in the most conservative, say the last two to five years. And I do think people, because they're marketed as the set it and forget it, they don't really look at some of that stuff.

So, while they offer the simplicity and the chance to rebalance, I don't think they're all the same. And I think this is where, rather than... It's better than doing absolutely nothing. Let's get that on the table. But if you're going to use one of those, as many people do, I think you should work with your advisor to make sure that this is something you really want. You need to look at the fee structure you need to look at...

Marc:

That's another great point.

Tony Mauro:

... The asset mix as you get a little closer to retirement, is that maybe it's too conservative? Maybe it's too aggressive.

To me, with our clients, I like to have a little bit more, I don't want to say control, but yet...

Marc:

Well, that's what it is though, right? Well, so all right, so you're thinking about... You just mentioned...

Okay, a couple of positives, let's do that. So it's very easy if finance isn't your thing, you just want to pick something, and so you can roll, and that way you're putting in your 401k at work, and you're getting the match, and blah, blah, blah, and you're earning something for retirement, great. Okay, very easy. Good to do.

The auto rebalancing, again, another benefit. So that makes it easy. You don't have to worry about that too much, because they auto due, but you just mentioned the fees. These are managed and so they come with fees, correct? Higher fees, sometimes.

Tony Mauro:

Sometimes they come with higher fees, because based on how the fund is structured, and what their fund is supposed to do, they may be moving in and out of securities more often than not.

And I think the other thing, too, is a lot of people don't really look at how long the fund's been around some of the maybe longer-term performance. Just even as the managers, because you certainly don't want to buy a real laggard=type of target-date fund if they don't have a good record as managers. But most of them are going to be okay to a little above average.

But the point is to take a look and delve into some of this stuff, because it's something you got to watch out for.

Marc:

Definitely.So you've got the fee structures conversation, does it actually fit your needs? So I think that's part of it.

So let me rephrase it this way, Tony, you've been doing this for 30 plus years as I mentioned earlier, I think if you're a younger person, if you're in your twenties, thirties, maybe even your forties, and you've taken a new role, new gig someplace, and you're setting up the account, and as I mentioned, more and more companies now are automatically... You have to check to opt out of a target-date fund. So check that whenever you're setting up with HR and all that stuff.

I think they can be useful. You're getting it going. You're busy, you've picked the target-date fund for the year that you're going to turn 65, but I think as you get closer, and you mentioned this a minute ago about your clients, I think once we get to 50 plus, maybe there's better options out there for us to be looking at doing it. Is that fair?

Tony Mauro:

I think that's fair. And I think it's especially prevalent, and we have cases like this all the time. If a person is maybe behind, in other words, we do a plan, and we figure out where they want to be and figure out that they don't have enough to get to that goal, we may need to change up some things, assuming the risk tolerance and everything else aligns with that. And the target-date fund wouldn't be a fit for that at all. We wouldn't be able to get to where we're going.

But in all of our meetings, as we're setting up the investments part, we do talk about target funds. And I don't mind using them for a small portion of the portfolio to start, just as a little bit of a buffer as the set it and forget it part. So there is a fit. So I'm not come off totally against them,

But I think in most cases, especially above 50, especially when you get to the distribution stage, we certainly don't want to leave our money in the target-date funds, because most of the time you're looking for as much yield as you can get for that income distribution. So I think they have their fit.

I think too many people are just like you say, just saying, "You know what? I don't know anything about any of this. I'm just going to throw my money in that."

That's not a bad option. I think the better option is to talk to somebody and to work with your advisor to see if that is the best fit for you and diversify even more.

Marc:

And I had just seen not long ago, and I was trying to find it so that I could cite the place that it came from, but it said over the last five years that more and more target-date funds are automatically shifting to a higher aggressive stance to begin with. Probably because the market had been doing well, plus with the bond trouble that bonds had been experiencing for a couple of years.

So again, to your point about allocation, and about risk tolerance, and all that stuff, that's where some of the misnomer comes in. People feel like, okay, this is going to be probably a fairly safe bet. It's going to be a 60/40, it's going to stay that way, 60/40 split's going to stay that way. And then as I get closer to retirement, it's going to drop down to 70/30, 70 being safer. And that's just not always the case.

So you really want to talk with an advisor and dig into it. So do you guys, when you're working with people that come in for the first time, and you're going through their list of assets, do you look into those and see what's going on there?

Tony Mauro:

We do if they have those in their 401k. And then we'll usually pull a report just to let them know what that fund is about and what its makeup is, what its asset allocation is, and based on everything else that we'll do in our planning software, is that the right fit for them in the portfolio? A lot of times it is. But if that's their only one, generally we'll suggest some other things, at least for the future.

Marc:

What typically is in some of these bigger ones, typically it's going to be a lot of large cap and stuff, isn't it, Tony?

And so I was thinking about this the other day. So if you're picking a 2040, 2050 fund, but then you're also going and getting some investments on the side. Let's say you want to do some extra stuff and you're like, "oh, I'm going to go get a mutual fund through Schwab" or whomever.

A lot of times you wind up buying the same stuff, because you're probably picking a mutual fund that you're looking at to see, hey, it's doing fairly decent and it's probably all around, well, lately, tech, and these large-cap companies, the S&P, and whatnot.

Tony Mauro:

It is. And I think so many people don't look at that. They think they've got a ton of diversification in their mutual funds, [inaudible 00:10:08]

Marc:

"I got that from Schwab, myself, and my target-date funds through Fidelity." I'm just making stuff up. But then they think, "Okay, two different companies, two different mutual funds, two different sets of stuff. Cool. I'm more diversified."

But often it's not.

Tony Mauro:

It's really not. And when you delve into it a little bit, you can point some of that stuff out, and it's a little aha moment for them just to basically say, "Look, if there's nothing wrong with this, but you really don't have as much diversification as you think, and based on how we want the plan to go, we might just to make some tweaks."

Marc:

Gotcha. Okay. All right. Any final thoughts? I don't want to belabor the point too much.

I like this thought that I have to wrap this up, Tony, and then I'll let you tell me what you think. Look, they're easy as we said, but sometimes that's the problem. And with so much money riding in a one-size-fits-all strategy, I think it's worth asking the question, are you planning for retirement or are you coasting towards it? What do you think?

Tony Mauro:

I would say that's definitely true. I would say from a planner standpoint is we try to get a little more intentional with it, and we don't really want to... Not that the default is a bad thing, but we want to make sure it's the right fit for you. So I definitely think there should be at least a little dissecting before you just coast rather than plan.

Marc:

And I think definitely age has something to do with it. So like a lot of things in finance, what you're doing in your twenties, and thirties, and forties may be fine if you're going with the one size fits all easy, low-hanging fruit. But as we get to 50, we start thinking about things a little bit differently and maybe it's a little worthwhile to start really getting somebody to look under the hood, so to speak, and really dissect that a little further.

So, you got some questions with that stuff, need some help, reach out to Tony and his team at Tax Doctor Inc. Get yourself onto the calendar by simply going to their website, yourplanningpros.com. Or you can call them at 844-707-7381. 844-707-7381.

And don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple, or Spotify, or whatever podcasting platform app you enjoy using. Just type in "Plan With The Tax Man" in the search box, or just simply go to the website, yourplanningpros.com.

Tony, my friend, thanks for breaking it down. As always, I appreciate you.

Tony Mauro:

Okay, we'll see you next time.

Marc:

We'll see you next time right here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

A little hope is good for the soul, but when it comes to retirement planning, wishful thinking can lead to serious financial mistakes. Today, we’re walking through five common examples of wishful thinking that can quietly damage your retirement and how you can build a plan that protects your future instead of relying on luck.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc:

A little hope is good for the soul, but when it comes to retirement planning, wishful thinking can lead to some serious financial mistakes. So we want to talk about a few ways wishful thinking could possibly damage our retirement this week on Plan with the Taxman.

What's going on, everybody? Welcome into the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Mauro and myself as we talk invest and finance in retirement. Tony is a CPA, CFP, and an EA with 30-plus years of experience, and he is the Tax Doctor at Tax Doctor Inc., serving you all around the, well, Iowa and other areas as well. He's got clients all over the place. But we appreciate your time here on the podcast. And this week, we got a few wishful ways that, wishful thinking ways, I guess, that maybe could damage us, Tony. And there's nothing wrong with being optimistic and hopeful. Well, that's all good stuff. But you want to not kind of carry that so far, I guess, that it clouds your judgment and costs you in the end, right?

Tony Mauro:

That's right.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Some of these topics are some we hear all the time.

Marc:

All the time? Well, we'll try to tackle some of the biggest ones for you.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Marc:

You doing all right this week?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing good. Yeah. I mean, we're getting ready to spend a little more time outside, although the weather here is cool.

Marc:

I think it's cool across the country, actually, a little bit.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Marc:

In some places.

Tony Mauro:

A lot of rain and stuff.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Hoping for something warmer.

Marc:

Yeah. Yeah, for sure. Well, that's wishful thinking, right?

Tony Mauro:

That's wishful thinking on my part. Yep.

Marc:

Well, let's get into a couple of these and talk about it. We got to go with a standard classic, really, financial myth, I think, and that's the wishful thinking thought of, "I'll be in a lower tax bracket once I retire, so that's going to help me out from my cost savings standpoint," or whatever. And Tony, I've been talking with you for years and lots of other financial professionals, and they all tell me the same thing, that more times than not, people are in the same tax bracket when they retire, not a lower one. What's your thoughts?

Tony Mauro:

That's correct. Yeah, we find that too. It's the same or sometimes even higher depending on what they have coming in and how that is going to be taxed. And I mean, the traditional thinking is that, "Hey, my expenses are going to go way down, my income is going to go way down, and so therefore my bracket will go way down." But a lot has changed even with the brackets. There's not as big of a spread in each one, so they don't go down by that much. But a lot of times, people that have definitely planned and saved and are bringing in money, passive income from retirement sources, that a lot of times is the same or higher income than when they were working, which is a great thing, but they don't drop tax brackets, so we got to be very efficient about taking it out.

Marc:

Yeah. Okay. And that's the point. So it's the income strategy, where you're pulling it from and at what time, that's going to kind of dictate this a little bit, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yes.

Marc:

So that's when you start getting into the, which horse are you riding? The Social Security horse or your own, the 401(k)'s over here that you have or what on pulling out the income gap, kind of shoring up that income gap. Because they don't just, getting to Medicare, when you're 65, they give you Medicare. It'd be cool if they said, "Hey, you're 65. You're automatically in a lower tax bracket." But you don't get it as a retirement bonus. So if you want to be in a lower bracket, you have to strategize for it.

Tony Mauro:

You got to strategize, and you got to pull money out of the right buckets at the right time which I think is where a planner, if you're working with one, is going to really help you in that regard besides just trying to get the most return for whatever you're doing, whether you're taking some of the principal or just interest or whatever.

Marc:

What's the culprit that keeps us in that tax bracket the same? Is it typically the RMD withdrawals?

Tony Mauro:

I find it's the RMD withdrawals and then other income. People will go back and work a little bit. And then what they don't realize is that sneaky Social Security being taxed is that they bring in this income from other sources. And oh, by the way, now all of a sudden, a lot of my Social Security is taxed, and they weren't ready for that. They thought they were going down in income, which they are a little bit, but then that Social Security creeps back in for taxation purposes, and it screws up a lot. I just saw a lot of it this year. We had a lot of retirees that went out and had RMDs, and then they were also, a lot of them went back to work. You could look at their comparisons on their tax returns, and last year, hardly any of their Social Security was taxable. This year it was the full max, 85% of it, and all of a-

Marc:

Because of the income pullout.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Because of the income pullout.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And so you got to watch that. And you can plan some of that away a little bit, but that's the culprit that I saw this year with the Social Security.

Marc:

And that's where, again, some of that strategy comes in. And then when you do bump that income up higher, also with the Social Security, that then also affects the IRMAA conversation, right, the IRMAA penalty.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Yeah, it affects that. And then that obviously affects the tax bracket. And it's very sneaky because the clients, like I say, none of them realize that about the Social Security.

Marc:

Well, you kind of mentioned it, so we won't dive into it, but another one that was on my list was I'll spend less money when I retire because I'm no longer going to work and stuff. But I mean, you kind of touched on that. I think I sum it up all the time with the way my dad said it to me many, many years ago, which I've shared on this podcast before. And he was like, "Hey, retirement's great. I'm digging it. Every day's a weekend." I was like, "Awesome." He's like, "Yeah, but I spend all the money on the weekends." Right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. That's right. Yep.

Marc:

So you just got to be careful. Right?

Tony Mauro:

That's a good saying. Yeah, I like that.

Marc:

Yeah. And he, unfortunately, passed away, wasn't retired for very long. But it's always stuck with me because I was 15 or 16, something like that. I was like, "Okay, well, every day in retirement's a weekend, and you spend a lot of money on weekends, so be careful." So don't assume that that's, and again, wishful thinking, being well, like this next one, "Well, as long as I keep getting this good return, Tony, that I've had for the last, let's say 10 years, then my plan will work." Well, that's wishful thinking. I mean, as we saw this year, obviously, we had a new administration, we had the tariffs come in, made things pretty rocky. Now it's smoothed out there. We're almost back to all-time highs, but still, don't go into things with the assumption that every single year the market's going to give you 20% returns or 12% returns or whatever.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And I think most retirees shouldn't be looking at that like that anyway, because it's time to be more conservative. And if you're banking on that, and we have a prolonged, we haven't had a lot of it in the last, what, prolonged 15 years?

Marc:

17 years?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, 15 years. Yeah. We've had little blips, yes, and some months of-

Marc:

I mean big blips, but they didn't last long, right?

Tony Mauro:

No, it didn't last long. And if you're not prepared for that or worse, you're not diversified, and you've got a lot of stuff, meaning your retirement income or not income, but your nest egg in something a little more aggressive, and that particular sector has a bad three to five years, that's going to blow that whole thing right up. You won't be just fine.

Marc:

Yeah. And so the wishful thinking, again, being, "As long as this and this and this happen, I'm good." Right?

Tony Mauro:

You're right.

Marc:

Well, you can't control this and this and this, so get a good strategy to hopefully retire in any economy. And maybe what you were talking about there a little bit, right, is sequence of risk return, right? Or sequence of return risk. Because if you literally retired in the down market, and it lasted for a couple years, obviously those accounts are going smaller, and you're pulling money out. That's what you're talking about, right?

Tony Mauro:

That's what I'm talking about. As I always preach to people, I can't control what the market does. Nobody can. All we can do is make sure we're invested in the right things that, over time and depending on what your plan is, that's going to get you to where you need to go. But I definitely would not, say somebody comes in and says that to me, it's like, "Whoa, we got to change your thinking real fast here because that's going to get you into some trouble."

Marc:

Yeah. Yeah, for sure. All right, so let's see. What else have we got on this list? Well, okay, let's piggyback off of that one. "Well, if things go south, I'll just keep working." The wishful thinking of, "Well, if it all goes to crap in a hand basket, I'll just go back to work." Maybe you can, but maybe you can't. Your body may not let you, your company may not want you, or you may not be able to make the kind of living that you thought you were going to make.

Tony Mauro:

I agree with all of those, and what I see is the biggest ones are my health or abilities won't allow me to do that. When I was working, things were different. I don't have that skill set that a lot of people were looking for, but I do see a lot of it, even though nobody admits it, is age discrimination. Nobody wants to hire.

Marc:

Right? Isn't it funny?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. A 70-year-old.

Marc:

But it's easy to go, "Well, we just don't have anything." Or whatever. Even if you're sharp as a tack. Yeah, it definitely exists out there.

Tony Mauro:

There's a car dealer here that the drivers that drive me back for when I have my car.

Marc:

Oh, like the shuttle service thing?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. They were telling me that they are driving for this company because the last company said they have a mandatory retirement age of 70. We don't want you if you're 70 or above and you have to get out.

Marc:

I wonder if that's an insurance thing because we don't want to have to cover the insurance that it's going to cost in case you have a driving, an accident.

Tony Mauro:

In case you wreck. Yeah.

Marc:

Because your response isn't fast enough. It's not as fast as it used to be, your motor skills or whatever. So yeah, it's a fine line. So they think they can cry safety for the public, but it's also bordering on age discrimination. So we're in a weird world.

Tony Mauro:

It really is. It's very weird.

Marc:

We're in a strange world.

Tony Mauro:

I do see that though.

Marc:

No, for sure.

Tony Mauro:

If a 70-year-old-

Marc:

Airline pilots. I've got a client that does a podcast, Tony, he's an airline pilot, and they have mandatory retirement. I think it's 65. They can't be in the skies anymore, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. For controllers it's 56.

Marc:

Oh, there you go.

Tony Mauro:

The only reason I know that is because I do fly, private pilot, that is, and it's funny because you're kind of in tune with all that and the whole air traffic control issues that they've got, and I don't think they pay those people enough.

And then of course they have a limited shelf life because they make them get out so early.

Marc:

I guarantee it's insurance-based. What do you want to bet that some lawyers and some insurance people somewhere said, "Let's just reduce our risk mitigation here?"

Tony Mauro:

Risk, yeah, very well could be.

Marc:

Yeah. Interesting. So yeah, I mean, again, back to the topic, wishful thinking. I'll just go back to work is not a great strategy either. So could you? Maybe, but don't plan on it. And right along with that, Tony, is maybe we want to make this the last one is, "My kids will cover it. My kids will help me if it's bad." And a lot of us get in that situation. I mean, I help my mom. She's not living the retirement she wanted, but it was not a conversation we ever had. And she's in this position not by, well, sort of by choice, but at the same time, don't just assume that your kids are going to go, "Yeah, no problem. I'm going to help you out." Because they're probably raising their family at that point, and they may want to, but they may not be able to actually do much more than maybe drive you around or something like that.

Tony Mauro:

Yes, I agree. I'm trying to think when you were talking about it, if I've had any clients that actually have ever said that my kids are going to help me. A lot of them think they're going to help them, but nobody's ever come out and said, "Yeah, my kid, he's just doing everything for me." I do think that's very wishful thinking, and I think that's a lot of burden to throw on a child.

Marc:

I'm glad you said that. That's a funny, because when we do those surveys to potential retirees, what's the top five things? Almost always one of the top five, Tony, and I'm sure you'll agree with this, is, "I don't want to be a burden on my family."

Tony Mauro:

Exactly. That's right up there.

Marc:

Yet these wishful thinking things, folks, that we're talking about this week also come from retirees. These are actual literal sentences from retirees that we surveyed. So to say, on the one hand, I don't want to be a burden on my kids, but then on the other hand, well, if all else fails, the kids will help me. It's a weird dichotomy. So just get a strategy so that you don't have to put them in that spot.

Tony Mauro:

Absolutely. And a plan will certainly help you with that. And so will certain types of insurance and understanding some of that toward the end of life, so you have options so that you're not in that situation. And then if you wishful think that and the kids aren't able to help you, well now you're in a real pickle because you've got all kinds of not probably too desirable ways to live and take it around and it's bad.

Marc:

The options are not super, super fantastic. So look, wishful thinking, again, good stuff can be there, but if you don't put it into practice or if you don't put a backup plan or a strategy in practice and then the wishful thinking is the backup plan, then you're maybe setting yourself up. And a lot of these, again, are kind of normal. There's a lot of other ones. We won't spend a lot of time on it because they're very similar, but it's, "I'll be in the lower tax bracket." Or, "I'll spend less money when I retire." Or, "The kids will help me." Or, "I'll just keep working." Or, "I'll sell the house and downsize." Right? That's another one that happens sometimes. Why go with the worst case scenario if this happens wishful thinking instead of getting a good strategy into plan together and saying, "Okay, let's run some stress test scenarios if this happens, and then let's run some if that happens." And that's what you guys are doing when you're starting to build these plans.

Tony Mauro:

That is, and it's much better to be in that situation rather than, "Well, if this, this, and this happens, I'll be okay." I mean, I don't like to have three or four things that have to happen and everything line up for you to be okay. We want to make sure you're okay if nothing happens. And then if some of those things do happen, that's great.

Marc:

Well, and you run those scenarios. So let's say you run the scenario and, "Mr. and Mrs. Smith, it looks like, based on this, here's what you're going to need to make this goal happen." Maybe that's working a little longer. Maybe that's saving a little more. So you have all those options laid out. Or plan B is, "You do have enough, right? It is going to make it, but here's what happens if one spouse passes early." So you get all these different kinds of outlooks to structure your life around versus just hoping.

Tony Mauro:

I agree. I agree 100% because again, relating it back to the real world, I've got some family that haven't done this, they haven't planned, and they're getting ready to retire, and they have a lot of these wishful thinkings going through their mind. I'm trying to set them straight saying, "You're planning on too much. You got too many things that have to go right." And we sat down, I told them the, well, it wasn't the truth that they wanted to hear, but it's the facts. And they're now, we're working to get some things in alignment according to a plan that they can handle and at least they know.

Marc:

Yeah, that's good. And it happens, right? I mean, you're in the industry and you have family that doesn't listen or whatever or didn't listen for a while. So we all have that in walks of life, mechanics. It's like, "Oh, my wife's car's falling apart." And it's like, "Well, you're a mechanic." "Well, I don't have time to fix it, and she never listens to me." That kind of thing. So it happens in all walks of life.

But what do you need to do? You got to do the best things for yourself. And a lot of times that starts with sitting down, getting an analysis done, and looking at what it's going to cost you. Often it's not nearly as expensive as people think it is, and the reward and the risk reward ratio is much, much better. So if you need some help, get yourself some time with a qualified professional like Tony Mauro and his team at Tax Doctor Inc. Find them online at yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com.

But don't forget to subscribe to the podcast and share it with others who might benefit and enjoy the message as well. And that's Plan with the Taxman on Apple or Spotify or whatever podcasting app you like using. Again, Plan with the Taxman, with Tony Mauro. Tony, my friend, thanks for hanging out. Have yourself a great week. I'll talk to you a little bit later on this month.

Tony Mauro:

All right. You do the same, and we'll talk to you next time.

Marc:

We'll see you next time here on Plan with the Taxman.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Are you saving so much for retirement that it’s squeezing your life today? In this episode, we’re answering a smart viewer question about finding the right balance between preparing for the future and living fully in the present.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc:

Are you saving so much for retirement that it's squeezing the life today out of you? And in this episode, we're going to answer an interesting question from a listener about the right balance between future savings and living in the moment. Am I saving too much for retirement? Let's find out this week here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Hey, everybody. Welcome into the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony and myself as we talk, investing, finance and retirement. Of course, Tony is a CPA, CFP, and an EA of 30 plus years and the big kahuna over there at Tax Doctor Inc. And if you guys got questions and need some help, reach out to him at yourplanningpros.com before you take any action from something, from our podcast or any others, you always want to check with a qualified professional with the experience to help you get to and through retirement. And that is Tony. So yourplanningpros.com or 844-707-7381. Tony, my friend, is there such a thing as saving too much for retirement? And let's talk about it. How you doing?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing good. It's post tax season and I figured this would be a good topic because we don't hear this that much, but it is possible to be doing too much of this.

Marc:

Okay.

Tony Mauro:

And normally we're always talking about saving more, saving more.

Marc:

Right. Yeah, yeah. That's why I thought it was kind of an interesting question. So here's the question from the listener. He says, "My wife and I bring in about $200,000 a year." Very nice. I'm assuming obviously that's combined, wife and I.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Marc:

And he says, "We max out our two 401Ks and HSA, a 457B and still put some into brokerage accounts." Very cool. Right? He's doing a very good job.

Tony Mauro:

That's good.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Marc:

He said, "Yet I still feel like, honestly, sometimes we live paycheck to paycheck." Very interesting. "We also are not living in our dream home, just FYI, because I've prioritized retirement savings versus a bigger chunk down for a down payment or a mortgage or whatever. So my question is are we saving too much for retirement? I feel like it would be nice to live a little bit more in the moment." So that's the question, Tony. So, I mean, the first thing that jumps out to me is does this gentleman have a plan because... or is because we've been kind of beat up in the head to say save, save, save, like you just said a minute ago... Has he been doing all that without really truly knowing what his numbers look like?

Tony Mauro:

Exactly. And that's what comes to my mind, is if you're asking this question, obviously you must not have a plan other than-

Marc:

Save.

Tony Mauro:

... the only plan is I'm just saving, saving, saving.

Marc:

Right, right.

Tony Mauro:

And I think if we zoom out a little bit, the thing is, well, there's not a whole lot of risk for over-saving, but there can be some because you're feeling like you're feeling.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

In other words, you feel like you're not living enough, you're making maybe too many sacrifices. And so it's not maybe a financial risk, but it's an emotional one for sure.

Marc:

Right. Okay. Yeah, yeah. That makes sense. Well, we've got this... and let me know what you think about this. So I guess the question for the listener would be how can you tell, right? Without coming in, sitting down with a qualified professional, obviously running the numbers. That's certainly going to be the easiest way to do it.

Tony Mauro:

Right.

Marc:

But how can you tell if you're ahead of schedule financially? What do you think about those online benchmarks and online things that you can use? Like we've got one from T. Rowe Price here. We'll throw a link into the show notes description this week if people want to go check that out for themselves. Just click on the link. But it gives you that... How much do you have from your salary going here and there and that kind of stuff. Do those things, are they helpful?

Tony Mauro:

I think they're helpful. I mean, if somebody's just asking me off the cuff, I point them to those types of things just as a benchmark.

Marc:

Okay.

Tony Mauro:

I always tell them, keep in mind benchmark means benchmark and if you really want to narrow it down for you specifically, that's when I think you need a full-fledged plan because I think that's what's really going to help you the most, but at least it can get you started.

Marc:

Yeah, I mean, it's like the back of the napkin math when you're doing how much withdrawal rate and that kind of thing. It gets you kind of a launching pad. And, Tony, you and I are about the same age. We heard growing up we needed to put 10% away in order to be ready for retirement. Generations now. I mean, my daughter, she's 28, so she's being told 15% and even any kids that are like 20 now are being told maybe 20%. Right?

Tony Mauro:

Right. Yeah.

Marc:

So how do you kind of balance that paycheck to paycheck feeling in life? I mean, it's tough.

Tony Mauro:

It is tough. And that's why having a moving and active, live, plan is going to help you the most because everybody's going to be different. I think that depending on what you want, long term, is going to determine that percentage.

Marc:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

And I think just throw a blanket out there, it's probably a little too presumptuous there. But I think with the younger people, 20% seems awfully strong to me.

Marc:

Well, it seems tough to do, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And very tough to do for the young people if we told them that, they'd really have to... I mean they would definitely be feeling like this if they were trying to save 25%, something like that.

Marc:

Right. Yeah. And live. Right? Of course.

Tony Mauro:

And live, yeah.

Marc:

Yeah. Well, all right, so for the listener here... So he's got a lot coming in, he's putting a bunch into different accounts. Right? If you're saving too aggressively, right? I mean, given into the fact that we take a plan... Let's say this person came in, you ran the numbers for them, okay? And we'll try to put some context to this. And you could certainly see that they were on target to be just fine based on the numbers he's already put away. How would you then counsel things. All right, let's kind of back this down? Or do we want to start looking at tax efficiency because we've saved so much or where would we go?

Tony Mauro:

Well, where we would start would be what their end game is and what the number looks like for them. And then start working backwards and use the planning software to basically show them, okay, well you're already going to hit what you just told me and then some.

Marc:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

So if that's still going to be your mark, let's start talking about some of your other goals that you feel like you've missed and let's prioritize those and let's start backing off the savings a little bit and put some towards those.

Marc:

When you say number, Tony, do you mean income? Do you mean what their assets would generate monthly for an income?

Tony Mauro:

That's what I mean there, yeah.

Marc:

Okay. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

I mean, we'll start with what do you want monthly when you retire and then based on what you have in your nest egg now and forecast out what it's going to grow to...

Marc:

It could generate that, right, okay.

Tony Mauro:

It could generate that easy.

Marc:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

And then start going from there. And I would actually at least suggest to them if these other goals are important to you, you already know you're going to be okay when you hit the distribution stage in retirement. Let's start knocking some of these things out a little bit.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Because the thing I always point to... And I'm going through it right now with my sister-in-law who just retired at 65. And she's got a lot of health problems and she just had a recent bout in the hospital on dialysis, on a breathing machine.

Marc:

Oh no.

Tony Mauro:

Almost to a point where you don't know how long, of course, you're going to live is where I'm going with that.

Marc:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

And if you save it all to the end and something does happen like that, or worse, you pass away, what was it really all for? So I'm one of those guys that I like to balance, hey, you got to live a little now and take care of the future as well. But I think some people go the other way and this guy sounds like he's gone maybe too far the other way because he's asking a lot of questions

Marc:

Yeah and he's obviously interested in and maybe living a little bit more. And so that's kind of where I wonder. It's like, okay, well how do we go about breaking that down? Now, granted, obviously coming in and running the numbers, but for the sake of the podcast, sharing that with other folks, how do we go about accomplishing that? So do some analysis. Right? So I guess what you say. What's your current income level and then what's your current spending level? And is that where you want to be in retirement as well? Let's say it's $10,000 a month, just for an easy number.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Marc:

Well, does what you've generated create $10,000 worth a month in income, which you were just talking about. And then of course people... We hear that, well, you're only going to need about 80% or 85% in retirement, but if you don't want to go backwards in lifestyle and you feel like you've not been living enough anyway, then I would say you want to keep it higher, correct?

Tony Mauro:

High. Yeah. I'd keep it at 100%.

Marc:

Okay. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And just keep it high and we can always adjust it downward, but I find that most of the time... And we've talked about it before, that your expenses and living don't go down quite as much as you thought when you were young and dreaming about it. When you get there, you don't want to back that off too much.

Marc:

No, for sure. So determine if you're saving too aggressively, right? Look at your rates, look at some of the things that you're bringing in. Again, that monthly income. What's it generating. Then start looking at... I don't know, maybe that's where you can use some of the automation, right? If this person is still working, then maybe you can back down contributions-

Tony Mauro:

Back down.

Marc:

... or does that make sense because you want a dollar cost average still too? Right? So it's an interesting math question.

Tony Mauro:

It's an interesting math question. And there's also got to throw in taxes there because obviously if you back down some of this pre-tax stuff, if he's got it. His taxes are going to go up a little bit. So it's a delicate balancing act, but I think it can be done in a tax efficient manner with some help and planning.

Marc:

So if you were going through and trying to help this person, they came into the office, the first thing you would do is start running the numbers, put all these things in play into your software that he's got because he's got a lot, which is very cool.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Marc:

And then see where they're at and then what? Tax efficiency would be next, and then what's after tax efficiency? Maybe the legacy side or what?

Tony Mauro:

I would say after the tax efficiency, I would ask them about the legacy side, what their plans are there and if we're still in good shape with what they want to do there. And then I would make them list their goals of some of the things they want to do between now and the time they do retire and let's start tax efficiently trying to make that happen.

Marc:

Well, he mentions the dream home. He mentions the dream home. So that could be interesting too, right? So it's like is that still high on the list?

Tony Mauro:

Right.

Marc:

Let's say this person is in great shape, they have saved maybe over amount to what their goal, their target, was. Not that, I guess, there's such thing as being over. But they've hit their target, but they kind of want to take the dream home into account. So, again, you got to factor that in, right? Because we know that pricing is still high for homes. Interest rates are higher, what are you going to get for the old one? What's it going to cost you for the new one? And, again, this is where that whole, complete, financial analysis is really going to come into play.

Tony Mauro:

It really will. I don't know anything about this couple, but I would ask them strongly, depending on what their age is, about that dream home unit. Is that really high on the list? Because that that's a large, large expenditure and maybe the home you're in is fine, especially if you own it. And maybe you want to take that money and do something else with that. But who knows. They might be dead set on something like that and then it's up to us try to help them make it work.

Marc:

Right, yeah. So plugging in a lot of numbers, doing the X's and O's trying to get it all there. So I guess to kind of circle back to the whole initial thing, can you save too much for retirement? I mean, it's probably not... I feel like fundamentally you got to say no, right? Because if you save too much, all you're going to be able to do is either enjoy yourself more in retirement or leave a nicer legacy to your kids, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yes. Yeah. And the true answer is no. I don't think you can ever save too much. I do think though that what we've just talked about and with him, he's feeling it... is don't neglect enjoying life a little bit along the way.

Marc:

Yeah, yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And that's where a plan is going to come in for sure because he's just -

Marc:

It was a while back, Tony, we did a... God, it's been a while. We did a personality type podcast and we talked a little bit about, I can't remember all of them, but one of them was the miser, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, yeah.

Marc:

Not saying that this person's a straight-up scrooge or a miser, but the person that just got into such a groove and a rhythm of saving and being so aggressive that they forgot to enjoy life. Right? And I don't know that this person's that far, but he kind of framed his question that way. How do you work with people like that? How do you help them kind of see that it's okay to spend some of that money?

Tony Mauro:

I think the biggest thing for us is showing them, in real numbers, that they are going to be okay so they can wrap their head around it. Because, for many of them, depending on how they grew up and were raised, it's tough for them to change that. And it takes a little work and it takes some real discipline going the other way to spend some money. And most of my clients, it seems like, especially on the distribution stage, when they get older, they tend to automatically start wanting to not spend as much. And so if you're already there and then you go into retirement, boy, I would hope you wouldn't do that because you're even going to be worse off than you are now.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And, in other words, you're going to have all this money and you don't want to even go enjoy a penny of it.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Defeats the whole purpose of planning.

Marc:

Well, I mean, this is really where the black and white helps. The old rubber meets the road kind of thing, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Marc:

Because no matter what your emotional mindset is, if we see the data, then our brain sometimes goes, okay, all right, now, all right, I see this now all laid out. Tony, you could run a stress test for this individual and go, okay, based on what you've saved, based on the goals we've talked about, the things you want to accomplish, this is when you would roughly expect to run out of money, age 100 or whatever.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Yeah.

Marc:

And then that gives, I think, that peace of mind to people to go all right. All right, maybe I can loosen up the purse strings now a little bit and go enjoy myself.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. At least let them know that. And if they choose-

Marc:

Not to. Right. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

... not to, then that's their decision at the end of the day.

Marc:

The good thing too is the spouse... He mentioned his spouse, obviously, you got the other person who also gets to see it and go, wait a minute now. Stop being so tight.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Right.

Marc:

I want to go have some fun too, or whatever.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Yeah. It's fun with when you have the spouses in there because, yeah, you might have a different personality there or somebody that says, I've worked all my life and now I want to go enjoy some things before something happens.

Marc:

Yeah. Yeah, don't be such a penny pincher or whatever. And again, not that any of that is wrong. Everybody's going to be different. Just based on this person's question, he seems like he's realizing, Hey, we've done a really good job saving, but I'd like to kind of enjoy life a little bit more. The thing that worried me a little bit most was I feel like I'm living paycheck to paycheck and it's like you're making a good salary. So, yeah, I mean, run the numbers. Look at what you're spending each month. Look at what you're saving because, I mean, there could be some expenditures that are out of control too, right? And it's not hard to do in today's world, right? It seems like Amazon shows up at everybody's house every other day.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Right. I just ordered some stuff before this podcast.

Marc:

Well, there you go. Proved my point.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Yep. Yep.

Marc:

So run the numbers. Come in, sit down, have a conversation with a qualified professional. Make sure you're talking with somebody like Tony. Again, he's a CPA and a CFP and an EA with 30 plus years of experience. So he's looking at the tax side of things, he's looking at the investment side of things, he's looking at the whole puzzle piece. And if you need some help, reach out to him. Yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com for that complimentary consultation and review. And don't forget to subscribe to us on whatever podcasting app you enjoy using. Apple, Spotify, and the like. Tony, thanks for hanging out, my friend. Always appreciate you.

Tony Mauro:

All right. We'll see you next time.

Marc:

We'll see you on the next episode of Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

April Fool’s Day is all about jokes and pranks, but when it comes to retirement planning, getting fooled can cost you real money. Today, we’re uncovering the beliefs that fool retirees and pre-retirees into making bad financial moves.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

It's time once again for another edition of Plan With The Tax Man. And April Fool's Day is around us, all about the jokes and the pranks, but when it comes to retirement strategies, we want to make sure we don't get fooled in a way that can cost us any real money. So let's talk about that this week here on the show.

What's going on everybody? Welcome into the podcast. This is Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc. Serving folks all around the Iowa area. If you've got some questions, some concerns, need some help, please check him out and go talk with a qualified professional like Tony online. You can get some time on this calendar@yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com, or you can call him at 844-707-7381. We'll have information of the podcast if you'd like to click on those as well. Tony's got 30 years of experience helping people get to and through retirement, and a great resource for you to tap into. So, Tony, it is April Fool's Day-ish at the time we're dropping this. I think we're dropping this like maybe a few days beforehand, but are you a big prankster?

Tony Mauro:

I'm a huge prankster.

Speaker 1:

Are you?

Tony Mauro:

It's my second favorite holiday, yeah.

Speaker 1:

Oh, okay. All right. So does your wife get tired of it?

Tony Mauro:

My wife gets tired of it, my son, my dad, everybody.

Speaker 1:

Okay.

Tony Mauro:

But they play them on me too, so yeah, we have a lot of fun with April Fools.

Speaker 1:

Good. That's good. Yeah, my dad was pretty bad about it when he was with us. He was always pulling something on his family members, so it was like, all right, now you had to be on guard whenever it rolled around.

Tony Mauro:

Absolutely.

Speaker 1:

You knew he was up to something. But let's talk about a few categories here from a financial standpoint where we don't want to get fooled, Tony. We want to make sure, and look, it's super easy right now. Right. I mean, between the news headlines, social media, the polarization of people, whether you're left or right, you like the administration, you don't like the administration. Everybody's got an opinion every six seconds of the day. Right. And so it's very, very easy to see a bunch of stuff that maybe kind of gets you all worked up. Right.

So we want to make sure that we're not just stepping in something just because we're having a visceral reaction to some sort of media bombardment or whatever. So let's start with the high returns since obviously right now, Tony, we had a choppy March, right? So the markets were choppy. I think it's easy when we find it, we all love it when it's high, right? So we all love the market when it's doing well, and we've had a pretty good market for, let's be honest, we haven't really had a prolonged downturn, right? Since 08, 09. If you think about it, we're closing in on 20 years since we've had a sustained prolonged downturn.

Now we've had blips, we've had the COVID downturn, and we had different things. 22 was rough for a little bit as well, but it's not been sustained more than a couple of months, right? So I think people that are kind of get lulled into the, Hey, the market's beating you up, let's get you into this product that's got guaranteed high returns. Be careful of that, right? Make sure you're really doing your diligence and reading the fine print.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, you do have to have that, because it is, and I always know when maybe the markets are possibly too high, when everybody, especially people that are just tax clients, aren't wealth management clients are saying, "What do you think about this stock? What do you think about that stock?"

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

And,-

Speaker 1:

Or should I get into an annuity or whatever?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

All that kind of stuff, because they think that because where we've been for the last 20 or so years, returns are easy and there's some foolishness to that, I would say.

Speaker 1:

Some fool, yeah, fool's goal, I think that's a good way. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Because you got to look at it this way. High returns do come with volatility and some risk. And so whether it's in a stock or you're locking yourself up in an annuity, which is a whole different type of product, then you certainly got to understand what those risks are and have that explained to you. And if that's not your appetite for obtaining that return, which we always work off, we're trying to get you the best return based on how you want to get to point B, so to speak, with the least amount of volatility and the least amount of potential tax consequences. Now that may not be, and even come close to say S&P 500 returns, but for you that might be good, but for somebody else,-

Speaker 1:

Good point.

Tony Mauro:

It might not be.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

But don't just say, well, I want the highest return out there because there's always something new. Nobody, in my opinion, can accurately predict what the market is going to do tomorrow in the short term. Now, a lot of them, obviously, it's pretty easy to say, well, over the long term, that the market's the place to be.

Speaker 1:

Oh, the market always comes back, right? I just saw this earlier today. We were just chatting about it, you and I, before we jumped on the podcast, and it was like, people are freaking out. "Oh, I'm losing my retirement because of this 10% correction we've had in March." And it's like, okay, first of all, and the immediate comment from someone is, "Well, don't worry. The market comes back." And they freak out and they go, "Well, I don't have time to wait for it to come back." Well, if you didn't have a strategy in place and you were planning on retiring and a 10% correction crippled you, then you weren't in good shape to begin with anyway.

Tony Mauro:

No.

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

And you shouldn't have been in the market if you're ready to retire or you should,-

Speaker 1:

Not at 10%. Yeah. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Not there. So it is,-

Speaker 1:

Exactly.

Tony Mauro:

We constantly battle that with tempering and making people understand and get their whole plan in front of them, just so they're not so focused on what's going on today,-

Speaker 1:

Right. Right. Yep.

Tony Mauro:

In the news.

Speaker 1:

Yep. Which is the point of this podcast this week is, the April Fools, not that it's April Fools that they're pulling a prank, so to speak, but it's just kind of being fooled into things because of the constant bombardment of the media. You and I talked on the last podcast that in the course of the same day that we were chatting, the news cycle ran from the sky is falling earlier in the morning with the market to, oh, the outlook is looking pretty good because the inflation numbers came in and were down a half a point or a point.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

So they just run with whatever's going to get them eyeballs. So just make sure we're, I think we all know that, but whenever we start to panic a little bit, that's when that little devil on our shoulder kind of creeps up and taps us and says, Hey, be worried. So let's talk about the next one, which is the tax time bomb. Getting fooled into underestimating taxes on your account. And here's the angle I wanted to take on this, Tony. So again, regardless of what your political slant is, if you find yourself, and here's, let me set this up. It's going to take a second, folks, but I think it'll, hopefully it'll make sense.

I'm one of those people, Tony, that my personal health and the family history says I'm going to probably pass away young, right, in my 70s. Now I could totally plan to liquidate and blow through all my money and have big fun and spend it all by 72 when I think I'm going to croak. But if I'm wrong, right, I'm going to be screwed. I'm going to be screwed, right, because I'm not going to have anything. Well, if you're right now, if you're all excited about the no tax on social security, no tax on tips or the conversation about abolishing the IRS or getting away with, great. Look, if that happens and they get rid, I think I'm sure we'll all be dancing in the street if they get rid of the IRS.

However, if they don't, don't you think you should have a strategy for dealing with the tax time bomb that you're probably sitting on, right? And that's my point, right? If you've got a million dollars sitting in a 401K, don't just kind of like go fool's gold and think, Hey, Trump's going to eliminate all the taxes and Bob's your uncle and you're going to get to keep all that money. Be smart in the event that you still have to pay your RMDs or whatever.

Tony Mauro:

And I mean, you look back through all of history. Now, keep in mind what I tell people when they start talking like this is, tell me where you think that this, the biggest arm, the only arm almost for collecting the accounts receivable for the US government is, which is the IRS. They're going to go away. How do you think the government will function? Now, maybe they'll, like you said, maybe they'll come up with something over time.

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

And,-

Speaker 1:

Maybe the tariffs will be the end of the solution, whatever, right?

Tony Mauro:

Maybe it will.

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

But history points to, it's probably not. And many, many of us, I can't remember how many trillions is probably in the 401Ks right now, but we have,-

Speaker 1:

That's a lot. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

We all have an IOU.

Speaker 1:

Oh, yeah. It's almost 40 trillion, Tony. I'm glad you mentioned that.

Tony Mauro:

It's 40 trillion?

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Because the debt's 36 trillion, and they're always talking about the target that is, the retirement accounts is about 40 trillion out there.

Tony Mauro:

We got 40 trillion. It's all in traditional 401Ks and of course,-

Speaker 1:

A lot of tax money.

Tony Mauro:

A lot of tax money. The IRS wants it. We all have an IOU to Uncle Sam with that money. And they know that and they want pieces of it. Hence, they're changing rules as we speak, that nobody seems to pay attention to when somebody dies and you inherit some of this stuff because they want their money.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Oh, yeah. And look, regardless of your stance, if DOGE does a good job and gets rid of some of the debt and some of the spending and our national debt's able to come down, maybe we don't have to tax ourselves into oblivion. Maybe that's the upside, right? Instead of going, we're in historically low tax rates, right, with the TCJA.

Tony Mauro:

Just going to say that. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

And at the time we're here taping this, Tony, we still don't know if that's going to get extended or not, right? Maybe it does, that's the prevailing wind, but maybe it does, maybe it doesn't. But at least if nothing else, if it does, then we don't have to necessarily go up in taxes. But you're still going to have to have a strategy for being tax efficient, because that's a big chunk of your retirement money.

Tony Mauro:

And that's what we focus on, is trying to be as tax efficient as possible, especially from the tax angle side, from being tax people that we want to make sure that they're not getting any more than they have to.

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

And so you have to, especially on the distribution stage, really be strategic about it and make sure you're following the rules and that you're not overpaying just because you don't know any better. And I think that's really the gist of it. And I would also encourage anybody go out and google the history of the tax rates. And you're right, we're at historically low tax rates compared to where we were just even in the 80s.

Speaker 1:

Oh, yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And so,-

Speaker 1:

Well, even during the prior administration. If the TCJA expires, right, we're going back to what it was under Obama administration tax code. So even that goes up a little bit, so.

Tony Mauro:

But that goes up. Now one could say, well the way to fix all this is just raise taxes. Well,-

Speaker 1:

And nobody wants, I mean, look how we whine about,-

Tony Mauro:

Nobody's going to do it.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. I mean, we get all bent out of shape about the stock market dropping 10%. You want to pay 10% more in taxes? Of course not.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. No. Nobody wants that. Nobody politically seems to want that. And of course, if you can't, it's like in business, if you can't control your spending, it doesn't matter how much you bring in.

Speaker 1:

Yep. That's what,-

Tony Mauro:

Right. I mean,-

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

You got to do something.

Speaker 1:

Isn't it wild where we're at as a society? We all know we got to control spending, yet when you get somebody in there that starts doing it, they start screaming foul and going, why are you cutting spending? It's like, because we have to. We're $36 trillion in debt. That's crazy.

Tony Mauro:

That whole thing is,-

Speaker 1:

We're in the goofiest time period.

Tony Mauro:

Hours.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. It's just crazy. But we have to, as advisors and as the public, we got to work with what we have.

Speaker 1:

Right. You got to play by the rules. Yep.

Tony Mauro:

We got to make it try to work for us and I think that's importance of planning.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. I've said forever and a day, that it's their chessboard. We have to play by the functioning rules of the chess piece, right? If we're that chess piece is able to move one step at a time, then that's all we can do, right? So,-

Tony Mauro:

We're done.

Speaker 1:

We have to do those different pieces. So again, no matter what your political slant is, the point of this is you don't want to kind of fall for any one thing, one side or the other. You want to have a good strategy in the event that it does come through, or the event that it doesn't come through. Because you want to make sure that you can hopefully retire as efficiently as possible in any administration or any economy or whatever the case might be. So final one, we'll wrap it up this week just on a couple of things to be careful with, because we knew these were going to be some big ticket items Tony, is Medicare misunderstanding.

We'll switch gears and go to this one. Especially for the folks that are getting close to retirement, their first time stepping into it. My brother just got to 65. He's trying to get his bearings with understanding Medicare and the different things that it does. My mom's 80, in her mid 80s and she's quite used to it, so she's trying to school him on some things, but there's a lot of miscommunication out there on what it covers and what it doesn't.

Tony Mauro:

There's tons of it and it's very complex. And then you add on to the top of it the federal government bureaucracy, and it makes it kind of a nightmare for a lot of retirees. But I can tell you this, it certainly doesn't, do not be fooled, it does not cover everything in retirement.

Speaker 1:

Correct. Right.

Tony Mauro:

You've got to make sure that you have some of these gaps and things covered.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And that's where what I do is I have a Medicare specialist that I consult with for clients because I can't keep up on all those rules and he helps me with clients. And now of course, if he ends up selling them some insurance they need, well, obviously that's how he gets paid. But nevertheless, he really has the ins and outs of what it does and doesn't cover. And then also, okay, if something's not covered, are you willing to spend X to get it covered? And,-

Speaker 1:

Good point.

Tony Mauro:

Like everything else, you got to make a decision. Do you want to keep that as a gap and take that risk, or is that risk too big? But boy, Medicare, I mean, it serves a good base, but it does not cover everything and you really need to be on that.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Even within the same category too. And don't forget that they changed the way it's set up and providers can shift too. Like my mom recently, I think in the last couple of years she's gone through three different dentists because something happens with the program and the dentist she was going to says, "Well, we no longer accept it." Right. So, which is, I didn't think you could do that, but apparently you can. So different places can accept different things at different levels. So you have to kind of see who's in network, right, and who's out, all that kind of stuff.

Tony Mauro:

My dad's like that. And like I say, he's 83 and he is over insured in this area because he like buys everything just because he doesn't want any gaps. And I think he, we tried to get him not to do that and because he's actually kind of wasting a little money.

Speaker 1:

Sure. Sure.

Tony Mauro:

But sometimes it does work in his favor.

Speaker 1:

Makes him happy, right? So,-

Tony Mauro:

Makes him happy.

Speaker 1:

He walks in and he's covered, I guess, so.

Tony Mauro:

He's covered. Yeah, I mean, he's got coverage, but to your point, sometimes it changes and then he sees a lot of different doctors and whatnot, not because he wants to, because like the plan change covered and they say, "Nope, you got to go over here now."

Speaker 1:

Yeah, exactly. She sees the same thing. So a lot of misunderstandings when it comes to Medicare as well. So just make sure that you're working with some professionals who can help you. Most advisors, offices, if they don't have a Medicare person on staff, they usually have someone they refer people out to so they can kind of, especially someone who does this in and out every day, they kind of know the nitty-gritty a little bit better. So if you need some help with that, as always, make sure you're reaching or any of the stuff that we talk about, make sure that you're talking with a qualified pro like Tony and his team at Tax Doctor Inc. You can find them online at yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com.

Don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple or Spotify here at Plan With The Tax Man. Simply type the name of the podcast into the search box. You can find it that way. Or just go to the website, make it easy on yourself, yourplanningpros.com. We'll have links in the descriptions below. And as always, we appreciate your time. Tony, thanks for hanging out my friend. And don't be too hard on folks when you pull some pranks on them in April.

Tony Mauro:

Oh, no. No, I'll just get my family and we'll see what happens. I'll let you know on the next podcast.

Speaker 1:

All right. Let me know how it goes. Yeah, my dad was crazy. He would pull something that got a little mean-spirited sometimes. It's like, all right, now you need to back it off a little bit there, bud. So have yourself a good one, folks. We'll see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Ever wonder what other people talk about with their financial advisors? Well, we're going to discuss that this week here on the podcast, from a new survey of nearly 400 experienced advisors and what they see in their offices, and we're going to share that with Tony and see how that relates to and what he thinks about it, compared to his practice.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

Ever wonder what other people talk about with their financial advisors? Well, we're going to discuss that this week here on the podcast, from a new survey of nearly 400 experienced advisors and what they see in their offices, and we're going to share that with Tony and see how that relates to and what he thinks about it, compared to his practice. Let's get into it here on Plan With The Tax Man. Hey, everybody, welcome into the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Mauro and myself, as we talk investing, finance, and retirement, and we're going to break down this new survey. Well, it's not new. It actually came out December of '24, Tony, but we're going to run through this from Financial Advisor Magazine. So they did this interesting survey, so I'm going to get your thoughts on this, and we'll break down some data and see what you think. How you doing, bud?

Tony Mauro:

I've been doing good.

Speaker 1:

Yeah?

Tony Mauro:

Spring is here

Speaker 1:

Yeah, baby,

Tony Mauro:

As we're recording this, it's staying light a little longer. It's kind of nice.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. I know, right? So, everybody's just constantly with the time change thing, "Keep it. Don't keep it. Keep it. Don't keep it." All I know is seven o'clock, it's still light outside, and I'm happy.

Tony Mauro:

That's right. I like it. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

And you and I were just chatting at the time we're taping this podcast. In my neck of the woods, it is quite warm today, so I am totally digging it, so hope everybody has a good day and a good week. And don't forget to subscribe to us on whatever podcasting app you like using, by the way. Apple or Spotify or whatever, you can just simply type in Plan With the Tax Man in the app, or of course you can find the information at yourplanningpros.com. All right, Tony. Are you familiar with Financial Advisor Magazine?

Tony Mauro:

I read it regularly, so yeah, I'm familiar.

Speaker 1:

Okay. Well, they've got this new survey in there, like I was saying earlier in the tease there. 400 experienced advisors revealed biggest concerns, challenges, things of that nature from their clients, and everybody had an average of 20 plus years in business, so these are folks that have been around for a little while, so they've seen some ups and downs, so I'm going to give you some data here. Let's just talk through it a little bit. So seeking out a financial professional. Advisors in the survey said about 52% of their clients are looking for financial advice when it comes to retirement strategies. The other 34%, I know that's not totally 100, but 34% said they were just looking for someone to build wealth with. So, does those numbers strike you as interesting at all?

Tony Mauro:

For us, I'd say our numbers are a little more skewed towards most of our clients are coming to us for retirement planning. Whether they're in the accumulation stage, that would be the accumulation stage, but I mean, the distribution stage, obviously, they're already there, but most of our clients, I mean, 34% sounds high for just-

Speaker 1:

For just for wealth, yeah.

Tony Mauro:

... Building wealth. We're just asking them, "Well, okay. If you want to build wealth, and the next question is for what?" Then, of course they always say retirement, so maybe I'm just beating that a little wrong.

Speaker 1:

Right, right. Well, now, to be fair, this is a wide range of ages, so it's not just retirees only that answered these questions, so it could be some younger folks too, right? So, that would make sense if you're in your thirties or forties, and you're just looking for wealth building, but I think if you find yourself in a position where, even if you're in your forties or even in your early fifties, if you're not starting to feel the need to discuss other things than just the wealth building, are you maybe working with the right person, right?

Tony Mauro:

That's correct, because as you get, especially in the forties and, of course, in the fifties, there's other questions about the end game, which is retirement, but there's many, many other things that we tend to ask them and they started thinking about some of these stuff, anything from taking social security, to healthcare costs, to long-term care costs, where they want to be and how do they feel about it? There is ways to protect yourself and do things, and then as long as we give them that information and we feel like we help them understand for some of these upcoming big decisions they've got to make.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, like RMDs, right? I mean, they'll be coming down the pike. What are you going to do with them? What does it do to your taxable situation? All those little things that we talk about often here on the program, so interesting that, again, 52%, about half the people surveyed, were looking for someone with help for retirement planning, which is good. I think maybe those numbers should be a little bit higher, but again, depends on the age of the person answering. Now, we often hear about people are woefully under-prepared for their future life, their elderly selves, but in the survey, over half of the advisors said the average client they see has around $760,000 saved for retirement, so three quarters of a million bucks, that's not chump change, so that's kind of encouraging to hear that there's over half the people that come in to see financial pros like yourself, Tony, are in pretty good shape.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, they are. I mean, for us, I would say our assets average is probably around that, but I would say it's a little bit skewed on the top end, because some of our clients end up having a lot more than that. Normally though, if you take the bulk of our clients, have assets well below that. Mostly what we're seeing, again, we're here in Iowa, but anywhere from $100,000 to $400,000, $500,000 is what they have saved at the time we end up talking about it, but we are generating a lot of interest from young people that really don't have much, and they're just starting out in that wealth building stage, and we don't turn them away. We don't have minimums that we require for assets. We just try to set the expectations of, your planning is going to be a little different than somebody that might come, that has more, one, because of the complexity, and two, because of just that you don't need that much hands-on advice.

Speaker 1:

And every demographic. I mean, there's different cities, different demographics, but I think just in general it's good to see that on average, again, people are a little bit better, in pretty good shape, and I think that's what winds up happening often, Tony, when people do come in to see financial pros like yourself, most of them come in, going, "I don't know if I have enough," or "I don't know if I can retire." Then, when the numbers are ran, more times than not, and I talk to advisors all across the country, hundreds of them, and they all say the same thing. More times than not, people are in better shape than they realize.

Tony Mauro:

I think so. Depending on their situation, we find that too, when we start running the numbers is, depending on what your goals are, as long as they're not outlandish-

Speaker 1:

Right, right.

Tony Mauro:

... You're better off than you think, especially when you put the numbers to it and explain it to them, because generally, nobody does. If they want to do more, then that's when the planning comes in.

Speaker 1:

And a lot of people, I do think they feel like, "Well, I got to get to the million." We've talked about that millions of times, as it is, but depending on what your situation is, as a couple, maybe somebody's got a pension, maybe you've got a good numbers in social security, maybe a million doesn't need to happen. Maybe $700,000 does get it done or $500,000 or whatever, but on average, I think it's still pretty good encouraging to see that people's asset totals are a little bit better than I would've thought, so that's nice to see. Top concerns, check this out. Surveyed advisors say their top concern, no surprise here, Tony, 38% outliving their assets. That's always the top dog, right?

Tony Mauro:

For us, yeah. Well, actually, for us, it's the second one here, the reliable income streams.

Speaker 1:

Oh, really?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Just for us. Then, it's outliving the assets, but those two are the top two by far.

Speaker 1:

Well, it was 38% for outliving their assets. 31%, right? So, pretty close for the reliable income streams. I mean, they kind of go hand in hand, right?

Tony Mauro:

They do, because whether you're young or in your forties or fifties, that's the most important thing, because it's the end game of, do you want to spend every cent of your retirement income? And if so, that's a crapshoot a little bit because, depending on what you do, you could outlive them, and then you could end up with not a whole lot, but most of our retirees want to make sure that their assets, they've worked so hard to accumulate, that they can get a reasonable income stream from them, and then it goes hand in hand with so they don't outlive their assets, because they want to live off the income mostly.

Speaker 1:

Well, think about, we were just talking about the number, the pot of money, the $760,000 or the million or whatever you put your number at, and the big bucket pot is not as important as the income streams, right?

Tony Mauro:

That's correct.

Speaker 1:

So again, $500,000 might get it done if the income streams are there that you need, so if you're both got a pension, maybe both got good social security or something like that, then you probably don't need as much, again, back to that point.

Tony Mauro:

Back to that point of it all working it together, which comes back to the financial plan and knowing what those numbers are. My wife just got her, here in Iowa they have IPERS, so guess it's the government funded pension, which she's been in for a long time. I went and ran my own numbers again the other day, just about, here's the number that she's going to have that's going to come in when she's X age, and then what I wanted to know was, "Well, I want the number that we both can't outlive," and then I factored that in with social security and what else we have and say, "Okay." I mean, it was just a quick math, because I do it all the time. We're still in good shape.

Speaker 1:

Nice, nice.

Tony Mauro:

We're going to hit our goals.

Speaker 1:

Nice.

Tony Mauro:

So, that's what the planning is all about, but most people don't have even that starting point, because they've never taken the time to figure it out, and I think that's where the planner can help out a lot.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, I would agree. Yeah, definitely. Now, the next one on here, Tony, pretty interesting. Again, keep in mind this survey was done December of '24, but future stock market downturns was only 12.5% as a concern. Now, today, if that was done this week, that we're taping this podcast, it might be a little different; however, I do want to bring up at the time we're talking right this second, Tony, the market's been about down about 10%. You and I were just chatting about that at the time we're taping this podcast, but at the time, I just pulled it up while we're chatting, it's up right now 1% today on the news that the inflation numbers were a little bit better than expected.

They came in a little bit better, and it's funny because I was looking at the news articles. Just type in S&P 500, and you get the immediate news responses, right? And this morning it was all the sky is falling doom and gloom. Here, this afternoon, and this is just after one o'clock. We're taping this eastern time, and the inflation numbers came out, and now all the news stories are, "Outlook, much better. Market wraps. Three things that could spark a quick recovery." All the news is positive, so you got to be really careful with that stuff, right? Because they're just in it to kind of capitalize on whatever the thing at that moment happens to be.

Tony Mauro:

It is. With the news, as fast as it comes out, that's exactly what it is. Really, a lot of this, of course, we try to explain to our clients, take the long-term view. This is very short-term.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. 10% is a normal correction. If that's all it winds up being, right? That's not a big deal in the grand scheme, right?

Tony Mauro:

It is, and I just sent out, basically, a chart that I just got out of one of the research magazines, and you've probably seen them before, but I just sent it out to all of our clients, just the old cost of timing the market, and they have a chart, January of 3 to now, "You just invested $10,000 and just left it in a S&P 500 ETF. You would have $64,000, and now if you missed the 60 best days in all those 10 years, you would actually have lost money and only have $4,205," so-

Speaker 1:

It is a long-term proposition, right?

Tony Mauro:

It's a long-term proposition. You miss the 10 best days, and you only have $29,000, so you can't afford to try to say, "The market's coming to an end. Let's get out. Let's go all to cash." In my opinion. We tend to try to keep clients focused on that long-term goal, because short-term Fluctuations are just part of it.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Not to get too political or get off on a tazza, but I feel like sometimes we kind of give people a little bit of both sides of the coin. I was just watching somebody talking, who typically they're slant when they're interviewing or they're asking questions is typically right leaning, but they decided to kind of jump on the market downturn and said, "Hey, listen. With a lot of the layoffs that are happening in the government, people are obviously concerned about retirement, and now the market's been falling. It's kind of hard to factor in, kind of feel confident that you could even retire."

They took it from that angle for people being laid off, and it just occurred to me, through all the years of talking with you, and it's like if people being laid off today are worried about the stock market, like this week, they probably didn't have a good strategy in place, because typically your market monies are your later monies, right? So, if you're thinking about early retirement, and this was the conversation piece, was the early retirement buyout, should that be a factor, Tony? Should the market monies be a factor if you're thinking about an early retirement buyout? Because it's still going to be later money. God willing, you're going to be retired for 20 or 30 years, right?

Tony Mauro:

It is, and I think you have to keep that retirement type money in that mindset. There's a lot of people. Obviously, it's getting a lot of news in the federal government.

Speaker 1:

Sure, and nobody likes it when it goes down. I get it. Right.

Tony Mauro:

And nobody likes to see people in masse losing their jobs, let alone in the private sector, but the bad part is it's part of life, and we have to kind of wait and see how all this is going to shake out. It's kind of only been going on for, what? 2, 3 months here?

Speaker 1:

30, 40 days. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, and so we just have to kind of wait and see, and hopefully, at the government level, if things get to a point, they've got the mechanisms in place to help turn it around. That's what they're all they're, supposed to be doing.

Speaker 1:

Right, and I guess my stance on that was, really my question more was I think people, sometimes it's when we have downturns, we immediately focus on the negative.

Tony Mauro:

Oh, yeah.

Speaker 1:

And again, it's a human reaction, because nobody likes to see it go down, but if you have a plan and a strategy in place, you do realize that these are your later monies. It's a little easier not to completely freak out, right? At least hopefully, and again, 10% is a normal correction. Now, we don't know if this is the end. We don't know if it'll continue to drop or not at the time we're taping this, but it's just simply pump the brakes a little bit and realize that we were super over-weighted anyway, so some kind of correction was due anyhow.

Tony Mauro:

It was, and you look at most individual company stocks, valuations were really high.

Speaker 1:

They're all high, all the PEIs are high.

Tony Mauro:

Oh, boy.

Speaker 1:

And tech, really. Tech was really bad.

Tony Mauro:

Really bad, and if you're in mutual funds, and that's their objective to go buy those, they're buying these at high valuations, and all this stuff kind of comes into play. But I agree with you. I think that this is all the more reason to have a plan, number one, and keep an eye on it, mark, watch it, and work with your advisor.

Speaker 1:

Sure. Yeah. If you need to de-risk a little bit, hey, nothing wrong with that, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, no.

Speaker 1:

But we've also been saying that for a while now. I mean, you're talking about the S&P. That's usually the average. That's the index that people cut and your industry use. The all time, 52-week high was at 6,100, and it's at 56 and some change right now. So, again, it's only about 500 points off of that. So again, not a massive downturn, but it's all about perspective and maybe peeling some risk off, which again, a lot of advisors have been saying for a while now, "Hey, the market's been up 22 plus percent the last number of years. Maybe it's time to take a little bit off the top there, just to kind of think about that."

Tony Mauro:

Right.

Speaker 1:

So, anyway, I won't beat that horse any longer. We'll move on. Healthcare costs was only an 8.5% as a top client concern, Tony. 8.5% on a healthcare cost; however, the advisors, themselves, feel like it should be more like 50% of their perspective client base should be thinking about healthcare costs. What do you think about that?

Tony Mauro:

I think, for me, most of our clients that we work with are really concerned about healthcare costs and what it's going to be when they retire, and I think many clients, my older clients are starting and they think about it in their fifties, but I think even the young, which are not thinking about it, and they're still in the accumulation stage, should at least make that part of their plan as that boogie man, so to speak, is out there, from what we know today and make sure that you're factoring that in. But yeah, some of these costs are, as we always say, nothing goes down, but it seems like healthcare costs, and of course cost of education seem to go up way more.

Speaker 1:

They always stay up. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And so, I think it's a big concern, because you got to factor that in when you get off your company's healthcare plan or whatever you've got, and you've got to make it work. It seems like most of these people, like my dad included, who's now 83, boy, he uses the healthcare system a lot, because he's constantly at the doctor.

Speaker 1:

For sure, and if you're not having the conversation, only eight and a half percent find it to be a top concern, then you could be setting yourself up for some heartache a little later on when an incident does happen, or if not to you, to your spouse, right? Because that's oftentimes what happens when we talk with advisors, is they don't get a plan together, especially for long-term care. One half of the relationship gets nailed with it, and the other half winds up suffering at the end, right? So got to have a strategy. You at least got to be talking about it. I know it's no fun.

Tony Mauro:

At least talking. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. I know it's no fun, but you at least got to start putting some things together in that grouping. One more thing here, and then we'll wrap it up this week on the podcast for this, Tony, but working in retirement. According to the survey, excuse me, an average of 63% of clients surveyed that are age 55 or older, plan to work beyond age 65. They plan to work into their seventies. Interesting, right? So, 63%, more than half, want to work or are going to work past 70.

Now, the reasons are not necessarily because they were panicked about the market, because again, this was done last year, the December of last year, but I think there was two main things that stuck out. They felt like they didn't know if they had enough to totally feel comfortable retiring. 48% of those clients felt that their savings maybe weren't quite enough to live on, and the other 40% said, "Well, they were doing it for the health insurance," to our point a second ago. So this is where, again, a plan and the strategy's got to come into play, get the numbers ran, so you can even find out where you stand.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, because if you don't, then you are really just grasping at straws there, and you're just hoping that it works out.

Speaker 1:

And you want to keep working, but what if your body goes new?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, your body goes new. And then, I would say, for us, probably on average, our percentage of clients, 55 to 65 that say they want to work for us, I would say it's probably around 35, 40%, but our clients that are 65 and older, our average is well above this 30% that are actually still working. Ours is probably closer to about 45%, but it's because they want to. They have a plan.

Speaker 1:

Which is totally great, yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And they just want to get out of the house.

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

So, they actually love it. They don't have to work for the money. They just want to do something and just stay involved in the world a little bit.

Speaker 1:

Right, and I think that's where we want to be, right? That's where we'd like to be, having that work optional decision, but I think finding out that a lot of people are doing it for the health insurance coverage, certainly a little daunting there to think about, or they just don't know that their numbers are good enough to retire, like we started out with.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. I always wonder, when I see an older retiree working somewhere, if they're there because they want to or they have to, especially if they're at somewhere where you'd see, I don't know, maybe an extreme example in maybe the fast food industry.

Speaker 1:

More physically demanding job? Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, yeah. More physically demanding. It's like maybe you just always wanted to do this, and just have no stress and just wanted to get out of the house, or are you really working because you have to?

Speaker 1:

Now, that's an interesting point. Now, I've got a friend of mine who retired from a very stressful, big corporate position, managing a lot of people, so on and so forth, and he took a job at a supermarket, stocking the shelves, right? Literally, goes in, six o'clock in the morning, something like that. Works for four hours a day. They grab the baskets of stuff he needs to refill, and he goes out and stocks the shelves, and he said, "Dude, I am so happy. I don't have to manage anyone. No one's reporting to me. I know what I'm supposed to do. They trust me to just grab my stuff and do it."

I said, "But it sounds like such a," sometimes we have this stigma. It's like, "Oh. He must be working stocking shelves because he has to, because he's in his late sixties."

Tony Mauro:

Right, right.

Speaker 1:

And it's like, no, he's doing it because it gets him out of the house. He's like, "For me, the menial tasks helps me free my mind up," because he didn't have to think. He just does, so everybody's got their thing, right? It's like, don't judge somebody, just because you see them doing something.

Tony Mauro:

Absolutely not, yeah. That's why I always want to ask them, because I don't want to judge them, but from what I hear from our clients, those types of work, which is most of the clients that I have, that's what they do is that kind of stuff. It is just menial stuff, because the one on one thing is I don't want a lot of pressure, I don't want to have to think.

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

I just want to get out, do something, feel like I'm contributing, and talk to people.

Speaker 1:

Your body gets to move. He gets to talk to people. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And they enjoy it. The same type of retiree, he drives for the shuttle at my car dealer, and he absolutely loves it. He's like 78. He works for about five hours a day. He drives people around and talks to them, and he goes home. He loves it.

Speaker 1:

No stress, no fuss, no muss, right?

Tony Mauro:

Nope, nope.

Speaker 1:

So yeah, so interesting stuff in today's conversation around this survey done from Financial Advisor Magazine. We'll put a link into it in the show descriptions if you'd like to check it out for yourself. That way, you can read the online survey as well, but at the end of the day, Tony, you just got to see what it is that you have and what it is that you need for your situation, because everybody's situation is different. Tony's is different than mine, and mine's different than yours, and so on and so forth, right? So, get yourself onto the calendar folks. Have a conversation with Tony at Yourplanningpros.com. That is Yourplanningpros.com. He's got more than 30 years of experience helping folks. He's a CPA, CFP, and an EA. He's got all the credentials there. So if you've got some questions, reach out to him and get started today. Don't forget to subscribe to us on Plan With the Taxman. I know we went a little long this week. Thank you for your time, folks. We always appreciate it. Tony, my friend, have yourself a great week.

Tony Mauro:

All right. We'll see you next time. Thanks.

Speaker 1:

Yes, sir. We'll see you next time here on the podcast. We'll catch you later here on Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

If you’ve spent years successfully managing your own investments, do you really need a financial advisor? That’s the question Bob, one of our listeners, sent in. He’s got an MBA, knows the markets well, and has always handled his portfolio solo. So, is working with an advisor just an extra expense, or could it actually add real value? In this episode, we break down when and why even experienced investors might benefit from professional guidance and when they’re probably fine on their own.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

If you've spent years successfully managing your own investments, do you really need a financial advisor? That's a question that one of our listeners sent in, and it works really well, because earlier this month, we had a similar question, but from a business owner's standpoint. So let's tackle it now from the other side and see if we can help you break it down here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Hey everybody, welcome to the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony and myself as we talk investing, finance and retirement. Of course, Tony here is the star of the show, if you will. He's the CPA and the CFP, he's the big kahuna. He's an EA with 30-plus years of experience helping folks get to and through retirement. And Tony, we had an email question that came into the website, yourplanningpros.com, you get lots of emails for things, and this one was based off the podcast. But either way, it was still interesting this month, so we tackled really two of them this month, in the month of February, thinking about the business owner's standpoint from our last episode for a question that had come in about, hey, I've built a nice business, but how do I make a retirement plan out of that? So if folks didn't check that out, feel free to go check out that prior episode, Plan With The Tax Man, on whatever app you like using. You can also find that information on his website at yourplanningpros.com.

And this week, we're going to do a similar question, but this is from Bob, and it's more the DIY, just do the normal thing retirement planning yourself. So Bob's question, Tony, says, "I have an MBA and I understand investments well. I've always handled my portfolio myself instead of having professional help, and I've done pretty good at it, if I'm being honest. So in your honest opinion," he says, "Is there really any reason for someone like me to work with someone like you, an advisor?" So we get a lot of this, and the DIY movement's been very popular the last couple of years.

Tony Mauro:

It has, yeah.

Speaker 1:

And so, it's certainly a fair question, because a lot of people definitely have taken this route. And Tony, I'll set you up this way, I'll let you just jump right in and tackle it how you want to with his question. But to me, the biggest piece is, is it the accumulation phase he's been working on or the distribution phase? Because it sounds like the accumulation, just based on this question, and that is a whole lot easier, I think, than the preservation, distribution, AKA the retirement phase. But anyway, what do you think?

Tony Mauro:

The honesty is it depends, because if he truly is savvy enough that he thinks he is and basically doesn't have a lot of worries about what he's doing and how he's progressing and he feels good about it, we would tell him, "Hey, look," if we were sitting... What we do, the first phase of our whole planning process is we sit the client down and have them basically answer 10 extremely easy questions and we score it, and if they don't, based on their own responses, show some anxiety or worry or need for help, I tell them, "I don't really know why you're here in this meeting because it looks like you've got it under control." So then you have a conversation from there, "Tell me why you are here," and let it go from there.

But I think that where we can lend value, even in the accumulation phase... Because I try to convince people right off the bat, it's not about what investments or whatnot we pick, it's basically about setting a plan, let's make sure all the bases are covered, whether it's accumulating to a certain amount, your estate plan, making sure we're doing it with some tax efficiency, whatnot, and then let's check in regularly and let's make sure that this plan's still on track, and that's really what you're paying for. The investments we choose, we tell them, "Look, if you want to go choose your own, you go ahead. You'll just pay us a fee, just like you would your attorney." If you want us to help you manage that a little bit and you want to give us an asset-based management fee, we do it, but it's fee-only, no matter what. And so, we leave it to the client.

So I do think there's some benefit to a good financial advisor, but you have to understand as a client, any financial advisor that's worth their salt wants to do more than just give you ideas for investments.

Speaker 1:

And so, let's look at it from that standpoint, Tony, because yeah, Bob sounds like a very smart gentleman, sounds as though he's able to handle things himself just fine, and many people are in that same boat, and that's great if you're thinking about one section of your finances, your money. So I want to look at it from a couple of different places to give Bob some reference. So the questionnaire and the thing you talked about, that's fantastic, helping people break it down. Is it just the portfolio? Because that's what he mentions, the portfolio. Okay, fine, you've got investment skills, you've done well managing your portfolio, but what about all the other pieces, Tony? So the stuff that we talk about here on the show quite often that maybe a lot of DIY people, A, don't consider, or B, really have much knowledge in or even thought about, like estate planning, just that piece of it, or tax efficiency, retirement income, any of those pieces. Wherever you want to go next, just jump in there. But I feel like those are a lot of things you go, whoa, I didn't even think about that.

Tony Mauro:

All those things make sense as far as us as advisors being able to help with. And I think a lot of other things too, as far as somebody brings us their portfolio and they're all chest out and pumped up about look how good I did, and we try to run it through some computer models, just to maybe address some of their risks that they didn't think about maybe. It might be they're overly concentrated in a few securities that doesn't really line up with their overall goal or risk assessment. And then, most of the time, the people that do it themselves generally are trying to time markets to an extent.

Speaker 1:

Or match the market, right, they're trying-

Tony Mauro:

Or match.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, I got 22% in the last two years, so I want to make sure I get that 22%, but your risk exposure is awful high.

Tony Mauro:

It's awful high. So we always ask them, "In order to get that, what did you have to do, what did you have to risk to get that, and is that really truly what you want?" And then, the other thing is, let's take taxes into that. If you're investing inefficiently, are taxes knocking down your returns? So a lot of it goes into that, especially on the technical side. But let's say he passes all that and he still thinks he's in good shape and we say, "You know what? You are." And then it's up to the client to say, "Am I going to get some real value out of working with this guy or gal?" And hopefully, it's something that they can definitely do and be better off with us than without us.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. And as a CPA, I would imagine, Tony, that one of the things, if the DIYers... Again, accumulating your wealth is a little bit easier nowadays, technology is very helpful, there's a lot of just some good stuff out there. Let's be honest, we've had basically a 16-year bull run. Yeah, we've had a couple of blips through the... But we haven't had a prolonged downturn since '08/09, right?

Tony Mauro:

Correct.

Speaker 1:

Not a long one, no more than a couple of months. The COVID thing was pretty short-lived, it was a little down in 2021, 2020, obviously, shortly there after COVID as well, little blips here and there. But for the most part, we haven't had a prolonged downturn. But let me get back to the CPA point, from a CPA standpoint, if you're doing really well as a DIYer on the accumulation, have you thought about the tax advantages or disadvantages that you're just not aware of? Especially as you get closer to retirement, pulling your money out from what income sources and what that does to your income, and maybe that triggers IRMA, that's another one that people don't think about often. So there's all these little nuances that we're just not normally aware of.

Tony Mauro:

Yes, that's true. And I think another big one that we hear a lot of clients talking to us about is they think that they are doing themselves a great favor by, they hear something on TV or the internet and they'll start pulling money out of their IRA and transferring it to a Roth or their 401(k) into the Roth conversion, but what they don't realize is it's much more tax efficient to just fill up your current tax bracket bucket and then postpone the rest until the next year, because you're needlessly costing yourself taxes when you could spread this out a little bit, and sometimes that can add up to large amounts of money.

Speaker 1:

Oh, yeah. And we've talked about Roth conversions here, and I think we think they're a good idea, I don't want to speak for you again. But you've got to Roth it correctly, not just wholesale Rothing, but Rothing over time, for example.

Tony Mauro:

Over time, yeah. Because I think a lot of people miss, and certainly outside the tax community, the tax efficiencies or inefficiencies that you can do in investing. Now, is it going to kill you? No. But why leave money on the table, so to speak, and give it to the government, when legally you may not have to?

Speaker 1:

Yeah, for sure. All right, Bob, so here's another thought process for you to go through, to work on. Is this what you want to do in retirement? I think that would be another piece. Or even let me go one more, what about Mrs. Bob? Is this what she wants you to do in retirement, or does she have plans? So I think that's the other thing about the DIY side of things. It's great, we can do a lot of wealth accumulation a lot easier, Tony, than we used to could. But when it gets to the preservation phase, which is retirement, A, it's more complicated, B, do you want to spend your time doing that, or do you want to be with your grandkids and your spouse and fishing and golfing and whatever it is that's on your list?

Tony Mauro:

And if you don't like it, and I mean really like it, you're going to end up putting it off, and then you're going to miss some things, both in the accumulation stage and definitely in the distribution stage. That's where, like you said before, it does get tricky, especially as you age. And then, you've got to think about long-term planning and some things there, and of course taking an income and distributing properly. And so, I always say it's two stages in life, like you said, it's accumulation, distribution, and each are vastly different.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, for sure, totally different animals. And boy, the first time you miss your RMD, you're going to be real mad about that.

Tony Mauro:

Real mad about that, and you're going to have to beg the IRS to forgive the penalty.

Speaker 1:

Right. One of the other questions that we posed in the earlier podcast this month when we were talking about the business side was the succession plan. So I'll ask Bob, and people like Bob, the same question here, Tony, what is your succession plan? Now, by that, you say, "Well, what do you mean? I don't need a succession plan, I'm my own advisor." Yeah, but you're going to die, we're all going to die, and if you pass away first, which statistically is the case, and again, Mrs. Bob, she might not want to do any of this, she might not have any interest whatsoever, so what is your succession plan for having her taken care of, or vice versa, whatever?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, vice versa. And even if you have this all laid out, whether it's on the computer or a life book, she may not have the same enthusiasm that you do with this and it's going to be difficult for her. I've had clients with this, the husband dies, the husband did it all. Most of the cases, the wife has no idea, not what's going on, but how to manage it and whatnot, nor do they want to. And so, I think that's where an advisor could certainly lend a lot of value in that case as well, and you want to start that relationship before something happens to you preferably, not after.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. When you're grieving, it makes it easy to know, hey, when I'm gone, reach out to Tony and his team, they're going to help you.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

That kind of thing. Or whoever it might be, but that's the idea. So I'll wrap it up with this. So look, you started off by saying if you're just picking items in your portfolio. And it's still funny, because the term advisor is so loose now across different kinds of fields, many investors believe advisors do just that, Tony, that the only thing that they do is help them pick stocks. And so, what would you say to folks who think, well, I'm going to do it myself because I can pick my own stocks? Because as we've touched on, there's so much more to what you do than just that. But what's your final thoughts?

Tony Mauro:

I think my final thoughts there is that I would challenge anybody out there to try to not only match but beat the S&P 500 over long periods of time, and/or match what professional advisors can do. Now, that term is loose,, yes, I'm an advisor, but I'm not an investment advisor out sitting in a mutual fund researching individual stocks and bonds all day.

Speaker 1:

Right, not run a broker, right, yeah. And you're not day trading, right?

Tony Mauro:

No, we're not doing that. I would challenge you though to see if you can match those things year in, year out, when they're sitting there, who have much more knowledge and access to information than we do as Joe Public. And so, I would say that I don't think you could do it, I really don't, I haven't met anybody yet that can do it over long periods of time. And so, the idea for having someone like us is to keep you on track and get you where you want to go outside of the investment portion of it. If you want to go choose your own investments, again, that's great, but I think you need somebody that deals with the planning portion, day in and day out, to keep you on track.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. And think about a company like Vanguard, which is a very low-cost option for people who want to buy and do their own thing, they even talk about the value that advisors bring, they rounded about 3% annually. And they also talk about, from the behavioral analysis side, one of the big pieces that they even talk about that advisors bring to the table with working with folks is that behavioral modification, because we are our own worst enemy.

So Bob might be doing a great job, but what if, all of a sudden, he's been reading a while about some new tech thing or some new cyber coin or whatever, and all of a sudden, you want to risk too much? Having that sounding board is a great idea, not only for Bob, but for Mrs. Bob as well, because it could be like, hey, we're on two different pages when it comes to leaving money to the kids. Bob wants to balance his last check so that him and the Mrs. can spend it all and have a great time, but she wants to leave a bunch to the kids or whatever, or the grandkids. So it's all those other pieces that, I think, having that... Well, Tony, basically that sounding board, sometimes you're like a counselor as well as an advisor.

Tony Mauro:

We are, and I can't mention how many times... I like to mention it to the clients who will call up and say, during the good times, "Well, we don't feel like we got as much return as we needed in the previous year," or something. Or the best one is a client or a prospect will say, "Well, I'm going to divide up my between you and another advisor, we're going to see who does the best." And I'd say, "We're not in that game." Not that we're not focused on returns, we are, but I like to tell clients, "Our job is to keep you grounded, especially when the bad news comes out." Because clients, it's inevitable, bad news starts coming out, the markets go down a little bit, they're calling, "Maybe we should go all to cash." And I said, "Based on what? Who said that? And then, when do we get back in? Who's going to tell us, the news?"

And so, just keeping them from blowing themselves up, which they don't really ever see, but I like to sit in the background and say, like you said, "The last, what, 15, 16 years, we kept you in the markets, when many times..." Pick the subject that came out, COVID was the big one, we've got to get out, the markets going to hell and we've got to go all to cash. And it's proven that that didn't need to be the case. We did take a little blip, but they're so far ahead of that now that it's crazy.

Speaker 1:

Well, and look at the turmoil that we're in right now too. So we've got a new administration, they're doing things that have never been done before, whatever the side of the aisle you find yourself on, there's a lot... We're $6 trillion in a deficit, that's annual, so we're $35 trillion in debt, but we operate at a $6 trillion annual deficit. You can't run your house that way. If you were running your house, Tony, that every year, you were losing $60,000, let's say, you wouldn't survive real long, unless you're mega, mega rich. And the government's been operating like it's mega, mega rich, and it's not.

However, I digress, point being is that there's a lot of things happening, and the market is reacting fast. There's all this AI stuff, there's this new DeepSeek version of AI from China that says they can do it cheaper and less energy and so on and so forth. Then you've got the fact that tech markets are massively overweighted, and they have been for a number of years. It feels very much like there's a bubble, similar to '08/09 with the housing bubble, and we've got all this stuff happening, and to your point about the markets, people can be edgy and they can be like, "Well, I'm going to panic and jump out." Well, okay, well, if you're 40 years old, that's insane.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, that's absolutely insane.

Speaker 1:

Because you've still got plenty of time. And maybe even if you're 55 years old, it's insane. But how do you know if you don't have a plan?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, you don't. I just had a client, he's 55, for example, we've done well, and basically, he watches too much TV. I always get the little hairs on the back of my neck stand up when he's calling, because he's calling now saying, "You know what? I want to be more aggressive. I really think that the markets are going to be booming." I'm like, "What? You're starting to get where I'm thinking maybe we should go a little bit of the opposite, not all, but as you get a little closer to retirement, let's give up some of that risk for more steady returns." And so, it's weird, because when people want to get in, generally, if you ever read anything about it, of course, that's the time to be a little bit spooked. And then, when everybody's euphoria or when the market is tumbling and the blood's in the water, that's obviously when you want to be going like gangbusters and putting money in. But that's short-term stuff. Really, the plan is to stay long-term-focused.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, and that's a great point. The market's about the longevity in it, not jumping in and out and so on and so forth. And I get that it's been booming for a while and that's very enticing, so all that stuff we talked about, comes back to having that ear to lean into, "Hey, Tony, what do you think about this? Is this a good idea, bad idea? And could my portfolio handle this, or could it handle that?" And so on and so forth. "And what does that do to my retirement?" And so on and so forth. And then, we didn't even touch on long-term care, so that's another whole piece there, Bob.

So again, you may be doing a great job, but it also may be worthwhile to sit down with an advisor and have an hour conversation and say, "Hey, what are some things that could be missing?" To Tony's point, they can walk you through those steps. They can put you through a questionnaire and just see where you're at. You may be doing a great job, in which case, they're going to pat you on the back, shake your hand and send you on your way. But you may be shown some areas where there could be some improvement, or maybe you just, at some point, decide you just don't want to deal with all of it anymore.

Either way, if you've got some questions, you need some help, hopefully you enjoyed the content this week, we certainly appreciate it, reach out to Tony and his team at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. You can find all the information in the show links below of the episode, and you can find us on Apple or Spotify or whatever platform you like using. Just subscribe, the Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro, from Tax Doctor, Inc. Tony, thanks for hanging out and breaking it down, my friend.

Tony Mauro:

All right. We'll see you next time.

Speaker 1:

Always appreciate you. We'll catch you guys a little bit later on in the next month. We'll be back in March for more with Tony Mauro.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

You’ve built a successful business, but now the big question is, how do you turn that into a retirement plan? If you’re like many entrepreneurs, you’ve spent years reinvesting in your business, but what happens when it’s time to step away? Can you sell it? Can you create passive income from it? Or should you start saving in other ways right now? In this episode, we’re breaking down strategies for business owners who need to turn years of hard work into long-term financial security.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

You've built a successful business, but now, the big question is, how do you turn that into a retirement plan? If you're like many entrepreneurs, you've spent years reinvesting in your own business, but not in yourself. This week on Plan With The Tax Man, let's talk about that. Let's get started. Hey, everybody, welcome into the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony and myself as we talk investing, finance, and retirement.

Of course, Tony Mauro is the man to turn to here in the Iowa area at Tax Doctor, Inc. He's a CPA, CFP, and an EA of 30 plus years experience, and a great resource for you to tap into if you've got questions about this week's topic, for example, which is what to do now, if you've sunk all of your efforts and your money into your business. And Tony is a business owner. I know you can probably relate, as many of us can. So it's a great question was we actually got a question in from a listener who's also a business owner kind of posing this, and you and I thought it'd be a good idea to have that conversation. How you doing?

I've been good. Well, there's been good here, and just getting ready for tax season as we tape this.

Yeah, yeah. It's coming fast and furious, so of course, as you're aware, but I'll share it with the listeners so they can kind of set the table for them, if you will, Dan, a longtime listener and a business owner sent a question that might sound familiar to others who are in the same situation, Tony. He says, "I haven't saved much for retirement, because I'm self-employed and I've always pumped most of my money back into the business. But now, I'm not sure how to turn that into retirement income, as it's creeping up on me fast. Have you worked with folks in a similar situation?" And obviously, Tony, I'm sure that you have. So let's talk about some of the key aspects to that. First of all, what'd you think about the question?

I think it's a good question, and almost every one of our business owners are in the same predicament or if we're doing, whether it's just their tax return or their monthly accounting for them, they all face this. And so, it is something on business owners' minds. And what happens to us all as owners is, as we get into our...

It's our baby, right? We pump everything into it.

They pump everything into it, but I kind of rebut that. Because what they say is, "All my money is in my business." And then, I start asking questions to them when we're trying to do some planning and say, "Well, what's your business worth?" "I don't know," they say. And I said, "Well, even if it's worth, let's say, X, you may not get all of that money up front for it and you may not get what you think." Everybody, since it is our babies, thinks it's worth well more than it actually is.

Our kids better looking than anybody else's kid, right?

So it is difficult, and we also try to put some numbers to it and tell them, "Well, if your business is worth," I'm just going to use an example, "a million dollars, could you live on that?" And number one. Number two is is, "What if it took 10 years to get that million? Maybe you better start doing some other things in lieu of. Because I think the business itself is icing on the cake, but I wouldn't just count on it for your retirement." Again, everybody's different.

No, for sure. And we've got several things kind of in that line and some other stuff. So I'll dive into some of these thoughts here. So what are some smart strategies for turning a business into an asset? So to that point that you just made, Tony, should Dan and people like Dan, should they look at selling? Should they transition to passive ownership? Or is there another approach?

I think this is the biggest reason to be talking to your advisor on something like this, because I think all three of them could have merit. Sometimes business owners get burned out and then they want to sell, but basically, it kind of depends. Without knowing more about his financials, it's hard to say. But let's take, for example, if he's fairly successful, earning a good income and still wants to stay in the business, probably, he might want to make sure, and again, this is a more business owner talk than financial talk, but make sure his business is running on systems, so that it is going to be very sellable when he sells it, not just reliant on him. Because they're generally not worth as much if you're doing all the work. And most of these business owners are, they get to be self-employed, and really, they become an employee in their own business and they're slaves to it.

That's a great point. And sometimes, even if you're thinking about selling it, maybe you are the business. What happens when you leave? Would it do as well?

Yeah. Would it do as well? And if the clients are only used to dealing with you and you leave, well then, that, again, that doesn't bode well for money coming in for you. But I think the way to turn it into a retirement asset is to get it systemized, get it into something, where maybe you can go into passive ownership. Because then it's worth a lot more.

Good points. What about just going ahead and maybe, okay, if you're aware of it, you get to this situation, Dan sent this message in, other people are getting there, he doesn't say how far away his retirement is, just that it's nearing, is it maybe time to stop pumping everything into it and look at some 401k options or something for yourself? Maybe if selling it's not on the horizon, is it time to start feeding what, like a SEP, things of that nature?

I would definitely say that. That's one of our biggest key planning points with business owners is that whole retirement area, because a couple things can happen. One, they can cut their taxes while they're doing it, and then, the other thing is they can track better employees. And then, of course, the whole, we've been over it time and time again, about saving for the future allows them to pile up massive amounts of money that the ordinary guy sometimes can't do. And I think they need to do both. We try to get them to definitely do one of those things once we talk about how much money they want to try to put aside.

Okay, because there's what? SEP IRAs out there? Solo 401ks?

Yep. Simple IRAs. You've got the old fashioned type of pension plans, which are expensive, but very good if you've got a ton of cash flow. So there's like 5, 6, 7 options out there, depending on how much flexibility and how much you want to try to sock away, which you can find something that fits you.

Yeah, yeah. Well, so obviously, he prioritized reinvesting in his company over traditional savings, which many people do. So to my question a second ago about, hey, it's time to maybe make a change and start paying yourself and your future self, how do you guys help people kind of prioritize that, right? Because I know that that's probably the concern, if left to his own devices, Dan may just keep pumping into the business, does it require maybe that third party person like yourself to say, "Okay, you need somebody to kind of help you stay accountable?" Or what's your thoughts?

I think it definitely does, and I think this kind of bodes to some of the facts of monthly accounting and making sure that you understand, each and every month, exactly what happened in the business and then, year over year, of course. And that generally comes somebody else doing your accounting, because most business owners either don't do it at all or don't do it correctly. And then, of course, it's hard to make good decisions. But once that's done, then yes, it's extremely important for your advisor or your accountant, like in our case, to be trying to tax plan with you and retirement plan at the same time. So it all kind of blends into one for us business owners.

So that you're seeing that you're not hurting the business, but you're also seeing, "Hey, I'm actually doing something for me too."

Exactly.

Yeah. And having, I think, a third party or a second set of eyeballs, whatever you want to call it, kind of helps a little bit, because we do get blind... With all the other conversations we have, Tony, typically, we're our own worst enemies, right?

That's right.

When it comes to just about anything. So, all right, so if Dan wants to eventually sell the business as part of his retirement plan, what's some things for people who are looking to kind of step out of it? Because like succession plan is important. We don't know what kind of business it is, Tony, but I imagine, for your own business, you probably have a succession plan or you're working on one for sure.

Exactly. Yeah. In my own business, my succession plan now is my son, who is in the business and learning. So that's my succession plan, and then, I have a plan B from there. If he decides to change his mind, what's going to happen? But business owners need to have a succession plan of some kind. And if you're in business with a partner or a brother, sister type thing, you better have a buy sell in place, so in case somebody wants out would be another one.

The other one would be, like I said before, is trying to make sure that your business is running on as many systems as possible, and it's just not reliant on you. Because I think that's going to basically maximize its value. And then, of course, on top of that, if you could show that you're steadily growing the business, you've got good accounting records and processes in place, that's going to bode very well for a particular buyer to come in and buy themselves an income that they can replicate what you're doing and make money, all while possibly paying you off.

That makes sense, Tony. And is there a value in, obviously, getting your company evaluated, evaluated for what it's worth, what they call that evaluation, right?

Evaluation, yeah.

What's a window for that? Should you do that just anytime, just so you know where you stand? Or if you're thinking about selling it, should you do that a year ahead of time or six months? Or what's your thoughts?

My thoughts when people ask me that are a year to two ahead of time, so that you can basically start out the easy way and just try to use some free resources for that. And then, as you get a little closer, you've got to go from basically just looking around at what's selling in your industry, basically from the internet or brokers, to really maybe going out and get a professional evaluation done of the business. And there are companies that do that and they charge a fee and then they go out and do that, kind of like an appraiser would for real estate.

And you can find mid range and upper range, just kind of depending on what you're looking for, they can get a little bit pricey, depending on the situation. But then again, maybe not, you may not feel it's pricey at all, so it could be worthwhile. So yeah, I think you got to start getting your ducks in a row, just like anything in retirement, whether you're self-employed or working for somebody else, right? It's all about having a plan and a strategy. So reach out to somebody like Tony and have a conversation, who is a CPA, right? And a CFP. So kind of thinking about both sides of the aisle there, taxation as well as financial planning for the future.

And if you've got those questions, need some help, reach out to Tony at yourplanningpros.com, that's yourplanningpros.com, to get started today, get some time on the calendar. Or call him at 844-707-7381 if you're not already working with us. And if you're listening to the podcast and you work with Tony, that's great. If you're not and you're just catching this, feel free to consider subscribing to the podcast, so you can catch future episodes when they come out, on Apple or Spotify or whatever platform you like using. We'd certainly appreciate the support as well. Tony, anything else that I didn't catch on this? Any thoughts you might have?

Other than just, like you said, if you need anything, to the listeners, reach out, because this is something for business owners. We love to work with them and make sure that they can get to where they want to be in their financial lives.

For sure.

So yeah, don't hesitate.

Yeah, it gets a little more complicated, I suppose, sometimes than just the normal straight approach. But still, you got to have a plan, no matter what side that you're working with, whether you work for somebody else, like I said, or for yourself. So get on the calendar, and we'll see you next time here with Tony Mauro. Plan With The Tax Man, that's the name of the podcast. We'll catch you a little bit later on.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Financial mistakes can happen at any age, but they can have a particularly significant impact in your 60s. This episode offers five common financial blunders to avoid during this pivotal decade.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian:
Welcome into another edition of Plan With The Taxman. We're going to talk about financial mistakes to avoid in our 60s. Financial mistakes can happen at any age, but certainly have a bigger impact in our 60s. So let's get into it this week here on Plan With The Taxman.
Hey, everybody, welcome into the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony and myself as we talk investing, finance and retirement. And we got a list of a few financial blunders we want to try to avoid in this very pivotal decade for us when it comes to retirement. So Tony, we'll dive right in this week. I hope you're doing well, but I'm just going to kick it off and get us rolling. So unnecessary spending, let's just start right there. If we're into our 60s at this point, we want to be focused on making sure that we're getting remaining debt down and things of that nature. We're probably not necessarily looking to be on a budget per se, but let's just not be doing anything super crazy, right?

Tony Mauro:
I would definitely say that this is the best time to make sure that you're on the same page as your advisor with your spending and with how much you've got coming in. And definitely try to avoid some of the unnecessary things. Not saying you can't go out. We talked a little bit about on the last podcast, going out and spending a little bit.

Marc Killian:
Sure, yeah. Live it up a little bit, because that's what it's there for.

Tony Mauro:
Right. But you want to definitely limit and avoid that type of stuff that might be unnecessary. Now, how do you do that? Well, we talked a little bit about that on the last one.

Marc Killian:
Well, you go to number two.

Tony Mauro:
Yeah.

Marc Killian:
Well, number two on my list is ignoring retirement planning, right?

Tony Mauro:
Right.

Marc Killian:
So how do you avoid unnecessary spending? Well, you don't have a plan.

Tony Mauro:
You don't have a plan. So yeah, ignoring retirement planning, if you're already in your sixties, you better get something together quick, even if it's just a snapshot of where you're going to be.

Marc Killian:
Yeah, true.

Tony Mauro:
You may not have as long obviously, as somebody that's younger to plan, but at least you've got an idea to what you are going to have coming in. Because then you can certainly try to avoid the unnecessary spending if you know what you have coming in.

Marc Killian:
Well, Tony, if you're 60 and you're thinking that retirement is on the 65, 66, 67 radar for you, is it too late? I mean, I don't think so. I don't think it's ever really too late, it's just you have to be realistic, in the fact that options will be more limited the longer you wait and the closer you get to retirement.

Tony Mauro:
That's it. I agree totally. I always encourage people to start saving. And we will get that from clients that say, "Well, it might be just too late." It's never too late, but it's managing your expectations like you said.

Marc Killian:
Yeah, start planning.

Tony Mauro:
Because as long as you're realistic and start planning, you're going to know what you have. Now, it's not going to be the same as if you've been doing it for 35 years, but that's beside the point now.

Marc Killian:
Sure, you're there. But don't wait any longer, right?

Tony Mauro:
Yeah, don't wait any longer.

Marc Killian:
All right, number three, overlooking healthcare costs. Again, the topic being mistakes to avoid in our sixties. Hopefully, we're not overlooking these, but there's more of them coming. Maybe you're dealing with other little things that you didn't realize and insurance costs going up, whatever it might be.

Tony Mauro:
And depending on what your health situation is, you start with just the insurance costs and all the [inaudible 00:03:24] that's coming down the pike with that. And as you get to 65 with Medicare and all its supplements and whatnot. But I think you got to look beyond that, especially if you have some ailments and things like that of what other out-of-pocket costs you might have and the cost of care to help you with those. If you don't look at that, again, and it goes back to the other one, if you don't have a plan and budget that in, it's going to be very eye-opening if you need some of that care.

Marc Killian:
Oh, for sure. Yeah. And we all know healthcare costs are continuing to climb, so you've got to make sure you're having those conversations, looking at social security, the different options there, what that's going to all look like and so on and so forth. Number four, is going to certainly be right up your alley, Tony, one that I'm sure you stress quite often. And that's failing to utilize the tax benefits and being tax efficient. Again, in our sixties, and this could be a big make or break for your retirement strategy, is how tax efficient you are.

Tony Mauro:
And it's one of the biggest things we stress for ourselves compared to maybe some of the other types of advisors, is we basically being tax people first, definitely the backbone of everything we do is tax efficient investing and tax efficient withdrawals. Because boy, you can cost yourself a lot of money if you just haphazardly take from the wrong pots of money at the wrong time. And so we're constantly trying to work with clients in their sixties about taking money the most tax efficient way to minimize that. Because if you're doing that over 20 years or so, that could be a big number.

Marc Killian:
Oh yeah, for sure, right? And so tax efficiency, whether it's for you while you're here or even how you leave a legacy, that can be a big make or break piece. And there's so many little facets and parts to the tax efficiency, Tony, that's not even funny. We don't even really realize what it is as lay folks, because we don't do this every day. But you obviously know all the different pieces that you're looking at and it can stack up. I mean, whether it's IRMAA issues when it comes to that tax issue, just the Medicare tax, depending on how you're taking your social security, so on and so forth. Just a lot of little moving parts.

Tony Mauro:
I think that's one of the biggest areas. I mean, it all fits together. And if you continue to overlook that tax stuff, like I say, you're really going to do your heirs a disservice, I think.

Marc Killian:
Yeah, for sure. Well, speaking of social security, so that's the next one on my list here. Number five, delaying social security benefits without a plan. So now I said delaying, not turning it on. A lot of the times we hear people say, "Hey, I'm going to turn it on right at 62," and that's a conversation we have. But this is delaying social security benefits without a plan. So if you're trying to max it out at 70, and that may be fine, but have you run the numbers to see what makes the most sense? What's your break-even point? Things of that nature.

Tony Mauro:
And I'm going to put in a shameless plug here, because we do-

Marc Killian:
Go for it.

Tony Mauro:
For ourselves. If you're listening and you want to be on one of our webinars that we do about social security planning and when you should take social security, just shoot me a line and we'll get you on the list for the next one. But we do about four of them a year. But really we go over this in detail in this webinar. It's about 35 minutes. There are a lot of calculators. We have one that we use, and basically, it runs a client through every facet of that, based on their age, what other money they have, their life expectancy based on just their family history and things. So we can give people options of when to maximize that.
Because a lot of people just get it stuck in their head of, "Well, I'm going to take it at 62, the earliest, or I'm going to take it at 65 or whenever my full retirement age is." And sometimes it's better to be in between one of those, or maybe even delaying out till max retirement age at 70, when they make you take it. So it's good to have all that in front of you. Social security's not going to give you all that. They are going to give you a report, which is nice, but they don't know the rest of it. They're just going to give you a report on what your benefit would be. But we take that along with everything else we gather, and give you a nice discussion about what is the best time to take that. So at least you got all of your options and you understand it.

Marc Killian:
And if somebody wants to get involved with one of those, what's the easiest way to do that? Email the office, go to the website, yourplanningpros.com? What's the suggestion there?

Tony Mauro:
Yeah, I would say go to yourplanningpros.com, my site, and just in the contact me thing, type in your email address, say, "Hey, I want to be included on the social security benefits webinar."

Marc Killian:
Okay. All right. So again, go to yourplanningpros.com and they're right there under contact. There, you can just click on the box there. You can fill out the information. You can also email Tony, his email address is on there as well. So just let him know that you want to attend. But filling out the little contact form, it's probably be the easiest way to attend one of those and get that webinar information. All right, let's see, what else can we do here? We'll do one or two more and then we'll wrap it up this week, Tony. So underestimating your longevity. Okay, so if you've made it to your sixties, there's some interesting stats out there that you have a pretty high percentage of making it to your eighties, which is wild.

Tony Mauro:
That's right. Yeah, if you've made it into your sixties, there's a very good chance, and you could just do a Google search just for fun and watch what it pulls up based on male or female. And it may or may not be that accurate, but it's going to give you an idea. But most of the time, we're trying to plan for at least 20 years in retirement and sometimes it's even more than that, based on family history. Because most people, once they get into their sixties, have a really good chance of making it another 20 years. And if it falls short and something happens before then, well at least you've got a great plan that you could pass on to your heirs. But I think most of us when they're in the planning stages, especially early on, don't think they're going to live that long. And the statistics point to otherwise. That's just raw data there. So I don't think you can underestimate that or ignore that.

Marc Killian:
Yeah, no, for sure. Social Security Administration projects that 69% of people who survive to age 65 will live to 80. So basically, almost 70% of people, if you make it to 65, you're going to make it to 80. It's another 15 years, right? So thinking about longevity and planning for that is an important piece as well. And we'll wrap it up with this final one, and that is just don't forget to work on and build an estate plan, a legacy of some kind. If you're in your sixties, I know we just talked about longevity being there, but there also still is the probability that something could happen and you could pass away. We see a lot of people passing away in their sixties and seventies as well. So just make sure that you've got those estate documents and those legacy documents and things taken care of.

Tony Mauro:
And most people think of estate planning, it's only for the ultra wealthy.

Marc Killian:
Right.

Tony Mauro:
They're not going to have estate tax problems, and you may not. But even without that, like you're saying, a will, you want to have that. You want to have some medical directives, some power of attorneys, things like that, so that you can rest assured that your estate will be handled efficiently and the way that you want it, let alone if you want to really do some planning and start talking about trusts and some other things. I think a lot of people overlook that, thinking they don't have enough and then they leave a mess for their heirs.
But I think another thing too, is we didn't really even talk about it, but planning your estate, especially if you need long-term care later on, and that's a whole different discussion. But I think to do that, even people here in Iowa, what a lot of them don't realize, is they may escape federal estate tax, but Iowa has an estate tax with fairly low limits. And if you don't pass everything to a direct heir, anything above $25,000, there's an Iowan inheritance tax. And a lot of people get blindsided by that. So depending on what state you're in, you got to check your state laws too with some of those taxes.

Marc Killian:
Definitely, definitely. So again, some financial mistakes to avoid in your sixties. Hopefully, that we've got a good plan by the time we get to 60, we've got a good strategy in place, and we can definitely benefit from that. But if you don't, again, don't wait any longer. It doesn't mean you've done anything necessarily wrong. You do have limited options. They're going to be a little bit reduced, but so many people still get a good financial strategy in place, even at 60. So reach out to a qualified pro like Tony today, at yourplanningpros.com, that's yourplanningpros.com, to get started with Des Moines Professional Alternative at Tax Doctor Inc. You can reach out to Tony and his team at yourplanningpros.com. And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple, Spotify, and YouTube. Tony, thanks for hanging it out and breaking it all down for us. As always, we appreciate your time. Hope everybody has a great week and we'll see you on the future episodes of Plan With The Tax Man.

Speaker 6:
Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

As we kick off 2025, a lot of people consider what they want the year to look like and how to put their best foot forward, especially financially. Think: “new year, new me!” To figure out what the new “you” is all about, sometimes it helps to reflect first on what you’ve done in the past and what you want to change moving forward. Today, we’ll talk about the financial decisions and habits you’ve maybe had in the past and what changes you can make this year to embrace the new you.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

New year, new me is the topic of conversation this week on Plan With The Tax Man. As we get firmly into 2025, let's look at ways where we can put the old self to bed and work on our new self from a financial standpoint. Since everybody likes to do that as a New Year's resolution, let's do that financially as well. Let's get into it here on Plan With The Tax Man.

What's up, everybody? Welcome into the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Mauro and myself as we talk investing, finance, and retirement with the big dog, the big kahuna over there at Tax Doctor Inc. Tony Mauro, what's going on, my friend? How are you?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing good. Coming off the new year and getting ready for tax season.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, I bet. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Very relaxed. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Well, I'm glad you're relaxed, because I'm sure it's going to get hectic right soon-like, you know? So it'll be all up in your business with all that good stuff, but that's all right, because that's what you do. You've been doing this for 30 years, man. You've got a lot of experience. So you ready to go?

Tony Mauro:

I'm ready to go. We got some good topics to start out this new year.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. So are you a resolution-y kind of guy?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. I have a few, but I tend to write them down, so-

Speaker 1:

Okay. That helps.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, does help. Well, for me, it's a few financial, few personal, and try not to make too big of a list, because otherwise, we don't get it done.

Speaker 1:

Exactly. Yeah. I spent most of my life not being one, got into my 50s, and then decided last year to write down four, to your point. I only did four, and I was able to accomplish all four, and it made a difference, so I was like, "All right, not bad." You know?

But I did forget, actually, there was a lot of things going on, and I didn't do it this year to walk into 2025, so I'm going to see if starting late makes a difference. But I am starting, I just started 10 days late. But there's this thing called Quitter's Day, which you can look up. People make resolutions and then they quit. I want to say I think it's the 16th, which I think is when we're dropping this podcast if I'm not mistaken.

So I thought it would be interesting for us to go ahead and continue that trend by saying, okay. We're not going to do the Quitter's Day thing because we're going to launch this after maybe people have kind of weeded themselves out, and do this podcast on new year, new me.

So what I'm going to do here is I'm going to give you the old you financial kind of statement, Tony, somebody who might find themselves in one of these categories, and then I want you to give us the new you spin, like what you should try to focus on if you're trying to go in a more positive direction. Okay?

Tony Mauro:

Sounds good.

Speaker 1:

All right. So the old you might say, for example, "I overspend, and I know it, and I live beyond my means." Well, kudos, first of all, if you can get yourself to admit that, right? Because that's a tough step right there. But if you are living beyond your means, that's the old you in 2025, the new you should be doing what?

Tony Mauro:

I think the best thing for the new you really should be to, number one, you have to track your spending so that you know what you're spending money on, so again, so you can prioritize and maybe purge out some of this overspending. But you have to identify what you're spending on first, otherwise you have no idea.

And so rather than trying to just come up with that word that I hate, but you think most accountants like it, is budget, I like to just call it a spending plan. And basically, you've got to prioritize and list what you value most and what you can cut out because that is going to be the biggest thing to help you curb that spending.

And I'm guilty of it too. I'm kind of an impulse buyer as well from time to time. And you just have to keep that in check because I think that's why so many Americans run up their bills or credit card bills and everything else because they just keep spending thinking that they're going to pay for it later. That doesn't bode well for a good financial plan and good financial health, if you will.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. And I know people don't like the B-word, but again, you can do a list of wants versus needs or whatever, something to where you can kind of see what it is. Is it still aligning with your priorities? Do you really need it, or is it just a want, right? And try to curb some of those impulse buys. That'll certainly help on that living beyond our means. So good job. All right. Good job with that one.

How about this one? That last one could be anybody, people that are a little younger listening to our podcast, people that are a little bit older, whatever. This next one maybe fits a little bit more, Tony, with people who are getting really close to retirement or even in retirement, and they've been saving really, really well for a long time, to a fault, even.

The old you is saying, "Look, I saved to a fault, and now I'm afraid to enjoy it," right? And I know that's a real hurdle for some people. They build this nest egg, they get to retirement, and then they don't want to spend it. They don't want to touch it. And so part of your job as an advisor is to go, "Hey, go enjoy yourself. You're going to be okay."

Tony Mauro:

You're going to be okay. And I've actually said this to clients before that have told me this, and jokingly, but really getting them to think a little bit is when they say that, that they don't want to go spend any of their money. And we keep telling them, "Look, we've been planning and doing a lot of the right things, and you're going to be okay. The numbers say you're going to be okay."

What I tell them is, "You know what? As soon as you leave here, go to a nursing home, and just ask if you can walk the halls. And take a look around, or go to a hospital, and look at the people that are sick," and they'd give anything to have their health, number one. But the point of it is, someday it could be taken from us. We don't know. We don't have a magic card that says when we're going to basically be at the end.

And so I think I try to get them to understand and prioritize again with some of the things that are most important to them that they want to do before they die, and let's pick off one or two here and there. And it's challenging for them, but most of them end up doing it if they only have to do one at a time.

But I do think that sometimes it can be a fault. We're always trying to get people to save, save, save. And for the people that really save, most people are looking at them and saying, "Well, gosh. That doesn't sound like a problem to me," but it is for them, because they save it all and then they can't enjoy it. And that's the whole purpose of having it, right? Is to somehow enjoy it a little bit. I mean, that's what life's about. So a little more psychological, but yes. That's a big one.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. And I get that it's tough, right? And that's where we're seeing the stuff written form. Coming in and doing the reviews, Tony, that's where you can kind of see, look, all right, maybe you got to take somebody who's in this mode, and you say, "Okay. Spend just a little bit, and then let's see how that happens."

"And then we will do the review. We'll do that annual review, and you'll see that you're still in good shape," and maybe that helps them start to learn it's okay to enjoy some of this money that you work so hard for. And as the fun, old saying goes, if you don't fly first class at some point in your retirement, in your life, your kids will, right?

Tony Mauro:

That's right. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

They're going to enjoy it.

Tony Mauro:

That's exactly right. That's a great saying, because that's what's going to happen. Yup.

Speaker 1:

So that's the importance, that's the value. Well, one of many values really of working with a financial professional. So don't beat yourself up. It's understandable, you worked hard for it, but you also got to enjoy it. You got to have a little bit of fun there as you get into retirement.

All right. So next old you statement might be, "I don't know what I have or really where I have it." And that sounds weird to people to think you don't know where your money is, but there's a lot of folks out there, Tony, who maybe don't quite understand what it is they have and where they have it, so what should the new you be doing if this is where you find yourself?

Tony Mauro:

Well, the short answer is you need to work with a financial pro. But what I mean by that, because that's self-serving a little bit, I understand, is most advisors are now working throughout their plans that they work with clients on, one of the things they do, and it's all online on a portal now, as long as you as the client help the advisor as to everything you have, they're going to create for you a list of where all your accounts are, the amounts, and basically put together a net worth statement for you that's always updated. And you'll want to review that with them once a year to kind of go over it, so at least you can see here's where we were at last time when we talked, here's where we're at now.

Now, if you have your investments with that advisor, that's going to update automatically. But you would, in other words, if you're working with an advisor, you don't have to go out and try to create that on your own. You certainly can use a spreadsheet, you can use some personal finance software, that sort of thing. But if you don't want to do that, you certainly can have your advisor help you with that.

But the reason it's important, like you said, is you've got to know what your net worth is, or at least close at all times, especially in retirement, when you get on that fixed income, which will help you identify if maybe you are overspending and some things like that, and your balances are going down. Maybe you can pinpoint some of those things, where that money's seeping out.

But I do think it's important, and I don't think it has to take a lot of time to create that. You just got to figure out which way you want to go with it.

Speaker 1:

No, that's a good point, and there's some good things to think about there. And again, it's understandable sometimes because we're so busy with life, and people say, "Well, it's not my thing, finance and math," or whatever, but you got to have a good working knowledge of what you got going on. So this is the new year. It's a good time to take some of those lessons that Tony just gave and put that plan into action.

And what about folks that find themselves like this, Tony? That are in this category, the old you saying, "I'm going to pause my investments until things settle down." Saw a lot of email questions come in. The last three or four months of the last year of 2024, people saying, "Well, until the election happens, or this, that, or the other, I'm not going to pump in." Maybe you're still working. "I'm not going to continue to pump into my 401k until things settle down in case the market has a downturn."

And to me, first of all, that's just crazy, right? Because there's a couple of reasons why you shouldn't do that. But if anything we've learned in the last five years, Tony, when the hell does anything settle down, right? There's always something-

Tony Mauro:

It's never settled.

Speaker 1:

... going on, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. I was just at an investment conference with a couple of colleagues over the weekend, and it was interesting that one of the assistants there, so this is an investment advisor's colleague, or assistant, excuse me, that actually said, and so I'll give you both sides of the political spectrum here for a second. She said that she was moving out of Massachusetts because there's too many liberals and she can't stand it.

So one advisor on the other hand said he has a client that said they want to move to Portugal because of the current political situation, so both kind of sides of the fence there, but to your point, doesn't really matter who's president. We're not going to get into all of that. They don't really have direct control of your life. So to plan your life around something like that or something similar, I think, is crazy, especially when you're talking about your finances.

Because I looked it up, and I shared this stat with them over the weekend, and I'll share it here, but people that want to try to time the market usually don't have good success. Who's going to say when to get back in? And then I always show them my old cost of timing since '03 to about '23, if you missed even the 60 best days in the S&P, I mean, your return is 93% lower than if you just stayed invested the whole time. And we've had a lot of weird stuff happen, if you think about it, since '02.

Speaker 1:

Since 2000, really.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Since 2000. You start naming off the big events, and yes, the market goes down at times and then it comes back. So I think by pausing, you or your advisor, I would challenge you. You're not going to beat the market. If anything, you're going to lag it, and then when you miss the best days, I think it's really going to cause you harm.

Speaker 1:

I mean, even just the basic principles, Tony, your dollar cost averaging, right? So yes, the market's going to dip down. But if you're still working, for example, not only are you not getting the company match because you've paused it, so you're losing money there, but you're also not buying whatever it is that you're set up in on the dips, right?

So, yeah. I mean, it's scary, I understand that, but it's a bad strategy. There really is no positive spin on saying, "I'm just going to pause things until it settles down," because nothing ever really settles down. That's why you have a plan. That's why you have a strategy. Then you don't have to necessarily worry about things settling down.

And that really feeds to our last one, Tony, which is the old you just says, "My parents didn't have a plan and it worked out for them. I don't have a plan. I'll just hope for the best," right? That's just silly too, because your parents probably had a wholly different set of circumstances than you do, first of all, and hope is not an option.

Tony Mauro:

I don't think hope's an option in today's world, you know? When our-

Speaker 1:

Not from a financial standpoint, no.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. From a financial standpoint, for sure. Back when the parents, people worked for the same employer generally for 30, 40 years, many had pensions that they can't outlive. Those days are all gone now, and it's up to us. Can't depend on the government or anybody else to finance our retirement.

And so I think if you don't have a plan, yeah. There's a chance that you could make it, but I think the risk is there that you may not have the kind of retirement that you thought you would've, and why not just plan? It's not painful. It just takes a little bit of work. Especially if you have an advisor, they're going to kind of guide you and tell you what you need to give them.

And then if they're good, they're going to say, "Hey, look. We want to meet once, twice a year, we want to go over this, we want to make changes, so you'll always know where you're at." I wouldn't want to risk my retirement with no plan. I mean, if you do, who knows?

Speaker 1:

Yeah, exactly. That's the whole point, right? You're kind of just playing with those things that you don't need to play with. I mean, in today's era, there's just really kind of no excuse for it, right? So get yourself a strategy put together.

The days of thinking you have to be uber rich to have a financial advisor are long over, and most people are in better shape than they realize when they do sit down for an initial consultation with financial professionals. If you've done a modest job of being a responsible financial steward of your money, you're probably in better shape than you realize. I think a lot of people find themselves in that category.

So do yourself a favor, get a plan, get a strategy, focus on the new year, new you financially, and reach out to Tony and his team at YourPlanningPros.com. That is YourPlanningPros.com. He's got 30 years of experience in the industry. He's a CPA, a CFP, and an EA, and a great resource for you to tap into.

Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple or Spotify or whatever platform you like using. It's Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro, and again, you can find all that information at YourPlanningPros.com. Tony, my friend, thanks for hanging out and breaking it down as always. I will see you in a couple of weeks.

Tony Mauro:

All right. Talk soon.

Speaker 1:

We'll catch you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Today, we’re unveiling the 2025 Method to transform your money mindset. Whether you’re overwhelmed by debt, stuck in a savings rut, or simply stressed about money, this episode is packed with actionable strategies to help you think differently and achieve financial comfort.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

Today we're going to tackle the money mindset transformation method. Hopefully to get us on the right path for thinking in 2025, some positive thoughts and some resolutions maybe, if you will, here on Plan With The Tax Man.

What's going on everybody? Welcome into the final episode of the 2024 calendar year of Tony and myself's podcast here. Plan With The Tax Man. Of course, Tony is the tax man, Tony Mauro. He is Des Moines professional alternative at Tax Doctor Inc., of course, he serves clients all over. So if you've got some questions, need some help, reach out to Tony and his team at Tax Doctor Inc., online at yourplanningpros.com. That's your planningpros.com. He's a CPA, a CFP and an EA of 30 plus years experience in the industry. So great resource for you to tap into.

And Tony, you and I were talking about trying to eat better and get healthy and so on and so forth. And it is that time of the year, right? The end of the year going into the new season where we all want to do some sort of resolution or mindset change. And so we thought it'd be a good idea to maybe talk about that from a money standpoint. How to take some of the negative thoughts that kind of permeate our brains and find a positive better way to spend those. And so I thought that'd be fun this last episode. How you doing?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing good. Coming off Christmas and yeah, everybody's thinking about the old New Year's resolution, so this is perfect timing.

Speaker 1:

Do you consider yourself a glass half empty or glass half full kind of person?

Tony Mauro:

I'm the glass half full for sure.

Speaker 1:

Okay, good.

Tony Mauro:

And I do spend some time every year just kind of going through what I want to do for the upcoming year, both my wife and I, even on a personal level, whether it's vacations or just stuff needed around the house to financial moves. It's a time of year to put them down and see what happens.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, for sure. Yeah, so if you've got any tips on how to change your mindset along the way and building new habits, well obviously it's a great time to share them. So what I'll do, Tony, is I'll give you kind of the negative thought that we tend to hear in the industry and then you give us maybe the more positive upbeat way of thinking about it, try to change that mindset. Okay?

Tony Mauro:

Okay.

Speaker 1:

All right. So we'll just jump around on my list here because Lord knows there's plenty of them. So let's start with a negative thought that's certainly been bothering people this past year with inflation being so high and the cost of living going up and credit card debt got a little out of control. People will say, "Hey, debt, it's ruining my life." They can't see past some of the charges they've ran up. What's a way to reframe those negative thoughts, if debt is ruining your life or you feel like it is?

Tony Mauro:

You feel like it is, yeah. Well, and you hear that a lot and most of the time people say that because they look at their credit card statements because that type of debt can be ugly to start looking at. Certain types of debt really aren't as bad as people think. Mortgages are something most of us need. We can't buy our houses for cash. Student loans with low interest rates allow us to get further ahead and make more money with our educations. And so both of these generally are paying for assets that you can use in the future to hopefully help you increase your wealth and get to your goals. Now, the happy-

Speaker 1:

It's an investment in yourself, right? Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

It's an investment in yourself. If you do have the bad debt though, you need to work with somebody, even if it's bad, there are ways that you can tackle that bad debt. So eventually you're not going to be having that bad thought of it's ruining your life. You got to take action and do something about it.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, it's true. So looking at the other types of debt and saying, "Hey, these are an investment in me," that's a positive way of doing that. And maybe that flows right along with this one too, which is the negative thought is, well, because it's so expensive right now, I don't earn enough to save, let alone invest. I'd like to, right? I'd like to save more. I'd like to invest, but God, I'm just living paycheck to paycheck. I don't earn enough to do so. And that's a tough one, especially when we're younger, so when we're in our twenties or even thirties, but we've got to find a way to turn that negative positive.

Tony Mauro:

You do. And really the easiest way is to start very small. Well, I should back up a minute. The easiest way is you need to work with somebody I think, to figure out what you've got coming in and what you've got going out every month and literally detail it out. Because there are some small, small cuts that we all can make on things we blow money on to at least divert into some savings. I mean, if it's 20, 30 bucks a month-

Speaker 1:

Exactly.

Tony Mauro:

... or 50 bucks a month, it gets you on the road to saying, okay, I can do this. And for most of us, whether it's a pack of cigarettes, a case of beer or Starbucks, whatever, once you start itemizing some of that out, you're thinking, oh gosh, we spend a lot of money on that.

Speaker 1:

Amazon orders, right?

Tony Mauro:

Amazon's another one. And so I think you got to take that mindset of surely you can find a couple of bucks, especially if you sit down and analyze it. Because if you start young enough, even small amounts can add up to big numbers over 20, 30, 40 years.

Speaker 1:

Oh yeah, well think about something, I don't know, let me go with something as simple as like Netflix. It's a $30 a month subscription. So do you really need it? How much do you actually watch it? Now, I'm not saying that budgets are fun, but if you find yourself in that negative thought, out of that, I can't put anything away, $30 a month. If you're younger, well even if you're a little bit older, that adds up. 30 times 12. And putting in that something that's growing a little money, well then that's even better. So that's how you get that way.

And actually I'll use that one to jump to the next one. I'm going to jump around on my list here, Tony. But budgets, right? People are like, oh, budgets suck. They're restrictive. I don't want to have to live that way. And you could look at this whether you're a pre-retiree, which is a lot of our demographic, or retiree or even a little bit younger, you've probably lived on a budget throughout every stage of your life, but for some reason, retirees, they hate this word. They feel like, oh, I've worked really hard. I want to be able to enjoy myself in retirement. A budget doesn't mean necessarily that you can't enjoy yourself.

Tony Mauro:

That's right. And everybody thinks that. If I create a budget and actually detail it out, that I can't go over this budget. That is so far from the-

Speaker 1:

It's restrictive.

Tony Mauro:

... truth.

Speaker 1:

I don't want to have to live on a plan. But you've always lived on a plan.

Tony Mauro:

Whether you wrote it down or not, you've always had a plan. It may have been a bad plan, but if you ask anybody, in my opinion, what they.... They can kind of give you, "Well, I take in this much roughly, and I spend this much, and I don't know what I spend it on, but I know I do." That's kind of a half budget there. But if you can detail it out, all it is it points out things to help you make decisions. Do I still want to keep spending money on that or maybe I don't and want to divert it somewhere else? I have a budget. I mean, if you're really ultra into it, you need to use some financial software, in other words, Quicken, Mint, or some other ones, and have every transaction that comes in your household, every transaction goes out, detailed out in a little mini P&L or monthly saving or earning and spending report, so you can see.

For us, where we tend to spend a lot of money for example, is dining out. And sometimes we look at our thing and say, "Well, we spent a lot of money last month dining out, that's kind of over where we want to be. Maybe let's try to fix that."

Speaker 1:

Reigning that in a little bit.

Tony Mauro:

That's all budget is, is just reigning it in.

Speaker 1:

Take that negative thought of it being restrictive and switch it to a budget is a tool for freedom. It gives me the freedom to go out to dinner, to your point you just made, because I know what my limits are. So we can go out and have ourselves a good time, but it also keeps me from getting myself into trouble. So again, taking the negative thoughts and reframing them in a positive manner. And look, you can play word association games if you want. A lot of people, instead of calling it a budget, they call it a spending plan, right? It's like, okay, fine, call it whatever you want. Call it hopscotch for all I care. But just realize that it can be a useful tool so that you don't get yourself into bad shape.

Okay, good. Good stuff. Let's see, what else could we talk about? Let's jump around different things. Taxes. So one of your favorite topics. So look, the negative thought is taxes suck. They're complicated, right? I don't get it. They eat up my income. They're taking so much of my money, right? Yes, it's hard to argue this one, Tony. It's frustrating, but how can we be a little bit more positive, at least as far as dealing with the fact that we don't have a whole lot of choice. We have to play this game.

Tony Mauro:

You have to play the game. And taxes, you're exactly right, they're complicated. They are one of our biggest expenses. However, as bad, and sometimes I get on the government and everything, it's not like the old English where they just come around and say, pay us X, like to a king type of thing. They give us all kinds of laws that a lot of times, especially if you're trying to do things on your own, you don't take advantage of. Because there is some opportunities that they give you to save for retirement. They give you opportunities for deductions if you're out spending on a new house with a mortgage, student loan interest, some of that stuff we all talked about with the debt. So you've got to be able to take advantage of some of that because that is tax efficient investing and also spending. So while it's a bad thing, you got to use it to whatever laws are on the books at the time to the best of your advantage and to try to grow your wealth using that part of the game.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, exactly.

Tony Mauro:

It's part of it.

Speaker 1:

And right along with that is the structure of the system that we have is investing. The negative thought being, man investing is so risky, it's so complicated. Same kind of feeling. A lot of people are like, I want to do it, but I don't understand it enough or it intimidates me. So we've got to be able to be positive because it's still a great way for you to grow your wealth and obviously outpace inflation. So what's the positive spin?

Tony Mauro:

I think the positive spin on that is your best bet is to work with an advisor of some kind so that they can explain how over the long term, it reduces your risk over time, especially with diversification.

Speaker 1:

With a strategy, right?

Tony Mauro:

With a good strategy. It's one of the only ways you're going to be able to grow your wealth for the future. There are other ways. You can have your own business, you can get into rentals. There's all kinds of ways to make money, but you got to be able to save some of that money for the future. And I think that's where some people get a little intimidated, especially with the 24/7 information we have coming at us all the time. I mean, whether it's TV, internet, everything else, it's really not that complicated, especially if you have a long-term goal.

Speaker 1:

I was going to say, the key I think I took from you there was the long-term approach. If you've got a straightforward long-term approach, you don't have to be trying to day-trade or be some sort of Wall Street whiz kid, but a simple longterm approach can significantly reduce the risk concerns that you have. Now, you're still going to have money at risk. That's the point. So that you can kind of grow and outpace inflation. But I think it doesn't have to be nearly as intimidating as many of us initially make it out to be. My wife says the same thing. She's like, "Oh, I don't want to mess with that stuff. It just scares me too much." So I started showing her some simpler things and she's like, "Oh, this is not so bad." So it's just a matter of coaching.

Tony Mauro:

Training. It is. And really with today's, especially in the funds area, mutual funds, they make it pretty easy, and they have great portfolios, many of them, and make it very easy for a small investor to just get started and it's pretty set it and forget it. You got to have a plan in place, but you definitely want to keep a long-term approach. And I wouldn't let that get you too down about it.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, yeah, for sure. All right, well I'm going to do one last one, negative thought. I'm going to combine two because they kind of work together to me. But the negative thought people have is just around money in general. I'm terrible with it. It's stressful. I make bad decisions with it. Whatever. Whatever you kind of find yourself feeling about money. Like, "This thing, I stink at it. It just stresses me out." Well, there's a simple way to think, you've got to change your mindset about money because it's obviously something that we have to use in society. So what's the positive thought about it?

Tony Mauro:

I think the most positive thought that I always think about, and I tell my son this too, everybody wants to achieve whatever level of wealth that they can. But it really just is a tool, I call it a tool to use for experiences that I want to do while I'm on this planet and give me the time that I can go out and do them while I still have-

Speaker 1:

Yeah, it's a tool. Exactly.

Tony Mauro:

... some decent health.

Speaker 1:

It's no different than a hammer. If you're trying to build a house, you need a hammer. If you're trying to build a life, you need money. It's a tool.

Tony Mauro:

It's a tool. I mean, it would be great if we all could do whatever we want and there was no money and we just did whatever we wanted and we could do it. Well, that's not the way the world works.

Speaker 1:

You just showed up at Disney World and they let you go around and do whatever you want. Unfortunately, somebody has to pay for the maintenance, right?

Tony Mauro:

Somebody has to pay for all that. So it shouldn't be stressful for you. It shouldn't be the root of your problems. But I think this is where some of the stuff we've talked about in the past and even today, about staying on track and having a plan and having someone help you so that you don't feel stressed out about this money stuff because it really shouldn't be stressing you out.

Speaker 1:

Well, as we go into the new year, making resolutions is something we all do. So start trying to be more positive, I think, in not just necessarily making a resolution or a wish, because is it a reality if you don't act on it? Maybe write some things down. That goes a long way for people, have success doing that. Maybe write down some goals that you want to attain and then take some action steps on how to do that. And maybe for many people, the money side of things is just finally working with someone who can shine the light on the stuff that we're just not used to doing day in and day out because we're so busy living our lives. But we do need that tool, that tool called money.

So get yourself on the calendar, reach out to Tony and his team at yourplanningpros.com. Get some time to talk with them in the New Year at yourplanningpros.com. And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple or Spotify or YouTube, whatever platform you like listening to podcasts on, and that way you catch new episodes when they come out. Tony, thanks for hanging out my friend. Have a great New Year and I'll see you in the New Year.

Tony Mauro:

We'll see you in the New Year and everybody else have a great New Year as well. Stay safe.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, absolutely. We'll catch you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

The holiday season is here, and while you’re stuffing stockings for your loved ones, don’t forget to stuff your own financial stocking with tips that can bring you closer to a secure retirement. Today, we’re unwrapping 10 bite-sized, actionable ideas to help you save smarter, invest better, and plan for the future you deserve.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

The holiday season is upon us. And while you're stuffing stockings for your loved ones, don't forget to stuff your own financial stocking with hopefully some tips that can bring you closer to a secure retirement. Today on Plan With The Tax Man, let's look at some financial freedom and some best stocking stuffers in 2024.

Hey everybody, welcome in to the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Mauro and myself as we talk investing, finance, retirement. We thought we'd have a little fun here. As this is our early December episode, we're going to unwrap a few action items to hopefully help you be a little bit better on your way towards retirement with Tony and just have a little fun with this concept since it's that time of the year. What's going on, my friend? How are you?

Speaker 2:

I'm doing good. Just off of Thanksgiving and a quick vacation. So although it's getting cold here, it's the holidays, so. My favorite time of year.

Speaker 1:

It is what it is. I mean, it's that time of the year and it comes fast and furious too. It's like soon as one starts, it just, well, snowballs, no pun intended, but it just snowballs its way through to the end of the year. But anyway, well, I'm glad you're doing well. Hopefully our listeners are also. And so let's have a little fun here. Why we might want some of these things as financial stocking stuffers, okay? Is it a good idea as a stocking stuffer? Is it a bad idea? That kind of thing. Have a little fun with it, wherever you want to take it.

Speaker 2:

All right.

Speaker 1:

All right, so I'll give you the item. You tell us what you think. All right, so the first one, maxing out your retirement contributions. Is this something you'd like to have in your stocking, is to max those out?

Speaker 2:

I would say definitely, yes. And for those of the people listening that are in the Iowa area, I actually brought the newspaper article in to share with my staff and it was an article about people that are mostly in the central Iowa area just living on social security. And it's a sad article and I'd encourage people to read it, but the point of it was you don't want to end up just living off social security, which means that, and I tell people this literally like a broken record every tax season, you need to increase your retirement contributions to whatever you're doing. And if you haven't started, you need to start because nobody's going to be there to take care of you and social security, while it's a safety net, it's not a very good existence. And so I would definitely say that's number one on my list.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, max it out. Especially as we get to 50. 50 plus, you get those catch up contribution stages, making more money than ever hopefully, kids are off the payroll hopefully. So max those jokers out. Certainly a good idea for a stocking stuffer. All right, diversifying your investments. If somebody says, "Hey, Tony, for Christmas this year, I'm going to help you diversify your investments." That sounds like a pretty good stocking stuffer.

Speaker 2:

Absolutely. It goes right along with number one that you definitely don't want to have too much of your investments, of course, concentrated in one area. The old adage, and you still hear some people having it where I've got all my 401(k) wrapped up in my own company's stock. That's probably not the best, that's an extreme example. But I do think you need to be diversified. This is where an advisor can certainly help you and provide some value to make sure you're adequately diversified so that you've always got something in your portfolio that might be doing well when other sectors may not be.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, yeah. And to kind of have fun and play on the holiday spirit here, again, you said you want a qualified professional, an advisor to help you. Yes, that is the preferred thing. Not just having Cousin Eddie from the Vacation movies. You don't want Cousin Eddie helping you diversify.

Speaker 2:

We don't want Cousin Eddie. No, no.

Speaker 1:

We don't want that. We want a qualified like Tony helping us. Same with all of these. So what about reviewing our social security strategy? So good time to think about that and say, "Hey, you know what? For Christmas, I want to make sure my social security strategy is sound as a pound."

Speaker 2:

And of course all of these coming around Christmas, it's kind of coming into the new year where people start to think about this. But social security strategy and when to take it, that's always a big question on people's minds as they approach 50 and beyond. And there's some nice calculators that we have that can help you and that we can discuss that on what's the best optimization strategy for you because it's different for everybody. Yes, social security, you can take it early at 62 and then you've got a full retirement age and then of course the latest. But depending on your situation and longevity and all kinds of other things, I think it's important to review that. And believe it or not, social security administration does make it relatively easy to go out and get your report online. And if you can't get it, we'll help you get it, but I do think that's very important.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, that's a great point for sure. And speaking of optimization, our next one is optimizing tax efficiency. Well, as a CPA, I know you're all on board for that one.

Speaker 2:

I am. This is my big pet peeve, because I talked to a lot of people about yes, you might be working with an advisor or maybe you're not, but are you planning with a tax efficiency slant or making sure you optimize or reduce, let's put it should be, taxes because it's usually the biggest thing in our whole life is paying these taxes, whether it's now or deferred. And you really have to try to maximize your tax savings all throughout the investment life. So that's the one we hit on, is that and everything we talk about.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, I mean, tax efficiency is going to go a long way. I mean, none of us want to pay taxes. We don't like the... We get taxed to death as it is, but the rules are the rules, so we have to adhere and follow along. But you can be efficient and hopefully pay as little as legally possible.

Speaker 2:

Exactly, you got to use them to your advantage.

Speaker 1:

That's right.

Speaker 2:

Yep.

Speaker 1:

Play the game as best you can.

Speaker 2:

Best you can, yeah.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, for sure. Okay, so another stocking stuffer idea, Tony, would it be a good thing to boost that emergency fund?

Speaker 2:

I would definitely say yes. Another thing we talk about with every client that we work with is it's amazing how many people don't have emergency funds and it's never a bad idea to boost it to a level where between you and your advisor agree upon. It's a little different for everybody, the old adage three to six months of income, but it could be different for different things. But boy, it's essential to have that at least until you're at retirement age and then you can back it down some, but it's not a bad idea to even have it in the wealth distribution stage just for those things that pop up. So we do like to go over that. We do like to make sure that people, even if it's just a few bucks every month to get that boosted every year.

Speaker 1:

Got you, okay. I'm going to throw a bonus one or two in here at you as well, Tony, catch you off guard a little bit. Not that you don't talk about this enough stuff, you'll be just fine, but based on what you were kind of talking about right there, it made me think about something else. Should we, at the end of the year, we're thinking this is our early December, we're talking stocking stuffers. What about rebalancing our portfolio? Is it a good idea calendar wise, maybe every December or every January to just kind of take a look at things and make sure we're rebalanced properly if we don't have someone like yourself doing it for us?

Speaker 2:

I definitely think it is. If you are working on it on your own, you definitely want to go in and rebalance toward the end of the year right after the first to make sure that you're continuing with your original investment philosophy. And because what happens is is if you've got say 10 different investments over 10 different sectors, some of those sectors are going to do very well during the year and some are going to do worse.

Speaker 1:

And the market's done great, the last year.

Speaker 2:

Yeah, market's done great.

Speaker 1:

But you may have a couple of dogs in there.

Speaker 2:

Yeah, and so what you want to try to do is rebalance so that two to three years go by and all of a sudden, let's say for example, your growth sector is now 75, 80% of your portfolio, that might be out of balance with what you originally wanted to have in the overall strategy. And so by doing that, you also in essence kind of sell high and buy low, because you're going to rebalance and you're going to keep that balance so that when sectors that were doing poorly start to perform, you're adequately invested in those. So I do think that's a very, very good idea.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, and it's been doing really well. The market has to give and take. The market rebalances, if you think about it, that concept of you want to rebalance your own portfolio, well, the market has to rebalance itself and we're probably going to see some volatility coming into the new year with new changes and things happening and administration changes. And I think ultimately, I think if you look at the statistics, Tony, just about every presidency, the market tends to go up, but there is going to be some shakes along the way. That's what it does. It's par for the course.

So rebalancing is a good way, especially at the end of a good run like we're seeing right now to maybe make sure you're still aligned with your risk tolerance and all those good things. So good conversation piece to have. Let's do two more and then we'll wrap it up this week, Tony. How about considering Roth conversions to reduce future taxes, especially now that we may see, we don't know yet, we'll see probably in the first a hundred days, but we may see the current tax cuts and jobs acts extended moving past '25, which it was set to expire on. So that could be a good stocking idea.

Speaker 2:

It could be a real good stocking idea. I'm big on the Roth conversions to reduce future taxes. Especially what we do is basically fill up the same tax bracket of clients in, convert some tax deferred to tax-free, which is the Roth conversion, and then try to do that every year and not bump them into the next tax bracket where they're paying more taxes. But I agree, depending on what happens, whether these things are extended beyond '25 or not, it could make more sense than ever to maybe start doing that depending on the news that comes out.

Speaker 1:

Because if they don't make a change, your window's pretty limited. You've got basically just a year left to do some conversions and you want to do that smartly so that you're not bumping tax brackets. But if they extend it, well now you can get back to that Roth-ing over time conversation.

Speaker 2:

Exactly. And if they don't extend, going back to that's the whole optimizing for tax efficiency is making sure that you're getting enough into the tax-free bucket, but doing it wisely and not needlessly overpaying on taxes, it's not going to ruin you. But why pay more in taxes than we need to?

Speaker 1:

And so many people aren't clear on how the steps work. You want to fill up the steps before you go to the next bracket.

Speaker 2:

Exactly, exactly. So they don't understand. They forget about the progressiveness of the tax rates, where that comes into play and when we can show them that they can, if we only fill up this bracket, then we can save quite a bit of taxes and trying to do it all at once.

Speaker 1:

If you're in the 22% tax bracket, someone's like, well, every dime I make is taxed at 22% and that's not accurate.

Speaker 2:

True. Yeah, it's not accurate. And as soon as you go a dime over the limit, now everything beyond that limit is 24.

Speaker 1:

Beyond that limit, exactly. So even if you did pop a bracket, it may not be the worst thing. It just depends on how much. So again, it's about filling up the brackets and doing it properly. So that's where again, you want to work with a qualified professional to help you with that stuff because it can get a little tricky. And the IRS make things tricky, no. So yeah, definitely work with someone like Tony's, a CPA and a CFP. And that brings me to my last one, which is just schedule a conversation. So for a stocking stuffer, it's a good stocking stuffer, schedule an annual financial checkup, or maybe even a first time checkup, Tony, with a qualified pro to see where you're at.

Speaker 2:

I agree. And of course I have a skin in the game because what we do for a living, but obviously if you have a financial professional already, hopefully they've reached out to you or you're at least getting an annual meeting out of that, because you do need a financial checkup to see how things have gone throughout the year for you. And even if you're on your own, a lot of people will provide free financial checkups or at a small fee and you can bring them in your portfolio and everything else you've got going. And they can sit and tell you, number one, I mean, returns and diversification, some of this other stuff we've talked about, but they may hit on some things in a plan that you haven't thought about. We don't have a lot of time to talk about today, whether it be insurance, long-term care, social security planning, some things like that. Maybe a legacy and estate planning as well. So it's definitely worth at least getting an unbiased opinion.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, definitely. And so certainly would be a good stocking stuffer for yourself to say, "Hey, I'm going to get off my duff and I'm going to go talk with a qualified professional and see what's going on, see where I'm at." Maybe it's a second opinion on a plan you got a couple of years ago. Maybe it's a first opinion, or maybe it's just an annual checkup with your advisor, but you haven't talked to him for a little bit and you're thinking, "I want to make sure things are all set up. My ducks are all in a row, so to speak." So that's our podcast this week. So hopefully you guys had a little fun and enjoyed the conversation with Tony and I as usual to try to highlight some useful nuggets of information when it comes to getting ready for retirement.

And as always, if you need some help, reach out to Tony and his team at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com or call him at (844) 707-7381. We'll have that information in the show description links as well and you can check all that good stuff out. Tony, my friend, thanks for hanging out. I always appreciate you and I guess we'll talk right after Christmas, so I'll say Merry Christmas to you.

Speaker 2:

Yeah, Merry Christmas to you and anybody listening. Have a great holidays.

Speaker 1:

Absolutely. And we'll see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man. Don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple or Spotify or whatever app you like using. Just type in Plan With The Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

It's hard to believe that election season is over and Thanksgiving is almost here! This week on Plan with the Tax Man, we're diving into the future of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act now that the election results are in. Join us as we explore what changes could be on the horizon and what to expect moving forward.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

This week on Plan With The Tax Man, let's talk about the future of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the TCJA now that we know the results of the election. So let's get into what could be on the horizon in the coming years here this week on Plan With The Tax Man. Welcome into the podcast everybody. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Mauro and myself. Tony of course, a CPA, CFP, and EA with 30 plus years in the industry helping folks get to and through retirement. And he's at the Tax Doctor, Inc. You can find them online at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. And Tony, happy Thanksgiving, my friend. We are taping this a little before and dropping this podcast just a few days before Thanksgiving. So happy Turkey Bird Day to you, my friend.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, same to you and everybody else.

Speaker 1:

Absolutely.

Tony Mauro:

It's getting that time of year.

Speaker 1:

Absolutely. Exactly.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

So hope everybody enjoys the holiday and hopefully we're just going to do a little speculation here this week, Tony. We know now, obviously President Trump is the, Trump President-elect, right, coming in here in January. And so one of the big questions and one of the big things I think that has people, especially in our demographic and the people that you serve and your clientele is what that might mean for the future of tax cuts. Right. So all through the Biden administration, we kind of wondered were they going to make any tax cuts changes or tax rate changes or anything. They never did. And then of course the big kind of question was, well, if Harris wins, will we see the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act go ahead and expire at the end of 25 like it's supposed to, or would we see a new tax program?

Well, now that we know Trump is coming back in, I think it's probably a safe assumption to say that he's going to try to either extend the TCJA or maybe even make it permanent. Right. So there's conversation around that. So I thought we could talk a little bit about what that might mean for retirees, pre-retirees, and just from a planning and thought kind of process should that happen.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And I think now that hopefully everybody's emotions are calming down a little bit, depending on,-

Speaker 1:

We hope.

Tony Mauro:

Won or lost.

Speaker 1:

We hope. Right.

Tony Mauro:

Half of everybody is mad and half of everybody is happy. And I think the big thing with all of this is, and I've been putting it out in our newsletter since the election is even though it may not have gone your way, life is not going to change all that much for you. I mean, you need to be aware of some of these things and how it impacts you and how to use it to your best benefit. Because the end of the day, we go back to doing what we do and trying to make the best of what we've got and so,-

Speaker 1:

Right. And we know that fiscally our country's in really bad shape and whatever changes they're going to be working on is not going to happen overnight. It is going to take a little time. They're going to break some eggs along the way. It's not going to be a totally smooth process. I mean, we're in pretty bad shape, Tony fiscally. Right. So it's going to take a lot of work to kind of right the ship. And obviously the voters voted for hoping that prices come down, getting a better grip on the economy. That was one of the biggest poll movers, I suppose, in that conversation. So with that in mind, let's talk a little bit about that TCJA standpoint. If again, this is if, but since they're going to have the House and the Senate, it appears there's a likelihood that they're going to get this passed through at least if nothing else, an extension. Let's just start there. That's good from the fact that tax rates are historically low, right, for the common everyday working American tax rates are historically low. So that's a good place to start.

Tony Mauro:

It's a good place to start. Yeah. And from a taxpayer standpoint, who doesn't like low taxes?

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

And me included. And so that's beneficial. Now the big picture, like you say, our financial situation as a country, we already know, everybody knows that Congress tends to spend way more than they take in. And that,-

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

I just read an article the other day about the TCJA, that if they extend it, it could, it could add another 2.6 trillion to the deficit over the next 10 years.

Speaker 1:

Correct.

Tony Mauro:

Which from a fiscal standpoint, it's like, ooh boy, we're already in bad shape. This is going to make it worse but,-

Speaker 1:

Well, okay, so let's kind of talk about that. Let's break that down a little bit for a second. So if you think about it, the reason they put it in the way they did, right, for the number of years, what was it, seven years I think when they put it in?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, seven years.

Speaker 1:

Was because they said they were worried about it ballooning the deficit. Well, obviously the deficit's gotten out of control anyway, so,-

Tony Mauro:

It is.

Speaker 1:

Keeping the TCJA is I think it's, we talk often, Tony about having a three-legged stool for retirement. Right. And I think that's what the leaders are going to have to do from a government standpoint. One is going to be promoting job growth and keeping tax rates low for paying Americans. So again, maybe extending the TCJA, but to your point, it could add to the deficit. So spending has to get under control. I think that's the second piece. Like the conversation, don't like the conversation, but the idea of this department of government efficiency that's being tossed around out there and cutting some of this incredibly wasteful spending that we do, and let's be honest, we waste a lot of money, could make a huge impact and maybe offset some of that cost of the TCJA plus the tariff conversation. Right.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. I think all that is part of what I feel like are,-

Speaker 1:

The big picture, right?

Tony Mauro:

Policy decisions, yeah, that has to be made by this and future administrations and try to work towards figuring this out to.

Speaker 1:

Right. Because it's $36 trillion. You can't fix it with just one thing. Right.

Tony Mauro:

No, you cannot.

Speaker 1:

So that in mind, that in mind about the ballooning, just from that standpoint, we get that as far as a bigger picture that they have to work on. But what does it mean for everyday Americans? Well, I think one of the places, Tony, besides just having low tax rates, which is good, and the narrower brackets versus going back to the wider is the conversation about, well now it gives you more time to Roth over time. Right. Because if people were talking about doing Roth conversions at these historic low tax rates, well you only had until the end of 2025 to get them done. So your window was narrowing. If again, if they extend the TCJA, that could make planning a lot easier for you for your clients if they do need to do Roth conversions over time.

Tony Mauro:

Absolutely. And we're looking at it from that standpoint now that it's over, that we're going to be harping on our clients, assuming they extend this, is to take advantage of this because we don't know when they're going to either reverse it. And I always liked that word, you mentioned it earlier, permanent. Of course, Congress changes stuff.

Speaker 1:

Right. Nothing's ever permanent. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Never really permanent, but it's harder to change when it's permanent rather than just let it expire. So it's important to take, like I say, it doesn't matter who's in office, we have to take advantage of what they are allowing us to do or giving us or legally.

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

And making sure that from a financial planning standpoint, it helps all of us if on these Roth conversions and whatnot, because I'm a big fan of them, is to set yourself up for a good retirement, for that end game. So I think that's extremely important.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. And it does give you guys a lot more of a window to plan, again, it's the devil that you know. Right. So if we know the tax rates, let's just, we're working off an assumption, but think about when you sit down with a financial professional, they're putting information into the software. They're still working off of assumptions, right, assuming that you don't lose your job or assuming this, this or this and that you can run scenarios for social security at this amount, plus you could run social security projections at the lower amount should they not fix that. Right.

So a lot of what you guys do is assumptions, right? You can put some good educated guesses and you can put stuff in the software and get a good picture, but life changes, things happen. So let's just again, run the assumption that the TCJA gets at least extended through four more years. Let's just say if nothing else through Trump's presidency. Well then that gives you four years of planning strategy around some things to try to get done while we are again in these historic low tax rates. And that can be very valuable.

Tony Mauro:

I think so. Yeah. And going to the other side of it a little bit,-

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

Let's say they let them sunset.

Speaker 1:

Okay.

Tony Mauro:

Now, America's tax bill increases by 2.6 trillion over the next decade, which will help cut into the deficit, but it's going to impact consumption and growth and everything else because if everybody's paying more taxes, then they're going to stop spending, which poses problems from,-

Speaker 1:

The economy standpoint. Right.

Tony Mauro:

From the economy standpoint.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And so it really is a tough job to try to balance all this.

Speaker 1:

Oh, for sure.

Tony Mauro:

And try to make it work.

Speaker 1:

And we're not even talking about the conversation that they're having as far as maybe lowering corporate tax rates even a bit more. So under Trump's first presidency, he brought it down to where it's currently at, at the 21, I think it's 21%,-

Tony Mauro:

  1. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

For corporate tax. That brought a lot of business back to the country. Right. A lot of companies, I mean, think about the Apple conversation. Apple brought $250 billion back in when that happened. By lowering that to 15, yes, there's the worry of ballooning the deficit, but again, the idea is to spurn on job growth and economic growth. Then again, coupling that with tariffs on certain things, which again, the tariffs he put in place, the Biden administration, they left them in place. So obviously they were working in that regard. So again, I think it's one of these pieces where it's going to take a while for us to see the end results of this, but I think we can, it feels optimistic that we could make a dent, right, in this massive debt by doing some of these things and also pull the country a bit forward.

Now, who knows, there's a long way to go, right, Tony, and of course the big key, the first thing is going to be the energy dependency. And that's of course, that's one of Trump's big things, is on day one he's going to get the drill baby drill going again. Right. And so people think about that. If we start getting more energy independent right from day one that he takes office, we're not going to feel that in the streets for a little while. Right. Transportation costs and stuff like that, they'll come down, which will bring groceries down eventually, but it will take a few months.

Tony Mauro:

It's going to take a little while. Yeah. I mean, nothing they're going to do, like you said before, is going to have an immediate impact. I think for most of us, you want to see, like you said, country moving potentially in the right direction. Of course, everybody's got their own opinion on what that direction is, but,-

Speaker 1:

At least fiscally anyway, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Yeah. Fiscally, I think we all can agree that nobody likes to see this kind of deficit and whatnot and constant different administrations continuing to,-

Speaker 1:

Yeah, add to it.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, add to it, not do much about it. Then we've got all these problems on the side that nobody really seems to tackle until it's really at the last minute.

Speaker 1:

Because we're really mortgaging, not necessarily you and I, Tony, our future, but we're certainly mortgaging our grandkids future,-

Tony Mauro:

Absolutely.

Speaker 1:

At $36 trillion and climbing. Somebody's paying this bill somewhere at some point. And we think back to the deficits we've had before, and we kind of took care of that into the Clinton administration. And I was talking with, we talked about this before, I was talking with former US comptroller, David Walker, who was part of that, and he's like, "Bill Clinton was the last fiscally responsible president we had." That says something. Not from a party standpoint, but from the fact that we've had multiple administrations since Bill Clinton and none of them have been fiscally responsible. So we've got to get back there. And yes, Trump was already president and they weren't necessarily fiscally responsible. So hopefully he's learned as well. And we try to get in that regard because think about again, what you guys do. If you are trying to help somebody plan for retirement and they come in and you've got the X's and O's, the exact number, what's happening with their income and they're not being fiscally responsible, their retirement strategy is not going to work.

Tony Mauro:

Not going to work. We're the ones that have to break that to them and try to figure out some options to help them try to make something work.

Speaker 1:

And they have to make changes. Right. Your options are spend less, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yep. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

Save more. So there's only certain things you can do, and that's where we're at as a country as well.

Tony Mauro:

I think it is. And I think you go to the countryside and say, well, okay, you can tell the politicians to spend less if you can get them to do that. But then I think they tend to divert things to other things that they want to do rather than spending less. But I think where they really fall down is, and sometimes it's the tough decision when we're talking to our clients where you have to save more is sometimes they may have to say, look, guys and gals or country, we've got to raise taxes or we got to come up with some ways to make some money somehow, and this is what we've come up with. And nobody likes to hear that.

Speaker 1:

Oh, for sure. I mean, I got a feeling that they're going to take a look at this and while we might extend the TCJA, they do want to make some changes. The SALT tax, there's some changes there. They're talking about putting itemization back in, which could be very helpful for citizens into their tax planning. But we could be looking at a slight brazen Medicare tax. Right. So that may be necessary as well in order to help fund that whole situation. So you're not going to make an omelet without breaking a few eggs.

Tony Mauro:

That's right. That's right. And we've got all kinds of issues. I think, like you say, social security is one of them. Coming down the pike that's going to get more and more attention as we get closer to those deadlines and yeah, they're got to make some tough decisions. And sometimes they're going to be a little bit unpopular, but I think they probably could do a better job of at least when they do come up with some things, conveying it to the American people a little better.

Speaker 1:

Well, the TCJA is going to be a big focal point. We'll see how that goes. Probably within the first 100 days we might see something there. We may not. Right. Because it doesn't expire until the end of 25, but obviously that's starting next year. So I got a feeling it's going to be early on the docket, so it could be something that happens in the first 100 days. And again, we're just speculating, spitballing a little bit here this week on the podcast. So we'll certainly keep an eye on it Tony. As the administration starts and executive orders start to fly, we'll start to kind of see how these things affect not just the market, but other pieces. And when you think about the market standpoint, it obviously reacted very favorably to the election. It slowed a little bit, but I think it seems to be fairly positive for now.

Tony Mauro:

I think so for now is right. I think yeah, that election euphoria has kind of subsided a bit, but nevertheless, we're still chugging along. The economy even with higher prices and whatnot is doing pretty well. I think it'll help if rates come down and,-

Speaker 1:

Yeah, our unemployment numbers have been climbing obviously, and there was some fudgery there, so I think we've got a little bit more unemployment than we hoped for, but we'll see as the year winds down. I know there's some companies out there laying off and hopefully they'll be able to, and again, I think that's the idea behind some of the job growth. Right. Keeping the tax rates low will help spurn on the job market. So it's a fine line. It really is incredibly complex when you start to think about it. And it's the same thing with what you guys do, helping people plan for retirement.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And I've only been to Washington DC a couple of times both on business and got a chance to get in front of our Iowa Congress people, and it's fascinating to see how, we all complain about them, but how our government, how massive it is and how it does seem to work with all of its problems, we plot along and it's just an incredible beast.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

You have to try to get things done and make decisions.

Speaker 1:

It really is. Yeah. And some would say maybe a little too big, so,-

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Yeah. Maybe.

Speaker 1:

Too big a government is not a good thing. So hopefully we'll see some of the reduction in there. And that could help. And again, this is going to be like a three-legged kind of milking stool, same kind of idea. They're going to have to do multiple moving parts to get us in a better space, but we'll keep an eye on things. We'll talk about things here on the podcast and try to shed some light on them. But at the end of the day, you really, as Tony said, to start this whole thing off, you have to kind of build and structure a plan, Tony, that's going to weather whatever administration and whatever happens to come down the pike because we don't have a lot of control.

Yes, we used our voice to vote. Obviously that was very resounding this year for Republicans. They won all three. It appears as well as the majority vote, the popular vote. So we'll see, right? I mean, but we can do that job there. But at the end of the day, you still want to strategize and have a plan that kind of deals with the ups and downs of life because life will keep trucking along.

Tony Mauro:

You do. I would say after the first year, my advice would be to get with your advisor or find one and have them explain some of this to you and how it could affect you individually, whether it's on taxes or how it's going to affect your financial life.

Speaker 1:

Absolutely. Yep. So if you need some help, reach out to Tony and his team at Tax Doctor, Inc. Again, he's been helping families for 30 plus years. He's a CPA, a certified financial planner and an EA. So great resource for you to tap into. Just give them a jingle or reach out to them online. We'll have all the links in the show notes here for you to check out. But you can go to yourplanningpros.com to get started. That's yourplanningpros.com to get started. And again, we'll have that information in the show descriptions of the podcast. And don't forget to subscribe to us if you would be so kind on Apple or Spotify or whatever platform you like using. If you enjoy the content and find it useful, you can also share that with others who might benefit from the messages as well. And we'll see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man. Happy Thanksgiving once again to everybody out there and Tony, you as well, my friend.

Tony Mauro:

All right, we'll see you next time.

Speaker 1:

We'll see you in December here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

You wouldn’t necessarily expect Mike Tyson, Shaquille O’Neal, or Lindsay Lohan to dispense valuable insights about financial planning matters. In fact, you’d probably expect the opposite. But with a little bit of creativity, we can get some financial planning pearls of wisdom from even the most unlikely of sources.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

This week on Plan With the Tax Man, we're going to talk about unlikely financial wisdom you wouldn't expect from the likes of Mike Tyson or Shaquille O'Neal or even Lindsay Lohan. So let's find out what we're talking about this week here on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

What's going on everybody? Thanks for tuning into the podcast. We're dropping this about a week after the election, and we taped it ahead of the time, Tony, just in case the world was goofy. Plus you went out of town, so you were smart.

Tony Mauro:

Yes.

Speaker 1:

You ran away during the week of the election. You did your voting prior to, so very cool. And then you got out for a little trip and just tuned out the noise. I bet that was genius. I'm jealous. How you doing, my friend? You doing all right?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing well, yeah. Well rested and yes, I didn't plan the vacation like that back when I planned it, but it kind of worked out.

Speaker 1:

It kind of worked out. Yeah. So since you're catching this after the election, but we're taping it beforehand because Tony is leaving, as I just mentioned, that we don't have a conversation for that. So, we'll probably save that for the next podcast to talk about what's going on in the world. So for now, we thought we would do one that was simple and easy and just do some unlikely financial wisdom with some characters we might not have expected financial advice from.

And look, they weren't saying these quotes to be financial advice, but with a little bit of creativity, I think Tony and I can turn those into some. So, let's start with a child actress who had some trouble as a teen, I guess, or a young adult or whatever, got herself into quite a bit of trouble and very scandalous kind of character in the Hollywood scene. And that was Lindsay Lohan, right? So, wound up making some movies when she was younger. Then she wound up getting into some trouble and kind of being very polarizing and so on and so forth.

Here's a quote, and it's a great quote, and it's especially when someone who's struggling with whatever they're struggling with in life, Tony. She said, "I'm my own worst enemy, and I know that." And that's key to fixing whatever problem you have in your life, be it your Hollywood career or your finances. If you know you're your own worst enemy, it can really help you not make more mistakes by maybe getting involved with someone like yourself who can help you battle yourself, if you will.

Tony Mauro:

I agree. And with Lindsay Lohan, I'm sure... Well, I think it's a profound statement by her because obviously I don't really follow her much other than what I used to see when she was in trouble, but obviously she must have found some wisdom to make a statement like that, to at least recognize that she had some issues. And hopefully, I think she's got them cleaned up now. I don't know. But in relation to financial planning, there's a lot of truth to this because most people are their own worst enemies because one, they tend to overreact, they tend to be very emotional, especially if they're trying to dive in and out of the markets and time it and things like that.

And then they become their own worst enemy because they overthink things and they really tend to over time, a lot of times if they're doing it themselves, they don't realize great returns or any returns for that matter. And it's generally because they're their own worst enemy and they're trying to do it themselves and they're messing it up.

Speaker 1:

For sure. And I think a lot of times we do that, right? Because look, we know that we're supposed to buy low and sell high, but often we panic and do the opposite. I mean, that's just the basic core fundamental that most of us screw up. Not because we don't know better, but because emotionally we freak out and we're like, "I just can't handle it. I just can't stomach it. The market's had a bad week and I've lost $10,000," or whatever it might be. And you're like, "Ah, get me out of here." And that's usually not the right thing to do.

And it could be a myriad of other kinds of situations financially speaking, where you just know that you're not supposed to do XY, or Z, but you do it anyway because your emotions get the better of you. And Tony, that's where you guys come into play. Some of the best value, the biggest value that financial professionals provide is being that sounding board to go, "Hey, look, I get it. All right, but here's why you're going to be okay, just to stay the course," or whatever. Or, "You're right, let's make some tweaks." You guys are that sounding board.

Tony Mauro:

I mean, you're exactly right. We have to be the sounding board. And sometimes that's not what people want to hear. But it's [inaudible 00:04:40]-

Speaker 1:

I mean, it could be as simple as calling you up and going, "Tony, talk me off the ledge. I'm about to do something dumb. I want to throw all my money into... Or I want to throw 20% of my portfolio into X or Y, or whatever." And you're like, "Okay, let's talk about that." At the end of the day, you're not the money police. If that's what they want to do, it's what they want to do. But again, you're going to give them the pros and cons of the situation and then they can make that informed decision.

All right, well, good job, Lindsey. And good job, Tony. Next one here is from Chuck. We got to go with Charles Barkley. Guy just says all sorts of great stuff. He's hilarious and has some pretty interesting quotes. He said, "I don't create controversies. They are there long before I ever open my mouth. I just bring them to your attention." And I think maybe you guys can do that too, right? It's like, "Look, I didn't create this tax problem you have. I'm bringing it to your attention, but let's now talk about how to address it."

Tony Mauro:

Exactly. We do this all the time. This is a great quote from him because part of our job is to, not to tear people apart, but to tell them where we think they need to improve in their financial area of their lives. And so they create some of these controversies, whether it be taxes, whether it be they're behind on retirement planning or whatever else, they don't have any insurance. It's just our job to let them know this and how to fix them the best way so that they can get on the right track. And that's the whole reason for the financial planning process, is to get yourself and to try to stay on track. But like he says, and he does say some crazy things, but he is entertaining.

Speaker 1:

And he's got some pretty good wisdom too.

Tony Mauro:

He really does. He really does. And I think in order to solve these problems, first of all, you got to admit you have them and then you got to make a plan to get them fixed. It's really in its simplest terms.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Well, I'm going to jump to the Shaq one because it really works well as the follow-up to the Chuck one here. Especially with them both being on a same show for a long time with the NBA on the TNT. So if you're talking about the controversy or the problem that Chuck was just talking about and bringing it to the attention, Shaq says, "I never worry about the problem. I worry about the solution."

And I think that's great advice financially speaking too. Maybe not the term never, talking in absolutes, but why worry so much about the problem? Because a lot of times we can't control the problem. We can't control what the government does for taxation rates or what's going on with inflation, but we can worry about the solution.

Tony Mauro:

You can, and just like with the election, half of the people in the country are going to be happy, half of them are not going to be. Doesn't matter where you're at. And we tend to focus on, like you say, these minute problems that are most of the time out of our control, all we can do is set up our process, so we're in the mode of trying to be successful. And it's all the time with taxes. I mean-

Speaker 1:

Oh yeah, it never ends.

Tony Mauro:

... everybody worries about, "Oh yeah, taxes this, taxes that." Forget about all that. Just worry about how can we take them and use them legally to our advantage to pay the least amount of tax possible. That's just tax avoidance. That's not illegal. [inaudible 00:07:58]-

Speaker 1:

Here's the rules of the chess board. We know the chess rules. Now what's the moves we can make with inside the game, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And it's the same on the financial planning side. Same way, they're constantly changing laws and putting new things into place about retirement when you can take money and the deductibility of money. So, you just have to come up with a plan that's best for you and work it to your advantage and really more focus on the process, I think, rather than some of these annoying little things you can't control.

Speaker 1:

And even if you feel like, "Oh, they're really big things," yes, but there are things that are never going to... I mean, even like this election, to your point, and well, what's going to happen with the market and what's going to happen with the economy and blah, blah, blah. This is what administration, if you're just now retiring, let's say, and you're retired for 20 or 30 years, guess what? There's only an administration for four years, eight tops. So, you're going to see multiple administrations, which means you're probably going to see multiple tax code changes.

Tony Mauro:

Exactly.

Speaker 1:

So, you might as well not stress too much over that and instead get a strategy and a plan together to help you weather whatever comes down the pike. Because again, we're all pawns on the chessboard. We have to move within the parameters that the chess piece allows us, right? Chessboard allows us. I think it's a good way of thinking about that. Don't worry about the problem, worry about the solution.

All right, final one here. We'll finish off with one more sports person. I realize we only did one actress or actor, but we were going to go a little bit more sports. Tony and I are sports guys as well, but they're just really good. Sports works so well from a coaching standpoint. Mike Tyson, everybody's probably heard this one and it's a fantastic quote, and it's dead on. "Everybody has a plan until they get punched in the mouth." And of course he said this back in the day when people were like, they're going to beat him. They figured out how to beat him in the ring.

And he is like, "Yeah, everybody's got a plan until I punch them in the face," and you get woke up real quick. And that's life, Tony. That's dead on for any aspect of life. We can all make a plan and then you get punched in the mouth and you got to change that plan. And so while we're talking about getting people to get a financial strategy and a plan together here on the podcast, you do realize that life is going to still life and throw you curve-balls. That's why you have reviews and that's why you make tweaks and changes.

Tony Mauro:

That's right. And I like Mike Tyson. You study him and his life and what a story that has been. Where he came from-

Speaker 1:

Had a lot of trouble too, but yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. He had a lot of trouble in his life, was on top of the world as far as money wise. Ended up losing a lot of it to all kinds of things. And I read an article about him when one of his kids were saying that they were to box, and he was telling them, "Why would you ever want to do this with all I've been punched in the face for you, so you wouldn't have to do this."

But taking it back to the financial arena. Yeah, it's exactly that, and we see it all the time. We ask tax clients, "What's your plan for retirement?" They say, "Well, I'm going to retire at 66." I said, "That's it, that's the plan?" And they have not taken it one step further than that. And that's really not a plan, that's just an age you're going to retire. There's all kinds of things that you need to think about is what are you [inaudible 00:11:19]-

Speaker 1:

Oh yeah, I'm going to turn on my social security at 62 and I'm going to start pulling out my retirement accounts at whatever, 67 or whatever it is that then they walk away from the job and hope for the best, right?

Tony Mauro:

That's right.

Speaker 1:

And it's like, well, that's really not... That's just the basics. That's just the age requirements that you're allowed to do stuff. You got to strategize, man.

Tony Mauro:

Exactly. I have a client right now that I'm meeting with in November that is right along these lines. He's 63, she's 62, and they've kind of played a lot in their life, bought a lot of toys and whatnot, don't have a ton of income, just the average American family, but they all of a sudden want to retire and now all of a sudden, they're scared because they didn't have a plan. Now, retirement, in essence is kind of punching them in the mouth saying, well, it's here now. And they don't know if they've got enough money to do it. I don't think they do, I think-

Speaker 1:

Which is a lot of people. A lot of people fall into this category.

Tony Mauro:

A lot of people, yeah. I mean, that's what I'm talking about. They had a plan, but they didn't really have a plan. They said they did, but they really don't.

Speaker 1:

Well, yeah, the back of the napkin stuff, which we all do and there's nothing wrong with it, but at some point you've got to put it into play. I think you said they were in their mid-60s, right? Or early-60s.

Tony Mauro:

Right. Is it too late to start planning then? Maybe not, but sometimes it can be. To your point, Tony, you just said, they may not be able to pull off what they want to pull off. They may have to make some tweaks to get it done. So, the sooner you can kind of start... And I think most of us, and I've talked about this a million times, but I think it's a good analogy to think about, even though we're now into November, is that at the age of 50, I think we start waking up a little bit more to the idea of, "Oh crap, it's going to be here quick. When did I get to 50?"

And so you start maybe getting a... And there's a lot of things in place to help you do some of that. Contribution limits get raised and there's hopefully the kids are coming off the payroll, all these things we've talked about before. And so you can hopefully start stocking away more. And that's a great time to start talking with a professional. Have a five, seven, ten-year window to get some planning done, right? It makes a big difference.

It makes a huge difference. And I tell the young people, even if you are not working with a planner in your 20s and 30s, the best advice I can give you is just start saving. Use the Roth IRA. Use your 401(k)s. A lot of them have Roth options now.

Speaker 1:

Oh yeah, for sure.

Tony Mauro:

Just get in the habit so that when you do start getting a little more serious about it, I'm not saying you shouldn't be early, because you're ahead of the game, but-

Speaker 1:

Yeah. 50 bucks a month, man, would make a huge difference if you started in your 20s, early 20s.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Just get the ball rolling so you've got something. So we're not sitting here when you are 50 and you say, "I really don't have much in anything. Help me out." And we can help everybody, it's just you may not want to hear, which we just talked about, what I have to say. I'm just pointing out some of these gaps and what you'll have to do [inaudible 00:14:23]-

Speaker 1:

You can't magically make the money appear that's not there, right?

Tony Mauro:

No. I can't just magically create it.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, exactly. But you can lay out a strategy to go, "Okay, and Mr. and Mrs. Smith or Mr. and Mrs. Jones, whatever, you wanted to retire here in the next, let's say two years. Based on what we've got, based on what you've put together, it's not going to happen. However, if we do XY, and Z, we might could get this done by the next five years," kind of thing or whatever that looks like.

Or the opposite also happens a lot, Tony, which I think people are terrified of, is that people come in to see you for that first time and they're afraid they're going to hear some of the news like you were just talking about, but they actually hear, "Yeah, you guys are in really good shape. With a couple of minor tweaks, you guys are right on time." Or even better, "You guys could actually retire sooner." So, it happens a lot.

Tony Mauro:

It does happen a lot. A lot of times people underestimate what they have coming in and they're in better shape than they thought, and they are relieved when they understand not only we have a good nest egg, but that we can live a long time and it's not going to deplete. And now we can start thinking about what are we going to do for our kids and some other thing, grandkids and things when we're gone.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, exactly. So what do you do, right? You take these quotes from these unconventional folks, and you listen to it for a second and you go, "Yeah, you know what? I need to get a plan. I don't want to get punched in the mouth by life," or any of these other little fun quotes we had this week. So do yourself a favor, do your retirement a favor. Sit down with qualified professionals, somebody like Tony and his team. He's a CPA and a CFP and an EA with 30 years of experience.

So, get on the calendar with the team at Tax Doctor Inc. at yourplanningpros.com. That's where you can find them online, at yourplanningpros.com. Check the show note descriptions in this week's podcast for information and links, and don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple or Spotify or whatever platform you like using and catch new episodes of Plan with the Tax Man. Tony, my friend, have yourself a great week. Thanks for hanging out and I will see you just right before Thanksgiving.

Tony Mauro:

All right, sounds good. Have a great one.

Speaker 1:

We'll catch you next time here on Plan with the Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Every firm has distinct principles that guide its approach to financial planning. In this episode, we take you behind the scenes to explore the core values and unique processes that set our firm apart. We’ll walk you through how we get to know our clients on a deeper level, create personalized financial strategies, and how our approach redefines what it means to have a successful financial planning experience.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

This week on the podcast, we're going to talk about what makes Tony's process and the team's process unique at Tax Doctor, Inc. Let's talk about that this week here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Hey, everybody, welcome in to the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony and I for a few minutes, as we talk investing, finance, and retirement. On this episode, we're going to maybe walk behind the scenes just a little bit, talk some core values, things of that nature, on what Tony and his team do at Tax Doctor, Inc. I thought it would be a good idea to refresh this a little bit. I think we probably talked about this stuff once or twice before over the last couple years of doing the podcast. But it's important I think, to go back to some of the roots, if you will. Some of the basics, if you will. We're going to have a little conversation with Tony.

What's going on, my friend? How are you doing this week?

Tony:

I'm doing well. Getting ready to start the week, and weather's still looking good here.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony:

Everyone is happy.

Speaker 1:

Well, we're taping this the last week of October, dropping it on Halloween. So Happy Halloween! Get your candy on.

Tony:

That's right, get your costumes and candy.

Speaker 1:

Do you have a favorite candy? I'm in my 50s now, Tony, but I still have a favorite candy. Do you?

Tony:

Still the favorite, which I think is the number one for Halloween, and that's Reese's.

Speaker 1:

Okay, all right. Yeah. That's one or two. You see it goes back and forth. Snickers, I'm a Snickers guy. I think those are usually the top two right there.

Tony:

Right.

Speaker 1:

I don't know, black licorice.

Tony:

I was just going to say ... Go ahead.

Speaker 1:

I was going to say, I was going to ask you a question about black licorice. Do you eat it? Have you ever eaten it?

Tony:

I have never eaten it. In fact, oh, it's bad.

Speaker 1:

Right?

Tony:

To me.

Speaker 1:

I don't even know, why do they still make it? Does anybody like it? I don't know.

Tony:

Somebody must like it.

Speaker 1:

They must. But I have never met anybody, in all my travels, that likes black licorice. Hey, if you like black licorice and you're checking out the podcast, shoot us a message, let us know. I'd be really curious to find out how many people like black licorice.

Tony:

I would, too.

Speaker 1:

But anyway, you were going to say something?

Tony:

I was going to say I just heard, it was actually on the way to work, I don't know if this accurate, but it was on Sirius XM. They were saying the estimated spending on Halloween this year is approaching $11 billion.

Speaker 1:

Isn't that crazy?

Tony:

Between the candy, the costumes, and all the parties. Boy, that's just a big number.

Speaker 1:

Isn't that nuts? That's just nuts.

Tony:

On a day that just really you go out, and beg for treats, and get scared.

Speaker 1:

Well, I think with the craziness of the world all the time, sometimes we just have to hang on to some of those few traditions, and some of those things that maybe just give us a little fun, a little reprieve, a little whatever.

Tony:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

I guess it could be worse. But yeah, that's some crazy ... I think Valentine's Day, too. Crazy numbers that come in on Valentine's Day.

Tony:

Yes. That's another one, yeah.

Speaker 1:

It's pretty wild.

But anyway, let's get into our topic this week. Tony, let's talk about your core values. What mission statement, if you will, or to go Jerry Maguire for a second here, if you were writing out a mission statement about your patient process, what is the core principles that you and your team try to exude?

Tony:

Yeah. Probably the biggest one is we take the approach that you have to do all of your planning with I call it tax-centric or tax in mind. One of the biggest things that people I think lose track of, even though they're always complaining about all the taxes they pay, is taxes over your lifetime are one of the biggest expenses you'll ever pay. You want to make sure, in your planning process, that you're taking all that into account. I think that some advisors don't do that. Obviously, some of them don't have tax backgrounds, which is why they don't do that. I think that you need to use that in there with your process because that is going to make a big difference on that end goal and number.

When we're working through our plans, we always are trying to keep that in mind. Every time we meet with clients to go over their plans, we're discussing that as well. I think if you don't get anything out of this podcast, make sure that you are doing that in your own situation, because that is real key for us.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. I think that's an interesting point because not to say that advisors who aren't also CPAs are tax-focused are doing a bad job.

Tony:

Exactly.

Speaker 1:

But you do have to have this other layer of you're working a financial professional who says, "Okay, here's the things we're doing. Now run that by your CPA to make sure everything's groovy." Granted, to be fair, a lot of financial advisors are very tax smart and very tax efficient. But you have that extra layer there, as a CPA, CFP, and an EA. Of course, it gives you the ability to not only think about it now, which I guess would be the CPA side, but then also the future looking tax implications, which is marrying both of those worlds.

Tony:

Yeah. I love 401Ks and everything else, and tax deferred savings.

Speaker 1:

Sure, sure.

Tony:

A lot of people that are accumulating large balances in those tend to forget that they have an IOU to Uncle Sam toward the end.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony:

Now with the new rules, when you die you have to take it out faster and things, it's just something to think about when you're planning.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Let me ask you a question, Tony. I don't know if I've ever asked you this. Which one were you first? Were you a CPA first, or a CFP first? Were you an accountant or a financial advisor?

Tony:

I started out as an accountant.

Speaker 1:

Okay.

Tony:

Early on, when I was working for somebody else, this was 30 years ago plus, all the partners got to talk about all the good stuff. We were just the grunts, if you will. I always wanted to do that-

Speaker 1:

The adding machines, yeah.

Tony:

Yeah, yeah. We were the operations, and they were the people that got to talk with the clients, and do all the things, and the planning.

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony:

I wanted to be that. This was well before even the CFP stuff, and financial planning was even a thing.

Speaker 1:

Gotcha.

Tony:

It just was one of those things, "I want to be able to do that." That's how I got into it, way back in the day.

But yeah, in answer to your question, I was an accountant first.

Speaker 1:

Okay. Again, the role of the CPA typically, it's revisionist history. They're doing their job, they're doing their job well. They're looking at the tax situation that's just expired, the past year. They're going back, and they're helping you do all that kind of stuff. I think by having that hat, and then moving yourself into the CFP, it probably gave you a really interesting and unique approach, which is probably why you set your business up the way you did. To say, "Look, I want to do this not only for the current calendar year, but we've got to be tax efficient through all the years moving forward because that's really where we're going to make a real dent." Is that a fair assessment?

Tony:

That's a fair assessment. With tax clients, we already know, at least on the financial side, a lot about them, doing their tax over the years.

Speaker 1:

Sure, yeah.

Tony:

You know where they're at. You can even back into what they have or haven't saved. It's easy to have conversations about, "You need to start thinking about," say for example, retirement. "Oh, by the way, we have to try to do it tax efficiently." That's how the conversations generally start. If they're not working with somebody, then that's when we will introduce ourselves and say, "Let's try to put something together."

I think most planners are this way, especially us. If people have an outside relationship, we are definitely not out there trying to step on anybody's toes, or steal clients.

Speaker 1:

Right, right. There's enough folks out there.

Tony:

Number one, it's not good business ethically.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony:

It's not good if somebody else is doing a good job. We're basically looking at the tax clients and others that don't have that.

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony:

Or some of the people have retired, or they don't hear from them, that kind of thing, is where we come in.

Speaker 1:

Well, I think the new numbers ... We've been hearing for a while now that, it was what 10,000 Boomers a day retiring. We've been hearing that for a couple years. Well, I think now, in 2024 going in 2025, I think it's now at maximum peak. They're calling it Peak 65 that's been making the rounds on some of the media lately, you might have saw that. It's 12,000, I think, people a day are eligible for retirement. That's a huge number. Granted, that's globally. But still, that's a big number. Plenty of business to go around, to your point.

Tony:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

There's no reason to go poaching, so to speak.

Tony:

No.

Speaker 1:

Let's talk about customization and client education. How do you help clients build that strategy and make those informed decisions? Because education clearly is a big piece of this. Some people really want to come see a professional like you, Tony, and say, "Okay, teach me what I don't know, help me understand this stuff." Others will come to you and say, "I don't care, just handle it."

Tony:

Right.

Speaker 1:

You have to balance that customized plan to, I guess their individual wants and needs, as far as even just knowing the information.

Tony:

Really, right off the bat, before we even agree to work with someone is, after we've had a conversation or two and they want to move forward, we basically have them in, and we go through ... It is basic. There's literally 10 or 12 things. We just have them check a box saying, "Does this thing worry you?" Then we score it. Then based on that, I don't show this to the clients, but I basically say, "Yeah, you probably do need some help." Or, "You've pretty much got everything under control by the way you answered this." Then I'll ask them, "Why are we even talking?" But most of them have some anxiety and some pain, so we start there.

Once that's determined, then we go into the plan. Of course, we use software, like most everybody does.

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony:

Then we have some more detailed things to try to get to know them. I always tell people, just like your doctor, I'm uncomfortable with recommending things until I know more about you. I've got the tax stuff.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony:

I need to know what some of the emotional stuff is. Your goals, what you want out of life, and all of this, before we can make recommendations. Because I think a lot of people think all we sit around and do is make recommendations, and mine could be further from the truth.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Pick this stock, pick that fund. Right, yeah.

Tony:

Yeah. Not it.

Speaker 1:

That's definitely not the case. Well, Tony, you said something a minute ago. Let me expand on that. You've been doing this for 30 years, in different capacities. You've been in the financial services world. If somebody walked in for their initial consultation, and handed you their files, their basket of stuff. Like a lot of advisors and professionals who've been doing this a long time, I imagine that you probably could look it over, and probably pretty quickly, within five or 15 minutes, have a rough idea of what they should or shouldn't be doing. But to your point about, "I don't know you yet," that's not the best way to give a recommendation. Could you do it because you have the skillset? Yeah, you probably could.

Tony:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

But you need to learn more about ... You can see all the data, but now let's find out about who the person is. I think that's the real happy marriage in that relationship.

Tony:

It is. Once you design a plan for them, and I walk them through it on a basic level. We don't like to talk in jargon, or anything like that. We just set some goals. No different than you'd do, whether it's your business, whether it's your fitness. We monitor those goals and say, "Where are we?" When we meet again, are we progressing toward that goal? Or has it changed and we need to reassess?

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony:

Because that'll tell us a lot about are we in the right things, as far as investments go, to meet those goals. Or maybe, we need to switch things up. Really, I like to call us we want to be the financial quarterback of your financial situation. Yes, we're going to have some investments in there and some different things, but we want to make sure you're covered from start to end. And not only investments. It could be charitable giving. It could be you're under-insured. It could be you're concerned about putting things in trust for some grandkids, things like that. It gets people talking about some things that sometimes they never thought about, for sure.

Speaker 1:

Well, that really brings me to my last point, which is how do you value, or how do you assess success for your clients? Yeah, obviously we could go with the basic financial metrics.

Tony:

Right.

Speaker 1:

That's pretty much a given. Hey, is the plan solid? Is it going to get you ... "We've run the numbers, you're going to be able to make it until 99 before running out of money," or whatever, something like that.

Tony:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

But what other metrics do you guys use to measure success for a client?

Tony:

Well, besides that stuff, which is a given, we have some little charts that we call the Client Happiness Charts. We have clients fill this out at different times along their journey. Then toward the end, when they're retired. Because we want to make sure that they're checking of the boxes that really matter to them, as far as what they consider success. For some of them it's "Hey, I'm now able to travel, I've always wanted to do it." For some of them it's, "I've got this little menial job, I love going to it." There's about 25 of them there.

As we go through the process, it's fun to see, especially if somebody started say in their 30s. We've had a few. I pull them out, they're now retired. To show them, "Well, here's what was important back to you back when you were 35, this was 15, 18 years ago. Now look what you're doing." Just show them the progress.

That's what gives us the most joy, is to see them doing what they want to do. Obviously, some of that takes money, and that's the whole point of trying to grow it. It's that, and making sure that they understand how much they can take out each year and not outlive their money, because that's a big issue with all of our retiree clients.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. To your point a second ago as well, are you happy with all the other different pieces? Have we addressed and dealt with the legacy conversation?

Tony:

Right.

Speaker 1:

Just checking off the bucket list stuff. There's all these little pieces that go into valuing or measuring success for the client. Is it a pleasant experience? Do you look forward to coming in, and talking with your advisor? And saying, "Yeah, I feel like we're buddies. We don't hang out and go to dinner together, but I feel like we have a good rapport." I think that's really important in a lot of business relationships in life, but certainly when you're talking about your money.

Tony:

Absolutely.

Speaker 1:

With your doctor, too. Some people dread seeing their doctor because they don't like their personality. It's like, well, maybe get a different doctor so that you can have a conversation with them that you're going to take to heart, and it also resonates with you. I think same thing financially. If you go see an advisor, and they don't click with you, and they're giving you good information but you just don't like them, and therefore you don't follow through with it or do anything, you're just wasting your own time. You know what I mean?

Tony:

Exactly. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

It's important. Good stuff. Well, good conversation, man. Thanks for hanging out with us and chatting a little bit about what makes you guys unique. People in general are unique, so every situation's going to be different. Certainly, there's those big generalities, Tony, that affect all of us in the financial world. Social security, and taxation, and inflation, and blah, blah, blah. All the big core tenets that we have to deal with, that's certainly a part of the game that we have to run through. But every person's little puzzle is different from the next. You and I are completely different people, so our strategies are going to be different.

If you need some help, get on the calendar. Have a conversation with Tony and his team. Or if you're already working with him, and you've got some friends or loved ones that maybe should have that chat for themselves, let them know. Let them check out the podcast. Or just reach out to Tony and his team at yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com for a complimentary consultation and conversation with the team at Tax Doctor, Inc.

Tony, thanks for hanging out, my friend. Good conversation.

Tony:

All right. We'll see you next time.

Speaker 1:

Always appreciate it. Of course, it's Halloween as we're dropping this, so happy Halloween to everybody. Stay stay and sane. Don't forget to get out there and vote, because it's just around the corner. We'll see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

A random, retired YouTuber did a simple video exploring the top 5 regrets from other retirees he interviewed (all in their 70s). It blew up to almost half a million views (and counting). Let’s see what regrets made the list and, more importantly, explore what proactive steps you can take to avoid having the same regrets when you retire.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

A random retired YouTuber did a very simple video explaining the top five regrets from other retirees he interviewed all in their seventies. This week we're going to talk about those regrets here on Plan With The Tax Max and see how they line up with clients that come in to C & Tony. Let's talk about it. Here we go.

Hey everybody, thanks for tuning into the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Morrow and myself as we talk investing, finance, retirement here on Plan With The Tax Man. He has been doing this for many, many years and he's a qualified professional to help you with your retirement situation as a CPA, a CFP, and an EA of 30 plus years in the industry. Again, a great resource for you to reach out to.

And Tony, I thought I'd share this with our listeners and stuff out there. We'll put a link to the video for folks who want to check it out. It was a very simple video. Nice guy. Seemed very pleasant, just asking some other retirees. I think he was maybe around 65 or so. These folks were all over their seventies. It's got like a half million plus views of this video to talk about the things they regret now that they're further into retirement. And maybe so we can share some proactive steps because you do this day in and day out of ways to avoid having some of those similar regrets when our folks or our listeners retire. Okay?

Tony:

Sounds good.

Speaker 1:

And of course if you haven't checked it out, go check it out folks. Like I said, it's a pretty good video.

But number one, and I think this is probably fairly not surprising across the board there, they wish they had retired earlier. Thinking about that, if they're in their seventies, they probably got to where they're like, "Hey, this is pretty great. I wish we would've been able to do this a little bit sooner." And I know more and more people want to retire earlier, but it certainly is a math problem you're going to have to solve for if that's a regret you don't want to have.

Tony:

And I have watched the gentleman's video and I would encourage everybody to go watch it because it is informative. And almost all of these, I can relate back to my own father, but many clients as well. But really a lot of people, if you don't have this on your mind and you're not planning for it ... And it all comes back to what we always talk about is enlisting the help of your advisor to help you with this.

But if you wait too long, generally what people are saying is, I continue to want to work and I thought that I would just push it off and everything's going to be okay. Maybe not financially, and my own father worked too long. He worked till he was 80 years old. And that now all of a sudden stuff starts happening, whether you lose a spouse or your health deteriorates and then you feel like you can't enjoy it like you thought you were going to. And a lot of people have this regret because of that. And a lot of them, I think my father included, didn't really have a plan in place to say, okay, this is the end date I'm going to now start the next chapter of my life. And they wake up one day and they're into their retirement and they can't do what they wanted to do.

Speaker 1:

And all five of these, you literally can link them together and see how fixing a one or two things could possibly fix all of these or eliminate these regrets.

Tony:

Exactly.

Speaker 1:

Wishing you retired earlier, well, A knowing that you've got the funds to do so is going to probably be, I think, paramount there because you don't want to get into retirement too early and then obviously run out of money. That's the number one fear for most people.

Number two, Tony was they wish they had spent more when they did first retire. I think to me, this comes right back to that math problem of they got into retirement ... Or like many people do, they get to retirement. Maybe they fudge the math, a little back of the napkin math or whatever, and they're like, "Yeah, we can make this work, but we'll just play it a little close to the chest in retirement," and then they don't wind up maybe doing those things that were on their bucket list early on. Then they realize, hey, we are going to be fine. But now our bodies, to your point a minute ago, won't let us go do the things. I wish we'd have done that sooner. So again, this to me all comes down to having a spending plan and a strategy.

Tony:

Yes. And we do this with every single retiree that we work with, is come up with a spending plan. We come up with a list of their bucket list. Even if it doesn't ever get checked off, at least we have it in the background and we want them to spend some of their money, obviously, according to the plan and according to their lifestyle.

And the other thing I think that's important at least that we do, is we run a lot of analysis to make sure that they're comfortable knowing if we spend X, how long before our money runs out, if ever. And then that way they can feel good about spending money without having to worry about, I don't know when I'm going to run out of money and I don't want to, so therefore I'm going to keep it all. And like you said, then you get too far along and you can't enjoy it. But that is the most important thing in that whole area.

Speaker 1:

Oh, for sure. Well, and number three is they wish they had taken better care of their health. Again, see, these all play together obviously, right?

Tony:

Yes.

Speaker 1:

Because if you took a little bit better care of your health and you planned properly, you might've been able to retire earlier, possibly, and then of course spent more and done more of those go-go phase things.

Tony:

As I age, and I watched my father age, he's now 83, you see, especially, at least I do with him, he just can't do things that he used to do. And he's in fairly good health, but he's got the normal issues. But boy, if you've got a lot of health problems and some of them you can't control, I realize, but some you can, and I'm not saying you just have to constantly be just eating salads every day or something, but you do have to try to watch it. And as you get older, I don't know, at least with me, more cognizant of what my blood pressure is, what my weight is, and things like that.

Speaker 1:

Mobility. Mobility is a big one, Tony, keeping those knees and stuff moving and those hips because again, think about the downtime that happens to so many seniors when they have a hip replacement or a knee replacement, especially if they've been kind of sedentary in their life. It makes it even tougher.

Tony:

And we all think we're going to retire in perfect health and we're going to be able to go out and do things well into our eighties and for many, many, that doesn't happen. So it goes back to some what we just talked about, trying to stay healthy so you can retire earlier so you can enjoy.

Speaker 1:

Unfortunately, our laws and a lot of things that we have in place don't make it any easier. So we even have to make the even harder choices because it is easy to get such crap food and do things to put in our body that's not great.

We were just having this conversation and made a joke last night and had family in for my mother's birthday as well Tony, she's the same age as your dad, and she asked if the dogs could have peanut butter. And it's like, well, sure, everybody knows that dogs love peanut butter, but there's a chemical in peanut butter. I think it's Zytitol or something like that. I'm probably saying it wrong. It's not great for them, so you should not give them too, too much peanut butter or go with natural peanut butter, like all natural peanut butter. And I made this joke and I thought, this chemical that's in peanut butter, it's not good for dogs. It's not safe for dog consumption, but apparently it is for humans because they allow it to be in peanut butter for us to eat.

We have these crazy, crazy chemicals that we put into a lot of our food, which does not help our health situations either. So smart eating, to your point, not necessarily a salad every day, but smart diet, mobility, things of that nature go a long way in order to helping you feel better in retirement so that you can go back to doing more of those things that you want to do.

And maybe that flies into this one here, number four, which is many of those folks on there, they said they wish they had taken up a hobby. And I think maybe these are the workaholic type people out there, Tony, that are so wrapped up in their work that said, that's who I am. So many of us do that. My job is my thing. It's my entity, so to speak. And when you retire, if you don't have that hobby or if you hadn't fostered one along the way, you have that, what do I do now mentality?

Tony:

Yeah. This happened to my own father because his only hobby really was golf. And he's played golf, but now at 83, he wants to play, but he's had some heart issues and some other things he can't play anymore. But he now really regrets that he didn't have other things he was doing.

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony:

And it doesn't have to be necessarily sports. It could be anything. It could be reading. It could be [inaudible 00:08:51].

Speaker 1:

Stamp collecting. Whatever.

Tony:

Anything, just something that you have a passion for that you want to do is, I think it's important too to have something to keep your mind sharp rather than just going out and doing, say a golf type thing because studies have shown that your mind starts to go a little bit when you don't exercise it. And I think with a lot of retirees, they tend to be by themselves some if they've lost a spouse and their mind starts to slip a little bit because they aren't, other than watching TV, really challenging it a little bit. So I think it's important for people to have some kind of hobby. It could be anything. Especially with today, you could do everything online if it just occupies some of your time and it's helpful to you.

Speaker 1:

I agree. Absolutely. And having that hobby or whatever that case is certainly again, helps with the mobility, helps with the mental, just like you pointed out.

And again, all of these work together because the fifth one, Tony, was they wish they had traveled more. Well, again, look at all five of these and put them together and you can certainly see where these regrets all line up. If you had a strategy, if you had a plan, if you had taken a little bit better care of yourself, maybe you would be able to do all the things on this list and not have the regrets. Now life is always full of regrets. You're going to probably have some, but at least you could check some of these off. And of course, travel is one that many people have. But to your point earlier, maybe they don't feel like that number two, they didn't spend as much, so they're holding onto it. They're keeping the money tight to the chest. They get a little older and now their health won't let them maybe go take that travel trip around the world or over to Italy or whatever.

Tony:

And I just returned from Hawaii about a week and a half ago, and I was just mentioning to my wife some of the elderly people that are still trying to travel, and they come in the plane on those little plane type of wheelchairs and whatnot. But they don't make travel easy for the elderly. If you can't walk fast and get down those ramps and-

Speaker 1:

Oh yeah. Especially if you've got a layover.

Tony:

Then it's a whole other topic.

Speaker 1:

Especially if you're stuck on a layover.

Tony:

Then you got a layover in some giant airport. Let alone when you get somewhere having to walk. So that's the physical stuff. I think a lot of people, like you said, they don't plan some of this other stuff, and then they always wanted to travel and they get too far along. My dad right now is afraid to travel because he doesn't want to get sick and get laid over and have something happen in even another state's hospital, let alone in our country.

Speaker 1:

Oh, sure.

Tony:

And he just is very fearful of that. And I think physically he could do it, but he's afraid.

Speaker 1:

And hey, the mental aspect goes a long way to keeping you, I guess, stuck. You can't get out of that cycle. You can't get your own brain out of the way.

Tony:

I've told my brothers with him, I don't see him ever traveling again unless it was some kind of miracle because he just gets too afraid. And that's, I think, more mental with him. But I know he regrets because he worked too long that he wish they would've traveled more.

Speaker 1:

Oh, yeah. I can't get my mom on a plane either, so I'm with you there. If she wants to see my sister, my sister has to come to her or I have to drive her there. And that's like a 14-hour drive, so it's not easy to do.

So if you don't want to have these regrets again, you got to have a strategy in place and it's not just for the X's and O's, the money. Obviously that's super important. But Tony, what you guys do is you help people go through and strategize and plan and stress test, and think about the different scenarios that come up in retirement because it's our only retirement when we come in to see someone like yourself. But you've helped hundreds or thousands of families, so you guys have great insights on that.

Tony:

And we've seen a lot of different things, so we could certainly share a lot of different things that we've seen both good and bad.

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony:

And try to help people.

Speaker 1:

And a strategy and a plan, that's where it all starts so that you know what you got, why you've got it, and how you're going to be able to use it when you get to retirement. And maybe part of that plan is also getting yourself healthy, sitting down with a financial professional, especially once you get to 50 or a little higher, it's a great time. I think we start all focusing a little harder on, hey, my golden years are coming. Many people I know my age fifty-plus are starting to get in better shape and so on and so forth because they don't want to be in the same situation that their parents are in.

So if you need some help, sit down and talk with a qualified like Tony and his team at Tax Doctor, Inc, they are here to help. So you can plan with the Tax Man. Find him online at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com for a complimentary review and strategy session of your own. Tony, thanks for hanging out and I appreciate you my friend, as always.

Tony:

All right, we'll see you next month. Thanks.

Speaker 1:

We'll see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man. Go check out the video as well and make sure that you got a plan in place so that you don't have any of those regrets when you get into your seventies as well. And we'll see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Remember the thrill of shaking a Magic 8 Ball to get answers to your childhood questions? Would we ace that math test? Would we be famous someday? Well, today, we're bringing a bit of that magic back. But instead of asking about pop quizzes and playground crushes, we’re turning to the Magic 8 Ball for advice on something much more important: your retirement planning! What would the Magic 8 Ball have to say about these common retirement questions if it had the wisdom of a financial advisor?

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

Do you guys remember the thrill of shaking that magic eight ball that we had when we were kids and we would hopefully get the answers we were looking for and sometimes be disappointed when not? Well, let's have a little fun this week here on Plan with the Tax Man and go with the magic eight ball's guide to retirement planning. Let's get into it.

Speaker 2:

Look up in the sky.

Speaker 3:

It's a bird.

Speaker 4:

It's a plane.

Speaker 5:

No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero, but Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for Plan with the Tax Man.

Speaker 1:

Hey everybody, welcome into the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony and myself as we talk investing, finance and retirement. And Tony, I'm going to let you break out your magic eight ball and plan some financial stuff with us. I think sometimes people maybe actually approach their finances with this old idea. Sometimes they just don't quite do the things they should be doing, and I thought it'd be kind of fun, be kind of humorous to, I'll ask you some questions. You give us a magic eight ball answer, but then you also obviously elaborate on that for us. What do you think?

Tony Morrow:

I think that's good. Going back to the magic eight ball, I'm old enough to have had one of those. So for those of you that are young listening, you should look it up on the internet and see what kind of toys we had as kids.

Speaker 1:

Well, actually they still make it.

Tony Morrow:

Do they still make it? Oh my goodness.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, they still make it. Yeah. So the idea popped up with one of our producers or writers because they have little ones and they saw it and I was like, oh, well, there you go. I didn't know they still made that thing, but very cool. Yeah, so some of the really cool toys still exist, so that's always good to see, right? They're not all going the way of the Dodo Bird. I don't think Stretch Armstrong exists anymore, but I loved my Stretch Armstrong. Do you remember that?

Tony Morrow:

I remember the Stretch Armstrong. We had that and then we cut him and...

Speaker 1:

To see what was inside it?

Tony Morrow:

We wanted to see what was inside. Yeah, that was...

Speaker 1:

Just sort just some sort of goop?

Tony Morrow:

Yeah, some sort of goop. We liked The Six Million Dollar Man and all that. The bionic eye...

Speaker 1:

Oh, yeah. Six Million Dollar Man and his a little bionic eye. That was so cool.

Tony Morrow:

Yeah. So it didn't take much to entertain us.

Speaker 1:

No, it didn't because we didn't have these stupid phones, which was great. So anyway, let's have a little fun. Let's go back in time here. Tony, let's get it started. Should I start saving for retirement now? What does the magic eight ball say and what does Tony say?

Tony Morrow:

I have to agree with the magic eight ball because it's going to say yes. Definitely right now. It's never too late. And now it doesn't matter where you're at on the spectrum because you're going to need this. I was just in a meeting with my employees talking to them about that, about state of affairs today. Employers are not going to take care of you. This isn't the day of the pension, the old-fashioned pension, and where you work for somebody for 40 years and retiring at this monthly income, you can't outlive. I mean, it's all on us. So if you procrastinate this, the longer you do, the more you're going to have to save to get to your goals, and you need to have some goals anyway, but that is a short down and dirty on that.

Speaker 1:

Right. Yeah, no, I agree. And thinking about the magic eight ball too. So it had an assortment of answers, right? It had the yes, definitely. It had a bunch of, I guess what we would call the greens or the positives. Without a doubt. It's decidedly so. Outlook good. And then it had things like reply hazy or can't predict now. Had some of that middle ground. And it had some of those reds, right? My reply is, no, don't count on it. So on and so forth. So kind of thinking about those, Tony as you're shaking that and giving us some answers. But yeah, there's no better time than now no matter where you're at. Waiting another day only makes things even more complicated. So should I start saving now? Yes, definitely. Is a million dollars enough to retire on magic eight ball?

Tony Morrow:

Magic eight ball says, "Reply hazy. Try again." I'm going to answer. I think what they're talking about there is it depends. And ironically too, I was just reading an article this morning in a financial magazine saying that the new retirement numbers like 1.8, 1.9 million. Now again, that's just somebody's opinion and they make their piece for it.

Speaker 1:

Sure. Well, how you live, where you live, that's going to change all that.

Tony Morrow:

That's going to change all that. I think probably it depends on where you live, but it could be enough If you want a modest lifestyle, you're definitely not going to be destitute if we're just talking real general terms. But depending on what you want, what your goals are, that certainly may not be enough in today's world to do what you want to do. But that's kind of the number that still everybody's got in their mind, they like to shoot for. We as advisors like to take that a step further and say, "Look, let's really talk about what you want and see if that's enough or not." I think that's the help of an advisor.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, I mean, Tony, we're two different people here on this podcast. A million dollars might work for you, and it might be more than I needed to get to. I could work too long and not enjoy my retirement if because I didn't need that much because maybe I have a pension and you don't to your point earlier.

Tony Morrow:

Right.

Speaker 1:

Right?

Tony Morrow:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

Or maybe my lifestyle is much more significantly lower than yours or whatever the case might be. So is a million dollars enough? You have reply hazy great because well, maybe and maybe not. So retirement's a math problem.

Tony Morrow:

It is.

Speaker 1:

You got to solve the math. So maybe you've got to work to get to the million and maybe you could retire sooner, or maybe you got to work to get to 2 million, but you're not going to know until you run those numbers so definitely make sure that you're sitting down with a qualified professional like Tony on that. Magic eight ball, can I rely on social security for my retirement?

Tony Morrow:

I've got it in front of me. I looked it up on the internet. I wanted to see, and the first picture is the answer and it says, "Outlook not so good," and I agree with that. Social security that could be a whole topic and it's discussed a lot. I do a lot of webinars on it and I send out a lot of information on it. It is an important piece, especially for those that are getting closer to it, especially when they take it type of thing. But if you're relying on that, social security wasn't meant to be what some people think it is, and it really was an insurance policy to keep people from being destitute and dying in the streets way back when it was [inaudible 00:05:52].

Speaker 1:

And we had much less people and all that. All the things we know. And I think Tony, let ask you to this way, can you do it? Yes, I've got a family member who's surviving solely on social security. Are they happy about it? No. Right?

Tony Morrow:

Right.

Speaker 1:

What kind of retirement do you want? And if you want the bare minimum, then yeah, it probably can be done because I mean many thousands of people, millions of people are probably doing it, but it's not the ideal thing, right?

Tony Morrow:

It's not the ideal thing. And this is where you want to have a plan. It can be part of your plan. Now, obviously, if you're at the end, and like you said, that's all you have, it's better than nothing, obviously.

Speaker 1:

Sure. That was the point.

Tony Morrow:

I've got an uncle who just passed away and they didn't do any planning. And ironically, he had a pension plan from the state, but he took the highest payout. So once he died, the pension's over, he does have a spouse that's still living. She's in her late eighties, and so they're down to $1,800 a month in social security net, and their rent is 1400. Now that's leaves $400 for everything else. That probably doable, but not great at all. So I mean, you want to probably stay out of that. And then looking forward, in about 10 years, social security trust fund is going to be paying out well more than it's taking in. They're going to have to fix it. That's why the outlook is really not that good. I don't think they'll let it go by the wayside, but it might look different in 10 to three years from now.

Speaker 1:

I definitely think it's going to look different for anybody under the age of 40.

Tony Morrow:

Yeah, absolutely.

Speaker 1:

It's going to almost have to. All right, so let's do a couple more here, Tony. Magic eight ball, can I expect to have fewer expenses in retirement compared to when I'm working?

Tony Morrow:

Yeah, don't count on it.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, that's the same thing. That's-

Tony Morrow:

That's the eight ball answer.

Speaker 1:

That's the same thing that Marsha Smith said to me when I asked her out to the eighth grade dance. She said, "Don't count on it." People often think this, Tony, they come in and see a financial professional like yourself, and they're like, "Well, listen, we think we got enough to retire on because we're going to spend less money in retirement than we are now." So they're kind of like fudging the math to make themselves feel good about maybe getting into retirement, but they don't truly have that plan. And as you've seen, because you've been doing this for many, many years now, do you want to live a lesser lifestyle in retirement, then don't count on it. Just because expenses change doesn't mean they're necessarily lower.

Tony Morrow:

Yeah. And then everybody that I see entering retirement two years in, they all are telling me the same thing is my expenses are higher. And it really is, comes down to a couple of things. One, healthcare costs rise tremendously, and two, they're doing more because [inaudible 00:08:22] they're actually out and they're spending more money, which is the whole idea. But the old adage, like you say, of, oh yeah, I can retire and I won't have any expenses. Some will go away, but others will increase.

Speaker 1:

Others come on. Yeah.

Tony Morrow:

Yeah. And so you got to watch that when you got to plan it.

Speaker 1:

Yep, so don't count on them. Don't count on it. It's a great response there from the magic eight ball. And again, all of this is going to come back to that, this is the point of why you need a full strategy design for specialty for yourself, because every situation is going to be a little bit different. So dialing it in, we can get all those generalities because we all do suffer from the same kind of universal questions when it comes to retirement. But then how each puzzle kind of plays out for person to person is different. And that's why it's so important, again, to sit down and talk with qualified professionals like Tony and his team at Tax Doctor Inc.

All right, one or two more here, Tony. We'll wrap it up. Will my retirement play and be affected by future changes in tax laws? What might the magic eight ball say?

Tony Morrow:

Magic eight ball says, "Signs point to yes." I got to think that. Of course, I say that all the time because tax laws change almost all the time now, especially with administrations. And some of them were drastic. Back in the day, I remember tax laws were, major things were pretty few and far between. Now everything changes so quickly. And I definitely think you need to stay on top of that. Obviously you have your advisor for that to help you with that. But if you're not taking that into account that really could blindside you retirement, if you're not careful.

Speaker 1:

Well, you think about what the tax implications are going to do to us with our retirement plan. And it's one of those ones that can really scalp your plan. So it's like, Hey, we thought we've got a good plan in place, but then taxation rates come along or change or get higher. And obviously with the debt that we have, the signs are certainly likely that that's going to happen.

I was just on an interview last week, Tony, with former Comptroller General of the US David Walker, and asked him the question, can we just tax our way out of this debt? And he's like, "No." I mean, even just taxing people to the hilt is not going to get it done. There's going to have to cut spending and there's going to have to be changes in order to fix all this. And the problem is finding politicians that will actually do it and [inaudible 00:10:29] be fiscally responsible. And he was talking about the fact that there hasn't been a fiscally responsible president since Bill Clinton. He said none of the presidents since Bill Clinton have been fiscally responsible. And I thought, well, that's kind of stark, right?

So yeah, are we going to be affected by future tax changes? I would say signs certainly point to yes. I think magic eight ball's right on the money there. Okay. Let's see. Should I review my retirement plan annually, magic eight ball? Pretty easy one, I think?

Tony Morrow:

Without a doubt.

Speaker 1:

Without a doubt.

Tony Morrow:

Eight ball. And obviously that's an easy one. I mean, if you're not doing that, really then going to end up getting probably off track, especially if you don't do it for long periods of time.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Morrow:

This is where I believe that an advisor can offer the most value, is to at least meet with your advisor, I would recommend this at least once a year. Make sure you're still on track. Make sure that your plan is still performing the way you want it to. And gives you a chance to make changes because maybe even your goals are something change. And if you just, especially in the accumulation stage when you're younger, you're just planning pretty easy to skip this and just hope for the best. And you don't want to do that because obviously as things change and a lot of the stuff that we just talked about comes into play, suddenly you could be way off.

Speaker 1:

Very true.

Tony Morrow:

Not even know it until it's a little bit too late.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, I mean, course corrections along the way are important. That's why you have those, so certainly, yep, certainly a good idea to do and we'll make this last one a layup here. So should I consider working with a professional as I near retirement? The magic eight ball's got to say yes.

Tony Morrow:

Magic eight ball says, "Yes." Yeah, he's popping out saying yes.

Speaker 1:

That's right. That's right.

Tony Morrow:

I think especially as you get near towards retirement, your focus changes less on accumulation maybe to more of income distribution. Do I have enough to live on and how's this going to look for me? And that's where I think advisor can help not only continue to build things after retirement and making sure you're getting the income you need along with a little bit hopefully of growth and expense management. So I definitely would say yes. I'm not saying that you shouldn't work [inaudible 00:12:28] advisor even if you're young, but it's all the same, I think order to get to where you want to go, have that good plan in place. I think an advisor is a necessity in my opinion.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, especially as you do near retirement, we get older. Can you get by DIY-ing and building your wealth when you're younger? Yeah. I mean, many people do, and it's a little bit easier to build it than it is to do the preservation stage, which is retirement.

But as you get closer to it, there's a lot more to deal with, which we obviously talk about on the regular and that's why you need to turn to a qualified professional like Tony, who's got 30 plus years in the industry. He's a CPA, a CFP, and an EA so he's a great resource for you to tap into. If you're listening to the podcast and you're not already working with him, consider reaching out to them at yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com. And don't forget to subscribe to the podcast so you can catch new and future episodes by subscribing on Apple or Spotify or whatever platform you like using. You can find all that information again at Tony's website yourplanningpros.com, and get yourself onto the calendar with he and his team at Tax Doctor Inc.

Tony, thanks for hanging out my friend and walking down the nostalgia path with the old magic eight ball here.

Tony Morrow:

Yeah, sounds good. We'll see you next time. It was a lot of fun.

Speaker 1:

Always appreciate you and we'll catch you next time here on Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Morrow.

Speaker 7:

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Life can throw unexpected challenges our way, and dealing with a tough medical diagnosis is one of the hardest. In today's episode, we'll discuss a real case study of a young family dealing with the heartbreaking reality of a terminal illness. Listen in as Tony shares practical steps to take when faced with such difficult news, including handling taxes, planning for the future of a business, and ensuring loved ones are financially secure.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian:

This week on Plan With The Tax Man, let's talk about tough medical diagnosis and financial situations that unfortunately maybe come out of the blue and how to handle those. So we're going to spend some time looking at a case study with Tony here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Hey, everybody. Welcome into the podcast with Tony Mauro and myself as we're talking investing, finance and retirement. Tony is the owner at Tax Doc Inc, and he's CPA, CFP and EA with 30 plus years of experience and a great resource for you to tap into and turn to if you need some help with situations. And unfortunately, situations like the one we're going to discuss this week. Tony, you want to share a little bit on some tough times, financial planning and dealing with things when the unexpected pops up. And in this particular case, you wanted to share some things about a tough diagnosis if you've unfortunately received one of these, what that might look like and how that might change things. How are you doing this week, by the way?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing fantastic. Thank you for asking. And yeah, some of these types of things creep up on us, and so I wanted to just take a break from what we normally talk about. It still has some financial planning relevance, I think everybody can get something out of.

Marc Killian:

Well, and I think these things are also very important because it's life, right?

Tony Mauro:

Right.

Marc Killian:

Unfortunately, things happen to us in life and we can't see them coming and they're heartbreaking and then unfortunate, but we still have to deal with them or our families might be left behind to deal with them. So why don't you just go ahead and jump in and lay this out for us and share some things?

Tony Mauro:

Okay. Well, as we've done taxes for such a long time, you do see a lot of this kind of thing. And it's funny, it even affects us, but in a different way than if our own family, this was happening to because sometimes my aunts are here and then they're not.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, and you form relationships with folks and it's like them finding out bad news is obviously heartbreaking for them and their family, but it's very personal for you guys as well, especially when you're a boutique firm where clients... It's cliche, but clients become friends.

Tony Mauro:

They do. They become friends and in this situation, this is a younger family in their 40s, and we have them as an accounting client. They have a small business and we also do some financial planning for them. So they're in the wealth accumulation stage with where they're at. They've got three little kids.

Marc Killian:

Okay.

Tony Mauro:

Husband is a firefighter, and anyway, they got a horrible diagnosis last year that the wife has brain cancer and she's not going to make it. She's got maybe a year and a half left. So they've got a business they're trying to run. He is going to have work for a long time, but he is going to be left with three small children to have to take care of. You start thinking of some of this stuff.

Marc Killian:

Right? That's daunting.

Tony Mauro:

And they're trying to figure out... Well, let me back up a minute. On top of that, before we got them, they had a few issues that they still have some unpaid taxes with the IRS. We're trying to get that caught up and paid, but we've really shifted years immensely from, okay, trying to operate the business as a profit, accumulating things for retirement, to 180 degree turn of what are you going to do with the business when you're gone? Husband's not going to run it because he's a firefighter.

Marc Killian:

He's busy. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

How's this going to look for them and whatnot? And he's going to have to carry on. We've basically been working with them on three areas. One, make up with a plan to make sure that we get the back taxes paid so the IRS is not hounding him several years down the line.

Marc Killian:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

Now, two, how are you going to sell this business? Because that's what we're looking at is trying to find a buyer either internally or externally to [inaudible 00:04:00].

Marc Killian:

So you're going through valuation processes and so on and so forth there.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And then now the shift has been in the financial planning area. It's really been more so a little bit towards advising on, well, how do we wrap up her affairs when she's gone? And then he's got to continue on and try to keep saving and build his own retirement plan. That's going to look much different than I'm sure... You just put yourself in that situation, just even mentally, what that would look like by yourself and possibly having a lot of years by yourself. I think to tie this to financial planning, I think we all... I don't care what age you are, I think you need to have a few things in place. One, a will. Two, a life book. We've talked about that before, and both spouses need to know what's going on with the finances and everything else so that if something like this were to happen, besides all the grief and all of that, you can carry on as best as possible.

Marc Killian:

Well, that's a good point, Tony because you mentioned being in their 40s. When I was 41, I had to have a quadruple bypass and it came out of the blue and it was like, "Okay, if I don't survive this surgery," and the odds were pretty good of surviving it, but there still was risks. Obviously when there're completely opening you up and doing stuff, it's like, "We don't have any of these things in place yet," because I was thinking, "I'm 41, I got plenty of time." Right? And I think people do tend to do that. And that was the point of having this conversation today is that we're all one blood test away from maybe being uninsurable or being hit with devastating news and you start scrambling. And so that's again, the importance of working with somebody so that God willing, you're not going to get these kinds of news.

Tony Mauro:

Right.

Marc Killian:

But if you do, you've got some pieces already in place, which will hopefully make it a little smoother. Yeah?

Tony Mauro:

I think so. And I always tell everybody, and I tell my own wife that too, my motto, everybody that's married, is that one day one of us is going to be alone.

Marc Killian:

Yes.

Tony Mauro:

And meaning that one of us is... We're probably not going to die together and we're going to be faced with that and carrying on, whatever age that might be.

Marc Killian:

Indeed.

Tony Mauro:

And we have to have a plan, and my own personal plan, besides the will and some of that legal stuff because that's a given, is really having a playbook, if you will, especially in this digital age of where everything's at, especially if the spouse is the one that doesn't do the finances.

Marc Killian:

Well, let's drill that down for just a second, Tony. So think about that. Everything we have out there nowadays, if one person's in charge of it, and let's just for the sake of the argument say that unfortunately this person that received the terrible diagnosis is the one that handles that, and they may no longer be here sooner than expected. You've got to get the other person up to snuff, right? They've got to get up on all the things. Where are the accounts? Passwords, geez. Think about the complicatedness of that.

Tony Mauro:

Yes.

Marc Killian:

Or even just someone even passing unexpectedly, a car accident, and you don't even know how to get into some accounts, or even into their computer maybe, right?

Tony Mauro:

That's it.

Marc Killian:

So a lot of these things, you really got to put together. And I know a lot of advisors provide tools and resources to help their clients with that kind of stuff.

Tony Mauro:

We do. With our advising clients, we spend a lot of time, and part of every annual meeting, we talk about that, of just these kinds of things is, "Have you checked this off that you've got a password keeper?" So to speak.

Marc Killian:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

And they know where it's at.

Marc Killian:

Or a notebook somewhere where everyone knows where it's at. Right? Is it in the sock drawer and everybody knows which one it is? Or something.

Tony Mauro:

Right. So I think a lot of that, sometimes... Well, I know people don't think about it, not to the extent that I go into it with them, but it's just going to make... I think if you have some devastating news or just all of a sudden, like you were talking about, hit by a car or a car accident type thing, where you're just here today, gone tomorrow, at least these people have a little bit of time to at least plan. You got to think about some of these things because I think it's going to make that transition a whole lot... I don't want to say easier, but at least tolerable, I guess.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, it's tough sometimes to find the right word, right? It's like you've got to be able to... Like it or not, life moves on. Right? Life continues on for the people left behind, and I think we all go through the... Obviously there's the stages of grief. Right? I sat there in the hospital, but they kept me a full... I want to say 36 hours before they actually did the surgery. And when my wife and daughter left for a little bit to go pick up some things to come to be with me, and it was maybe no more than an hour and a half by myself, but boy, your mind goes through a whole lot of stuff in that hour and a half. And you find yourself going, "How are they going to get on without me?" And then you kind of go, "Well, they are going to have to move on without me." And then you feel like, "Well, all the things I'm going to miss," and you get angry and you get sad, and you're all over the map on that kind of thing.

But I think once you had a chance to... In this situation you've brought up today, unfortunately that's not a lot of time left for this individual, and the heart certainly breaks for them, but maybe it gives them time to at least get some of these things checked off and planned, versus something like a car accident or an emergency surgery that you don't wake up from.

Tony Mauro:

I agree. A lot of times, even with this situation, and I ask my staff that, is, "Put yourself in this person's situation. How would you elect to spend the next year and a half or two? What would you do?" And just let that settle in a little bit as the person receiving the diagnosis.

Marc Killian:

True.

Tony Mauro:

Obviously there's some planning to do, but there's all kinds of emotions.

Marc Killian:

And they want to enjoy their time that they have left. Right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Marc Killian:

So unfortunately, and if you are caught a little off guard, maybe you're a little younger and this happens, you are having to do some work, some scrambling to some of the things that you're helping this young couple with, but at the same time, knowing that you and your staff want to make that as efficient and painless as possible so that the person can enjoy, maximize their time that they have left with their loved ones. You and I talk every... Twice a month, we do a podcast and we do some fun stuff. We do some serious stuff, but we go all over the map in the podcast. But ultimately, at the end of the day, what you guys do is very, very serious. Whether it's dealing with folks' retirement money and a good long life that they've enjoyed to the fullest or bad situations or whatever the case is.

But what you guys do is very, very serious and important stuff when you really stop and think about it, because we get to a point in life where you don't have that time on your side anymore to this, that, or the other, whatever that might be in your little world. And so it's really important to be working with somebody, I think that can help you, again, to my point a second ago, be as efficient as possible so that you can maximize your time, because even if you get blessed with a long life, Tony, do you really want to sit around and stress over your finances in your retirement years when you could be hopefully living that up and enjoying those years that you have left? Whether it's a short amount of time, like this poor unfortunate person, or a nice 30-year retirement. Whatever the case is, you probably want to spend that doing the things that you love doing.

Tony Mauro:

As much as possible. Yeah, I would agree totally. Because even if you are blessed enough to get into retirement, have a long one, the key is generally, the health starts going down a little bit and how much of that is really good time versus total time?

Marc Killian:

Sure. Yeah. My mom's 83 in about a month, and her mobility is now starting to suffer a little bit more, and she's pretty frustrated by it, but you've got to find... Like everything in life, we have to find these silver lining points where we can.

Tony Mauro:

That's right. That's right, because my dad's going through the same thing at 83, and he is still relatively healthy, but he cannot do the things he did 10 years ago.

Marc Killian:

Even five years ago.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. He's had to readjust and find new things that he can like to do. So yeah, it's all over the board, but it just was a good... I don't want to say story, but-

Marc Killian:

Definitely not a good story, but an important one I think, because folks, again, you never know what's going to happen. We're all literally one blood test away from terrible news sometimes or whatever the case is.

Tony Mauro:

[inaudible 00:12:47].

Marc Killian:

Or one diagnosis going in. I just went in because I was like, "Hey, I'm winded. Why am I winded? I'm a little fat, but I shouldn't be that winded at 41." And they're like, "You're not winded. You have four massive blockages. You can't leave." They wouldn't let me leave the hospital. So you just never know when these things are going to happen, and that's the importance of... Even if you feel like you're in a place in life, Tony, where, "Hey, I am not quite ready for a financial professional yet," maybe you are, and maybe it's worth looking at a little sooner than... I think a lot of people feel like, "Hey, I don't need to talk to a retirement professional until I get over 50." But to your point, luckily for these folks, I guess a little silver lining, if you will, as they were already tax clients. So they had you there now to help start guiding them with some of these other pieces.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, yeah. No, I agree because I do think the younger people certainly don't give it as much thought as they need to.

Marc Killian:

No, and understandable. None of us do.

Tony Mauro:

No.

Marc Killian:

We're all invincible till we're not.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. That's it.

Marc Killian:

Yeah. Well, folks, again, it's terrible to have to share stories like this, but it is part of life and it's why it's important to have a team on your side, some people that are there to help you finding the right financial professionals for the time of life that you're in, and the things that you might need to tackle events, whether it's traditional retirement or a sped up timeline, like this situation, this story here. So if you need some help, reach out to Tony and his team at yourplanningpros.com, yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple or Spotify, whatever platform you like using. We're on all the major ones there, so just type in, "Plan With The Tax Man," in the search box, and you can find it that way. Or of course, just go to Tony's website, yourplanningpros.com. Tony, all my best, my friend, and thank you so much for sharing the story and the very best to these folks as well.

Tony Mauro:

See you on the next episode.

Marc Killian:

All right, my friend. We'll see you the next time, right here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Imagine your retirement plan as a sports jersey, customized just for you. Today, we're exploring how every detail from numbers to names can define your financial future.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian:

Imagine your retirement plan as a sports jersey, customized just for you. Well, today we're going to explore how every detail, from numbers to names, can define your financial future, here, on Plan With The Tax Man.

Speaker 2:

Look up in the sky.

Speaker 3:

It's a bird.

Speaker 4:

It's a plane.

Speaker 5:

No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero, but Tony Mauro has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for Plan With The Tax Man.

Marc Killian:

Hey, everybody, welcome into the podcast, Tony Mauro and myself here to talk about tailoring your financial jersey for the perfect retirement fit. How's that for a little metaphor? Action going on? Tony and I are going to have some fun. It's preseason football time, and so I figured, hey, what the heck, right? Let's have a good conversation about this kind of stuff, Tony. And people are getting excited, geared up for the new sports seasons coming around. Hockey will be back. I'm a hockey fan. So, hockey will be back in about two months. So, why not? We'll have a little fun with this stuff. How you doing, my friend?

Tony Mauro:

I've been good. We're approaching the end of summer here, so state fair time here, and everybody knows that everybody goes out and has fun at that, but then everybody gets into the fall mode. So I figure, yeah, like you, football season around the corner, college football for us here, and everybody gets excited this time of year.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, yeah. We're taping this second week of August, I guess. So, we'll be dropping this this week, I believe. Yeah. So, it's right around that time. College football, professional football's about to hit us. Like I said, several other sports will be back soon. So, good stuff. Of course, baseball's obviously going. Seems like baseball goes forever anyway.

Tony Mauro:

Forever.

Marc Killian:

But let's have a little fun with this analogy, Tony. So, every jersey, well, has a number, I guess, unless... Well, wait, the Yankees don't have names, right?

Tony Mauro:

No.

Marc Killian:

But they have their numbers, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Numbers, no names. Yeah.

Marc Killian:

All right. So in some sports, though, the jersey number is dictated by the position you play, or at least it used to be. I still have trouble sometimes with some of the football stuff nowadays. It used to be linemen only wore certain numbers, like fifties, sixties, seventies, that kind of thing. And quarterbacks were always 19 and below, kickers, punters. But it's gotten a little looser, I guess, with the restrictions on some of that stuff nowadays.

I think some of the players, when they came from college, where I don't think those rules applied as much, I think they were really adamant about keeping their number if it was particularly lucky for them or whatever. So, therefore, they wanted to keep it, right? You might have a wide receiver that's a number two, even though that didn't used to be the norm. They used to be... Mostly, all receivers were in the eighties, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yep.

Marc Killian:

That was the norm for that position. Anyway, so if you've got numbers tied to the jerseys, well, you're probably definitely going to have numbers tied to your retirement account. At least you hope you do, anyway.

Tony Mauro:

You hope you do. And back to football for a second, some of these contracts these players are getting-

Marc Killian:

Oh, man.

Tony Mauro:

... with enormous money being spent, and they only have a very short career in the NFL, of course. It's not like baseball where you can play it a long, long time. But nevertheless, I don't know if that dictates some of the getting away from some of the traditional jersey stuff because they're making so much they get to decide, but anyway.

Marc Killian:

Oh, well, yeah, you're paying somebody $250 million, I'm pretty sure they let them do whatever you want, right?

Tony Mauro:

Whatever they want. But I do think, I mean, obviously, everybody's got their own number in their head about how much they should have for retirement. And really, I think what we work with them a lot of times on is they tend to focus on the wrong number. It's an important number. Know what you're going to have your nest egg, or your stash, whatever you want to call it. But I think they tend to focus too much on that.

Marc Killian:

Oh, for sure. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. The more important number, really, is whatever you have, what income is that going to throw off? Because that's what you're going to use to pay your bills and whatnot. And if that's not enough, how much do you need to get into the principal or your stash to have a retirement?

Marc Killian:

I like that, stash.

Tony Mauro:

And-

Marc Killian:

I like that, the retirement stash. That's pretty good. I like that.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. The stash, your nest egg.

Marc Killian:

That's right.

Tony Mauro:

And a lot of people don't end up adding up properly. I mean, we do it with them. Because you got to take income from all sources, not just your 401(k). I mean, there's your social security. There might be a pension in there. There might be something else. Maybe you've just got an account sitting. So, it's important to go over everything so that you know what the right number is and then what that first number is that you focus on because that is important. It's part of it.

Marc Killian:

Yeah. Well, and think about players, taking it back to that. Like I said, sometimes players, they come out of college, and they're adamant that they want to keep their college number for whatever reason, sentimental value or an attachment, good luck, whatever the case is. And so, sometimes we do kind of get attached to thinking a specific number is what we need to have, and maybe that is the wrong viewpoint of doing it.

And you got other players that are like, "Hey, I'm going to this team," and let's say that number is tied to an all-time legend or something. And it's like, "A, you're not getting that number, first of all, or B, have to ask their permission," or whatever the case is. And they're like, "You know what? It's not that big a deal. Let me focus on just having a good career here no matter what my number is." And I think that's maybe the message in your retirement number. While it's okay, I guess, to shoot for a specific, let's just go with the million dollar thing, while it's okay to maybe want to shoot for having a million dollars when you get to retirement, I wouldn't let that be the complete hang-up, right? That's what you're saying.

Tony Mauro:

What I'm saying, yeah, is because depending on where you're at, and hopefully you're working with your advisor on these goals and things, you may not be able to achieve that number. And so, your number might be a little different, even though it's in your head, "I'm going to try to get to a million," there just may not be enough time and money to put aside to be able to do that. So, you got to adjust.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, got to adjust. All right. Well, actually, so I guess thinking on that point, we'll go to the next point, which is, typically, jerseys always have the name on the back. As we just established, the Yankees don't do that. And actually, the Indiana Hoosiers don't do that either.

Tony Mauro:

That's right.

Marc Killian:

They don't put players' names on the back of the jerseys. But, and this might sound dumb, Tony, the way I'm going to word this, but obviously, it's important for your retirement plan to have your name on it. Now, that might scratch somebody's head for a second and go, "Well, yeah. Hello." But think about those places where basically they're providing almost the same exact plan from person to person to person. Is it really your plan or is it one that the company, this larger broker firm or whatever, has deemed a good fit for 80% of people or something like that?

Tony Mauro:

And it's so important to have an individual plan. I think that's where we're going with this, just like the name. And you're right, it has to have your name on it, meaning that it has to be specific to you and your circumstances and what you've got going on in your life, not just be-

Marc Killian:

Yeah. Not like a rubber stamp kind of thing.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Yeah, just not the run-of-the-mill, "Well, here, you should be fine. Do this," type of thing. Maybe in most cases you will be, but you want to know. I mean, that's the whole value of working with an advisor, I think, is you want to have a unique plan, and it needs to be based on your set of circumstances, not just run-of-the-mill. Some of it you can apply to everybody-

Marc Killian:

Of course. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

... basically, but others you really can't because everybody's got different goals and different lifestyles and what they want out of retirement. So, definitely, it's-

Marc Killian:

Well, I think in a world where we have crafted so much stuff, Tony, to be applicable to a large number of people, and I get it, businesses, no matter what the business, tries to make their product, if you will, applicable to as many people as they can because then, stands to reason, they get a chance of making more money, right? Because, hey, if everybody can fit into this jersey, for example, we'll just stick with that, if everybody can wear an extra large, or the majority of people can wear this particular size, then they know they're going to print more of those because they're going to sell more of those, right?

And so, if you're thinking about the brokerage places, if they're like, "Hey, we've got this pretty good plan that really works pretty well for 75% or 80% of people. We'll just rubber stamp names on this and send them in and out the door and make this a little bit more turnstile, turnkey, if you will." And maybe, to your point, maybe that does work for someone, but why risk it when you could get a truly customized plan from more of an independent boutique firm like yourself than just some big box cookie cutter thing?

Tony Mauro:

I agree. And we tell clients it's similar... And you're right, businesses are out to make money. And I always use McDonald's, who's been very successful over the years, but you buy a McDonald's hamburger here versus where you're at or even versus overseas, they all taste the same.

Marc Killian:

Should, right. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

That's how they make money.

Marc Killian:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

And you don't get to go to McDonald's and say, "Well, you know what? I don't really want what you have. I want this eight ounce fillet with such and such." They're going to shake it out and vice versa. But so tying that back to financial planning, really, is you have to, in my mind, have some individuality. Can't go off that standardization type of thing because I don't think you're going to really... You're certainly not going to get the value out of your advisor if you're doing that.

Marc Killian:

True. That's a good point. That's a good point. All right. So, we would be remiss if we didn't talk about some jerseys, they're pretty hot, right? They look pretty good. You're like, "Okay, these are nice looking jerseys." And then, there's some that are just god awful, right? I'm looking at you, 1980s Astros, with some of the most hideous jerseys ever known to man. Or if you're a fan of the Pittsburgh Steelers, hey, no offense, but sorry, those jailbird ones from the '20s or '30s-

Tony Mauro:

Oh, yeah. I-

Marc Killian:

... they use them to throwback, or they call them the bumblebees sometimes, not a good look. But the jerseys might be hot, they might look great, but the team, it's going to stink this year.

Tony Mauro:

It's going to be bad.

Marc Killian:

They've lost players, whatever. They're in a rebuild mode, whatever the case might be, right? So think about the White Sox of the '80s, right? They often get lauded for their jerseys, but they didn't have a single winning season during that entire period, right? The pinstripe. Or not the pinstripe, the Chicago White Sox of that era... Well, no, they did have some pinstripes too, but different than that.

Tony Mauro:

I think they did have it.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, different than the Yankees. But anyway, so I mean, you want a good... I guess, Tony, do you want a good-looking plan, or do you want an effective plan? I guess that's where I'm going with this.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Well, I think overall you want an effective plan. It doesn't really matter if it looks good or not.

Marc Killian:

How many pie charts are in it?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, how many pie charts, how fancy it is, which is kind of funny. I was just in Denver last weekend visiting my son, and we stayed right near Coors Stadium there for the Rockies.

Marc Killian:

Okay.

Tony Mauro:

He informed me, "I don't follow them," that, "I think they have a second-worst record in baseball right now. The White Sox, I think, are in the cellar, and they've only won like 28 games," he said, "which is awful." But the Coors Stadium there, I went there, and it's cool. It's right in the middle of downtown. I mean, it's got a great vibe to it. But obviously, the product, the team right now is not very good.

So, getting that back to our talk, you're right, I mean, just you have some plan and it's filled with fancy pie charts and things that maybe you don't understand, and maybe it's even thick, so it feels like you really got something, is it effective for you and your situation, like we just talked about? Because if it's not, none of that really matters. At the end of the day, what matters is are you going to get to your goal and be able to do what you...

Marc Killian:

Yeah, exactly. Are you going to be able to? It doesn't matter how good it looks, all the boilerplate stuff that's in there. And even if you've got a good effective plan that looks really nice, if it's more complicated, then you can really, I guess, deal with, or it's not resonating with you, are you going to be as effective with it, right? So, just some things to bear in mind with that.

And look, we'll end it with this one. I'll just tie this last one here together, Tony. Jerseys change over time to the point of some jerseys look good, they go through periods where they do redesigns, and so on, and so forth, whether it's to do the classic throwbacks, or modernize them, or whatever the case might be. And that's why, because the marketing office, the head, somebody in the office somewhere said, "Hey, we need to overhaul. We want to freshen up," whatever. Well, the same thing with your retirement plan. I mean, it's pretty easy, low-hanging fruit here, but that's the reality of doing reviews. That's the reality of getting those annual, or more than maybe annually, conversations in with your advisor so that your plan is fresh, I suppose, and up-to-date, because the financial world is ever-changing.

Tony Mauro:

It's changing. That's the only thing that's the constant there is that. And if you just again go with, like we talked about, some type of plan that is a boiler point or... What do you call it? Boiler, just standard-

Marc Killian:

Boilerplate. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Boilerplate. And as things change, and as your life changes, and the economy changes, and all of that, that even tax laws, because, obviously, they're set to maybe have some major changes at the end of next year, that if you're not going to make these changes and change with things as your circumstances change, you're going to be left behind. Not that you're going to end up in financial ruin-

Marc Killian:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

... but you may not end up with meeting your goals or really having the type of retirement I think that you want. And this is the whole purpose of, I think, being able to work with an advisor and having those annual, maybe more, meetings, talk about that kind of stuff. Most advisors, they're not just going to come in and just basically just talk about the weather and things like that. Most of them are using financial planning software. Most of them are going to be able to tell you where you're at right now, "What's going on? Are we still on track?" after you talk about the craziness in the market and all that.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, yeah. I mean, there's always going to be those one-offs, and the market's always going to do its thing. It's going to be moving around. So, little adjustments are required here and there. Sometimes your life's going to change. Somebody, a daughter's getting married, and it's going to be a bigger deal than you thought, and you were going to pay for the whole thing, and now you got to look at the best structure to change this or that. Even if you've got a great plan put together with Tony and his team, life changes, right? So, you may have to update that.

And of course, for many people, they've been doing it themselves because it's been fairly easy, I guess, for the last little bit when the markets overall have been pretty good on a fairly long run. It's definitely had some blips, and some sizable blips, over the last couple of years, but still, I think a lot of people have been doing the DIY mode for a while. And if you're growing your wealth, Tony, it's a lot easier to be in DIY mode than when you get to actual retirement or getting close to it because it's, again, when you pull one lever in retirement, it affects so many other things. How you pull your income, from where and when, it changes a lot of stuff. And that's where, I think, people start to go, "Okay, this is maybe more complicated than I realized."

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, I agree. And for us, it's using what we call tax-intelligent type of planning so that especially on the distribution stage, like you're saying, there are ways to minimize taxes, because taxes are the biggest chunk that could be taken from you. So, if you just haphazardly start doing that, it's going to work, but you could end up paying a lot more to Uncle Sam than you really needed to legally. So-

Marc Killian:

Yeah, absolutely.

Tony Mauro:

... keep that in mind.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, it's definitely important to get on with an advisor, have a conversation. As always, if you need some help and you've got some questions, reach out to Tony before you take any action. You always want to do that no matter what you hear on any kind of financial thing. Whether it's big talking heads or little talking heads like us, whatever the case might be, you certainly want to have a conversation with a qualified pro. And Tony's been doing this for 30 plus years. He's a CPA, CFP and an EA. And if you're already working with him, you already know that.

If you're already listening to the podcast, thank you so much for checking out our episodes when we do these, and hopefully they provide you with some good nuggets of information and things to think about. And don't forget to share the podcast with others that might benefit from the message as well. They can find it on Apple, or Spotify, or YouTube, and you can find all the information at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. You can also just check the show notes of each episode. There's usually some little details in there as well. You can click on the links that way to subscribe to Plan With The Tax Man on whatever app you like using. So Tony, thanks for hanging out, my friend, and getting into the sports feel of this thing, and hopefully your college team does well this year.

Tony Mauro:

So yeah, we'll see you on the next one. My college team, my true love is, of course, Notre Dame, and, of course, then the Hawks.

Marc Killian:

Okay.

Tony Mauro:

Everybody starts out, sky-high expectations, and then it just starts dwindling.

Marc Killian:

Well-

Tony Mauro:

We'll see.

Marc Killian:

Yeah. What is it? Hope springs eternal, and I think that certainly applies to sports fans. They're always like, "It's a new season. We got a shot."

Tony Mauro:

Oh, yeah.

Marc Killian:

Even if walking into it, you know your team doesn't look good on paper, the true fans are like, "Yeah, we don't look that great on paper, but you know what? You can't measure. Paper doesn't measure heart, so we're going to see how they do," or something like that. All right, folks, well, thanks for hanging out with us again. Don't forget to subscribe to us, and we'll catch you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Imagine retiring comfortably on just $42 per month—sounds too good to be true, right? Well, it’s exactly the assertion you might have seen in the headline of a recent article online. So today, we’ll dive into the sensational claim and uncover what it really takes to build your retirement nest egg.

Article

https://www.fool.com/the-ascent/buying-stocks/articles/you-can-retire-on-4167-a-month-if-you-do-these-2-things/

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian:

Retire on $42 a month. Let's talk about that this week here on the podcast. This is Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro. Is the article clickbait or is it possible? Let's get into it.

Marc Killian:

Hey everybody, welcome to the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Mauro and myself as we talk investing, finance and retirement. And we're going to talk about this interesting article that we found here that we want to run through and just kind of see if this stuff, is this kind of stuff just clickbait? Probably is. Or is it something that is worthwhile for people to seriously think about? So we're going to get into that chat this week here with Tony, and we'll share links to the article so you guys can check it out for yourself. And I think that realistically, Tony, this thing probably is clickbait. So I want to jump right forward into the conversation because one of the big things is talking about advisors all across the country for years have been saying, "Hey, you got to put at least 10% away in order to save for retirement."

Now, that new number has changed to maybe 15%. And one of the things talks about how it's really difficult for... I mean, it's easy to do if you have a long timeline to retire on $42 a month, but if you don't have that timeline and you haven't started early, makes this really difficult to pull off. Don't kind of walk yourself down that line of, well, I just won't do anything because I'm never going to get there anyway. Something's better than nothing at any age. Would you agree from your years of experience or am I crazy?

Tony Mauro:

Nope. I would agree a hundred percent. And when you, even in your scenario, 10 years or no, you said 17 years-

Marc Killian:

17, yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And you can get to 10% if you can do that, you're going to have a decent size nest egg. Now, it may not coincide with the goals you thought you wanted, but maybe instead of just living off the income, well, you had to spend some principle. Or maybe you need to work a little bit in retirement, but at least you know, but you'd definitely be so much better off than if you didn't do anything that it's never really too late to start.

Marc Killian:

All right, so let's kind of look at some more of these pieces here, Tony. The article mentions a 10% average annual return from the stock market on investments. All right. How realistic is this expectation over a long period? I mean, any kind of data you want to share with us over that 10% IED. It sounds great. How feasible is it?

Tony Mauro:

I would say I tried to use a little lower percentage. I mean, if you look back all the way back to the beginning of the stock market or the S&P 500, you can kind of get around that, but I think there's much more to it than that. There's tax efficiency, there's some risk factors. Maybe you're not a real risk-taker. So maybe realistically, I always tell them maybe we should start out with a little bit lower projection for that. That way if we end up at 10% over long-term, we are even better off. But let's not assume that. So I think that's a little, I don't want to say far-fetched because it is probably a round that. But again, not everybody wants to take those types of risks. So I don't like to go with that because then once you tell people that, boy, when it doesn't happen every year, they're upset. That's not the purpose.

Marc Killian:

They throw this AI stuff at us left and right all the time now. So every time you do something, you're going to get some information from it. So take that with a grain of salt. But just kind of quickly to follow up on your information there, Tony, since the S&P 500's average annual return has been around 10.5% since its inception in 1957, a hundred years, a hundred-year average, 10.6 average yearly return, or 7.4 when adjusted for inflation. Now, so I wanted to touch on that because okay, you could sit there and say, "Okay, maybe realistically over 50 years of working towards retirement, I should be averaging 10%."

But then you got to factor in inflation, which is okay, according to this, it's about 7% you're now bringing in. Then you got to start thinking about things like sequence of returns risk, right? So I want you to explain that a little bit to folks, Tony, if you would, because if you retired in 2001, guess what? You went through the lost decade where the market didn't return anything. So there's 10 years out of this 40 or 50 year plan you had that were just shot to hell.

Tony Mauro:

Exactly. So I think when it, depending on, again, when you start, I think it's naive to just use that overall 10% number in projections. And another thing stepping back to it is that's assuming A, that you're in the S&P 500, maybe an ETF or something. But let's say that you get to little skittish and you decide to get out of the market five or 10 times or 20 times over 30 years, the best days, and you miss those, what that does to returns.

And so our job is to try to, wherever our clients are at, is to keep them focused on the end goal and not let them do that. But there's a lot to it. Then you jump ahead to inflation, which a lot of clients don't ever take into consideration. We always do because we're saying, it's what you get to keep, what we're shooting for and inflation we have no control over. And that's going to average what it has. And so that's why we're trying to get a little bit better returns rather than just leaving money in a cash account or something. Because inflation is just going to erode that future value of that so badly that your nest egg's not going to be anywhere near what it would be if we can get decent returns over the long haul.

Marc Killian:

Very true, very true. So what is sequence of returns risk that I mentioned for folks who are not familiar with that?

Tony Mauro:

The sequence of returns risk, you mean talking about when they pull money out or?

Marc Killian:

Yeah, so like if you were putting money in your portfolio, but depending on when you retire, what the economy's doing, what it can do to you, right, what can happen?

Tony Mauro:

Oh, you're talking about that part.

Marc Killian:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yes. Yeah. Well, it is just like you're talking about the decade of lost returns and you started saving for retirement, say in 2000, you went 10 years and didn't have any returns, versus a guy who started saving, I don't know, say 20 years earlier. Yeah, he's had the same decade of lost returns, but he's already well ahead of you even if you chose the same investments just because of the timing and the sequencing of returns. I mean, I went through it. I continue to invest my own money. And boy, I remember it, that 10 years I was always complaining to my wife is, "Boy, these investments, they're just not growing. I mean, we've lost 10 years now." In theory we did, but I kept investing dollar cost averaging just like we tell our clients to do. And so now the last 15 years, boy, I've seen some nice rewards for that-

Marc Killian:

Okay, gotcha.

Tony Mauro:

... by keeping in the market, keeping investing because it wasn't good. So there's all of that that comes into play as well, which is why I like to use a lower average even going in because it depends on when you start. If somebody's starting today, well, we're kind of at market highs. They could come in and say, "Well, geez, the market's too high." I think it's going down over the next three years. It's been everything else that's going on in the world into it. And yeah, maybe they're right, maybe they're not. But I tell them, you got to get started. Forget about all that. The important key is to get going. And if we have a downturn, then you'll end up rewarded the next upturn.

Marc Killian:

Yeah. And so you kind of think about it, you've probably seen things like this folks, these breakdowns on this where you have two different people, person A and person B. They both have a million dollars on retirement. They plan on pulling 45,000 out a year or 40,000 out a year, 4%, whatever you want to call it, easy math. And the first person has positive returns in the first three or four years of retirement. The market is up those three or four years, but then they experience a couple of downturns a little later. It has a dramatic effect versus this person B, who's first three or four years of retirement, the market's down every year because it winds up. That's what really starts to wind up hurting. And it really changes the longevity of your plan, right, Tony? That's where you guys have to run stress tests in various scenarios.

Okay, what happens if we retire on an up market? What happens if we retire on down market? How long does this nest egg last? And then that way you're able to speculate out and then maybe make some adjustments or have plans in line for such events, right? Because you can't control what the market's going to do, but here's the projecting that we think is going to happen should you retire with this, this, or this. And then that comes back to taking money from what accounts and when, right? Maybe that's changing when social security gets turned on. Again, pulling one lever and a bunch of other ones get impacted.

Tony Mauro:

The stress testing, while that sounds like a bad word, it's actually a lot of fun.

Marc Killian:

Yeah. It's not stress testing your heart.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, it's not going to kill you. But the computers make it very easy now to run scenarios in the matter of seconds. And really what it spits out, a long story short is the percentage of time, or say for example, based on where we're at now, taking worst case scenarios, best case, how much money you want to take out. You've got to say, I'm just using an example, 90% chance of your money lasting you to 95.

Marc Killian:

Okay.

Tony Mauro:

And that's through thick and thin. And when people hear those percentages, they can resonate with that. They say, "Well, that's pretty good," versus, well, you only got a 40% chance. They're like, oh boy, we got to do something different. But I don't like to get people lost in all the calculations. I like to just go with it based on here. This is the percent that we think. And if that's above 85%, you're in good shape and you can feel pretty good about what you're going to do.

Marc Killian:

Okay. Well, so overall, and again, we'll share links to this article. We kind of got a little bit sidetracked, but I think the idea still being fairly sound and having a chat about this, do you think articles like this, Tony, ultimately help or hurt folks thinking about retirement, right? Is it an oversimplification? Is it information overload? What do you think?

Tony Mauro:

I think it's information overload. I mean, they disguise the headline as simple. So that's pretty simple. But I think there's so much more to it that when you get down, like we just discussed it for what, 15 or so minutes and we just touched the surface, that there's a lot of information that has to go into it before you make a good decision. So I think it's probably a little too much. It does get the juices flowing about maybe asking some questions to your advisor, and you could have the same type of discussion that we just had and get yourself online or in line if you're not. But I think it's a little too much info trying to be simple. But obviously the goal of it is to probably market and to probably try to get the phones to ring or emails to be coming in.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, if it gets you, I think articles in general, in our current world that we live in with everything online all the time, that if it gets you motivated to take some action, I think that you can find a positive there. But I think if you just run with it without vetting the information with a proper resources, truly like a trained professional, then you can be hurting yourself and doing a disservice. So, hey, if it causes you to listen to this podcast because you saw this headline and then you then decided to call up Tony and say, "Hey, can I retire on saving $42 a month?" Then great. Because now, you've taken action. But just temper that with a grain of salt. So when Tony comes back and says, "Not if you just started saving $42 a month and you're 55 years old, no."

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, right.

Marc Killian:

I mean, yes, you can retire, but it's probably going to be more heavily on social security than you might've wanted. I think I use my mother often, Tony, on these conversations because she's retired solely on social security. She's 83 now, and is she surviving? Is she okay and comfortable? Yes. Is it the retirement she wanted? No. Right. She doesn't get to take trips or didn't as before. She's gotten to the point where her body's not letting her, but she didn't get to take the trips that she wanted to. She doesn't get to do some of the things that she wanted to, that she probably had plans or dreams for. But she is okay, right? She is surviving, she is comfortable, she is overall happy, but she also does require some help from her children. And I think most of us don't want to be there. She certainly doesn't. She tells me all the time, "This was not my plan." So that's the point of having a plan in my opinion. And I'm sure yours as well.

Tony Mauro:

I think so. That's the whole point of having a plan, is a story like that. And at least, like I say, I usually don't have much to say good about the government and taxes and everything, but they do have program and social security is one of them. And yes, it has problems and that's a whole another story, but at least it makes people comfortable and helps them along those lines. And otherwise, I mean, what other options would she have if she didn't have that? She maybe out in the streets or her family would really have to take care of her and have her move in maybe. But so yeah, it is those types of stories that you hear about. I got an aunt and uncle that are going down that same path. They're in their 70s. They had their own business, didn't really put a lot into the system for social security. So their social security benefit's very small. No savings. So they'll get by, but definitely not what they had thought a long time ago where they would be.

Marc Killian:

Not what you hoped for. Yeah, exactly. Well, all right folks, that's going to do it for us this week. So again, we'll post links in the show notes there so you can check out the article if you'd like as well. But I think at the end of the day, when we see salacious headlines or interesting things, hey again, if it gets the juices flow into what make you want to learn more or find out more about the situation for your unique needs, then great. But definitely vetted out and walk through that conversation with a qualified professional. Somebody like Tony, who again is 30 years experience in the industry. He's a CPA and a CFP and an EA and a great resource for you to tap into.

So he's in the Iowa area, but he's got clients all over. So if you're listening to the podcast and you're from someplace else, don't hesitate. Still reach out to them, go check him out online at your planningpros.com, that's your planning.pros.com. Tax Doctor Inc. is the name of the company. Lots of good tools, tips and services there. You can check out, you can get in contact with them, you can subscribe to the podcast, all that good stuff. Drop a line into the team, whatever you need. So go check them out at your planningpros.com. Tony, my friend, have yourself a great remainder of this month, which is just about over and I will catch you a little bit later.

Tony Mauro:

All right, we'll see you on the next episode.

Marc Killian:

We'll see you on the next episode of Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Speaker 7:

Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services SM, member FINRA, SIPC, investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services, insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Are you telling yourself financial lies? Discover the top 5 lies people often tell themselves about money and retirement. Some of these could be severely holding you back, so stay tuned!

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian:

Are you telling yourself financial lies? Well, this week on the podcast, discover some of the top lies we often tell ourselves about money and retirement, some of these could be severely holding you back, right here on Plan with the Tax Man.

Hey everybody, welcome to the podcast, Tony Mauro and myself back to talk investing, finance and retirement. And we're going to talk about some money lies we maybe tell ourselves about how we deal with things and handle things. I think it's something that we all do in various walks of life. We kind of, I don't know, little white lie ourselves, kid ourselves, whatever you want to kind of call it. I think we all can probably admit that we do it about various different things, and certainly money is one of those ones where we can do that.

So I thought this would be a good conversation for Tony and I to dive into today because, Tony, you see people doing these kinds of things on the regular. They kind of come in and you hear these different excuses that we make or things of that nature. It doesn't mean you're a bad person or a bad investor or anything like that. It just means it could be something that's causing you to not be as efficient or where you'd like to be in your retirement journey. So I thought it was a good idea to talk about that. How you doing bud?

Tony Mauro:

I've been doing well. How about you?

Marc Killian:

Doing pretty good. So do you kind of see these kinds of things often where people, they kind of rationalize, maybe that's a better word. We kind of rationalize how we have made choices we've made or how we feel about certain things in our money standpoint. You have to kind of show them how it's holding them back from reaching their goals.

Tony Mauro:

We do. We hear it all the time. And we can make probably a list of 50 of these babies and we could be here all day.

Marc Killian:

Okay, well we'll just do five. How about that?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, I picked top five, but you're exactly right. People say these kinds of things all the time because obviously they do them.

Marc Killian:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

And most of them go against your bigger goal and your plan. So that's why I wanted to talk about some of these today.

Marc Killian:

All right, well let's jump in and do the first one. I love this first one for the fact that you got to be honest with yourself folks as you're listening to this. The first one is, I'll pay back the money that I've taken out of my savings or borrowed from my own 401k. All right, come on. Let's be honest. How many times through your life have you said, "All right, I'm going to take some money out of whatever account to do some thing and I'm going to put it back." We never pay ourselves back. I shouldn't say never, but many people wind up... Life always gets in the way, Tony. And so it's kind of hard sometimes to truly pay yourself back.

Tony Mauro:

It is. And just like you said, I would never say never, but I almost never see clients do that and pay themselves back. Hardly ever.

Marc Killian:

I guess the 401k, you kind of have to, if you did the loan thing, right?

Tony Mauro:

If you did the loan thing, you have to. But many times they'll just say, "I just took money out of my 401k," and we'll ask them why, and it's not really an emergency. And they'll always tell us, "But don't worry, I'll pay it back." And a year or two goes down the road, they haven't paid it back.

Marc Killian:

And boy, that's like a triple whammy. Well, I guess it could be, depending on your age, right? If you hit with the tax, the penalty plus the loss of compound.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. All that comes into play. And then you also have to, if you take all that in and really do the math, you have to pay more back than you borrowed or that you took out if you factor it in. But the big key we try to tell people in this area is you're saving money for different goals. If you're planning your whole financial life properly, you shouldn't have to borrow from these things or take it out for something that is not that goal. And so it might be a bigger problem that we have to help you try to solve there so that you don't do this. Because if you are constantly doing this and going backwards, you're really not getting any closer to your goals.

The big example I have, and this is true life, happened right here in Des Moines, Iowa. I have an accounting and payroll client who we do the 401k advising for. A young kid, and he calls up a couple weeks ago and says, "I'm not making any money in my 401k. All my money does is go down. But yet the people that I work with," which is only about two or three others, "...they had a great year last year. Why is that?" So he pulled up his account and what he'd been doing is putting in like $200 a paycheck, and every two weeks, he'd take it out. So he actually withdrew everything out that he put in except for like a hundred dollars. And he wonders why last year in the market specifically most funds and everything else went up. He did not. And so it was a very simple conversation of you have to stop pulling money out of this. Why are you even putting it in if you got to pull it out?

Marc Killian:

Yeah, he's sabotaging himself.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, sabotaging himself. So he's a laborer and he did not know that he was supposed to leave it in there. And I said, "Well, what do you think you're... Why are we even doing this?" And so I had him come in, had a long talk about finances and where he wanted to go and whatnot, and I think we've got him on the straight and narrow. But he actually just thought that this was a temporary savings and then he was to pull it out when he needed it. And so that kind of stuff goes on. I mean, everywhere. Not to that extent, but...

Marc Killian:

Right, but it's how we get in our own way. And again, the point is these things can severely hold us back or even wreck our strategies. So we certainly don't want to do that. And it's always hard to pay ourselves back. I mean, it's bad enough this old adage about not borrowing money from or not loaning money to family, right? Because they know, "Well, you're family. I shouldn't have to pay you back." That kind of thing. Same kind of thing with yourself sometimes. "I shouldn't have to pay myself back."

But again, you're kind of paying future you back, or you're not paying future you back, I suppose, by not doing it. So, all right, good one there. That's certainly a good one to think about. All right, let's go to the next one here. And it's, "You'll only live once. Might as well spend it now." There's a bunch of people who can certainly, I can even identify with this somewhat, Tony. I mean, there's lots of times where you're thinking, what is the old saying, Tony?

There's not a Brinks truck following the hearse, right? On the way to the funeral or to the cemetery, so might as well enjoy it. And we want to enjoy it, but you got to be a little bit responsible. And this is the point of a strategy or a plan because it seems like people fall in two categories. They either have saved fantastically, they got a ton of stuff that they'll never be able to use, and then they're still afraid they can't use it so they don't enjoy their retirement. Or you got the ones who blow it a little too much and they're worried about not making it all the way through retirement. You got to find a happy ground in there somewhere.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, the keyword, you just mentioned it, is balance. And you have to balance everything there, which is why you want to have a plan in the first place. So I look at this one as this is the people that don't even start with the last topic we just discussed. They don't even save any money to even pull it out. They're just spending every dime.

Marc Killian:

They're just big wheeling it. Okay.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And I agree that, yes, we can't control when the end is for each one of us, and so I get it. And this is a great topic where if you get a plan in place and then learn to live without, you can have a little of both and still have some fun in life and have a great retirement towards the end. But you can't do that. You can't just live above your means and constantly not save. You'll never get to where you're going. And believe it or not, we have a lot of tax clients that they've gone all their lives and they're now in their late seventies, early eighties, and they've done this. And only now are they scratching their head saying, "Man, I probably messed up a little bit. I shouldn't have done all that and I did it incorrectly." And they don't have any more time. So for them, it is what it is and you got to take what you have. But especially the young, you got to get out of that habit.

Marc Killian:

Gotcha. Well, talking about young, let's go to our next one here. "I'm too young to start saving for retirement." So that fits very well to what you were just saying. But man, I got a 27-year-old daughter, she's had a good career now in last three or four years, and I've been harping on her. You're in a great place. Put more away than you think you can while you can because you don't have any kids and things of that nature right now. That stuff's going to change. And so don't act like, "Well, I'm 27, I'm young, I'm having fun, blah." Great, but still. Put 15% away, man, don't be a dolt.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, I think it's never too young to start saving. Even if it's 10, 20 bucks a paycheck, get in the habit of saving.

Marc Killian:

Heck yeah.

Tony Mauro:

You can always add more as you make more. But as you said, life starts getting in the way. Kids start coming for the young people, marriage, all kinds of things, and-

Marc Killian:

Of course, look at the cost of housing now, right? They're terrified they can't even afford to buy a house. So they feel like, "Well, how am I going to save for retirement when I'm trying to save for a house?" I get it. But to your point, God willing, future you is still standing down the road waiting, Tony. At some point, you're going to be 70 and you're going to really wish that younger you wouldn't have been a goober and not put anything away.

Tony Mauro:

It's interesting too, you get with an advisor and start asking them, "Well, if I put away say a hundred dollars a month now and what I'll have at say age 70 versus if I start in five years from now, what will I have?" And let them show you what those differences are, and they are pretty large. So delaying is a bad tactic because it's going to cost you a lot more. You're just going to have to spend up, and we're going to talk about that in a second. You're going to have to save more later and it's going to be a lot more and it's going to be a lot more painful.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, very true. And we don't want that, right? The painful part is what we're trying to avoid by hopefully-

Tony Mauro:

Try to avoid that, yeah.

Marc Killian:

... building a nest egg early on. And again, to your point, and you can go do some crazy, you can go out there and look at some really cool interesting things. You can use some calculators. Just putting away 30 bucks a month starting at 18 or 20, what it can do by the time you're 65 is crazy. Some good stuff out there that you can certainly be doing even when you can't afford it. But especially if you are in your twenties and you are making a decent living and you can put a little extra away because you don't have some of those extra things going on and maybe it cuts back your partying or your going out or your whatever. It's worth it in the long run. Just a little bit here and there to do that so that you can kind of let that compounding interest really kick in over the next 35 or 40 years. So never too young.

All right, let's see, what else have we got here, Tony? Like you said, there's like a list of 50 of these we could go through. So let's do this one here. "I can make up for lost time." Okay, and here we go. So I didn't start young. I'm too young, so I'm not going to start. Well, you rolled yourself into number four here, which is, "I can make up for lost time by saving more later on." This is almost like the paying myself back conversation. Are you going to make up for lost time? If you spent 30 years not getting ready for retirement and then you went, "Oh, crap, I'm 55, I better get started." Yeah, it's never too late. I suppose we need to say that, and there's definitely ways you can do some things and there's catch up contributions and things that allow us to make up some ground, but maybe this is more of a willpower conversation, Tony. Are you going to actually put the effort in this time?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Are you going to do that, put the effort in? And then if you're going to say that and we show you the numbers, now you're talking a lot of pain, because if you can have the willpower to do it, you are going to have to start saving a lot more. And then you are going to have to really make some tough decisions in your life as to whether I want to get to the end with a certain goal in mind, and do I want to give up that kind of money, not give up, but save that kind of money? Will my lifestyle afford that?

Marc Killian:

Yeah, alter your lifestyle for a little while going into it. I mean, nobody wants to go backwards in their retirement lifestyle. From the ideal, I mean, ideally, Tony, when we're 50-plus, we're hopefully making the most money, right? This is all common sense stuff. We're hopefully making the most money we have in our professional careers. Hopefully the kids are out of the house, we're working our way towards the house being paid off. So yes, there are ways. And you are in a good spot to save more, but how badly have you damaged yourself by not doing any prep ahead of time? Some people it's a little, some people it's a lot. So you may have to truly decide, what am I cutting out to get this extra savings in? It may have to be more than you planned on, so just be prepared for that.

And I'm sure that you've seen people in various stages of this, right? I mean, and so many of us walk into a financial advisor's office for the first time and I think it's pretty overwhelming. I want to say it's like seven out of every 10 people or whatever feel like they walk in and they're already filled with dread because they're like, "I know I'm not in a good spot, I'm not in good shape." And oftentimes they're actually pretty pleasantly surprised to find out they're in better shape than they realize, which is good. Do you see that as well?

Tony Mauro:

We do see that, and I think a lot of people think they're going to walk out of here and we're just going to beat them up over, "Well, you haven't done all this. You didn't start early enough, blah, blah, blah." But it really isn't about that. It really is, "Here's where you're at, and if you want to be here, here's what it takes to get there. How can we do that?" And at least you know, well, maybe my goal is too farfetched or maybe I'm better off than I thought I was and this isn't going to be too bad. And it's good to walk out having some sort of plan.

Marc Killian:

It's a minor tweak, it's a major tweak. It's no tweaks. It could be anything.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, could be anything. And then try to work that plan and feel like you have somebody on your side helping you with that. And then if you do get off a little bit where you might be tempted to pull some money out of savings to take a vacation, we can be at least a sounding board. Obviously at the end of the day, it's your decision. It's always your money. But yeah.

Marc Killian:

Okay. Well, speaking of advisors, let's wrap it up with this one, Tony. For a long time, and it's definitely gotten better, but here even in 2024, you'll still hear people go, "I don't earn enough or have enough," or whatever, "...to hire a financial advisor. I'm not rich." I think there used to be a stigma about, definitely was a stigma about financial advisors and certainly something like a trust where, "Well, that's only for the really wealthy." And that has changed so dramatically. I mean, so many people in various walks of life have financial professionals that help them out because it's a coach. It's like coaching to be better at golf or your baseball swing or whatever.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And I like this one because when I hear that, I try to ask clients or potential clients, "Well, what have you heard? How do you think that we are paid and how much do you think we're paid?" Because it's, most advisors today are either fee only or asset-based, which is a form of a fee. And even if you start young and you don't have particularly a lot to get started with, most advisors are going to help you. The fees are not going to be as high as somebody that has a lot of money, but the complexity is not going to be there either.

Marc Killian:

Sure. Well, you're talking stages of life, right? Because you may hear some people, you'll hear somebody say, "Well, this advisor only works with somebody who has a million dollars saved. And I don't have that, so I'm not rich," or whatever the case is. But again, you're talking about various different types of advisors or professionals out there and what stage are you at? So it's looking for the professional that's maybe helping you with climbing the mountain versus helping you with descending the mountain. You're going to be in both of those points, but find the right person to help you with where you're at currently, right?

Tony Mauro:

That's it. And you want to ask the advisor, you want to know what they're getting paid just like you would any place else, whether you take your car somewhere or buy it, go buy a piece of clothing, you want to know what you're paying. And you also want to know what you're getting because I think that's the most important point because as long as the expectations are lined up and you find value there, then you're going to be in good shape. Now if you're going into an advisory relationship and you're just starting out and say you're going to start with an IRA and put five, $6,000 a year in it, you can't expect your advisor to meet with you 15 times a year and you're calling, bouncing stock ideas off them, because they just can't be profitable like that. But as long as they set up saying, "Here's what we're doing for you at this stage of life," and you're good with that and aligns with whatever you're paying them, it's a win-win.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, okay. All right. And like I said, we've seen this financial lie or myth or whatever get better through the years where more people are certainly waking up to the idea that they can provide value. And even if you're a do-it-yourselfer, think about the fact that Vanguard, which is one of the cheapest options out there for do-it-yourselfers to use, Tony. They even publish fairly often their findings that advisors bring real value to the table, often in the area of behavioral management, just keeping us from being our own worst enemy. Back to that number one where we take money and do something incorrectly with it.

Tony Mauro:

That's what we're getting paid for these days. And I say this, and this goes against a lot of advisors type of talk, but you really don't need an advisor to go pick investments. I mean, there's so much information out there.

Marc Killian:

So much technology, yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And what you need us for is what we just talked about and trying to keep you on plan and making sure you're trying to hit your goals. That's what you're paying for. And the investment part, even if you go do that part on your own and you're still paying an advisor just a fee, it's really that coaching slash consulting throughout the different stages of life.

Marc Killian:

Yeah. And Tony, and don't sell yourself short too though. I think the downside, the down, I shouldn't say downside. The downward trek from the mountain, it's coming down off the mountain, which is retirement where we're now pulling money out. There's a lot of levers being moved at this point, and it's how these things all play together. It's a lot easier to build wealth than it is to preserve it and then distribute it throughout retirement. That's really where I think the rubber meets the road as well.

The behavioral thing is certainly there because when we get, because we're nervous, right? I don't want to be 80 and without any money, so I want to make sure I don't make any mistakes. And often we wind up making mistakes trying to not make mistakes because we get scared of whatever. So I think it's really both those pieces in my mind, the value you guys bring into the table is that how do all these pieces now play together in this thing called retirement along with the behavioral coaching to say, "Okay, now I get why you're nervous, but let's not do this or that or whatever without really thinking it through."

Tony Mauro:

You're right. That's the favorite part that I like the most anyway, is once you do get to these goals, which is usually around retirement, is okay, now everything changes. Now we got to try to figure out how do we make this money last and so you can enjoy what you just spent a lifetime building. And you're right, there's a lot of different pieces then. And obviously people want to earn as much as they can on the money that they've got accumulated so that they can use this in the ways that they want. So that's where it becomes difficult.

Marc Killian:

Well, and then the behavioral management comes in of don't risk pushing for big earnings and putting yourself in this vulnerable state where you can also lose a lot because you're taking on more risks than you really need to. Hey, the plan says you're good. We've built this plan and you can get by on or not even get by, but you can be successful on 6% return or, I'm just making up a number here. So why are you risking serious pain for 12%? Yeah, I get it. We all would love 12% year over year. It's not realistic, so why risk it?

Tony Mauro:

No, I agree with that.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, okay. All right, well there you go. And of course then there's the tax lever, right? So I'm going to wrap it up here. But basically when we're thinking about retirement, and Tony, obviously as a CPA and a CFP, you've got both sides of this going on in your head there. But when we're building wealth, it's a whole lot easier just kind of putting the stuff in there and blah, blah, blah. But when we're starting thinking about retirement, when you pull one lever about where you take money from and when, it affects three or four other levers. So tax efficiency becomes a big part of this conversation as well.

Tony Mauro:

Big part of the conversation. Absolutely.

Marc Killian:

Yeah. All right. Well, that's going to do it. So five lies we might tell ourselves about money. And of course, if you need some help, especially on that behavioral side, I've been kidding myself, or I've been leading myself around by the nose, maybe I should stop doing that. Well, reach out to Tony and his team if you've got questions, need some help. As always, before you take any action, check with a qualified professional like Tony. Again, he is a CPA and a CFP and EA of 30-plus years in the industry. So great resource for you to tap into. Subscribe to the podcast Plan with the Tax Man. You can find all the information you need at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. Tony, thanks for hanging out buddy.

Tony Mauro:

Okay, we'll see you next time.

Marc Killian:

I always appreciate you. We'll catch you a little bit later here on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Very often, we see people who know that the financial decisions that they’re making aren’t the best decisions, but they try to create excuses or explanations for why they’re doing what they’re doing. Let’s talk about why these excuses usually don’t hold water.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 00:00

Very often we see people who know that the financial decisions that they're making aren't the best decisions, but they try to create excuses to explain why they do what they do. So let's talk about that this week. You're on playing with the tax man. Look up in the sky. It's a bird.

Announcer 2 00:17

It's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero. But Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man.

Marc Killian 00:31

Hey, everybody, welcome into the podcast, Tony myself here to talk investing finance and retirement, Tony and myself and on the Why can't talk this week, to have a conversation about popular excuses for poor financial decision making. And really, Tony, I think I've just got like five basic questions here. Look, we are all really good at saying well, I did this because of that, right. And sometimes we know, it's a bunch of BS that we're just, we're just throwing some junk out there. Because we didn't think it through or we rush to a decision. And certainly that's part of life, it's part of being human. But when it comes to the financial stuff, especially as we're getting closer to retirement, you know, we really don't want to be making excuses for bad decisions, because we don't really have the time to fix these bad decisions. So let's maybe try to get it right the first time. Right. Okay. Yeah, no, I agree with that. It makes sense, right? I mean, it makes your job easier to write when we can get it right the first time because it makes it easier for you to build that plan for us, right.

Tony Mauro 01:27

So let's talk about a few places where we might get this wrong and make an excuse. And obviously, we're going to start with Social Security. Clearly, the whole turning and on at 62 thing, the excuse being, I want to get it back before it's gone, or whatever thing you want to grab on to, other than just saying, I truly need the money. That's why I'm turning it on. Okay, that's a valid reason, right? But just saying they owe me it's mind, whatever I'm turning it on, well, fine. But you could be costing yourself a ton of money if you do that. A ton of money. The other the other excuse it goes along with that, as you know, they're going broke. Right, right and apply. And, and I just had an email this morning from a tax client asking this very question. And his email went, you know, I, my wife is 67 or thinking about wait until 70. I've asked different people, they'll give me different answers. Of course they do. And they want to know about when they should take it. Now, most people at the younger ages, you know, they may want the money, that's a valid reason. And there's all kinds of things that go into it. But what I can say from a financial planning standpoint is, and we have this and we utilize this for our clients and your visor should have this is there's some sophisticated software that we can run and punch numbers in to show you basically, you know, here's what you're gonna get over your lifetime. If you take it at 60, to full retirement age 70, whatever you want, and show you how long it takes to break even because that's most of the time, what you're asking is, how long do I have to live, but to break even actually come out? Ahead? And there's a lot of factors and there's no wrong answer. But don't just rush to take it at 62. Because you think that, you know, you're gonna get the government, you know, you're gonna show them and listen

Marc Killian 03:14

to them, ya know, and you're thinking to yourself, if you do this wrong, right,

Tony Mauro 03:18

you're staying to yourself, because every year you you wait all the way up to the max, which is 70, they give you a little bit of an incentive to wait because they increase it by about 8%. And then people get confused. And they say, Well, yeah, but I didn't get it for eight years or five years, you know, and that's where we could show them with some software and make it very easy with some calculations. And obviously, we're going to show them in layman's terms, not not show them all this other stuff, right. But it's easy to show somebody you know, if you wait till this, here's your life, you know, based on your average life, yeah, how much you you actually could come out ahead, and then it's up to the course the client to decide, you know, there's there's a lot of factors that go into this. There's health, there's longevity in your family, things like that. And like you said, if you really need or want the money now, no one's gonna say you can't do it. It just might be a bad decision. Yeah,

Marc Killian 04:09

I mean, that's what the stress test is for. Right? So Security Maximization, right? You guys can go through that and and see where you, you know, where it stands, where what makes the most sense, right? What is your breakeven point? So don't just make that excuse, you know, get the answer and then make the decision. Number two, when someone's taking too much risk with their money, often we'll hear excuses like, well, I got behind, right, I'm making up for lost time, right, which is normal. We all feel that way. We feel like we didn't get enough save for retirement. But a lot of times, Tony, you'll hear this when somebody comes in for that initial consultation, and you're looking through their portfolio and you're kind of working on, you know, building something with them. And they're like, you're like, Oh, you're taking way more risk than you probably should be at this age. And they're like, Yeah, that's because I got behind. Well, that's the point of the evaluation is that maybe you're taking more risk and you don't actually have to maybe you're not as bad of shape as you thought you were. That's right.

Tony Mauro 04:58

And you know, it all comes down to trying to figure that out and backing into it from a good plan a good starting point because that's what their goals are and whatnot. And if they haven't defined that in at least sit down with them, and come up with those goals and what they're, you know, what they actually say their risk tolerance is compared to what they're doing. And I hear this all the time, we tried to tell them, Well, maybe we can get to these goals by you just saving a little more, because you know, the risk you're taking might be far too large. And risk is the risk, you know, if that risk does not pay off, you really going to be in a real bad spot, versus maybe we better back it down a little bit. Yeah, you might not get to where you need to be, but you're gonna have something. That's what we try to go over

Marc Killian 05:42

there. Yeah, great point, you know, so again, you want to make sure that, you know, if you're feeling behind, first find out if you truly are before you start swinging for the fences, right? Yeah. And then if you need to take your visor is going to say, okay, look, we are a little bit behind, here's some of that, here's a couple of strategies that we may need to do to get you to your goal, versus just, you know, willy nilly taking the risk, when you may not need to, or as much risk or more risk than you need to. So sitting on too much cash, right, they'll often explain it, well, you know, I don't want to lose it, like I lost in less than the market went down. Now, I realize that that's changed a little bit these past couple of years with cash, finally paying a little something. But if you're still being pretty hesitant to be in the market, for your long term monies, you're doing yourself a disservice. Because ultimately, even the cash that we're getting right now, 20, which is better, still doesn't keep up with inflation. So you've got to have some growth monies,

Tony Mauro 06:35

you got to have some some growth monies. And this is where a good plan comes into place. Because hopefully, you know, you can be diversified. Yes, you can keep some additional monies in cash, especially these days, because it's it is better than it's been, but long term wise, it's not going to get you to your growth goals, especially if you're a little younger. I mean, it's a little different for retirees. But, you know, at the same time, most of the time, we'll we'll ask them, Well, if you lost all your money, you know, the quote, last time, what were you actually doing? Were you trying to do all this yourself and took too much risk, which we just were talking about, and you had a bad, you know, short term fluctuation in the market, you panicked and sold everything, you know, so we try to get them off of that, you know, trying to time the market and not worry so much about that, and, and base it off? what their plan is?

Marc Killian 07:26

Yeah, definitely. Right. And, you know, I get it, I get having that feeling of, Oh, I feel better seeing X amount of dollars in the bank, or whatever the case is. But again, basic conversation is that you're losing money safely. Even though if even if you are getting four or 5%, which is you know, what we can kind of see right now, it's still not truly keeping up with what we know, inflation, real inflation to be not just those CPI numbers. Okay, number four, when someone has no idea what they're invested in, or what their money is even doing for them? Well, the excuse sometimes is, I don't know, I just I pick this or I did that or, but it's not my thing. So just it's look good. You know, whatever excuse you want to kind of pick, you've got to understand what it is you have and why you have it. Even if it's not your thing, you need a basic understanding of that. And I think a good advisor is going to help you explain that to you. Why they're recommending what they've recommended, and what it's doing for you.

Tony Mauro 08:18

That's exactly it. I mean, it this is my favorite, especially when people come in and they've have money in their 401k different investments, they have no idea what it is in or even what it's done. Yeah. And that, just like you said, that is where it just like we talked about on the last episode, a financial advisor that you're paying a fee to, is going to be able to help you.

Marc Killian 08:41

Well think about like because this is our thing. Yeah, I think about like this, you know, how many people get in, get into a stock? Because they hear it's cool, or because the dad loved it. You know, whatever, right? Like dad had coke, I want coke. That's not an endorsement for Coke, by the way, folks. You know, Coca Cola. Okay, I'll clarify. But you gotta meet like, or GM or whatever, right? You know what Dad always drove Chevy. So I love GM, you know, stock or something like that. That's fine. But is it really like, is it beneficial in your overall strategy? There's, I guess there's nothing wrong with having some favorites. But whenever you're sitting down to craft a plan with your advisor, let them know that there's some personal attachment to that, but also be open to hearing the fact that maybe you shouldn't have this percentage in just that thing, right? Because it's not helping you or whatever the cases. Yeah, I mean, and we have clients that did want certain types of investments for sentimental reasons. Wrong, like you say, right. But it's, it's just part of the overall plan. But if you're just kind of out there, willy nilly and say, Well, I've

Tony Mauro 09:44

got this I've got that because of this or you know, your quote, excuse that may not be or have anything to do with getting you to where you need to be Yeah, with your goals and in your plan. Yeah. And so that needs to be looked at and again, that's, that's where it ends. lasers gonna hold

Marc Killian 10:00

true if sometimes we'll hear stuff like, Well, that went to three means I went to three different companies bought three different mutual funds. So therefore I'm I'm diversified because I don't really understand this, but I figured that God has me covered, right? So I've covered myself by buying three different funds from three different companies and somehow thinking that you're diversified. And oftentimes you're not you've really bought three mutual funds with the same junk in them. Same, you know, the same holdings? Yeah, absolutely. Exactly. So, all right, last one, Tony, if you're working with a professional and advisor, broker, whatever, and you're not sure that you want to move on, but you kind of feel like you should. First of all, if you're already asking yourself that question, if you're already saying, Maybe I need to be looking for more out of my advisory relationship, then something's clearly bugging you, right? And you need to get to the bottom of that with the current one. But if you're not willing to walk away, just because the you know, you've had a good relationship, or it's been a long relationship, the excuse sometimes is I just don't want to be hurtful, or they've always done me right, or whatever the case is. And I make this joke often, Tony, but that's like saying, Well, I keep going to my pediatrician, even though I'm 60 years old, just because he's a good guy, or a good gal. Well, they're not the right doctor for you anymore. They work with kids. I mean, so you need to see a doctor who's, you know, helping older folks and things of that nature that specializes in that. And I think the same thing applies with what you guys do, whether it's a specialty thing, or if it's just, you're not getting out of the relationship, what you should be, at this time of your life. Don't be afraid to, you know, look around for a new one.

Tony Mauro 11:30

Yeah. And I think, you know, if you're asking yourself that question, just like you were mentioning, something is bothering you, I think what you need to do is, first of all, figure out what that is, there's some part of the of the value proposition that you're not getting as a client, and that you maybe think you should, first thing you probably should do if you really want to want to bug out in the open is talk to the adviser about it, and just tell him or her that, hey, I think I should be doing this it. Is this fit in what you do and how we're doing it. And if not, don't be afraid to say, well, you know, I think I need that. And I may want to go to somebody else. That's that's the first thing. Because obviously, it's not going to get better unless something has its address. Yep. Communication or something. I had a client like that. And he came over and as a relationship developed, really, I found that he did not want he did not want to do financial planning. All of a sudden, you know, he came in Oh, yeah. Oh, that's great, blah, blah, blah. But really, all he wanted to do was he was a he was a TV watcher, and he constantly wanted us to find equities for him that outperformed the s&p. And we just finally said, You know what, we can't do that. I can admit it. You know, I'm not a stock picker. I'm

Marc Killian 12:48

a planner. Right. Right. And if, if you're not a day trader, you know, you're not a day trader, or a broker. Yeah, no.

Tony Mauro 12:54

Yeah. You know, I, it's just not where I want to be and tried several times to get him and his wife together to, you know, to lead the plan didn't have any interest in that. Finally, I told him, I said, you know, what, I can't be a value to you, you need to go either. Do what you want to do on your own and find another advisor, because I so I kind of actually severed the relationship, because I said, I, I'm, as a fiduciary, we talked about that a little bit earlier, I can't provide you any value. I, you're, you're paying me a fee. And I can't give you what you want.

Marc Killian 13:26

Right? So no, and that's great, right? I mean, you've got to have the right relationship for what it is that you're looking for, and being able to receive, right. So even if you are older, and you know, you need a financial advisor who specializes in retirement or, you know, building those kinds of strategies, but you're not willing to receive that information, and or work the plan that you guys create together, then you're just wasting everybody's time and money, right. So money. Yeah. So you know, it's good to have an advisor that can give you look, we all want to have our handheld from time to time, but you also need that person that says, that gives it to you straight, like I changed my cardiologist, you know, after having heart surgery, because the other guy I had, well, we'll find doctor, his delivery style didn't work for me told me I didn't, you know, like, it wasn't communicating well for me to do the things I needed to do for my, you know, for my recovery. So I switched to a different cardiologist, and this guy got tired of my junk, and he started getting in my face. And it worked. Because that's what I needed, right? I needed someone to be a little bit more stern with me. You'd think that you would need someone to be starting with you and dealing with a heart situation, but I did and so therefore I had to find the right doctor. Same thing, right, same exact thing. Same thing.

Tony Mauro 14:41

Absolutely. And there's you know, obviously everybody knows there's a lot of advisors out there you got to find somebody that is going to be your style so to speak. Yep. And because otherwise relationship you know, it's like any other relationship just like you were saying doesn't work doesn't

Marc Killian 14:56

work starts to fizzle, you dread going you don't really fall go through with things, whatever. Right? So those are some things to think about folks, you know, on a conversation this week, don't make excuses for yourself. We all you know, we're humans, we can do it pretty darn easily. But when it comes to your finances, try to try to eliminate those so you can get it right the first time and have that happy in enjoyable retirement future that we all want. And if you need some help with that, you need to find the right person for you. Well sit down for a consultation with Tony and his team and see if they are the right fit for you at your planning proz.com That's your planning proz.com Tony has been doing this for 30 plus years a great resource for you to tap into. He's a CPA, a CFP, and n e AE. And again a great resource for you to reach out to at your planning proz.com Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast so you can catch future episodes as well as past episodes. And Tony, my friend. Thank you for hanging out. All right, we'll

Tony Mauro 15:48

see you on the next episode. Yes, sir. We'll

Marc Killian 15:50

catch you next time here on plan with the tax man with Tony Morrow.

Walter Storholt 15:59

Securities offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC investment advisory services offered through a van tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional

View Details

Uncover the critical mistakes many make when choosing a financial advisor. We're cutting through the noise to highlight what often goes wrong—from misplaced trust in big names to overlooking the fine print. This episode is your essential guide to avoiding those pitfalls and making informed decisions that align with your financial goals

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 00:01

On this edition of the podcast, we're going to uncover some critical mistakes many make when choosing a financial advisor, we'll try to cut through the noise and figure out where we go wrong when it comes to finding the right financial advisor here on plan with the tax man. Look up in the sky. It's a bird.

Announcer 2 00:18

It's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero, but Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man.

Marc Killian 00:33

Hey, everybody, welcome to the podcast, Tony and myself here to talk investing financial retirement, and mistakes made when choosing a financial advisor is the topic of conversation. See if we can go through a couple of things here I got a I got a pretty long list. But we'll do at least a few of these, Tony and see how we can highlight some stuff for folks, how you doing?

Tony Mauro 00:51

And well, how

Marc Killian 00:52

about you hanging in there looking forward to a good conversation with you, as always, in getting ourselves into the groove with our podcast here, everything's going well for you.

Tony Mauro 01:03

It's going good, you know, tax season is as we're recording this now behind us, we have a few clients that we still they still owe us some information to get those done. But everybody is kind of taken care of and course around here now that the sun is shining a little bit everybody's getting outside more so like everybody's always a little happier. You don't want to come around. I'll

Marc Killian 01:26

tell you what, my neck of the woods, it's rained for like six days straight and about over it. Yeah, ready for some sunshine, we had a lot of sunshine for it. So I guess can't complain too much. But let's get into our topic today. Here. I've got a bunch of these, like I said, I don't know, we could easily turn this into a two parter. We'll see how it goes. But let's let's get started. See if we can run through some mistakes that people make when choosing a financial advisor. First and foremost, not understanding how the advisor gets paid. Look, this doesn't have to be a taboo thing, right? I mean, you guys don't work for free. But certainly as the client or potential client, it's okay for us to ask and understand how do you get paid? That's

Tony Mauro 02:01

right. And I think you do have to ask that to, you know, have your advisor. And you know, when you're choosing advisors, they should be able to tell you exactly how they're how they're doing that right. commission based fee based what right? Yeah, and you know, it's a little it's in yet you, what you need to do is maybe take a step further and ask for an explanation, if you don't understand most advisors today are either that they're either commission fee based or asset based, you know, and what we try to do is stay away from the commission based, you know, if at all possible, and what we do is we go kind of go over it and writing with our clients, you know, here's the way we get paid. And they have a choice, basically, at least with us, is they can just pay us a financial planning fee, just like they would if I put on my accountant hat and pay for that. Or they can and then go take and then invest and manage the assets themselves. Or like a lot of advisors, they call it an asset based fee, it's usually between a half and 1%. And what that is, is, you know, based on the amount you have invested, say it's $10,000, the advisor then makes you know, a half to 1% of that as his or her fee for, you know, helping you with your plan. And then you know, so you both grow together, but it's not based on any types of commissions or anything like that. Gotcha, gotcha, key, yeah, it's just really get it out in front of you. And, and then make sure you understand it, and ask a lot of questions.

Marc Killian 03:31

Exactly. And there's, people get a little weird sometimes when asking about that part of things, which I don't nearly understand in the financial services world, but it does happen. You go to you go to your mechanic, you ask him how much they're gonna charge you to fix the car, right? So I don't understand, sometimes you will get a little bit, you know, trepidatious around dealing with the how do you get paid question when it comes to financial advisors, but certainly nothing wrong with it, they expect it. So don't make that mistake, folks, and just talk it through and make sure that it's the right type of fee structure for you. Alright, number two, what about putting too much trust in big name brands, Tony, like, you know, I think the with the way it works now, with so many independent financial advisors, like yourself all across the country, you know, it doesn't necessarily mean because you're working with this person's smaller practice, that they can't do the same things that a big national brand can do, especially when a lot of times, you know, you guys are middle of people are going through fidelity or or whoever as the backing? Is it make a difference? does is it needed any more to go with the big name brand?

Tony Mauro 04:29

Short answer? No, I would say, right, well make it easy, you know, and that not to knock the big, big houses and things like that. They certainly have a name and brand recognition and things like that. But these days, you know, every financial adviser has access to depending on on how they're licensed and whatnot, how access to pretty much every types of of investment, you know, whether it be stocks, bonds, mutual funds, all the way across the board. And so what it really comes down to in my mind is the relationship Forget about names, and make sure you have a good relationship. You understand what this advisor is going to do from you, regardless of where you're at, you know, I think the, you know, in the old days, you know, when everybody was you watch the movies and whatnot, and you see those big wire houses and things, peddling individual investments and things like that. It's not like that anymore. You know, it's about the planning and whatnot. But I don't think it's, you know, it's putting too much trust in or maybe even lack thereof of I don't think in any of us are a better option than the other just because of a name, I guess.

Marc Killian 05:38

Yeah. And I like that, too. It's about the relationship. Right? You know, you can certainly go to one of the big name places, but they also do have sometimes agendas, right. So they may have quotas that they're asking of their, their franchises across the nation, or whatever. And so sometimes you look like a, you know, a nail, because they, they've been given a hammer to use, right. So you want to make sure that you're having those conversations as well. And, you know, when you're talking about making mistakes here, as the end user, as the client, if you're sitting there meeting with an advisor, you're going through the the initial consultation period to find out if it's the right fit, don't just sit nod your head and smile. If you don't truly understand something, don't be afraid to look like you don't understand, right? There's nothing wrong with that. That's why you went to see them and to begin with, because this is not your forte. So ask clarifying questions, right? You do, you

Tony Mauro 06:25

got to ask a lot of questions. And it's any advisor that is comfortable in what they're doing. We're not afraid to answer questions, because like you said, that's what you're paying us for. Otherwise, you go out, and you certainly can do these days on your own. And

Marc Killian 06:39

you know, and it's only if the advisor is, is is over talking right? Maybe over explaining or using, you know, terminology that you're not used to, you know, a that's part of the feeling out process, okay, maybe you decided that this person is not going to be the right fit for you during that consultation period, because they're not explaining it to you in a way you can understand. But they also might just be give them the benefit of the doubt that they might just be so used to talking in that way that they need you to kind of say, Hey, I'm not quite fall on you. Can you explain that more? And I think an advisor worth their salt is going to be absolutely no, no problem. Absolutely. Let me back that down and talk to you about it. Right. Absolutely. And I think that's something that we got to be comfortable with as the end user that, you know, that's why the that's why all advisors that I know really do offer that consultation, and conversation that thing complimentary, because it's like, it's a feeling out process. Does my communication style work for you? Does it work? You know, do you receive it? Well, actually, I'll just go to that one. Next on my list, covering expectations and the communication style. Tony, I'll jump around on here. Yeah, I think that's a great one too, right? Because if you meet with someone, you say, okay, hey, what are the expectations for us getting together? How often are we doing this, right? So that you don't feel like later on? Well, my, my guy or gal never calls me that kind of thing.

Tony Mauro 07:52

Exactly. And any advisor that is worthwhile, in my opinion, is going to lay this out, even in the initial consultation, it's what we do, we basically go over, you know, here's what you can expect of us. And here's how we like to communicate. And it's not just, you know, in generalities, we say, we're going to meet this many times a year, right. And if you prefer communications in person, that's what they will do them, if you want zoom calls, we'll do them that way, or even phone calls. But we are going to set up an agenda. And here's what we do all the way through the plan and then monitoring the plan. So they understand what they're getting. Because obviously, we're here to provide value. And if we can't show that we're providing that value, for the fee that they're paying, you know, obviously, they're not going to be real comfortable with that. But in that respect, also, you have to understand too, as as a client, that if you, you know, obviously, advisors are like everybody else, the more work you do, the more you expect to be paid. And so it's different, because you're talking about, you know, clients that their advisor never calls them, well, there could be a reason for that. Because, you know, if you're a client, let's say, and you're putting, for example, by $1,000 $6,000, into a Roth IRA every year, which is great, you should have the expectation that your advisor should at least be meeting with you, I would say annually, maybe a little more. But if you're calling that advisor expecting a meeting every month, they may tell you and they should upfront we do is that that's that's not this relationship, because of the fact that we meet that many times if there's no way that the advisor can be profitable. And I think that's where some of this, you know, voodoo and nobody wants to disclose fees, because there's that disconnect between the value given and the fee earned. And if you're upfront with clients, you know, and they understand that upfront, I think it just sets the tone for a much better relationship. You take the same investor that has say $2 million and a complex situation. Well, they well not only is the advisor going to make more Yes, but they probably need more meetings. But some people, we get it a lot, you know, where it's the young person wants to come in, and they want to talk about stocks. And every time they see us, you know, something on TV, they want to call on talk about it. Well, you know, the advisor might say, Well, wait a minute, you know, that's great and all but, you know, we can't really write to add value with that. And, you know, time is of the essence all the time. And so, the more we're upfront with people with that, I think, the better the relationship is,

Marc Killian 10:32

and to me, that sounds like maybe a bit more of a broker type relationship than looking for a financial advisor, financial advisor, really helping you kind of build, you know, your, your wealth, not only building the wealth, but also obviously, the preservation side of it, which actually really walks me into this next piece, which is picking someone with the wrong specialty. So part of that communication issue could be the fact that you know, you're younger, and you don't need a financial advisor per se, that specializes in retirement or whatever, you need someone who specializes in just wealth accumulation. Or maybe you just need a broker. But if you're over 50, you probably don't want a broker anymore, you want someone who's going to be talking to you about the other piece is like Social Security and like legacy, and so on and so forth.

Tony Mauro 11:16

Yeah. And it lends itself to even if you are a young client, it may start out fairly simple, you know, with a Roth IRA. And that's true, as you you know, as you grow, and as you get older, then it morphs into a different type of relationship more like you say, on the, on the planning side. And I think, you know, there are, it's a question to ask an advisor in the initial consultation is, you know, who basically, do you work with most of that time?

Marc Killian 11:44

Yeah, that's where I was gonna go, I was gonna say, Tony, ever, everybody's different. And you being also having the tax practice of the CPA and stuff, I imagine, there's, there's two types of clients that you guys have that might be good on that front, but they're really not the they're not in the right spot, or they don't need to pay you for the financial side of things yet, because it's just not where they're at right? Now.

Tony Mauro 12:03

It's not where they're at in their life. And we get it a lot of times with the young tax clients that they, they want to they want to bounce ideas off of us, you know, and they're just, they want to say, you know, I want to go out and buy some stocks, I want you to tell me what you think, right? Well, you really don't need us for that there's so much information out there, we have access to pretty much the same information you do. That probably is not a good fit for us. But right, maybe it is for somebody else.

Marc Killian 12:28

Exactly. Yep. Yeah. So there's nothing wrong with specialty, right? You don't go to the PD pediatrician anymore when you're 50. Right. Lily, yeah, you could you go to a different kind of doctor. Right. So same kind of thing, financially speaking. You know, how important is it to check their credentials? You know, it kind of ties back into the speciality, maybe, right, making sure. Are they a fiduciary? Is that what you need? Right? Do you need someone who's insurance only? Or need someone who can do both sides? Right, both, you know, equities and insurance products and things of that nature?

Tony Mauro 13:01

I think so I think it's important that you have an advisor that can do all of that. I mean, it's not necessary, but it's easier as a client. I think, the fiduciary it's been a big term in the financial planning circles. Now. I think it's important. I mean, this is just my opinion. Of course, I'm biased, because you know, I have to be held to that as you are one. Yeah. Because I am one in you really, all that means is that, you know, we're supposed to put the client interest before our own meaning that we should not be biased, as to the fact that well, we will, we're going to do this for you, Mr. Mrs. Client, because we earn more money on that, right. That's where we're, we're advisors whether or not telling people because it it, you know, it might look bad, right?

Marc Killian 13:46

Well, so Tony, think about this way, tell me if I'm wrong here. So like, if you're not a fiduciary, if your suitability only right, and you have three options to put client a into, and of those three options, you get a bigger perk as the as the person handling it as the suitability advisor, by putting him in option C, you get a bigger perk, or maybe even a trip or something like that, you can do that. Because technically, it's still a suitable investment for the end for the client a, but you also get to kind of reap the benefit on picking the better one, whereas the fiduciary, that's not the case, you have to tell client a the absolute, you know, this is the reason why this is the one you must be using, regardless of what how it benefits you, correct? That's correct.

Tony Mauro 14:29

I mean, that's it in a nutshell, and which is why most advisors now are leaning towards, you know, fee only or asset based fee, because then it takes all that off the table. You know, it's just we're making the same no matter what we do. We're more interested in making sure you have a full plan, right? And we're, you know, you're getting to your goals. Now. There's a couple of things out in the investment world, though that still aren't like that. And one of them is Insurance insurance. There's a few products out there where It's, you know, it's a flat fee, but most of the companies are going to pay Whoever sells you that policy, some sort of commission. And we disclose that right up front, we tell them what we're making. And it's a one time deal. But you shouldn't be even asking on those types of products, because it does lend itself to, you know, even with somebody with a fiduciary duty, you know, maybe they're not following their fiduciary duty, which they're gonna get themselves in real trouble if they don't Great point. But, you know, it lends itself to well, I'll do this for the client because of that, like, incentive, you know, yeah,

Marc Killian 15:34

that's a great point, for sure. Well, let me finish it off with this last one here, Tony, which I think maybe is something we wouldn't be thinking about normally, but it might be worth asking, when looking for a new advisor or looking for a financial advisor. You know, typically, the industry is starting to get younger, as far as the advisors out there, they're starting to get younger and which is good. Because it has been an industry where primarily, it was definitely ran, you know, it was older folks, right? You know, advisor has been around a long time, not young and Spry, like yourself, right? But it's it's worthwhile question to say, Hey, what is your succession plan? Because if you do meet with an advisor, and you do like them, and maybe they are a little older, right? What's their plan for stepping away from their own practice? Do they have someone that's going to be taking over? Do they have Junior advisors or people that you know that it's going to continue to serve you? Should that person retire? Nothing wrong with that question?

Tony Mauro 16:23

No, absolutely not. I think it's one of the most important because you're exactly right, is if you know, you and a lot of us advisors, especially when you go out into the smaller towns around America, it's just them. And yeah, you know, as they do age, you want to ask that, because like you said, if that something happens to them, you know, inadvertently or they just want to retire, it's gonna be a lot easier if you can stay in that firm, at least until you feel like you know, you want to move if the relationship isn't the same. Rather than getting, you know, no advice, no help, kind of not knowing who to call, things like that. So I think every advisor should be able to explain their succession plan to you. We I have one in place for myself, I have one Junior advisor, and I have two support staff. And if something happened to them that I have a backup, she has an outside adviser, a friend of mine in town, yep, that could handle these these clients, if something happens to me, because yeah, you don't know. And most advisors, you know, like you say they are at least 40 Plus ish. A lot of us are in our 50s. And even even, you know, there's

Marc Killian 17:33

there's a lot older a lot. Yeah, a lot in their 60s as well, and even even some 70s. So, I mean, you've been doing this 30 years, Tony, I mean, you're you know, you're in your 50s like I am, but you've been doing this a long time, you know, you're a CPA and a CFP and an EA, but it's still important to have to ask that question, right? You know, even if they're even if you're the advisor you found is 30 years old, you still want to ask because I mean, life, you know, a bust can come out of nowhere for anybody. Yes. Right?

Tony Mauro 17:58

It is yeah. And even at 30, you know, something could happen. And again, you could be left with nothing. So I think the team approach works better. I think to it, it's weird. Now that I am in my 50s, the old the older, my retiree clients look at me as young and you know, oh, yeah, you're gonna be in the business forever. The young people look at me, like, they'll ask that question. It's like, well, gosh, you know, you you're a little old. And we want to know, you know, when when you kick the bucket or whatever, who's gonna help us? And so it just depends on where you're at. But it is a great question. And I think it should be asked every advisor

Marc Killian 18:34

All right, well, there you go. So there was some mistakes that you might make when choosing a financial advisor. But again, the consultations and conversations are just about everybody I know. They're always complimentary. And that's the feeling out process to ask them questions, get your questions asked and answered not only about your own situation, but about how it's going, your interaction with them is going to go very, very important stuff. So make sure that you you know, think about that when you sit down and talk with someone. And of course, if you're already working with Tony Williams, you don't have to worry about that because you're already working with him. But if you're not considering doing so, make sure you reach out and have a conversation get onto the calendar at your planning proz.com That's your planning proz.com Let him know you'd like to have a conversation and a consultation about your retirement journey. Tony, thanks for hanging out with me, my friend. Always appreciate you. Alright, we'll

Tony Mauro 19:19

see you on the next one yet.

Marc Killian 19:20

We'll see on the next one. And don't forget to subscribe to us playing with the tax man on Apple, Spotify or YouTube platforms. You can just type it into the search box of those apps or just go to Tony's website you're planning proz.com.

Announcer 1 19:36

Securities offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC, investment advisory services offered through a van tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional

View Details

Just like an annual checkup is important for maintaining good health, performing regular financial checkups is an essential part of planning for a healthy and successful retirement. By regularly assessing your budget, goals, and progress, you can make informed decisions to keep your finances on track. Although financial wellness is going to look different for everyone, we’ll share some areas you should be paying attention to in today’s episode.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian:

Just like an annual checkup is important for maintaining good health, performing regular financial checkups is essential part of the planning process for successful retirement health. So on this podcast of Plan With the Tax Man, Tony and I are going to talk about your financial wellness checkup.

Hey everybody, welcome into the podcast this week as Tony Mauro and myself talk about getting our finances, getting a little checkup, getting a little tuneup if you will, some things to think about to make sure that stuff is working the way it should because financial wellness is going to look different for everybody. We want to highlight a few areas where maybe we all should pay attention to various things on this week's episode.

So what's going on, Tony? How you doing, my friend?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing well. Spring is here, and so I can't wait to talk about this because everybody wants to be outside here pretty quick. And I think besides having physical checkups, depending on where you're at, I think the financial checkup is always well in order.

Marc Killian:

Oh, yeah.

Tony Mauro:

So it's a good topic.

Marc Killian:

Definitely. I mean, you think about reviews that you do with your advisors or you do with your clients, it's kind of the same kind of thing. But we'll kind of tie it into the medical analogy just for fun as well.

But first and foremost, let's say you're trying to lose weight or you're trying to get healthy. So many of us are. You want to review your goals, so you want to discuss the importance of whatever your retirement goals are with your financial professional so that you guys can be on the same page.

Tony Mauro:

Exactly. And really every piece of this whole presentation we're going to talk about today is in essence, when we dig deep into it, it's the financial plan itself. We're only going to touch on a few topics and lightly, but one of the things we do with every client that wants to be a client of ours is we go through a plan with them.

Now a lot of them say, "Well, I don't really want that. I just need this." And I tell them, "You don't go to your doctor and just say, 'Well, I just need this, or this ailment.' I mean, they check you out. They ask you questions. They want to know what's wrong with you before they can diagnose something." And that's exactly what we're trying to do.

But the very first thing is trying to figure out what do you want? What are your goals? Because that's where we have to start and then see where everything else fits. Because without that, the whole thing really is useless.

So we start there in our plan, and we're going to go through some other steps here too, but it's so important because we go back to that at every meeting and visit that because goals change. And so we have to adjust our plan.

Marc Killian:

Yeah. So I mean, you got the outline if you will, which is the retirement goals and what you want to do and so on and so forth. But then you kind of dive into a little bit like you're going to check those vital signs, if you will, which typically is going to be the income and the outgoing, what's coming in, what's going out.

Tony Mauro:

Right. So once you know the goals, then we have to start working on the how do we get there? And much of it is dependent upon how much you're bringing in, how much you're spending. Maybe you have trouble spending maybe a little too much. We have to rein that in a little bit. Otherwise, these goals are never going to be met.

And so we work with them on trying to get them to track their expenses and their income and making sure that they have a little bit of money left at the end of each month. Living below their means is really what it comes down to because it doesn't matter how much you make if you're spending $1 more, then you're really not building any wealth. So that's second.

Marc Killian:

Right, yeah. Because you've got to make sure that you're keeping track of that. I know nobody likes the B word, but again, you've got to have an understanding of what's coming in and what's going out just so that you can make sure that you're staying within the grounds of the goals that you're trying to accomplish. You don't want to overspend, but you also don't want to not enjoy yourself and take advantage of the stuff that you've done. And other little things. I mean, I don't know, is it worthwhile to check your credit score often, Tony, or is there other little things to do in this kind of wellness checkup area?

Tony Mauro:

I would check your credit score once a year-ish I mean, at minimum. Some people I think maybe get a little too overboard with that, but I tend to tell them, "Check your credit score once a year." I tell them to monitor that.

I also tell them to pull when we get in to start talking about financial planning, is to pull their Social Security statement from the administration once a year. It's free. May take a look at it, see what your projected benefit is, and making sure that all your money or all your earnings have been credited and things like that. Just little things that should be on the calendar once a year when we're going through this exercise that you do.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, for sure.

The next piece here, so you got to build some financial immunity. So we're talking to keeping this health analogy, got to build up your tolerance, your immunity system, your immune system, if you will. And this is probably going to be in the form of having some liquidity, yeah?

Tony Mauro:

It is. And one of the things in the plans that we designed, and we're pretty adamant about this, we're pretty easy going on most things, but I'm pretty adamant that if you're going to work with us, we have to at least have you start what they call an emergency fund, we've talked about it before, to make sure that you are ready for the unexpected.

I mean, it could be an emergency. It could be your car completely dies, whatever that emergency is. You lose your job is the biggest one. And then making sure that you're ... even if we only are doing $50 a month, putting something into that emergency fund until we get it to a certain level. Because if you don't, it's a recipe for disaster. It derails everything we're talking about. If you've got all of a sudden shift and allow one minor mishap in life, ruin everything. And so that's what we want to do there.

Marc Killian:

Well, so we're talking determining the appropriate size of the emergency fund. Maybe automate some savings to help get you there. That could be another way to do it. And then of course, just to your point, replenish it as take stuff out as situations come up that you access it. And taking a cruise at the last minute, pulling it from the emergency fund is not really an emergency. That's stuff you should-

Tony Mauro:

That's not an emergency.

Marc Killian:

That's stuff you should be planning for, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, you should have a vacation fund for that.

Marc Killian:

Right, right, in fact.

Tony Mauro:

So we get into some of these funds and different things so that you can start allocating money for things that you want to do. Absolutely.

Marc Killian:

Okay. Well, let's give our portfolio a good screening here, doc, if you will, so make sure that the investments are doing what they're supposed to be doing.

Tony Mauro:

They are. We take people through. We ask them to bring us everything that they have in terms of statements. Let's see where you're at now and see how you're invested because we've got to make sure after we kind of know a little bit about your risk tolerance, about how you're diversified and your goals is what you're doing now, what you have, is it going to get you there or not? Or maybe you just took something off the TV and it sounded good and maybe it's too aggressive for you or something like that.

This is probably where the rubber meets the road is. Obviously we're trying to get you to save some money, but then we have to make it earn as much as you're comfortable with. And that's the investment strategy.

Marc Killian:

Exactly. You got to make sure that that strategy is going to fit the risk level that you're comfortable with and all those pieces that we've talked about a bunch of times. But if you're talking about just keeping this and this fun little analogy here, you got to have that screening, that review of the portfolio to make sure that you're adjusting it along the way.

And then you might want to take a look at diagnosing the debt that you've got clearly. So if we're thinking about debt, obviously there's these schools of thought of don't have any, it's okay to have some, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. Right?

Tony Mauro:

It is. And debt is the biggest thing that stands in people's way because most people have what I consider too much. I'm kind of in the camp of let's try to work towards eliminating all your debt eventually, not living real skinny to do it and not having any fun, but let's work that into the plan to make sure that we can get the highest debt paid down. Then other things and maybe the car and then maybe even the home. Because once you do that and you're debt free, I mean you could really free up a lot of cash flow. Hopefully you can either save or have some fun with along the way. That's a big issue in the plan.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, I mean, are you making progress and getting those debts paid off or are you not? Are you kind of trying to avoid some things? Have you explored other consolidation strategies if that's on the docket? Have you talked with an advisor and said, "Okay, here's what I got. Can you help me? Or if not, point me in the direction of someone that maybe can help me." Because obviously debt can be a huge piece to this whole equation. So make sure that you're absolutely diagnosing that for sure.

Preventative measures. So now we're talking about getting a little more proactive. If we're kind of moving through this as stages, you got to discuss the proactive, you got to discuss the future stuff. It's not all just about what do I have today and what am I doing? It's also what's this going to look like through the next number of years, 10, 15, 20, and the various pieces that come with that.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And some of the most important pieces of that looking towards the future, and you can kind of guess what these are. It's the rising cost of healthcare. Where will taxes be in 15 years? I mean, right now we don't seem to be paying our bills as a nation. Taxes I would say could be up. And then of course you've got the infamous we're all living a lot longer and you potentially could need some care toward the end of life, long-term care, assisted living, things like that.

So are you factoring these into the overall plan and just as contingencies, especially healthcare and long-term care? I mean, you can say what you want about taxes. I always say that I think they're going up and somehow I'm wrong completely because they keep going down, but I don't know how they can keep doing this. But I guess what we're trying to do in this stage of the plan for us is we're planning for the worst. And then if that doesn't happen, then we're well protected in our plan.

Marc Killian:

Right. I mean, because you've got to have the conversations about potentially healthcare expenses in the future. They're obviously going to go up. What's the plan and the long-term financial impacts of that? And clearly obviously Tony, what you do with what taxes. I mean, it's the end of April here, so hopefully you're all done with the tax season. You can have some stragglers here and there, but tax efficiency, man, I mean that can really make or break it.

Tony Mauro:

It can. Tax efficiency is backing up to the investment strategy really is where we fit in, trying to make sure that your portfolio is as tax-efficient as possible. A lot of people don't really take that into account and they think, "Ah, that's not really real." It really is real once you start showing people what the tax effect on some things are.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, I mean again, taxes are going to make or break it. So make sure that you're definitely having that as part of the conversation. And reach out to Tony, of course, if you need some help at yourplanningpros.com.

Tony, insurance coverage I guess could be another place to talk about this. There's lots of schools of thought. Do you need it? Is it adequate for you? But I mean, insurance products in general have changed, so there could be some useful things here. So certainly doing a review of this is not a bad idea.

Tony Mauro:

Definitely not a bad idea. No. And again, part of the plan that we do, a lot of people don't like to talk about insurance because they think you're going to talk to them into maybe a lot of life insurance or something like that. But I think it goes a lot deeper than that. It's the health. It's your auto and home. Of course, life fits in there. Liability insurance may be an umbrella, certainly disability insurance, the long-term care aspect of it, all that fits into the plan because boy, if you're not adequately insured, something bad happens, that could destroy you completely.

Marc Killian:

Do you find that people are more interested in talking about it as an option than they used to be because they have made so many changes? I mean, there's a lot of ways where insurance could play a really pivotal role or an insurance product, I suppose I should say, of some kind in your overall strategy.

Tony Mauro:

I think so. If we're keeping it to the investment/retirement strategy, it definitely can. I still like some of the whole life type of policies are issued that build up some cash value. Yes, they have gotten a bad name because I believe been sold where they weren't needed. But in certain instances I think that's very good.

I think annuities still have a place in certain situations. I mean, it's technically an insurance project, but I consider it more of an investment product. But things like that definitely could help in certain situations.

You hear on TV, of course with the insurance, if you're talking to like the whole old, I don't know who coined that. Was that ... I can't think of the company.

Marc Killian:

Prudential?

Tony Mauro:

Who was buy term and invest the difference, that was that ...

Marc Killian:

Oh yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Way back when.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, I'm not sure who that was, buy term, invest the rest or something like that.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, something like that, which that has its place too. But I do think cash value products do have, depending on, because it's a permanent type of policy, a place in people's plan if it fits.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, if it fits. That's the key word right there. So again, and being open. We talked on a prior podcast about just being open to the fact, especially if you're having retirement stress, open to suggestions or ideas or things because sometimes people will definitely walk in and say, "I don't want to talk about X, Y, or Z" when X, Y, or Z might be the thing that actually helps you get accomplish what you're after. So make sure you go through a plan and then also follow up with that plan.

We'll kind of finish it there. Just like any wellness check, you want to kind of check back in, whether you're losing weight or dieting or whatever, you want to kind of keep track of this stuff and set some goals and then see how you're tracking, see how you're doing.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, you're doing, yeah. And with today's technology in the planning process, all of this, a client's plan is basically out there for them 24/7. In other words, they see what I see. And as their investment products change, that's reflected, but their overall goals and plan are out there. And so it isn't like it's a surprise when we visit. They have an idea of what we're going to talk about and what we're going to go over, and then we make changes and then it's instantly updated.

So I think that that is one of really the cornerstones of why you're paying an advisor is really what we talked about. Obviously much more in depth when you're in an advisory meeting, but this is what you want out of the relationship is right here.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, for sure. So have yourself a financial wellness plan and kind of go through and find that relationship as Tony was just kind of finishing that up. The whole point is to find someone that resonates with you.

That's why it's important to come in and kind of get started with that complementary review that advisors offer, Tony certainly does the same thing, to see if it's the right fit all the way around. There's usually no cost or obligation for these things, and it's just a good chance to see, hey, does your philosophy match my philosophy? Can we work together? Because you've got to be able to hear the advice and be able to work that plan, but at the same time, the advisor's got to know that you're receptive to that as well. Otherwise, you guys are just banging your head against the wall.

So you want to make sure that you've got a good strategy with a good person that works well for you and a good team, and that's what Tony and his team strive to do. So if you need some help, reach out to him.

Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple or Google or YouTube or ... I say Google, but it's YouTube or Spotify or whatever. You can find all the information at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. Tony is a CPA, a CFP, and an EA with 30 plus years of experience in the industry. So a great resource for you to reach out to at Tax Doctor Inc, again at Tax Doctor Inc, but the website is yourplanningpros.com.

Tony, my friend, thanks for hanging out and I always appreciate your time and I'm glad that tax season is behind you. Looking forward to talking to you in May.

Tony Mauro:

All right, sounds good. Take care. Until next time.

Marc Killian:

We'll see you next time right here on Plan With the Tax Man.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Psychologists have determined that retirement is one of the most stressful events that some people will experience in life. In this episode, we’ll look at the ways to proactively deal with the stress surrounding the retirement process.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian:

Psychologists have determined that retirement is one of the most stressful events that some people will experience in life. On this episode, we'll look at the ways to proactively deal with the stress surrounding the retirement process here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Hey everybody. Welcome back to the podcast. Tony Mauro and myself here to talk about steering clear of retirement stress here on this episode with Tony. We're going to see if we can help you guys figure out a couple of key places hopefully to help reduce some of that stress.

Tony, what's going on my friend? How are you?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, I'm doing good. We were just talking before we came on, it's actually cold and snowy here today. Of course, we're still in the tax season, so bad weather has not quite left us.

Marc Killian:

Yeah. It's trying. Spring is trying to completely pop up.

Tony Mauro:

Trying, yeah. We've had good weather, so I can't complain.

Marc Killian:

You guys were just warm not too long ago at the time we're taping this too.

Tony Mauro:

We were, yeah.

Marc Killian:

It's been all around the map. Yeah, for sure.

Well, but you know what? It can be a little stressful though, if we want to tie that into our conversation, Tony, right? So it's like, "Oh, good days, good days. Oh, bad days." And then it's like, "Man, I just really want some good days." You get a little stressed kind of waiting for it hopefully to show up and stay around.

So let's kind of transition that into some of this retirement stress that we were talking about and that I was teeing up, and kick it off with just understanding the fact that this is a significant gear change. I mean, often we get so focused on the X's and O's of, is my money good, Tony, for retirement, that we kind of forget about some of the little things like, "Oh yeah, my whole life is about to change."

Tony Mauro:

It is. And we've been conditioned to work our whole lives. And at least the people I see are not used to it and sometimes have a trouble adjusting outside of all the money stuff. I mean, that's part of it that causes them stress.

But we're so used to, at least in America I think, compared to other countries, we're always stressed. We're always running to the next thing and work life, personal life. I mean, you name it. You talk to people and they're stressed out.

Retirement's supposed to be, let's move away from that a little bit. So these are just going to be some good topics to talk about today.

Marc Killian:

Yeah. And so if you're thinking about that gear change, I mean, first and foremost, yeah, it's great because you're no longer on the clock, but there's still some stress that comes with it.

Tony Mauro:

There is. I mean, even though for most of the retirees, you're not working, there still is... I think the first thing that hits my clients is, "Now I have no purpose." And they get stressed out about that right off the bat.

And then little things start creeping in, such as anything from grandkids and things like that, to if they pick up a part-time job, being able to make sure they make that. Just to the normal everyday life things. What I think we need to do really is sit down and plan our days a little bit, just like we were when we were working, to alleviate some of that stress, and make sure that you understand that you still do have a purpose and you are still going out and doing things, even if you're not working,

Marc Killian:

Right. Because I mean, on the one hand you go, "Yeah, no clock, no meetings, no annoying coworkers, this all sounds fantastic." But sometimes humans don't do that great with change. And then you start kind of stressing and going, "Okay, so what do I do with my time? Or how do I run here? Or what am I going to do there?" Blah, blah, blah. So it can just add a layer of stress that you maybe weren't totally thinking about.

Because I think we're also creatures of habits, so sometimes even though those other things from the work life that I just mentioned can be annoying, they do provide us with some structure, and sometimes humans really kind of crave structure, even if they don't think they do. So just something to be aware of.

Second one is embracing the opportunity now to face some new challenges. Well, okay. So we are here, so let's take a look at some things that we might want to do.

Tony Mauro:

That's right. And a lot of people, they've always had things that they... You talk to them about it, "Well, I'm going to do this when I'm retired and that when I'm retired." But some of that stuff is challenging. And I think you should definitely sit down with your advisor and kind of go over some of those things as what do you really want to do? And take that and embrace it.

And the good news is, I think the way at least I'm looking forward to feeling is, whatever that challenge is, it's not work where you have to go out. I mean, because we have been trained since when to go out and trade our money for time and of course our jobs. You don't have to worry about that stress anymore. It's whatever this challenge is, well, even if you struggle with it, whether it be a hobby or work or something, it's okay, because it's just part of life.

And I think retirees I see that do take on challenges, I think they fare better with their mental state, their personal health, and their physical state as well, rather than just not doing anything.

Marc Killian:

No, I definitely agree with you there. So having those challenges and being open to some new challenges, even though sometimes, again, change can be hard. But it's going to help keep you engaged and active.

And so now think about going into retirement, being a little stressed or whatever, but you got to keep those options open. Because it's not like life is always just going to go, "Oh, you're retired and everything's going to be totally perfectly smooth." So you got to be willing to roll with the punches too.

Tony Mauro:

I think you do. I think that a lot of times these challenges and some of the stuff we want to do, you get into it, I know I have, it's like, "Wow, this is not what I really thought it would be." Unlike when you're at maybe a job that you have to say, "Well, I got to keep working because I got to pay my bills." You can just say, "Hey, look, pivot. This wasn't what I thought. Let's move on to something else." It could be as little as basically... I mean, I don't plan on ever relocating permanently, but if I get somewhere and I don't like the weather or something or whatnot, well, I'm just not going to go back there the next year. Or if I'm doing some volunteer work and it's just not fulfilling, I'm going to change it.

So the good news is you have options. You got to keep them open. Keep an open mind. Because it's pretty easy to stress yourself out over stuff that probably isn't really, I don't want to say that important, but it's not the end of the world.

Marc Killian:

Well, and you think about keeping the options open. So if we're talking about getting into some of the finance, some people, the dream is to move down to Florida, for example. But then after a little while you go, "Well, this actually kind of sucks." It's too hot, it's too busy, it's too sticky, it's too whatever. And so then you may want to move someplace else or whatever.

And so you just got to keep those options open, and also be talking with your advisor on that stuff so that you're making sure that you're being careful when it comes to whatever it might be that's going to change during those golden years. So just got to be flexible in there.

And also keep a sense of perspective. If we're keeping our options open, let's also keep things in perspective. It's easy to watch a commercial and think a bunch of commercials and everything's going to be great, or your neighbor's got it made. But you got to be realistic about the fact that life is life.

Tony Mauro:

Life is life. And we all dream of retiring and being healthy and being able to do all the things we wanted to do, and sometimes that doesn't happen. But more times than not, most of the retirees are still fairly healthy, the ones that I see.

And I think it's kind of a weird thought to think that us living as long as we're living now wasn't always the case. I mean, 150 years ago, nobody was living this long. Retirement wasn't even kind of real. You just worked till the end and that was it. Generally you died.

And now we've got so many millions of baby boomers. And I read a stat the other day, I can't remember it, but how many are going to be retired by the year 2040. It's just a big, big number.

Marc Killian:

Oh, yeah. I just literally saw one that said something about 4 million were on the docket to apply for something in the month of April this year of 2024 just alone. I was like, holy moly. And that doesn't mean that they're going to, but I guess based on age of turning either... I can't remember if it was either turning eligible for early or full retirement age. But either way, it was being eligible for social security.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And so I think if you're fortunate enough to have your health, and the whole reason for this even conversation is to get with your advisor and then of course, plan some of this stuff out so that you can enjoy the later years in your life as long as you can.

I mean, I always kid with clients and I tell them, "Don't you wish life was kind of reversed?" In other words, you got to do all the fun stuff you want to do in retirement when you're young when your body can maybe handle it, maybe when you're healthier, versus at the end. And you work at 40 some years to what, maybe enjoy 10, 15, 20. Again, perspective is everything. And I think you got to try, in my mind, enjoy what you can while you can.

Marc Killian:

Yeah. And when it comes down to it, your going to have to have some help. Because again, we wind up focusing so much on the X's and the O's, which again, the dollars and the cents, that we don't sometimes start thinking about some of the other pieces that are going to go into it.

And often, Tony, the biggest piece, and we'll just finish up with this, is just the fact that it is that big gear shift. People often just go, "Well, now how do I turn all the stuff that I've done into checks and whatnot because I'm not getting a paycheck anymore? So how do I turn it into that? How do I make sure that I'm going to be okay?" Because money is the biggest cause of stress that humans deal with pretty much all the time. I mean, it's kind of the number one problem for just about everything is how you feel about money or how things are going to go. So having a good financial professional maybe will hopefully eliminate some of those worries.

Tony Mauro:

I would say so for sure. I mean, as a retiree, you want a good financial planner or advisor in your corner that can help you do just that. And it really is trying to set up your monthly income stream, whatever that is for you, so that it's stress-free, it comes the same time every month, you know what it is. And get in and visit with your planner two to four times a year and make sure everything's still on track.

And make adjustments as you see fit, as you're out there trying to enjoy life. Because last thing you want, like you've mentioned, is to be worrying about money. We've worried about money for all our lives, and in retirement, this is the last thing I think you want to be worried about.

And I think you need to keep your finances fairly simple. And simple by meaning, try to get everything on auto-pay, and then the money coming in on auto deposit, so that you don't have to spend tons of time managing this stuff, and it flows pretty seamlessly.

Marc Killian:

And that's really the ending piece, is taking the time to get it started. Because often that's where we struggle. Once you get it moving, you go, "Oh, this is actually pretty good. This is not so bad." But you wind up having that kind of... I mean, well, honestly, if we're talking about stress, sometimes there's just stress in thinking about having to deal with the finances or dealing with the retirement. "Oh man, I really need to go see somebody, but I don't think I'm going to be in good shape," or, "I'm afraid of what they're going to tell me," or whatever. And that causes stress.

So sometimes you just got to bite the bullet, have the conversation, especially when often you can get these... Most financial advisors do complementary reviews for that reason. So you can go through the process, find out if what they do is a good fit for you and if you're a good fit for them. And to maybe take a little bit of that stress off the table when you start working together.

So as always, if you need some help steering clear of retirement stress, well, a plan, a strategy, is a great way to do that. And that's what Tony and his team do at Tax Doctor, Inc. So get on the calendar and plan with the tax man at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com.

We are taping, this is April, Tony's right in the middle of taxes. So I'm not going to keep you. I'm going to let you go so you can get back to it.

Tony Mauro:

A couple of weeks left.

Marc Killian:

A couple of weeks left for tax season, but you hang in there. And we'll see you guys next time here on the podcast with Tony Mauro. Again, visit him at your planningpros.com.

Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Unpack the toolbox of technology that's promising to redefine retirement planning, but does it deliver? This episode takes a critical look at the wave of innovations, from personal finance management software to online calculators, and questions whether they truly simplify the planning process or introduce new complexities

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 00:01

Let's unpack the tool box of technology that's promising to redefine retirement planning. But does it actually deliver? So on this episode of playing with the tax man will take a critical look at the wave of innovations, from personal finance management software, to online calculators and more. Stick around for this episode playing with a text.

00:22

Look up in the sky. It's a bird.

Announcer 2 00:24

It's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero. But Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man.

Marc Killian 00:38

Hey, gang, what's going on this week here, Tony Morrow and I back once again to talk investing finance and retirement. And Tony is going to help us talk about you know, technology, is it and how is it redefining retirement planning? What are some pros and cons of various different things we'll run through and how does he feel about it as a seasoned professional, a CPA, a CFP and an EA of 30 plus years? What does he think of all this tech and the things that he's seen through his many years of helping folks to and through retirement? So that's on the docket? We're gonna get into it with Tony this week. What's going on? Brother? How are you?

Tony Mauro 01:10

I'm fantastic. Looking forward to talking tech. I love tech.

Marc Killian 01:14

Yeah. Big tech guy.

Tony Mauro 01:16

I'm a big tech guy. Okay, sometimes to my own detriment.

Marc Killian 01:19

Aren't we all?

Tony Mauro 01:20

Yeah,

Marc Killian 01:21

that is certainly the case. Well, you know, like I said, You've been doing this a long time, Tony. So you've certainly we've seen this tech boom. And I'm not trying to make you sound old, by the way. Because I know you're not, but you just been doing this a long time. And there's been a obviously a huge boom, in various different things in the last 20 years, from a tech standpoint. So it should be an interesting conversation to have, because many of your clients and the folks that check out our podcasts and things, they are 50 over, I'm 52, right, we're starting to get older, and I'm pretty tech savvy as well. But you know, you have friends that are the same age or maybe a few years older, and you can see that some people just aren't as up with it or something, you're think you're tech savvy, then something even newer comes out. And you're like, Man, I'm I'm so tired of this stuff. I don't want to learn one more new thing, right? So it can be daunting. So let's, let's talk about a few here. Let's start with the simple big elephant, 800 pound, gorilla, whatever you want to call it. In the room, which is Google, everybody, Google something at some point, and it has certainly altered how we look up information, what's your take on it from the financial standpoint, or

Tony Mauro 02:27

from the financial standpoint, I think it can be good, you know, and I'll try to do goods and Bad's of of each of these that we hit. But you know, obviously, the ease of it is you can get a lot of financial questions possibly answered. Very quickly, you have many, many choices. Many people obviously, don't scroll down very far. They take about the first two or three and take that as gospel. And I think that's where sometimes it could get you into trouble a little bit on the financial side is is what you're reading from somebody what I would consider authoritative. In other words, somebody that you know, really knows what they're talking about? Or is this just some guy or

Marc Killian 03:08

gal and it's hard to tell the paid ads? Yes, from the resources, right, because they've gotten so good. And allow now a lot of times, they better will say sponsored or something, you might notice that in the fine print or whatever. But just be careful. Again, I think it's a great way of looking at it to get some general information rolling Google's fantastic. I think at this point, it's obviously changed our world entirely. You know, there's certain things that the cell phone the smartphone, obviously changed us, I think, as a species and as as a society on all the things that change that way. But then there's certain things with inside that and Google being one of those. That is I don't know that anybody doesn't use it on a regular somewhat regular basis. So just grain of salt, right? Don't you know, don't go too far or don't believe everything you see that your Google right away. That's

Tony Mauro 03:56

true. I started using and really have been into and it's very, very new, you know, is the AI the artificial intelligence and chat GPT especially for accountants, sure. And financial planners, where it's actually spooky to ask it things and it gives you answers that you have to read them. But it isn't like Google, you don't have to search it gives you answers. And I don't like to say it's just scary. Interesting.

Marc Killian 04:25

Yeah, very true. Yeah. Well in that regard, in that regard, then let's go to the next one, which is robo advisors, which kind of is using AI and predictive elements. So as an advisor yourself what's what's your take on the Robo?

Tony Mauro 04:38

Well, Robo since they're, you know, competitors, I gotta say, I don't like him. No, I think that they have a use. I've looked at them and you know, they do a pretty good job or a simple things, especially now I'm sure it'll it's gonna get better as time goes on and whatnot. And, you know, I don't think they'll ever rip Replace the human advisor. I think that most of the facts are good. But I think what the robo advisors aren't showing me yet is, you know, is this in tune with, you know, the most tax effective strategy? You know, how often can a person change a plan? It doesn't seem like there's a lot of flexibility, but they do have some appeals probably, especially to the younger people who are very used to just wanting all that they don't want human interaction, they just want to deal with somebody, you know, something quick.

Marc Killian 05:28

Yeah, quick and easy. And I'm with you, I think there's certain industries where I can see where people say, hey, if it's the computer, the computer is not going to try to take advantage of me, but it also is not going to be able to understand you, or, you know, relate with you as a human to a human. So there's, it's a double edged sword, right, dealing with humans does have its pros and cons. But it you know, when you find the right one, I think we all can probably agree that there's there's relationships where it's truly more beneficial, because you are working with another person. So

Tony Mauro 05:58

I think so. I mean, I think it's an emotional factor with human beings, at least with our clients. You can relate. Yeah, an emotional thing. Yeah,

Marc Killian 06:05

you know, what I'm going through, you've been there to your you know, your fellow breathing human. online calculators, Tony, super popular, you can online calculate just about anything and mortgage retirement accounts, all sorts of stuff. I don't know, kind of a useful tool, but do you want to take them to, you know, to super hard or what, I don't know, what do you think, you know, I

Tony Mauro 06:25

have a lot of them on our website. And I do like them for a quick hitters, you know, that people can go out now and calculate all kinds of things, whether it's a future value, like you're saying mortgage, amortization schedule, even some tougher things, you know, I mean, if you go out to like, calculator.net, they have got just a ton of free and I'm talking stuff, it can calculate your, you know, your body mass index, they got everything. And it is cool to play with, I think it's good for quick hitters, especially for talking in the financial area. And then I think you need to try to incorporate that with your advisor, and help implement it into your plan. But at least it gives you an idea of some things that were very difficult to calculate, you know, in previous years. And so I use them a lot, but I use them in the context of our overall financial plan. But it is nice to add it to show closure.

Marc Killian 07:18

Yeah, yeah. And again, something like that kind of thing can be a very useful tool to start kind of getting yourself quickly dialed in or walking into your advisor and saying, okay, hey, I did some quick online calculators with this, this and this. You know, here's what I'm seeing, you know, how do we break this down? What are you seeing? What do you think? And that way, when you're stress testing, various scenarios, you guys can kind of be on the same page. So great use, yeah. What do you think about platforms like Scottrade, or trade or any of that stuff that's out there. You know, it's certainly very appealing to the do it yourselfer, as well, and, you know, fidelity and so on and so forth. So, and clearly not going anywhere. What's your take on it as a as a CFP?

Tony Mauro 07:56

Well, I think some people look at him and say, Well, you know, these are, you know, there's I have no use for my advisor, you know, and whatnot, because I don't need you to trade what you really don't I mean, every product is available to you without an advisor. I think so the goods of them are they have all across the industry, even with us, it's brought costs to do things down. And I think that's good for the end user, the investor or the client. But I think though, that and they do, some of them offer a lot of information. Now, probably maybe information overload. But I think, you know, if you're going to use those kinds of things, you know, you just use those to execute trades. And you know, that kind of thing. I still think there you need a plan with an advisor or on your own. And, you know, work that plan. Those are just platforms to execute transactions in my in my opinion, we basically one of our financial planning packages is we do the plan. And if you don't want us to help you manage the assets on an ongoing basis, you paid us for the plan, but you can certainly go out and manage that part on your own not through a Scottrade e trade or something, and then just have check ins with us, you know, we're all fee based anyway. So it is it doesn't really matter where you hold the assets if you want them with us in advisory fee, you can but it's not necessary either. So I think they have their place even for working with guys like us.

Marc Killian 09:24

Yep, never very true. Right. And so there's so many things you can do there. And obviously, many clients want to build a plan. They want to build a strategy, Tony that's going to help them feel good sleep at night, have that peace of mind all those things, and have that good, strong financial plan together. But they still also want to dabble a little bit. They do kind of enjoy the you know, picking some stocks or doing some things and that's cool too. So having an account to do that is great. Just again, make sure you're working with your advisor on what those things are you're doing and make sure that it's speculative. Make sure it's something that you can sort of fund money if you will, and if you hate if you knock one out of the park, that's great, but if you Do something it's not going to derail the retirement. Right? Yep. Okay. Well, you know, podcasts, for example, can be added now to economic and business news. Certainly 24 hour news channels have been the thing for a long time. But think about that for a minute. Even just financial, economic and business news, Tony, 24 hours a day, multiple channels seven days a week. They have to and we know the nature of news anymore is they have to be creative. Right, where it's constantly they have to, they have to fill all this time with some sort of content. And that kind of gets sometimes a little sensate. Well, not a little they get a lot sensationalistic or whatever, because they just need to get eyeballs. So, you know, be careful. And it's certainly changed people's view on finance, right? Because think about it, you'll you'll turn on the news. And you'll say, you know, see the market, you know, suffered a, you know, a crashing day today. And it's down like 1%. Right. And it's like, really, is that really worth the crushing headline?

Tony Mauro 11:07

Yeah, I think this for us, as an advisor, at least for me, in my opinion, is kind of somewhat the bane of our existence. Because people do watch too much of it, I think. And it gets them all worked up. And if you let yourself get like that, the whole idea of all these things we're talking about is to try to make your life easier and simpler. And if you let yourself just believe all of everything you hear about verifying it, which I think that's where the adviser steps in and puts some, you know, some expectations and some truth to it, is you can let yourself go down weird rabbit holes. And then if you're actually following some of this advice, which I think these most of these people are journalists, they're there, like you said, to get eyeballs, they're not doing financial plans everyday, they may come off like they do. Yeah, but they really aren't. And so I always say take that with a grain of salt, double check, you know, what they're saying with your advisor? For sure.

Marc Killian 12:06

What do you think as a professional, what do you think about personal financial software like Quicken, for example,

Tony Mauro 12:11

I like Quicken, I really like personal financial software from the more from the accounting standpoint of knowing where you're at with your personal finances at every step of every month, just like everything else. And all the software it's gotten very, very good. It can pull bank feeds in it's not cumbersome. Like it used to be. But I think a lot of people get confused with it. Stop using it because they sometimes can't figure it out. And they just throw up their hands and say, I don't like it now Quicken again, I have a love hate relationship with their, their company, which is into it. I mean, into it's been around, I do like into it. But I think sometimes they try to make it again, all encompassing, kind of like the trading platforms where they're trying to steer you along your financial way. It basically by answering some yes, no questions. And I think there's a lot more to it than

Marc Killian 13:01

that. Even good software companies, the new business model of constantly updating or subscription based, that stuff can can certainly get annoying. Definitely. But yeah, it's it can be a love hate thing. But I think overall, it can be a useful tool.

Tony Mauro 13:16

I think it'd be a very useful tool. Absolutely. I would recommend anybody using Quicken mints, whatever else they can find that they like, keep track of their personal monthly finances, ya

Marc Killian 13:26

know? And yeah,

Tony Mauro 13:27

I think, you know, the, the downsides are minimal. You know, the other thing I don't like is, we were talking about it on the last episode, because we didn't touch on this is, you know, the data mining that these companies do with us, they get us all in there. And they know everything about us. And they can, you know, mine our data and market us, but that's part of it. I think you're better off with personal finance software than without, okay. Well,

Marc Killian 13:50

and we'll finish with kind of staying in that sort of space. Right? So that's personal software, maybe you've downloaded or maybe it's you know, now nowadays, it's definitely just, you know, over over the web, mobile banking apps, right. I mean, just, you know, 10 years ago, seven years ago, you know, maybe half the people I knew felt confident or comfortable using the, the mobile banking app right from their phone. Now, it's virtually everybody. It's just, it's just faster and

Tony Mauro 14:13

easier, faster and easier. And you can really pretty much do everything on the mobile app, now that you could inside a bank, you can even now take pictures of cheque you get and mobile deposits. It's up to a certain amount, I think, at least with my bank, but you really don't need to visit the bank, but the bank is still there. And you've got that mobile app, check. Check balances paid bills, right from your phone, again, with the idea of trying to make your life easier this this whole thing is if you use all this tech properly, you can really simplify your life but you can also go down and it just you feel overwhelmed. So I think you need to get with your advisor. We help clients with their tech. We're trying to make their life as easy as possible and they basically can run their life we always tell them we want you to run your life from your phone. And no matter what age you are, you want to be confident to do it. We want to help

Marc Killian 15:04

them do that. Yeah, for sure. And finally, Tony, if you're talking about digital space and doing some of these things, what do you think about the digital estate planning services, you know, online wills trust or Legal Zoom? Like, I don't know, you know, I kept feeling back and forth with some of this stuff. It's this kind of world where it's quick and easy. And maybe if it's really basic, maybe that's okay. But, you know, it's still worthwhile to see a professional, if you need something a little more complicated.

Tony Mauro 15:30

I definitely agree with that. 100%, I try to steer people away from that, let's say just need something very, very basic. The attorney is, in my mind, I know they get a bad rap, we always, always make fun of them. But I think that they are essential in you know, wills, trusts, things like that by cells, whatever, to make sure all your bases are covered. Now, I just had my own will updated, you know, and I went to my attorney, you know, and they're talking to me, just like I talked to clients about stuff that I, you know, kind of brushed over and I don't know, if I would have got it online, maybe I would have maybe I wouldn't have but you know, my financial power of attorney, my advanced directives, you know, my medical power of attorney, all that stuff, that I you know, unless you're answering the boxes in the questions, right, and online, you may not have that, and you may not even know it. So again, having a real life, bro, it's a human, I think is better off in that area. 100%

Marc Killian 16:32

Yeah, yeah. And again, there's so many facets to this stuff nowadays, it's certainly changing everything in the world. So you know, just kind of wrapping it up. It's, it's just something to be cognizant of, it's, we have to think about, think about COVID. And people having to go to zoom for so many things, and especially even seeing their financial professional or whatever. And we had to do things online. And in the first couple of months, talking with advisors, people, you know, clients were very leery to have to use the portal and then be sharing and talking online, right on Zoom, if you will. And then as time went by now, people actually prefer it, because now they're like, I it's time for my annual review. I don't need to come into the office, right, we can just do this over zoom, you know. So we

Tony Mauro 17:12

do it really literally today is our day in and this is mostly seniors, and this deals with tax clients. But we have a day where the seniors who just can't get on the portal because we normally have our tax clients e sign, you know, they look at their tax return and there's a page they sign it's it's legal for us at the IRS says that that serves as their signature, but some just can't, can't do it. And so we have a day where they come in and they make an appointment, and they come in just to sign which again, I think is a waste of time, but their time that is right, right. But it's not everybody's gonna be able to adapt to the technology. But I you know, we have many, many seniors that I It surprises me

Marc Killian 17:54

that they're okay with not driving, and they're like, yeah, we'll just do it online.

Tony Mauro 17:58

They do it online. Yeah. I mean, they more and more of them, you know, are adapting to this, which tells me that they haven't thrown up their hands yet and says, I don't want to learn anything, because the world's forcing them to do it came true,

Marc Killian 18:10

very true. My mom's 82 And she's pretty good with a lot of stuff, a lot of digital and online stuff. So which I didn't see coming, you know, so kudos to, to her. But you know, I think yeah, sometimes though, you know, some people just like, hey, I still want to, I still want to look somebody in the eye and shake a hand. So, and there's nothing wrong with that, either. Oh,

Tony Mauro 18:31

nothing wrong with that.

Marc Killian 18:32

There you go. All right. Well, how was technology redefining retirement planning? It is there's no way around it. It's changing it a lot has been and of course, you know, we have to adapt or get left behind. But I think there's still a way to have a happy medium. And of course, if you need some help, you know, kind of finding that balance. I mean, a retirement plan is about balance. So also in the way you're using tech to work with your retirement plan. It could be about balance. Tony and his team are here to help you're planning proz.com That's your planning proz.com. He's got 30 plus years of experience helping folks get to and through retirement. As I said earlier, he's a CPA, a CFP and an EA. So a great resource for you to tap into. So give him a call. Get on the calendar, stop by whatever you need to do if you need some help. And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Spotify. Guess what YouTube now instead of just Google, they've merged everything over to there but either way, find us on whatever podcasting app you like by simply searching it out playing with the tax man or visiting in his website. You're planning proz.com Tony, my friend, have yourself a great week. Aren't you the same. We'll see on the next episode. We'll see you in April. Hopefully you won't be too too swamped with tax season, but we'll catch you next time here on plant with the Texas.

Announcer 1 19:47

Securities offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC investment advisory services offered through a van tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated insurance Agency investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors please consult with a financial professional

View Details

As much as any other threat, recognizing and avoiding scams has become a necessary skill for today’s retirees to develop. Join us as we explore crucial steps you can take to safeguard your financial well-being against the growing tide of scams and identity theft. Learn from real-life stories and gain practical advice to keep your finances secure in this digital era, all from the perspective of a seasoned financial professional.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 00:01

As much as any other threat recognizing and avoiding scams has become a necessary skill for today's retirees to develop. Join us this week on plan with the tax man as we explore some crucial steps to hopefully safeguard your financial well being against the growing tide of scams and identity theft. Look up in the sky. It's a bird.

Announcer 2 00:21

It's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero, but Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man.

Marc Killian 00:36

Hey, everybody, welcome into the podcast. It's playing with a tax man with Tony Morrow and myself here to talk about your financial fortress, practical strategies for retirees against scams and fraud. And for this month of March, I think Tony and I are going to kind of stay with tech as our theme. We're going to talk about some scams and stuff. This week, we're going to talk about some other technological, you know, retirement planning things on our next episode. So we're gonna kind of use that as our theme this month in March. What's going on my friend, how are you?

Tony Mauro 01:03

I'm doing well. How

Marc Killian 01:04

about you hanging in there? You and I were talking offline, as we got started that it's just you know, it's March already. And

Tony Mauro 01:10

we're busy, busy, busy, busy. And I thought these two topics that we're going to talk about in these next couple episodes be? Yeah, like I said, very, very timely, it's tax season. There's

Marc Killian 01:19

all kinds of things going on. Yes, sir. You're hear a lot from clients. So yeah, looking forward to sending information back and forth doing this, you know, the scammers they love to come out in force at different times of the year, certainly around Christmas, right. That's a good one springtime tax time, right? They tend to kind of come out there, oh, you, you know you, your tax bill is this or, you know, you owe this and use your tax, you know, return to pay for it, all these kinds of things. Right? always something going on. So let's jump in and talk about a few things. And, you know, I got this first a little news example here, Tony, that I wanted you to kind of listen to this and check this out. And then tell me things that you've seen similarly or heard, you know, within your own practice, right. So there was this news example, little synopsis here is the lady named Marjorie 77 years old, lost $660,000 to a Tech Support Scam, where the fraudsters posed as bank officials and somehow convinced her to wire her funds into crypto to protect her money from suppose a theft. Well, of course, they stole their money. Americans over 60 lost $3 billion last year in cyber fraud crazy, absolutely

Tony Mauro 02:30

crazy. It really is. And I think to elaborate on it, you know, most of the time the seniors tend to be the bigger targets but it can happen to anybody. And with all this tech going on and really sitting behind computers and phones all day it comes at us and you know we were just talking about how busy we are and sometimes you you're busy and you're not paying attention and you just go with it and then some potentially could happen the worst case I've seen in our own practice is we had a an elderly lady several years back just that she just uh you know, annual tax climb but she came in and she had said that she had gotten calls from somebody saying that they needed money they were pretending to be somebody she knew and they wanted paid in some kind of visa gift cards. Yeah, she kept going Yeah, going to Walgreens and getting visa gift cards anyway, at the end of it all before she found this out she was out about $11,000 and this poor lady you know, didn't have much to begin with and just a sad case and that is what is going on leading to these huge numbers is stuff like that people are getting our clients are getting robo calls and scam calls from people pretending to be the IRS and the IRS comes out and says they never will call you exactly always a letter Yep. And you know don't fall for it but people people do sir you know and it's it's all over I just had a call actually wasn't a call was an email yesterday directly to me saying that the person's name and says I need access to my portal please help. I looked her up on our system. She's not even a client of ours. I you know, that's a scam email coming in? Oh, wow. directly to me. Yeah, as a business not just individuals, but businesses to businesses, we you know, we clients don't realize it, but how much we spend dollar wise, and, and also timewise and trying to protect their data, because it's all out on portals. Now, you know, all this tax data, we got to be very careful with and it's difficult. But I think from a large, big picture view, you've really got to pay attention to what you're reading. And we'll get to some some more examples here in a second, but it's terrible. And I think it's only gonna get worse because we are getting into a society where we're not even using real money a lot of times anymore, you know, it's all it's all transfers and EFTPS and credit cards.

Marc Killian 04:53

Yeah, exactly. And that we're gonna Yeah, that's a great point because like with your credit card, or excuse me your gift card comment where Gotta run through some of this stuff, right? So let's go, let's kind of break some of these things down for folks and give some examples. We'll put a link into the show notes as well, that gives kind of more examples of some of the things from Thompson's routers, article from Thomson Reuters on there, that might give a few more ideas for people to look through as well. But, you know, so there's, we've, a lot of us have heard of phishing, right? We know about phishing emails. So there's phishing vishing. So that's phishing with a V. And smishing. This is hilarious how we make up these words, right? Yeah. But anyway, so let's, let's run through those three real fast. So phishing, of course, we just mentioned, you just talked about it yourself, emails and websites trying to steal your data. That's one, right. So be Be diligent there, I think we've gotten a lot better about those. But, you know, again, keep your head on the swivel, exactly,

Tony Mauro 05:44

because I mean, emails are coming at us so fast, that again, a lot of times, we're not reading them, and we're just flying through them very easily to be deceived, I would definitely check out you know, the headers of your email, make sure it's coming from somewhere you kind of recognize that's, that's the big one. And even

Marc Killian 06:02

with that, Tony, I would say be still be very careful, right? Because we're seeing these kinds of scams. We've talked about this a little while back, where, you know, you get an email from Amazon, for example, since it's so massive, and everyone uses it and says, there's a problem with your order, click here to sort it out, or we'll help you get it taken care of, don't do that. I don't care if it you know, if it says Amazon, and it looks like their logo and everything looks fantastic. Immediately just delete the email, and then log in to your personal web, you know, Amazon account, go on the web, whatever, you know, you go there versus a link, they provided you to go there, right. And that way, you're going directly to the horse's mouth to see if there's an issue nine times out of 10, there isn't one, it's just someone trying to scam you. So definitely be careful there. What's vishing, Tony, or

Tony Mauro 06:48

visiting is if you actually get a call. And a lot of times these will come in through your cell phone, because everybody's using the cell phones, and they're trying to trick you into providing personal information. And they're very good at it, you know, and most of the time, I mean, the easiest way to do this is, if you don't recognize him, I would probably just hang up, it would be my best advice. If it's somebody you know, or somebody that really needed your personal information, they're either going to call back, or they're going to get it some other way. But this is where I think my dad's got a lot of these calls. He's a senior, he gets them at home a lot on his landline. And they're asking him for his information. They're pretending to be either a credit card company, or somebody soliciting and they're asking him for his course, they know his name, but they want his address. Sometimes they'll ask for credit card information. Some of them have even asked him for his social security number. Yeah. Obviously, you do not want to give that stuff out. No bank information, do not give that out nothing. And

Marc Killian 07:42

they try some of that stuff to this is the IRS calling or that kind of stuff, right? And it's just that's not the case, right? They're gonna send you certain certified letters, they're gonna send you appropriate things of that nature. So smishing is also cell phones. This is just through text. And that's obviously the big one now too, right? Because it's like, again, it could even be the Amazon thing. There's a text from Amazon saying, there's a problem with your order, click this link to sort it out. You know, yeah,

Tony Mauro 08:07

I just, I just had one of these yesterday, I pulled it up on my phone to for this call. It was from a person, I get a text that says, Hi, my dear friend, it's been a long time since I've heard from you. Have you been? I have no idea who this this number is. So I texted them back said who is this? And she said, It's Diana. And you saved my number. And I said, I think you have the wrong number. And then she started asking me questions about my personal information. And that's like, why do you need this? I was playing with her a little bit, and finally got her to just stop. But I think she was fishing for some personal information from me pretending to be an old friend. And oh, yeah. And that that's just a little bit too fishy, you know? Exactly.

Marc Killian 08:49

No pun intended, right? Yeah.

Tony Mauro 08:51

It's just so you gotta watch it because they will, you know, they will. I've seen clients bring stuff in with text, pretending to be credit card companies. Again, your your card has been declined at least call or at least provide information. Things like that. Haven't seen too many from the IRS, the IRS scammers usually call or send emails, but it's probably possible that they could start data again, the IRS doesn't text at all, they're very old fashioned with their communication. So you know, be be careful with that, too. So there's three three areas you got to be careful of. Yeah, exactly. They are just crazy. And what's at stake, right, Tony is obviously identity theft, financial loss, credit damage, motional stress, right?

Marc Killian 09:31

So the obvious kinds of things. So let's provide a couple of examples here. And I said, um, as I mentioned, we'll put the link in here to the Thomson readers that give some more details on each of these. But let's run through kind of a few bullet points of the styles of scams that are going around government imposters big one right? Because people get immediately scared Oh crap, I gotta take care of this. It's the government you know, and often that's what they're they're preying on that and praying for you to also be like, just scared and immediately do Whatever, because you don't want to, you know, have some sort of government problem. Yeah, we

Tony Mauro 10:03

haven't we have a commercial here, for example, from the Polk County Sheriff, saying that, you know, we will don't fall victim to scams that somebody calls you from the sheriff's office demanding money or you're going to jail, you know, that, that kind of thing. So they're, you know, they're, what do you want to call it? In an authority figure? Yeah. And that scares people, just like the government. And so they actually are taking their time and money to run commercials, because it's going on around here right now that people are getting scammed like that. And police would be another one,

Marc Killian 10:35

I would say, yeah, right. We've seen those kinds of things to where if you don't pay this amount, sheriff's department's on his way out to lock your house to lock you out, you know, for some sort of, and that's like, that's all crap, right? Don't fall for that stuff. They do not do that you're going to certainly be properly notified through certified mail. You know, so don't fall for that governmental imposed imposters, sweepstakes. I don't know if I see these as much anymore. But certainly like, hey, you've won something kind of thing.

Tony Mauro 10:59

I haven't seen a lot of people complaining about this. But you could see how this would work. I mean, you know, somebody calls says you want something and oh, by the way, give us all your information and your credit card to collect the prize or something you've already won, which should send up red flags right away. But again, people especially maybe the you know, the elderly, or people that are alone, a little little more craving for some contact, and conversation. So gotta be careful there as well.

Marc Killian 11:25

Yeah. Computer Robo scams, you talked about that robo calls and phone scams, the robo calls. So this big one here, folks is and Tony, like, I know, you know this as well make sure that you don't say yes, you know, when you get these phone calls, where they're like, Hi, this is such and such, you know, blah, blah, blah, I'm having trouble hearing you. Can you hear me? And you go? Yes. And they record that? Yes. And now they plug that in to whatever automated thing where would you like to buy, you know, $5,000 worth of whatever. And they plug in your little voice saying yes. And therefore you're kind of screwed. So don't say yes, just say, I can hear you. Right or something like that.

Tony Mauro 12:02

That's right. I, my brother, again, I've got so many examples of this. But it's a robo call kind of phone scam, where the scammers are recording people's voices. And then they're using AI to create that voice in a conversation. And my brother had an insured who called him up, because he's trying to get basically wanting to know if there's any insurance coverage for this. But the client received a call that he swore was his son, it was his exact voice and everything saying he had been picked up, he was in jail, and he needed him to wire him $5,000. And the other guy did it. And it was a scam. And the guy was trying to see if he could get some insurance coverage. But insurance company said no way. Yeah. But this guy, I mean, he's not elderly. He swore it was his son. Now, he left a voicemail. And then you know, the father panicked a little bit saying, Well, I can't call him he's in jail. I'm going to I'm going to wire this money right now. And he did. So that's a that's an extreme example, but it does happen. And with his AI, if they hear me talk a little bit, they probably can somehow, you know, clone my voice and make make words up for

Marc Killian 13:15

  1. Exactly. And that's kind of similar Tony to the grandparent scam, which is on my list. fairly similar. It's a loved one scam of some form, right? Where, to your point, you know, you get this message or an email saying, Hey, grandma, grandpa, it's, you know, Suzy, and they've got the information. And you know, I got in an accident, and I've got to pay $3,000 to for bail or you know, whatever. Right? Yeah. And people will jump to that. So don't do that. Don't worry about definitely don't go down that route. The computer tech support scams. We just talked about that for Lady Marjorie, who fell victim to that. Be very careful with tech support of any kind, they are hoping that seniors will be like, I don't understand this thing. So let me get some help. And again, don't go through any links or information that you've gotten via email or text. If you really are having a tech issue with your computer or a specific app or software. Go directly to that company for tech support. Don't go through a link that some you know that you especially unsolicited link, right. Unsolicited links. Yeah, yeah. Okay. To your point about the grandparent scam, I'll actually or to you, excuse me, you're talking about that person that was messaging you and acting like they knew you. That's a new one to a romance scam.

Tony Mauro 14:28

Yeah, this very well. Could have been that, you know, I don't know, I didn't get that far with it. But yeah, you really don't know. You know, maybe they're trying to scam you. And again, with the ability of you think about it on the phones with a romance scam. What I'm thinking of is somebody send you maybe a provocative pic of whatever, and people are gonna say, Oh, well, you know, what's that? Let's take a look. And then all of a sudden you're in a conversation with somebody you don't even know. And you know, then all of a sudden you've given out some information you should know

Marc Killian 14:56

while they're playing. They're playing on the fact that they're hoping that you're lonely especially Yeah, because they can find out if you're widowed or something like that, right? Yeah, single person. So So those are some examples. And we'll give a few more things telling you this so we won't get too too long in the episode. Let's go through kind of rapid fire or some ways to better recognize the signs of the scam. I'll start with a simple one age old thing that grandma taught us a long time ago, if it's too good to be true, probably is.

Tony Mauro 15:21

Yeah. And I think another one I mean, I'll rapid fire the next one. You know, if you if you get links, and you start reading an email, you need to look at the link. I definitely wouldn't open attachments. That's a rule in business for us for sure. Eating on a personal pewter. That's how all this stuff creeps in.

Marc Killian 15:39

Yep. So be very careful about that. Does it look suspicious? Yeah, exactly. Is it we mentioned it a second ago. Is it unsolicited? You know, is you're getting some random thing, asking you for personal information or to solidify something that you may or may not have done, and you don't recall it. If you've sent solicited, then that's a good sign. Yeah.

Tony Mauro 15:59

I think another one with that is if you get an email, and it's the paragraphs don't make a lot of sense. Or wording. Oh, spelling error? Things like that. Yeah, definitely. Then look up top seat, you know, I

Marc Killian 16:13

mean, who does that that's a great point. Another one. A lot of scams originate from overseas in different countries. And so therefore, their wording or their their English translation may not give me that click right. Right. Something looks off, you're thinking? Well, it to your point earlier about the pictures or something like that, you're thinking, well, this person looks, you know, or says they're from Florida, for example, right. But yet the wording in the language tells you that maybe they're not, you know, or something like that. So that's great point, actually, are they requesting a small amount of money in order for you to get a bigger amount of money? This one? I think most people are wise to this, Tony, it makes me think about the one from since of anyone around the 90s. Right that that prints in Nigeria that will give you $40 million? If you you know, that was so old, but there's still things going like that going around.

Tony Mauro 16:59

They must on that. I don't see that very often anymore. But every once in a while I will. It's a must. Somebody must be doing that still. Exactly. Yeah. What else you got? Well, you know, one is, like I said before, you know, most legitimate companies aren't going to have you pay them in gift cards. Yeah. And so be very careful of that. Because just like my little story with my little tax client, I mean, that's almost for sure. A scam? Yeah. Just just don't do that.

Marc Killian 17:28

Yep. Okay, so let's, let's beyond like spotting those red flags. Let's talk about some protections, we'll wrap it up with some protections here to avoid being a scam victim. Obviously, in today's day and age, we're all sick to death of passwords. I get it. But it is the world we live in. So create some strong, unique passwords. And for God's sakes, folks, if it's financially related, please change them regularly.

Tony Mauro 17:51

Absolutely. I always encourage clients to get a password keeper that randomly generates passwords have different passwords for every site. Because if you have the keeper, you don't need to know that you just need to know your master. And, you know, I so many clients have the same password for every single site. We've all heard it. And then like you I hate them, too. I hate multifactor authentication, but it's the world we live in. And it'll certainly protect you a lot better than having, you know, your first and last name as your password. I mean, yeah, it doesn't take very long for hackers to break the hip stuff. Exactly.

Marc Killian 18:26

And I get it. We all hate it at this point. But you got to do it, man, especially when it comes to your financial stuff, monitor your bank statements and credit card transactions regularly, folks, we can probably tie these two here together, Tony, turn on those fraud alerts, right with your credit cards. I mean, every time I make a transaction, it's annoying to get that extra message. But so what you know, hey, you charge $47 Well, if I know that I did it, then I ignore the email. But if I say I charge $47 And I don't recall doing it, it allows me to think well let me go dig into this.

Tony Mauro 18:58

Yeah, I think if you don't have that on your credit cards with the tech that they have, and we'll offer you with that, that's just plain silly. And then I think we always tell our clients even personal clients, you need to be reconciling your bank statement and credit cards every month now many don't do it and that's when you're going to miss something that may be slipped through on that bank statement and you didn't know about because all you're doing is you know living off of the last ATM slip you got right you had this much money in your bank account. Yep. And that's how things go unnoticed in small amounts because the good the good ones with bank accounts they'll slip stuff in very small odd amounts so to hopefully go unnoticed yeah, great point Tony. Great point they're not big big dollar amounts and then next thing you know you've got 15 charges say from like a Google yeah of $12.50 over five months you know and that's how they do it and then once you catch on they

Marc Killian 19:52

move to the next Yeah, for sure. I just got one myself from from there's a I know there's a gaming service. I know it's a legitimate service. called Twitch, but I've never used it and there's no teenagers in my house. And all of a sudden, I had three random twitch $7 Not a big deal, you know, but I'm like, well, that's not I didn't do that. So of course, I immediately talked to the credit card company, and they got it reversed. So somebody gets your information. And yeah, to your point, they're hoping you will just be like, Oh, $7 Oh, I don't remember what that was and move on. And then it's, it's a reoccurring monthly charge? Well, you got three of them now 21 bucks a month, every month? Hey, you know, that adds up. So and if they're doing that to 100 people, well, they're making bank. So you got let me ask you is as a tax professional and a financial professional, Tony, what do you think about, you know, retirees, pre retirees, or really anybody freezing their credit, especially like, if you're set as a retiree or a pre retiree, if you're over 50, there's a good chance that you're not planning on opening any new lines of credit soon? If that's the case, is it worthwhile to freeze your credit,

Tony Mauro 20:52

I think depending on your situation, and the amount of money you have, I think it's, it's worth looking at, absolutely, because you're not gonna always unfreeze it, and you don't have any need to run out and get credit. And it's just gonna make make it that much harder for somebody to really get one over on you or, you know, get credit cards out there, it is a little bit more work to then go get some credit to unfreeze it. But again, you're not in any any real rush. So

Marc Killian 21:20

I think they've made this technology better, too, right? I think you can go on to your, to these credit rating places and just put a hole, put a freeze on it. And that basically just means nothing new can be opened under your name until you unfreeze it. And I don't think the steps are all that complicated now. So no, not like they used to be Oh, yeah. For sure. You know, just a couple little really extra steps logging in and, and Firefox and freezing it. Yeah. Yeah. So it could be worthwhile. It's a great way to protect yourself. So last piece, we'll wrap it up. I know, we're getting a little long here, folks, but just some digital housekeeping real quick. Keep your anti virus software up to date. That's a good one. What else? Tony?

Tony Mauro 21:57

I'd avoid using public Wi Fi, you know, especially definitely don't use it. And access to any type of bank info or any personal data. Yeah, you're gonna do that good point. Like, you probably

Marc Killian 22:07

have a public Wi Fi there at the office, you know, many doctors offices, lawyers, offices, so on and so forth. Right? They offer public Wi Fi while you're waiting, especially doctor's offices, right? Because you're there hours or whatever. And you want to jump on your phone and do something, well, fine. If you're using that. But keep that real basic. If you're jumping on to check your Twitter or something fine. Maybe right. But certainly don't go check. Don't go checking your bank, don't go into your banking app while you're on unsecured public Wi Fi. That's a that's a no, no, let's not do that. No, no. And then finally, you know, you talked about passcodes. And then we talked about passwords, well, make sure that you've got something on your phone that way too, right. Don't use your address as your passcode. You know, some people like to use their fingerprint, and that's fine, you know, or that design thing where you got to draw some weird pattern to unlock your phone, but just consider having secure your phone lock it up to

Tony Mauro 22:59

Yeah, even even now with the iPhone. The face ID is better than just know nothing at all. Yeah, the

Marc Killian 23:06

things would still weirds me out, though, right? I don't know how I feel about that. It's like,

Tony Mauro 23:12

I don't trust it.

Marc Killian 23:12

I don't need it. And then you got my face too. But of course, I guess at this point, everybody's posted pictures of themselves on Facebook at some points or faces or everywhere anyway. Yeah, interesting stuff. But you know, there's that two factor stuff, too, right. A lot of companies now are almost forcing you to do that. Yeah. So we make them for our payroll clients, you know, to get into their portals, we

Tony Mauro 23:32

have the two factor authentication. Yeah, for every every payroll, clients, employees, you know, and some employees really don't like it, but we tell them we're not shutting it off. Because if somebody gets in and changes your bank account information, you know, then that's going to be bad for you. And so it's for your own protection. So,

Marc Killian 23:51

definitely, well, you know, final summary folks, you know, there's a lot of scams out there. If you do think you're a victim immediately start calling the companies you need to talk to if you're working with a financial professional like Tony, for example, reach out to them and let them know so they can immediately take steps if you feel like your information has been compromised, of whatever level and of course if it's egregious enough for your concern, call the police. Whatever the case is, but take steps to protect yourself so Hopefully, this helps you out a little bit here on this episode, the financial fortress and Tony anything else where we go Oh, that's

Tony Mauro 24:22

it looking forward to next meeting.

Marc Killian 24:25

Yeah, yeah, I mean, we're gonna keep continue on with the tech stuff here again, because it is that time of year, tax season is upon us and the scammers do come out and for So protect yourself out there, folks. And if you need some help reach out with Tony and his team at your planning proz.com You're planning proz.com Don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple, Google Spotify, and we'll see you next time here on plan with the taxman.

Walter Storholt 24:52

Securities offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC, investment advisory services offered Are through a VAT tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors please consult with a financial professional

View Details

Every generation likes to talk about how much harder things used to be when they were kids. Like all of the people who used to have to walk five miles to school, in the snow, uphill both ways. But they had at least
one thing that was EASIER…and that was retirement planning. Let’s continue our conversation about why on today’s episode.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 00:00

On the prior podcast we talked about every generation likes to talk about how things were harder for them than it is now. And we're gonna continue our conversation with retirement planning. Is it harder than it used to be? Here on this episode of planet tax man with Tony Morrow? Look up in the sky? It's a bird.

Announcer 2 00:19

It's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero. But Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man. Hey,

Marc Killian 00:33

folks, Welcome to part two here have a conversation on is retirement planning harder today than it used to be? And I think in a lot of ways, we've certainly in the first half, we've ascertained that Yeah, it definitely is. But there's also some things that do make it easier. And I'm sure that's going to continue to be the theme throughout this episode, as well. But we certainly appreciate you and welcoming you into the podcast. And if you did not check out the prior one, feel free to do so you don't have to listen to one day to enjoy the other. But it's certainly not a bad idea. And of course, you can do so by simply subscribing to the podcast playing with the tax ban on Apple or Spotify or Google whatever platform you like to use a simply just stop by Tony's website to find those links and to take yourself right there and check out the tools tips and resources at your planning proz.com. That's your planning proz.com. Of course, you can always just type playing with the tax man in the search box of whatever app you like using as well. Funny, my friend what's going on, buddy? How are you this week?

Tony Mauro 01:30

I'm doing good, you know, in the throes of tax season and dealing with a lot of that, you know, but so far, it's been rough, smooth filing? Yeah,

Marc Killian 01:39

yeah, for sure. And it's late February. So did you were you good? Did you to take care of things for Valentine's Day, get your wife something nice or give her some flowers or anything?

Tony Mauro 01:49

We did do that. And we went out to eat this year, which was a little bit of a change. And so we enjoyed it. Yeah, it was but pretty pretty laid back and casual. Yeah,

Marc Killian 01:57

for sure. Well, I hope everybody had a good holiday or good Valentine's Day. I don't know if it's, I guess it's a holiday at this point. But but let's get into our conversation here on the next five of our conversation around, you know, is retirement planning harder. So let's go with number six here, healthcare costs, man, this has to be a no brainer, it's clearly back then it had to be a lot easier. Now we're facing massive escalating costs here. But we do have better technology for longer life, which is going to tie into another one here in a little bit. But, you know, again, it's all kind of this weird, double edged sword, we have way more tech and way more stuff. That's good, you know, for our healthcare side, but it is not cheap.

Tony Mauro 02:36

It's not cheap. You know, and I forgot to mention this on the last episode, but I thought about it after we had gotten off. But now that we're talking about, you know, we're in our 50s is, do you ever stop and think about? Boy, I'm so glad I'm not, you know, young and just starting out anymore, you know, because you always feel like after they got it, they're gonna have it really hard. And I wonder if our parents thought that two way back in their day, but we we survive, you know, and we adapt. But yeah, I think today, with the health care costs, I've just had a meeting with my benefits guy for our group health. And, of course, costs are going up again, they always do. He always acts like he's scared to tell me and I already know, you know, costs are going up. And I think it's, you know, a byproduct of, you know, we're living longer. We've got all this technology. And it does allow us probably, if it's not abused to live a healthier life. But yeah, the costs are just astronomical. And I think, as opposed to our parents who weren't living that long, and there wasn't, it always seems like there's a lot of different weird elements. I'm going to talk about cancer and things like that, that nobody seemed to have back 50 years ago. But nevertheless, I think that healthcare becomes a big issue in financial planning, especially as you're nearing retirement, once you get into it. You've got the whole Medicare thing, supplements and making sure you're covered. And it's a big cost for a lot of these retirees. So I think it's harder today than it was a long time ago. Yes. Yeah. And

Marc Killian 04:09

then think about some of the issues with facilities, right. So you know, facilities. On the one hand, we have nicer better facilities now, especially for seniors, right, or, or for folks with advanced seniors than we did you know, in the 80s or so. But, again, it also cost a ton like these continuing, whether they call them continuous care communities. I mean, these things are pricey, right? So if you're not talking about it, which many people like to avoid the conversation of, of aging and needing some sort of long term care, then you really put yourself even more behind the eight ball when the event happens. And now where you where you get the money from right now you're at a time to even plan or strategize. So, gotta talk about it right got to figure out what to do, because it is affecting more of us because of number eight, which we'll get to in just a second is that the longer you know, the life expectancy, but before we get there, let's talk about number seven. which is the sandwich generation, which many of us are, I was in this mode for a little while, I had my senior, my elderly mother living with us, and our daughter was still home, you know, before she went off to college, you know, now both have moved on to, you know, daughters in the Navy, and mom's got herself in a senior apartment complex, kind of, like we just talked about. But you know, that's tough, right. And especially right now, in this environment, we're in financially here in 2024, Tony, you know, I mean, everything is costly, you know, so if you're trying to take care of three generations in the same house, boy, that's rough, it

Tony Mauro 05:33

is rough, and it ties into what we just talked about with health care. And then what we're next going to talk about, with people living too long is, and I see it every day, and I you know, luckily for me, and my dad is still alive, and he's going to be 83. But II, we have planned for him. And he knows that. And it his biggest fear is, you know, obviously, they don't want to go into a full fledged nursing home. And they want to be able to live on their own as long as they can. But luckily, you know, for him, it's got the planning that was done and the means to do it. But I think a lot of people, I would just had somebody in here yesterday as well, he's in his 50s. And he is mom and dad didn't plan, they have dementia, he doesn't know what to do with them, it's really taken an emotional strain on him to try to take care of his aging parents, they're in their late 80s. And, you know, he doesn't know what to do with it. And not only consumes a lot of money, but a lot of emotional stress as well, if you will. So I think it's very, very challenging today. And many, many are going through it. I mean, I talk with friends my age, and they're, you know, they're, they're either their parents are aging, you know, or they need full time care. And it's, I only think it's probably going to get maybe a little worse, but because I don't think people are planning enough, like we were talking about the last topic for that, that eventual need of, you know, long longer term type of care.

Marc Killian 07:06

Well, and think about, you know, obviously, you've got the cost of aging care, right, so advanced age here, and you've got the cost of college, right, and then you get the cost of all these things out of control. So you end up with your college age kids at home, your parents, you know, elderly parents at home with you, as well. And it's just, you know, and then the grocery bills up through the roof now, because you got all these people there, and you know, groceries are out of control, you know, things have got to shift, and I'm not sure how we're going to make some of these changes from from our leadership standpoint, they just, they just seem to be, you know, comfortable with, again, kicking the can down the road, we'll we'll just make minor adjustments to my bring temporary ease, but it just makes for harder problems later on. So it's very tough, right? I mean, you're gonna have to have a, you've got to think your way through some of this stuff, instead of just kind of reacting in the moment. And I think that's certainly something that all of us have got to do in different walks of life. And you find yourself thinking, hey, look, I didn't get all the way to this point to have to keep making these hard decisions. I'm, you know, I'm getting close to retirement, I just want to relax. And it's like, well, that's how you get there to relax as you gotta make some of the hard decisions along the way. And certainly long term carriers and things of that nature are one of those. So good points, for sure. So life expectancies, well, we were living shorter, right, my dad passed away at 63. Back in the early 90s. You know, and so, you know, most of the men in my family have passed away early, but it doesn't mean that I'm going to so I've got to plan on being around longer, because we do have all these medical advances that we talked about a minute ago.

Tony Mauro 08:41

Yeah, we do, you know, and would our parents were alive. I mean, I still have one parent alive. And you know, he's 83. And, but earlier generations, you know, they didn't need as much because they weren't living as long. So the retirement didn't have to last. Now, when we plan with, with our clients, we're planning out to 90 for sure. And then if they've got some longevity in in the family, even a little longer, believe it or not, and then if it doesn't, is not needed, that it's not needed. But with that, and the fact that medically in some of the technology that we've already talked about, are keeping people alive longer, that are going to need their funds for a longer period of time versus 5060 years ago, generally. And so it all comes back to like you were talking about is is getting the proper plan and making sure that, you know, this plan is going to work for you, which all this stuff, people look at advisors saying, well, all you're doing is just picking investment. No, it's It's this kind of stuff that's more important than what you actually have your particular portfolio in, per se, you know, and so this is kind of stuff that I don't think you can overlook, and that's

Marc Killian 09:49

one of them. Yeah, definitely. You know, and so you think about the, you know, the aging process, right? So we, we tend to kind of do that thing and say, Well, you know, I don't have longevity so You know, just like I was referring to myself, I don't have longevity. So I'm not going to worry about it and think about what's happening to the younger generation right now. They see all these things, we're constantly being hit with this information and stuff saying, Yeah, you know, we're going, the world's going to collapse and blah, blah, blah, and you're not going to be 20 years from now, and so on and so forth. And so you've got younger people. And when I say younger, I mean, into the 30s, you know, doing this whole YOLO thing, right. And I know, it's a little bit of a dated term, but you know, you only live once, kind of deal and they're, they're kind of, they're not thinking about the future in we have to still do that. Because it seems like every time we turn around, Tony, there's always something where, oh, it's, we're not going to make it another 40 years, or this, that the other and then 40 years goes by in the blink of an eye and you're like, Wow, I'm hungry. And I have nothing. I know it. It's a, it's a weird spot.

Tony Mauro 10:46

It's a weird spot, I actually have a living uncle who is right in that spot. You know, he's 80 years old, that basically just living on Social Security. And it's not much because they were self employed. And they, you know, they didn't really put a lot in. So, you know, it's just not a very good existence, you know, to go all that time. But I agree.

Marc Killian 11:09

Well, you know, so let's talk about Social Security. Because that is, obviously that wouldn't change, you know, it same kind of conversation we were having, you know, our leaders just go I don't want to deal with that thing, punt it down the road, let somebody else deal with it. And we're out here going, you know, what's it gonna do to us? Look at what happened in France last year, right. So they, they call it pension air program there, right. So they changed their pension air program, all they did was right, move it to yours. And you had riots in the streets from people that which made no sense to me that people in their 20s and 30s, really, two years, you're 40 years away from being 60 in your writing over something that's going to maybe have you worked two years longer, you know, so it's kind of crazy. But again, to that point, we've kind of brainwashed people, or allowed them to kind of go down this path

Tony Mauro 11:57

of, of, you know, I don't want to have to make things any harder than they already are. And unfortunately, that's just how life goes. And if we keep making these short term decisions financially, life is going to be harder, it'll be harder. And I think social security, we could do a whole prior to our podcast, on this topic, and all kinds of things. But what what the deal is today really is because some of our older people, obviously they're living longer, don't have as many people in the workforce as we once did. And the families that, you know, we're going to be running out of oil, the trust fund is going to be depleted, I think, by the year 2034. What that will mean, and I agree with you, Congress, you know, just keeps kicking the can down roads to having meaningful, you know, talks about this and try to come up with something bipartisan to fix this. But they'll there'll be a last minute patch, like they always do, which I don't agree with. But the biggest problem with Social Security is we don't have as many people contributing, and then we got a lot of people taken. But like you said, though, you know, people in their 50s, even though I'm not counting on it, you know, you kind of feel like, well, I have been contributing for 40 years or 30 years. If you're not going to give it if if the benefits not gonna be there for anyone, just give me my money. And I'll go go my separate way. But I mean, there's a lot a lot of mixed feelings on that from people that have contributed a long time. I just read this morning, in it was an investment article about there's a proposal out from the investment community, that if they would basically take away the tax deductibility of all 401, k's and or IRAs that can that would contribute like 1.3% of the GDP, and they could use that to fund so you know, to make up for Social Security. I mean, it's, it sounds out there, but it's an idea. I don't know if I agree with it, but it just people need to come up with some ideas, you know, and on how to fix that. For the next, you know, 100 years. Yeah, so yeah,

Marc Killian 14:00

and it's all those little pieces, right. To your point, like, I mean, even talking about the France thing, is that gonna go, you know, we have 62 is early retirement, well, what if they just pushed that back to 64? or eliminated it, you know, you know, and just said, 66, is it or 67, depending on your age, there's talk of moving that, you know, to 70, making that the thing, so there's about a million ways they can do it. You know, there's the means testing conversation. To me, it seems like they should just grandfather things in for people and say, 50, you know, birthday 50 and younger or whatever, yeah, you're gonna probably not be eligible for early retirement, we're going to remove that 62 Altogether, or make it push it back to yours and supposedly funds it for 100 year so they just no one wants to touch it because they don't want to be the person who gets you know, labeled as either, you know, destroying it or removing it or whatever you think, Hey, if you're the one who fixes it, though that can be it can be a big win for you. So

Tony Mauro 14:51

yeah, and it's not going to be an easy and not everybody's gonna be happy. No, for sure. So they just they've got to, they've got to come up with something because I don't think Until let let it just, you know, eventually fail. But there'll be some. I just Yeah, I don't want to get into that

Marc Killian 15:06

and get to right. Yeah, we as they were definitely, we're definitely already soapbox a little bit on these episodes right now. So yeah, it's hard not to write because our lines have blurred so much, how do you talk about just simply the X's and O's of finance without looking at the bigger picture of what's going on in our world, with our leaders, and so on and so forth. So it's, it's tough, right? We're in this interest? Well, and that actually works really well, for this last point, Tony, number 10, is, you know, easier to achieve financial literacy. You know, in the past, I don't think a lot of individuals felt they needed to be highly financially literate, to get it done, because it was easier. But nowadays, you really do need to be well versed in so many things. I mean, right. I mean, if you turn a blind eye to what's happening politically, that's not smart. But then again, you don't want to go too far in because then people get so opinionated. And so they shut down and they get so frustrated, or they, you know, I mean, we just fight or whatever the case is. So you gotta have a good knowledge base, I think on a lot of things. Now, in our world, in our society, no matter your age, and certainly financially, that's gotten much better, it is way easier to get a lot more information and context. Now you can get that overload a little bit. But you can certainly find a lot more information to kind of build your knowledge base, and then take that to a pro like yourself, who you find that you is the right fit for you that you want to work with and say, Okay, now help me make it all make sense and, and understand them when they're talking to you.

Tony Mauro 16:25

That's it right there is, you know, there's, there's so much information out there, that you shouldn't just turn away from it, you should learn something on your own. But I caution people to when they go overboard, like you were talking, it's because it's it's at us 24/7 Now that you go down rabbit holes, like you would when you're maybe spending too much time on Facebook or something, and you get yourself all confused. And then sometimes either a you're gonna make bad decisions, or you're paralyzed and make no decisions. And so you need to maybe not just take whatever your advisor is telling you, you know, and never pay attention or outside wrap, right? I'm saying, you know, take some time learn about things. And then it's best to bounce it off an advisor, I would say this is where advisors earn, what they get paid if they're if they're doing their jobs properly. Because this is I mean, it's a relationship that, you know, the advisor, hopefully is trying to take you from wherever you're at to wherever you want to be. And everything in between, and all these stuff. These things

Marc Killian 17:28

we've been talking about, well, especially if it's a if it's a sip, what's the word I'm looking for a typical, is that right? relationship, right? Where it's not something where you're just saying, Okay, I'm giving, you know, this person money, and they're giving me advice, but I've given them money, they've given me advice and a plan, but they also generally want me to succeed because when I succeed, they succeed. You know, that kind of thing, right? So it's trying to build is trying to find that right? person, that right firm, that get that chemistry going so that you can work through all these more complicated things that do affect us in today's world. And so that's gonna wrap up our podcast series over the last two here. Is retirement planning harder than it used to be? Yeah, because I think society right now is a little harder than it used to be. It's also easier than it used to be so you know, just like anything is it's a double edged sword. We know life is not. What did I say? Relief was roses and thorns. There you go. That's right. It can be both of well, Tony, thanks for hanging out my friend. We got a little deep here. We got a little interesting, but sometimes you got to do that. Right. So we'll be back with more episodes in the future. Don't forget to subscribe to us here on playing with the tax man on Apple, Spotify, YouTube, all that good stuff. And of course, if you need some help reach out to Tony and his team at your planning proz.com. He is a CPA CFP and an EA have 30 plus years experience helping families get to and through on this journey. So give him a call and reach out to him. You're planning proz.com And we'll see you next time. Thanks, Tony.

Walter Storholt 19:00

Securities offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC, investment advisory services offered through advanced tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional

View Details

Every generation likes to talk about how much harder things used to be when they were kids. Like all of the
people who used to have to walk five miles to school, in the snow, uphill both ways. But they had at least
one thing that was EASIER…and that was retirement planning. Let’s talk about why on today’s episode.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 00:01

Every generation likes to talk about how much harder things used to be when they were kids. You know, we've all gone uphill both ways to school in the snow, all that good stuff, right? But we want to make sure that we're talking about the things we need to do for retirement planning. And is it truly harder than it used to be? So that's going to be our podcast for the next couple episodes. Right here on plan with the tax man with Tony Morrow. Look up in the sky. It's a bird. It's a plane. No,

Announcer 2 00:27

it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero. But Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man.

Marc Killian 00:40

Hey, everybody, welcome into the podcast. Tony and I are here to talk investing finance, retirement and retirement planning. Is it harder than it used to be? So we're going to break this into we get 10 points that we're going to cover over the next two episodes. We're going to break this into five and five atony and talk about these a little bit. And just see is it that that last couple of miles you know, like I said, the uphill going into snow both ways to school. So my dad used to tell me right, he's like, he's like, You guys have it so easy. I used to walk uphill both ways. I was like, wait, what? Yeah, go uphill both ways. What's going on my friend how you doing this week?

Tony Mauro 01:16

I've been good. You know, as we're recording this starting tax season, and it's kind of a weird thing, because our weather is was very, very cold. And we got a lot of snow and now it's all gone. And it's 60 degrees as we're taping this so it's weird. It's a weird February's Yeah,

Marc Killian 01:31

really? Yeah, you're warmer than I am today. If you're 60 right now, so I'm, like 52 here. And I'm in the south. So go figure, right?

Tony Mauro 01:39

Yeah, it's just odd to see the sun and this in February, we hardly ever get this. I'll

Marc Killian 01:44

take it and enjoy it. Right. Right. Right, take it and run with it. Well, I hate talking about the snow, right? So at least you gotta get rid of some of that with that sun. So enjoy it while you can. Well, let's dive into it. And like I said, we're gonna break this up into five and five. So we'll do the first five here and and see what, you know, our things are things harder now. Right. I think in some ways, they definitely are. And I think in others, we might see that there is some easier things, but it's all a matter about having a strategy and a plan that will I'm sure that's going to be obviously the overarching theme here. But let's jump in, let's start with the first one job stability and company loyalty, clearly way different now than what it was for our, you know, I mean, we're gonna we're in our 50s. So clearly different than it was for our parents or even our grandparents, for sure. That's

Tony Mauro 02:28

true. Yeah. And the reason that is, is because, you know, back in our parents days, and grandparents, you went to work for somebody for your entire career, you know, and a lot of times that was a goal, right? Yeah, that was that was it. And so people stayed at the same job. And I don't meet too many either on the tax side, or the financial planning side that have I mean, I've been with not only just maybe one or two employers, many, many that get into their 50s. They've been with 1015, sometimes more over their career. And so that's leads to a lot of I would say that that makes it a little harder, because people are jumping around more, you're moving 401 K's that sometimes they don't even get in them. Right. And they don't get that benefit of the old time. I think we're going to cover later but also to is, you know, a lot of these companies don't have the same type of old fashioned pensions,

Marc Killian 03:23

right? Well, there was the stability there. Right, like so if you if you did work that that long, 30 year job or whatever the same place, you did, not only did you have the stability of the job, but you also had the stability of the pension and the retirement plan that they that company tended to offer, right, which definitely made life a little easier. In that respect for retirement strategizing, right, because you had your three, three legs of a milking stool if you want, right, Tony, so you had your pension from that job for 30 years. You had your Social Security, and then maybe a modest little savings, it's you accrued a lot of weight. And you were good.

Tony Mauro 03:57

You were good. Yeah, you know, and some of these other topics will lend itself to that. But that's what you had. And today, you don't have that you've got basically the other two, and I will talk about them. And

Marc Killian 04:08

they're definitely harder the other two to deal with. So yeah, that first one, I definitely think that, in that respect, it's harder now than it used to be for sure. Let's go to housing market stability. All right. So number two here on our list, you know, was it more general? It'd be more stable and predictable? Yeah. I mean, I think there's definitely been times in our, in our society over the last, what, 60 years where home prices have been more stable than they currently are. They've obviously gotten out of control here over the last little bit. I don't know what's your take care?

Tony Mauro 04:38

I agree with that. I mean, I you know, back in the older days, it was, I think, a little more stable, you know, but I think the offset to that we you know, they had higher interest rates back then, for the most part. And I think that, again, though, most of our parents they didn't move around much like we do, and especially our kids, the younger people and so I'd never like to use the home as an asset or a source of income, I guess I should say, when we're retirement planning, it's nice to have the equity. It's nice to have all that. But unless we could turn it into some kind of repeatable and reliable income, everybody's got to have a place to live. And whether it's predictable, or volatile, or whatnot, I still like homeownership, or clients. And you know, and I know a lot of people, young people, especially will fight me on that. Well, I guess I'm old school too. Well, so

Marc Killian 05:32

for a little comparison here, right? So thinking about housing, and you're talking about rates? Just I'm sure you don't remember, no, this totally off the top of your head, but I'll throw it at you for fun. What was the US Treasury bond rate in 1980? Right, so do you have a guess? I'm gonna say it was around eight 9%. The low was nine, the average yield was 11. Point 4.4. And so for having something safe, right, in a bond or whatever. And so you'd go Okay, so we've got that we've got our civility of our job we just talked about, and we've got our home. Well, what was your home mortgage rate? By

Tony Mauro 06:04

the mortgage? Very, very high. Yeah, yeah. I'm

Marc Killian 06:06

gonna say 12 13%. You're right, sir. 13.74, in 1980, was the average. Right? So I mean, considerably higher, right. And now granted, the home prices were a heck of a lot lower. And that's the difference than what we're dealing with now. Right? You're talking six, seven, and 8%. Maybe you're five to 8% on mortgages right now, because of the interest rate rise that we had. But, you know, the prices are out of control. So that I think that's where it also is making it harder right now. I mean, if you're younger person trying to buy a house is pretty daunting. It's

Tony Mauro 06:36

very daunting. My son and his wife have been married a couple of years, they are thinking about buying a home, you know, and when they start looking at it, you start putting the numbers together. And it's hard to make that work as a young person. Get that mortgage in there. I know when I built my first house, and this was in my lifetime. It was 36 years ago. We built it with the land. And it was a small house. Sure, but it was $77,000. Crazy right then. Yeah, crazy. And your truck probably cost that now. Your cars are costing that, you know, in the average home, even here and in Iowa, you know, it's up there a couple 100,000 Oh,

Marc Killian 07:15

yeah, I think the average right man was somewhere between 350 and 450. Yeah.

Tony Mauro 07:19

Which is great. Well, we're in depending on where you live, yeah, part of the country. So it is I think it's rates are low. And I think it's a stretch for these younger people or anybody to get into them, especially the first time. Well,

Marc Killian 07:31

right now the old days are too low. We're we're losing here in the modern era from, it'd be an easier, let's go to three less reliance on personal savings. Well, we touched on that with the milk stool, right? So you had those other two pieces, so you didn't have to have as much saved personally. And obviously, that's completely flipped. Look at all the secure Act changes. I mean, the government, everything is saying, hey, you need to build your personal savings, because that's what you know, that's the ticket, you're gonna have to have that you are and

Tony Mauro 07:58

like, say, totally on us now as as Oh, yeah, investors, you know, it's not, we can't count on our employers. We'll talk a little bit about Social Security here in a little bit. But it's, if we don't save, and we get to the end of the road retirement, it's not going to look very pretty for us. And I do think it's, it's was a lot easier back then only because they had those pension plans. I would make the case, though, that a lot of people back then and we'll talk about a little later as well, is they didn't really know about saving and whatnot like we do today. But and we'll cover that. And that's true. And we've gotten better at that. But we've also had to write, we've had to because there's just there's, we have to rely on ourselves and our advisors, to help us out to get to get us to where we want to be because it's all on personal savings. Now in my my opinion,

Marc Killian 08:49

for sure. And that really leads into number four, which is it was a simpler investment landscape back then your options were way less. So it was a little maybe a little easier to navigate. Obviously, now we've got way more complexities going on. But in some ways, it's also easier to navigate now because we have the technology and we have a lot of different things. And we have a lot more options and a lot of cases maybe better options. But what happens is it gets confusing, because now there is just so many simpler, you know, sometimes can be good, right? So like, Well, what we used to have was just less less options. Now we've got so many options. It's kind of overkill, but we have created a lot of good things. I mean, think about it, Tony, like even ETFs right. I mean, they've only been around since the 90s. You know, so that was a great change from mutual funds, because ETFs are just a little bit faster. There's the little technology allowed that kind of thing to happen. Does that make sense? It did. Yeah.

Tony Mauro 09:42

I mean, they did and I think even with the vast array of investment products available, there are a lot more options to suit specific needs. Yeah, you can really, you can really dial it in now. Right? You can you can dial it in. I mean you know a lot of people Talk orally about annuities and you know, they do have their place, depending on the situation and back way back. Those options were, if they had them, it wasn't like they have today the you know that you've got fixed, you got variable, you got it, you got everything under the sun just in that arena. Yeah, let alone 1000s, maybe now of mutual funds and all of that. So I agree, I think both sides of the fence there, it was simpler. So it was easier. But I think today, we have more options to help us. You got to learn about them and get yourself educated. But yeah,

Marc Killian 10:32

you can really fine tune your your, your investing landscape now, which I think is really necessary leading back to that prior one, right, that personal savings, you know, how you're building your and it's not just the word savings? It's not like money in the savings account? Right? It's your personal, you know, wealth. It's your portfolio that you've built, right, which we know. So you've got to use the tools, you've got to be invested. I mean, you really do because you got to keep up with inflation, right? So it's, it's all this, we talked about it a million times, Tony, it's all this big puzzle that you do have to build. And so I think the technology and the tools certainly have helped in that landscape side of that thing, too. That works well. And in my opinion, it gives you more options to help people build all that personal wealth.

Tony Mauro 11:12

I think, too, you know, even in my case, compared to 1520 years ago, you know, when I was younger in this part of the business, right? We don't have the technology even you know, we have it today. But it's advancing so fast that, you know, we can really dial in people's finances in their plans, with basically just getting the data and getting it in there. And then you could run so many different scenarios so quickly through we used to have to do that by hand.

Marc Killian 11:42

Tony was That was not fun. Don't he was having hand cramps. Were I right all the time. Right. Yeah,

Tony Mauro 11:46

you know, and then then the spreadsheets came along. You tried to do it in spreadsheets, but now you've really got a lot of technology where in the client can be involved, you know, with that they can always see where they're at see their plan, which is great. So yeah, yeah, there's there's a lot of things. Good things I like about the technology,

Marc Killian 12:03

for sure. Are you at the 30 year market? I know you've been doing this quite a while i is 30 years. 30 years? 31 years? 31? All right, yeah. 31 years. Yeah. So yeah, I mean, a lot has changed, right? In the industry. You know, you're a CPA, a CFP, and an EA. And, again, you've seen a lot of changes that, you know, you don't go so far back at where you're just using the abacus. But no, but when I got out of college, when I went to work for a CPA firm, I literally had two pencils and an adding machine on my desk. Nice. Nice, good stuff, right there. All right, well, let's talk about the last one higher interest rates since you know, we, interestingly enough 2022 In parts of 2023. And even still right now, but certainly felt like this interesting, you know, what's that saying? History doesn't repeat itself. But it often rhymes. Well, everything felt like the 70s all over again, you know, in in a very interesting way. And not in a great way either. Gas prices are high interest rates were high, you know, shortages, all these kinds of things, we were seeing a lot of stuff, then it kind of throwing back to that. And so we just talked about the bond rates and the housing rates, you know, back in the 80s, they were quite high, even compared to now. And so, you know, it's great to salt a little bit, right was like, Oh, I'd love to get 13% on a CD. But you'd also be paying probably 13 to 16% on the mortgage. So take your poison. Yeah. And then you had you had rapid inflation back then as well. Right. And we have that now. But, you know, that 5% Right now, I mean, you know, four or 5% on a CD or even a fixed indexed annuity, some different things like that. I mean, there's some decent numbers now versus what we even saw just a couple years ago, Tony, but again, you got to have a, you got to have, you know, like, it's like Thanksgiving dinner, it's like that plate, right? You got a little bit of everything in order to have a really good Thanksgiving meal on your plate. If you just had turkey and mashed potatoes, it might get a little boring. Yeah,

Tony Mauro 13:50

I remember when my mom in this was in 87, her data just died. And she had some money, and we stuck it in the mutual or money market mutual fund that was paying like 9%. And, you know, back then, you know, I think with the higher interest rates, what's happened over the years is, you know, inflation has come way down rates have come way down, and for saving for retirement, especially last 20 or so years, except for a few peaks here. And there, it's never been eight or 9%, five, and everybody's jumping up and down, is you know, it's been around one or 2% on the safe side with CDs and things like that. And, you know, people save for retirement have had to say, Look, I can't build anything, you know, what with those kinds of rates, and so they've had to move to other types of investments. But I like the low interest rate environment. I mean, I think it's better for a lot of different things. I know retirees, you know, obviously they want as much as they can, but that whole interest rate thing intrigues me and I know I just watched on 60 minutes they were talking about you know, possibly lowering rates again, the Fed and and where we're going to be at with that had to try to keep inflation in check. And yeah, and bring us back to some sort of normalcy. Yeah, they're, you know, they're talking about it, but it just seems like we continue. And the problem is, is that what we've gotten into society with our leaders and everything else? And again, just my opinion, but we keep making short term decisions versus long term decisions, right?

Marc Killian 15:18

They do. And so we kind of we were very reactionary versus looking at things when a longer picture, and then it winds up being problematic later, and there's like, well, it's somebody else's problem to fix later. Right. And at some point, we kind of have stopped doing it. And you don't want to do that when it comes to your retirement. Well, I'll make a short term decision, and I'll deal with the, you know, deal with the rest of it later. Well later runs out, right.

Tony Mauro 15:41

I mean, like Tony, and I just said, we're in our 50s. Now later starting to get shorter, you know? Yeah. And our government unfortunately does too much of that. If we try that, like you say, we're really going to end up on the short end, which is why we're going over all this, you know, is to hopefully instill some, some visions, some aha moments, something you know, to make sure you're, you're staying on top of your plan. Yep, definitely.

Marc Killian 16:05

And that's why you got to strategize, folks. That's why you got to have somebody in your corner, helping you work through things, it's not as easy as it used to be. Certainly, retirement planning is harder now. Maybe some would argue than ever, you know, there's definitely a lot of things that can be helpful in today's in a environment and era, but a lot of complications as well. So, gotta have a strategize a strategy, and gotta have a plan to help you strategize, a planner, I should say, to help you strategize. So, reach out to Tony and his team and get onto the calendar, if you're not already working with him, share the podcast with others that might benefit from our content here that when we do these every couple of couple times a month, you can find us on Apple, Spotify, YouTube, all that good stuff. So reach out and let them know if you need some help you're planning proz.com All the tools, tips and resources are there at your planning proz.com And subscribe, at least definitely so that you can get the next episode, which we'll continue this conversation on, Tony, thanks for hanging out, buddy. All right, we'll

Tony Mauro 17:00

see you next time.

Marc Killian 17:01

Yep, we'll see you next time right here on playing with the tax band with Tony Morrow.

Walter Storholt 17:10

Securities offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC, investment advisory services offered through advanced tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional

View Details

We're back to wrap up our conversation which might be a bit counterintuitive. We’re going to question the real impact of common financial habits. Are the strategies you consider beneficial actually working in your favor? We explore the pros and cons of practices like paying off debt early and keeping up with financial news. Join us for a practical discussion, as we uncover the unexpected effects of everyday money decisions. Are your good money habits holding you back?

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 00:00

Part Two of our prior conversation on our good money habits holding you back, we're going to continue to have the conversation about the real impact of common financial habits. And are those strategies that you consider beneficial actually working in your favor? So join us here on playing with the tax man with Tony Morrow.

Announcer 2 00:17

Look up in the sky. It's a bird. It's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero. But Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man.

Marc Killian 00:35

Welcome back into part two of our conversation on those good money habits. are they holding you back? Tony and I back again to talk investing finance and retirement of course, Tony is the CPA CFP a and in the big kahuna over there at tax Doctor Inc. And if you guys have questions, need some help get onto the calendar and have a conversation with him at your planning. proz.com He and his team are here to help you get to and through retirement at your planning proz.com What's going on my friend? How are you?

Tony Mauro 01:03

I am good in tax season is upon us now. So it's gonna be a little busier.

Marc Killian 01:08

I was gonna say I feel like I feel like that's gonna be the theme. I hear from you for the next couple of weeks. When we talk as tax season. It's tax season. Oh, yeah, it's tax season.

Tony Mauro 01:18

Now, it's, you know, the IRS, right, it has kind of delayed the start of the tax season, they always do this. And they kind of cram it into, sometimes less and less time. So it's always that that crunch, you know, and we don't well, we don't work ourselves to death, like we used to. And you know, so we have some cut offs there. And so it's not as bad, you know, as long and stuff as it used to be. But nevertheless, it's busy.

Marc Killian 01:43

Exactly, exactly. Well, I won't keep you long we'll finish our conversation. That way you can get back in and work on these things we got to do. But we started off with our first five right on some good money habits, are they holding us back. So we're gonna continue and of course, you don't have to listen to the prior podcast folks to check this one out, or enjoy or pick up some nuggets of information from this one. But it certainly isn't a bad idea. So make sure you go by and check that out. You can find it at your planning proz.com or subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Apple, YouTube or Spotify. Just type in playing with the tax man in the search box. Alright, so let's go to number six here have our total 10. Tony paying off debt early. Hey, you know, good habit, right? Reduces long term interest payments can provide a nice mental boost, especially when you pay something off, you're like, oh, yeah, you feel really good about that. But Why might it be bad to pay off debt early? This can be interesting.

Tony Mauro 02:33

I think, you know, I definitely advocate paying off high interest debt, of course, and get rid of all of that. But sometimes, especially in the mortgage area, you know, some of us that have had a mortgage over the last, what, 710 years where you've got low interest rates, if you pay it off early, you know, you could be, you know, basically using that money. In other words, you you take cash flow out of your out of your monthly budget to pay that off. And you could be using that to get higher returns elsewhere. And still, the net is quite a bit of a plus for you. So if you've got a low interest loan, you got to take a look at it work with your advisor to see if this is the best thing for you. I do advocate staying out of debt and being out of debt. But every once in a while, it's not that bad of a deal, especially on like, say on home mortgages.

Marc Killian 03:22

Right? Yeah, you know, so you got to kind of take a look at how you're dealing it and really kind of the debt thing will kind of play into that lazy money conversation, maybe right, some of that extra money sitting in savings right now or something like that. Right? So because, you know, if you're, you're thinking, Okay, I'm getting, you know, I can get 4% on the CD, because the numbers have been better, because we talked a little bit about the fact that the feds are probably going to cut rates this year in 2024. But you know, you're paying off your house more, if you're lucky enough to have like a 3% mortgage, right? Well, yeah, you're making 1%. But could that be better use someplace else? Right? So let's, let's say you're gonna drop 50 grand on your mortgage, and you know, and you still weren't paying it off, you were just gonna get it knocked down a good chunk or something like that. Could that 50 grand be making you more money someplace else? safely, of course, I get that we want to, you know, find a vehicle that, you know, kind of works well for our risk tolerance. But again, that's why maybe paying off too much debt early. Bad debt, probably certainly a good idea to get rid of quickly, right? Yeah. Does that make sense? Yeah. Okay, cool. Make sure I wanted to make sure I was following you there. Number seven, staying informed by watching and reading financial news or listening to podcasts. Right. So another way to do it. Good side, right. Financial education is important. Not a bad idea to be up on various different things. That's why we try to that's why I always say, you know,

Tony Mauro 04:43

hopefully you picked up a useful nugget or two of information from our show. But be careful, right, because there's an awful lot of talking heads ton of it, especially I mean, you got podcasts like we're doing of course, stuff you view the internet everything everybody's got an opinion right in it. It tends to be if you tend to get too far into it, maybe information overload, I think could be bad, I think you could end up making some rash decisions, I would say, if there's nothing wrong with listening and gathering as much info as you can, I would definitely say, to, you know, run it by your advisor, you know, because they are going to be the ones that can, you know, lend some credibility to some of that stuff you hear, and whether it fits into you know, what you're trying to do. So just be careful. And the other thing is, unless you really enjoy getting information overload, eminent just just for your own time sake, you know, go do something else. It's fun, unless, again, unless you really enjoy it, it's yeah, it's

Marc Killian 05:41

so funny how our society is so geared that we have all this tech, we have so many things that, you know, making our life, you know, supposedly easier, but they're really time socks. And the next thing, you know, you go, why the hell the day go, you know, right. And it's just, it's amazing. Like, again, the wife and I were on this diet, you know, it's still January, and we're still hanging in there. And, and it's cooking healthy takes so much time, you know, yes. And so it's no wonder that our society is a little heavier, because it's easy to run to Taco Bell, and so on and so forth. Right. And I think the same thing financially, sometimes, sometimes it's easy to think, Okay, well, I'll just, you know, I'll just Google something real quick. And then I'll just, you know,

06:25

the first two or three things is the what, probably what I'll go with, but it might not be the right thing for you, right? Just kind of like that taco. It tastes good, but it might not be the right thing. That's right. You know, speaking of that healthy eating not only takes a long time, it's generally more expensive. Oh, Wally, way more expensive, way more expensive. Yeah. And I'm actually tonight, I'm in charge of going home, and I gotta go get the ingredients. So you

Marc Killian 06:50

got to go out and get the ingredients. Hmm. I

Tony Mauro 06:53

  1. And but it is, it is painful, you know, to go out and do that. And you. You cook it in now? Yeah, it's gone in about 1520 minutes. Yeah. Well,

Marc Killian 07:03

I don't want to go down that avenue, because that's what the wife's complain about Thanksgiving. I'm like, Yeah, but it's so good. She's like, I spent all day on this. And I was like, yeah, man, it's good. I tell you what, the healthy thing right, I know, we're off on a tangent. But that's the point of the podcast is just talking about life in general as well. And how it relates to finance but thinking about like even just wastefulness. So help this healthy eating out to your point, it's expensive. And so the other day, she bought one of these vegetable things, as already, it's all kind of pre cut stuff already. It's already kind of sealed up in the plastic and blah, blah, blah, right? It's about you know, a smorgasbord of vegetables already kind of pre done for you to make your was a call that meat crop or whatever the whenever you're making your stuff for food. And as soon as she opened it, she pulled the lid off of it. And the smell hit us like a ton of bricks. This was brand new, and the vegetables were were bad. They didn't look bad, but it wreaked. Right. And so it was like, well, that's total money gone down, right down the drain, you know, and so and so I was joking with the wife has said, you know, what, never, you know, gets mushy and smells really terrible and goes bad like that. And she's like, What, like doughnuts.

Tony Mauro 08:10

That's like so much preservatives. And

Marc Killian 08:13

she's like, You suck. And I said, I know. I know. But you know, it is it's expensive. So you definitely you got to be on your toes when you're trying to do you know, financial stuff, and healthy eating right? Learn a lot of stuff out there. Alright, so that was informative news. Let's go to number eight. global diversification. That sounds good. Tony spreads out the risk, right? You can capture growth and different economies. Give me some negatives to think about here? Well,

Tony Mauro 08:37

I think the one thing with the negatives is while it you know, depending on what you're doing, and which countries you're investing in, it definitely could add to the complexity, because a lot of these different countries have different laws, different regulations for their securities and whatnot. And the other thing is, is it does increase your risk, because obviously, there's a lot of volatility, generally, when, when a certain country is doing well, other countries are not, and vice versa. And it would behoove you definitely to get with your advisor, maybe even choose a fund versus individual securities, if you're going, you know, globally, because it's impossible for us sitting here, wherever we are, to get any type of what I would call, you know, in depth research and even if you have it, are you gonna be able to understand it, it's different accounting rules, different laws, everything else. So be very, very careful there and make sure that you get the diversification you need. I'm not opposed to global diversification. I think it needs to be done wisely. Okay. All right.

Marc Killian 09:37

Yeah. So cuz you're definitely exposed to more volatility. So Right. So if you're not comfortable with volatility, got to take that into consideration. All right. Number nine, that emergency fund constantly building it? So you know, we've talked about this before, but like you got 100 grand sitting in the savings account? What kind of emergency Do you have, that's going to cost $100,000? You know, did you get your you know, did you get your dog kidnapped, gotta pay Have 100 grand to get it back, right? So it's a great safety net to have. But just be careful, right? Because obviously, the downside of this is that your your basically, your savings account, even with the higher interest rates, were in telling your savings accounts not paying you four or 5%. So you're losing money safely.

Tony Mauro 10:15

You're losing money safely. And you certainly can continue the good habit, but maybe just reroute that money to something that could earn you a little bit more put it to work for you. Right. Yeah, be a put it to work better for you. You know, it's great to build up a really good emergency fund. But after that's done, like you say, there's no sense of just keep putting money into that you got to you got to keep it working better for you.

Marc Killian 10:37

Yeah. And, and if you're a retired person, obviously, the emergency fund conversation is completely different than if you're still working, right? Yes, yeah. And it's also that comfort, that comfort Tommy level of like, what's the amount in the savings account, a savings account that makes you both feel good to sleep at night, find that number kind of something fair for eat for both of you. Because it can be one something where one party in the marriage wants, you know, a big number and the other party is fine with less? And you know, so you want both to be comfortable, but you got to again, not have it, you know, being ineffective, too. Right? Okay. All right. Number 10 final one here, patients making financial decisions and building a plan. Now, again, this is kind of like our fifth one on the prior segment. In some cases, delaying your decisions, to get more information or to you know, check things out, can lead to better outcomes, right, it could lead to making impulsive decisions, I bought something over the holiday Christmas break, I shouldn't have. Right, and get some more information. But when, when that patients turns to do nothingness, which humans are really, really good at procrastination,

Tony Mauro 11:41

it can certainly harm you, it can harm you, because you can't get off the sidelines. And sometimes you tend to overthink slash over analyze, like say there's nothing wrong, being patient, getting all the facts, working with your advisor. But at some point, you're going to, you know, make your goals, you're going to have to make some decisions, and you're going so, and hopefully the advisors, you know, and that's what part of what you're paying them for is you know, to keep you on track. Get you going keep you going. Yeah, because we are as humans tend to not want to change.

Marc Killian 12:10

We're really, really good at procrastination, aren't we? Yeah. You know, and not like, I know that some people are really, you know, the opposite. That's great. But I think a good portion of us are pretty darn good at procrastination, and it may be in different arenas, right? Some people are really on the ball about this, but procrastinate the heck out of that right, you know, so on and so forth. So it's a treat, we all kind of carry around so just be careful. So that's our podcasts were good habits can sometimes maybe hold us back. Hopefully you found that informative. And of course, as always, if you got questions need help. Before you take any action, always check with a qualified professional like Tony as I mentioned earlier, he's a CPA, a CFP and an EA He's got the whole alphabet soup, right there on his business cards. If you need some help, reach out to him at your planning proz.com That is your planning proz.com And subscribe to play with the tax ban on Apple, Spotify and YouTube. Tony, my friend. Thanks for hanging out and good luck with dinner tonight. All right, thank

Tony Mauro 13:07

you. We'll see you next time. Yeah, we'll

Marc Killian 13:08

catch you next time. It'll be into February here on plan with the tax man with Tony Morris.

Walter Storholt 13:18

Securities offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC, investment advisory services offered through a van tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional

View Details

This episode might be a bit counterintuitive. We’re going to question the real impact of common financial habits. Are the strategies you consider beneficial actually working in your favor? We explore the pros and cons of practices like ignoring account statements and strict budgeting. Join us for a practical discussion, as we uncover the unexpected effects of everyday money decisions. Are your good money habits holding you back?

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 00:00

This episode might be a bit counterintuitive, but we're going to question the real impact of common financial habits. Are your good money habits holding you back this week here on plan with the tax man? Look up in the sky. It's a bird.

Tony Mauro 00:14

It's a plane.

Announcer 2 00:16

No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero, but Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man.

Marc Killian 00:29

Hey, everybody, welcome to the podcast mark here with Tony once again to talk investing finance in retirement. And actually we're gonna do this over a two part episode. This week's and our next episode we're going to do are those good money habits you have holding you back and basically I've got some good money habits that if we're doing good things, hey, there's nothing wrong with that. But could there be a disadvantage? Or could we be maybe going a little too far in one direction and we want to make sure we have some balance in there so that's gonna be the topic of the conversation this week with Tony here on plant with the tax man, my friend what is going on? Welcome to the new year. This is we're taping this here in early January. So I know we've all gone through the New Year stuff but Happy New Year, my friend. Same to you.

Tony Mauro 01:09

It's good to be back tax season will be here before we know it. And as we're taping this, we got a lot of snow coming down. Yeah, that's

Marc Killian 01:16

what you're telling me. You're getting Blizzard Blizzard fi so yeah, and we're getting heavy, heavy winds and storms and possible tornadoes later. So it's, it's an interesting day for us to be talking. But that's alright. We'll get in there. We'll get in here. That's how that's how determined we are in to do a good podcast, right?

Tony Mauro 01:31

That's right.

Marc Killian 01:32

Ray. What are we like the the what is it? The Postal Service? We're rain or snow? Tony and I are doing a podcast? That's right. Or good stuff? Well, Tony, this is our 100th episode, by the way. So not only are we getting hit with storms, you and I in different kinds of storms in different locations, but we're celebrating our 100th episode. So kudos to you, my friend. I feel like we need a drink or something.

Tony Mauro 01:56

We need a little celebration. As it seemed like it's been that long.

Marc Killian 02:00

I know you guys need some balloons or some scotch and or drinks or something. I'll well we won't do that. We'll keep it straight. But you know, Anyway, congratulations, and thanks, folks, for hanging out with us here for you know, whatever episodes you happen to catch, and how long have you been watching or listening? Excuse me listening to us. We certainly appreciate you. And hopefully you'll enjoy this week's content. Well, let's get into these money habits. So Tony, I want to break this up. I've got 10 of them. Okay, I want to break it up over the next two episodes, we'll do five this week. And I'll kind of give you the good okay, I'll kind of set up the the main piece here and kind of give the good you know, way of thinking about the good habit. And then you kind of maybe give us the counterpoint as to some things to think about it to where we don't drifted into a bad habit. Does that make sense? Okay. Yeah. Okay. Sounds good. All right. So let's start with ignoring our account statements, easy to do, right? We get these statements, we get things all the time. And some folks, they just, you know, open the financial drawer and toss them in there. And I guess the good side of that would be like, it avoids overreacting to short term fluctuations, right? Because you're not looking at it. Right? So you don't have to get all upset every time you go, Oh, man, it's down a little bit. Right. But why might that be a

Tony Mauro 03:08

bad idea? Well, it's, you know, it's sometimes a bad idea for a number of reasons. You know, one thing is, you may get into such a good habit, which you never look at them, and you really never know how you're doing. The other thing is, is, if there's some changes that have gone on in the account, maybe something that doesn't look right, you know, I hate to use the word fraud, but it's not, you know, it's possible in today's age, that that can be going on. There's other issues such as well, you know, you're gonna miss an opportunity maybe, to make any types of adjustments to the portfolio. So it's while it's a good idea, and I hear a lot of clients say that I don't like to look at my statement, especially if after I've watched the news, but I think you'd probably need to keep it on the good side, you need to review it at least once a quarter, you know, and not just throw them in and never review them at all, because I think you're doing yourself a disservice by doing that. And hopefully your advisor won't let you do that either. Or asking you for for a meeting every every so often. And worst case, they're going over it with you so you can at least understand what's happening.

Marc Killian 04:10

Exactly right. I mean, it's they can get confusing, I get it, but we shouldn't just always throw that stuff in the junk drawer, the financial junk drawer and not look at it. Okay, keeping a strict budget. Okay, now, this sounds like a good habit to have, right? Certainly, it helps you ensured some discipline on your spending and your saving helps you achieve your financial goals. But strict budget Oh, be careful, right. So what's some bad things to think about here? But

Tony Mauro 04:34

I think sometimes people that really love budgets, and frankly, you think an account like B would love budgets, I really don't. I don't I don't follow one I kind of do and I do in my own personal life, but I don't let it get to be too restrictive because obviously, you know, if it's too restrictive, it gets too stressful. Sure. You feel like you can't have any fun in life. And you know, I think you miss out on Some things so I'd say set a budget. Don't go overboard and feel like, you know, if you miss on some things, you really beat yourself up because it's, you know, it has to be a flexible.

Marc Killian 05:10

Yeah, exactly. The flexible diets Exactly. Yeah, exactly. Here, we're in a new year, or you're probably on some sort of diet, maybe people are right, so five people, you know, and I think that's the key to like, we get emails all the time from people, they're like, you know, I just got to retirement. And I'm really like, or the fear of like, I've been saving and been really good about saving, now I have to pull money back out, and it stresses me out, right. So they're on a budget, and they kind of maybe, then they get a little too tight. But to your point, you've saved all this money to enjoy it. And retirement, having a strategy and a plan is going to help you especially laid out in black and white, it's going to help you feel good about actually pulling that money out and using it for things that you want to so Exactly, yeah. Okay. Number three, investing in familiar stocks, again, sounds like good and practice, right? So invest in what you know, has always been sage advice over the years. And it's certainly easier to understand, you know, things when you have a familiar arity to them. But you know, I mean, all you could just, I could just throw out the word Enron as a reason why it could be bad, right? So, you know, just don't want to go overboard. And in any one thing.

Tony Mauro 06:14

Yeah. And with with your example, with Enron, for example, I mean, you what you really lack if you stick to just a few things, you know, then you lack diversification. And if any one of those particular securities in that case, you know, you mentioned Enron go bad, which went bad in a real bad way, big way, I should say. And, you know, that's really going to hurt your overall portfolio. So, you know, while you want to stick with, you don't want to get too into exotic investments and do that kind of thing. You want to work with your advisor, on diversifying your portfolio, not only for the number of types of securities, but also based on your risk, and also based on tax efficiency. So yeah, definitely. I think that that that particular one could go bad in a hurry, you

Marc Killian 07:02

know, yeah, exactly. You know, and it's like, and sometimes Well, again, I'll use some examples where we get emails and Tony to the show into to your website, where people are, like, you know, hey, I was left some, you know, an inheritance when I was left some money from or less some stock from mom or dad, you know, and dad had, you know, stock X for 40 years. And you know, he really loved that, I really love them, I don't want to sell them. And yet, you're looking at it thinking this is probably not a good thing for you to hang on to, right. And that's why I'm not gonna pick any particular company. But again, you've got like this attachment to it. And it may not be the best thing for your financial situation.

Tony Mauro 07:34

It really is. I just had a big accounting client that we do their monthly accounting for. And he's very reluctant. He's a young guy to get a 401k going for his business. And his biggest fear is that he watched his mom and dad, they worked for a company here locally, for almost all their lives. And they all of their investment, or their retirement savings was in that stock inside the 401. And it went under. Yeah, so he's very skittish of the market because of that. Yeah.

Marc Killian 08:03

I mean, I understand that, but but he's the owner of this company. Right. So he's, he's a control versus his parents who work there and didn't have control. So didn't have control. But I mean, yeah, I

Tony Mauro 08:13

mean, but the important thing is, I keep trying to tell him, as I tell most clients is, like you, we're going to, we're going to diversify, we're not just going to end up in one type of security here. Because that's recipe for potential disaster. Indeed, yeah. So I mean, again, you know, the

Marc Killian 08:26

idea here, you know, there's, there's good habits, right, investing in familiar stocks can sound like a good habit, but you gotta be careful to not let it cloud you or restrict you, again, maybe a little too much. Number four, embracing automation. So you know, we're all probably AI to death. At this point. We're tired of hearing about AI at this point. It's everywhere, and everything and every marketing thing is seems like but automation does have some good points. And certainly investing and saving simple saving stuff, right? I mean, just you know, having your money come out of your check, go right to if you're still working as a pre retiree, going right into accounts, hey, that makes things easy ensures that timely bill payment, right? You don't to worry about extra fees, because you didn't pay the light bill on time, you know, or whatever. So there's certainly some good things to automation. But I would imagine the downside, it would be maybe disengagement told me where you're again, you're no longer paying attention, like you should be.

Tony Mauro 09:19

It's that and then, you know, I think to effectively kind of ignoring technology and just refusing to maybe learn or embrace anything new. I mean, especially for retirees, my dad included, you know, he's now in his 80s he's getting like that where he don't and so I can make fun of him a little bit, but he, you know, technology, he refuses to kind of embrace it and learn it. And you know, with an AI, I think AI and all of this stuff is only going to get more and more in depth as we all age, but he's at a point where he feels like well, I don't want to learn anything new. I don't, I don't want to embrace that but then he ends up with things It's like he just had it where he accidentally turned on the. And this has nothing to do with finance. But he accidentally turned on the closed captioning on his TV and can't get it off. And nobody

Marc Killian 10:10

might come to like it. I love it. I'm only 52. And I use it all the time.

Tony Mauro 10:14

He likes it. So yeah, I mean, so he's mad about that. But again, he, he struggles with technology. But I think it's one thing to you know, especially as you get older, maybe you don't want to get too far into it. But I do think you need to keep up. Yeah. And at least tight, you know, don't ignore it completely. terms, and

Marc Killian 10:31

I'm with you there my mom's 82. And she actually has, she actually has a pretty good grasp on some technology. And she does pretty well with it. But then at some other times, I'm like, you know, she'll ask me the same question like for the 30th time, and I'm like, How can you remember all this other stuff? If you can't remember this? I don't know. Yeah, at me alone?

Tony Mauro 10:49

Well, right. But like my, my dad, you know, with in most advisory firms, and really, even if you're doing it on your own, you know, you're logging into a portal, you're looking at your account. If you can't do that, you know, yes, you will get a statement. But everything's going to online. And like said, You gotta at least be able to function and do some of that stuff.

Marc Killian 11:12

Yeah, definitely. So I mean, again, automation can be really useful. So just make sure you're also not, you know, setting and I think think about like this too, right, Tony, the set it and forget it mentality that we talked about sort of with the statements can also kind of bite you here on the digital side, too. Right? You might set up your target date fund, for example, 15 years ago, or something like that. And you're like, it's gonna take care of it for me, and it kind of does. But could there be better options? Right? Could it be better things for you to be doing? So? Alright, and then also the fifth one here, we'll wrap it up this week, then we'll come back in a couple of weeks and do the other five of good money habits. So patients patients getting into the stock market? Well, no, scratch your head a little bit. Good. The good side? Well, I mean, that means I'm not making a mistake, I'm thinking things through, right. I mean, I'm not being irrational or anything like that, right. But you can also pretty obvious here, you can also just sit with your thumb in your ear forever and not do anything, right. You gotta be careful with your patients levels,

Tony Mauro 12:09

as in the first thing that pops into my mind is the whole market timing. Yeah, and people that want to try that and think that they can out smart the market as a whole, it's impossible to do. And, you know, there's, you can just go out and Google things like now and you'll find the studies if you missed the best five days, 10 days in the market, or whatever, timeframe over the elbow, or whatever timeframe you want to use, and you'll see how low your returns are. And so you don't want to be too patient and try to be too picky. The best thing probably, is to dollar cost average and constantly be putting money in good times and bad into whatever you plan, I'd say the market but whatever, right? You are investing in, yep, to avoid that to avoid, you know, getting that emotion into it. And just, you know, make it a habit. A lot of times you can do it through your paychecks, we've talked about it before 401, KS, and that kind of thing. But that's really what you're forcing yourself to do is to not not get stuck in that rut,

Marc Killian 13:11

L for sure. Because sometimes people will see these questions too, where it's like, hey, the markets kind of doing bad. I think I'm gonna pull back on my, you know, my contributions to right, you know, and it's like, but I'll pick it back up whenever things, you know, tip the other way. It's like, No, you're looking at that entirely wrong. Right? Yes. Yeah, it's dipping a little bit. And that's not the most pleasant thing, but you're getting it on the cheaper your dollar cost average. And so keep pumping it in. Right?

Tony Mauro 13:34

It is it's funny that we have clients with their employees that do it in their 401 K's that will say that exact thing is, you know what, I'm gonna I'm gonna pull this back. Mark's not doing very well. So in other words, you're trying to time it because you think that because the markets down? Like you said, that's the exact worst time you want to do it. You want to be in there. What, Why, why you're where your money goes a little further. So we try to talk them out of it. Some of them do, some of them don't. And then the bad thing too, is sometimes people will forget to change it back. Exactly. Yeah. Contributing? Yep. Um, so that's a tough one to see. And I don't advise doing that. Yep, for sure. Do that people

Marc Killian 14:09

do it? Yep. That's where, and that's where some of these good habits sometimes can, you know, best intentions, right. But they wind up kind of maybe backfiring a little bit too. So you always, you know, life is long. You know, life is designed to stay on the ball. You know, we can we can let things slide a little bit here. My wife and I were just laughing about when I had open heart surgery almost 11 years ago. Now. I had to go on this diet. And we're dieting right now in the new year, to your point a second ago in your tongue, being flexible. And it's like, you know, for you to just this diet we're on right now is actually working pretty well. And it's not too bad. And we're actually kind of doing all right with it's like, why didn't we do this versus that hardcore crashing? I had open heart surgery. So we went to the extreme level with some extreme diet, right? And it didn't stick and here we are 13 or excuse me 11 years later, you know, and starting all over again. And it's like it could have been As if we did just, you know, moderation if we would have gone with a reasonable diet versus some extreme thing. And I think that's what happens sometimes financially, we'd have some big a moment financially that happens to us. And we get a little extreme instead of being a little more prudent or being calculating with our moves. I suppose that makes sense. I think so. Yeah. Cool. Well, good. So that's open that translated?

Tony Mauro 15:22

I mean, I think you're exactly right, that whole new year's resolutions and dieting and everything else people try. I mean, we could talk for an hour on just that kind of stuff not even related to

15:33

right. But it means thinking about your findings, or look at the market, for example. So in December, we'll wrap it up here with this, Tony, but in December, right, so you know, late in the fourth quarter, the Fed had their their meetings, right. And they talked about various different things. And they're like, Well, we're gonna not we didn't do anything, and then we're gonna see you, and we're gonna hit pause, and we're gonna wait. And then in December, they go, Oh, we're gonna cut rates probably in 2024. Well, the market loves that idea. Right. So the market got very excited as the year went on down, but then January started, and and some of the reasons why they started, I think, maybe, you know, the prognosticators or whatever, sort of looking at some of the reasons why the Fed was thinking about cutting rates. And then they went, Oh, well, maybe it's not that great, after all. So the markets been off to a rough, rocky, rocky start here, this first part of the year, you know, and I just was on a call yesterday, where, you know, basically, it's a market update from basically our advisory firm, you know, and they've been talking about this for a couple of months. But I think this goes back to our points about the, what they're calling The Magnificent Seven stocks of the s&p 500, that actually accounted for almost all of its gains in 2023. And you know, they were playing it well. But yeah, but if those weren't in there, then the gains would have only eroded or the return would only been X. And, you know, I'm sitting there thinking over these months, everybody interprets these numbers a little differently. You can you can slant them any way to make whatever you're talking about

Tony Mauro 16:56

look good. And I think that back to our big point of people need to be investing regularly, in good times and bad because if you're trying to, you're trying to handpick, and again, market time and do everything else, you're gonna end up with not a lot of return, and definitely not going to meet your goals. Definitely,

Marc Killian 17:15

definitely. So again, so good habits can be, you know, be very helpful, but they can lead us astray sometimes. So be careful with that. That's gonna wrap it up this week here on the podcast, we'll be back with the second half, and just a couple of weeks, so don't forget to subscribe to us here on playing with the tax man at your planning proz.com. That's you're planning proz.com. You can find a lot of tools, tips and resources at Tony's website. And of course, you can check him out on Apple, Google Spotify. I keep saying Google, but it's it's really YouTube now. So Apple, Spotify, and they've converted everything to YouTube. So either way, you can find all the information that you're planning. proz.com Tony, thanks for hanging out, my friend. I'll see you in a couple weeks. All right, we'll see you next time. We'll catch you next time right here on playing with a tax man with Tony Morrow.

Walter Storholt 18:03

Securities offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC investment advisory services offered through advanced tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Welcome to part 2 of our discussion on easy wins in personal finance! It’s important to eventually get a comprehensive financial plan for yourself, but sometimes even just a few minor adjustments in your portfolio can make a big difference. Let’s discuss a few more easy places to start...

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 00:00

We're picking up with part two of easy wins and personal finance. With Tony Morrow this week, we're gonna pick up where we left off on our conversation for the prior podcast, going through 10 places where hopefully you can make some adjustments to get you into better shape. So that's the focus of the podcast this week here on playing with the tax man. Look up in the sky. It's a bird.

Announcer 2 00:21

It's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero. But Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man.

Marc Killian 00:36

Hey, everybody, welcome into the podcast, Tony and I wrapping up 2023. With our second half of the conversation on easy wins and personal finance. And Tony where you can you know, we're taping this, about two or three days before Christmas. I tried to finish up work this week before we all get out of here and and celebrate the holidays. But can you believe 23 is almost over crazy.

Tony Mauro 00:58

I can't believe it. I know it seems like the older I get, the faster these years go by. And it's interesting, but I you know what, the older I get to though, the more I look forward to the holidays, and spending time with family. So hopefully, everybody can, you know, can relate to that get that done as well, as they can expose? Yeah, well, if

Marc Killian 01:18

you're checking out the podcast, we're dropping this on Thursday, the 21st. So you got just a couple of holiday shopping days left. So hopefully, you've already got that stuff out of the way. And you don't have to run around like a crazy person. But if you do, be safe, and be sane, and all that good kind of stuff out there. And for now, just hang out with us and then listen to a couple more things here. So we're gonna go through six through 10. Tony, on our list of 10 things to work on. So let's let's pick it up with number six, which is certainly right in your wheelhouse. It's the tax efficiency of your investments. So not all investments are tax efficient, right. And so this could be a great place that you could do some tweaks and make some changes, working with your professional, your advisor to you know, really get some good wins.

Tony Mauro 02:03

Yeah, and you know, this time a year, for us, you know, a lot of our clients are asking these these types of questions and tax efficiency. I mean, you know, they get a little confused when they hear it, whether it's, you know, on the news or wherever, and really, it comes down to, you know, being able to analyze what you have, and making sure that, you know, it's not causing you any ill effects tax wise. I mean, and there's a number of ways, you know, that we do that. I mean, for our clients, I mean, we have some, some software and some calculations and whatnot, but you know, you can run it with your advisor, or at least inquire but, you know, not all assets are basically equal in terms of the way that you know, that they're taxed, and how they're treated for taxes. I mean, a lot of times we think, you know, clients will ask us, Well, you know, I've got such and such stock, or sometimes even bonds, you know, that I can sell and take a loss on. But a lot of times, you know, we'll do some tax planning with clients, and then we'll get their statements. And all of a sudden, they'll have some kind of huge capital gain that they didn't tell us about maybe maybe not even unknown about you, and especially in funds. And so then that goes on their tax return, you know, and then all of a sudden, they have a higher tax bill. The other interesting culprits are high dividend paying stocks, which we advocate. And then also interest in bonds and or other types of investments. And those two things are treated differently for taxes. So you got to kind of watch out for that, because bonds and CDs and stuff like that are taxed at normal tax rates, and which is generally higher than stocks. So you've got to make that this this whole thing part of your plan. Like say, if nothing else for taxes. Yeah,

Marc Killian 03:43

and exactly. And this is, I mean, I think outside of having the income plan so that you know how much you've got coming in, you know, each month in retirement, I think this is probably the number two spot, right? I mean, this is where you can truly make or break a strategy. So being tax efficient. And you know, you started out with saying people get a little confused here, and that's exactly why they should turn to professionals in this regard. Because if you've been DIY in it, right, you can, you can grow the wealth. We talked about that all the time, you can grow the wealth a lot easier. You know, certainly over the last number of years, it's a little easier to kind of build up money versus that preservation phase that distribution phase which is retirement and boy being tax efficient could make a big ol big ol swing there so it can over long periods of time especially Yeah. 2530 year retirement that's a long time so so tax efficiency number six number seven, check those beneficiary designations Now we talked about easy wins. So you might guess you could make the argument Mark taxes aren't that easy for me to fix? Okay, fine, fair. So we're cleaning that one up with number seven which is tax or check beneficiary designations. This is an easy win to anybody can get done and should do Tony this. This should not happen like those stories that just about every advisor has about someone getting remarried and then passing away and the ex spouse still being on some accounts on place. and they shouldn't happen, because it's just so easy. You can fix this stuff in like five minutes, you

Tony Mauro 05:04

can, and this, to me needs to be part of everybody's, you know, annual, I guess, review slash plan wherever they do, you need to add this one because it is easy to fix. Now, obviously you got to know where what you have and where it's at. And then you've got to contact, you know, custodians and things like that to, you know, just to double check. It would behoove you, though, to make a list of everything you have, keep it on your own, right what your beneficiaries are, that's what I do. And then it's part of my review process just for my own self. And we do it for every client, as well as, here's the beneficiaries you had last year, anything changed anything, you know, that we need to add? Because, like you say, things do happen. And I think I might have mentioned this on the last show or a while back, I was just checking mine as part of this year, and I found one that I did not have, yeah, you did. Yes, son. Yeah, as a contingent beneficiary. So you know, I just missed it. And, you know, easy change took about 10 minutes did it right online, and fixed it. But if you don't do this bad things can happen. And some of the worst generally are what like, say when a spouse dies? Or a divorce? Yeah. And then it's just a real ugly legal mess.

Marc Killian 06:15

So don't let that happen. Because this is this is an easy one. Yeah, for sure. Yeah, this one, the one, we don't spend much time on this, just get it done. If you've got a professional you're working with, just ring them up and say, Hey, I'm getting a divorce got a divorce, you're probably talking to them anyway, I need to make some changes, or you know, somebody's passed away, and you want to remove them or whatever the case is, just just take five minutes and do it. So Alright, number eight, rebalance the old portfolio. I feel like I should because it's Christmas time, I should say like rebalance ye portfolio. Yield portfolio. You know, rebalancing, I think some of us kind of feel like this happens automatically. And maybe, depending on how things are set up, it could, but you know, is it rebalancing the way that you really, truly need it to? And how easy is this to do? Tony? Like, I think in today's world, right, with so much stuff on these online portals, you probably can go rebalance some of this stuff yourself pretty easily. If you know what you're

Tony Mauro 07:07

doing. Yeah, yeah, if you know what you're doing, you definitely can, you know, it's, it's wise to, you know, make sure that your your rebalance strategy fits your needs, rather than just a general, you know, 60% or 15%. Yeah, you know, in in each type of fund or investment, because what happens is, again, in the investment, world rebalancing, that's kind of some, some, maybe lingo that people don't understand, but what happens is, if you've got your money, you know, diversified in different types of sectors, or, you know, asset classes, some do very well and others don't. And so then you get out of balance, meaning that you might have too much in one sector or asset class, because it did so well. And you want to rebalance that. So in other words, you know, you've kind of taken advantage of, you know, the old, the real thing, you know, buying high and selling low is, you know, you want to rebalance and keep your same percentages, so that based on, you know, whatever your plan is, it doesn't get too out of whack, because we've had it too, or some people will come in they haven't rebalanced for years, and all of a sudden, they have much, much more exposure to, you know, higher risk type of operator investments. And, and they're nearing retirement. And so, you know, luckily, in the cases I've seen, nothing bad has happened, but it could before you get it rebalanced. Sure.

Marc Killian 08:26

Yeah, definitely. So, again, get it done, you know, talk to your advisor, this is something that can be pretty quick. If you're using an online portal, you probably could go in there and make a couple changes and, or even just look at the automation is there to a lot of times, you know, there's I think there's like even checkboxes to automate for rebate is Yeah, yeah,

Tony Mauro 08:43

a lot. A lot of portfolios now, especially if they're using individual fund managers will rebalance automatically. It's their job to go in and do it, you know, rather than having to have you worry about doing it. So if that's available, it's worth looking at. Okay.

Marc Killian 08:56

All right. Number nine, are you under estimating your proper emergency fund? Now, when we did the one last time, right, we kind of framed the conversation on, the first one was keeping the right amount of cash. And we kind of talked about that from a standpoint of maybe being retired, right, just having some cash on hand, I think the emergency funds side of this conversation, you could kind of maybe make the argument that this is pretty similar. But let's talk about this one, if you're still working if you're a pre retiree, right, so understanding your proper emergency fund balance, if you're a pre retiree, in case you do lose your job, especially with a lot of the things that are happening here as the years winding down, you know, there's still a lot of talk that 2024 is gonna be a fairly rough year and businesses have been cutting, you know, cutting people already, right. So you want to make sure you got that emergency fund set, in case, you know, you got to float yourself for a couple of months.

Tony Mauro 09:43

Yeah. And generally, in the financial planning realm, you know, the ego out and Google things and you're gonna get a lot of different answers, but kind of the standard is, you know, three to six months of your monthly living expenses, and that's a good start, but I Do you think you need to take it a step further as work with your advisor on truly what your, you know, lifestyle is and what your expenses are, because maybe you want to up that a little bit, maybe you've underestimated just how much that really is. So six months, you know, what you thought might have been doable might be Ooh, boy, you know, that's a lot to try to try to get to, I still think you should shoot for it. But like you say, in the corporate world, especially with with cuts and things like that you never know, when you could possibly be out of a job. And you know, how hard it is to find a new one. I mean, generally, these days everybody's looking for looking for employees, but that doesn't mean you know, you're going to just grab something real quick. And so I think it's a lot easier to, you know, to figure this out. And I, we asked everybody at tax time, even our retail tax clients, and very, very few even have one, number one, we talked about that last time, but once you have one, you gotta be able to fund it. And you gotta be able to adjust it as your as your lifestyle changes,

Marc Killian 11:00

for sure. Yeah, I mean, think about the different lessons we've learned over over the last few years, right, with the COVID situation, people getting locked out of work and whatnot, you know, and having to have some money to float and get by. So if you're still working and getting good idea, rule of thumb, sure a three month thing is is a great place to start with the rule of thumb rule of thumb, but just also do some a little bit extra digging, just to make sure that that is the right amount for you. Like you said, you can shoot for six, that's even better. So yeah, absolutely. All right, final one here, number 10. automate your savings. We just talked about automation a little bit with the portfolio, but automating the savings, right? So an easy win to get yourself where you want to be. I just what was this I just saw something the other day, Tony, where somebody said, I am blown away by the fact that, you know that if I over the course of time, if I've saved like $100,000, you know, from from a long, long period of time starting younger, that it can easily turn into a million by the time I'm older due to compounding, right. And so it's the idea of, you know, consistently putting money away all through our life, for our retirement well on all these automated things we have now can really help that along as well. So if you're still working, pre retiree, or even some, you know, share this message in a lot of our audiences, you typically, you know, retirees and pre retirees but share it with your grandkids too, right? Hey, automate those savings, you're out in the workforce now, start automating this stuff, and you'd be surprised what happens when you get older.

Tony Mauro 12:20

Yeah, it really is true. And with with today, especially with the technology to be able to do this fairly easily. And you're never gonna amazes me, you're never gonna never, never miss it, you got to learn to live without it. We're such a society, at least in America, you know, want want want everything. Right, that delayed satisfaction, I

Marc Killian 12:40

just I that was almost like, Charlie is almost like Charlie Brown's teacher, right there, you see, wow,

Tony Mauro 12:45

yeah, we just want want, and I'm reading a book, it has to do with physical activity and whatnot. But it's a great saying, and you can apply it here, really, to any of these, and that is that, you know, when you make hard choices, life becomes easy. When you make easy choices, life's can get very hard, which means, you know, in the text of, you know, you have to be able to do some of these things, which seem hard, they're really not, but it takes some discipline, it takes some delayed satisfaction, which is, you know, saving, number one is that, but automating it will help you learn to live without it. And, you know, you forget about it, you know, and then the next thing you know, you know, 3040 years go by, and all of a sudden life is easy for you. And whereas if you don't do this, and as you know, you know, most of us, you get your paycheck, you've got bills to pay, and then you pay your bills, and then you always pay yourself last. And that's exactly the wrong thing to do. This forces you to pay yourself first. And I can't stress that enough, whether it's through your paycheck with with your retirement plan, or even outside of that, it's pretty easy to set up any type of investment to just go into a bank account or savings and, or whatever you tell it to pull out, you know, and put it in the investment as you go. I mean, nobody's doing it for us, right. And it's right, very few of us have have those, those pension plans anymore, so it's up to us. So we've definitely got to try to take care of

Marc Killian 14:12

  1. And then wonder if you can automate this stuff, and like I said, you're never gonna see it, then great. And most again, most of you're still working 401 K plans and things of that nature. And you can certainly, obviously, automate this stuff. But you know, you can automate some additional savings too, especially if you're still working. And you feel like you're behind and we've talked many times about little things like the ketchup contributions and various different things. So you know, if you're in a position where you can put a little extra way, there's nothing wrong with feathering the nest for later on down the way right,

Tony Mauro 14:39

that's right, especially just like the last one just talk about automate the emergency fund get it got a little money you know, going in every single month, and again, you won't miss it and then all of a sudden that's that's kind of on autopilot and hey, you know, before long then now you have what you need.

Marc Killian 14:54

Exactly. That's a great point to automate that. That urgency fun, good stuff. All right. Well, Tony, thank you, my friend for hanging out with me. Thanks for hanging out with me all year long as we've gone through is hopefully hopefully shared right some useful nuggets of information. Yeah, the listeners. And of course if you haven't subscribed or you have and you know somebody else who might could benefit from you know the podcast and picking up some, you know some useful tidbits along the way, let them know that they can subscribe to plan with a tax man on Apple, Google Spotify and whatever platform you like using, just type that into the search box or have them go by and we'll give them this website right here. You're planning proz.com That's your planning proz.com where you can find a lot of good tools, tips and resources. Stop by there yourself if you're not already working with Tony and check out some things there. And don't forget to subscribe to us on the podcast as well. And that way you can catch future episodes as well as check out some past episodes and we'll be back with new episodes in 2024, which is really weird to say, Tony,

Tony Mauro 15:52

I know Yeah, I'm looking forward to it and hopefully everybody else's to I've enjoyed the year and hope everybody has a great Christmas.

Marc Killian 16:00

Yeah, indeed have a great holiday season all the way across the board. And Tony and I will be back in January here on a plan with the taxman.

Walter Storholt 16:16

Securities offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC investment advisory services offered through a van tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

It’s important to eventually get a comprehensive financial plan for yourself, but sometimes even just a few minor adjustments in your portfolio can make a big difference. Let’s discuss a few easy places to start...

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 00:00

It's important to eventually get a comprehensive financial plan for yourself. But sometimes just a few minor adjustments in the portfolio can go a long way. This week on the podcast easy wins in personal finance with Tony Morrow. Look up in the sky. It's a bird.

Announcer 2 00:15

It's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero. But Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man.

Marc Killian 00:30

Hey, everybody, welcome in to plan but the tax man with Tony Morrow and myself here to talk easy wins in personal finance. With Tony we're gonna get into it. We're gonna make this a two parter for the month of December, as we're wrapping up the year here. So we're gonna go through a few pieces this week on the podcast. And then we'll do the rest of them about a week or so before Christmas. So we will share a few nuggets of information with you guys. As we're winding down the year, Tony, my friend, what's going on? How are you this week,

Tony Mauro 00:57

I'm doing wonderful, you know, getting ready for winter and getting ready for Christmas.

Marc Killian 01:02

Now doing pretty good and pretty much the same thing. It'll be it'll be here in a hot flash, we you know, it's got about three weeks to go at the time we're dropping this podcast, but you know, that'll that'll go by in the blink of an eye. So make sure you get all your stuff done and ready because it'll I'm sure it's gonna be goofy out there to people running around crazy. So keep your head on a swivel. That's for sure. I get this week I got some, like I said, I guess some easy wins for us, Tony, I want to go through a couple of things here. Just give some people some places to think about things where they can make little tweaks. Sometimes, folks think, Oh, I gotta go see a financial professional or I got to talk to a financial person. That's gonna be this major pain is hefty overhaul? You know, sometimes it's just little things, right? So let's talk about the little things like cash. Let's start with cash. Cash, is King cash King this time of the year, right? We tend to spend a little bit more cash, maybe we've been piling it up. And so yeah, maybe it's dwindling down for the holiday season. But if you do have some piling up, you know, just be careful where you got it. Right. Don't Don't let it sit there and be too lazy, especially with the considering the fact that the times that we're in right now, it's only when maybe a money market for a smaller amount for short term, or even a CD could be a good option versus what it has been versus just leaving it in the savings account. It's

Tony Mauro 02:13

because the savings accounts are still doing pitiful, right? Things counts and checking accounts. Yeah, really awful. Nothing, right. But so these are like a like a 12 or an 18 month might be okay. I just saw it, you know, and for years, you know, from our end of it, you know, for people that are looking for fixed income, you know that FDIC insurance, you know, we've had to say, hey, look, it's terrible, you know, you're not going to be able to live now all of a sudden, I mean, I just saw one in the paper on Sunday, 5.35, for 1718 months, something like that. But the point there, though, is, this happens more with my retiree clients, my dad being one of them, he'll stockpile a lot of cash in his checking account. Next thing, you know, he's got $100,000 in his checking account, you know, and it's paying zero. So we have to try to convince those types, that, hey, you know, we're not saying take it all out and invest it, we're just saying, let's put it to work for you. Maybe you know, 60 70,000 In his case, and still remain very safe and whatnot. So even if you're working, you know, I never advocate having tons and tons of money just sitting in the checking. Now a lot of people will say, Well, I'm saving that for a rainy day, well, then that should be in a rainy day fund, that should not be in your operating account. You know, you're just like we do with businesses. We call it the OP X, you know, don't don't just let that money sit there and make it work for you a little bit, even if it's money market rates, you know, yeah, they're not

Marc Killian 03:36

bad start to add up over time. Yeah, yeah. Yeah, for sure. And we'll kind of keep this in a different context. Because all my list also is an emergency fund. So we'll talk about this cash, the cash amount, maybe from the retirement standpoint, because you're not really, you know, the emergency fund conversations a little bit different when you're retired, is it's all coming in, right. But if you're still working, or you're retired only, again, you know, sometimes it just makes you feel good to have $100,000 in cash sitting in the savings account. But is it really the best thing for your portfolio for your plan? When it's just not doing it? It's not it's lazy. It's not doing a whole lot. We don't want lazy money. So

Tony Mauro 04:12

we don't want that. No, and you gotta get clients over the fact that we still have the money. It's just a different account now. Yeah. And it's a lot easier for them if they can see it, because a lot

Marc Killian 04:23

of money markets liquid, right, versus like a CD where you're maybe tied up for 12 months or something a little different. There will differ,

Tony Mauro 04:29

you know, money markets, very liquid, you know, CDs, even if I mean, they're not as liquid, but you're not going to get really hurt too much. If you have to get out early. But yeah, there's a little bit difference in liquidity there. All right.

Marc Killian 04:41

All right. Good to know. All right, number two, cleaning up old life insurance policies. So again, this is, you know, this is an easy win, right? So if you got got an old life insurance policy sitting there that you've had for 20 years, it might be worth taking a look to see if you can get better coverage at a cheaper rate.

Tony Mauro 04:55

Yeah, even though you know, you're much older maybe you know, Because the rates have changed a lot in this area over the last 2025 years. Now, I think it's a good idea to review your policies like we were talking on the last episode as part of your year end plan, but you should clean some of these up. Because one, you may have bought a an older policy that you don't need any more. Or like you were saying, you may be able to get more coverage or the same amount of coverage for a lot less, and extend out that term. If you're, you know, if you've got term insurance, but even the whole lifers in the universal policies have changed, you might be able to roll that into it, you know, whatever cash value, you may have, roll that into a newer policy with better benefits. And so yeah, I wouldn't overlook that, for sure. It's pretty easy.

Marc Killian 05:41

Now think about TVs nowadays, right? You know, TVs are, they're so throwaway, right? You know, the prices are so far down, that if something happens to one, you know, you just go and replace it. And they're not that expensive, versus like our old ones from the 70s 80s or 90s. Right? Where it's like a piece of furniture. Yeah, these furniture had weighed 500 pounds. Yeah, and you'd have to probably service it before you'd replace it right? Well, nowadays, replace it. So before you throw it out, you know, double check those old life insurance policies and stuff like that, clean those up. Liban speaking of cleaning up, number three, cleaning up and consolidating old 401 Ks, you know, if you've got one or two of those, from an old job, it's gonna not only make your life a little happier, but also your financial professional, clean that stuff up, put

Tony Mauro 06:22

them together. Yeah, clean it up, it's easy to do it's paperwork, it takes a little time, I've seen people, as many as like five or six of these, you know, bouncing around, they get statements from different, you know, the, the person is bouncing around over the years, you know, and then next thing, you know, they've got all of these different 401, K's with small balances, you can easily consolidate those either in possibly your new company's 401k. Or if nothing else, a rollover IRA and get it all in one spot. Yeah, make it a little easier to monitor and have more choices. Really?

Marc Killian 06:53

Yeah, tons. And again, it's worth talking to your financial pro about what you know, like, what's the best strategy for doing that and everything and getting it put together. But it is pretty easy to do. And it will give you just a lot more options. So consider doing that as well. Number four reconsider that that managed account you may have may not have a lot of management going on. So if right, for example, Tony, if you're working with someone who's got you into mutual funds, for example, and it's just been that way for 10 years, well, there's not a lot of management happening there, they just kind of let it be right. And maybe there's some better options.

Tony Mauro 07:26

Yeah, and I think they're the key is, is you've got to have a good relationship with your advisor, and they have to be doing something for the management fee, even if they're not changing investments, which, you know, sometimes we're in, you know, a basket of mutual funds, that we tend to rebalance. And so we're at least rebalancing, number one. And number two is we're meeting with the clients four times a year, and then that last meeting, you know, making revisions to the plan, because that's really what you're paying for is trying to keep that advisor or coach, if you will keep a new on track, right. If you're not getting that whether it's, you know, it's sometimes you're right, you need goals have changed, risks have changed, we need to reposition a little bit. But if you're not getting any of that, well, then you're really ended up paying for something for you. No, no, no real value added. Exactly.

Marc Killian 08:19

is speaking to the mutual funds. Tony, my fifth one on here, that will do five for this week, and the likes that we'll do the remaining for the next podcast. But it is Ricans, it's considering replacing those high expense mutual funds, because that is typically the conversation piece. I just saw something a couple of weeks ago, I think it was from New York Times, but I'm not 100% talking about the death of the mutual fund. And so while they don't think they're gonna go away anytime soon, because there's so much money in there from a you know, especially I mean, the institutional thing, but ETFs really have just, you know, clearly taken over in this space over the last 20 years. And just about every advisor, I know really talks more to their clients about ETFs versus mutual funds for a myriad of reasons. Can you kind of break that down a little bit for us?

Tony Mauro 09:04

Well, we do two, we're in that that camp, I mean, most of you know, the funds that we use, you know, our ETFs are a variation of them. You know, Vanguard is a big family, the real thing there is, and I love mutual funds from an advisor standpoint, don't get me wrong. But if you can take different ETFs and get the same diversification, you know, you're basically mirroring the returns and or losses of those particular indexes. And most of the time, the studies have shown that the best minds can't outperform the market consistently year in year out and they lag a little bit. And then their manager fees tend to drag down the returns a little bit. You're talking about the expense ratios and the fee for management. Right, right. And the next thing you know, you're you're a little bit less, and then you've got an advisor maybe in their way to half or 1%. And so, you know it does it drags down the return heard. So we try to, you know, use them. Because basically, if they're paying us a half to 1%, for, like we just talked about, you know, for management and help, we want to keep those other fees as low as possible. And you could do that with ETFs. Now, I could see mutual funds. You're right. I

Marc Killian 10:18

mean, they've got so much money in them that they're not going to go away. But I think more and more advisors at least, and even people doing it on their own right are starting to understand, hey, this is a real option. Yeah, it seems like it's more in the institutional space for a lot of folks. Because ETS, I mean, they trade like a stock, right? I mean, so you're not waiting. We're not waiting till the end of the day before, you know, the total information. And it changes like a mutual fund. The fees are certainly the conversation piece for many people, that typically tend to be a significantly lower when working with an ETF. And it's just technology change, right? I mean, mutual funds were created in the 1920s, you know, and it took till the 1990s, before two ETFs came along, and it could it really took that technology boom, it to create the ETF. So I mean, mutual funds have been great for a very long time. But if there's a better option out there, again, to the point of this conversation, easy wins, it may be worth it to take, you know, to rethink those high expense mutual funds, right? And is that something that you guys do like when you you're doing a review, somebody's coming in new for the first time and you're going through their portfolio portfolio, one of the things you're looking at is fees and stuff and like how to, you know, evaluate and get the best value there? We do

Tony Mauro 11:27

when somebody is coming in new we that's what we look at, we don't really focus on, on returns. And that sounds kind of counterintuitive. But we're like everybody else, you know, we're not doing this, right. Yeah, we're not chasing that. We're we want to get the best return for the client based on their risk portfolio, or risk tolerance and their tax, you know, preference.

Marc Killian 11:50

Yeah. Does that mean tax efficiency, that's going to be next on our list. But that was, I would say to that point, right? fees, and taxes are usually where you guys make, you know, that's where you guys really earn your keep along with, I think the behavioral management of it, because that's where somebody will tend to lose our money.

Tony Mauro 12:06

It does, you know, and it's, I remember back when, when mutual funds you to buy a mutual fund, you know, you paid an 8% to load, as they call it, you know, to go into them. I remember those days. Yeah. And that if we can keep fees, you know, as much as possibly as low as possible. I think, you know, again, at the end of the day, just only going to help your portfolio. And that's, that's what you're paying us to do, right? Yes. Is that's part of it. Yeah,

Marc Killian 12:33

for sure. All right. Well, there you go. So there's the first five of our easy wins in personal finance, some things to certainly ponder there. And as I mentioned it, stop the tax. And we'll talk about that on the next half when we come back a little later in December and pick up the final pieces of this conversation to wind down the year. So don't forget to subscribe to us on whatever podcasting app you like using Apple or Spotify, or now Google, I think, is merged everything. So it's all under the YouTube banner. But either way, you know, you've got all that stuff typically pre installed on your phone. So whichever one you like to use, just type in plan with the tax man in the search box, and add to your podcasting or streaming list of things to check out. And of course, Tony is a CPA and a CFP. And an EA was 20. Well, actually close to 30 years now. Right, Tony? That cost? Yeah, I've experienced doing that, sir. There you go. So if you need some help, they are certainly here to help at tax Dr. Inc. You can find them online at your planning proz.com. That is your planning proz.com where you can also find the links for the podcast of as well. So a lot of good tools, tips and resources there, go check them out and see if they can help you with your situation. You're planning proz.com All right, my friend. Thanks for hanging out. Thanks for running through these first five with me. And I'll talk to you again in a couple of weeks just before Christmas, and we'll do the other half. All right. Well, sounds good. And

Tony Mauro 13:51

we'll look forward to talking to you then.

Marc Killian 13:52

All right, we'll see you next time. We'll hang out with Tony Morrow right here on plan with the tax man with Tony Morrow from tax doctoring.

Walter Storholt 14:05

Securities offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC investment advisory services offered through a VAT tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency. Investment strategies discussed in this episode may not be suitable for all investors. Please consult with a financial professional.

View Details

Join us for a thoughtful episode where we unpack our 2023 edition of key year-end planning strategies for those nearing or embracing their retirement years. We'll explore the nuances of optimizing your investment portfolio, safeguarding your assets, and ensuring a stable, rewarding lifestyle in the years to come. Together, we'll navigate through essential topics like managing RMDs, exploring tax-saving opportunities, and even touching on the often-overlooked emotional aspects of this pivotal life transition.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 00:00

Just a thoughtful episode this week here where we unpack our 2023 addition of key year in planning strategies for those nearing or embracing their retirement years. That's up on the docket this week on plan with the tax man for end of year planning for 2023. Look up in the sky. It's a bird. It's a plane.

Announcer 2 00:19

No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero. But Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man. Hey, everybody,

Marc Killian 00:33

welcome into the podcast. It's playing with the tax man with Tony Mauro and myself here to talk investing, finance, retirement and end of the year conversation. We got some things to go through this week, here on the podcast that you might want to ask your advisor about or reach out to your financial professional about if you're not already working with Tony and his team. Certainly something to have on your radar. So we're gonna dive in lost a cover this week on the show. What's going on my friend, how you doing? I'm doing well. How about you hanging in there doing pretty well, you and I are just chatting. We're taping this a couple of days before Thanksgiving. So Happy Thanksgiving to you a bit early. You'll be we'll be celebrating later this week. So hopefully all our listeners have a good Thanksgiving as well. That's

Tony Mauro 01:12

correct. Yeah. And it's not, you know, we're getting a lot of things on the docket, because tax season will be here. Before we know everybody's you know, focused on the holidays. But season is upon us.

Marc Killian 01:25

That's right. It'll fly by right. I mean, Thanksgivings in a couple of days, like I just mentioned, and the next thing you know, it's Christmas, and then boom, the new year. And then Hello, 24. Right. So dry. Well, let's get into some stuff. And we'll talk about it. And we'll try to keep our food conversation to a minimum. So we don't get hungry before everybody can feast on the makes themselves super full coming later on this week. We'll get into some good stuff here on this side of the thing on the side of the coin. Let's talk about general Planning and Investment Strategies. Let's start there, Tony, what a cut what's a couple items that folks might want to have on their end of year checklist in this arena? Well, I

Tony Mauro 02:00

think the first thing is, you know, as we're taping this, there's still time for this is to look at this kind of more tax planning, but look at possibly increasing or maxing out your contributions to your retirement plans. If of course you're working, because that is going to save you some tax dollars. And you know, obviously, it's going to get you a little closer to that retirement savings goals. So that's when we talk to a lot of people about this time of year, especially our business owners even, you know, they've got plans that they haven't put maybe as much in as they could, and they're looking for tax deduction. And that's a great way to do it. That's that's one thing. The other thing we look at with more of our individuals, but really everybody is at the end of the year, generally, we try to do a lot of rebalancing of our clients portfolios, along with looking at you know, where they're at on the risk spectrum. And that sounds complicated, but it really isn't, it's basically just taking a look at what grew what didn't and keeping, you know, adjusting things to keep the same balance in the portfolio, as we had at the start of the year and gotten the theory there is really is you know, you're you're taking and keeping that balance the same and the things that underperformed, you know, you're gonna rebalance and put some stuff in there because not everything generally goes up at the same time. And it's a good way to, you know, make sure that we're staying on goal. But I think the bigger thing we tried to do is go back through our risk assessment software. And, you know, we make our clients basically kind of re answer a few easy risk questions, if something's changed in their life, you know, it could be something big. And maybe maybe we need to adjust some things on the risk spectrum as well. Yeah,

Marc Killian 03:43

that's great point for sure. So rebalancing, and risk is one maxing out contributions is another when we're thinking about a couple of general planning ideas for the end of the year. And I think you started to touch on this for a second when you mentioned taxes. So let's talk about taxes. Next, obviously, tax loss harvesting this time of the year, we started thinking about these things as the years winding down going into next year, correct?

Tony Mauro 04:04

That's correct. Yeah. And a lot of people tend to overlook that. And a lot of people don't like to sell or get out of things that they're down. I mean, harvesting really is just about, you know, taking things that maybe don't make sense in the portfolio or, you know, maybe being down and selling those at a loss to offset gains, is really all that is, and it's a great strategy. It's easy to do. You just got to get by the fact that, you know, well, I don't want to I don't want to admit that it's down and I want to hold on to it forever. Because you know, who knows, right? That's one thing. You know, I think it's it's good. There's also a lot of tax credits coming on the book, the energy credits are coming back. That's more of a tax related issue rather than than financial, but it does help. And there's still the Roth conversions, you know, that you can make and, you know, for a lot of people I particularly liked those Roth conversions, even the backdoor IRAs as well, to get some money out. Have the IOU that you're going to owe Uncle Sam, you know, eventually.

Marc Killian 05:03

Yeah, you're right, exactly. And speaking of Uncle Sam, and owing them also RMDs, right. So as the years winding down, don't forget, especially if you have not started, if you're already in the pipeline of doing RMDs, you're pretty much groovy, right? This is going to count this is going to happen. But if you haven't started yet, do not forget it, especially since the rule change. And it's 73. Now, right?

05:24

Yes, it's 73. And so you definitely want to make sure that you get to your, your advisor, and make sure that they get those started. So you don't have to deal with a potential penalty letter and fighting with the IRS and all of that, right. And with the winding down telling us what 1231 is the deadline, but let's be honest, right, right. Places are closing people are off. There's, you know, a couple of weeks, actually, yeah, Thanksgiving week, Christmas week, so

Marc Killian 05:48

on and so forth. Exactly. I

Tony Mauro 05:50

mean, you know, with with everybody, it seems like yeah, not not a lot gets done in December. I mean, it's a little VIP, right? It's weird here, because you think like now after, like, 15/17. Boy, it's really hard to get things done. And if you're going to do RMDs, you want to make sure that that's set up properly, not wait until the last minute and risking it. But if you're just gonna reach out to your advisor, you know, we get a report, of course, for everybody that's turning 73. So we kind of know we reach out to them. But if your advisor hasn't reached out to you, and you're going to be turning, make sure you talk about that.

Marc Killian 06:25

Yeah, definitely. Okay. Because again, it's it's a hefty penalty if you don't do it. So if you've not started, make sure you're having that conversation. If it's the first one. Tony, you can continue this on technically you can your first RMD you can pay it into the next year. Right. You've got that very first time. I think it's until April of next year, but just be cognizant that that means you have to do to next year end to Yeah, so

Tony Mauro 06:48

you can kick the can down the road a bit. But yes, and you're going to have that one year where you're going to have to do two and depending on how much you need to take out. Right. It can be heavier. Yeah. Yeah. Could be hefty. Yeah. I

Marc Killian 06:59

mean, let's say let's say, Yeah, let's say hypothetically, Tony, you got a million dollar for a one or an IRA. And you've got to pull under the calculations kind of wonky. But for keeping it simple for folks, it tends to be somewhere between around right around three and a half percent or so that first time it grows, obviously, based on mortality tables, but I mean, let's let's, you know, that's 35 grand, right? And if you had to do that twice, like in the next calendar year, that could be that could kick you up a tax bracket. So just be careful. It could Yeah, absolutely. Okay. So good stuff to remember, for the end of the year, make sure you're having that conversation about your RMDs. Anything on insurance or health care or health care planning sign, Tony,

Tony Mauro 07:38

the other thing I would say there, I mean, there's a lot you could go into, I would just double check, again, with your advisor, hopefully you're talking about this just kind of reviewing, what you have is Does it still make sense? A good thing is to check beneficiaries on insurance policies. I actually was going through my my own this was actually on my retirement accounts, just double checking as part of my own due diligence every year when checklist and I found one that I did not have my son on as a contingent, you know, so I added him. So, you know, there's that kind of stuff, you want to make sure that your coverages are still complete, especially if you're on Medicare, and things like that. And there's not something you might need. I always tell people, it's a tough talk, but to evaluate, potentially, if you're still able and willing to look at the needs for long term care policy for that potential, you know, that you may end up in some sort of assisted living or full blown nursing care. Yeah, I mean, there's a good chance of that, right.

Marc Killian 08:37

I mean, the numbers are what they are, we're living longer, it's adding more to it. So certainly worth having a conversation. And during the holiday season, I mean, maybe not the most fun of conversations, but when everybody's together, you know, you know, have some of those chats, right? So to kind of bring some of those things out, especially if you've got elderly parents. I mean, I'm, you know, I'm 52 Tony and my mom's 82. And, you know, those are conversations, we start having more now versus various little things like that, right? Because it's just part of life, right? So it's part of life,

Tony Mauro 09:05

and I'm sitting down with my own son this this Christmas, because believe it or not, you know, I've got to think a little bit about succession planning. I mean, I'm not going to be around forever. And I gotta be thinking about my clients that if if something happened to me early, you know, who's gonna take care of the clients, I got to make sure that that's done. And so, again, that's a little more on the business, but kind of a long,

Marc Killian 09:31

extended family though, right? Yeah. Yep. So you're looking out for your clients, aka extended family. That's pretty cool, right? I mean, so businesses want to make sure that's another thing too, when you're working with a finance professional, you know, the the industry is really aged right? About that for years. They're starting to be younger people coming into it. But if you know if you're working with an elder, elderly advisor, make sure they get a succession plan as well so that your something happens to him. You know, my CPA was that way. He kept telling only for a couple of years. He's like, Yeah, I'm getting ready to get ready to retire. And but don't worry, I've got it covered right for someone else to come in. And then of course, it was a nice transition period. And if you're listening to the podcast, and you're wondering why I talked to Tony, every week or every month, twice a month, and he don't use him as my CPA, it's only because I don't live nearby. Oh, yeah. I'm on the other side of the country. But yeah, you know what, it's one of those things, but if you need a CPA, hey, Tony's here to help. As always, don't forget, he's a CFP, and a CPA. So he's dealing with both sides of the aisle. So if you got some questions, need some help, as always, check with a qualified professional before you take any action. And Tony is here to help at your planning proz.com. That's your planning proz.com? What about income and lifestyle? Obviously, a lot of those things we just talked about, Tony are things you're going to need to talk with your professional with. But income and lifestyle is probably some places where we can make a few changes ourselves, without having to get too crazy into it. I mean, I just think about we were talking about Thanksgiving, and where we're at this time of year, and just, you know, home budgeting or whatever, people have been tightening up the belts, because inflation has been rough. I know my wife came home and said, look at the price of this turkey like she was blown away. Right? Yeah,

Tony Mauro 11:09

yeah. And I think, again, at the end of the year is, you know, we're always thinking about those New Year's resolutions, I think one of them should be as you get to the end of the year, put it on your checklist, to maybe review your budget, you know, your monthly spending, also your income, you know, that you've got coming in, and maybe more so with your advisor on. Okay, we didn't have that great of a year, maybe in the markets, are we still on track to you know, meet our goals? You know, that's just a basic, basic thing. And I think that I wish, I guess I don't think I wish I had more clients that really could say, here's how much I'm bringing in every month, here's how much I'm spending the people that are working or retired. And they don't take the time to do that. They just kind of ballpark it. But even if you're ballpark it, it's better than nothing. And I, it's a good time to review that. I also started checking, even though it's kind of a slippery slope, we could talk hours about it. My Social Security earnings statement every year, I like to look at that once a year and just see, you know, what's going on there. And, you know, I can say, there's all kinds of issues coming down the pike with that, and then nevertheless, it's a good thing to check out. Yeah,

Marc Killian 12:20

I mean, we, nobody likes the P word. I get it. When we get close to retirement, we talked about that about a million times, but you still know you have one to a certain degree, right? You don't just super go hog wild. And in with the fourth quarter, you know, holiday shopping, things of that nature, it's just good to have on your end of your checklist to make sure you're keeping it within, you know, the parameters that you set out. That's right, nothing wrong with that. Real Estate, anything there real estate or relocation? I know, obviously, you know, home prices are still high. And, you know, loan rates are still are obviously really high compared to what they had been. But anything there that in case somebody did have this on their radar, you

Tony Mauro 12:56

know, I mean, it's a big decision, you know, but for the people a little closer to retirement, you know, some of them are starting to think downsizing, you know, maybe getting into something smaller, I definitely would talk to your adviser about it. Because it all sounds good. But there are some things to consider, you know, some goods and Bad's of it? And are you really going to accomplish what you need to by doing it. So I think that's a big decision you should talk to them about because it's not as easy as just changing your budget, right? I mean, you got to get to maybe sell a place, buy a place, you get resettled, and you start scratching your head saying, Whoa, what just happened there, and I didn't really accomplish anything. And, but for certain people, it may be in the cards, and it might be something that, you know, you should look at dealing I know, I'm not I think I have myself I have too much house, it's just me and my wife. Right, right. You know, once you once you own it, it's like, well, well, I don't want to I don't want to go to something else right now. So I think there's a lot to that.

Marc Killian 13:53

Yeah, yeah. And even with the prices being higher and things right now, if it was on your you know, kind of your plan and your strategy, just make sure don't just wholesale chuck it just because you know, you're you're here in the you know, home rates are 8% or whatever, right? Have the conversation, look at the numbers because you to your point about downsizing, you may make enough on the sale of your current place, depending on what kind of place you're moving into, you know, that may not be that big a difference. And then of course, you can always refi later on. So, again, just don't wholesale, check it as the at the end of the year here. If it was already on your you're on your radar, at least until you run the numbers again. So we're just wrapping that conversation. All right. From a technology standpoint, Tony? Probably not a lot here. But I think, again, end of the year, holiday shopping, the scammers are out in Megaforce. Right? So be real Cognizant here too, right.

Tony Mauro 14:44

I would say be very, very cognizant, you know, here because it's only getting worse. We see it so much with our clients, and in people scamming on payroll people scamming with credit cards. I've had several clients this year that have had that happened to them. You know, I think we still have a lot of people out there who are writing all their passwords on sticky notes and put them on the back of their computer, you really need to get to some sort of higher level Password Manager, if you will. There's tons of them out there that I think are very good. Yeah, they're not infallible, but they're much better than what you have. And you can you can create different passwords for different sites, and not have to remember them. Just be very, very cautious. I'll give you a perfect example. Although I'm always harping on my staff on this, but I just got an email yesterday in my work email, I get this, it said from a lady's name, that, hey, I need to change my direct deposit information and my payroll account. From I think her name was Wendy Hayward, and it said owner of the tax doctor, and it's like, we don't have any any employees here of that name. Right. I'm the owner of the tax collector. And so I mean, that's a pure scam. Yeah, you know, and they come in and I just had a, we had a payroll client, we do do some payrolls for small businesses. He got scammed off of one of his employees. And our client input A scammers direct deposit information into his employees accounts. He thought it was from his employee and paid out like $500 to a scam. There's no way to get that back. So I mean, it happens to it. It's really happening in a lot. Oh, it's so guy. Yeah. Oh, I just got to be careful. Yeah,

Marc Killian 16:32

my mom about two weeks ago, sent me a message and said, Hey, Amazon said that my my prime membership was going to end. And I was like, I've never seen or it was going to end it was, you know, something with renewal or whatever. I was like, I've never seen them, email me about that. Come to think of it. And that was like, can be a scam. Don't Don't, don't click on anything. If you're worried about it, contact them directly, right? And just make sure everything's groovy. So she did. And of course, it turned out to be a scam. And about the same time she messaged me to tell me that yeah, it was a scam. I had gotten a similar email, like the day before. And I was like, Yep, they're just out there trying to say, Oh, your prime memberships up. So click here to renew and, you know, the Nick just tried to get your information. So never click on anything, when you get those emails, even if it looks pretty legit, folks, if you're not quite 100%? Sure, just go directly to the horse's mouth and checking to make sure that sort of did reach out to you if so. All right, final one general wealth considerations, or excuse me, General, generational, say that three types, generational wealth considerations, anything to explore here, I know, we were talking about RMDs earlier, this could be where maybe the QCD comes into play for people like the qualifying charitable donation.

Tony Mauro 17:38

It does, you know, I think as you age, this becomes more and more important, you know, because you're seeing the potential and it can be anything about, you know, talking to your advisor, about maybe gifting you know, to your heirs, if that's what you want to do, I definitely think on a legal and estate planning standpoint, you should at least pull out your wills and some of your your documents, your legal documents, make sure they're in order at least once a year and make sure you know where they're at. And that your attorney has copies, you got the financial power of attorneys, that advanced directives, all of that kind of stuff. Because stuff does change, you know, and then you can easily update it and put that on the list for the next year, as is what I'll say. Yeah. And

Marc Killian 18:18

you just you just mentioned that yourself, right? People make you know, you had that conversation about your with your son, right, you had that own your own issue there. So and you do this all the time, so it's easy to forget. So bring it up, remind you know, your professional your visor, and don't forget to change them on all of the things to your point, right? There's so many little things you can we tend to think about it like what the will or something like that. But don't forget, there's all these little accounts that you need to change your beneficiaries on. If something changed. That's correct. Yeah. Yeah.

Tony Mauro 18:43

I mean, as long as you got a checklist, and you're getting better and better at it each year, and adding stuff to it, then you're going to be in really good shape. It's just you got to go through the exercise each year and start hitting some of this stuff. Hopefully, the advisors got a list for you, you know, and you can, you can basically just answer their questions, you know, and if there's something missing, and you fix it, it's and you move on.

Marc Killian 19:05

Yeah, absolutely. So if you got some questions, you need some help, definitely reach out to Tony and have a conversation for some end of the year planning items to consider. And of course, you can find them online at your planning proz.com That's your planning proz.com He has been helping folks for 30 years get two and three retirement. He's a CPA and a CFP, as well as an EA so reach out to them have a conversation of your own at tax Doctor Inc. And of course you can you can find them online at your planning proz.com Hit the subscribe button for Apple, Google or Spotify. Whichever podcasting app you'd like to use the plan with the taxman and you get new episodes as they come out. Tony my friend thanks for hanging out buddy. Have yourself a great Thanksgiving. And I look forward to talking to you in December. All right, you do the same Have a great one. Yes sir. And we'll catch you next time right here on playing with the text me and Happy Holidays everybody.

Walter Storholt 19:59

Security is offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC investment advisory services offered through a van tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency

View Details

“Learn from the mistakes of others. You can’t live long enough to make them all yourself.” – Eleanor Roosevelt… Ever wish you could foresee financial missteps before they happen? In today’s episode, explore some real-life stories of regret and arm yourself with the essential dos and don'ts to ensure your money works for you, not against you.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 00:00

Learn from the mistakes of others because you can't live long enough to make them all yourself a quote from Eleanor Roosevelt. And certainly we've all been in that place before where we wish we could see something coming down the road before we make that mistake and step into it. And that's what we're going to talk about this week here on plan with a tax man, we're going to share some conversation around real life stories or regrets of folks and when it comes to money, mistakes, and hopefully how to avoid them with Tony Morrow here on playing with the tax man.

00:28

Look up in the sky. It's a bird.

Announcer 2 00:30

It's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero. But Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man.

Marc Killian 00:45

Hey, everybody, welcome into the podcast. It is planned with the tax man with Tony Morrow and myself to talk money mistakes that you might regret and hopefully how to avoid them. So if you've got some questions, need some help reach out to Tony, he's been helping families for 27 plus years working his way towards 30 here. So been doing this a long time great resource for you to tap into. And if you've got those questions, find them online at your planning proz.com. That is your planning proz.com and get yourself a complimentary review and consultation underway with Tony and his team at tax doctoring. What's going on my friend? How are you?

Tony Mauro 01:18

I'm good. I'm enjoying the fall. And it's November. Yeah, be the holidays here before we know, I know. That's always fun time.

Marc Killian 01:26

I think October was like on. I don't know, okay. It's like us on speed dial or something that was like pure. October. Right, by right. And, and here we are into into November already. So yeah, you before you know it, the year will be over. And it's winding down fast. So yeah, it's that time of the year, right. What is one thing after the next, you know, next thing, it was Halloween, and it's gonna be Thanksgiving, man, it's gonna be Christmas, and New Year's, and boom, it's all done. So let's talk about some money mistakes. Because hey, I mean, this time of year, people also spend a little bit more too. So that can be one as well can be like a bonus one. But I'm gonna get a few I wanted to go through Tony, just share some of your experiences with some of these things and things that folks might be able to pick up some useful nuggets from here. So let's start with the IRA IRA withdrawals Say that three times fast is kind of hard, and maybe taking out money like early right. So I talked to many advisors, Tony, and a lot of them will say this, they almost all say the same thing. If you have to access some money for like an emergency, or something's going on the last place most of them recommend you do this is taking premature IRA withdrawals. Do you agree with that, and why?

Tony Mauro 02:37

I do agree with that I see it all the time, this is a big one. So I'm excited to talk about it, it's, it's definitely not a good idea to take money out of the IRA for most things, basically, you know, the easy ones are, well, you're gonna have to pay tax, and you're gonna have to pay the penalty in depending on your tax bracket that that could be big. But the bigger thing is, is what people don't think about is the last earnings. And I like to run right to the numbers, extrapolate out what they're going to take out over the next, you know, I don't know, 1015 20 years, however, however long they've got left. And say, besides all that, here's what you're going to, you know, you're going to miss out on and you're going to have to try to make this up. I have an example of a an accounting client, she makes a lot of money. She emailed me about a week ago and asked if my husband and they're in the 32% tax bracket. If my husband takes out 500,000 Out of our IRA, what kind of tax would we have? Okay, I talked to her right out of it. I said, Well, besides the big penalty, and taxes that you guys as income level, here's your 500,000. If we extrapolate that out to your 65 Here's what it would have been? How are you going to make that up? And what's this money for? And you know, what you said was, well, we're thinking about buying some rental properties. I

Marc Killian 03:54

said, but just you've got the means borrow the money, you know, and pay them off early. So because I mean, you're you're pulling it out of there, you're paying the tax, right? You're paying the penalty if you're not the right age, and you're taking it taking away the ability for that to continue to grow, right?

Tony Mauro 04:09

To tend to grow, you got to start over, right. And it's like, you know, Boy, that's a big hole to get into. Yeah, and I think people don't realize it, and I like to do that with them and try to I really strongly try to talk them out of it at the end of the day. Some of them do it. But I think part of it the penalty. You know, that's the big slap in the face right now, but the one they don't realize is now I don't have any you got to start over for retirement. I don't I don't like that at all. Yeah,

Marc Killian 04:35

yeah, it's a tough, you know, especially even when you think about the idea of, and I know there's different accounts for different rules for different accounts, but like even borrowing taking a loan against one of your retirement accounts, right? Yeah, take a loan against it. pay it back. But it's like, how often do we truly pay ourselves back on time, right, we'll find an excuse or there's a way easily for us to go well, this didn't happen. So I won't do that right now. Or and then what happens if you change jobs? While you've got that pullback, right, they treat it as a, they now treat it as a distribution, correct?

Tony Mauro 05:04

Yeah, they treat it as a distribution. I would say, you know, if I always tell people, let's stay away from the 401 K bar at

Marc Killian 05:11

all. Yeah, right, let's you have no other options. Right, exactly.

Tony Mauro 05:16

And then and then if take a loan out against the 401k, if you have that ability, rather than a withdrawal, because I just think there's too many negatives to that to make that worthwhile. Okay,

Marc Killian 05:27

fair enough. And again, so that's a money mistake that you might wind up regretting. So let's just try to avoid it. And there's a lot of options that we sometimes don't think of. And that's where a qualified Pro, like Tony can help you look at different avenues, like he just described, in ways to maybe, you know, take care of whatever the problem is that you need to access these funds for, alright, it's the number two, something called Lifestyle creep. And anybody who's ever worked on a project to home project or renovation, they're familiar with probably the term scope creep, which is the scope of the project, right? Got out of hand, like you said, Okay, we're gonna remodel this bathroom, it's gonna, we're gonna spend $5,000 on it. And the next thing, you know, you're like, Man, this is getting out of control, right? Especially if you do it yourself. And so the lifestyle creep Tony is and I know, you're familiar, this, but for our listeners, it's, you get into your, let's say, late 40s, early 50s, the kids are coming off the payroll, you're probably making the most money you've ever made. And you're starting to treat yourself a little bit, right, like, maybe you got the sports car, after all, or started to get me, you know, not necessarily waiting for full retirement, you're actually just kind of doing more things because you've got some extra income now that the kids are off the payroll. And that can be great. But just be careful that it doesn't creep out of control, right? Because there's the future you again, don't forget about future you stand and 20 years down the road waving at you going, Hey, don't spend all my money, right?

Tony Mauro 06:44

That's right. And everybody's guilty of it. And I think the biggest piece of advice I can offer it, and we've all been there. So you can't you can't change what happened yesterday, but you certainly can plan and the key word is plan, have a plan. And make sure if your lifestyle is getting out of control that you talk to an advisor about, you know, making sure that okay, I've got all my bases covered for the future you like talking about and make it as long as that's being addressed, whether it's retirement, emergency funds, some other things, and you still have some money. There's nothing wrong with you know, going out and enjoying yourselves by any means or exactly. I think the biggest thing that catches people is their lack of planning and thinking out toward the future. And that's, that's where they started getting rich

Marc Killian 07:30

indeed. And you know, you might even justify and say, hey, it's my money, I've earned it. You know, the kids are out of the house, everything said, I'm going to enjoy it while I can. Because I'm not going to necessarily wait until I'm old and feeble. Right? I've heard that said a ton of times by some friends. Yeah, that's like, okay, but old and feeble. You if you're convinced that that's happening, it's still coming and old and feeble, you is going to need money. Just to live, right? Yeah, just the same as you do right now. So just I'm not saying don't do it. I'm just simply saying, find the balance, and a good strategy and a good spending plan, whatever you want to call it, even in you're still working yours is a good idea, just so that you know that hey, I'm still paying future me a percentage, but then I'm still gonna have a little bit for this, you know, for fun now, too. That's all that's all we're asking is just to have a strategy. Yeah, yeah, have a strategy and a plan, because that is a money mistake that might bite you in the you know what, all right, number three, this one might bite a lot of people too. And we saw this get really bad for a while Tony, and it's probably still going on. And that's paying too much for the kids, you know, college education, and it comes back to bite us. We've gotten a ton of emails here on the program, where it's been, like, you know, through your website, where it's been, like, hey, I want to help my kids with college, but I don't want to sacrifice my retirement. And that's the right mindset to have. Don't sacrifice your time, but find that balance again.

Tony Mauro 08:47

It is, I think, too many 20 parents, I have some of my own family, and we all know him about and even, you know, I with my own son's education, you know, you spend a lot of money, if you're gonna pay for it for them on the education. And sometimes I get parents saying, Boy, I spent, you know, say $100,000 on my son's education. And he's not even using this degree. And, boy, I really made a mistake. I don't think it's your mistake, per se. Number one, maybe yeah, maybe you might have chose a different school or whatnot. But again, it's done. So you got to move forward. I think I hear a lot of parents to doing this. And, of course, this is all personal preference. But you know, you've got your son or daughter to 30 years old, and you're still paying for their rent or their car and their cell phone and it's all personal. So it's a tough conversation to have people because I'd like to just say, why are you doing that? You shouldn't do that. You know, because that to me, they're not gonna learn anything. They gotta learn what life's about and everything else but everybody has a really touchy opinion on this

Marc Killian 09:50

short so skin in the game. Yeah, skin in the game is not a bad idea. I think a lot of us can agree and even if you don't, even if you are your type of parents cuz I want to do everything for my kid that I can because I didn't get it or whatever. Hey, that's commendable. But do you really think I tried to frame it like this? I mean, with our daughter the same thing. It's like, you know, she got to a certain point, she was still here at home. And I was like, You have got to get off the couch and do something. Right. And she did. She's She joined the military. And she's doing great and couldn't be more proud of her. But I was like, because do you want us couch surfing on your couch when we're 65? Right? Because if we sacrifice too much for you, guess what's going to happen when you're now in your 40s. And you've got your family and you're trying to take care of the things you need. And here comes mom and dad that live on your couch or in your basement because they gave you everything they had when you were younger, right? Yeah, that's good point. It's a good point, it's a cyclical thing you got you got to find the balance. Otherwise, you're couchsurfing on their couch when you're old. And they're not going to want that any more than you are. So just be careful. Find the balance. Number four, oops, I did it again. That's Britney Spears. But I retired a bit too early, Tony. And it's costing me so longevity risk is something we've talked about many times on the program here, the longer we're on the earth, the more we're subject to different kinds of financial risk, right? tax risk, inflation risk, and so on and so forth. market risk, right? Well, if you retire early, that's even it's kind of like longevity risk on steroids. Because now we're retired even longer doesn't mean you can't retire early. But man, you really need to have a plan. If you're gonna,

Tony Mauro 11:23

you do. And it's another issue. And of course, I sound like a broken record and was saying you need to work on advisor because this is one area that if you retire early and you don't have a plan, then it could really come back and buy it. And then if you wait too long to catch it, you don't have the ability to maybe even work but I wouldn't say, you know, if you retire too early, and it's caution you work with your advisor again, you always have options, I'm sure, yeah, you're you're gonna have less soul security. And, you know, you're you might be living off savings. But if you have the ability to work or whatnot, you certainly can go back and, and work a little bit and change some things. So it's not the end of the world, if you don't let it get too far along, you know, and then yeah, you're unable to work.

Marc Killian 12:09

And that's totally fair, if you've got a strategy for it. But if you retire early, and just say, I'm living off, you know, the, you know, just gonna be living off the things that we've done. And so security, and then you realize it's not enough, yeah, your options do get a little dwindled. Yes, you can go back to work, but you're probably not getting the same exact job back and the same exact pay, right. So you know, maybe kick that one out of your head there a little bit. But just bear in mind that there's, there's a plan and an option if you have one. But if you just wing it, be careful, because you're going to have that lower level of accumulated savings, you're going to be starting to draw down those savings earlier, which means you got to live on them longer. And of course, to your point a second ago, you're taking the haircut on Social Security by taking it early, right, I just saw something somebody ran the math and was doing something the other day and said, just delaying retirement three years, like did like a huge number of difference to the retirement income was like some staggering like 40%, like, increase their chances like like 40% of reaching longevity and reaching the things that they were trying to accomplish with their plan. It was pretty staggering was pretty interesting, just three years.

Tony Mauro 13:13

So but and today with with advisors, you know, we have it as well as if we can gather a client's information about here's where they're at now, even if they're say they're in their, I don't know, late 50s, early 60s, and you know, use the software with what they have now. And basing that on, you know, if you delay it, say they want to retire 65 versus 68, or 69. And how much more money they would have. Yeah, how long that would last? And yeah, you can get that information extremely quickly. Yeah, you could

Marc Killian 13:43

run scenarios, right? You can, you can plug in a number of scenarios and go, Okay, I want to retire at 62. What happens? versus 67? Well, let's plug that stuff in and find out right, exactly, yeah. And then. Yeah, then you're armed with the information. And you can go all right, do we because what happens in many folks know this, right? Obviously, it's pretty common sense. As we go, we justify in our head, Tony, we go well, if we cut a little here and we cut a little there, we could still make this retirement early thing work. We just have to sacrifice a little bit for you know, it's like, Okay, fine. But really check in ask yourself and think about that. You want to do that before you actually put it to put pen to paper, right? You can't change it. I mean, advisors say, Hey, you want to try it live that way for a few months while you still got the job? And see how exactly, you see how it goes. Yeah, exactly. And that way you get a trial run. And you can go nude. That was a bad idea. Yeah, that's right. And you haven't made anything permanent. Alright, one more. We'll wrap it up here this week on some money, mistakes you might regret and how to avoid them. Many folks obviously frustrated with the fact that that we didn't take advantage of different kinds of tax buckets along the way. We talked on our last podcast in many times. Tony, one of the biggest things is we've been taught for years and years now to pump money in the 401k you and defer, defer defer. And that's fine. But at some point, people start to realize, oh, maybe some tax free options or some different taxable options may have been a good idea as well, right. So not just one or two income streams, but also one or two, or three, you know, kind of taxable buckets.

Tony Mauro 15:16

Yeah. And I think a lot of times people overlook, and they don't understand is the here's some terms, because it's starting to become a little bit better known. But depending on somebody's age, we talk a lot about, well, if you're not, you know, too close to retirement, you know, there are some options where we still can go back and capture some of this, we can, we can convert to Roth IRAs. And of course, they're going to pay some taxes now, but then you don't have that IOU later, you can start just contributing to a Roth IRA if you'd like. So, it's important to understand some of the ins and outs of those, especially if you've got large 401k balances, you can really do a lot with the backdoor Roth IRAs and filling up tax brackets and getting that stuff from a tax deferred bucket over to tax free bucket and makes a lot of sense. And a lot of cases. Yeah, for sure.

Marc Killian 16:08

And you know, if you're one of the things that doesn't get talked a lot about Tony, and then we'll wrap it up with this, but a lot of folks have been hearing about the conversion conversation, let's do some conversions. Let's get you know, pay the taxes now and grow it and fine. Just make sure you're doing it with money you don't need immediately, right? Because one of the things that doesn't get mentioned as often is that when you do that there is a five year hold correct. There is

Tony Mauro 16:29

a five year hold. So yeah, you got to make sure again, to not try to navigate this on your own and make a mistake, and you don't even know you made it till it's too late.

Marc Killian 16:37

So just to clarify that for folks to break it down. Let's say they converted $100,000 from a from a 401 k or a traditional IRA to a Roth. And they paid the taxes now, right? They did the conversion, they can't withdraw that 100,000 from the new Roth account for five years. That's correct. If they do they're gonna they're gonna have some issues. Okay. All right. So it's gotta be later money. So again, tax strategy, right? Just like your stock market stuff. It shouldn't you shouldn't have, you know, maybe too much in there. Depending on your age. You need now money's and later monies. And you also need that same kind of strategy with taxes, you need some maybe maybe some now taxes and some later taxes, right. So it's all a matter of having a good plan to get you to and through retirement. That's what Tony does day in, day out. For many, many years. Now a great resource to tap into. He is a CPA, a CFP, and an EA with tax, Dr. Inc. And if you need some help reach out to him. You're planning proz.com You're planning proz.com. He's got clients all over the country. But he co hosts he works out of the Iowa area and services folks right here in Iowa. But he's got clients all around. So if you need some help, and you checking out the podcast, don't forget to subscribe to us. And also reach out to him and ask him questions before you take any action on anything you hear on our show or any others see how it relates to your unique situation. So give him a call if you'd like 844-707-7381 or just stop by the website. You're planning proz.com And subscribe to plan with a tax man on Apple, Google and Spotify. Tony, thanks for hanging out, buddy. All right. We'll

Tony Mauro 18:03

see you later and have a great holiday.

Marc Killian 18:04

I always appreciate you my friend. We'll talk to you soon. I think I'll see you before right before Thanksgiving. So we'll probably do one more of these before the month ends. But you folks Yeah, have a great month and we'll see you here soon on plan with the tax man with Tony Morrow.

18:23

Securities offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC investment advisory services offered through a van tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency

View Details

The retirement planning world is filled with plenty of advice and suggestions, but there are critical questions lurking in the shadows – the unasked, the overlooked. These are the questions that can help define the comfort and security of your retirement future. On this episode, we unearth and tackle these hidden, but essential questions about retirement.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 00:36

Hey, everybody, welcome into the podcast. Thanks for tuning in once again with Tony and myself as we talk investing finance and retirement here on plan with the tax man and Tony is the tax man at tax Doctor Inc, serving folks all around the area. So if you've got some questions, got some concerns, need some help? When it comes to all things with your retirement reached out to Tony, who is a CPA CFP and an EA of 27 plus years experience and a great resource for you to tap into it. You're planning proz.com? That's your planning proz.com? Tony, my friend what's going on, buddy? How are you?

Tony Mauro 01:08

I'm doing good. As we as we're taping this just kind of getting ready to wrap up the 2022 Filing Season, believe it or not so well upon the extension deadline.

Marc Killian 01:17

That's, that's so wild that is that that late, you know. Yeah. But hopefully you didn't have to struggle to hopefully, hopefully anyway.

Tony Mauro 01:25

Yeah, hopefully not. I mean, in, you know, a lot of people starting to think about, you know, you're in tax planning and next year. So this is a good, good time to talk about some of this stuff.

Marc Killian 01:34

Yeah. And, you know, I've got, we're kind of called this hidden questions or overlooked. And I think a lot of these that we're going to go through a couple of them here, Tony, I think people probably we all know a lot of this, but I think what happens is, we often tend to get our focus in one or two areas, sometimes when it comes to retirement planning, or whatever the case might be, we tend to often focus, you know, really on like this larger item, and then some of these smaller ones, while we are aware, they maybe don't get the attention that they should unless, of course, you're working with a financial professional. So let's talk about them a little bit, and just discuss it obviously, you know, as a tax practice, as that's a huge part of what you guys do as well, you know, a question might be eventually, hopefully, people realize, hey, you know, in the end, what's these tax deferred savings accounts going to actually cost me in taxes? Because at some point, you know, again, if you think about focus, it's easy to go, Well, hey, let's kick that tax burden down the road. So I don't get to deal with it for a while, but eventually, a while shows up, right? Eventually, you got to pay the piper. So

Tony Mauro 02:32

yeah, and, you know, this is the biggest question that we try to answer for people, and try to let them know that, you know, you have a partner it generally with with it with this handout, and I, you know, I we make fun of the government, because that's Uncle Sam, you know, so, you know, a lot of people don't realize that, you know, a part of this money you have, you have an IOU to the federal government. Well, in the States, maybe for that matter for

Marc Killian 02:56

this training, you know, and I think, Tony, I think we realize it, right, I think we just forget it, because if you spend 20 or 30 years, punting, you know, the tax ball, then you kind of go all the sudden one day you go, Ah, crap, right? Yeah, I forgot about then,

Tony Mauro 03:10

  1. So what we try to do, though, is with our retirees, especially, is to let them know, if you do have tax money in tax deferred accounts, that there when you start pulling that money out, right, you know, some of it is going to be taxable. And what we try to work with them on is using other monies first, and then filling up the tax brackets that they're already in, and not jumping to the next one, because they've already got, you know, a tax issue. Let's not compound it and make it worse. And so I think that's important to work with your tax person or advisor, especially in retirement to make sure you're not just needlessly pulling money out. Yeah. So you can kind of control your tax bill a little bit, but there are, you know, for the younger people, the Roth and things like that Roth 401, K's where you're not going to have this issue, and so those will become attractive. But yeah, that's a whole nother conversation. Yeah,

Marc Killian 03:58

for sure. And, you know, if we kind of set this framework around the hypothetical numbers, we'll just go with the easy million dollar math, you know, million dollars in a 401. K, and we can kind of use this for a couple of these questions here. Yeah, you know, you sit there and say, and I get it, it's sexy. It's like, who I'm a millionaire, I can't wait to say that, or whatever. And you're not to your point, because you're really more like a 700,000 year or so. Because, you know, you gotta give Uncle Sam bell 30%, you know, or roughly right, depending on every situation can be different. So you don't really have the million and that leads to my second question, which is, you know, how much can I withdrawal from my savings each year? And if we're using that same million dollar analogy, Tony, a lot of people, they they hear the 4% rule, they think, Hey, that's a good place to start the conversation. And it can be it's a good place to start the chat. But that's, you know, if you go with 4%, you're talking about 40 grand a year off the million but as we just said, you may not have a full million because you got to still pay the taxes because you've been deferring. So now you got what 700 grand that's what 28,000 A year right. So I mean, it just starts To change all the numbers,

Tony Mauro 05:01

it does. And what we look at it when we're working with people is we either use the four, sometimes 5% rule, and just using the 40,000 a year because most people don't want to dip into their principal, they want to say, well, what can I earn? And, you know, if we if we get something conservative in urine and 4% of the 40? Well, we have to tell them again, you're not going to get 40, because we have to pay tax on that. And so it's going to be, you know, a little bit different. And that's when they get a little surprised. Like, what I didn't know that. And so we don't want what their first response is, is, like I said, they said, well, I'll just take out more say, Well, yeah, but then you're gonna have the next tax bracket potentially in kind of all kinds of issues. So it's important that where I think this is where the visor can really show their their value or worth is being able to work with this and keeping your taxes to a minimum.

Marc Killian 05:51

Yeah, I mean, because think about, you know, the future you right. So we often, you know, with these first two categories, Tony, we were kind of punting or wondering what we're going to do later on, don't forget that later, you is standing down the road somewhere waving at you going, hey, don't forget about me, you know, we got to be efficient with not only our spending and our budgeting and things of that nature, I know, everybody hates the B word, but still just having some sort of a, an incoming out, you know, outflow kind of projection is certainly important. So those are the first two. Number three is the life insurance question, right? So again, maybe not necessarily hidden. But if we've been trained, just like we have with the tax deferred accounts, to have life insurance, when we're in our 30s, or 40s. And our kids are younger, and, you know, case, something happens, income replacement, send

Tony Mauro 06:37

them to college, if I die, that kind of thing. We're trained on that we're also trained that, well, we probably don't need that when we're an older person, right, when we don't need it when we're over 70. But life insurance has changed so much that it could actually be a real swiss army knife for a lot of things. No, it could. And I think the question should be, you may not need the same type of insurance, that when you were young, but if you've got a policy that you know, you bought a long time ago, it's still viable, there may be some very useful uses for these policies. Because just because you have, like you said, everything paid off and kids out, you may still, like, in my own case, if my wife dies, you know, a big part of her retirement is IPERs. And which is a pension she can't outlive. But if she were to pre deceased me that I would get a payout on that. But that wouldn't really be enough to cover a lot of years in retirement for me. So for me life policy on her still makes sense. Even if she's retired, especially, you know, if I've got it, and it's doesn't cost a whole lot. Now, I think where people get a little confused is like, well, you know, I'm 65 years old or something, life's too expensive. It may be at that point. But we're talking more, you know, something you bought a while back. So I think in certain cases, again, another issue that you need to talk to your advisor about all of these, I think you should, but because it may not be Who've you just to cancel them all, especially depending on your situation. And then

Marc Killian 08:05

of course, if you if you did cancel something because you just under that old school mindset, and then you do need it, it's harder to get it back. Because your order and back. I mean, the insurance, right, we're all one blood test away from being uninsurable. Right. Yeah, exactly. Depending on what could happen there. And so lots of different ways to consider and again, I think, again, life insurance could be a real utility, Swiss Army Knife kind of thing for folks. There's the death benefits. Sure, there's still the living benefits, there's income replacement. I mean, you might still need income replacement in your seven you might Yeah, you know, tax free retirement, just lots of different things to at least have the conversation on. For sure. So number four, medical coverage. So a kind of a hidden question or might be alright, again, maybe not hidden, but just kind of we well, I got Medicare so groovy. I don't do any anything over and above that, though, in the answer is probably right. You're probably gonna need something. District Medicare. Yeah.

Tony Mauro 08:58

Yeah. I always tell clients Well, the short answer is yes. I said, but if you want to, don't want to take my word for it, let's the first time you're sick, wait till you get that bill, and watch what Medicare does not cover. So there's a lot of things. This is a whole profession. Now. I was gonna say to you and of itself. Yeah. Do you guys have somebody in house? Or do you refer people? A lot of advisors definitely suggest for folks to talk to Medicare specialists? Yes. I don't have anybody in house. I refer people out okay, to a local guy who's a Medicare specialist, you know, that can help them. Explain what Medicare covers and what it does and then all the different options they have because you can you can buy a lot of gap policies and supplements so that you can really feel good about okay, I'm pretty much covered for everything, but you obviously got to know the cost. Sure, because it does add up. Yeah, but yeah, I think Medicare for me, what I tell people is that's going to cover major things, and that's a good start. But, boy, if we're all living too long, we all hit you know, people start to get ailments. You're gonna We spend a lot of money quick on other types of medical care if you just have Medicare, so I strongly encourage them to visit with somebody.

Marc Killian 10:08

And if you think about, really what retirement can entail nowadays, depending on you know, the walk of life you're in or where you find yourself, you know, you almost really do truly need a team or a group of folks. You know, you need that financial professional, you need that CPA right. Now, if you're lucky, you might have somebody who's a CPA and a CFP on one like, Tony, right, but you need that tax person, you need that planning person. Elder Law, probably some sort of attorney. Yeah, right. And then maybe a Medicare specialist. So it's almost like, you know, it's part of the basketball, no pun here. But I was like the dream team, right? You need three or four players to help you out. You're the fifth, you go, that was four different categories. And we're the fifth. So there you go. There's our dream team. That's our basketball team. Alright, number five, how much am I really paying in those fees? And commissions? This is the only one probably that is truly a hidden question on this, that I think we, you know, most people just don't even realize how much stuff is actually hidden in the fine print. Because Tony, many people will go, Oh, my guy or gal charges me 1%. Right. And they think that's the end of it. So Tony charges me 1%. That's all I'm paying. Yeah, but what do you have? And what do those products have inside them?

Tony Mauro 11:19

That's right, because and we try to educate clients that Yeah, even though you're an advisor relationship with us, if we're managing assets for you, whether it's 1%, or three quarters of 1%, if you have funds or different things, outside of just plain old stocks, there are expenses inside those funds, you never see because they always, you know, basically take it off the return before anybody ever talks about returns. And so it's important to try to drill down and just make sure you understand, you know, all of the expenses you've got. And sometimes, you know, it's worth it. And sometimes it's not, we try to keep expenses low, because obviously at the end of the day, it cuts into your return, which means that, you know, less money for you. But at the same time, which I you know, I think we do a fairly good job of educating the client of, you know, nobody does anything for free, the mutual funds don't work for free, we don't work for free, right? Hopefully, you're getting some value out of this. But just so that they know, and the bad part is, is we have to re educate usually about every year, every other year, depending just to make sure that they haven't forgotten because they do they just they've completely started getting oblivious to it. Yeah, very true. Very true. But most of them, they always defer back and say, Well, you know, we just kind of hope you're gonna watch those fees for us, which we do. And we you know, but, you know, if you have concerns, I would definitely say, don't be afraid to ask your advisor, because if they're good, they're going to explain this to you and make sure that you understand how it works.

Marc Killian 12:52

Yeah, and have a fee analysis done, right. Because, you know, sometimes people will have that they get that delusion in their head, or whatever you want to call it, that they're paying, you know, the 1%. And, but then, you know, alright, I've got this, you know, Product X, and it's paying me, you know, 5%, and I'm only paying 1% to my guy or gal, so cool, I'm making four. And then you want to do an n Fe analysis and looking at what's inside that product X that you've got, and maybe there's another percent or percent in a quarter in there. And so now you're only making you know, 2.75, right, or something like that. So it which may be fine, but it may drive the vehicle, but it may not either, right? So find out and have that conversation. So that's why these are five questions that can get a little hidden or overlooked. You know, sometimes they straight up high. And other times, it's just we take our focus off of it. We take our focus off of the you know, the the money we've been saving for retirement if it's all tax deferred, because we forget, after so many years of doing it that eventually we got to pay Uncle Sam, we know it, but yet we tend to you know, look away from it. So lots of these reasons why these hidden questions can come back to bite us. And that's why it's important to talk with a qualified Pro. Like Tony, if you're not already working with him, or if you are and you've got somebody who might benefit from the podcast and maybe having a conversation. Often financial advisors do complimentary reviews and consultations just to see if it's the right fit. So reach out to get on his calendar. Have a conversation if you're planning proz.com It's your planning proz.com. And don't forget to subscribe to the podcast, very simple. Just hit the heart or the Follow button depending on what app you're using. Plan with the tax man is the name of it on all the major platforms Apple, Google Spotify, type that into the search box or just find that at Tony's website. You're planning proz.com Tony, my friend thanks for hanging out and breaking some of these questions down for me. All right, we'll

Tony Mauro 14:38

see you next time.

Marc Killian 14:39

I always appreciate you I know we're getting into the end of October here. So have yourself a happy and safe Halloween. And we will see you next time here on plan with taxpayer.

14:53

Securities offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC investment advisory serve Risk is offered through a VAT tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency

View Details

Dave Ramsey is well known for his no-nonsense approach to personal finance, particularly in the areas of budgeting, debt management, and wealth-building. He has gained a significant following through various media platforms, including books, radio shows, podcasts, live events, and more recently, Tik Tok. Tune in as we peel back the layers of Dave’s bite sized Tik Tok advice and share our thoughts beyond the clips.

Important Links: Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc Killian 0:01
Dave Ramsey is well known for his no nonsense approach to personal finance, particularly in the areas of budgeting, debt management and wealth building. He's gained a significant following through various media platforms with books and radio shows, podcasts, live events, and now tick tock So, this week on the podcast, we're gonna peel back the layers of Dave's bite sized nuggets of Tiktok advice and share Tony's thoughts on those here on plan with the tax man.

Announcer 2 0:27
Look up in the sky. It's a bird. It's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero, but Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man.

Marc Killian 0:44
Welcome into another edition of the podcast where we discuss a little Dave Ramsey advice this week with Tony Morrow once again here with us. Obviously Tony from tax Doctor Inc. and always chatting with us here on the podcast about getting to and through retirement. He's got 27 plus years in the industry. He's a CPA, a CFP and an EA. So certainly a great resource to tune into and talk with and so Tony with all that good stuff said I got to ask you first how you doing? And second, do I am I gonna see you on Tik Tok pretty soon or what we're going to catch

Tony Mauro 1:14
up and doing good is rolling into fall. So that's good. And you know, I'm not a tick tock guy.

Marc Killian 1:19
No, no tick tock dance craze for Tony and coming up saying no, no,

Tony Mauro 1:23
no, I've looked at it a little bit. And I know that that's not for me. Yeah, I

Marc Killian 1:28
mean, either, man. That sounds like either get it? I don't get it. But you know, Dave's got he does do a lot tour his some of his demographic definitely can be younger. So it certainly makes sense. Right? It does. Definitely runs on it. And I don't know, it seems a little too addictive for me. So I Yeah. Why should people make a fool of themselves? And I can do that, too. Yeah. The internet has definitely no shortage of places to watch people do goofy stuff on video. That is for sure. If you ever need if you ever need a laugh that can you can certainly get a laugh that way. But then you can also kind of go down that rabbit hole and go, Oh, my Lord, what have we turned into? Oh, yeah. So yeah, it's a very, it's a very slippery slope. But for fun today, on the podcast, let's talk a little bit about some of his advice. It's really more about the advice versus the tick tock, if not really be into the app or anything like that has nothing really to do with it. Just kind of more of a humorous anecdote to kind of bridge this gap. But it's really more than interesting advice that he has, some of these are pretty good. So I want to get your take on this. He said, Don't invest in anything, if you can't tell me how it works, and don't invest in something just because you're really excited about it. If it gets your pulse rate up, there's a chance you're getting conned. Yeah.

Tony Mauro 2:37
And I think you know, all of these, we'll go through today, just a moment on Dave Ramsey himself. He, I generally agree with his general financial advice. And I mean, there's some things I don't agree with, and you know, type of thing. But overall, if you, in my opinion, follow some of his basic things, it's really going to at least set you on the on the stage to go down the right path, he's not going to give you specific advice. That's where I think you need an advisor to help you implement the plan. But anyway, back to topic. Number one, I do agree with him on this, because I generally, you know, if you have something you see, or someone you know, is trying to provide you with, generally it's an investment, and you don't understand it and you don't feel comfortable with it. Generally, my advice would be SCS, maybe back up a minute, maybe try to get some some additional info right info on it. Because in an ethic even Warren Buffett says that, you know, he doesn't invest in anything that he doesn't understand. I am sure. Peter Lynch used to say that and so really their their theme there is you want something that you can at least understand that a lot of people say, Well, I don't even understand how the stock market works. So are you saying never invest in the market? No. But you know, you can get some education, right? Simple. Yeah. And make sure your adviser is explaining, you know, what companies that you're in and or funds that you're in, right? Because you certainly don't want to have somebody come in and say, you know, something like, Well, I can make you X percentage, and we're going to do it safely in futures. And you know, that that's really not the case there. Yeah,

Marc Killian 4:19
yeah. And so we tend to follow them that fear of missing out thing, right, we tend to fall for that, that moment, where people are like, it sounds really good. And I'm gonna be cautious, but boy, I don't want to miss out on that either. Right. So it's easy to kind of slide down that slope.

Tony Mauro 4:34
Yes. I had a tax client several years back, he was very much into that fear of missing out and he he loved to, you know, just gather information that was coming in, whether it's from the internet, and he he spent a lot of money but is the culmination was as he went to some seminar. And these people, basically, I think, talked him into, you know, doing this options scheme. Yeah. You know, and they they said, if you do this, this is follow us, you know, you're gonna make a lot of money. And he ended up losing a lot of money on the out and, and it was 50 some at the time and he just it's like it was no talking him out of it. But I think that's one of those things where, you know, that allure of maybe the fast buck and and he didn't understand it and didn't understand the risks involved, which again, if you're going to do something like that, you need to talk to your advisor first, I guess. At the end of the day, that's what it comes down to.

Marc Killian 5:31
Yep, for sure. All right. Well, that was the first one and I definitely agree with a lot that just be careful. Don't you know, I mean, obviously, crypto would be the one you could easily think about on that first quote, people were like, Oh, I don't want to miss out on and I want to be the crypto millionaire. And it's like, okay, well, then the next day your crypto ramen noodle eaten fool to right. So you're up down your UPS down, right? So just be careful. And yeah, to your point about Dave, just remember, he is a financial coach. I mean, he's got a great empire there. But he's not he's no longer if he ever was, I'm not sure. But an advisor or consultant, he's not really licensed that right now. Certifications are licensed at this point. He does not he might have at one point he might have. Yeah, I'm not sure. But I don't think he did. Yeah, he doesn't need to be licensed because he's not selling anything as far as mutual funds or insurance or, you know, securities, things of that nature. So just kind of bear that in mind. And I think a difference between someone like Dave, or even Suze Orman who may have been that way at one point as well, they no longer practice, right, they're no longer seeing clients on an active basis. So the advice can be very broad natured in general, where, you know, we're going to talk general nature and broad stuff here on the podcast. But then when you come in and sit down with Tony, that's when you're diving into the specifics, because again, you're active, right? You're doing this every day, taking care of your clients. You're a CFP, right, and a CPA, and an enrolled agent. So yeah, there's a little bit of a difference there, and how the messages could be perceived. So

Tony Mauro 6:49
we, you know, fortunately, or unfortunately, have to follow some rules. And we have, you know, we have a fiduciary responsibility to put the client first we can a lot of trouble, you know, if we don't do that, and so we have to make sure we're covering all the bases where I think, you know, just general advice, which is really what we're doing here, but yeah, you know, doesn't have to kind of, you know, adhere to that kind

Marc Killian 7:11
of, well, we always view the podcast is really a way to share some nuggets of information, but also personality that is you right, so that folks that are listening to maybe a currently our clients, they're, they're getting to kind of catch up on some things that, well, they don't have to always see you, right, they can tune in to the podcast and kind of just stay abreast of what's happening. It's a it's a great way to just kind of keep in touch with your clients outside of the normal review, but also for other potential folks who might, you know, benefit from the message or need to seek the advice of a professional in their area. That's the kind of the other reason of the podcast as well. So it kind of serves both purposes. But again, we do kind of keep the general information somewhat general until you sit down and really go through that planning process. But anyway, enough of that, let's go back into the Tick Tock here, I'm gonna go to the third 1x I'm gonna jump around in the interest of time, he says if you're not careful, you make short term decisions, which tend to keep you in the short term, if you make long term decisions, they can probably be well, they're almost always are painful now, but awesome later. So it's the concept, Tony of that delayed gratification. We're not good at that. Right? So for me, the first thing I think about here is clearly the traditional 401k we kick it down the road, so we don't have to deal with it. Right. But if you'd maybe look at maybe doing conversions or paying the taxes now. Yeah, it's painful, right? That's better because nobody wants to pay taxes. But it could be awesome later.

Tony Mauro 8:32
Yeah, this one it's worded a little differently, but it's pretty much right out of his book, The Total Money Makeover, which and I still tell my son this is last words aren't you know, live like no other. So eventually, you can live like no other, which is this in a different way, basically saying, you know, put off some of the short term gratification, right for long term happiness.

Marc Killian 8:53
Right, right.

Tony Mauro 8:54
We as we as well, I can't speak for the whole world. But I think as as Americans for sure. Don't like, we want stuff to right gratification. And big picture. What he's saying is maybe you should think about your long term plan before you go out and blow $100,000 on a car, for example. Yeah, you know, that short term gratification. It's all cool and everything. But is that a wise move? But at same time, he talks a lot about, you know, don't don't plan so much for the future, that your whole life is miserable. It's moderation. We don't know you're gonna die. And yeah, and we don't want that either. So there's a happy medium in there. Exactly. He talks a lot about what you think

Marc Killian 9:31
about our politicians. Great Ones. Yeah, I think about our politicians. We were just talking about that a little bit. Who is in our leaders? I think they're really guilty of this. They don't really look long term, right? They make so many short term decisions. They want to be knee jerk reactions, and then later on, they go well, we'll just deal with and figure it out later. Much like the situation right we were talking about. Yeah. So you know, there's there's got to be that happy medium. But I think in this context, like I said, I certainly took it as is the one for right now. What's going on is maybe it's a tax consequence. Maybe it's a tax situation, to take a look at for yourself and thinking, Okay, do I bite the tax bullet now and reap those rewards a little later on? Or do I keep deferring and kind of waiting, you know, to deal with that animal 30 years from now, you know, so, right. Lots of ways to go about

Tony Mauro 10:17
it. I was just gonna say I think too with with us, we tend to try to get people to start at least thinking about putting some money away for retirement. Start small. It's a little pain. Let's Let's bite off a little bit bits of pain before you know and and get you used to it. Yeah, yeah. And then we can always increase. But yes, there's a little bit of sacrifice there. Yes.

Marc Killian 10:37
Yes, sir. Indeed. All right. Well, let's do one more. And we'll wrap it up this week here. I love this one people that retire wealthy, it wasn't an accident. They didn't get to wealth, get to retirement and go, gee, hell that happened. Right? So unless you hit the lottery, or an inheritance from your Uncle Milton who left you $30 million, you had no idea about more than likely becoming wealthy in retirement did not just you didn't fall trip and fall into it. Right?

Tony Mauro 11:03
That's right, I actually have a picture. In my home office, I have a lot of, I don't know, you know, just kind of pictures that depict, you know, good sayings. And one is got this is worn out guys at the top of this mountain, they it says the guy at the top of mountain just didn't fall there, you know, and he worked hard. And I think well, yeah, same thing. With you know, getting to your goals into retirement is it's a process, it's work at some sacrifice. And, you know, if, if you're one of those few that get lucky, great. But for most of us, that's not going to work. And so, you know, we've talked about it. A lot of times, you know, you have to have a plan. It's not fun at times, there's some sacrifice, but in the end, you're going to be very happy that you did it. I think Dave Ramsey talks a lot about that is trying to try to stay the course.

Marc Killian 11:54
Yeah, yeah. And I think you know, that, to me, this also speaks to tried and true ways of going about it, Tony, right. So not trying to necessarily swing for the fences, not trying to jump into crypto, you know, back to that investments that you don't understand kind of thing, right? You know, making sure that it's fine to have some of that, but there's nothing also wrong with the things that the, you know, academics has proven to work for the last, you know, 100 years, there's some tried and true things that work, right.

Tony Mauro 12:20
There is a fact, you know, going back to that I was gonna say, we were talking about the first topic, I actually had an accounting client today, email me, and he's a chiropractor. And he said, I've got people that want to pay me in Bitcoin. I don't know anything about it. Should I do it? And I told him, absolutely not. I said, you know, that's you don't know anything about it, it's hard to get your money out. It's not you know, I'm not saying bitcoin is bad, right. But you certainly don't want to take that as forms of payment, and when you need it for cash and your bills, I mean, so it's, you know, kind of what we talked about, you know, have a fear of missing out. I mean, it kind of wraps it all up, and he doesn't know anything about this. And

Marc Killian 12:59
I mean, it's, I don't even know how to be awfully small fractions, I think, I mean, I go to a chiropractor, and it's not that much of a bill. I'm thinking man and one bitcoin is still what, six or 700 bucks or something like that, you know, so I don't know. Yeah, that would be I don't know, I mean, maybe like he could be sitting on a potential goldmine. Just gotta figure out how to actually work it. But But to your point, if you don't understand it, don't do it.

Tony Mauro 13:21
You know, at least at least get yourself educated. So yeah, I think that it's all relative. And, you know, going back to our main, our main point here is a lot of what Ramsey talks about in his head talks about does make good financial sense. You know, you just got to take it to that next level, work with your advisor and implement, you know, what works for you.

Marc Killian 13:40
Yeah, you know, it makes me think about that pizza story. Do you know that? You know, the Bitcoin pizza story from about, I don't know, 20 years ago, 13 years ago, something like that? No. So a guy named Laszlo I think something another paid another guy 10,000 bitcoins in 2010 for two Papa John pizzas to have delivered to his house, right? Because they didn't know what they had or what it was. So just think about that for a second 10,000 Bitcoin right? For two pizzas, you know what's its what's its price today at the time we're talking 25,980 Only that's all. So he paid 50 grand in today's dollars for two pizzas. fetus. Yeah, that's incredible. So you never because you don't know what's he didn't know what they had. Right? They didn't know what it didn't know what the deal was until 2010. So you just never know that I think that kind of wraps it up and illustrates our point of make sure you understand what it is that you're doing, what it why that you have, what you have, what it's doing for you what it's doing inside your retirement plan inside your portfolio, and get educated get some help plan with a tax man. That's why Tony is here. If you need some help reach out to him. You're planning proz.com That is your planning proz.com to speak with Tony Morrow at tax Doctor Inc. You can subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Google Spotify, which every platform you like using just type it into the search box, Oregon, stop by the website for all the information and details that you're planning. proz.com Tony, thanks for hanging out my friend. All right, we'll see you next time. Yes sir. And I look forward to seeing your next dance craze on Tik Tok. Yeah. We'll catch you later here on playing the tax man.

Speaker 4 15:25
Securities offered through a van tax investment services SM Member FINRA SIPC investment advisory services offered through advanced tax advisory services insurance services offered through an event tax affiliated Insurance Agency

Transcribed by https://otter.ai

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated in

View Details

Are we on the brink of a retirement renaissance or stormy seas ahead? On this episode, we jump into the pressing issues of Social Security, healthcare, taxes, stock market trends, and long-term care. Whether you're an eternal optimist or cautious pessimist, this episode will equip you with perspectives to plan your retirement years with confidence as we ask the longstanding question, “is the glass half full or half empty”.

Important Links:

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Marc:

Are we on the brink of a retirement renaissance or stormy seas ahead? On this episode, we jump into the pressing issues of Social Security, health care, taxes, stock market trends, and long-term care. Whether you're an eternal optimist or cautious pessimist, this episode will equip you with perspectives to plan your retirement years with confidence, as we ask the longstanding question: Is the glass half full or half empty?

Welcome this week to the podcast, folks. Thanks for tuning in with Tony Mauro and myself, here on Plan With The Tax Man. As we get into this week's conversation about the future of retirement America, is that glass half full or half empty? So we're going to dive into that with Tony this week. What's going on, my friend? How are you?

Tony Mauro:

I'm good. How are you?

Marc:

Doing pretty good. So did you like that little intro tease? That was pretty good, yeah?

Tony Mauro:

That's a good one.

Marc:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, it's interesting because I tend to be on the more optimistic side, but I need to point out some of the other stuff too, today.

Marc:

Okay, well, I was getting ready to ask you. So yeah, I was going to say: Do you find yourself more of an optimist or a pessimist? And does it change on the topics? I think some of us can be optimistic about some things in life but pessimistic about others.

Tony Mauro:

True.

Marc:

So you never know, so yeah, I think that's a great point. Let's analyze both sides of it a little bit. I'll let you debate with me the pros and the cons or the hows and the whys or however we want to go, but we'll start with a biggie. The big ticket item that people often are concerned about, especially if you're getting near retirement age, and of course, our politicians and our lovely, lovely leaders do not do a whole lot to ease our woes about the stability of the Social Security program, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yes, as we're taping this, of course, the political season, it's going to be getting under way here in Iowa, I think, in January.

Marc:

It's under way.

Tony Mauro:

And so I'm sure this topic will come up, and it always does, and as it should, because the whole issue with Social Security is that it's slated to, depending on how you phrase it, run out of money or start paying more benefits than it's taking in at about, I think, 2033 or 5, somewhere right in there. So people are concerned that when they get to that point, "I keep paying in. Am I going to get any benefit out of this?"

Marc:

Yeah, for sure.

Tony Mauro:

And you ask the politicians. They tend to kick the can down the road.

Marc:

I was going to say, yeah, it's a hot potato they don't want to touch, right?

Tony Mauro:

No, they don't want to deal with it. Eventually, it will probably end up being like everything else they do, which is last-minute and patching.

Marc:

Of course.

Tony Mauro:

The optimistic view, in my view, is I don't see how they could let it fail. They may need to make some changes for the viability, because people are living longer, and we're all putting in the same, yes, but it isn't like there's the same amount that people that are drawing on it. But I believe that somehow they will end up with some kind of fix. Now, whether we're all happy with it or not, that's a different story.

Marc:

Yeah, of course, we're never going to all be happy with it, right?

Tony Mauro:

No.

Marc:

But I'm with you. I think the optimistic view is that they're not going to just let it die. They're going to keep it going in some fashion. I guess the pessimistic view would be that there's going to be changes, and what those changes look like could be different, depending on your age group. I feel fairly optimistic though, Tony, that people over 50, such as you and I, we're over that age group now, probably may not see any changes to it. They may grandfather that in, so to speak, but my daughter, at 25 or 26, the thing's going to change for those folks: 20s, 30s, 40s. Maybe they do something as simple as pushing it back. There's no early retirement at 62; they move it to 65. Who knows?

Tony Mauro:

Exactly, and there's a lot of studies and math going on out there, and by the way, I do think you're right, yes. My son is 27. It could look vastly different for them. I still don't think they'll take it away, but there's talk of, like you say, moving the retirement age, maybe either getting rid of that upper limit and/or that whole privatizing thing.

There's goods and bads to all of that, which is a whole five-hour debate on its own, but I think that they do have options to keep it going. But I think with again, people living as long as they are, to me, I think they need to start working on this now and start coming up with some solutions. We don't want to go down the politics road, but you know how it is. They tend to not do that.

Marc:

Indeed. Well, Tony, I sat in with a interview with David Walker, who was the former Comptroller of the United States back in the '80s and the early '90s, I believe, and he talked about that issue. He was like, "Look, many people don't know, but there was a really close right there in the late '80s." Somewhere, I don't remember the exact date, but where people weren't going to get Social Security checks. He's like, "We waited until the absolute ninth hour," however that saying goes, before they fixed things. He says, "Because that's just how they operate." And he's like, "So I feel fairly strongly that they'll do something similar again."

Now, granted, that was 35 years ago, so who knows how things change? But that points to that historical nature that they have, of the thing that they fear the most, they wait till the absolute last second to touch.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, that's something, I mean, look at the debt ceiling talks every what, six months to 12 months? It's just crazy. How about we just figure something out?

Marc:

Stop spending.

Tony Mauro:

Again, yeah, stop spending. Do something.

Marc:

Put down the checkbook, man.

Tony Mauro:

And yeah, it's unfortunate they do that. It would be, I would think, better politics to tackle some of these problems, even if it takes them 12 years, 15 years.

Marc:

Just get started, like paying down your mortgage. Sometimes you think, "Boy, I wish I could pay this off sooner," and it's like, "Well, you can if you start applying yourself and putting a little bit more onto the mortgage and get it paid off sooner." But it's the principle of doing it, so it's hard, sometimes, to do that, and clearly, our government doesn't do a good job with that.

All right, so that was the first one. Let's go to healthcare affordability in the future. All right, you're an optimist here, Tony, you said. So what's a half-full take on healthcare?

Tony Mauro:

Well, I think the optimistic view, basically, is as we advance technology and things get better in that respect, I think there's more and more talk these days of people trying to remain healthy into their 80s and beyond. And more people are cognizant of that, with the whole internet thing, as opposed to maybe 20, 30 years ago.

Marc:

Thinking about that, Tony, let me ask you this question. My wife and I will have on old TV shows, old sitcoms or something like that, and we've been just enjoying watching old reruns of The Golden Girls, for example. And they're in their 50s in that show. They're in their late 50s in that show, but at the time, when I'm in my 20s or whatever, I'm like, "Now, these people are old. They're in their 60s or whatever the case is, and they look old." And I'm 52, which is the age of one of them on the show, and I'm like, "I do not look like that."

So what's that saying: 70 is the new 50, that kind of thing? So I think you're right. We are better, I think, societally. As we move through time, we tend to look younger and feel younger for longer.

Tony Mauro:

I think so, too. Looking at my own parents and my dad, who's now 82, who still is in pretty good shape.

Marc:

When he was 50, though, you thought he looked old, didn't you?

Tony Mauro:

Oh, yeah, yeah, he was old. So I think it's perspective. Now, to me, old is 90s, and I have an uncle who's still 92, and he's playing golf. So I think with what we're doing today, especially in the technological fields, we are, which I think is part of the negative, maybe living too long, and people are keeping us alive too long.

Marc:

That's true, yeah.

Tony Mauro:

If we can do it comfortably.

Marc:

Right, and that's definitely the half-empty side, is with living longer comes more healthcare costs.

Tony Mauro:

More healthcare, yeah.

Marc:

And it's not cheap.

Tony Mauro:

It's not cheap, and it seems like, again, pointing to my own father, it seems like he's in at the doctor literally non-stop. He's got to go in for a little hernia operation tomorrow, as a matter of fact, as we're taping this, yeah. It's supposed to be in and out, but it's just every five, six months, he's got some things.

Marc:

It seems like almost weekly. Yeah, my mom's like, "Well, going to another doctor appointment. Well, going to another doctor appointment." My brother goes, "Good Lord, how often do you go to the doctor?" She's like, "I'm 82. A lot."

Tony Mauro:

A lot, yeah. But my dad is getting to a point now where he thinks, and there might be a little bit of truth to this, but he is a pessimist, is they constantly just want to do stuff to him to make money.

Marc:

Oh, yeah, yeah, yeah. Let's test for this. Let's test for that. Yeah, I'm with you there, too.

Tony Mauro:

He's definitely a pessimist.

Marc:

That's okay. I'm with him on that one. I'm with you, Daddy Mauro.

So all right, how about tax rates in the next decade? I don't know if we can find an optimistic view here, but maybe we can. The pessimistic view clearly is that the 32-trillion-dollar deficit, that tax rates more than likely have to ... We all feel pretty strongly, I think, that tax rates have to go up at some point, just because we've got to be able to pay for these things. We just talked about Social Security a minute ago, but is there an optimistic view on taxes?

Tony Mauro:

I tend to lean a little more pessimistic on this. I would say the only thing, potentially, is there could be some reforms, and I think it is occurring more at the state levels, at least it is here in Iowa, to benefit retirees by lowering their state taxes.

Marc:

Oh, okay. Okay, well, that's good.

Tony Mauro:

Just to keep people in the states and some different things, but I find it hard to believe that we are not going to have to be taxed in some way, because like I say, we've got a lot of stuff to pay for that we haven't.

Marc:

A lot of stuff.

Tony Mauro:

And I don't see how things can continue to go down. There's an argument out there about, "Well, if the economy grows at a certain clip, that it's going to be less reliance on taxation," but I don't know if I totally buy that.

Marc:

Yeah, yeah. Well, I'm glad you found a positive, though, so that is something to hopefully keep an eye on, especially at the state level, some tax reforms, especially benefiting retirees. That would be fantastic. That would be the silver lining in what is ultimately not a very pretty cloud, right?

Tony Mauro:

Right.

Marc:

Okay, long-term care options, excuse me, for Baby Boomers in general. Like the healthcare, definitely technology's got to be on the forefront here of the optimism side, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, I think with the technology the way it's going and more and more people becoming cognizant of, "Hey, I'm going to need some sort of care, long-term," it doesn't necessarily mean nursing home. The insurance companies and everybody else are coming up with a lot of home healthcare solutions, which people tend to like. A lot of the assisted living facilities are using those progressive types of deals, where you go into assisted living. You're totally on your own, and as you need more care, you could advance along.

But I think most people, most seniors, I know my dad's the same way. He wants to age in his home, and I think that with what he's got and what's available out there, a lot of these long-term care policies allow you to do that, as far as that goes.

I think a little bit in the half-empty. At least here in Iowa, I had to mention it, is there's a shortage of healthcare pros, if you will. And I'll tell you, a lot of our Iowa nursing homes are in the news a lot for poor care and fines and all kinds of things. And so I think maybe that's because of the shortage for healthcare professionals, especially in that area. Maybe they're just not getting the type of people they need. I don't know.

Marc:

Unfortunately, needing workers, sometimes you change the criteria, and maybe you don't always get the cream of the crop.

Tony Mauro:

That could be, but I do think, too, on the negative pessimist side, is I still think there are way too many people that are unprepared and have not talked about this issue with their advisor or anybody else. And I think that's a huge part of a potential problem.

Marc:

Yeah, a huge disservice to yourself and your loved ones, for sure.

All right, let's do the last one here, and we'll wrap it up, and we're doing, again, half-empty, half-full view on some of the big ticket items coming down the pike for us all as we get closer to retirement. The stock market over the next five or 10 years. It's certainly been tough to read it, Tony, because it's been all over the place, and there's historical trends, which I guess you could look at the full side of that, the half-full side of the glass over long periods of time. Again, tech here is probably also helpful, as well, but the market is still going to be what it is, which is volatile, and Lord knows the world is volatile right now.

Tony Mauro:

World's volatile, yeah, and I think I tend to take a little longer view. I am always an optimist when it comes to the market, long-term, and long-term for me is 10 and beyond. Over the five to 10, it is. It's going to be volatile. I think that this is where, especially as retirees need to have a plan, need to be working with an advisor, and discussing where they need to have their money. So based on whatever plan they have, they can earn a reasonable amount without too much risk and hopefully, tax efficiency, as well.

But I think still, the market over all, if it's done right over the long term, is your best bet, especially in retirement and maximizing your income. But there are some, based on their risk assessment and some other things, that they may not be ready for that. And certainly, with all the uncertainty in the world and the negative news, I've actually gone myself to not watching news. I want to read it.

Marc:

Only when you have to. You have to not watch.

Tony Mauro:

But even it's so funny. With the negativity in the news, if you go to a search, and we're getting off-topic, and whatever's on there, and you read that article, it's amazing how many other articles start popping up wherever you're at, online, with the same negative news. It's just like everybody's got their slant on it, and you can get overstimulated, maybe, with negativity.

Marc:

Well, it's not even just watching it on the news now, because it stalks you in your social media things, all this stuff on your phone in general. There's a term for it now. It's called doom scrolling.

Tony Mauro:

Doom scrolling?. I never heard of that.

Marc:

Yeah, if you hadn't heard of that, it's doom scrolling, where you basically just go down this spiral of continuously scrolling through stuff. So you can't get out of the spiral, and often, it's negative, which does not do well for the psyche, so not a good place to be.

So yeah, I think when it comes to the stock market, there's always going to be those pros and cons there. There's going to be bubbles. There's going to be over-valuations. There's going to be good periods, bad periods. So I think we got to take that with that grain of salt. And to your point, you got to work with a qualified professional to make sure that you're dealing with things as they come or as they're going to come, because there's a lot of things that happen to us all as we age, and we got to have a plan for that.

So that's why you need to Plan with The Tax Man, so get on Tony's calendar, if you haven't done so yet, you would like to talk with him. He's a CPA, a CFP, and an EA-enrolled agent for 27-plus years, helping families get to and through retirement and a great resource for you to tap into at Tax Doctor Inc.

You can find him online at yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com.

Tony, thanks for hanging out, my friend.

Tony Mauro:

All right, we'll see you next time.

Marc:

Yeah, appreciate you, and keep that optimistic view, because we need more of that in the world, that's for sure. We'll catch you later here on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc.

Disclaimer:
Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

In this episode, we construct a helpful conversation about the role of real estate in a retirement strategy, exploring everything from rental income to reverse mortgages. Whether you're a pre-retiree with a portfolio of properties or just curious about leveraging your home equity, this discussion offers thoughtful insights for anyone navigating the crossroads of real estate and retirement.

Important Links:

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Intro 0:00
Look Up in the sky. It's a bird. It's a plane. No, it's the tax man. He may not be a superhero. But Tony Morrow has saved many retirement plans with his extreme knowledge of tax planning strategies. It's time for a plan with the tax man.

Marc Killian 0:17
Welcome into a another edition of the podcast in the September now here and is starting to cool off a little bit. And we're gonna have a conversation about brick and mortar retirement, some pros and cons of real estate investing for retirement. And, you know, Tony, before we get into this conversation this week, speaking of cooling off, you and the missus went for an Alaskan cruise that had to have been just

Tony Mauro 0:40
awesome. It was it was absolutely fantastic. I'd recommend that to anybody to go up there and check that out. Because it's, I don't know, it's just like a different world. You know that I guess they call it the last frontier for a reason. Right? It is rugged, and it's amazing. It just does the wildlife. And the interesting thing about it, besides all of that, I didn't realize when I when I went up there that Alaska is way bigger than Texas as far as landmass. It's huge. And, and they only have 730,000 odd people. Yeah, if you can imagine. I mean, so it's sparsely populated up there. Yeah, you know, but it is so rugged, that it's not easy to live up there.

Marc Killian 1:20
Yeah, my in laws live in Wyoming. And you know, it's a pretty big state too. Yeah. And there's like 500,000 people in Wyoming, right, same kind of thing. So it's harder, it's hard to live in. But you know, if you have that kind of temperament, for sure. But yeah, I've wanted to do the Alaskan trip myself, just, you know, love seeing wildlife and things of that nature. Obviously, go up to Wyoming and see the in laws. As I mentioned, I've got some amazing pictures of wildlife up there. But we'd love to do like the whales and things of that nature. So

Tony Mauro 1:47
yeah, that I tell you the sights, the wildlife, the glaciers themselves, pictures, don't do them justice. Oh, I bet because they are so blue, you know, the pictures, a lot of times they look white, right, and you get up to them. And they're almost it feels like they're glowing. You know, it's just incredible. We saw a glacier feels about 65 miles deep. And it's interesting how fast they're receiving, you know, they're receiving so fast. I mean, the one a couple of weeks saw ever seen it like 12 miles in the last 30 years. You know, it's like, wow, that that is a lot. But it's cool to see. Yeah, I

Marc Killian 2:24
mean, if you really like oh, that kind of stuff. I encourage everybody to get up there. Well, there you go. So I mean, one of the things that if you need to have a conversation with Tony on, on travels, he loves to travel, so Well, yeah, for your, for part of the retirement planning process is, you know, things to do in retirement. So definitely get a great resource to talk about some ideas there as well. So he's seen some very cool stuff over this week, let's go ahead and jump into a conversation about pros and cons of real estate. Tony, some people place more of an emphasis on acquiring real estate, you know, versus maybe funding accounts, like you might see this, especially depending on your type of work, right? A lot of times you'll see this with, you know, realtors or things of that nature. And I mean, it can be a great tool. But have you seen some people successful used rental properties to create the rental income or the retirement income? I should say that they need,

Tony Mauro 3:07
by and large? I'd say no. And I say no. And we, as a caveat, have owned real estate for probably 2527 years. And we started out with that dream back. We started before before we started the firm, because we had nothing else to do. We had no clients, and we acquire single family homes, we thought, well, if we can do this, and this will be our retirement. But and we migrated away from those and started building apartment buildings. And we and we still have those and they are a good income stream. But a lot of people aren't going to aren't going to I guess probably own multi, you know, unit 50 buildings, they're more probably into duplexes, single family homes and whatnot. I say no, because I get a lot of a lot of things people will say why I don't really like stock market all invest in real estate. And you know, I think that's, you know, somewhat legitimate, I don't think you should put all your eggs there, though, for sure. Number one, and number two is real estate investing, while it can throw off some income, it's work. And I don't think a lot of people get into it and realize how much work it is. And if you get yourself highly leveraged in real estate, you're not making that much. And so I think you have to amass a large portfolio of homes or units to depending on what your retirement income you want it to be to, you know, to have that. So I think there's goods and Bad's of it. You know, I think it's good to have if you really like to diversify a little bit, but I think you you got to understand all the ins and outs, which is what we like to talk to people about,

Marc Killian 4:38
right. So what that kind of said, if somebody came to you as a pre retiree with you know, maybe limited liquid assets, but a ton of real estate, is that something you would want to strategize with them on or maybe kind of paring some of that down so that they can build up that liquid side of the assets?

Tony Mauro 4:53
I would you know, depending on we'd have to find out you know if they owned them all outright or if there's loans be paid And then, you know, compare that to the income that they're thrown off versus if you could invest it and say, you know, I don't know, get four or 5% out of it type thing. Or if it was big enough, you know, maybe you could just live off of, you know, off the principal. But, yeah, I would definitely take a look at that. And most of the time, when we've looked at that people aren't netting or the other cash flow coming out of them is not that much, because either have some loans, and then they've got turnover, and they got to put money back into them. And you know, at the end of the year, they didn't really cash flow that much. They do some and depreciation offsets some tax, but I definitely would want to take a look and probably have a conversation about if you're looking for more income, you may want to do something else, or at least partly do something else.

Marc Killian 5:46
Yeah, definitely. You know, because you gotta have some liquidity, right? I mean, real estate can be can be a great tool, but I mean, you can't reach in the walls and just pull out some cash. Right, exactly.

Tony Mauro 5:53
Right, y'all, you've got the rent income coming in, you know, and that's it.

Marc Killian 5:57
Yeah. Do you ever see that? Generally, that TV show Arrested Development? You know, I

Tony Mauro 6:01
never did watch that. No,

Marc Killian 6:03
I don't I didn't watch much of it. But I know there's a funny scene about that, you know, that concept that works well for the conversation where I guess the father of the family goes to jail or whatever, for I don't know what for, but the sun keeps going and talking to him and saying that the family is struggling and needs money. And he's like, Well, there's always money in the banana Stan, because they have like a banana Stan is a business right? And so of course, the sun takes that is, you know, well, there's always money in you know, going to work and work in the business, right. But he gets so ticked off at the dad for whatever that he says the bananas stand on fire and burned to the ground. Basically, the longest sort of as the father says, you eat it, there was $250,000 stuffed in the walls of the banana Stan. So, you know, it's a funny way to think about it's obviously it's TV shows, it didn't really matter. It's fictional, right? But think about that concept that you just can't reach into your walls and pull money out in. So if you have too much real estate and not enough liquidity, you could be doing yourself a disservice. Right? So you could Yeah, so just kind of bear that in mind a little bit. What do you think about like home equity loans, or he locks in somebody's retirement strategy? Now, again, in the retirement strategy,

Tony Mauro 7:06
it could be an option, it should they should they need it, I think most of the time, I'm of the belief, I don't like to, to see my clients having a lot of debt secured by their home. But if they need to, I don't think it's a bad idea to have a line of credit. And maybe, you know, you tap it and you're borrowing pretty low rates get to deduct a little bit of the interest, although I wouldn't do it just for that, and have that just in case, but I wouldn't rely on it for you know, month in month out cash flow type of thing, for sure. So I'm not a huge fan of that. I'm also not a huge fan of the reverse mortgages, which I know, will probably take a look at. But I think reverse mortgages, and maybe some of this makes sense. If you don't have any other sources of income, and it's all tied up in your own home, you know, and you, you have to take it out. Now, for real estate investors, it's not a bad idea if you've got some equity, because you could basically use that equity and maybe maybe help fund a down payment on another one, you know, or maybe use it for repairs, you know, things like that. But again, you got to watch it because it is debt at the end of the day. And even though you may not be saddled with it, you know, it, it could be something that your state has to deal with.

Marc Killian 8:15
Yeah. What's your thoughts on REITs? Tony? Is REITs a part of the conversation? What should retirees and pre retirees know about those?

Tony Mauro 8:22
Well, the REITs are these real estate investment trusts, you know, so they work similar to kind of a mutual fund, you know, where you put your money in a REIT and it's pooled together with other people and what they do is management company goes out and invests in a bunch of properties that could be shopping malls otherwise, they're probably not the not the thing right now or, you know, apartment complexes, things like that, they run the trust, and you've got more liquidity, and you have shares of that REIT and you can get in and out for the most part and you know, hopefully you're gonna earn you know, a good percentage of return without doing all the work of really investing in the real estate but I find that most people I kind of mentioned it, and they just get this blank stare in their eye they say, No, no, no, I want to I want to just own my own, you know, I want to I want to be on the ground and fixing things and but I think REITs truly have a place in a retirement strategy, especially if you're into real estate.

Marc Killian 9:15
Yeah, great point for sure. tax considerations obviously that's something that you're very focused on with your practice how the tax considerations play into the decision

Tony Mauro 9:24
well with with real estate you know, obviously you're only paying taxes on the the net rent income that you have every year and that might be enough at least on the books for taxes which make does make real estate appealing. So you're you haven't a positive cash flow but you're not really paying a lot of tax on it because of the depreciation that's a plus but the income is taxed at ordinary income rates. That's kind of a you know, depending on where you're at, maybe a negative I do like real estate in the fact of unlike an investment in a stock were talking losses now for just a minute. You know, if you lose you know money on a stock, you can only deduct up to 3000 bucks a year. You're against other income in real estate, you can deduct up to $25,000 of loss. So if you have a bad year, you know, you can take advantage of tax laws a little more more leniently than if you just sold a stock, but you go over to the investment side, just a stock and you sell it for a gain, you know, the max capital gains right now is 20 percents, a lot of them, depending on your income might be only 15. So you have a little bit of a tax advantage there. So a couple pluses and minuses on both sides.

Marc Killian 10:29
Okay. All right. And then the final piece here to consider when we're, again, we're talking pros and cons of real estate, you mentioned earlier reverse mortgages. Now, once upon a time, like this is, you know, just like annuities, or even sometimes insurance, right, or even used cars, right? There's that kind of, oh, there's this kind of negative connotation to the people that maybe sell these types of things and the types of products that they are, but just like annuities in the last 10 years, they've made, you know, major changes. And so this could maybe be a potential, you know, idea for someone to use, depending on their scenario, their option. Like for me, Tony, we only have one child, and she's in the Navy. She says she has no plans to return here where she grew up, she has no plans to live here, you know, so what did we do with the place? Right? So maybe it's maybe it's worthwhile for us to do something like that, you know, and when we're both gone, so be it. So I don't know what your

Tony Mauro 11:21
thoughts, I think, just like you said, they do have a place that was kind of like, you know, some of those other back in the day, they were kind of considered shady, you know, the back to back room deals, they have come a long way they are, you know, for the most part on on the up and up, I should say, I think they're more viable. Like you were talking about your situation, I had an aunt who was elderly, and she didn't have a lot of money just living on Social Security. And she did a reverse mortgage, and it worked well for her before she died because it gave her the income that she needed and desperately wanted, right, and that she didn't make those those loan payments, you know, because the reverse mortgage works, you don't have to pay it back until you die, you know, and they sell the house to recoup their their miles right? Now, they don't loan you 100% of the value, you only get a portion and there are some fees. So you want to make sure you look into that and make sure that you understand it all. But in certain cases, I wouldn't frown upon them. Now, I don't think they're right for everybody, you

Marc Killian 12:18
know, right? Oh, yeah. Like yours. I mean, I think if you've done a good job saving for retirement, it may not even be something that's on your radar. But for those who maybe haven't, or maybe they even have, but they decided, you know, hey, due to our situation where nobody wants to place, you know, hey, maybe we can get some more equity out of this place and enjoy a little more fun in retirement. I mean, you never know, right? I mean, it's just multiple ways of looking at it. But I think the concept there is just like an annuity or just like possibly having insurance in your 70s when most of us think of it as something we only meet in our 30s 40s or 50s. When we still have growing children. It's don't shut it down until you understand. Is it useful for me or not? If it's not move on, right? But it's a product, you know, that serves a purpose. And if you fall into that, that range, and then it might make a hell of a lot of sense for you. Yeah, there you go. Exactly. Alright, well, that's gonna do it this week. For some pros and cons of real estate, investing for retirement. Again, if you've got some questions on how it's going to relate to your situation, as always, you know, when you listen to our podcasts, or any other kind of program or read some things, you want to see how it's going to translate to your specific situation, all these universal things that affect us all, are all well and good in, you know, in general conversation. But until you really dive in and see how it's going to relate to your unique scenario, you're not going to truly understand how it works. So if you're not working with a professional, and certainly if you're not working with Tony, consider reaching out to him and let him know that you need some help and get yourself on to the calendar for a complimentary review. Go to your planning proz.com Couple things with lots of stuff you can do. There's good tools, tips and resources. You can reach out to them schedule some time get on their calendar, subscribe to us on Apple, Google or Spotify. You can find the podcasting page there as well. Again, that's your planning proz.com You're planning proz.com Or just call him at 844-707-7381 Tony, thanks for hanging out my friend as always, I appreciate you breaking down some of these things for us. Good conversation.

Tony Mauro 14:08
All right, we'll talk to you next time.

Marc Killian 14:09
Yeah, man and I'm jealous. I want to go to Alaska. Thank you very much. So you gotta get there. I know. Right? So we got to put that on the radar as well. But you have a great week, my friend. We are in the September so hopefully you enjoy the the cooling off. And sports football season is back in if you're into that sort of thing. So folks, enjoy yourself out there be safe and we will see you next time here on playing with the tax man with 21.

Disclaimer:
Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

In this episode, we’re tackling some common complaints and fears that can arise during the retirement planning process. We'll discuss which concerns are well-founded, which are based on misconceptions, and offer insight on how retirees can best navigate their financial future.

Important Links:

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

Welcome in to another edition of the podcast. It's Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc. here to talk with me this week on the show. We're going to dive into exposing some retirement planning complaints, tackle some common complaints and fears people have about their financial situations during retirement, and which of these are kind of well-founded or maybe just full of misconceptions, things of that nature. So we'll have a good conversation with Tony this week on the podcast. Don't forget to subscribe to us at yourplanningpros.com. You can check out Tony's website at yourplanningpros.com, or type in Plan With The Tax Man in the search box of whatever podcasting app you like using like Apple, Google, or Spotify.

Tony, my friend, what's going on buddy? How are you?

Tony Mauro:

I'm good. As we're recording this it's state fair time here, which usually signals toward the end of the summer.

Speaker 1:

Well, it's-

Tony Mauro:

It's the last hurrah.

Speaker 1:

It's hot. It has been hot for sure.

Tony Mauro:

It's hot. Yeah, it's been hot here too.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, it was 98 like the last four days in a row, but they said it felt like 110 or something like that.

Tony Mauro:

Wow. Yeah. We got that coming again next week, so it'll be interesting.

Speaker 1:

Well drink plenty of water, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. That's right.

Speaker 1:

So you don't overdo it, especially for a lot of our demographic that we talk to and listens to the show. Making sure that you have plenty of water and stay hydrated is important, that's for sure. My mom, she's 82, and she does these daily PSAs on Facebook. She's like, "Morning y'all, it's going to be real hot. Drink water."

Tony Mauro:

Uh-huh. Yeah. That's nice.

Speaker 1:

I'm like, "All right, well there you go." But anyway, we're going to talk about some retirement planning complaints this week. So I've got some pretty basic statements here that people say often, Tony. So we'll talk about whether, like I said, these are well-founded or just full of misconceptions and just offer some insight.

Tony Mauro:

Mm-hmm.

Speaker 1:

So let's start with the first one here. My advisor takes too much risk. Obviously this has been something that people have said for often when things are not going well you go, "Oh well my advisor takes too much risk." But I would challenge the question of why is that? Is that because they're taking the risk without talking to you? Or have you gone through some scenarios? What do you think?

Tony Mauro:

I hear this sometimes as well, and these first two couple topics here I can relate back to this last weekend when I was out visiting my son and my new daughter-in-law. And they're very young, 27, but she had made a comment like this, and so I asked her, "Well why? Why do you think that?" And the answer is what I get a lot, and that is, "Well it seems like my account's not going up." So I hear that a lot. I hear the fact that I'm not making as much as my neighbor, things like that. Or, like you say, when things are going down they think there's a lot of risk. And it might be the case, but it's not always. And I think, as I told her, "Well you just need to talk to them and explain what you think." And in her case, she's 27 years old, she's investing for retirement, long timeline.

Speaker 1:

She should be taking risks.

Tony Mauro:

[inaudible 00:02:58] a lot risk over the last few years. Yeah. And I looked at the funds that she's in and really they're actually very good funds, they just haven't done much the last year and a half. But I told her, I said, "That's not unusual in the market we're in." And she's not real risk averse, so I think that's one thing... I think if you just communicate with your advisor, talk about that kind of stuff. Or if-

Speaker 1:

If you're feeling like they're doing it right, you got to first of all find out why.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

Well, actually you mentioned account's not growing, so that's actually on my list, so I'm going to jump down to that one and pair these two together then.

Tony Mauro:

Okay. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

So they takes too much risk, or my accountant didn't grow much last year, and to me a lot of this seems like the same problem. And that problem is it's the highs and the lows. We all like the risk when it's up and nobody likes it when it's going down. And so last year obviously was a rough year '22, right? 2022 was a down year in the market. So this is probably your risk profile. To me this comes back to how are you allocated, right? So you hear somebody say, let's just make up a number, "The S&P was up 30%." All right?

Tony Mauro:

Mm-hmm.

Speaker 1:

And then you go, "But I only got 15, so my advisors not doing enough."

Tony Mauro:

Right.

Speaker 1:

Or then the inverse of that is, "The S&P was down 30%. Well phew, I only lost 15." Well, that's because of your risk portfolio, so you don't get all of it unless you're completely exposed.

Tony Mauro:

And that's true. And with the whole "My accountant didn't grow last year", I got the same thing out of her. And I asked her the very same questions is, "Well, which accounts are we talking about here?" And of course it was the retirement accounts, and I quickly pointed out that, "You've got maybe 35, 40 years before you need this money." So it's easy for us as advisors, and I told her to say, "Don't worry about it." But in reality, you got to take a longer time horizon. And with your risk profile, like you said, and hers as being somewhat on the aggressive side, you can't let it be your main focus. She's focused on the wrong things. I think us as advisors got to remind them.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, I was going to say, and like a quarterback on a football team you get all the credit or all the blame. Right?

Tony Mauro:

Mm-hmm.

Speaker 1:

So it's like, "Oh man, my advisor did a great job. I made a bunch of money this year", or something like that. Well because there was an up year on the market and your portfolio was allocated properly for your risk tolerance.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

Conversely, if that was the case and it was down, you'd also be happy because you didn't lose as much as your neighbor or whatever the case is.

Tony Mauro:

Exactly.

Speaker 1:

So it's all about that risk profile, making sure that you're taking the right amount for your situation versus the kind of generic common complaints.

All right, so that's two of them. So let's go to my fees are too high. And the statement here to me is always the same kind of thing. Nobody likes fees, we don't want to pay more than we have to. But what are you getting for the fees? Is that worth it?

Tony Mauro:

And that's the question you have to ask, and it should be addressed when you start the relationship with your advisor, is understand how he or she's being compensated. Most are going to just be flat out and tell you, "This is how we do it." Some are asset based, which is a fancy term for taking a small percentage of the account value every year. Some are just regular fee based. It's X amount for me to help you every year, like a consulting fee, coaching fee, whatever you'd like to call it. And so as long as you feel like you're getting value for that fee that you're paying, I wouldn't tie it to investment returns. This is the fee, just like you'd pay an attorney, an accountant, anybody else to do things for you and keep you on track.

But on the flip side of that, if you're paying fees and you're not getting anything... Because one of my daughter-in-law's complaints was, "He never calls me." And I said, "Well, what would he call you about all the time? What do he want to talk about? Because you're not a stock picker, what do you want to talk about?" She just felt like, "Well, I think I should be getting talked to all the time." And I said, "Well, have you addressed that with them?" And she hadn't. I said, "Well, then they may not know that you want to do that. So your whole little fee that you're paying might be misaligned."

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

So I think it's communication, and I think that you have to understand what you're paying for. And then the services that are provided... I mean we try to list them out in exact number of calls and what you can expect and things like that, because that way there it lessens the chance of miscommunication.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, I think the first two to me are definitely misconceptions in how you're probably working with your advisor. And if they're not, they're just straight up taking too much risk or whatever the case is that we covered on that first part and not listening to you when you say you don't want to be that far into it, well then that's obviously a problem.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

With the fees are too high I feel like it's the same thing. It's probably based on misconceptions. It could be a little well-founded as well, but understanding what it is that you have, because certain products are going to have higher fees than others. So just making sure that you have that conversation point.

For the next one, social security won't be enough to cover my expenses. To me, this is totally a legitimate concern, because that's correct. It's not going to be enough to cover everything. It does a great job, but it's not everything.

Tony Mauro:

No, it's not everything. And it is, that's a legitimate concern. And the easy answer to that is that's exactly why you A, need to plan, B, save and take the time. Like I said, as I told her, I keep going back to her, "You've got a lot of time, you just need to keep saving. Because a lot of people think that social security, if they haven't looked at it, is going to be enough." And like you said, it's nowhere near enough. It's a good start, good safety net, but you definitely need to plan and save. Otherwise it's going to be pretty paltry by the time you get to the end.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Yeah, for sure. And you've got to make sure that you realize that. And I think I've shared before my mom's in this situation where she's living on social security only and it's not the ideal situation that she wanted to find herself in. Through the course of decisions it's what's happened. So avoid that by doing some proper planning ahead of time and having the right pieces in the puzzle, and being aware that while it does a lot of things for you it's not going to cover everything. Now if you strategize right, maybe the social security is that income piece that takes care of the cost of living, let's say, and then you're pulling from your nest egg for the fun stuff. It just depends, right? It depends on how you structure your income strategy, and also depends on what you as a couple might be bringing in from that versus anything else.

Tony Mauro:

Right.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Okay. I don't understand my financial plan. This one I think is a fairly well-founded concern because sometimes people just aren't getting it. And maybe they don't do themselves the advocacy service of saying, "Hey, you know what? I'm sorry, I know you explained this, but I'm just not getting it. Can you help me go through it again?"

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, I think you need to do that if you truly don't understand your plan. I also think that if you're in a relationship with an advisor and they are charging you fees, you should have a plan. In other words, it may not be on paper, but it should be in your portal or somewhere where you can access it. That's what we do, is we put the plan in the portal and it's all electronic. But the client can actually see, "Here are the major steps you said you wanted to tackle. First, second, third, and on and on and on. And here's what the whole plan looks like based on when we did it." And obviously then we change it over time and move goals around, but you should have that. And then it should be laid out in a way that it's not too complicated so that it's full of graphs and charts and things like that. It really should be more of, "Here are the goals, here's what we're going to do right now to try to achieve those goals", and then the progress towards those goals. And I think if you're having trouble with that then, again, requires a conversation. Ask them to explain it because it's your plan, you're paying for it. And so it's like anything else, you want to know what you've got.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Yeah. An older gentleman, older advisor taught me this years ago. I thought it was funny, I may have shared it on here before or not. But he was like, "I like to subscribe to the rule of 11." And I was like, "I don't think I'm familiar with that one." The rule of four and rule of 72, all that kind of stuff. And he's like, "Yeah, if you get your financial plan and then you can't turn around and explain that plan to an 11-year-old, it's too complicated."

Tony Mauro:

I would agree with that.

Speaker 1:

And I love that, right? Because it's like you got to be able to re-talk it to someone else.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And you should be able to at least know what your major goals are and what you're doing to accomplish them. Do you need to know what the mutual fund and your retirement plan is doing and what investments they have? Maybe not, unless you're really into it. But yeah, you need to know the basics and you need to be able to explain it. Absolutely.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Definitely. So I thought that was a cute saying. I definitely loved that one.

All right, last one here. I only hear from my advisor when they want me to buy or sell something, I don't really get advice on other things. Absolutely a legitimate concern here. But maybe you should ask yourself what kind of professional did you go to? Because they may just be doing what they do, they may not do these other pieces. And that's kind of on us, I think sometimes, by not vetting out or seeing the right kind of professional we should be working with for the time of life we're in.

Tony Mauro:

We should. And what that question is to me is saying the old days where everybody was considered a "broker". And you would see that. You'd see TV shows and movies about that kind of stuff too, but a lot of that's been moving away from transactional and more into an advisory role. And you do need to ask that question of if you've just got a broker... And some people want to do that. Although I don't know if it's as prevalent today, simply because there's so many ways to trade securities yourself now that you may or may not need that. But who knows, maybe you've got somebody that's like that. I think that that's, for most, not what you want. I think you might want more of an advisor, but you definitely should know who you're working with. And I think in our case, one of the things we do before we even take a client on is we sit them down and have them go through a questionnaire and they kind of score themselves.

But one of the landmines that I look for before working with a client is... And you can usually tell this by the way they're talking to you. Is if you just want to sit and trade stocks and have me give you recommendations and/or be the facilitator, I'm not your person because that's not what we do. You don't need us for that. You can go do that on your own. All you're going to end up doing is I think spending extra money. And then on top of that you're going to want us to give you recommendations, and then as soon as give them a bad one the blame game comes out.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

So I don't even engage in that. That's not what we do. There might be some advisors that do that, but I'm more focused on the long-term.

Speaker 1:

Well yeah, and to your point you're probably working with a broker only. You're working with someone who's a transactional based, commission based person. Now there's nothing wrong with that if you know what it is that you have and if that's what you're looking for. But part of this complaint is I don't get advice on other things, well then you're not probably working with an actual true planner and advisor that is talking about social security and taxation and legacy and so on and so forth. So again, part of that I think is legitimate, but I think it also is a misconception, or could be on our part, for just not finding the right professional to work with. Or not realizing that who we started with is maybe not who we need to end up with kind of thing.

Tony Mauro:

That's right. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

All right, well there you go. So that's our conversation and podcast this week with Tony Mauro on Plan With The Tax Man. Reach out to Tony if you've got some questions or concerns about your own situation and need to get down to the nitty-gritty and get on the right plan and strategy for yourself. Again, you can find him online at yourplanningpros.com for a consultation and review. Yourplanningpros.com. Tony, thanks for hanging out buddy.

Tony Mauro:

All right, well see you next time.

Speaker 1:

I'll see you next time right here on the show. This has been Plan With The Tax Man.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency

View Details

Almost everyone has made investment mistakes at some point. In this episode, we’ll talk about how to bounce back from mistakes and avoid making them again in the future.

Important Links:

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

... Back here for another edition of Plan With The Tax Man, into the month of August here in 2023. And it's time to talk about overcoming investment setbacks, bouncing back really if we've had some issues in our financial lives. And that's what we're going to get into this episode and how to, hopefully, avoid some of these again in the future. Things happen, we all make missteps and mistakes, but there's no reason we can't try to correct those and course correct and keep ourselves on the right path to get to and through retirement. So we're going to have that chat with Tony this week here on the podcast. What is going on, my friend? How are you?

Tony:

I am good. Just still enjoying the summer. It's going to be over before we know it here.

Speaker 1:

Well, we're into August, so yes.

Tony:

It'll be state fair time.

Speaker 1:

There you go. Now I got a little weakness for the funnel cakes there, the elephant ears.

Tony:

For the [inaudible 00:00:48].

Speaker 1:

Yes, whatever you want to call them. Some places they call them elephant ears, someplace they call them funnel cakes. It's the same thing, but at least I think it is anyway. Now I'll tell you something though, I've never had one of these before and I didn't even realize it was a thing until I tried it. Have you ever had what they call the walking taco? I believe that's what they call it, where it's basically all the taco stuff inside a like Doritos bag or a Frito bag.

Tony:

A chip bag.

Speaker 1:

Yes, a chip bag.

Tony:

I have had it. I haven't had it at the fair, but I have had them. That's what they are.

Speaker 1:

I never saw one before until I saw one at the fair and I was like, "Ooh, this is calling my name. This is incredibly not good for me, but I don't care. I'm going to eat it ..." And it was fantastic.

Tony:

It is good, yes. Our fair is so big. It's a big highlight around here. And every year they put out what's new at the fair for the food list because everybody goes for the junk food.

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony:

And it's just incredible what we have. Just weird stuff, like everything's on a stick here.

Speaker 1:

All right.

Tony:

And it's fried and it's just crazy, the foods. But I don't know if you guys have a big state fair or not?-

Speaker 1:

Yes.

Tony:

... but ours is big and-

Speaker 1:

Interesting stuff.

Tony:

... I'm actually looking online here. I don't even know what some of this stuff is.

Speaker 1:

Like snicker bar on a stick?

Tony:

Yes, deep-fried sweet corn nugget. Sweet corn fried?-

Speaker 1:

The sweet corn and you deep-fry it. We'll-

Tony:

Deep-fry it.

Speaker 1:

Humans will deep-fry anything, I think

Tony:

I know it. We're Americans. Yes, we do a lot.

Speaker 1:

That's for sure. But anyway, well, hopefully you guys will enjoy and you don't get too crazy, make yourself sick to your stomach, but-

Tony:

We'll be bouncing back from fair.

Speaker 1:

You'll be bouncing back. There you go. Nice segue. I like it. I like that.

Tony:

That'd be a mistake.

Speaker 1:

That's right. Well, let's get into some of these financial bounce backs we might need to do. First thing you need to do, if you do have a financial misstep, Tony, is just obviously determine the cause, right?

Tony:

Yes.

Speaker 1:

So what's some bullet points here to think about how you got there in the first place?

Tony:

Well, most people are going to look at this and say, "Well, I mistimed some stock or some investment."

Speaker 1:

True.

Tony:

And most of the time what we see is the mistakes themselves are really not starting soon enough. And that means saving, and that's the biggest one of all. Yes, you can miss time and do that, but you shouldn't be trying to time anyway. But really what you got to do is, whatever the mistake is, whether it's that or just not starting soon enough or something else, is-

Speaker 1:

Bad luck, whatever.

Tony:

... Just figure out, say what caused it, what kind of spot I was in my life when it happened, what kind of information did I have available to me? Maybe you're one of those people that listened to everybody but the right people about everything.

Speaker 1:

I always refer to that as the cousin Eddie, if anybody who's ever-

Tony:

Cousin Eddie.

Speaker 1:

... Watched any of the vacation movies, right?

Tony:

Yes.

Speaker 1:

The cousin Eddie moments because he's always doing something goofy or wrong or whatever. He tells you advise and it's usually not good.

Tony:

It's usually not good. No. And we get that out on the tax side. Clients will call and say, "Well, I heard from such and such." And my first question is, "What does such and such do for a living?" And they'll say, "Well, he's a barber." And I say, "Well, I don't know that's really his realm to be giving that kind of advice."

Speaker 1:

To give you tax advice, right?

Tony:

Yes. So you get a lot of that and it's proliferated with the internet. You got to watch you listen to.

Speaker 1:

Oh, of course, yes. And that's usually the number one source of bad advice any more is the internet. Because it's-

Tony:

It is.

Speaker 1:

... Just so much on there.

Tony:

There is so much on there. It is. And so you got to watch what you're getting. That could be a whole conversation on its own. You Google a topic and you think it's right, and it may or may not be. There are probably elements that are correct.

Speaker 1:

Exactly.

Tony:

But it might not be all of that.

Speaker 1:

There's actually a whole industry, Tony sorry, wrapped around internet ads that are designed to look like news articles or news stories so that you feel like it has a bit more realism to it. "Oh, this is news related or newsworthy." But it really is just an ad. It's just a solicitation or a sales piece. So definitely easy. So determining the cause, I think, great place. You've got to figure that out. Did you get the right information? Did you get enough information? Was it just bad timing? It's okay, you've made the mistake. You mentioned savings, so now we need to make up that difference we've lost. So what are some things to do as far as increasing our savings rates?

Tony:

Well, once you've identified the mistake, and if you have lost some money, the easy thing is to increase the savings. That's really not really all that complex on how to do that, but it's easy to be able to increase it. Especially as you progress in life, some of your expenses start to decrease, and so you're going to have more disposable income that you can then take and increase the savings rate.

Speaker 1:

The government gives us some catch up contribution provisions in various different things. So there's some of that, right?

Tony:

Yes, you can do that. You pay off a car, continue making the payment, but make it to yourself and put it in your retirement account or your savings account.

Speaker 1:

As my dad used to call us, maybe get the little ankle biters off of your payroll. He used to call us ankle biters.

Tony:

When you were kids. Yes, you do. You get the kids out of the house and then all of a sudden you've got an instant raise. And so there's a lot of ways to increase the savings rate. I've seen people go get a second job and say they just want to save more [inaudible 00:06:09].

Speaker 1:

Depending on the kind of damage that you've had to the setback. And I think most of the time, if we've just made a mistake, Tony, it's usually not super detrimental, but you do want to recalibrate your goals or recalibrate your plan because maybe you did make a bad investment. Well, let's do something recent, maybe you got on the crypto train or something, and you were a crypto millionaire one week and you were crypto broke the next, whatever it might be. But that's when you say, "So now I've identified the problem. I know what I did wrong. Now we're working towards making that shortfall back up by increasing our savings contributions to paying our future self, AKA retirement fund. So now let's recalibrate that plan or recalibrate the goals." Right?

Tony:

Yes. And it's easy to do because, again, it doesn't take a lot, especially if you're talking through it with somebody who, well, and say, in my case, we visit with this clients all the time. It could be as easy as maybe delaying retirement for a year, could mean, hey, we just change our lifestyle a little bit and reduce our expenses. It's not going to be something drastic, and maybe you're in a giant home that you need to downsize and you could save some money there.

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony:

Maybe it's just watching things a little bit more until you feel more comfortable. I think-

Speaker 1:

You don't get the muscle car you've been wanting, or you don't get the-

Tony:

No.

Speaker 1:

Maybe you get the muscle car, but you just don't do all the remodel on it just yet. You don't do all the-

Tony:

Repairs.

Speaker 1:

... Repairs just yet, or... Little ways you can do stuff, right?

Tony:

Yes. I have a retiree client and she calls me, and really a lot of our conversations are based around, for lack of a better word, me talking her off the ledge because she likes to put money in her home, and she really likes to keep it spruced up and remodeled. And I'm there really more for the sounding board of, well... She's got plenty of money and she could do it, but it's like, "Well, do you really need it right now? Maybe you take it a little slower so it doesn't affect the other fun stuff you like to do." And many times listen to that and follow along on those lines. But I think if she was out on her own, she would probably be dipping into and probably taking much more than she needs.

Speaker 1:

A little more often.

Tony:

More often. And then I think she would be not happy with that because she does like to balance it and do other things in life. And-

Speaker 1:

That's a great point.

Tony:

Again, balance is the key because-

Speaker 1:

Well, to me, I don't know, Tony, with all the technology we have at our fingertips now, I think a big portion of what you guys do as financial professionals is what they call behavioral management, right?

Tony:

It is.

Speaker 1:

Because-

Tony:

And much more so than investment management, yes.

Speaker 1:

It can be, right? Because just about everybody's got the same software, just about everybody's got the same access to the various different things out there, depending on what kind of license that you have as a financial professional, but really it's relationship building and that behavioral management. To your point to that story you just told this client's comfortable calling you up and saying, "All right, I'm thinking about doing something silly. What do you think?" And then you talk through it and you go, "Based on where we're at, go ahead and go for it." Or "If you do, maybe we're going to make a change to that vacation that was planned for next year." Or something like that.

Tony:

Yes. And then that's all it comes down to is just some simple discussion.

Speaker 1:

And then rework the plan.

Tony:

And you got to rework the plan a little bit. It's funny because from our standpoint, we take a lot of notes so we can remind the clients like, "Well, last time we talked you said this, but you can change your mind. But that is what you said last time." It's a fun conversation. You can have fun with it. But it is interesting because I think clients, you could survive it, of course, yourself, but you may make bigger mistakes and take longer to recover-

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony:

... Without some advice of some kind.

Speaker 1:

Well, and I think that's when getting a real plan in place certainly comes into play. So maybe if you're in a situation, Tony, where you've made a financial mistake and you haven't started working with a professional yet, now is the time to really do it. And often, it's like going to the dentist, I hate to equate what you do with going to the dentist, but it's the same kind of feeling sometimes where we're like, I just know he's going to say or she's going to tell me something bad and it's going to cost me pain.

In this case, the dentist analogy, and then maybe you wind up going and it's not nearly as bad as you thought. And I think that's what happens with advisors a lot. People are like, "Oh no, I'm going to go in there and I'm going to have to tell them what I did, or I have to show them my stuff and it's going to be painful and they're going to tell me I can never retire." All those kinds of things.

Tony:

Oh, I know it.

Speaker 1:

And often it's not nearly as bad as we think that it is. I think as humans, we just do that naturally.

Tony:

We do. I've actually got a client, as you were saying, that in fact we're emailing back and forth this week, he's an accounting client, not a financial planning client. He's got an advisor. And I don't think the advisor's giving him bad advice, but what the client wants to do, and get this, he's about, I don't know 63, 64, he wants to pull a million dollars out of his retirement account because him and his wife found a little place and a little acreage, and they want to build a house on it. It's just south of where we're at. And he's a big outdoors guy. And so he's trying to rationalize this with me and his advisor as his tax account. And I'm saying, "Well, boy, you're going to owe a lot of tax on that. Maybe you want to split it up." The advisor's telling him, "Well, maybe you want to just go borrow because you're going to pull all this out, and then when you start to need this for income, it's tied up in your house." Which she's got a point too.

Speaker 1:

Well, she does have a point there, but borrowing right now, it is not a borrower's market.

Tony:

That's what the client's saying is, it's not a borrower's market. So we're trying to put some numbers together and say, well, if you borrowed, here's how much it's going to cost you, if you spread the tax out. And try to get the best scenario for him, and then he'll have to make that decision. But-

Speaker 1:

Exactly.

Tony:

And he's got me on the tax side, his advisor on the advisory side, both trying to help him make the right decision and whatnot.

Speaker 1:

And that's interesting.

Tony:

But that goes back to really maybe if he didn't have us, he would probably... Because what he wanted to do is just pull out all the money in one year and pay the taxes. And he thought that would be a better deal than spreading it out. And I said, "No. Here, here's the exact numbers because I've got them right off your tax check."

Speaker 1:

Going to kick you up a tax bracket and all sorts of stuff.

Tony:

It would've cost him like $75,000. And I said, at least spread it out to save 75,000. But it's just one of those things though, where even though he has a plan in place, he's changing his plan because he wants something in his life and hey, there's nothing wrong with it. But-

Speaker 1:

Exactly. They're modifying the plan, that's part of the process because they think life's going to happen, we're going to do different things. And me personally, I think kudos to you and him as well for doing that. But oftentimes many advisors, they struggle with that whole split thing where you're the tax person, the CPA, but you're also not doing the financial side because it is hard when you have two different people giving you, maybe, conflicting advice. So as the person in the middle, sometimes you wind up being in a tough spot, but at the same time, at least he does have those sounding boards. So I think-

Tony:

He's got that. And for me, if we have an accounting or tax relationship, if they've got an advisor-

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony:

... Of course that they like, I like to think we're on the same team. Unless the person was completely crazed and-

Speaker 1:

Bad advice.

Tony:

... Offering horrible advice, but try to be on the same team because-

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony:

... I don't want to interfere with that relationship and you just don't know. But some accountants don't like it, some advisors don't like it.

Speaker 1:

I was going to say, it just depends on the relationship and again, kudos to everybody from making that work. But that's a great illustration though of why even if you make a mistake or have a looming mistake, having a financial team to help you out can go a long way towards hopefully staving off a financial mistake or bouncing back from one. So that was a topic this week. Hopefully that helps out a little bit. And if you have made a mistake and you're worried about going and seeing a finance professional, don't. The longer you procrastinate, just like that tooth, that dentist analogy I was going with, it's only going to hurt worse. It's only going to get worse if you ignore it. And when you finally do go to the dentist and then you maybe have to have a root canal and then it's all more expensive and more painful.

So go find out what you need. Go get a plan together for where you're at in life, whether you've made any mistakes or not. And that way, even if the news is not great, at least you know what you now need to start doing in order to get yourself into that better spot. Sooner is always better than later.

So get yourself onto the calendar. Reach out to Tony and his team at yourplanningpros.com. That's your planningpros.com. He is a CPA, a CFP, an EA of 27 plus years experience. So get onto the calendar today at yourplanningpros.com

Tony, thanks for hanging out, buddy.

Tony:

We'll see you next time.

Speaker 1:

See you later on this month, in August, we'll be getting closer to football season for all you football bands. So we will catch you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc. Don't forget to subscribe on Apple, Google, and Spotify.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Today's episode is all about understanding the crucial role of income analysis in retirement planning. We'll uncover the secrets of guaranteed income versus the uncertain stuff and shed light on the consequences of retiring without a clear income plan. Don't worry if you're feeling lost - we've got your back with practical solutions and expert guidance. Tune in and take charge of your retirement cash flow!

Important Links:

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1 0:00

Welcome into another edition of the podcast. It's playing with the tax man with Tony Mauro and myself here to talk about mastering some retirement cash flow really kind of understanding income is going to be the topic conversation on the podcast this week with Tony. Who is de Moines professional alternative at tax Doctor Inc. And you can find them online at your planning proz.com at your planning proz.com What's going on, buddy? How are you?

Speaker 2 0:25

I'm good enjoying the summer? How about you?

Speaker 1 0:27

Yeah, pretty much the same. It's been a bit of wet one, though. It's been a lot of lot of rain. Yeah, down here where we're at. It's been a lot of rain. So

Speaker 2 0:32

yeah, we have not had a lot of rain. And we just got some scoring well needed. Yeah, it's funny

Speaker 1 0:37

how the country does that Right? Talk to several people all the time every week. And it's, it's always a little something different. And then whatever neck of the woods you happen to be in. So right here lately, it's just been been really wet. So our Fourth of July got kind of rained out. But that's okay. We still had a good time and with family and friends. And so everybody out for everybody else that as well. We are back here. This is for our our later July edition here. So this is our second half of July. So let's get into understanding some income. Because you know, cash is king. We've heard that Tony a million times. But in retirement incomes King right? Income is always King in retirement. Absolutely. Yeah. I mean, I guess it is all the time. But it's really, it's really more important, or certainly critically important in retirement. So what's kind of some scenarios that some issues that you can be looking at, if you don't really have a good clear picture of your retirement income?

Speaker 2 1:33

If you're, you know, if you're kind of DIY, and you're thinking, well, I'll just figure it out when I get there. What are some of the issues you've seen people bump into, you know, I've seen, I've seen a lot of it up this way. And some of the people that own land, and farms and whatnot can probably relate to this. But I've seen, you know, retirees come in, and they'll say, you know, I'm ready to hang it up. But I've, I've got all this land, you know, but the land itself isn't really producing any income. So while they have a lot of assets, that that asset or assets isn't really throwing off any income? I see that a lot. Yeah, yeah, I see a lot of people trying to work their retirement income from a basket of, or a portfolio of securities that they had when they were younger, and trying to kind of make shift pull money out, you know, as they need it. Because they don't have a real clear picture. In other words, most of the time, it's, you know, not income generating stocks, and they're just going to wait for prices to go up. And, you know, hopefully sell and make gains and use that when that doesn't happen, or, or it takes longer than expected. They're stuck with out income. Well, I'd like to make life app,

Speaker 1 2:36

I guess what we should do is maybe identify some potential sources of income that people might have as a retired person. So what are some examples of different places that you know, you might be able to draw income from depending on obviously your life? Right? Well,

Speaker 2 2:51

I mean, the list is long, but the easy ones are, you know, your 401 K's pensions, if you have one, IRAs, of course, Social Security. Yeah, that's the big one. Everybody knows if you have some annuities, dividends and income and interest income from either investments, or bank accounts, CDs, things like that bonds, some of you could have some other type of income, you know, maybe you're working part time, maybe you are doing a little side hustle. And you've got some income coming from that. Yeah, yeah, sure. All of those things are potentials, but the three or four biggies prior Social Security, IRAs and 401 K's.

Speaker 1 3:29

So you know, we talk often about being diversified Tony in the realm of investments. And I think that's where people's mind goes to, okay, I need to be diversified and not have too much in large cap or, you know, or something like that. But you really also want diversification of income sources. So you're not relying overly heavily on just one. And obviously, the big one here to think about is if you've not done any planning, or you've not done any savings properly, or some things happen in your own social security, either completely, or it's making most of what you need to live on. And I'll throw my mom under the bus with this, because unfortunately, that's where she's at in her life in her 80s. Now, I help her out. But you know, from her own potential standpoint, that's where she got she lost just about everything in the Oh, eight downturn, and in addition to some bad choices and things of that nature. She's on Social Security only. And that is clearly not where we want to be.

Speaker 2 4:23

That's definitely not really where you want to be. And I've seen that too. And I've seen tax clients that get to the end. And that's really it. Because at that point, you are, it's impossible to try to generate other sources of income, you know, because your timetable it's got Yeah, it's just too late, you know, and so most of these sources need to be thought out along the way. And so which, again, begs the question of, you got to you got to get a plan and you got to work the plan, which we're always talking about. And, you know, that

Speaker 1 4:52

importance of saving, you know, paying your future self right, Exactly.

Speaker 2 4:57

Yeah, I mean, that's what it isn't, you know, it's hard for to take Get a 65 year old and even if they've got a large portfolio, say of of stocks or bonds or something like that and say, well, let's, let's let's diversify a little bit and go out and buy for rentals, you know, that might not be the wisest move, because, you know, they take, even though they could throw off some income, for example, well, you know, that's actually work, you know, and they may not be the wisest of choices. But you know, for a guy that's had rentals for a long time and wants to continue to have them in retirement, you know, it's a great another source. But I do think you're right, we're really trying to aim for before we even talk about what types of earnings you're getting on them or what the income is, but the different sources, the I think the more you different sources you have the more potential to really live the retirement you want.

Speaker 1 5:43

Exactly. And that way, you're not overly reliant on any one thing, which again, is that diversification key. So let's talk about the two kinds of income in the way that most advisors, I think, probably categorize this or people have heard it, which is going to be what, what are the two kind of ways we would think about income? Well, a lot of times people think about it as guaranteed versus not guaranteed. Right. And, you know, I like to phrase it a you know, on the guaranteed side is guaranteed for as long as you live. So security first. Yeah, that's the first security.

Speaker 2 6:19

yeah. If you have an annuity and you annuitize it, you know, it kind of becomes like a social security payment. It's annuitize.

Speaker 1 6:26

So security check even say annuity on the top of it, I think. I think it does, yeah, anyway.

Speaker 2 6:31

So those are the two, you know, and if you do and are lucky enough to have an old fashioned pension that works the same way, you know, it's a monthly income stream for life. So if you've got those, those are kind of, you can't make changes to them. You know, I mean, you get x and that's it. It's over when generally,

Speaker 1 6:49

yeah, whatever you like, whenever you turn on your Social Security, you know, that's your that's what you're locked into that kind of, that's what you're like, yeah, and you're not guaranteed is that's going to be the that's gonna be our personal stuff, right?

Speaker 2 7:00

As we all have personal stuff, your IRAs 401 K savings, you know, pretty much everything else that you're kind of hoping to use in retirement, and I say non guaranteed, because it you know, you have to initiate, I mean, even if the IRA or 401 K or your investments, you know, fully invested, you got to initiate Okay, and figure out how much is it going to earn? And how much can I take, and so in that could fluctuate a little bit. And that's why most advisors when they start talking about retirement, you know, and you hear a lot about, well, what's the sustainable rate? You know, is it 4%? Is it 3% 5% That I can take out month in month out every year, you know, and maybe not use my principal, or maybe some of my principal, but because retirees, you know, we're, again, we're thinking about that income of how much do I need every month? And then how much you know, above that? Do I do I want?

Speaker 1 7:52

Well, so if we're thinking about guaranteed versus non guaranteed now, balance was where I was going to go with this, I got ahead of myself. So you know, somebody might say, well, what's the proper balance? Like, I want more of the guaranteed many of us would just say that, because we feel like, okay, great, that means that we're covered. But often if you're thinking about this, okay, so if that's where the strategizing comes in, because let's say you've got your, your assets that you've built up of, let's just keep it an easy number, a million dollars, right? And a 401k, or whatever, you know, various different sources like that. And then you got your Social Security, your polling, and the balance that comes into play, Tony, when you're trying to figure out how much you need to pull from what place at what time to create that difference of that shortfall, but also not cause yourself taxation issues, correct?

Speaker 2 8:36

Correct. Yeah. And that's where the good planning comes in more for retirees. I think that even people, you know, just trying to get to the end, right. They're working because, yeah, yeah, in the working years, but it really comes down to, you know, sitting down and trying to analyze what your expenses are, so you can figure out what is covered what isn't, I think a lot of times, people don't realize that, even on the non guaranteed side, once you get this number, or your shortfall number. And depending on what you have, you know, it's fairly easily to predict, especially with today's software, where you can take a person's, let's say, let's say they had a million dollars, and we were going to assume a 4% withdrawal rate you can easily see based on different investments scenarios, how much predictability or what percentage of the time if they live to say 95 to 100? Would they absolutely run out of money and, and so then they could sit there and say, okay, so you know, there's a, for example, a 95% chance, if I have x amount of my guaranteed side, and I take my Million Dollar Portfolio invested in such a way that it's going to throw off X that I'm never going to run out of money and I I've already got everything covered, plus what I want to do and then they can feel good about that, you know, and that's, that's where the numbers come in.

Speaker 1 9:55

Well, now many of us have heard the term paycheck and play check. And if not, I think that was actually coined by Tom hegner, I believe, financial professional as well, you know, so typically, we might think of, okay, well, I need that guaranteed money. That's my quote unquote, paycheck, right? That's covering my must haves and must haves, or you know, the house, rent, or mortgage or food, right? You know, the things we have to have. And then the paycheck side, often people say, well, that's gonna be the non guaranteed and that's the fun stuff in retirement. Do you see that as kind of accurate? Or is that still a really is there other strategizing to where maybe we want to try to pay for everything out of those paychecks and then let the paychecks grow or be really special.

Speaker 2 10:40

you know, a one off kind of deals, I suggest that to some people that are in in the position where they're guaranteed side can cover everything. Right, you know, I don't have any clients right now that have taken me up on that, you know, that say, I want my my stash my paycheck side to just sit and grow for legacy for right. Yeah,

Unknown Speaker 11:00

I guess it depends on your what you want. Right? Legacy is a great, yeah.

Speaker 2 11:03

Yeah. But it is it is a point to consider. I mean, most of the people that we work with, even their you know, without increasing their, their lifestyle, the guaranteed side, the paycheck side is not generally fully covered by guaranteed stuff. Right. And so we all right, yeah, it's a shortfall. Yeah. And so we're kind of dipping into and then we got to show them. Well, you know, but you know, that shortfall could easily be covered by the other side of things. Yeah, the

Speaker 1 11:31

million bucks put away. Let's say that was the exam. Yeah. And that's I think that's where most of us go right, Tony, I mean, because unless you're lucky enough to have a pension. And so because, like the like the milking stool philosophy, right, the analogy, excuse me, were the three legs of a milking stool, right you so if you've got a pension and Social Security, usually a fairly modest or even or a good, you know, nest egg built of your own, you may not have to touch that nest egg very often, because the Social Security in the pension covers it. But most of us are not in that boat. So Right. So that shortfall is a little bigger, because we don't have that quote unquote, pension leg. That's true. Yes. And even,

Speaker 2 12:06

I mean, it's hard to to find these days, where they've got that, you know, because most people aren't in, you know, a place for 3540 years, most places don't have pensions, like government, right, or stay at, let's say, government. And so there is that shortfall. Now, in my own personal situation, my wife happens to be in a government spot. She's been there for 35 years. And so she has our IPERs, which, even though it's extremely good, you know, it doesn't replace 100% of her salary, but it replaces about 70%. And so the

Speaker 1 12:38

shortfall, you gotta kind of you may have to look at like your own personal nest egg, correct my own

Speaker 2 12:42

personal essay, and then she's gonna have Social Security on top of that. So I think with, like, in her case, about 80% of her pre retirement income is going to be covered. And so that's pretty pretty darn close, you know, and then with the other investments, you know, we have and whatnot that that's our play, check slash, fill in the gap money. And that's what you go with, you know, when you got to get engineering

Speaker 1 13:08

well, so and this is where I guess the strategizing of maximization for your income streams or sources, comes into play, right? So having a good conversation, having a good strategy, put together with an advisor, like yourself, so we can it cuz we hear like terms like, hey, get us Social Security Maximization, right? For example. What's the strategy for doing that? And that's really where working with a Pro comes into place is we talk all the time, Tony about the DIY movement of the last number of years has been very easy. It's in it's been easy for quite a while, let's be honest, to accumulate money, right? So if you do the basics, you can probably save, you know, for your future self. But the retirement aspect, that preservation distribution, and the little funky nuances of how to maximize this, what's the best strategy for that? How's it gonna affect tax aid, you know, taxation by taking this money out at this time, and so on. And so that's where the nitty gritty gets really tough for folks. And that's where, obviously, you know, folks like you come in

Speaker 2 14:05

it is and even with a Social Security, you know, planning for because everybody's got the question, Well, should I take it early? Or? I'm gonna take it a second I, you know, I for retirement benefits they owe me it's mine. Right? Yeah, it's mine, you know, and so I tried to talk to him about well, but if we do this, based on what you have, it might be better to wait, you know, type of thing. And I know, and big money that we're talking to, can be big money, big money. And in my own case, again, back to my wife's pension, you know, the, one of the decisions we'll have to make is, well, do we want to just take the straight pension and then when she dies, if she dies before me, I'm out, or do we want to make sure it takes a little less and so you know, if she dies before me, I've still got it till I die, you know, and then run that it's over. So it's those kinds of little decisions you got to put a pencil to and try to figure out what's best for your own situation.

Speaker 1 14:57

Yeah, and often you definitely want to make sure you're making the right one there. or because, depending again on the strategy, because some people might say, well, we're gonna take the bigger dollar option, which does eliminate the spousal often, right. And so if you do that you better have that backup plan in place to know that the spouse is still covered, once that pension runs out, so or the exactly person passes away prematurely, or, you know, whatever the case might be. So there's a lot of little nuances to that. So understanding your income is really important. So this is kind of a quick rundown of some of some different categories you might find. And, again, the guaranteed versus the non guaranteed and how they kind of all play together. And that's why it's important to get a plan and a strategy. So if you need some help, and you're not already working with Tony, reach out to him and have a conversation, hopefully this kind of sparked some interest for you to start thinking about, Yeah, where is my income sources coming from? Or how do I make my 401 K and income source, things like that? Reach out to Tony and his team at tax Doctor Inc. find them online at your planning proz.com That's you're planning proz.com or call him at 844-707-7381. And don't forget to subscribe to the podcast playing with the tax man on Apple, Google or Spotify. Alright, Tony, thanks for hanging out, buddy. I appreciate it.

Unknown Speaker 16:06

All right. We'll see you next time. Yeah,

Speaker 1 16:07

I'll see you in a couple of weeks and we'll be back in August with a new episode here on plan with the tax man

Disclaimer:

Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

On this week's show, we'll answer some mailbag questions that have come in. We'll discuss if you should pay off your house, financially support adult children, and how often you should communicate with your advisor.

Important Links:

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript:

Speaker 1:

Back for another edition of Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro, from Tax Doctor Inc. We're going to talk, well, actually, email questions this week. We haven't done an email show for a while, so we're going to take some questions from folks that have sent stuff into the office, or the website at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. You can get your questions asked and answered, and get yourself some time on Tony's calendar to sit down and talk about your retirement situation, or your tax situation.

Tony is a CPA, CFP and EA of over 27 years experience, and a great resource for you to tap into here. Well, he's got clients all over the place, but his office is in Des Moines, so reach out to him online at yourplanningpros.com. What's going on, my friend? How are you?

Tony :

I'm good. Enjoying the summer. How about you?

Speaker 1:

Doing the same. Hanging in there, rocking and rolling. Well, actually, about the time we're going to drop this, it's going to be probably right after 4th of July, so I hope that you had a good 4th of July. We're taping it ahead of 4th of July, but we're dropping it after, so hopefully you have a good one.

Tony :

Yeah, yeah. Hopefully everybody out there is going to get out and get a chance to enjoy the summertime. I like the summers the best.

Speaker 1:

Any 4th of July plans, both since we're ahead of time?

Tony :

Not much for us this year. Probably just relaxing around home a little bit. Maybe playing a little golf, and watch fireworks. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

There you go. Sounds like a plan. Yeah, we got some family coming in. We'll be around the pool, hot dogs and burgers, and all that good stuff. Classic 4th of July for us. Anyway, hope everybody has a good one, and had a good one, I should say by the time you're catching this podcast. But let's go ahead and take some email questions, Tony, from around the area, we'll have a fairly short podcast this week, but we'll see if we can help some folks out. We got an email from Tony, and it was not you.

Tony :

Yep.

Speaker 1:

But Tony did say, "Hey, Tony, I'm hesitant to pay off my house, because I don't have many other tax deductions at this point, but I do have a hundred grand on the bank, and only owe 45 grand on the house, so I'm really tempted to pay it off. What's your thoughts?"

Tony :

I'd tell Tony to pay it off.

Speaker 1:

Yeah?

Tony :

I'll tell you why. A lot of people get hung up on, "I don't have any other tax deductions," and they don't realize how, especially with only a $45,000 mortgage, how little their tax deduction really is, if even they can use it on the federal side, because they don't have a lot of other deductions. This particular deduction goes on a schedule A, and there's a threshold you have to get over, which is, for singles $12,000 and some change. If you don't have other deductions to get you over that, you won't even be able to use it.

I would say that even if, let's say your mortgage interest, for example, is $2,000, $3,000 a year on that, probably even be [inaudible 00:02:37] by now, your tax savings, if you're in a 20% bracket, maybe $600 versus, I don't know how much you're spending on the mortgage, but let's say your mortgage payment's $800 a month, times 12, that's $9,600 a year. I'd rather have that in my cash flow, and build that a hundred thousand back up. Then keep letting that money grow.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony :

That's my philosophy. I'm not a big debt guy. Especially, I like to not have a lot of debt, and I advise people not to carry a lot of debt.

Speaker 1:

Now, the tax deduction-

Tony :

Obviously... Oh, go ahead.

Speaker 1:

Sorry, I didn't mean to cut you off there. The tax deduction part of this question is a moot point right now, correct?

Tony :

It is.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony :

Yeah, it is a moot point. I think that you're better off long-term, is snowballing your cash flow, and it won't take you long to recoup the money, the $45,000. Then it's just all gravy from there, and you're out of that debt. But obviously, you can't do that if you're a young person going out, and just buying their first home, generally.

Speaker 1:

Right, right.

Tony :

But you could try to pay it off early.

Speaker 1:

Well, this is always an interesting question, when we get something like this, Tony, because first of all, okay, he's probably still sitting on a pretty nice rate, right?

Tony :

Sure.

Speaker 1:

He's got a $100,000 in the bank, he owes $45,000, he's probably paying like 3%, is my guess. He's probably had this mortgage for a while. It's probably before the rates started going back up. Many people do find themselves wondering, "Well okay, right now, even at in a CD I could get 5%, is it worth doing a short-term CD, or something, and getting more than I'm losing on the house?

But to your point, there's the emotional factor, and he's so close that it's like, "Well, all right, maybe this difference is not that massive," that it's not draining you down too much. I think that's always the math. Then you do all the math, and then you add in the tummy factor to go, "Just how much better would I feel not having the mortgage on my head?"

Tony :

That's right.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony :

That's right, and multiply that out over the number of years. But at the end of the day, yeah, it's the math, and it's pretty easy math to do, you just got to lay it all out.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, very true. All right, well great question, Tony. Thank you so much for listening to the podcast, and congratulations on being in such great shape as well. $45,000 on the house is, obviously, awfully fantastic. Whatever you do there, certainly kudos for that. Of course the team's going to reach out to you anyway, since you've submitted the email and has.

But for other folks who are in a similar situation, that's why we share these emails, because if it's happening for one person, it's probably happening to another somewhere. That way, if you've got a similar question, you can run the numbers specifically for yourself by reaching out to Tony and his team at Tax Doctor Inc. You can find them online at yourplanningpros.com.

All right, let's go to David. David says, "Tony, I'm positive that I have more than enough money saved to last the rest of my life. There's just no way I could spend it all. I'm not bragging, I just find myself to be in a blessed position. Is there any advice you'd give to someone like me, or can I just coast, financially speaking?"

Tony :

Yeah, I would say to David, not knowing any more than what you've submitted, I would say, and this is a little bit of a fun response, but prove it. What I mean by that is, congrats on the fact that you think you've saved enough, but maybe get some advice from your advisor, or someone else, put in some numbers to it just to see. Because one person might say, "I have enough to for the rest of my life," and that could be a million. Another person, it may take 10 million.

You just don't know, because it depends on your spending habits, and what some of the things you want to do are. Then of course your longevity, and everything else. I would just maybe double check it. Get an opinion, and then if that verifies it, then I would say work the plan you've got, and then you could be, quote, on Easy Street the rest of your life. But maybe you might find something that you didn't think of, and you might have to rethink a couple of things there.

Speaker 1:

When it comes to situations like David's, always good just to find out for sure. He says he knows, and he's not bragging. I guess my first question, when I see stuff like this, Tony, is, well, how do you know for sure? Is it because you've done the math, and you've run it out? He may be right. Is it because you've sat down and talked with a professional, and you have a written plan and a strategy that you know you're fine? Or are you back of the napkin this? Now granted, I don't know David. If you're sitting on $40 million, you probably are good.

Tony :

Absolutely, yeah.

Speaker 1:

But if it's the age-old question of, "Hey, I've got 2 million bucks," or, "I've got a million bucks," or whatever, "I'm in great shape." Maybe, right?

Tony :

Maybe.

Speaker 1:

There's so many variables. I hope that you are in a great shape, and I would say, to find out if you could coast, just sit down and have a complimentary review done, and find out. Run the numbers, make sure. Stress test it for multiple scenarios, whether if you check out our prior podcast, whether something comes up like a medical issue, or something. There's just lots of things that could come up and derail you. Just have them stress test it, Tony. That's one of the things you guys do. You can run various scenarios in case he is incorrect or correct.

Tony :

We can, yeah. With today's software, on the financial planning side, you can easily take a portfolio, and run run the numbers, ask him a few easy questions on how long would you like to run this for, and your life expectancy type thing. Give me a rate, a good conservative rate, and the software is going to spit out and say, "Your chances of outliving your money are only 5%, or maybe it's 0%." In other words, you've got enough money, based on what you've told it, you are right, or maybe you aren't as as you thought.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, very true. Especially when it's complimentary, and it's easy to do, no reason not to get a second opinion on the strategy you have in place. Great question. Thanks so much for listening to the podcast. We certainly appreciate it. All right, let's go to Kate. Kate's got a tough one here. She says, "Tony, my son's 27 years old, hasn't landed a legitimate job since he finished college four years ago. We've been supporting him, car insurance, cell phone, that kind of thing. I'm not going to be able to continue to do this much longer; in a couple of years I plan to retire. How do I cut him off without making this a big problem?" That's a tough one, right, Tony? Because there's a fine line between helping and enabling.

Tony :

There is. That that's a tough one, and it comes a lot down to how you think. My personal opinion would be, well, a couple of things, I guess, is if he's 27, he's been out for four years. I don't know what legitimate job means. Is he working at all? But let's say that he is, or if he isn't, well then that that's a different problem, then you probably are enabling him, and not forcing him to find something.

But if he just is working, and maybe not making the money he thought he was going to, or whatnot, then I think by helping him, maybe you're not enabling him, but at some point you have to have a tough conversation. Just explain it to him that we need to start weaning you off, or cutting this back. Maybe you do it in steps to help him out, rather than just pulling the rug out from under him. There are things that people can do. I tell my own son this is, there's easy ways to go make more money. One is just go work more, trade your time for money. If you have to do it to pay your bills, you'll find a way, generally. That's a little bit more of the tough love, I guess you could say.

Speaker 1:

I agree, Tony, and I think a lot of times, what happens to people in this situation is some people will come in to see you, and sit down for a planning process. They'll say, "Hey, we want to enjoy our retirement. Whatever's left over, the kids get." I think, to me, that's the healthiest approach. Others will say, "We want to leave them a bunch," and others will say, "We're doing something like Kate's doing, and we're doing a ton of helping." But at some point, you start to sacrifice your own retirement, and the success of your retirement plan.

Maybe Kate's plan has gone from all this helping, has gone from 100% surety for her own retirement, her and maybe her spouse, down to 80%. Is 80% good enough for you? If you keep helping him, if it goes down to 70% chance that you're going to be okay in retirement, is that acceptable? At some point, we have to not help our kids to the detriment of our own life. Because what's going to happen is, Kate, you're going to end up on his couch at some point. It's going to flip. [inaudible 00:11:18] Right?

Tony :

Yeah, it's going to flip.

Speaker 1:

Then neither one of you're going to be happy. It's tough.

Tony :

It is. I've seen it. That happens, and I don't understand it. I see it with clients, and even some family members, that are still helping their kids, and they're 30 years old and married, and they both have jobs. It isn't like they're destitute. I could see if your child, and I would help my kid as well.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, we all-

Tony :

He falls on hard times, everybody's going to help him, but with some constraints, and some, maybe, rules, and whatnot. I don't think you want to let them get to a point where they know that, or maybe they don't know, but they just feel like, "Well, Mom and Dad's always going to be there, no matter what." Which we are, but most of us probably want to stay in the background, only help if you really fall on tough times.

I think some of these young people, I don't know, I just feel like they're just freewheeling. I think they need to do a little bit more to help themselves. If, truly, he's in a profession, he's not making the money he wants. He's young enough, he certainly can go out and find something new, and maybe even retrain, go take some classes.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, and to your point, you started to touch on something there, and we'll move on to the next one. But also, does he know how badly he's affecting your retirement, Kate? If you're not being honest with him either, and you're just helping him, and not saying, "Hey, listen, we need to have a chat, because this is what it's doing to us." He may be, like, "Oh crap, I didn't mean to do that. Let's make some changes."

Tony :

Absolutely.

Speaker 1:

It's got to be communication in there, as well. Lots of things to think about. Great question. Tough spot to be in, Kate, but I think you're probably doing yourself, and him, a service by starting to cut this off, in some form or fashion. But anyway, always talk with the professional, make sure, also, again, another reason to run the review, Tony, to make sure that Kate's own retirement is not in bad peril from the help itself.

Tony :

Exactly. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

All right, final one this week. Laura says, "Tony, I like my financial advisor. I enjoy the podcast, so I've been listening. It's nice to listen to you guys. I'm reaching out because, well, they're hard to get in touch with. I rarely get phone calls returned, and I just wonder if my account is not large enough for him to pay attention to me. I've got about $350,000 with him, and I believe most of his clients are doing considerably better than I am. Is this a common problem within the industry?"

Tony :

In some cases it might be, but to dissect it a little bit for Laura, it depends on how much, since I don't know how much you're trying to get ahold of him, because some clients tend to think, in his corner on this, defending him a little bit. But just basically, if a client thinks that they need a call every week, every two weeks, just to discuss market conditions, that might be, and hopefully you're not that way, but generally, then they get mad when the advisor won't call them back.

Speaker 1:

Sure, that's a little unreasonable, because you've got tons of clients, but-

Tony :

It's unreasonable, yeah. But at the same time, he or she should, when you decide to work with them, be very upfront about the communication, how much of it is going to happen, and how often, because often that way everybody's on the same page.

Speaker 1:

How often you [inaudible 00:14:45] meetings and stuff like that, right?

Tony :

Yeah. You're just setting expectations.

Speaker 1:

Yup.

Tony :

If they haven't done that with you, or even if they have, and you're just talking about what I would consider probably once a quarter type of call, when you're getting together and reviewing things, even if it's every other quarter, so twice a year, then I think that they should at least be cordial, and prompt enough to, if not return the call, get your questions answered somehow, whether it be a quick Zoom call or email.

Speaker 1:

I would think, Tony, in a situation where, maybe the client's being a little unreasonable, and again, we don't know that Laura is, we're just talking speculation, but if a client is being unreasonable, someone on the staff is probably going to be reaching out anyway saying, "Look, we've addressed this conversation, or whatever. We just don't have the manpower, or whatever, to every single time. That's what the plan is for. We got to stick with the plan." If you want to schedule a review, that's a different conversation, I guess.

But yeah, I think a lot of people find themselves in this situation with advisors, or they've been with a firm for a while, and unfortunately I think there is some truth to the size of the account. Sometimes it's not a big enough account for them to jump up when, maybe, a random call does come in, versus a scheduled one. Think about the size of the firm, Tony, you guys are what I would call a boutique firm, versus-

Tony :

I would say we're boutique firm.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, versus a giant big box with 35 advisors in a building, four story building, or something like that. Because that's what you choose. You want a small boutique firm. Some clients are looking for that, because there they do feel like they're a name, not a number. Maybe Laura's working at a firm where she feels more like a number. I don't know.

Tony :

She could be. If the financial advisor's doing, what I feel like they should be doing, is that when a client calls in, they may not be able to jump right on the call, but-

Speaker 1:

Of course not. Right. Yeah.

Tony :

But they should have a staff in place to say, "Okay, well, let's schedule a call for this date, and then let me know what we're going to be talking about." Then we jump on a call, and we do it. But I think some advisors, it is true out there, where they institute minimums, because it is a business at the end of the day. Some advisors have this stigma of, "I can't really make any legitimate living unless my clients have X with me."

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony :

That, I think, is to the detriment of everybody. But I understand, because there are people out there that, and there's nothing wrong with it, because you got to start somewhere that, I want to open up a $2,000 IRA this year, and I want weekly meetings, and we want to discuss. Most advisors are going to say, "Well, that's just not profitable for me.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, that's not the right business model for-

Tony :

... at the end of the day.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony :

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

That's the other piece of it too. That's the expectation conversation you brought up.

Tony :

Yes.

Speaker 1:

Not only when you go to sit down with someone is the expectations about the meetings, and how often you're getting together and discussing things, and the strategy and the plan, but also, is it a worthwhile business venture for both? I think a lot of times people are auditioning an advisor, they don't realize the advisor is auditioning them right back. It's got to be a good relationship both ways.

Tony :

It really does. When we interview clients, we basically, we'll sit them down in a room, by themselves, with a sheet of paper. It's got about 10 or 12 questions on it, and they'll just rate themselves, and we say, "We'll be back in 20 minutes." Then we come in, and start discussing, and I'm auditioning them as well. I'm looking for landmines.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony :

I'm looking for, "Do they really have some pain that they need help with, or want help versus I just want somebody to talk to, type of thing?"

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Yeah. Because at the end of the day, you can't help, literally, every person.

Tony :

You can't.

Speaker 1:

You'd love to, but at the same time, your business model is that boutique firm. There's only so many hours in a day that you can see people.

Tony :

That you can do it, yeah.

Speaker 1:

But I would say with Laura, $350,000 is not $3,500.

Tony :

No, not at all.

Speaker 1:

I would say it's a substantial amount of money, I think, to anybody. They should at least be getting back in touch with you somehow, and scheduling calls.

Tony :

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

Because I don't think that would be right. Okay. All right. Well, great questions and of course, obviously, Tony and his team are going to reach out to everyone, and have reached out to folks that sent these emails in. But if you've got similar questions, or you feel like you're in a similar boat, reach out to Tony and his staff, and have a conversation for yourself. Get set up with a time to come in for a complimentary review with the team at Tax Doctor Inc.

You can find them online at yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Google, or Spotify, which you can find at the website as well. Again, it's yourplanningpros.com, and you can drop an email if you'd like as well. We take some from time to time, and ask him here on the show. But either way, reach out to a qualified professional, like Tony, he's been helping families for many, many, many years. He's a CPA, CFP, and an EA, and he's here to help. Tony, thanks for hanging out, buddy, and answering these questions. I always appreciate your time.

Tony :

All right, we'll see you next time.

Speaker 1:

Yep, absolutely. We'll see you a little later on, in July. In the meantime, enjoy the summer, and we'll catch you later on Plan With The Tax Man.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Are you ready to take control of your finances during life's most pivotal moments? In this episode, we dive into the complex world of financial decision-making during key life events. From the excitement of marriage and the joy of welcoming a new child to the challenges of divorce and the loss of a loved one, we'll provide practical tips and guidance to help you make informed decisions and maintain financial stability.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1:

Welcome into this week's edition of the podcast folks. Thanks for tuning in to Plan With The Tax Man. Always glad to have you here as Tony and I talk investing, finance and retirement, and we're going to talk about some key financial decisions during major life events. So I've got several of these. We'll try to get to as many as we can, but it's always important to kind of try to keep a level head through major life events, and we know that's usually not possible in many cases. So that's where I think having an advisor in your corner, having a quality professional there can help you when dealing with some of these things. So we'll have Tony highlight some areas to think about from that financial standpoint during these. Tony, what's going on buddy? How are you?

Tony Mauro:

I'm doing well, thank you. Summers in full swing and trying to enjoy it. Weather's good.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, there you go. Exactly. I know that you've been doing this obviously a long time and you've seen lots of different scenarios and situations, so it'll work pretty well I think for you to kind of give us some things to think about, whether they're positives or negatives, right, some of these life events here, some are positives, some are negative, and just some financial highlights to make sure that we're thinking about should one of these things happen to us, because many of these on this list are going to happen to probably all of us along the way somewhere. And some of them hopefully will not, but it's possible. So let's go through and have you give us some highlights, shall we?

Tony Mauro:

Okay. Sounds good.

Speaker 1:

All right, let's jump in here. We'll start with me. I know you primarily are listening audiences, retirees, pre-retirees but you do have some younger clients as well, and so maybe it's a first marriage. Right. So let's start with marriage and just say there's definitely things you want to consider and think about when you're younger, even if you got married later in life. I was 33 before I got married, the first, well, I've only been married the one time, but started to say the first time, it's only been the one time, but I was 33. Right. So I was already fairly established. So there's things to think about whenever you're jumping into that.

Tony Mauro:

There is. And marriage for a lot of us is, it is eyeopening, like you said, in a lot of ways and some of this financial stuff, nobody really talks to you about. And so I'm glad we starting with this one because my own son got married last year at 26,

Speaker 1:

Okay.

Tony Mauro:

And so he's had to go through some of the stuff and we had kind of some of the same conversations because there isn't just some book out there, you could just go read and have it all down, and none of this really is necessarily black and white, right or wrong. It's just different ways to do things. But one of the biggest ones, and one of the first ones is, is now you've got generally, especially if you're younger, you've got two people working. So you've got two sources of income. So it's all about the finances and what are you going to do. Now you've got one set of bills, who's going to pay them?

Are we combining our money and paying everything out and then we spend the rest, or that's what I get a lot. Others come to me and say, well, he's going to pay these bills, I'm going to pay these bills, and then the rest we'll decide what we want to do. So I think that's a big thing because that's hard for a lot of people whether you're going to, especially if you've, maybe you are a little older and you used to living on your own and just paying all your own bills.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Yep.

Tony Mauro:

And do we have a joint account? Do we have two separate accounts? I think that's key. If you say, well, what's your opinion? If you asking me my opinion,

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

I tend to lean towards the joint account because I think now you're one team, you're one. Right. And everybody needs to be involved. It's not like the old days where all the guys paid all the bills and the women stayed home and cooked type of thing. I mean,

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Both people are usually working.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. They definitely are. I think the modern era too, though, it's definitely, so my wife an I, Tony, we are completely separate on everything. Now, both of our names are on the house, but I pay the mortgage, but she pays all the utilities and she pays the insurance. So I think you can do the, and again, I was 33. Right. And she was already 30. Right. So we had been paying our own bills and having our own life. So I think it's either scenario, if you're a younger couple, maybe the joint thing is probably the way to go because you're definitely combining, probably not making as much and so on and so forth. But I think as long as you're honest and talk with each other, you can find a balance with either system, but make sure you do find the one that's right for you. Right. So because we all know marriage is the number one, or I mean, money is the number one fight in a marriage, right?

Tony Mauro:

It is.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

It is. And I'm not saying one's right or wrong.

Speaker 1:

No, no, not at all. Just point counterpoint. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Yeah. And I think with either way you go after the bills are paid, however you're going to pay them, I still think it needs to be a team effort of sitting down saying, okay, hopefully you've got some left at the end of every month,

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

You've got some positive cash flow.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, exactly.

Tony Mauro:

And then you both decide what to do with it rather than, and I've had a few couples fighting in my office through at tax time that don't do it that way.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

That the guy makes a lot more than his wife and she wants stuff and he's saying, well, I already pay my share of the bills. That's your problem.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, that's a tougher, yeah, that's a tougher road. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. That's not the team approach. So,

Speaker 1:

No.

Tony Mauro:

Again, it takes some discussions, some maybe compromise and come up with something for you both because at the end of the day when we get back, because we've been talking a lot about retirement planning lately and decided to mix it up today.

Speaker 1:

Sure. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Hopefully you've got some money left. And so both can save for your goals I think.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, and I think even for our strategy, we had those conversations going into it ahead of time, and we both for a while she made more than me. And then in the last 15 years we've pretty much just been right there neck and neck. One will go up a little bit, the next one will go up a little bit. So I think that can certainly lend a hand to that lack of frustration as well. But as long as you have those conversations that are honest with each other ahead of time, then hopefully you can work your way through that. And actually we'll go right into the second one because it's remarriage. Okay. So a lot of our audience is older, maybe retirees or pre-retirees and gray divorces have been a huge thing. So maybe you're getting remarried at a later stage in life. Certainly more challenges here because you do have more things to try to combine.

Tony Mauro:

You do. There's a lot of big challenges here, unlike the first marriage with the younger people, so to speak. But just like you're saying, many of these people that are getting remarried have families, they have other concerns, especially the kids. And they've been through this before and now all of a sudden their needs are a little more, what I find with people coming in for remarriage is a little more self-focused, self-centered, if you will. It's like, well, my money's my money. We're getting remarried, but you have kids, maybe I have kids and I need to take care of these guys first and kind of then us. And so I think a lot of discussion needs to be made there about whose valuing what and how. And,

Speaker 1:

Yep, great point.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. What kind of things you're bringing into the marriage too. A lot of people bring old tax debts into marriages, and so I think that needs to be discussed because obviously an innocent spouse may not want to be drug into a prior tax situation and have some of their money maybe taken for that.

Speaker 1:

Especially if you didn't disclose it. Right.

Tony Mauro:

If you didn't disclose it.

Speaker 1:

That's not good.

Tony Mauro:

That's not good. No. That's never a good recipe.

Speaker 1:

That's right.

Tony Mauro:

But there's things too, now you've got, again, second marriage, you definitely have to take a look at your own retirement plan. You might have two separate ones, beneficiaries, making sure those are updated, making sure insurance policies are updated properly. And then of course, the last thing is at the end with estate planning, which I've seen a lot of families get into huge fights about estates and whatnot. And potentially, for example, a gentleman that came in a couple years ago, he had remarried. His former wife died, remarried, but he was going to leave all his money to his new wife and the kids were just absolutely out of their minds with that. And,

Speaker 1:

Yeah, that's tough.

Tony Mauro:

Really caused a lot of animosity.

Speaker 1:

Oh, yeah. It'll fractures some things, that's for sure.

Tony Mauro:

Yes.

Speaker 1:

So.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

There's some definitely good things to consider. Maybe a prenup is something that's worth having a conversation on either situation of those. And again, it's all about having those chats before you go through these major life events. So since we're in this realm, let's just go ahead and go with divorce next. As I mentioned, gray divorces, especially for our demographic is higher and higher on the rise, which is just kind of mind-boggling to me. But people over 50 are getting divorces more. And so what's some things to think of here? You touched on a couple, but give us some things to think about from a financial standpoint.

Tony Mauro:

I think the one thing is, is in most states you're going to be dividing up your assets. And so that's a source of real contention in a lot of cases on how that's going to be done. And again, with divorce, I'd say with all of these, you should talk to some advisor. Divorce, obviously,

Speaker 1:

You need a lawyer as well.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. You need an attorney,

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

To protect your interests and then maybe your financial advisor. But in our realm on the financial side,

Speaker 1:

I was going to say Tony, that's a good point though with the financial side too. Right. People might think about a divorce and they think, well, I just need a lawyer, right? Well, no, especially if you're older because now you're talking about dividing possibly retirement accounts, a 401ks, the home. I mean, maybe there's rental property. I mean, there's lots of stuff to have to divide.

Tony Mauro:

There is. And on the finance area with us, a lot of people will say, well, since I'm getting the home, I had to give my now ex-spouse half of my retirement. Well, that comes back into our room a little bit. It's like, okay.

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

Well now you just half your retirement left. Yeah, you have a home, but you're going to have to live in that. That's not going to throw off any income. What are we going to do? How's our plan changed now going forward? And so you have to re kind of engineer the financial plan and maybe your goals need to be readjusted as well.

Speaker 1:

Indeed. Yeah, I mean, because you're going to have to reset this up, you're going to have to look at, okay, what's the shortfall now that you've lost maybe half or whatever the case is, especially if you're getting closer to retirement so. And you'll want to make sure, just kind of like with the other one, you want to make sure that you've updated any kind of documents and paperwork that you need to do as well. Not leaving off, removing the old spouse or updating all the documents, powers of attorney, all that stuff. Right.

Tony Mauro:

All that stuff. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

Okay.

Tony Mauro:

And again, a good attorney and your advisor's going to be able to help you a lot there.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, definitely. All right, so let's go to a job change. How about this for a major life event, right, especially if we're getting closer to retirement and whether we are asked to step away, whether the job change is not our doing or it is our doing, give us some big things to think about here. And obviously a lot of this is going to come back to possibly being laid off or downsizing. This is the kind of thing that you guys typically see as financial professionals is in that scenario where someone's on that cusp of retirement and they're maybe looking at being laid off. And now they got to figure out, well, okay, should I just go into retirement early or do I need to find another job?

Tony Mauro:

Right. And today, so many people don't stay like the old days, 30, 40 years at the same position. Everybody's moving around and the bigger companies consolidate so much that it's not uncommon. You're here one day and the next day ask you to leave just through cutting or whatever they're doing. But I think that on the financial side, a couple of things. One is if you're departing and getting a severance or some other large sum of money, how is that going to play out for taxes, number one.

And then how is your financial plan going to be affected by that? In other words, if you're out of work for a long time, do you have the necessarily emergency fund or you're going to have to use the severance for that? A lot of times people, and I've just had this with a friend of mine who he was actually asked to leave after many years and they gave him a huge severance, like $800,000, but he is mid 50s and he's scratching his head saying, well, I don't really want to retire, but I don't think I can go make the money I was making in my 50s.

Speaker 1:

Right. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And so he's kind of, well, what am I going to do with myself and what am I going to do for new opportunities type of thing. And so he's struggling a little bit with that and what he wants to do there. And then really too, the next one really is now you've got retirement accounts potentially at the old employer. What are you going to do with those? You're going to leave them. Maybe they'll force you to take them elsewhere. Talk to your advisor about that because you definitely want to explore that. And then I think that the toughest one, and I get this all the time as well, like you were saying earlier, I'll think I'll just call it quits now.

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

I just had one of my business owners in last week and he's young, he's 51 and he thinks he can retire. And I said, well, let's look at the numbers because I said, I frankly, I don't think you can. I said, I do your finances. Unless you're thinking of maybe really cutting back, I think you're going to run out of money probably by the age of 75. And I don't think I've convinced him yet.

Speaker 1:

Well, but that's a great point though, Tony. And that's what an advisor brings to the table. Right. So this is the guy's wish, this is his wants, he's on this cusp here, and it's your job to be that sounding board to go, okay, let's run these numbers and see. And I'm not going to sugar sugarcoat it. I don't think you're going to make it. So let's look at, we got to make some tweaks.

Tony Mauro:

I got to make some tweaks. And I told him, you're going to have make some tweaks to your spending. And he is conservative, so I said, you probably can do it, but you've got to understand what you're going to have to cut and know that you may run out of money, which it doesn't seem to bother him. I like, well, I'll just go do some work. Okay, I'll run out of, if I do I do.

Speaker 1:

That's a tough one though. Right. Because it's like, okay, I'm going to cut some things to make these numbers work to get into retirement early, and are you really going to be, like that feels like a shortsighted goal, right?

Tony Mauro:

It does, yes.

Speaker 1:

The first five years you might be totally like yes, I made the right decision, this is great, but as your quality of life stays diminished or you're not able to do some of the things you want to do, then now you've regretted this decision and you aren't, look like it or not, ageism happens out there in the workforce. Right. It's not supposed to, but it does. And it's going to be harder to get back in and maybe do the same exact thing or whatever. And I think you said he's self-employed. So maybe there's a difference there, but still.

Tony Mauro:

Well, I think in his case, because he's self-employed the conversation I had with him is, if you have to go back to work, what are you going to be skilled enough to do at that point?

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Unless it's the exact same thing he's doing now, right.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Which I don't think he could do. And I just said, you got to think about these things.

Speaker 1:

That's true.

Tony Mauro:

And understand what you're getting yourself into.

Speaker 1:

Well, and then medical. I'm 51 as well. I'm with him. I'd like, okay, cool. Let's do it.

Tony Mauro:

You would like to retire, right?

Speaker 1:

Yeah. But I mean, I've gotten some medical issues and that's 14 years before I can, is that right? 14 years before I can turn on social or,

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, or Medicare.

Speaker 1:

Medicare. Yeah. Right. So that's a big chunk of change too. Now maybe he's got a spouse that's going to have him covered, which this is my scenario as well. I'm covered by my wife's because I'm self-employed also, but still, that's something to consider. Right. How are you shoring up that gap medically?

Tony Mauro:

Yep. Yep.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

I'm trying to talk to him a little bit about just maybe doing something, even if it's just for some mad money and doing something part-time and he's entertaining that.

Speaker 1:

Pad the stats, so to speak. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

Well actually, speaking of medical, let's go to our next one then with that, Tony. And that's maybe a major life event, unfortunately, like a big medical issue or a disability. Right. So I had open heart surgery at 41. I mean, that could have gone a different way and I may have not been able to work ever again. Now luckily I've been able to. Right. But you just never know. Something could come back around or you never know what could happen, right? And so what are some things to think about if you get hit with a big medical issue or even a disability?

Tony Mauro:

Well, on the financial side, it's one of the hugest issues, is really making sure that you've got to have your situation and enough control I guess I should say that if something major medical happens, number one, how's it going to impact your financial situation and what's your insurance going to pay, what's it not. If it's going to be something long term, how's it going to impact your daily life? Even your life expectancy could be cut well short if, depending on what it is. And you've got to have some plans in case that happens, and even some contingency plans in there in case you start going down a little bit more.

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

And then on top of that, you've got the mental side and the fact you've got to update policies and documents. And I think sometimes when people get hit with this, they seem real rushed. And I think there should be some urgency,

Speaker 1:

Sure. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

To get some of this done. But make sure that you're methodically going through it. Make sure you get some advice from your advisor and then your significant other or others to come up with the best plan to make your life as good as possible for while you're here.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, definitely.

Tony Mauro:

Which is hell, what we all want to do, right? I mean, medical issues or no medical issues.

Speaker 1:

Right. And we got to definitely plan for this because like you said, there's lots of things. There's deterioration of the condition, there's updating the documents, there's even taking the time to see what kind of benefits or programs or assistance is out there to possibly help you. So lots of points to think about there, should you be going through a major life event is that. And let's do our last one, Tony. We'll wrap it up with just plain old retirement. It's like people sometimes I think forget and depending on how they're viewing it, we're so busy accumulating money to get to retirement. We forget that retirement in and of itself is a major life event. It's a total change.

Tony Mauro:

It is. And my sister-in-law's going through it right now, we're helping her. And her last day of teaching was last Friday. And so all of a sudden she's entering this new phase, and when I saw her a couple weeks ago, she happened to say, I'm not going to have any money in June. And I said, you have a lot of money, you just don't have any money coming in from work. So you got to change your mindset a little bit. So she's coming in. We're developing an income plan for her so that she's got to develop this mindset of here's how much income I've got, just like a W2, but it's just coming from different places.

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

And we've got to change her strategies a little bit. So it's much more income oriented. And then work with her budget. She's conservative as well. So she knows exactly how much she's spending on everything, but you've got to understand what your monthly bills are so you can make sure you have enough for them. And then she's got some health issues too. She's got lupus fairly badly and her life expectancy probably isn't all that long. And she knows that and she understands that. She wants to make sure everything is taken care of. And we just kind of talked about that in case her health goes bad, but it is a big mental change along with the financial change.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. For sure. Yeah, I mean, there's.

Tony Mauro:

So I think you got to think about it.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, you definitely have to check all those things because it's a big gear shift. Right. So there's tons of stuff that you've got to go through when there's a major life event involved, and that's why having a qualified professional in your corner can certainly help you. So if you have not considered doing so, reach out to Tony and have a conversation about some things and get some stuff, some planning processes going with Your Planning Pros. You can find them online at yourplanningpros.com. It's yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast, Plan With The Tax Man. It's on Apple, Google, Spotify, all that good stuff. So you can simply type that into the search box of those apps, or again, find it at Tony's website, yourplanningpros.com. All right, my friend, thanks for breaking this down for me this week. I appreciate it. As always, have yourself a great week, and I'll see you soon.

Tony Mauro:

All right, see you soon. Thanks.

Speaker 1:

Thanks folks for listening. We appreciate your time here on the podcast. We'll catch you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

In today’s episode, we’re going to focus on the three categories that many clients fall into when starting their retirement planning journey: The unsure, the confident, and the certain. Whether you have no idea whether you can retire or if you’re positive that you have sufficient funds to retire, we’ll cover some critical areas of retirement planning that you need to pay attention to.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1:

Time for another edition of Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro and myself, to talk about being unsure, confident, or certain in retirement. And really it's retirement planning next steps if you find yourself in one of these three big categories. These are pretty wide, and obviously, you can apply many of the things to all three, but we'll go through and look at some bullet points for items if you find yourself, again, in the unsure category or the confident category. So we're going to break that down a little bit here with Tony this week on the podcast. Tony, what's going on, my friend? How are you?

Tony Mauro:

Doing well, how about you?

Speaker 1:

Doing pretty good. We are right here at the end of May, very beginning of June, so looking forward to the summer months being upon us and enjoying some sunshine and all that good stuff.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, summer of course, I think, like everybody, it's my favorite time. You get outside and doesn't rain, stops raining, I guess, around here. It gets hot and humid, but most people around here like it.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, yeah. For sure. So it's that good time of the year. So let's keep this one short and sweet this week on the podcast. I got these three blanket categories, Tony, and just give me some bullet points, give some folks some bullet points to think about. If you find yourself, let's say, in this first category, which is, I have no idea if I can retire category, which probably if you say a hundred people are going to come in and see you, I would say, this is my guess. I'd say probably 35% probably fall into this category. Probably 60% will fall into our middle category, and then probably 5% into our last one. And we'll talk about that in a minute. But we'll see.

Tony Mauro:

Interesting.

Speaker 1:

How you feel about it. But anyway, the I have no idea?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, so in my practice, at least tax clients, I would say the percentages over a long time that I've seen is probably higher in this first category.

Speaker 1:

Really? Okay.

Tony Mauro:

I have no idea. I would say for our clients here, I'd say it's probably 50.

Speaker 1:

Wow. Okay.

Tony Mauro:

Percent. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

People come in for the first time, they're just like, hey, I got no clue. Can I?

Tony Mauro:

No, they used to come in for taxes. And of course, you could see what they've got and you could eyeball what they have for retirement and things and what's coming in for investment income, if anything.

Speaker 1:

Right.

Tony Mauro:

But you can very easily look at their W2s and see that they're not putting anything through their 401k. And so we would ask them, is when are you going to retire and start conversations? And they would say, "I have no idea."

Speaker 1:

Okay.

Tony Mauro:

And so when you fall into this category, obviously, you don't want to be in this category. You've got to get something else, and it's going to take a little work.

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

It's going to take some planning either with an advisor or on your own. But really, you have to start with just a few questions of, one would be, well, when do you want to retire? What do you want to do when you retire? In other words, what's it going to look like to you?

Speaker 1:

Right. The lifestyle, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, it's just the lifestyle.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Do you want to sit on the porch or do you want to go whale watching? I know you and your wife are going to do some whale watching later this year.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

What kind of lifestyle are you looking at?

Tony Mauro:

That kind of stuff, yeah. And then once they start talking about that and you get an idea, even if you're just talking to them about it is, well, with all that you want to do, and if all you have is social security, and of course, you start asking, well, what else do you have? And many times it's, well, I just have social security. And that's a real eye-opener for them when you just say something like, well, do you know how much your social security benefit is going to be because it's not going to be very much.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

And then the light starts to go on a little bit that, hey, maybe I need to start thinking about this because you don't want to be here at 65 or ... You know?

Speaker 1:

What are my income streams and is it only social security ... that definitely there's problems. Right? So ...

Tony Mauro:

There's problems. Yeah. So hopefully, you can get to this before you get too far or too close to retirement, so you've got time to fix it.

Speaker 1:

Okay. All right. How about category number two here? And really, I'm surprised, but I guess every situation or every advisor is a little different depending on where they're at in the country. But I would think that most people fall into this category, which is, I think I have enough, but I'm really not sure because ... I think if most of us, if we go to work and we do the basics of ... If you just do the, it's not that hard to save for retirement, Tony, if you start working when you're in your 20s and you're working at a job and you are putting in the minimum into the 401k, even the two or 3% or whatever it might be, and you get that free money from the company match, and you do that for 40 years, you're probably in better shape than you realize. But again, people hear, well, I need a million dollars, or I need $2 million. And so they think: Do I have enough money to retire?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And I would say for us, this is probably a close second. I'd say 40% of our clients.

Speaker 1:

Okay, okay.

Tony Mauro:

Probably are in this. But they think they do. And then we always ask them, "Well, what makes you think that?" Give me some reasons why. And if they can't tell us with any certainty, some of the things you just mentioned, then we start asking them some questions, basically is like, well, okay, what do you have? What are going to be your income sources? Where's this going to come from, type of thing? What rate of return are you going to be able to earn when you're in retirement?

Speaker 1:

To make it go, right? To make the whole retirement ...

Tony Mauro:

To make it go. And if they can't quite give us any types of answers, then we start to say, "Well, you really don't know if you have enough." You probably are closer than most, but you might need some help with really trying to put a plan together and making sure that you know you have enough with the time you have left.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. I think more often than not, people are pleasantly surprised when they come in to see a financial advisor to find out ... Whether you don't have an idea if you can retire or you think you're close or whatever, I think most of the time people are pleasantly surprised to find out that they're in better shape than they realized. We tend to be more negative about it than we give ourselves credit for, I suppose, right? It's like going to the dentist. You don't go to the, you're like, oh, I know he is going to tell me bad news. I just know it. And then you get there and you're like, oh, it wasn't as bad as I thought, kind of thing.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, I think, with a lot of clients for us, they do. They're very negative. And once we run through numbers, we tell them, "Well, it's not that bad." You're going to be able to, for example, live on, you're going to have about 60, 70% of the income you have now. And while that's not a hundred percent, depending on what you want to do and other parts of the plan, you're going to have money to ... worst case scenario, to live the rest of your life and you're not going to have to worry about ...

Speaker 1:

Well, and I think the great news about that, so if you say, okay, 60, 70%, you can go, okay, well cool. What tweaks do we need to make while we're still working? Or I'll work a few more years. I'm okay with doing a few more years if we can make some tweaks and get this up to 90, right, or whatever.

Tony Mauro:

That's what makes it fun is when they know that and they say, well, gosh, that sounds all right, but I want to be at at a hundred percent.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, let's make some changes.

Tony Mauro:

We need a little more. What do we need to do?

Speaker 1:

Yeah, exactly.

Tony Mauro:

That's what a plan will help you with.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. And that's a great point that you made. What kind of rates of return do you need to make it work? Do you have that emergency fund? Is it proper for the time of life that you're in? Lots of little things that you can start to tweak upon if you're in this category. And then we'll finally, we'll just go to that last broad one, and this is the person that's like, I know I have enough money to retire. Clearly, it's pretty obvious. They're confident. They know that they've got enough, but they're still looking for some extra help. They're still looking for, okay, how can I be even more efficient? Maybe they are already in that 90% category of my lifestyle's funded. I'm lucky enough to have two pensions, the wife and I, plus social security, plus we've saved a decent amount, that kind of thing, Tony, but they're looking for some extra icing on the cake, if you will.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. A lot of things will have them contemplate if they are in this area once we really verify that we think they do. We agree with that.

Speaker 1:

Right, you know for certain, right.

Tony Mauro:

We know for sure. But then we start if they want help, a lot of it has to do with tax planning as rates.

Speaker 1:

That's big one.

Tony Mauro:

Might fluctuate.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

That's a biggie. Is the returns you're earning now or want to earn in retirement going to keep up or be a little ahead of inflation? And I think the biggest one that most clients would love to do if they're able is can they ... especially if they want to leave money for family, do they have enough to hit their goals and only live on the income sources and maybe not the principle?

Speaker 1:

And then that way that's going to the legacy?

Tony Mauro:

And that's going to the legacy because then that's the best of both worlds. But I'll get clients say, that's not important to me-

Speaker 1:

Sure.

Tony Mauro:

And I do want to spend some of my principle and that's fine too.

Speaker 1:

I want to buy all the Tonka toys.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, yeah.

Speaker 1:

I want the RV and the boat and whatever. Right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. And really at that point, with any of them, we try to use, again, some modeling software based on what they have now, some reasonable rates of return, and then longevity so that we can give them those percentages of, if you lived to 95, you've got a 90%, a hundred percent, whatever that percentage is, chance of not running out of money. And if you can get that into the 90s, people feel very confident and secure that, okay, I'm all right now. And it's been explained to me, and as long as I keep on the plan and keep doing what I'm doing and make tweaks along the way, I'm going to be set.

Speaker 1:

That's a good point. And no matter where you're at from a financial number, whether you are like, I've got 500,000 saved and I don't think that's enough, or I've got a million saved and I wonder if that's enough, or I've got $10 million and I know it's enough. Well, your lifestyle will also ... could put you into any of these categories. So that's why you need a strategy because you might have $10 million and somebody would say, 'Well, there's no way you couldn't enjoy retirement." But if your lifestyle is really extravagant, well, maybe $10 million is a problem.

Tony Mauro:

It is. I actually have a client like that.

Speaker 1:

Well, there you go.

Tony Mauro:

The lifestyle is so extravagant. He's going to end up having about $20 million, but we really have to tone him down because if left to his own devices, he would go through it and then some.

Speaker 1:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Which is ... And so yeah, it does depend on lifestyle. Yeah.

Speaker 1:

Absolutely.

Tony Mauro:

Because most of us, oh boy, you have $10 million, you could get ...

Speaker 1:

Oh, if I, yeah, I'd be set, I'd be right as rain.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Speaker 1:

But my lifestyle's pretty easy, right? So if ...

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, your lifestyle's a lot different.

Speaker 1:

Right. And there's nothing wrong with whatever category you find yourself in. It's just a matter of, okay, so once we've identified it, now let's get a good strategy in place to make sure that we lock it in, right? So if you're in the I have no idea, let's find out, let's run the strategy, and then let's get you to the I know I can retire, right? And if you're in the I think I have enough category, then let's just find out, make certain, so that we're putting, tweak and making some tweaks to guarantee that you have the lifestyle that you want through retirement. And then, of course, again, if you're in that I know I have enough, well, then let's just figure out how we can do the icing on the cake.

And maybe that's leaving a bigger legacy or leaving something to your community, charity, whatever the case might be. Lots of different options, whether you're unsure, confident or certain. It's always good to sit down with a qualified professional like the team at Tax Doctor Inc., Tony Mauro and his team, and get started with some of those conversations. So reach out to him. Your planningpros.com. Your planningpros.com. You can subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Spotify, or whatever platform you like using. Just hit the heart button, I believe, on most of those, and that way you catch future episodes as well as you could check out some past episodes. And Tony's been helping families get through retirement for 27-plus years. He's a CPA, a CFP and an EA. Tony, thanks for hanging out with me, buddy. I appreciate it.

Tony Mauro:

All right, we'll see you next time.

Speaker 1:

Yeah, I always appreciate your time, my friend, and have yourself a great couple of weeks. I'll see you a little later in June, and we'll catch you next time here.

Tony Mauro:

Yes.

Speaker 1:

On Plan With The Tax Man.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

From time to time, we like to look at issues faced by people in other professions outside of the financial world and see what kind of retirement planning lessons we can learn from these other professions. Today, we’re seeing what we can learn from teachers and the issues they face.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Welcome into another edition of the podcast. It's Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro and myself to talk investing, finance, and retirement, and we're going to retire with honors on this podcast. Basically, I want to do some financial planning lessons from the classroom, and we should probably insert a chorus of boos right here, because no one likes the classroom. I don't think many people do, anyway. But we always take these different analogies and ways to look at finance and retirement, and how we can draw parallels to other things in life, and so we thought why not do this? And school is kind of ending, although I guess it might have made more sense to do this when school is starting, but we're going to do it as school is ending and hang out with Tony a little bit. So, let's get into it. Tony, how are you, my friend?

Speaker 2: I'm fabulous. Early May, the weather's getting good, and like you said, the kids are getting out of school. I got a couple of in-laws that are retiring from teaching, so this is kind of appropriate.

Speaker 1: Oh, fantastic. That works out really well, then. Were you a good student or were you an average student? What kind of student were ... Elementary school, middle school Tony, what was going on there?

Speaker 2: Elementary school, middle school, and even some of high school, I always got good grades, but always wanted to do the minimum possible. I didn't really find out how I should have been doing things until college. And so, I was a good student and never had any problems, but always wanted to work ahead and basically, again, do as little as possible, which-

Speaker 1: Yeah, well, a lot of kids are that way, right? And you and I are, well, we're children of the '70s, I guess, but teenagers of the '80s, right?

Speaker 2: Yeah.

Speaker 1: And it was definitely a back and forth at that time period, for sure. Well, because that's our first one, Tony, is homework. Nobody likes homework, right? I mean, there's always maybe one kid that was like, "Oh, I love homework," but for the most part, nobody really liked homework. And some teachers, I know of several teachers, they don't necessarily enjoy giving it out either, but sometimes, it's a necessary evil. And if you think about what you guys do, you guys try to do most of the work, but sometimes you need the client or the potential client to do a little homework.

Speaker 2: Yeah, we do. And back in school, I mean even to this day, we always still talk, friends and I, of how we really wanted to work hard, so we never had homework. You always try to get it done-

Speaker 1: Just do it at school.

Speaker 2: Right, somewhere. But in the retirement planning area, in all financial planning areas, I mean, really, the people that are going to try to go at it themselves are going to be in for a lot of work, a lot of homework, and they're going to be-

Speaker 1: Oh yeah, especially the DIY, yeah.

Speaker 2: Yeah. The DIYers are going to be in for that, so you better just plan on it. Otherwise it's going to be painful. Or that's what leads, in my opinion, to a lot of people not doing anything, because they feel like it's too much work and they don't know where to start and they just don't do anything. But a good advisor basically is going to do most of the work for you, but you do have to help out some. It can't just be total hands-off, because then it's not your plan, then it's my plan. And so we want to try to make it fun and enjoyable so it's not work, and you have an interest in it, and not try to make it so complex that you feel like ... I mean, I was terrible in science and just didn't want to be there ever, and so we don't want to make it like that either. So you've got to try to think about it in those terms, especially when you're working with a advisor. They are going to take a lot of the work off of you.

Speaker 1: For sure. Yeah. They're going to try to take as much out of there as they can for you, but you've got to have that vested interest too, because let's be honest, if you're not putting in a little effort, are you even inclined to exact the plan, to go through it and follow the steps and do the things that you need to do if you don't have some buy-in? So, while we all hate homework, we certainly want to make sure that we're doing the things that we are being assigned by our financial professional, if you will, for lack of a better term. And usually that's some pretty easy low-hanging fruit, so it's not like it's a real big deal.

All right. Let's do number two here on the financial planning lessons from the classroom. Standardized testing, which has been a big topic of conversation for many years now, isn't always ideal, and I think I agree with that most of ... Overall, I think I agree with that. Not everybody learns the same way, so my wife's very analytical, I'm very visual, or whatever the case might be. And I think that's probably fairly similar in the financial world, when you think about ... To me, I guess my mind goes to the cookie-cutter, one-size-fits-all plan strategy in this regard.

Speaker 2: Yeah, I mean, it's another one. I always have to relate it back to my own experiences. I'll tell you, when I was a kid, I was like one of those guys, I hated these standardized tests. Back when I was a kid, it was called Iowa Basic Skills. Everybody had to take this, and I can't remember if it was a day or two, but literally, we were just filling out little bubbles on sheets and we didn't care. Well, if it was standardized, we always thought, "Well, we'll just make little designs and get through this," and not even really try, which is terrible. But I do think, getting back to the financial world, it's the same thing. If you just take some boilerplate financial plan, or you just take, say, one mutual fund, for example, and you're just going to put all your money in it, you're probably going to be okay. But probably, probably. There's really no plan there, and I don't think that people should just take a standard boilerplate type of plan and try to adapt it to what they're trying to do. I think it should be other way around. It should be custom to what you want to do, rather than some standardized thing. And that's where an advisor's going to be able to help you all along the way there, rather than just saying, "Here, do this. Here's a template, and if you do this, you should be fine," and never come back and see me [inaudible 00:05:57]

Speaker 1: And that's the thing, there's the operative term right there. "You should be fine," right?

Speaker 2: Yeah, you should. Yeah. Right.

Speaker 1: And it's like, "Well, I don't want to go with 'should.'" To me, that'd be like my mechanic fixing my car and saying, "Well, I put the tire back on. I think I did a good job. You should be fine."

Speaker 2: Yeah, you should be fine.

Speaker 1: Well, if I'm doing 70 miles an hour, I don't want to know that I should be fine. I want to know I am fine.

Speaker 2: That's right. And I do some flying on my own.

Speaker 1: Okay, there you go.

Speaker 2: I'm a private pilot, and boy, when it comes out of maintenance, it's like, I want to know that this thing, you didn't miss some screw on something or whatever, because I don't get a second chance, and-

Speaker 1: Right. Have you seen that meme, Tony? Well, it's a meme, it's a real picture, but they turned it into a meme where it's a guy on a ... I don't think it was Southwest. I can't remember which airline it was, but he's out there with duct tape, taping, I guess, part of the cover on one of the engines, part of the housing around it.

Speaker 2: Oh, right, yeah.

Speaker 1: And they're like, "Yeah, yeah, it'll be all right. It'll get to the next ..." and the person inside the plane that took that picture had to be terrified. Did they stay on the plane? Did they get off? Right? Be like, "Ah, duct ..." I mean, duct tape's great, but I don't know if I feel like airplane great.

Speaker 2: Yeah. When I was training, in the small plane, I walked out one day and we had duct tape on the wing.

Speaker 1: Okay. I guess it's a thing.

Speaker 2: It was a bird strike, and it cracked. And I went and asked, I said, "Geez, we got duct tape on this wing? I mean, am I going to be okay here?"

Speaker 1: Right.

Speaker 2: I mean, I'm sure I would.

Speaker 1: Well, you're a brave man if you did it, but still.

Speaker 2: I did it. I did it. He said, "No, no." He explained it all, but yeah, it is interesting because I don't think we want a lot of shoulds in retirement plan and probabilities. I mean, we want to be able to show people, based if you do this and this over this time period ... I like to use, and I don't like to share it with them, but I like to use a lot of analysis with the computer and say, "If you do this, you've got a 95% chance or 97% chance of never running out of money." That's something people can relate to, not, "Well, we hope you don't run out of money," type of thing. We want to give them some facts and things like that, so anyway, but-

Speaker 1: Yeah, some assurances are certainly ... No, that's a great point, though. It's a great analogy. All right, so number three on my list here is everything has pros and cons. Certainly that is definitely the case when it comes to education, or when it comes to what it is that you do. I mean, look, teaching, hats off to teachers. It's a tough gig. Teens and tweens are annoying, or they can be, right, because you're dealing with the unruliness and all that kind of stuff. And when you think about what it is that you guys do, whether it's a product or whether it's trying to just build a plan for someone, there's pros and cons to everything. Nothing is going to just be perfect. You've got to work your way through the situations.

Speaker 2: Yeah, and after we do a plan for somebody, and then you get to, of course the products area, how we're going to do this plan is, I like to explain that ... Obviously the pros are easy, but I like to say, "Look, everything's got a few downfalls, and here's what this is." I mean, it doesn't matter if it's a 401k, an IRA, a mutual fund, I don't like to spend two hours talking about each particular thing, but I like to point out the cons, so to speak. It's just like in work and everything else in life, there's some things about it you don't like, or may not be all that good. And then the client gets to decide, okay, well there's enough things here that I do like about this that this makes sense in my plan. Same way with our jobs. I mean, when we get kind of sick of them, just like in teaching, and I do give them a lot of credit, I do think it's a tough profession, and it seems like around here they're always cutting budgets and everything else, they just don't want to pay them, right? But that's a whole different story.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Speaker 2: But if you get sick of it, then in your job, you know, tend to leave. And obviously as an advisor, if the particular product portion of things, or the plan changes, it's up to us to advise a client, "Hey, this just doesn't work in your plan."

Speaker 1: It's just not working now. Right, yeah. And oftentimes, that's maybe an investment that's going to be with the dog investments, if you will. It's no longer performing adequately, or there's too much risk, or something like that. And that kind of walks in nicely to the strategy of laying things out ahead of time. Number four here, most teachers plan out, often they plan out, their lesson plans for the whole year. They have the guided curriculum, I suppose, from the school district, but they still kind of plan things out for the whole year. And if you think about your financial plan, that's similar fashion, right? I mean, you guys should be laying out a plan multiple years. Now, granted, you need to be flexible that it's going to change, because life's going to happen, but it's still the point of having a roadmap over, let's say, two to five years before retirement, and then the first couple years of retirement, and so on and so forth.

Speaker 2: Yeah, and today it's a lot easier than it used to be 10, 15, 20 years ago in the financial world. I remember when I was growing up with teachers, I didn't really realize why they stayed after school, and really they were working on their lesson plans and updating and things, and I'm sure they've got better tools now too, like we do. But yeah, these days I technically won't really get into a relationship with a client unless we do a financial plan beforehand. It's very easy. We can do it on the computer. At least we've got a starting point, because otherwise, it's really them just telling us facts and us just off-the-cuff giving advice, and it's like going to the doctor. I mean, there's all kinds of analogies out there, but they're not going to simply sit there and tell you what ... or how to treat you without knowing what's going on.

Speaker 1: Yeah, I mean, well, think about this. So for a doctor or even for yourself, kind of looking at the profession, you could probably walk in and say, "I've got a cough and I got this." And they probably have a pretty good idea of what's wrong with you, right?

Speaker 2: Yeah, they're going to give you something, yeah.

Speaker 1: I mean, they probably could tell you what they want you to take or whatever to get better, but to be on the safe side, they test it. They test you, they do some checks, or whatever. Well, I mean, you've been doing this a long time, Tony. When somebody comes in and they first lay out the information that they've got, what they've got saved and what different accounts, you've been doing this long enough, you could probably put together a plan on the spot. But that's not the smart move. That's not the prudent move. Your job is to really dig deep and find out and get the right plan, and I think maybe that goes back to that cookie-cutter thing. You can walk into someplace and get a cookie cutter because they've seen thousand versions of you, but yet at the same time, those are just those universal pieces that affect us all, like when to take social security. I have the 401k. How do I turn it on? That's all universal, but individually, Tony, you're different than I am, and so on and so forth.

Speaker 2: Yeah, and I think at the heart of it, if we as advisors, we're going to do that, I don't think the client's getting the value that they need, number one. And they're paying us to do this, whether it's in a fixed fee, asset-based type of thing, or even some advisors still charge commissions, but it behooves us to get to know the client and figure out really what they're trying to do rather than just blanketly advise them.

Speaker 1: I mean, you have the skillset. You certainly could identify that quickly.

Speaker 2: We could, absolutely.

Speaker 1: But that's not doing service, right, that's not providing good service, so maybe that's [inaudible 00:13:40]

Speaker 2: No. That's more of the dinner party chat. Somebody asks you something and you just throw something off-the-cuff and you're talking general.

Speaker 1: Yeah, okay.

Speaker 2: If you really want a plan, I think it has to go way deeper.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Okay. Well, let's do two more here on our retirement classroom analogy and then we'll wrap up. Age-appropriate instruction is important, certainly for teachers. You're not teaching calculus to first-graders unless they're a genius.

Speaker 2: That's right.

Speaker 1: But same thing, kind of, with you. There's different aspects of what you do where maybe not quite that diverse, but why talk about RMDs? Yes, you could can get into it a little bit and say, "Okay, we're going to put together a strategy for RMDs when you turn 75 based on the new Secure Act rules," let's say for you and I, it's 75. But if I'm only 55 and seeing you, that's probably not the main focus at that time.

Speaker 2: No, and really, a lot of the strategies that we use have to do with your age and where you're at in the whole process, because like you say, the easy part, no sense in talking to a young person about RMDs and like you said, and annuities or anything else like that. And at the same time, you get a little older, I think some of the retirees, you have to keep it basic, and you certainly don't want to be ... There's a lot of regulatory things where we have to go through of making sure that whatever we're recommending is appropriate for the client in their situation. That's on a regulatory aspect. But we should know better as advisors what a client can handle and whatnot. And you usually can tell from talking to them, and sometimes it's to their detriment. They want to be over analytical. But you want to make sure that you are being appropriate, not only for their age, but their investment knowledge, things like that, and it doesn't have to be overly complicated. I think sometimes we as advisors tend to get too much in the weeds with some of that.

Speaker 1: Mm-hmm. Yeah. No, I think that's a great point. And again, there's definitely age-related items when it comes to retirement planning, depending on how long you're ... Now, if you're walking in the door at 60 saying, "I want to retire at 62," then obviously you're going to get right into all of the stuff. But again, if you're starting with a financial professional at 45 or 48 or 50, we talked, Tony, often that we kind of ... Memorial Day's coming up, right? We're taping this in about the middle of May. Memorial Day's coming up, and it's not technically the kickoff to summer. It's technically not summer, but we all treat Memorial Day as the unofficial start to summer, right?

Speaker 2: Yeah, I do.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Everybody does, right? Well, 50 is kind of that unofficial start to retirement. We all start to get a little more serious about it when we get over 50, I think. Then our mind starts to go, "Eh, maybe I better start thinking about this stuff a little bit more heavily." So there's going to be age-appropriate instructions involved with working with a financial advisor depending on your age. Does that make sense?

Speaker 2: Yeah. I mean, it makes total sense. I think for people, especially now that I'm 55, you start really starting to think about, and so are our clients at this age, it's not only retirement, but when to call it quits? What's my monthly income going to be? And that essential question, are we going to be okay? In other words, am I going to have enough money at the end to basically do what I do now, and hopefully a little better?

Speaker 1: Yeah, there you go. All right, well, let's do the last one here, and this is just lifelong learning is a great habit to develop. All of my teachers, all the teachers I've ever come across, they're always like, "Hey, never stop learning. Never stop." And I think that's a folly of being young. We all know that. We were that way too. You see a 16 year old or a 17 year old or a 20 year old, and they think they know everything. How many of us have felt that way and said that about our own kids or grandkids or nephews or nieces or just in general? But I think a smart person, a truly smart person, realizes that life is always bringing us something to learn. And if we don't accept that and learn along the way, we probably don't grow very well as a person. And the same thing holds true with what you do. I mean, you continue to go to educational events and things. You've been doing this a long time and you pretty much know all the ins and outs, but there's always something new to learn.

Speaker 2: Always something. It always amazes me. My son has fallen into this group, although I think he's starting to get it now at 26, so hopefully, yeah, I think he listens to these sometimes, so I'll put them on the spot. But a lot of college students, they get out and say, "Well, I've got a four-year degree," or maybe even a master's, "and that's it for me. I've learned all I need to learn. I'm done with school," and they find out very quickly that I need to be learning something, depending on what type of profession you go into and whatnot. So I would say for all the young people listening, don't stop trying to learn, because in this day and age especially, life is just going to pass you by so quickly with technology and whatnot. But in the financial sector, same way. Even us, for me, unfortunately, I have a lot of masters in terms of continuing ed requirements and that kind of thing, so it's kind of forced upon me. But for clients, they need to really, at least not do too much homework on their own, because we were talking about that earlier.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Speaker 2: But if they're interested, they need to at least try to keep abreast of things and what's going on.

Speaker 1: Yeah, that cursory knowledge, for sure.

Speaker 2: Yeah, just some things. And if not, ask your advisor. That's what they're there for and that's what you're paying them for. They're going to have a lot of the answers, and if they don't, they're certainly going to be able to get it for you. We certainly want to be [inaudible 00:19:18]

Speaker 1: Yeah, we preach often here, Tony, know what it is that you have and why you have it, right?

Speaker 2: Yes.

Speaker 1: And that's still that lifelong learning, right? So, if you're thinking about getting into a particular investment, then know a little bit about it. Don't just want to jump into it because it's got a cool logo, right?

Speaker 2: That's right.

Speaker 1: You want to know a little bit about it, or whatever the case is. So that's the podcast this week. That's just kind of taking some analogies there, and I think we did a good job talking about, thinking about how we learn in the classroom, and teachers and applying that too, because really that's what you are as well, Tony. You're a teacher. It might be finance and taxes, but you're still teaching and educating.

Speaker 2: Yeah. That's what we're doing. I mean, we're basically taking the stuff we've learned over the years. It's in between our two years, and advising people, which is [inaudible 00:20:03]

Speaker 1: Yup, which is teaching, yup.

Speaker 2: Yeah, teaching.

Speaker 1: Coaching, teaching, whatever you want to call it, right?

Speaker 2: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Kind of falls in the same category. So, if you got some questions or concerns, get yourself onto the calendar, if you're not already working with Tony and his team at Tax Doctor Inc., and reach out to him, yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. A lot of good tools, tips, and resources at the website there. You can reach out to them, subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Google, Spotify, all that good stuff. And we will see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man. For Tony Mauro, I'm your host, Marc Killian. We'll catch you next time.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Are you preparing for retirement but feeling confident that you have covered all the expenses? Well, think again... It turns out that many retirees overlook some crucial expenses that can leave them financially vulnerable. In this episode, we explore the retirement expenses that most people tend to forget, including skyrocketing medical bills, unexpected travel costs, taxes, and much more. We'll discuss practical tips and strategies to help you plan for these expenses and ensure a secure and comfortable retirement.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Time for another edition of Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro, from Tax Doctor Inc. I started to say Tony Mauro Tax Doctor, like that's your whole name or something, and myself to talk investing, finance, retirement, and retirement expenses, which we might forget to plan for. So we're just going to have a good conversation about some things to keep on the radar. Some of these seem like duh moments, but there's little ways we might think about this or forget about them, so that's going to be the topic of conversation. And Tony, how you doing, my friend? You doing all right?

Tony Mauro: I am well, yeah. Everything is going good.

Speaker 1: Well, good. So you do planning all the time. It's easy to forget stuff, right?

Tony Mauro: It is.

Speaker 1: I mean, you're a human being as well. You plan to take your own trips, you plan to go skiing or golfing or something, and you forget to take something. "Oh, man, I can't believe I forgot my glove," right? My golf glove or whatever it is. So it happens. But from a retirement standpoint, forgetting to do stuff can certainly wind up being a big pain in the you know what, especially depending on how it's affecting you. And it could be a little thing, it's not a big deal, but then there could be some big things. So on this episode, let's explore some of those expenses people tend to forget, and just kind of see if there's some tips or strategies we can talk through to see if that helps. Okay?

Tony Mauro: That sounds good.

Speaker 1: Medical expenses. Obviously, you can say, "Well, I'm not forgetting medical expenses, but how do I know they're going to show up? How do I plan for something that hasn't happened yet?" Well, that's true, and it is kind of hard to do, but that's when you've got to start thinking about where you're going to pull money from for these things. Because Tony, I think Fidelity's most recent number says like $315,000 out of pocket for people for ... that's not what the insurance is covering. That's out of pocket. That's hefty, man.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And people were living a long time, and I think the biggest takeaway probably from this podcast on the tips area is as we talk about some of these things, is one, you need to develop a budget, and you need to work with your advisor on your own to get a budget, and budgets change, but at least you've got an idea, so you can start setting money site or plan to take it out of one of your pots. But the other thing too is you have to write stuff down too. As we age, I mean, if it's not on my calendar ... I don't try to commit everything to memory, so don't try to remember everything, write it down or get it in a plan of some kind, so it's a lot less burden on you. But yes, medical expenses, as we age, I mean, it's easy ... I mean, they go up. We could sit and talk about that all night long. There's other expenses too with medical. The little things, I think that's what pushes that out-of-pocket up so much. Everything from dental, to over-the-counter stuff, to stuff just for chronic ailments, things like that.

Speaker 1: Dental's is a good one, because that catches people off guard a lot.

Tony Mauro: It does. And a lot of that's not covered by insurance.

Speaker 1: Or Medicare.

Tony Mauro: It's best to track all ... yeah, or Medicare, for that matter. And it doesn't have to be sophisticated tracking. I mean, that's really good if you can go that far, but it's just something you've got to ... I think with medical, because it's so big, and it's going to be at the top of the list, especially as you age, it's one of the biggest things you spend money on.

Speaker 1: I think it's third. I think, if I'm not mistaken, Tony, I think housing is first for expenses, food second, medical's third.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And so it's got to be tracked and kind of budgeted for. And then like you said, where are we going to take this money from these intended expenses? Obviously, if they don't occur, then you know, don't take the money out, but.

Speaker 1: Right, and then you got some extra money going on. But if you don't at least talk and discuss it, how are you going to have any kind of plan or options to dip into. You said budget earlier, Tony, and people go, "Oh, my God, I hate the B word." Well, fine, call it a spending plan, call it whatever the heck you want, but just some sort of cash flow analysis in and out, whatever the case is. And then that way you could maybe bump up some categories so that you don't have these unexpected expenses coming up like our next one. Unexpected travel, for example. Well, again, someone would go, "Well, how in the world am I supposed to know I'm going to need extra money for travel that it was unexpected," but you know you're going to want to do X number of travel, fine. You're planning for that, so why not ... and I'm asking you, but why not just going to bump that number up a little higher for things that might come up? What do you think there?

Tony Mauro: I think that's a great plan, and that's what we tell people to do. And we try to get them to put little kind of imaginary folders or the old envelope system, the Dave Ramsey stuff, even in retirement, not necessarily moving money there, but come up with our budget, and then bump it up a little bit.

Speaker 1: Pad the stats, so to speak, right?

Tony Mauro: Travel's one. Yeah, pad it, because besides your travel, you've got things like, I don't know, somebody asks you to go somewhere and you really weren't planning on it, but you've got the means, you're going to go do it. My father who now has grandkids getting married, and they don't live here, so he wants to go there, and make sure that he's there for that. You've got people spread out. You've got funerals, you've got maybe going out of state to see an elderly family member, all kinds of things that's not the funnest stuff you might want to do, and so it's not on the plan.

Speaker 1: That's a great point, because it could hit you off guard. You're thinking, "Okay, I'm kind of budgeting for the fact that mom's older, she lives in a different state. I'm going to go see her [inaudible 00:05:20], let's say, four times a year." But what happens if mom has to have a hip replacement that wasn't expected, which goes back to mom not planning for medical expenses. But let's just assume that something like that happens and you got to go stay with her for a month, and help take care of her, because she can't move, right? Well, that's unexpected travel, because you yourself are in retirement. Maybe mom's 85, and you're 60 or 65 or something like that. So I mean, it's easy to see where you can get some of these unexpected travel that takes longer. A, you weren't expecting it, and B, it's maybe a lengthier thing than you thought would even happen, period. And to your point about weddings, I mean, hey, it could be something as simple as you really want to pay for your granddaughter's wedding, and she decides she wants to have that in freaking Acapulco or something.

Tony Mauro: Well, right. Getting down there and dealing with all that.

Speaker 1:

Or paying for it, and everything else, because you promised. "Oh, Papi, you promised that you'd pay for it." Oh, man. So again, planning just, I guess, pad the stats. Add a little extra in there for things that could come up so that you're not caught short.

Tony Mauro: That's right. And I'll tell you my own father, and sometimes he listens to these podcasts, but I already tell him that I talk about it. And he's one of those retirees that he's not comfortable if he has less than $80,000 in his checking account, but that's what he uses as his kind of padding besides everything else. And he's fine. He has plenty of money to live on and whatnot, and we budget, but that's what he kind of uses for unexpected, but at least he has it. It's just in his checking. So I kid him about it a little bit, but I understand why he has it, because he doesn't have to fear some of these things we're talking about.

Speaker 1: Well, I've got a couple big ones I want to tackle, so let me keep moving along here. I want to go to taxes, because you're the Tax Doctor, but are we seriously prepared for a tax hike in the future? I think everybody ... I mean we all know it. You have to know it. You cannot be an ostrich and not realize that all the spending we're doing, it's not going to be going up. And even if they do nothing, which Congress is great at doing, it's going to go up in '26. So regardless of whether they make a move, it's going up.

Tony Mauro: It's going up. If they don't do anything, it's going up, because I got to think they'll allow it to go back. Of course, as we're taping this, if there's going to be a showdown again in June about the debt ceiling, and the reason we have all this debt is because just like a business, we as a government or a nation, I should say, they spend more than we take in. So even if it's not just a, "Hey, this is a tax." They come up with things. They usually try to hide them, because they don't like to talk about them, but we have to be prepared for that. While I hate taxes, I got to think somehow they're going to go up some way in the future

Speaker 1: And think about the numbers, Tony. So if you're ... a lot of retirees right now, maybe, find themselves in the 22% tax bracket, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. 20, 22.

Speaker 1: Yeah. So let's just say, and I think that the 22 is when it sunsets in 2019, or excuse me, 2026, the 22% tax bracket, I believe goes back to 25. Might be 28.

Tony Mauro: It's 25, and then it goes real quick to 28.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: That's what it's supposed to be now.

Speaker 1: So it's a more narrow bracket. So going from 22 to 28, that might only sound like ... I mean, 6%. Hello, right? I mean, that's going to get pretty hefty. Think about the interest rates that we've ... [inaudible 00:08:42] the interest rates, but the inflation rates we've been dealing with, and so on, and so forth, so it's going to be a little more costly than we realize, and if they do nothing. And then just what if they go, "Well, we actually need more money, so let's go ahead and make that 30%."

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it is. And even on a hundred thousand dollars of income, I mean, that's still a lot of money, and that's a $6,000 tax increase. And on a fixed income, people are like, "Well, wow, that kind of really cuts into [inaudible 00:09:08]."

Speaker 1: And over time. So again, you got to have that ... you plan for it. And again, tax efficiency and planning right there. This one's one that you maybe shouldn't forget, because right now everybody and their brother is talking about tax efficiency, because of the tax rates we're in, and that Roth conversions, obviously, are a huge topic of conversation, because you can kind of manage your taxes now versus what we expect to happen, let's say, 10 or 12 years from now.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It's a big, big topic. Taxes.

Speaker 1: Maintenance, and repair on the home. I mentioned earlier that the home is usually the number one expense for people, at least, early on in retirement, as they're either finishing off the mortgage or maybe making some changes so that they can retire-proof it, that kind of stuff. This one I always find interesting. You were talking about your dad a second ago, and having a big chunk of cash there. People say, "Well, I got an emergency fund for if the HVAC dies." Okay, well fine. If the HVAC or the roof gets a hole in it, unexpectedly, that's one thing. Maybe that's where you tap the emergency fund. And tell me if I'm wrong here, Tony, but if not. Let's say you're 60, and you're going to retire in the next five years, and you know your roof is already 30 years old, why are you not strategizing and planning to replace that roof sometime in retirement versus getting caught off guard?

Tony Mauro: I agree. Our pre-retirees, we go over the whole home ownership thing, and if they own the home outright, what kind of condition is it in? Is it important to them that they keep it up, and start strategizing for some of these things even before retirement. Even if we're not going to set money aside for it just yet, but knowing that it's on the list, that a roof, for example. My roof's 30 years old. It's kind of falling apart. It's not leaking, but I'm going to need one at some point. Let's get that down, and try to figure that out in the big scheme of things. I think another one too is ... and most retirees homes are aging, because most of them have lived there for a long time, and most of them drive older cars. I mean, I have a love-hate relationship with cars. I like them, but at the same time, we're always having to buy new ones or do something, and you may need a new car in your retirement days at some point, and the last thing you might want to do is have a payment. And so maybe you want to strategize, and maybe save for it or use some money to buy one that could be maybe the last vehicle you'll need. But these are the questions that you need to tackle under this whole housing slash maintenance repair thing, for sure.

Speaker 1: Yeah, definitely. Some really good points there for sure, Tony. Thank you for those. And then, finally, let's talk about everybody's friend.

Tony Mauro: That's their friend.

Speaker 1: Mr. Inflation or Miss Inflation, or whatever you want to call it. Either way, it sucks.

Tony Mauro: It's high. [inaudible 00:11:48] likes it.

Speaker 1: But let's view it at this standpoint, not the current, whatever we're going through inflation, just regular inflation. I said this all the time, and I'll continue to say it, because I think it works well. Inflation is normally thought of like calories. You don't pay attention to it until it's really bothering you.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, that's right. That's right.

Speaker 1: When you're feeling overly pudgy, you pay attention to your calories, right? And when inflation's high, you finally pay attention to it. But when it's normal, you just don't pay attention to it. However, if you don't, let's say, it cost you five grand a month, and that's what your number, you've identified five grand a month for living expenses going into retirement at 65. Okay? Well, 15 years later, that five grand's now 10 grand a month it costs you. So do you have COLAs, cost a living adjustments, built into your plan?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, because that will happen. It will be exceedingly higher than the 5,000 that you just talked about. And people always ask me too, "Well, do you think it's ever going to go down?" I say, "Well, inflation, it bounces around. Of course, we can see that right now, but how many times?" I always ask, "How many times have you gone somewhere, and they say, "Well, our price is lower than it was five years ago." Boy, it's great for you, great for me." I mean, nothing goes down. So even in normal times, things tend to inch up and we aren't paying attention. And good for businesses, because they got to keep up too. But I'm saying, as a retiree, you have to pay attention to that. Because if you're thinking 5,000 today, like you said, it'll be 10,000 or so in 10, 15 years from now, and that will be the new norm. But nevertheless, you may not have the ... if you're not building this in, the same income or the same lifestyle you thought you were going to have.

Speaker 1: Yeah, I mean, you've got to address it. And it's easy to sneak up on you. Inflation is the thief of tomorrow kind of thing, so it's going to steal some stuff away. So you've got a plan for it. And hopefully, your advisor has strategized like Tony does with his plan, for inflation, even normal inflation rates. And I think that's where people also panic too, Tony, when we're thinking about where our money's at. The market's not doing well. I'm nervous. Let me maybe consider taking it out. Well, that's going to be ... it should be, anyway, your later monies that you need to keep up with inflation. So make sure you're not panicking in just wholesale. When the market does bad, that's what we do. We panic and we go, "Let me go take money out, because I don't want to lose anymore." But it's like that's your now money I think you're thinking about when it's really, truly your later money.

Tony Mauro: Exactly. Yeah. I mean, it is. I mean, you hit it right on the head. I can't even expand on that.

Speaker 1: Well, thanks. It's almost like I talk to you guys all the time.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I think the important thing is getting back to talk with your advisor, and making sure that you're strategizing for this, because it will sneak up on you and it will get you.

Speaker 1: It will bite you, that's for sure. So hopefully that's some things that you are remembering to do. You're strategizing for retirement and you haven't forgotten these. But if you have and you need some help or you just haven't reached out to someone for help at all, then Tony and his team, of course, are here, yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. I don't think families get [inaudible 00:14:56] retirement. Tony's been doing this for 27 plus years, so he's a great resource for you to tap into. He's a CPA, a CFP, an EA, all the alphabet soup of good stuff there. So reach out to him, get onto his calendar, have a conversation, and plan with the tax man. Don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Spotify, whatever platform you like using. Tony, thanks for hanging out with us. As always, my friend, I appreciate you.

Tony Mauro: All right, we'll see you next time.

Speaker 1: We'll catch you next time right here on the podcast. Again, hit that subscribe button or heart button or whatever it is to catch new episodes, as well as check out past episodes on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro, from Tax Doctor Inc.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Are you a golfer? Even if you're not, the game of golf can teach us valuable lessons about retirement planning. For example, hitting a hole-in-one might be thrilling, but it won't necessarily guarantee your overall success. And just like you need different clubs in your golf bag to play a round, you need a well-balanced approach to your investments in retirement. But perhaps the most important lesson from golf is the value of having a caddy. In retirement planning, a financial advisor can help you navigate the hazards and make the most of your financial "clubs." Tune in to this episode to learn more about how the game of golf can help you plan for a successful retirement.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: It's time to plan with the tax man once again here on the podcast. Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc with me to talk golf. We're going to spend a little time talking what golf can teach us about our financial planning or financial strategy. We're calling this for your retirement, pun intended. F-O-R-E. So there you go. What's going on buddy? How are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing good. You're in the throws a tax season and as we were talking about earlier, thinking about golf, thinking about the spring.

Speaker 1: I know, right? It's like, yeah, well, it'd be nice to go play a little bit, but mother nature can't quite make up her mind if she's fully ready for spring or not. So it's like, all right, well while we're waiting, let's talk a little bit goof. And as my daughter and I like to call it, call it some goof. Of course, the way I play is probably is goofing. How about you? Are you a good player? I know you like to play.

Tony Mauro: Well, I like to play a lot. Everybody's got their own version of good, so wherever you're at, you think you should be better. Right?

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: But yeah, I mean we play a lot and I've enjoyed it for a long time.

Speaker 1: Well, are you good enough to get a handicap?

Tony Mauro: I have a handicap. My handicap right now is 7.9.

Speaker 1: Well, then I would say that's good.

Tony Mauro: Call it eight.

Speaker 1: I would say that's good then. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Well, like I say, it depends. Everybody, if you're an eight, you want to be a four. If you're a four, you want to be scratch.

Speaker 1: Right. Well, okay.

Tony Mauro: If you're a 20, you know.

Speaker 1: If I play 18, I'm shooting in the upper nineties, so you're better than me.

Tony Mauro: Well, I mean it's all about getting out there and having fun. And it's picked up a lot of popularity.

Speaker 1: Oh lord, yes. It's massive. Although pickleball is the thing that's took over everybody, I'm like, good lord. Pickleball's everywhere.

Tony Mauro: It really is. I can't believe the interest, even as people are getting a little older, they're wanting to go out and play pickleball just to get a little bit of an exercise in.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Oh yeah. No, they're digging it.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Well, let's stick with golf for right now and we'll jump into it. And even if you're not a golfer, I think you can still enjoy the lessons. Most people have enough basic golf knowledge and of course, depending on the retirement. And of course it's perfect for retirement because how many retirees like to play golf. A lot. So let's start with just breaking down a couple points here. I got some fun ones. I want to chop them up and have a little fun with the analogies. And I'm going to tell a story along the way, Tony and I encourage you to do the same. I'm sure you've probably got several as well since you like to play. But we're going to start with hitting a hole in one and thinking about this from a financial standpoint. I mean, a hole in one is super exciting. I mean, even in putt putt we get...

Tony Mauro: It is.

Speaker 1: We're like, yeah, I got a hole in one. But here's kind of how I want to go with it. It has an interesting effect on it. So for example, I was playing golf a number of years ago with a couple, me and a friend of mine. We were in our early forties, I guess, maybe late thirties, and they were in their early seventies and we're on this par three. And he knocks the ball, he tees off, and lo and behold, he gets a hole in one. I'd never seen one live. It was awesome. And so I think it was maybe the third hole, it was a par three, something like that. And of course his wife and she was, the whole day, she was like 125 to 145 yards straight down the fairway. Every single shot she made, she'd chip up on one, she'd putt, she'd one putt, so on and so forth. But anyway, he makes this hole in one and for the rest of the day, the rest of the 18 holes, he is just super cocky, super arrogant. And this is a 70 year old guy. He's feeling it, right?

Tony Mauro: Yep.

Speaker 1: Well, my friend and I are terrible. We're all over the map. They're laughing. But at the end of the day, guess who won of the four?

Tony Mauro: One of you guys or his wife?

Speaker 1: His wife.

Tony Mauro: His wife. Yeah.

Speaker 1: Because she was slow and steady and rock solid the entire way, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: So, I thought that was an interesting lesson. And he got the hole in one. He was like, I am feeling it. I have got this game figured out today. And she was like, I'm going to go with the tried and true principles. And she ended up winning. And that made me think of financial planning, the hole in one, or I guess a big hit, I guess some sort of big windfall, picking a stock or something that does really well. It's exciting. But slow and steady or the tried and true principles is what's going to get you where you want to go.

Tony Mauro: No, it is. And I haven't had any hole in ones in my life. I know a lot of people that have, my father's had two, my brother Tim has had two, and I witnessed one of his. And it was the ugliest thing you've ever seen. It was a ground ball hole in one is what it was from tee to green. But it went in. But you ask the PGA players and they have multiple hole in ones, but they're out there playing for a living and doing it all their life. But like you were mentioning, I mean, even for them, most of the time you see it on TV, somebody will have one in one of those rounds on TV, but very seldom are they the winner at the end of the day. But they can control their games much more than the rest of us, obviously. But for us, I think as it pertains to financial planning, it is like that. Everybody's running around saying, I want the next big thing, or I want to really cash in on something. And every once in a while they'll get lucky and they'll make some money. But if they're going to follow that philosophy from start to finish until they retire, most of the time they're not going to end up very well off. And right now, it's even more prevalent. I mean, as we're taping, the Silicon Valley bank just went under and people were a little nervous and the markets haven't been doing very well lately again, and they're asking for the same thing. Now it's, well, what can we do that's safe? And I could still make money.

Speaker 1:

Yeah. Right. Well, yeah, that's an interesting point because the SVB thing, certainly a one-off and a unique situation I think. Do you see that as something systemic? No one's got a crystal ball. I don't think it will be. And they were not a traditional bank in the normal sense. They had a very select clientele, all tech heavy, tech companies laying off and they got into bond. They got... A lot of the stuff they did, it really burned them. And I think that's, actually, it's almost an interesting lesson in that itself, in still being diversified. They did, as a bank, they did a little too much of the same thing. And it bit them in the hind end. Right.

Tony Mauro: It did. And they did it probably at a bad time.

Speaker 1: Well, the perfect storm. Bad time. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Scrap the fact that what were they doing and all that. I'm sure it'll all come out. But back to our analogy, I mean it really is the case for diversification and trying to develop an overall plan as we're talking about retirement planning and trying to stay the course and modify along the way, but not relying on hitting that long or in this case, the hole in one.

Speaker 1: Yeah, well I was going to say, yeah, you could jump metaphors here. We could go baseball. Same thing, right? The home run. The home run kings are also usually the strikeout kings.

Tony Mauro: It is. Yeah. So I mean, it's fun to play with. I think the lesson here is make sure that you're developing an overall strategy just like you would... As your golf game improves, you try to strategize your way around the course, not just try to knock it as far as you can. I think that it lends itself to a good plan.

Speaker 1: Exactly. Yeah. I mean, they're sexy. A hole in one is sexy, no doubt about it.

Tony Mauro: Oh it is.

Speaker 1: But hard to come by. And again, I love the lesson that I was taught that day. It was like, okay, you young bucks can hit the ball a mile. Of course you hit it in the wrong direction.

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Speaker 1: But she hits it nice and straight 130 yards and whipped our tails. So little fragile, little looking. She's a tiny little thing, little 70 year old lady. And she just beat us into the ground. If we'd have been playing for money, I'd have been broke because she didn't just beat us, she crushed us.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: All right. But so let's go on to number two here and what golf can teach us about financial planning. Unless you're Happy Gilmore, you probably want more than two clubs in your bag. You probably want more than just the driver and the putter because I think that's pretty much all he played with, if you've ever seen that movie.

Tony Mauro: Oh yeah.

Speaker 1: So you need that diversification of a couple of different kinds of clubs. So think about it in that same manner. You're probably not going to use your driver in the fairway, and you're certainly not going to use it in the rough.

Tony Mauro: Right. And I think too, and I've been through a lot of different clubs in my day, and remember when you first started golf, people can probably relate to this is you do only have a few clubs in your bag because you can't hit the other ones. And even now, depending on your handicap, some clubs are hard to hit. But nevertheless, if you're really going to get good, you have to have a full set to really bridge those gaps and distances. That's why we have 14 clubs and you see the really good players. I mean you could get a guy off PGA tour and probably beat me with two clubs. He probably could have two clubs and beat me.

Speaker 1: Oh sure. But he's a pro.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, he's a pro. But for most of us it's the game's not enjoyable, but tying it into the financial planning is, you need some diversification, as we just talked about. You need to make sure you're into different types of investments, generally speaking, not just all cash or all a bond. It serves it itself well with the overall plan, which is what we do with people is once we get all of their financial data, it is saying, okay, based on this and when you want to retire and what you want to do, here's some suggestions. And it's fairly well diversified. I mean, there's some different types of investments because as we see right now in the market, bonds, the rates are up a little bit, more than they ever have been. But that doesn't mean rush out as a 30 year old put all your money into long term bonds. Back to Silicon Valley.

Speaker 1: Back to Silicon Valley. Yeah, exactly.

Tony Mauro: Maybe that's not the best case. But I think that's the main lesson here is you got to have different asset classes, you got to have some different types of things and then monitor those classes because something's always going to be in and out of favor. But by doing that, you really can set yourself up well for a lot less headaches and a lot less tinkering down the road.

Speaker 1: And I've got some interesting stats here on the SVB while we're talking real quick on this. We can, and we'll jump right back in. And these come from bankrate.com and Bloomberg and New York Post. But it basically said, if you're, it's for people that are really worried, a couple of things to just keep in mind, especially with one of the bottom line pieces here, and this is actually from a CFO as well. This is just kind of remember that most large national banks deposits, they diversify their deposits. We were just talking about diversification. And they have kind of a more regulated system and less exposure to investments. And that's really what hurt SVB. They had roughly 56% of their deposits were locked up in securities compared to somebody like Bank of America who only runs it around 28%. So completely different risk profile.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Right. And you could take that lesson to your individual self. So if you are putting way too much, like if you work for a company and you get your paycheck there and they give you stock options there and you have a bunch of invested in the company, and let's say you've got 70% of your life, your income tied up in this company. Well look, think about Enron from all those years ago. Same thing. You have way too much tied up in there and it goes under, guess what happens to you? You go under too.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It's no different than us. I remember, this actually happened on the golf course. This was before the collapse of '08, '09. I was out golfing in Arizona and I happened to get paired up with a guy who seemed very high up on the chain at General Motors. I mean, flying in the corporate jet. And you can just tell this guy was high up.

Speaker 1: He was fancy. He was rolling.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And he was mentioning at the time he had all of his retirement and he was probably in the sixties at the time, invested in General Motors stock. And when we got back, it wasn't a year and a half later, I don't know what ever happened to the guy. General Motors filed for bankruptcy. Maybe he got out and was given some things, but couldn't help but think of that guy that's like, because that happened and who knows what could have happened to him. But that could happen to you in any of these types of different types of investments, especially if you're just concentrated in one particular thing.

Speaker 1: Yeah, absolutely. So again, clubs in a bag, diversification, SVB, we're trying it all together today.

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Speaker 1: We're bringing it all full circle in here. So let's do the last one. Have you ever had the opportunity to play with a caddy?

Tony Mauro: I have when I've traveled and it's fantastic.

Speaker 1: Everybody I've talked to that's done it said, wow, it's really impressive. So this one's a pretty easy analogy, right? Because you're paired up with a guy or gal who's a pro and knows that course or whatever the case is, and they help you do all these little things, like reading your line and reading the green and how the putts could break and best choices for this, that, and the other. Well, that's what you do in a sense, Tony, right? As a financial professional, you help with the hazards.

Tony Mauro: We help with the hazards, I mean, we are the financial caddy. And when I played golf at some of the, you go to some of these travel resort type courses and some of them make you get a caddy. Obviously most of us don't play with a caddy in our everyday rounds. But it is a ton of fun because like you say, they know the course like the back of their hand, they're going to be able to tell you from watching you hit two swings, what you should hit on this particular thing. And most of the time they are correct. Every time you say, ah, this guy doesn't know what he's talking about, I'm just going to do what I always do. And then you don't turn out so well on the golf course. I think a lot of it is the same way in the financial area is that can you do it yourself? Can you play without a caddy? Sure. But you're generally going to end up much better off and much more at ease with someone helping you, coaching you around a little bit in your financial life, however that may look for you. So not that you can't do it yourself, but I definitely think you're going to be much more efficient. You're going to probably end up, some people equate it, well, can you get me a better return than I can by myself? That's not really the gist of it, because I can't answer that. It's more along the lines, can we maybe do it or do something good for you in a tax advantage status? Can we make sure that you're on track to hit the goals that you set out to get?

Speaker 1: Yeah, how's your income going to play with social security? What's the best social security strategy for you? How are you going to be tax efficient? Right? It's so much more than just, well, like I guess if you were playing with a caddy and you just wind up saying, Hey, what's the best club for me to use on this hole? Well, there's so much more he has to offer you than just that. If you ask him that same question every time, you're not really maximizing what that caddy can do.

Tony Mauro: No, absolutely not. And like I said, on the course, those guys are fantastic. Besides having a lot of fun, they know the game. They're in the game every day just like we are as planners rather than just guy coming out a couple, well, in my case, traveling.

Speaker 1: Yeah. It's not your cousin Eddie walking out with you going, all right, here's what you want to do.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, no, no, these guys know the game. And if you let them hit a ball for you, generally they're really good players. So I think it goes back to the financial case. It's just like everything else, the people that do it every day are probably going to be better at it than you. And it might be wise to listen and come up with a plan and to work with an advisor.

Speaker 1: Yeah, absolutely. So there you go. There's a little analogy with golf. We even touched on the SVB thing a little bit. And of course folks, if you do have concerns about what's happened this past week, the time we're taping this, we're in the middle of March, we'll be dropping this podcast here this week. With what's going on with these banks, before you take action, don't panic that. That's one thing we don't need to do is people start panicking and running and taking money out of any banks. And that can certainly be what causes issues. So make sure you reach out to your advisor and just make sure that things are okay and have a conversation. As always, there's no crystal ball, no one knows what the future holds, but we want to also not make things worse by creating more panic than it needs to be. I think that was also where they kind of shot themselves in the foot. The minute they reached out to their investors and different tech companies and said, don't panic, that's essentially the time to... That's when they panicked, right?

Tony Mauro: When they panicked. Yeah. And I've been telling all of our tax financial monthly accounting clients and wealth clients that same thing. Don't panic. I mean, yeah, everything's good until it's not. But most of us don't have, I mean, as an accountant, I like to look, but most consumers aren't going to go and review and understand the bank's financial statements. But I'm telling clients, talk to your banker. Just ask them, Hey, what do you think I should be doing to mitigate my risk if I've got over $250,000 or whatever. I don't know if you want to go in and say, explain all your financials to me, they're not going to have the time to do all that.

Speaker 1: Right. Right.

Tony Mauro: And even if they're not in good shape, they're probably not going to be, Hey, we're in real bad shape. But I think proactively, like you say, keep an eye on it, ask your advisor, ask your banker. And I don't think you should be running out and just pulling all your money out. Absolutely not.

Speaker 1: No. And I think based on, I've talked with a bunch of advisors already this week, Tony, and they've all said the same thing. There doesn't seem to be any evidence there that this is a systemic problem.

Tony Mauro: No, no.

Speaker 1: Yes. We've had two at the time we're doing this, one on the west coast, one on the east coast, but they are both very specific banks to very specific things. I think the New York Bank really being hurt by the crypto, being too heavily heavy leveraged in crypto. And of course, SVB wound up being too heavily leveraged in bonds they took out, and then they didn't have the stock assets to cover it. So.

Tony Mauro: Nope.

Speaker 1: Yeah, and bank failures, folks, they happen more often than you realize.

Tony Mauro: They do. They do.

Speaker 1: Yeah. It's an interesting chart. We've actually had like 300 plus since the great financial impact of '09. We've had about 300 plus bank failures, and you don't really hear about all of them. You only hear about a few at a time. Especially the really big... You heard it around the financial crisis, obviously in '08, '09, that's what most of them were.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: But I think there's been 12 since 2019, and I don't think you've heard about any but this one.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, I've only heard of one other one since and well, it's probably been, yeah, four or five years. And that was just a minuscule little thing. I mean, you could ask clients about it. They'd never heard of it.

Speaker 1: Yeah, exactly. So again, you never know. There's always chance for things to happen. We certainly want to keep our eyes and ears peeled, but we don't want to panic. So if you do have questions, definitely reach out to someone and have a conversation before you take any action. And of course, Tony's here to help, he and his team at Tax Doctor Inc. You can find them online at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. He's got 27 plus years of experience as a CPA, CFP, and an EA. And he is, well, he's a tax doctor. Tax Doctor Inc. So check him out online and we will see you next time here on Plan with the Tax Man. Thanks, Tony.

Tony Mauro: All right. We'll talk to you later.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Are you confident that your financial plan is complete? Many people believe they have a solid plan in place, only to realize later that they've missed important areas. From not accounting for long-term care expenses to overlooking the impact of taxes on retirement income, there are many ways a financial plan can be incomplete. On this episode, we'll be pointing out the most common areas people overlook when planning and provide actionable tips to ensure that your plan is as comprehensive as possible.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Welcome into another edition of Plan With The Tax, with Man Tony Mauro and myself here to talk about the incomplete financial plan. Are you confident that your financial plan is complete? Most people believe that they have a solid plan in place only to realize a little later on that maybe they've missed a few important areas. So that's what we're going to do in this episode. Point out some of the most common areas people overlook when planning and hopefully provide a few actionable tips to ensure that your plan is as comprehensive as possible. What's going on, Tony? How are you buddy?

Tony Mauro: Not too bad. Coming out of the busiest time of tax season. Still got some ways to go, but-

Speaker 1: It's early March, time we're dropping this. So you still got a few weeks, right?

Tony Mauro: We still got a few weeks left and we trickle into the summer months with some extensions and whatnot.

Speaker 1: You're right, and the heavy throes of it right this minute. So as always folks, do your CPA, and your financial professionals, and tax preparers a favor, try to get that stuff to them as early as possible. Don't be like me and wait till April the 12th or something. They don't like that so much. But if you need some help reach out to Tony and his team at yourplanningpros.com. They are obviously Tax Doctor Inc. Is the name of the company. They are a Des Moines professional alternative, and you can find them online yourplanningpros.com. So let's jump into a list here. I've got a few different things to run through, like I said. Maybe you have some of this going on and it might make your financial plan incomplete. So the downturn we've experienced in '22, that was a rough year obviously for the market. And when it's the early stages of retirement, Tony, it's more detrimental and people [inaudible 00:01:38] are aware of that and why that is something called sequence of return. So let's talk a little bit about why it is a bigger problem if you are retiring in a down year, like in the early days of your retirement versus later.

Tony Mauro: And in simple terms really, say you decided to retire at the end of '22. And we did have a down year, although years before, this is different because we've had such a run-up, but if you retire and in the early part of a long prolonged downturn, presumably you've generally got some years left to live and it's going to be very difficult, because you're going to need this money to supplement your living to make that up without taking a lot of risks. And so generally, you don't want to be overly aggressive, I would say. And obviously if you're 90 years old and you have a downturn, it's pretty easy to see. It's a lot different if you're than you're 65 or 70, because you're a little closer to the end. But really you want to make sure that, again, in these early years that you, as you're getting into retirement, even before that, you're switching things up. So number one, hopefully that doesn't happen or if it does not really going to affect you too negatively. But we do see that a lot.

Speaker 1: Oh, for sure. And so basically, because, correct me if I'm wrong on this, Tony, but it's like you're basically, if you're going through a major drop, if you're going through what, I don't know what we were doing, let's say 22% or 20% last year or whatever. In the early days of your retirement, it's really going to scramble up your picture, because you're tapping your portfolio as it's losing or after its lost value. And then you're having to sell more investments to possibly raise money to fund part of your lifestyle, whatever portion of your financial plan that needs to do. So it's this double whammy. So you're draining your savings more quickly, but you're also leaving fewer assets in those set accounts that can also regenerate more growth. So it's almost maybe even a triple whammy.

Tony Mauro: It is a little bit of that because, yes, with that, if you're already down say, I don't know, 15, 20%, then you're taking out 5 or 6% or whatever that might be, really starts to drain the portfolio quickly. And if that's your main source of retirement income, you have to make sure, well obviously the big one is you're not going to run out of money but it's, again, being different. If you're 90 and all of a sudden you have a little downturn that's not as detrimental.

Speaker 1: And downturns do happen. We can ride these out, but just something to be aware of, which again is where the planning comes into place. Because people sometimes will say, "Well, when you're setting up your income strategy, which horse are you going to ride first? The social security horse or your own horse." So some people will say, "Well, I want to wait social security to maximize it at 70," but maybe the strategy looks better depending again on the environment as you're getting close to retirement to maybe take social security a little earlier and right ease off of going into your own accounts until later. Again, it's all timing and it's all strategy.

Tony Mauro: It's all strategy especially with the incomes that you can't outlive, which are few and far between today. Social security and then some of us have pensions that we can't outlive, but most don't now. It's social security and whatever you've accumulated in your 401ks or savings. And so it takes a little more savviness to come up with a good plan.

Speaker 1: So sequence of return risk can certainly be a problem if you don't have that taken care of and you have it in complete financial plan. And then of course we can add to that conversation we just had by saying the lovely inflation effects over time, even normal inflation, Tony, let alone what we're dealing with right now.

Tony Mauro: So I think this is another bad whammy, if you will, especially as we're recording this, we all know what inflation has done for the last year and a half or so.

Speaker 1: I think it actually, if time we're taping this or we're just happened a little bit, I think the January, oh, that's right. It was January's numbers. We don't have March's yet. Oh, excuse me, February's yet. It was back up a half percent so.

Tony Mauro: It was just about, yeah. And it's trickling back down, but again, take the scenario of a retiree, they could be down 15, 20%, they're trying to take money out and by the way, now stuff costs a lot more.

Speaker 1: Yeah. So you're down 15, you're pulling out 4, let's say you're using the 4% rule or whatever, and then you're paying 7% more at the grocery store. It's just not-

Tony Mauro: It hurts you.

Speaker 1: And you wonder why people are stressed, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. This is why people are stressed and this is why, although I try to make a case for people that you got to try to outpace inflation a little bit, even when it's low and it's hard to do now and be conservative because it's kind of high.

Speaker 1: Trying to find some vehicles that'll help you do that for sure. So yeah, you've got to have it. So again, if you're putting a plan together, you've got to be working with an advisor who's taken into account normal inflation, just at least nothing else they're planning for. Because if we can go into that simple conversation of, hey, if it costs you $5,000 a month to get by now, and even in normal inflationary times, well in what? 12 years? That's going to double, right? 10, 12 years, that's going to double. So then if you have a 30-year retirement, that's going to triple. So you got to make sure that you've got something in there helping those accounts grow to deal with inflation. And then medical cost is going to be number three on there and that typically outpaces regular inflation. So you certainly got to have that accounted for.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, you do. And it seems like as I'm looking through the list here, nothing's good, but we'll talk about anyway, because I think it's important to people understand some of these potential things that could become quite catastrophic and medical I would think would be one of them. Obviously as you retire generally your medical costs are going to go up. People are living a long time today where they're keeping us alive. And even my own father, his medical costs are up, he takes a lot of pills and things and I still think he's fairly healthy at 81. And so his costs are up. And so that eats again into his disposable income or his monthly income coming in. And again, just pile that on with everything else we just talked about, which we've got more here. It's something that you got to start thinking about because, and that's not even including some of the people that are in poor health and whether it's hereditary or something else, it adds up quickly.

Speaker 1: Well, and then of course number four is the possibility of tax increases. So just like inflation or whatever, we want to be able to try to retire in any environment, because we just never know what's, again, if you live 20 years or 30 years in retirement, you're going to see multiple administrations, which means you may see multiple tax code changes and we all know we're broke, the country's broke and we're spending money like it's water. So the likelihood of tax, even if they do nothing, Tony, the taxes are going up '26. So if you're not addressing future tax increases with your financial strategy, you are leaving an incomplete plan on the table.

Tony Mauro: And I do think it'll be interesting, we're still a few years away from '26, but unlike you, if somebody's just going to ask me, I think that they'll let a lot of these things expire and taxes will be going up in some form or another. And like you say it and as the time we're taping this, they just have been fighting over and delayed till June or, I don't know if they delayed it, I can't remember on the debt ceiling, but I think it comes due again in June or something. And some people want to keep borrowing, some want to cut. Obviously we spend more as a country than we're taking in. And I think we've talked about it a little bit before, the politicians never want to talk about, hey, it's like any other business. We don't take in enough to pay our bills. We either need to stop spending, or we need to increase our cost, or tax us more. So I can't imagine them going down anymore, but I'm usually wrong whenever I say that, I got to think they're going up in the future. And like you say as retirees, or in the rest of us, it's going to hurt you, because again, there's another little piece coming off before you get to spend anything.

Speaker 1: Yep, absolutely. More than likely it's going to be the case probably for quite a while. So we may not see rates this low again for a very long time. So you want to take advantage of it, which leads into number five, because you may want to take advantage of the tax rates now because there are challenges that present themselves with RMDs. Obviously we've talked a little bit about the SECURE Act. We're going to do a bigger, more in depth one later on, but they've pushed the age back again, so now it's 73 for those of born before '59, those born after '59, it's going to be 75. But a lot of people are in good shape and they don't want to take these Tony, they're like, "Well, I don't want to have to take money out." But they require it to require minimum distribution, so maybe taking advantage of the tax rates and doing Roth conversions, which is why that's been a very popular conversation piece for the last two years.

Tony Mauro: It really has. And we're talking about that more and more with people that do have sizable amounts is going a little bit against the grain and saying, well, even though you don't have to do it until 73 or 5 now, maybe we want to, at least filling up the tax bracket you're in, so that you can pay it at a lower rate, because that way it's now already been taxed and we can figure out something else to do with it. But if taxes go up and then all of a sudden you got to start taking money out, well again, that that's less in your pocket. And I think that's a mistake if you just blindly say, well, I'm going to wait because I don't want to do it right now and pay taxes. Sometimes it's actually better to pay a little than more later.

Speaker 1: And the likelihood, number six, that we're going to have a long-term care event just continues to grow. Two out of every three people, seven out of every 10 are going to have some event. It doesn't mean a nursing home, Tony, but it certainly means some sort of an event. It could be a short-lived event, it could be a longer event. It could be someone just coming out to your house for a few weeks. But either way, you may have to look at some sort of coverage on that. And it is expensive. People start looking at different alternative life insurance policies or different kinds of ways to possibly fund this.

Tony Mauro: And this could be a whole topic in and of itself as many of these could. But I would say just off the cuff, the best way to do it is try to protect, depending on where you're at of the income spectrum, with some sort of insurance while you're young enough where it's still relatively affordable. If you're waiting until 70, 75, if you can even get longer term care types of insurance, it's going to be extremely expensive. But a lot of people buy it when they're young and a lot of people now are using it to stay out of the home, the nursing home that is, is assisted living, people coming into your house and at least providing some benefits there where they can at least age in place and hopefully stay there. But yeah, if you don't have this accounted for and you have to go in, even if you're coming out and we're not talking nursing home here, but just for some care, it's like the medical costs, extremely expensive to do. And a lot of times Medicare doesn't cover a lot of this, so they're going to be looking for other insurance policies or your pocket.

Speaker 1: Absolutely. So you got to have all these pieces in there to get that financial plan in a complete status versus having some of these little pockets or holes that can certainly derail things. And Tony, we were talking a little bit about inflation and we were talking about economic times that we're in right now, this is March's episode of '23. There's still a lot of conversation about tons of tech companies, Walmart, a lot of places have laid off, Amazon, I guess that's retail and or tech. They've let a lot of people go already in the first quarter of this year. So the possibility of a job loss and what it could do to your retirement plans, especially if you're a couple of years away, let's say you've got five years or left and you think, "Okay, hey, as long as I can hang on to this job for the next five years, we're [inaudible 00:13:41]. But you never know, something could happen.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it could. I'm in agreement. The people listening to this from around here will know what I'm talking about. But we have a huge Wells Fargo presence here in Des Moines and I don't know, 18, 20,000 people here total. And they've always been downtown. Well, they just came out and said, "We're moving everybody out to the western suburb campus and we're getting rid of these buildings," but they are laying off a lot of people. And of course, it's like 4 or 500, which doesn't sound like that many if you're talking about these giant companies. But here in Des Moines it's anywhere, it's a lot of people that, like you say, if some of these people were five, eight years from retirement, then thinking they were going to have this, well, it's like, "Okay, now what do I do?" Yeah, 55 60, nobody wants to hire me and I don't have an income. Maybe my skillset newer employers want. And that poses a real, at least, concern. Best way to combat it is obviously keep your skillset up, assuming you still want to work and stay nimble enough where you know can get out and get something else, but I don't think it's easy. The other way to do it too is have the emergency fund. We talk a lot about in planning of three to six months, or maybe even a little more to help you decide, get you through paying the bills until you can at least find something. But...

Speaker 1: Definitely got to have that, you got to have that emergency fund in place. Hopefully, if nothing else, COVID maybe taught, hopefully, many folks that it was going to be important to have some emergency funds sitting there if they unexpectedly lost a job for 2, 3, 4 months. So definitely-

Tony Mauro: I got-

Speaker 1: Go ahead.

Tony Mauro: Sorry for the interruption, but I was going to say the other thing too, how many of us out there, probably a lot of people can resonate. I been on my own for so long, I've forgotten what it was like, but gone are the days that people go to work and can feel like, "Well, if I work hard here, I'm going to be here for 50 years and I'm going to ride off into the sunset," because a lot of times it's companies, they just say, "Well, you know what, we're all about the bottom dollar and well, we're going to cut that department, or we're going to consolidate and do this." It doesn't seem like people have that safety anymore that they used to, and-

Speaker 1: It's definitely more rare. Pensions have been dying since the early '00s, late '90s, early '00s. And I think longevity in corporations, 30 and 40 year jobs have been taking that kind of hit for the last 20 plus years as well. And it's a big jobs market or it has been. Emerging markets and industry and all different kinds of things, but we also like usual, we oversaturate in some areas, other areas get to suffer and then they start to balance out. But it's certainly something to think about. And I think one thing I tell people all the time is, if you're really worried about something and you have any mechanical inclination skills, we sorely are going to be in source or shape for electricians, and carpenters, and plumbers, and things. It may not be the sexiest sounding thing, but I tell young people all the time, "Hey, if you don't think college is right for you, pay attention to in that industry sector, because a good contractor's worth their weight in gold."

Tony Mauro: We have a lot of commercials airing right now. I know we're getting off the subject, but if you can come and work hard, I think it was for heating and air conditioning. You become a journeyman, you can make a good living, a real good living, and you're always going to be in demand. But I think that, yeah, you're right, here, these industries are suffering. They can't find people that want to go do it. Everybody gets-

Speaker 1: They don't want to get their hands dirty. There's a young gentleman here in my area, he's been doing concrete for about seven years and he's only like 27 years old and he is just killing it. He's just making money hand over fist, because he does a great job, he and his, team and they show up and they get the work done and he's like, "Yeah, I don't have student loan debt and I don't have all that stuff." As a matter of fact, he's living in a half a million-dollar house and he's 27 years old while his best friend has got $300,000 in school debt.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, I've always said there's a ton of different ways to make money, make a living. And if you're good at business, if you're good at that kind of stuff, and you can run a good business, you can make as much as, or probably more and have a different type and a great lifestyle than somebody works for corporate.

Speaker 1: But entrepreneurship is not for everybody.

Tony Mauro: Not for everybody.

Speaker 1: You got to know who you are. You got to certainly know who you. And that goes a long way towards a good complete financial plan, whether it's a financial strategy while you're still working or in retirement, knowing who you are and being honest about some of those things can certainly help you and your advisor plan accordingly. We got a little sidetracked, but I think it still brings back in the nature of the beast of just money and how we take care of ourselves and how we strategize for the future, so. Last one, we'll just do it real quick and just that's passing assets as smoothly as possible to future generations. That's really just being tax smart, tax efficient with whatever you've got. So if you're wanting to leave that 401(k) behind to your kids, well the Stretch IRA removal from the first SECURE Act may say that you need to change that strategy a little bit. Things like that.

Tony Mauro: And that area alone should be enough where you should be talking to your advisor, especially if you know want things to happen a certain way. And on top of that, you got taxation and some other things. So to go about that blindly, I think you're really, to make it short, going to be in for real surprise depending on how you do it. So please go out and get some advice on, well on all these, but that one for sure.

Speaker 1: Yeah, tax efficiency in retirement. Some people say, "Well, I'm going to leave my," joke and say, "I'm going to leave my kids a tax bill," or "I'm going to leave them a credit card statement," or something like that. But I think at the end of the day, we all truly just want to, if we're going to leave a legacy, we want to leave it as efficient as we can, because God willing, we lived a long life and by the time we're leaving something to our children, they might be grown adults in their prime earning years. They might be in their 40s or even 50s in their earning years. And so you don't want to hit them with putting them in a higher tax bracket if you can avoid it. So again, efficiency is the name of the game, strategy is the name of the game. So if you want that complete financial plan, make sure that you're checking off some of these items on today's list. And if you need help, as always, stop by Tony's website, get in touch with he and the team at Tax Dr. Inc. You can find them online at yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the show on Apple, or Google, or Spotify, whatever podcasting platform app you like to use, you can find our show there, Plan with the Tax Man, and that just lets you catch future episodes as well as check out some past ones. Tony's been helping folks for 27 plus years, great resource. He's a CPA, CFP and an EA, so certainly got a lot of good skillset there to help you out. Tony, thanks my friend. As always, I appreciate you. I hope you have a lovely start to March and good luck with those taxes, bud.

Tony Mauro: All right, we'll talk to you next time.

Speaker 1: Yep. We'll see you in late March here on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Retirement can come with a lot of tax questions and concerns. From understanding the tax implications of withdrawing from your retirement accounts to minimizing taxes on investment income, it can be overwhelming. On today’s episode, we’ll break down the top ten tax questions retirees are asking in 2023. Before you file your 2022 taxes and plan ahead for the rest of the year, make sure to listen to this episode as we’ll discuss some important tax questions that retirees should ask themselves to ensure they're making the most of their retirement savings and minimizing their tax burden.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Welcome into another edition of Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro and myself, here to talk about the top 10 tax questions for retirees, 10 or so, somewhere in that neighborhood, for 2023. I mean, hey, it makes sense to go ahead and have this conversation with Tony. It's Plan With The Tax Man for Pete's sake. We got to get into that conversation with him. Tony is a CPA and a CFP, an EA of 27 plus years in the industry. We're going to go through this. Right of fact, it's right in the middle of tax time. We're taping this on Valentine's Day. Hopefully everybody has a good Valentine's Day. It is getting ready for tax time, but Tony, let's break down a few of the top questions and just help folks with a few things to think about to get themselves ready for not just the annual tax prep, but also the actual year long tax planning and things as we move further through retirement, not just the history look of that thing. How you doing my friend?

Tony Mauro: I've been doing good. You say Valentine's Day today and-

Speaker 1: That's right.

Tony Mauro: Got a lot of people coming in, dropping off their taxes. Now that everybody's starting to get most of their documents, their focus is-

Speaker 1: Oh yeah.

Tony Mauro: And of course we just had the Super Bowl. With all the ads on the Super Bowl, everybody's thinking about it now all the sudden.

Speaker 1: Yeah. True. Very true.

Tony Mauro: Busy.

Speaker 1: And in what you do, because you have both sides of the coin really, because you are a financial planner as well as a CPA, you look at really this stuff through multiple lenses, which I think is a nice benefit as well. And tax prep is that annual thing, but most CPAs look at, that's history, right? It's like the year-

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Speaker 1: That was. Whereas I think working with someone who does financial planning and the CPA, they're not only taking care of the past year, but they're really looking at how things are going to affect future years. So let's dive in, talk about some of that from that aspect. Let you give us, 'cause there's a lot of them here so we'll see how many we can get through, but tax implications of withdrawing money is number one from different accounts. This is important because we talk about bucket strategies. People are used to hearing that. Well there's also kind of tax bucket strategies if you will.

Tony Mauro: Yeah there is and all of these things we're going to talk about I would caveat right off the bat is to make sure, especially as a retiree, you're talking to your advisor, whether it be your financial advisor, your tax advisor, or both.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: 'Cause all of this really can affect your taxes negatively if done improperly, which I have seen a lot, but taking money out of retirement plans, the IRS doesn't make it easy for us 'cause they have different rules for almost everything.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And depending on which type of retirement plan you take it out of, for example, say you're starting to pull money out of your 401k and it's just a traditional 401k, that money's never been taxed. So that's going to be added to your taxable income, which you're probably not going to have any penalties on it if you're above 59 and a half, but you want to make sure that you're not just blanketly pulling a bunch of money out and then you've got other money coming in as well and all the sudden you got a huge tax bill. That's the other thing. A lot of this leads to surprises at tax time if not done properly. So you have to pay attention to that 'cause the 401ks are different than the roths. They're different from just pulling money out of a taxable type of investment account, things like that. All of this should be taken into account with some tax planning.

Speaker 1: Well how you, and where you, pull money from is going to affect number two, which is social security benefits being taxed. People still get very confused by this. So can you explain to us some of the rules on this, on how it works because this is a thing. It can happen.

Tony Mauro: It can happen and a lot of people get confused on them reducing your social security versus taxing your social security. And so if you are full retirement age, and it depends on all of us now or depending on when you were born, but once you're full retirement age, they can't reduce your benefits, but they can and will tax it depending on how much other income you have coming in from other sources like we just talked about in number one or maybe you're still working, things like that. So what happens is is in a nutshell, if you make a little too much money from other sources, then all the sudden they have this kind of backdoor tax, they start taxing your social security. They're not taking your social security, it's just like income. They're just taxing it. The tax is not 100%. So it isn't like you're being robbed completely, but it does make a difference because a lot of people aren't withholding anything from their social security benefits. And then if they add it to their income, then all of the sudden, again, they have that surprise tax bill and they're asking us, "Well, hey, what happened?" And then we say, "Well your social security, part of it's being taxed or they can tax all the way up to 85% of it."

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Again, people get confused, "Oh, my God. My tax rate's 85%." No. They're just taxing 85% of the benefit at whatever your tax rate is.

Speaker 1: Right. And so it's based on income. So how you're pulling money out of your other retirement accounts. So there's ways to be strategic so that we're not getting too crazy and not hitting that highest number on social security, right?

Tony Mauro: That's correct. There's different ways to pull money out and then at least fill up certain, well we call them tax brackets or buckets because-

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Unfortunately for us, there isn't just one tax rate. For every filing status there's five to seven. And so it's very easy to jump into the next one and then get a bunch of money taxed at a little higher rate. So-

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: That's where the planning comes in is trying to maximize that.

Speaker 1: Yeah. I think most people still get confused by that too. If you're, let's say, in the 22% tax bracket, not every dollar you have coming in is at 22%.

Tony Mauro: It's not.

Speaker 1: It's incremental. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It's incremental. And so you got your marginal tax rate, which is the tax on the next dollar you receive. And then your effective tax rate's kind of the average. But even for somebody that's single, let's say, the top 22% rate's about 89,000 for '22, but anything over that, any dollar over that, then everything's 24 and then it jumps all the way up to 32.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: So it can get taxi in a hurry.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Gets heavy. Yeah. It starts to hurt.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: All right. Number three, taxation of pension. Is that different at all? Is there anything for folks to think about there or know there?

Tony Mauro: Well, again, it's a technical thing depending on what type of pension you have.

Speaker 1: And some states waive this, right? Depending on where you live, yeah.

Tony Mauro: Iowa now on the state level is not taxing pension income for retirees. Yeah. They just passed this, by the way, for '23 and beyond. I think it's a way to, because they always tax retiree income before maybe to try to keep people here in their retired years. But, some of it though is even taxable at the federal level. For a lot of our big pension, which here is IPERS, some of distribution is taxable at the federal level and some of it is exempt. And of course that's up to IPERS. They figure all that out for you, but if some of it's taxable at the federal level, again, you've got that same deal of now all the sudden we got to make sure that we're not getting a tax surprise and we don't have enough withheld from our pension incomes.

Speaker 1: Okay. All right. Number four, the Secure Act, the first time, and also the Secure Act 2.0 passing. Anything there that could affect income and taxes? Obviously they moved the RMD age so it does-

Tony Mauro: RMDs, yeah.

Speaker 1: Give you a little bit of wiggle room for some other strategizing. Anything there you want to enlighten us on?

Tony Mauro: Well, I've been talking to a lot of people about the RMDs with the Secure Act, which I think for a lot of my clients really is going to benefit them 'cause a lot of them don't really need or want to start taking the money out. And so if they can postpone it, I think that's an advantage, truly of course. I think too though, they've changed some things with the Roths and some incentives to participate, but as far as retirees go, I talk to them mostly about possibly deferring some of this and keeping it growing a little bit longer if they can.

Speaker 1: Yeah. I know there's lots of different little things in there. So it's certainly wise to. And since the Secure Act 2.0 is still pretty new and they're still trying to decipher a ton of what they put in there, it's certainly worth making sure that you talk with your financial professional and CPA as to anything that might change for your scenario. Any special tax deductions or credits that are available for retirees at all?

Tony Mauro: Well, they are and backing up to the Secure Act, I think we were talking about last time possibly doing a podcast on that 2.0 Later in March, April, once kind of some of this dust settles.

Speaker 1: Yeah, we can do that.

Tony Mauro: It can get technical, but we don't want to get too far off in the weeds with it, but something to think about, but tax deductions or credits for retirees, there are some. The tax deductions, of course, a lot of retirees, depending on what their other income is, they have a lot of out-of-pocket medical. They are paying for a lot of supplemental health insurance that we see, at least in our client base, is enough to trigger deductibility on some of that. So we always tell them to make sure that they're keeping track of that, where the younger people, they can't get over the thresholds very much. There's those. There's some credits if you're disabled. Oh, of course if you're blind and things like that that you might be able to take advantage of. Again, if you're even remotely asking, I wouldn't be afraid to ask your advisor. It doesn't matter if you think it's kind of ridiculous. There could be some deductibility there. So I would definitely ask if you've got some kind of situation.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And they increased the standard deduction, correct, for '22?

Tony Mauro: They did again based on inflation here, just looking at that. For married filing joint now it's up to 25,900. You do get an additional 1,404 if you're 65 or older. So that kind of bumps it up a little bit for you too.

Speaker 1: Gotcha.

Tony Mauro: It's theirs and same way with being blind, but I think the biggest thing that we see besides that of course would be the medical for most of them. Another one too, I don't even know if it's on our list. Let me look down. Yeah it is. It's actually number eight, but we could talk about it a little bit 'cause a lot of retirees like to make contributions to charity. It seems like moreso than maybe the younger people. And so I always encourage them to keep track of that, both cash and non-cash because-

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: They do add up and a lot of them are very, very charitable.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Tax benefits for charitable contributions also. QCDs, which could help you with your RMD, satisfying that goal. So yeah. That was going to be on the list so that's good you touched on that one as well. So that's certainly something you could look at. How about moving? So that's another one to consider. So maybe if you're getting close to retirement or maybe this is the year you were going to retire and you're considering, or maybe it's next year, and you're considering moving, I don't know if I would let the ultimate decision be that I'm moving to, let's say, Florida just because the tax is different. I'd be going because I'm cold and the tax is different.

Tony Mauro: Right. And the tax. It's an added bonus.

Speaker 1: It's an added bonus, but it is something to consider.

Tony Mauro: It is. And again, Iowa is now, of course I've been here all my life, but now all the sudden it's a little more attractive as a retiree, other than the cold, is that you've got this non-taxability of retirement benefits, which for most retirees, it's like a state like Florida. Now the difference is any earned income in Iowa, if you're retired, you're still going to pay taxes on that. Whereas Florida and some of these states with no state income tax don't have that. So again, you got to kind of take a look, weigh all the options there.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: Because I don't know. A lot of retirees in Iowa, they kind of just work for what I call mad money to have, and here that still is taxable, but without having their retirement income taxable and social security now they're still kind of elated, but it is important.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Something to factor in there. I think they're going to get their dollars one way or another. You think it's like, "Hey, I'm moving to this state 'cause there's no income tax," but it may have a higher cost of living or it may have different kinds of things. A friend of mine moved to Colorado and he's like, "Wow. I can't believe how expensive it is out here." And it's just some of the little things that he was surprised by like tagging his vehicle and the insurance on the car. There's massive difference versus his prior state. So always little things to consider in there. Let's see. We're talking about charitable contributions. What about gifting money? Any tax considerations there if you want to gift money to kids or grandkids?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. This is an area another, just like social security, I think with a lot of confusion. People always ask, "How much can I gift to my kids without paying income tax?" And I say, "Well, if you really want to know, the threshold's extremely high," because they kind of confuse the gift tax exemption every year, which I believe is like 16,000, but I got to refer to my charts-

Speaker 1: I think it is. Yeah. I think it's either 16 or 17 that you can give per person. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. So I tell them, I said, "Well, you can gift that much per person to avoid the have to file a gift tax return." But all the gift tax return really is is a filing of the return telling the government that you used up a little bit of your lifetime exemption, which I believe is for a married filing joint about 22 million.

Speaker 1: Yeah. It's crazy high right now. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: It's very, very high. And considering, yeah. Here it is. I finally found it. So the gift tax for '22 is 16, '23 it's 17,000 that is. So for most, what we tell them is that if you and your wife want to gift your son and his wife say money, you each could gift them, each one of them, 16,000 or 17,000, it's 34 a piece. So you're talking about a lot of money. A lot of people can't gift that much-

Speaker 1: Right. Yeah. That's pretty hefty. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: In one year. But even if you go over that, you've got some farmland or something like that, you want to gift them $200,000, you're not going to pay any gift tax on it. We just have to file a return to keep in the good graces of the government and tell them you used that much, but-

Speaker 1: This could be a nice future strategy though, Tony, if you're looking to bring down your complete total net worth because of, let's say, because of RMDs, because of maybe converting money or just reducing the estate size overall, if that's part of the strategy, this could be a nice way to do a little bit of that too.

Tony Mauro: It is. If you've got somebody with enough of an estate to possibly have estate taxes later on, the gifting and using the annual exclusion amount is a great idea along with some other things 'cause you got to get some of this money out of your estate in order to escape that and a lot of people are very content with just gifting the exemption amount every year.

Speaker 1: Yeah. There you go.

Tony Mauro: At least trying to get it out of there.

Speaker 1: Right. Okay. We talk about individuals a lot. Sometimes we should do probably more for businesses considering you are a business, but any tax things to discuss real fast for small, maybe not even a business, but maybe retirees who go into a small or a side hustle. So they're in a retirement and maybe they're selling paintings or they're selling arts and crafts that they've made. Whatever tax ramifications you'd like to share with us from a small business or side hustle kind of thing.

Tony Mauro: I would say for small business, I would keep it simple. I wouldn't go into incorporating things like that unless all of the sudden really started taking off. A lot of people confuse doing something for a hobby with trying to make money and have a profit motive. In other words, they'll come in and say, "Well I've got this business. Here's all my expenses." And we say, "Well, where's the income?" "Well I don't make any money." And I say, "Well, where's the sales?" "Well I don't even sell anything." "Well that's a hobby. You can't deduct that." So you got to have a profit motive. Not to say you can't lose money.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And you can deduct that against other income, which is good. So if you are doing a side hustle, keep good records to see if you're making money or losing money. Obviously if you're losing money, it's a great tax deduction, but eventually if you're losing money, that's money going out the door.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: You certainly don't want to do that forever. But on the flip side, income-wise, it's going to be taxed and you will pay into social security, believe it or not, even if you're 75, 80 years old, you got to pay back in, which a lot of retirees don't like. You can escape it though with passive income like rentals.

Speaker 1: Okay. And speaking of, final one here, the number 10, any tax issues to discuss if you are looking, obviously a lot of people, the housing market went kind of crazy definitely last year. There was still a lot of things pretty high. Maybe if you sold your primary residence or something like that. Anything to consider or ponder?

Tony Mauro: Well I think the tax ramifications, here in Iowa for the most part, it may not be the same in some of the higher priced cities, but you can, for married filing joint, if you've lived in the home for the last five years, it's your primary residence, you can exclude up to $500,000 of capital gain before you have to start paying any long-term capital gains, which is still taxed better than income tax rates, but in Iowa, most people aren't making a $500,000 gain. And so they can get out of their home and take that gain and, well they can do whatever they want with it. The problem is now as prices are going up, when they move into something else, they kind of end up rolling the whole thing into something new, but at least you didn't pay tax. But, like you were saying though, if you're downsizing, that's when it's better. I sell my home for 700,000 and I paid 250 way back when-

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And all the sudden I got a $450,000 gain and I can go out, I got 700,000, and I can go out and buy something smaller for 350. Yeah. That extra money could go in my pocket and never pay taxes on it, which is a nice deal. That's been around, I don't know, maybe 10, 15, 20 years now, but that never used to be the case. You always had to pay tax when you sold something.

Speaker 1: Okay. So a lot of little things to think about. Again, it's all part of strategizing for just not only the past year, but also future years into retirement. So as usual, if you've got some questions and you need some help when it comes to how to get a tax strategy, to get a retirement strategy in place, make sure that you're reaching out to a qualified professional like Tony and his team. They are Des Moines Professional Alternative, excuse me, at Tax Dr. Inc. And you can find them online at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com.

Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast Plan With The Tax Man on Apple, Google, Spotify, all that good stuff. And again, if you need some help, reach out to tony at yourplanningpros.com. Buddy, thanks for your time. Appreciate you.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: I'm going to let you go 'cause it is Valentine's Day, so I hope you guys have a great day.

Tony Mauro: All right. You guys do the same. Let's talk to you soon.

Speaker 1: We'll see you next time right here on Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

A million dollars is a goal that many people strive to earn for their retirement nest egg, but how far can that lump sum actually carry you? Today we will be looking at an article that breaks down how far a million dollars go in various states.

CNBC Article: https://www.cnbc.com/2022/12/17/states-where-1-million-dollars-retirement-savings-runs-out-fastest.html

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Back here for another edition of Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Morrow. We are into early February here on the podcast, and we are going to do a fun little episode here on where a million bucks runs out the fastest. We'll put a link to this article on the show notes, but this will be a fun episode to look at this article that was written just before it was written in 2020, and we'll take a look at how it breaks down different states for how far a million bucks will go. This is kind of a fun little exercise, especially for those folks who think, "Well, I need a million dollars, or if I don't get to the million, I can't retire." Well, a million might not get it done in some places, and it might be just fine in others. So that's the point of the conversation. Tony, what's going on, my friend? How are you?

Tony: I'm doing good. It's tax season here. February, always the coldest month for us, and so it's just kind of work.

Speaker 1: That's true. That is true. I teed up on our previous podcast we were going to get into the Secure Act 2.0 passing there on December the 30th, I believe is when it went through of '22. We still got some more stuff we're breaking down. We're going to talk about that probably on the next episode, next episode or two. So make sure you tune back in for all the changes there. Of course, as always, if you've heard some things about the Secure Act changes and you need to make sure you reach out to Tony and have a conversation with he and his team just to make sure, especially around the concept of RMDs. We'll touch on that. Just real quick, Tony, one of the big takeaways, there was a lot of stuff in the new Secure Act 2.0 changes, but they moved the age for required minimum distributions to 73. The short of it is if you've already started taking RMDs, you're stuck taking them, so just keep doing it. But if you were turning 72 in 2023, sometime early this year, you can now wait until you're 73. So you do have a little reprieve. But again, please double-check with your qualified professional before you take any action, and then we'll break down all the rest because eventually it's going to 75 and so on and so forth.

Tony: Yeah, it's going to be phased in. Yep.

Speaker 1: Yeah, so we'll talk about some more of the stuff on that, but I wanted to kind of share that with folks real quick. All right, so let's talk about this fun article here. This was done by... Who did this?

Tony: Well, CNBC put it out, but yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah, CNBC put it out, but Go Banking did the analysis. Based off the US Department of Labor Statistics. This is a breakdown of where, and again, we'll put the link in there so you can kind of see the color coding, but how many years would a million dollars get you in retirement savings in certain states? I don't think the top three are really shocking that are the worst for how long it's going to last. I imagine anybody could interchange them and think, well, it's going to be Hawaii, New York, and California, and it is. The top three are those. Hawaii with a whopping 11 years, Tony. So if you got a million bucks and you want to retire in Hawaii, if you got a longevity ahead of you, the million dollars is not going to do it.

Tony: Not going to go very far. And I love Hawaii and I go there every five years, and I would love to retire there, but... Well-

Speaker 1: You're going to need a lot of money.

Tony: I need a lot. It's just not going to last that long. And I'd probably go crazy because I would go...the island. But it is interesting because I think that million dollars we talked about at last episode about that, that's kind of that sweet spot. Everybody always kind of shoots for sure. I'm a millionaire and I'm good now once I have a million. And I think if you read through this article, it really gives some eye-opening things. It depends a lot on where you live and-

Speaker 1: And how you live.

Tony: And how you live.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony: So I do think that these top three on the highest side don't surprise me. I think some of the other ones that are especially like Alaska and then maybe the eastern [inaudible 00:03:42].

Speaker 1: I expected Alaska to be high too, because you got to import a lot of stuff, right?

Tony: That's true. You do. Yeah. Yeah, you do.

Speaker 1: It does tend to be coastal. So when looking at this map, folks, if those of you decide not to check this out, we'll just kind of talk you through it. Basically, most of the east coast and the west coast fall in that million dollars won't go so far category. I'm sorry, with Vermont being the best of the high side. And 18 years, a million dollars if you're out in Vermont, will last about 18 years according to this. What were you going to say?

Tony: Well, I was just going to say speaking of the coast and then Hawaii, I always kid people saying that that's the fun tax, the sun tax, but that's where people like to flock to.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony: And so a lot of population and tends to drive prices up. So there's some reality to that. I do want to jump to the other side because my infamous state, Iowa, is number five on the list of the lowest places or where the money will go the furthest.

Speaker 1: Almost 24 years. Pretty good,

Tony: Pretty good. But notice most of those states you got for those, just listening, you got Oklahoma, Kansas, Midwestern to Southern.

Speaker 1: The Heartland.

Tony: Indiana, the Heartland, Tennessee, Arkansas, I mean the best one of course. But I believe that's Mississippi, right? MS?

Speaker 1: Is that Mississippi or Missouri? I think it is. I think it's Mississippi. MO, that's right. Yeah, it's Mississippi.

Tony: But Mississippi, it's not a place that I would think of going, but I mean it's a pretty good sized state. But I think the point of all this really is that depending on where you decide to retire, it's going to last you a lot longer if you're just taking this million. Cause I think they based this on the state's cost of living expenses for housing. If you're going to take that money and live off of it it's going to last you for quite a while.

Speaker 1: I mean, I was pleasantly surprised to see Georgia so low down, if you will. So 24 years basically for Georgia, which is a hugely popular state. Atlanta is a massive city, obviously. And I imagine that states that are probably interesting, Tony, because Atlanta probably is more expensive than Marietta, right? So the further away from the metropolis as you are in some of these states, probably the more affordable it goes. Michigan was on the lower part at 23 and a half years. Again, a pretty populous state, a lot of heavy metro centers. Then the states that aren't mentioned, they kind of fall into this range of 19 to 23, 22-ish. And that's states, Texas, kind of surprising that Texas falls into that kind of 19, that right around 20 years. That's where my North Carolina, where I'm at, falls into place. The Carolinas both fall around 20 years. So Texas kind of surprised me a little bit because so many people have been moving there. Now granted this is two years old, this survey, and that doesn't probably take into account the inflation obviously that we saw happen in the last year.

Tony: I think Texas, even though it's not the considered the beach towns in the states, but it is so large and there's so much-

Speaker 1: Massive cities. I mean Houston and Dallas are just... San Antonio's not massive, but there's a lot of people and they're really... San Antonio's a great place to visit and live as well. I have some friends there. So when you're looking at this kind of thing, you're kind of saying, okay, I've got this retirement goal in mind. And we talked, I don't know, probably a few months back about does it make it sense to move to a state that's maybe tax advantaged or that the cost of living. If you live in New York, a lot of people moved to Florida. So Florida falls in that mid-category as well, folks around that 19, 20 year mark. There's a huge reason why people moved from New York to Florida. And it's not just the cold.

Tony: No, it's not. Because I was down in Arizona golfing in November, and a guy who's lived there a long time saying they get a lot of Californians selling these massive real estate places and taking a ton of cash and then moving to Arizona, which it's not on the lowest end of the spectrum-

Speaker 1: It's around the 19 years. Yeah,

Tony: Banking a lot of money, the cost to live is less. It's still got the warmth and you don't have the beaches. I think that makes a lot of sense. But I think another thing in this article is for those that click on the link and read down, CNBC's got a good little retirement planning tool and it's highlighted about halfway down that really you can click on it, punch in a few basic things. You don't even need to grab anything. You just right off the cuff, and it's going to tell you how much you're going to need in retirement. Now, there's a lot more to it than that. That's when you need to get with your advisor and figure out, well, I'm going to be well short, what do we do? But it's an interesting little tool that most advisors, I mean, we have more complex things, but those are more inputs and more time. But I'd check that out if I were you, and of course the biggest thing that stands out to me, which we recommend too, is it's right in about the middle of the article. It says most investors are recommended to say between 12 and 15% of their salary, and many do not. It's down around, well, I get the 4% because that's what my employer matches. Well, that's good that that's better than nothing, but you need to keep going. And it gives you some ideas there in the article as well to a couple of tips, because-

Speaker 1: That's a great point, Tony. That 12 to 15%, somebody hears that and goes, there's no way. I can't survive, especially right now with the inflation we've all been dealing with. I can't survive on putting away 15% for retirement. What are you crazy?

Tony: What I tell him, I get a little sassy with him and say, oh, you can do it. You just have to re-engineer what you're spending your money on. And as Dave Ramsey's saying goes, I think in his book he says have to live like no other. So someday you can live like no other, but you got to take that to heart. You have to put this first and then engineer the rest of your life. But I shouldn't say all, but a lot of people do the exact opposite to get their life all engineering. Now I only got this much to say for retirement. So that's all it gets.

Speaker 1: Yeah, no, that's some good points because it's certainly interesting to figure out what it is that you need to do, how you need to do it. And a lot of it comes back to, we talk a lot on here, Tony, about X's and O's and you like to make the joke that sometimes it's easy for advisors to say, well, it kind of depends and you don't get super specific because everybody's different. So we try to play devil's advocate and kind of go a little bit each way, but the concept of how much you needed a total nest egg really does play in the factor how you live and where you live. Because even if you're in the same area, so let's just go with a lower state, one of the states that was, let's say 23 years, you're in someplace like Indiana, for example, or whatever. And if you're living in Indianapolis and you're going out and doing a lot of things and you're very active in your lifestyle, it's going to be completely different than if you live in Terre Haute and you do virtually nothing, or you live in the middle of nowhere. Or even in my state here in North Carolina, living in Charlotte and doing a lot versus where I live in the country is completely different costs of living. So how you live and where you live plays a huge factor in how much you're going to need for retirement.

Tony: It sure does. And I'm going through it with really right now with my own son, because he's out in Denver and they're young, got married. Very, very pricey. And they're actually all of a sudden looking... Houses out there, I mean, for what they are making at the time, boy, they just don't get much. And they're looking at them back here in the Midwest where they're both from and they're scratching their heads saying, boy, may, maybe Iowa or South Dakota, somewhere a little closer to home in the Midwest, our dollar's are going to go a lot farther. And they're not even retired. I mean, they're 26, 27, they just turned 27. So it's not about just the retirees, it's about I'm not advocating moving and getting out of your state.

Speaker 1: Sure. Right.

Tony: It's something to think about.

Speaker 1: Yeah, you definitely got to factor all these things in there, and depending on where you live, the snowbird thing certainly plays into a factor, even people in Iowa. Sure. Right?

Tony: Oh yeah. Oh yeah, Carrie'd love to get out of here.

Speaker 1: Right? Oh, it's cold. So think about that. And that's one of the reasons why Texas, Florida, so Texas and Florida are in that kind of the same range on this particular article of around right around 19, 20 years, where Tennessee is around that 23 year mark. Those three states have been very, very popular the last couple of years because of the income tax.

Tony: Yes, correct.

Speaker 1: And of course, the temperature, the weather. And then now this, the million dollars, the length that goes, certainly makes it appealing.

Tony: It does. And what Iowa's done, because we're in retirees moving here, not that appealing, or even the ones that have been here all their lives and want to get out is Iowa's just passed a law saying that the retiree income, which is social security, and then pensions and stuff, is not taxable at the Iowa level.

Speaker 1: Oh, okay.

Tony: And Trying to keep people here a little bit.

Speaker 1: And some enticement. Yeah.

Tony: A little bit of enticement. I mean, the weather is a big one as you get older, to the negative, I might add. But all these states are trying to keep people and attract people for different reasons because as we all know, I mean, Iowa's going to get their money somehow. It's not income tax, it's somewhere else.

Speaker 1: That's the thing of if you were moving someplace like Tennessee just for the tax break, that's probably the wrong decision because they're going to get you. Or Florida even, so you moved to Florida, but just for the taxes, and you're like, okay the sun's a bonus. It's still expensive to live, and it's going to be more expensive to live in Miami than it is to live in Gainesville.

Tony: Right. Exactly.

Speaker 1: They're going to get you one way or the other, local level, salt taxes, as you know they're called. To your point about Colorado, a good friend of mine moved from North Carolina to Colorado, and he is like, oh, some things are really great. And he's like, he couldn't believe what it did to his car insurance and just tagging his vehicle. He was like, holy moley.

Tony: And that's the kind of stuff, I mean, that's direct cost of living stuff there.

Speaker 1: Exactly, and that affects your total income outcome.

Tony: It does. And that's the whole point of this article, and obviously it's a slant a little more to retire there, but it's something to think about. I mean, the retirees have a little more to think about than just like somebody my son's age who's just working there. But it is interesting.

Speaker 1: Well, and that's where a strategy and a plan comes into place. And of course, when you're putting that stuff together, you can strategize for some different things. You can say, you can sit down with your advisor, you can talk with your loved one and say, where do you want to retire? And we say, oh yeah, we don't want to live in Iowa. We do want to live in Florida, or whatever. Well, you can still work with Tony and start strategizing for that, because Tony, you got clients all over the country.

Tony: We do. Yeah.

Speaker 1: So it's possible to go through and start calculating and planning instead of just winging it. You don't want to just wing this kind of thing. So it's fun little article. Again, we'll link it into the show notes if you want to check it out. We covered most of it here, but certainly ask yourself that question, where do you want to tire?Where and how do you want to live in retirement can go a long way towards getting that whatever that total number is or that total goal. And as Tony and I said on the prior podcast, really the million dollars probably shouldn't be the concept. It should really probably be how much income do you need to afford the lifestyle you want? So as always, don't forget, subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Spotify, Plan with the Tax Man. You can type that into the search box at any of those apps, or you can just find all the information you're looking for at yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com, where you can check out the tools, tips, and resources Tony has on the website. Schedule some time to talk with he and his team and get started today. As I mentioned, he's a CFP, CPA and an EA with 27 plus years of experience, so great resource for you to tap into. If you need some help and you're not already working with him, reach out to Tony Morrow today. Tony, my friend, thanks for hanging out, have yourself a great day, and enjoy yourself. I'll talk to you in a couple weeks.

Tony: All right, we'll see you next month.

Speaker 1: All right, we'll talk to you next time here on Plan With the Tax Man, with Tony Morrow.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Another year is upon us and it’s a great time to ask yourself 10 questions to assess how ready you are for retirement to kick off 2023. If you’re retiring this year, it’s essential to have some concrete answers to these questions. If you’re still a few years from the milestone, tune in so you can start thinking about these critical conversations.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody, welcome into another edition of the podcast, it's Plan With the Tax Man time with Tony Morrow and myself here to talk about a 10 point checklist for retirement preparedness, a 2023 edition, if you will, so going to get started. Another year is upon us, so it's a great time to ask ourselves these questions and assess how ready we are as we are rolling into the new year. We're about halfway through the month already, which is crazy fast, and so we're going to bring Tony in and get this thing started. Tony, what's going on buddy? How are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing fantastic. Just off the holidays as everybody is and trying to get back into the swing of things and it's going to be tax season before we know it as we record this.

Speaker 1: Right, yeah, exactly. I know we're already halfway through the month as I said, it's like, what in the world?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it goes quick.

Speaker 1: You and I were just chatting that the holiday break did not seem like it was that long of a break. It was just quick, so lots of things going on and I guess it's just our fast paced world, I guess.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it really is.

Speaker 1: Next thing you know, something new is going on, but we got 10 on here, Tony, so let's go ahead and start diving in, check to see if we can get these checked off, so we don't go too long with this podcast and talk about some of these. Most of these are pretty major indicators that you need to have on your strategy or plan, and I think that's going to be the overarching theme is, having a plan's going to help you get prepared for these things that are coming fast and furious. Number one, do you know exactly how much income you need every month in retirement? And I think there's two ways of looking at this for things, Tony. When they're coming to see a financial professional like yourself, if they're really anxious to get to retirement sooner than later, they maybe low ball this number because they want to make the math work, so that you'll say good things, "Yeah. You guys can retire." And when you do that, you really hurt yourself in case you're not being accurate or you truly just look at the big ticket items, mortgage, cars, utilities, and you don't truly realize how much... This is a nickel and dime world. We all spend money a lot more than we realize. Do you know how much income you're going to have? Probably not. You're probably wrong. What do you think?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, in general it is, and the whole reason that I even wanted to talk about this topic, this month is, starting a new year. I'm getting a lot of course, and I always do, especially tax clients, whether they're close to retirement or not, start asking some of these questions. Then, when you get in your fifties, you really start asking this.

Speaker 1: For sure. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: I think that most tend to focus on the nest egg and not how much that nest egg may or may not throw off every month and then they have no idea what their bills really are every month. And that's lack of really just trying to, paying attention as to, like you said, all the little nickel and dime stuff we all spend money on throughout the month. If you don't really have a good idea and they're tracking that, you probably should start because I generally like to start with people as to this question, how much are you going to need a month? Rather than, well, you have 500,000 or 700,000, to make this work. We got to start at the end and then work backwards to see if the numbers support that. And I think most planners are going to do this-

Speaker 1: I think that's a good point. I was just having this chat the other day with somebody. It's an interesting point, back in let's say the '50s or even the early '60s when most people had a pension, they weren't focused on a total asset number, it was about the income because you had a pension, you had Social Security, and so if you had a modest savings and somewhere along the way, probably the '80s, we started shifting gears from how much income it is, to how much is our nest egg worth.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, and I think a lot of that's because a lot of these pensions have gone by the wayside-

Speaker 1: Yeah, for sure.

Tony Mauro: ... because they're just too expensive-

Speaker 1: And the greed I think. Well, everybody wants to say, "Now, well, I'm a millionaire," because it sounds awesome and I agree and it doesn't take as much as we thought it used to, to be a millionaire. As a matter of fact, we're going to have fun on our next podcast about which dates a million dollars will go the farthest in, so check out that one as we come out. But I think that's what happens and we singularly focus on something, this big ticket number versus what do we need to just make this thing work, so we can be happy in retirement?

Tony Mauro: Yeah and I think sometimes when you sit people down and we say, "Okay, your nest egg is X, let's sit down and go through this," and they're just floored about, "Well, wow, that money, if I want to plan to leave some or all of it to somebody else or if I'm even spending the principle, then it's a crapshoot of when I'm going to die and hopefully I have enough left." So a lot of variables in that.

Speaker 1: Yep.

Tony Mauro: You got to ask the question right off the bat.

Speaker 1: Yeah, you got to focus that income down and you got to get the number by going through that process because again, most of us tend to low ball that figure and then that can bite us in the tush later on in retirement. All right, number two. You've got the collection of stuff, you've got the accounts. Which one do you pull from first and how much? So, that's number two on the checklist.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And this makes a big difference tax wise because most of us have taxable accounts and then most of us have, if you've got 401ks and then you've even got Roth's and things like that, is the tax man is there with their handout saying, give me some tax. And you've got to decide and plan what's the most efficient way to take this out without increasing the tax bill. Because again, that cuts into the money that's available for you to go out and have fun with. And I think a lot of people don't give this much thought. They just say, "Well, I'll take out of my taxable one first and save the other for later." And then here come the RMDs when you get a little older and all kinds of things that could hit you if you're not at least talking about deciding which is the best and the least tax invasive I should say.

Speaker 1: Yeah, for sure. And so it is important to figure out which accounts to pull from and when and where because it's going to affect. And these first three really do play all in together, really, they all play together. But number three is Social Security. When do you take it? Well, that's going to maybe depend on how much income you need and which accounts you have and where you're pulling from. It all plays together because maybe it makes sense to delay Social Security and tap into your own buckets or maybe it makes more sense to take Social Security and delay your buckets, everybody's different.

Tony Mauro: Everybody's different. And you know what? I got to say too, people who listen to the podcast probably say, "He never really gives me any straight answers. He always just gives me a lot of options," but it's hard to give a straight answer because this like the other ones, is the same thing. I do a whole webinar on this, taking Social Security and it's about an hour long that I tend to get people on to really go in depth with this because there is some technical things to this, but in the big picture, if you've got money coming in from other sources are still working, it may behoove you to delay taking it, because the monthly benefit does go up. And if you calculate that out as a return, it's not a bad return. But a lot of it depends on longevity in your family, other income sources, just a lot of variables like you said. It's worth, again, spending time there as well. All of these is worth spending time on, but these first three especially.

Speaker 1: Well, and number four is the great multiplier to everything else that's on the list as well. And that's longevity, because unfortunately, it is what it is. Look at inflation right now, we've been dealing with this for the last half year or more, and the longer you live, the more everything gets compounded. And I realize we don't know exactly how long we're going to live, so that's why you've got to stress test your strategy and your plan to go, "Okay, well what if I'm 75? What if I'm 85?" So on and so forth.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And fortunately now, most planning software has the modeling in it that can do a lot of these calculations extremely quickly to do worst case based on where you're at now and how much you're taking out to give you percentages of, "Well, if I do it this way, I've got an 80% or 90% chance of never outliving my money." And to you, that might make a lot of sense. Well, that covers a lot of scenarios, but if you run some scenarios and it only says 60 or 70% chance of never running out of money, well now it's a little more, well, I may need to adjust some things, but longevity is an important factor. I know with my own father whose now 81, he's concerned about, he's got plenty of money, but I always have to reassure him that his sustainable withdrawal rate, which he's taking, he's never going to run out of money and he could live to be 100 and he'll be totally fine, but a lot of people aren't thinking about this again in the plan. And you sure certainly hate to run out of money and only depend on Social Security for the last part of your life, at least in my opinion.

Speaker 1: Right. Ideally, that's not the situation we want to end up with, so you need to strategize so that you know how to handle that. And longevity, if we all came with an expiration date, it'd be super easy, but we don't.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it would be super easy. Yeah, absolutely.

Speaker 1: Number five, market volatility. Look, are you prepared for it? Many people found out last year or got reminded, whoops, this happens, it goes both ways.

Tony Mauro: It does go both ways. And I was just on a call today with a wealth client, she's 76 and she's invested pretty conservatively with dividend paying things. But the son was on there with telling me, "Well, maybe we should look at something a little more growth oriented because the market is down." And I said, "Your mom's 76, she needs this money for retirement. The volatility, she may not be prepared for that." And of course she's immediately spoke up, "No, I don't want to do any of that." But I think that people tend to, especially of course the sons and younger people, "Well, let's go ahead and invest a little bit more aggressively," but we're talking more retiree end here, which you do have to pay attention to that, because even dividend paying stocks took a hit last year.

Speaker 1: Right. And of course, bonds didn't do well. Volatility, and as a retiree, you can't just throw volatility to the wind, right, Tony? I mean, you can't go, well, now that I'm 70, I never want to experience volatility again. Unfortunately, that's just not realistic either.

Tony Mauro: I don't think that's realistic in today's market because the next one I know we're talking about here is inflation, because that creeps into this because if inflation, and of course it's high now, we might as well just get into it is, inflation eats away at your purchasing power and you never really think about it as a younger person. But as you get older, you start seeing about, I remember the day when this cost only this, and you can see it. And if you're sitting there-

Speaker 1: We all love to do that little, "Oh God, I remember when a Snickers bar was this," or whatever, as we age. But at the same time, regular inflation, we also typically ignore it, even as we do age. This crazy inflation we've had for the last six, nine months, has certainly reminded everybody as well. It's like, "Oh..."

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: This isn't cool.

Tony Mauro: No, if you don't have enough to outpace inflation on your earnings, that is, you're going backwards and over the course of 20, 25 years, and I always tell tax clients when they complain about taxes and we're in a historically low tax rate, but nothing generally goes down, that I see. If you're going to be in around in retirement for 20, 25 years, you got to think that things are going to cost more, especially health insurance and stuff like that. I think inflation needs to be a big part of the plan.

Speaker 1: It's got to be, and it's going to continue to be there as well, even in normal numbers. You've got to have some exposure to the market or some sort of a growth vehicle, if it's not the market, it's got to be something, that maybe is linked to the market, tied to the market, whatever the case is. You've got to have some growth in your accounts and you've got to have some safety, some liquidity, all these different pieces we need, that make up the retirement puzzle. And number seven is tax increases. Tony, as a tax professional, that's a big part of what you do as well. It doesn't matter what rules they put in place, yes, that affects everything. But you're still going to have to deal with taxes. And there's a good shot that we're going to go up. Even if they do nothing else, they are going to go up. In '26, they return back to the old prior administration.

Tony Mauro: Prior administration, yeah. And I've been preaching for a good 25 years that we're in a historically low tax rate compared to the '60s.

Speaker 1: So take advantage while you can.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And of course I've been wrong, because I keep saying, "They got to go up," and I have been wrong. But what they do, the politicians are crafty, they engineer, and that's probably not the right thing to say, but they engineer tax increases, so the public doesn't figure them out because it's suicidal to come out and say, "Well, I'm just raising taxes." They'll cut this itemized deduction or put limits on this. And in effect, that's a tax hike. It affects certain people, people don't really realize it because it's buried in their tax return and they're out of sight out of mind. But tax increases, we see it every day, they can hardly fund the government, not even getting into where they spend it all, but it's going to be something that's always there and they tend to creep up over time, whether it's the federal level or the state level. And so I think that's got to be a part of the plan too.

Speaker 1: Yeah, and like I said, in '26, they're going back up to the Obama administration tax code, if they do nothing else. And I agree with you, sometimes you say, "They got to go up," and they do something, but I think we can all pretty much agree that in some form or fashion, which is why the Secure Act, passing, Secure Act 2.0 that just passed at the very, very end of '22, there's some things in there, there's a lot of helpfulness I think for getting prepared for retirement, which is great, but I think the message in that, Tony, and we'll probably do a podcast here probably very soon in the next couple of weeks on the Secure Act 2.0 and some of the changes, but I think the message in that was resoundingly, here's some more tools to get prepared for retirement. You better do it. You know what I mean? Because we're telling you ahead of time, this is going to get tougher, start strategizing and start doing some things. Here's some more tools to help you save for your own retirement because we're not going to be be able to help as much or something. It just seems like the focus is there to tell the American people, start taking this on, your responsibility for yourself because that's where it's going.

Tony Mauro: That's right on. And that was my take from it too, because we all know that I think in the year 2035 that the Social Security fund, it's not going to be totally broke, but they're going to be paying out well more, than they're taking in. They're going to have to try to fix it. I think this is Congress's message saying, "Guys, you're America, you need to start saving more. We're going to help you by trying to change some limits and whatnot because-"

Speaker 1: As we creep up to that number, yeah, to 2034. '25, '35.

Tony Mauro: I agree with that totally, that that's a hidden message.

Speaker 1: And some of the stuff in the Secure Act 2.0, Tony, I think also could pave the way for changes to Social Security. Somebody has to be the, I don't know, the bearer of the bad news or that stands up and says, "Okay, here's what we're going to do. It's political suicide. They're going to kick that can as much as they can.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, absolutely.

Speaker 1: But at some point, they will have to make some changes to Social Security. This could just be another stage of that and again, we'll do an episode coming up pretty soon on some of the breakdowns and some of the different things and how they might affect you. But for now, let's keep going. Number seven was, again, tax increases, future tax increases. You got to be able to retire in whatever economy, whether taxes are high or low or the market's high or low, so that's what a strategy is there to help you do. You also need to address healthcare costs on this 10 point checklist, this is number eight. Again, it's crazy expensive as well, but you got to do something, the longer you put it off, the more expensive it gets.

Tony Mauro: You do. And it's eight in the list, but it's as important as any of them because this is the one that goes up probably the most in your retirement days is this. And I don't see any end in sight for these things going down. And so you definitely, it's going to be part of how much you need every month. This is going to be a big part of it, and I don't think this should be ignored. And you certainly can't afford to go without, so you got to have something and Medicare provides a lot, but you are paying for it out of Social Security, they would withdraw that benefit or that premium, I should say, out of your Social Security. But there's gaps and you're going to need other things, that's not a catchall.

Speaker 1: Yeah, no, that's true. And you've got to look at different ways to fund it. Look at different concepts, not just any one particular thing. There's multiple ways to deal with it, but you've got to deal with it, that's the biggest thing is, you can't just keep avoiding it. Number nine, legacy plan. Have you got it nailed down? Do you have one? Do you want one? If you don't, the state will probably do it for you, and that may not be the best one for your heirs. And I get this, some people want to leave virtually nothing, and that's fine. Some people want to leave a ton and some want to leave something in the middle. But either way, address it, get a plan put, it's pretty easy to do.

Tony Mauro: It is easy to do. It just takes some time. And a little bit of advice from, well, the planner, possibly an attorney, just to make sure that even if you are willing or want to spend down everything or close to, you've got a plan at least, hopefully if you've got relatives to handle things when you're gone and make it a little easier for them. But if you are planning to leave some things depending on the size of your estate and whatnot, you want to make sure that that is nailed down. You don't want the state deciding that for you. And it could be as simple as just, I've got a good will and I've went over it and I keep it updated. And two more elaborate things like I want to trust for my son until a certain age or whatever the case may be. But I think this should not be overlooked, for sure. Should definitely be discussed with your planner.

Speaker 1: I agree. Number 10, we have multiple things we could go with. I think I'm going to go in the direction of this one, with this podcast, Tony, it's what do you want to do with your time in retirement? Everything else we did was about the X's and the O's. Number 10 on this retirement checklist for the new year could be, if retirement's coming up within the next year or so, have you sat down and really thought about how you want to spend it? If nothing else, many people, you can attest to this because obviously you do this for day in and day out. A lot of folks really struggle with, "Wow, I don't know what to do with myself. I can't party every day." Whether that retirement party is travel or taking the grandkids someplace fun or whatever the case is, you can't do it every day. You can't golf every single... You might for the first year or two.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I agree. And when we sit people down and just say, "All right, let's just spend 15 minutes deciding what's going to fill up your day, each day and every day?" And I use myself an example, I like to golf. I said, "Even if I golf every day, okay, that's done by 10, 11 o'clock. Take yourself through a day. Now what? Okay, I go maybe do a little exercising. I'm done by one. Now what?" and all the way through. And then you're not going to do all that every day.

Speaker 1: No, exactly not.

Tony Mauro: I do think it makes some sense to try to figure out maybe what kind of purpose you might want to have, maybe it's getting a little part-time job, maybe it's volunteering, spending time with family. I do think you need to come up with a plan, that's something totally unrelated to money for the most part. But it's something to think about that you want to have some structure and some purpose still in life.

Speaker 1: And it adds some fun back into this checklist because some people may look at the checklist and go, "Ah, I don't want to figure out taxes. I don't want..."

Tony Mauro: That's a lot of work.

Speaker 1: Right and it's like, "But this is the point of it. This is the reason the other nine exists, is to help you enjoy number 10."

Tony Mauro: That's right, because by the end, this is the whole reason for all of this work, is to find something fun to do that maybe you've put off or just spend the last days of your life doing. To me, that's what this whole planning is for, because otherwise, you don't really need any of this, assuming you can pay your bills.

Speaker 1: Yeah, exactly. That's our 10 point checklist there. Anything on there that you need some help with or strike your fancy or hits a cord, whatever the case might be, definitely reach out and talk with your financial professional. If you don't have one, of course, Tony is here to help you. You may already be working with him or you may not be, but either way, you can reach out to him for a conversation at yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com. Tony is a COA, a CFP, and an EA with 27 years of experience in the industry, so a great resource for you to tap into. They are Des Moines Professional Alternative at Tax, Dr. Inc. And again, you can find them online at yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Spotify, all that good stuff. And thanks for hanging out with us here on Plan With the Tax Man. Tony, have yourself a great week. I'll talk to you soon.

Tony Mauro: All right, take care.

Speaker 1: We appreciate your time as always on the podcast, don't forget to hit that subscribe button on Apple, Google, Spotify or whatever platform you like to use, and we'll catch you next time here on Plan With the Tax Man.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Saving in your 401(k) can be an easy and painless way to build your retirement savings. But because it’s so easy and painless, it can also be easy to ignore for long periods of time, which often leads to mistakes. We’ll cover at least the top 5 mistakes people make in their 401(k)s.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Welcome into another edition of Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro, certified financial planner, CPA and EA at Tax Doctor Inc, serving you here in the Iowa area. Of course, he's got clients all over. Thank you so much for hanging out on the podcast with us. As we're going to about today, the top five 401(k) mistakes that you need to avoid. We've got some good tips here for you to consume this go around on the podcast. Tony, welcome in my friend. How are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm good. How are you?

Speaker 1: Doing pretty good. Looking forward to having this conversation with you. We are into a new year. So amazingly enough. So thought this would be a good way to kind of kick things off because hey, the 401(k), it's a great financial vehicle. I mean it's very easy, it's painless, it's a fantastic tool to help build. And I think that's probably going to be the key word, Tony, help build retirement wealth or retirement savings, I should say. But because it's also so easy and painless, it also is easy to forget about it. That can lead us to mistakes. There's other probably ... there's easier ways, I think, to extract money than a 401(k). They have a few hoops sometimes that make it a little bit more complicated. So we're going to just talk about some of the mistakes to keep on the radar to hopefully avoid when dealing with a 401k. I don't want it to sound like we're bashing the 401k, because again I think it's a great vehicle.

Tony Mauro: It is. It's a great vehicle. It's probably for most, the most important retirement vehicle they're going to have.

Speaker 1: Yeah, yeah, absolutely. So, we don't want to beat it up, but we just want to highlight a few areas to pay attention to. Okay. So that's what we're going to do. So let's just jump right in. The first one is, just don't leave them behind. You often hear things like stray 401(k), just don't leave those behind. Because you give up control by leaving an old 401(k) at an old job.

Tony Mauro: You do. It's ironic because tonight I'm meeting with my sister-in-law, we're talking about this because her husband died a long time ago and so she's been a widow for a while, but she's getting ready to retire. But the company that she left it with is now been taken over by some other company and they're basically saying, get it out of here, or we're going to invest it in this new company's 401(k). And of course she doesn't know anything about the funds or anything. But it's this exact case of she's left it there in the old company for a long time. And the reason why you may not want to do that, I think a lot of times you don't want to do that is because like you were mentioning, if you get into a rollover IRA, you've got much more control, you've got much more options for your particular investments in it. And it's not under that little 10 and 12 funds that the company used to have and fees and everything else. But we see it a lot. I mean, people will ... I call them orphans. They bounce around so much, they get these little balances all over the place and they kind of forget about them.

Speaker 1: Yeah, no, and we do see that. And so you'll have to share the podcast with her after. Be like, "Hey, listen to this." Of course, you're going to talk to her anyway.

Tony Mauro: I don't have to tell her she was on.

Speaker 1: There you go. That's right.

Tony Mauro: I mentioned her.

Speaker 1: But yeah, it's very true. To your point, I mean typically there's not a lot of options in the 401(k). Of course you're no longer there to keep an eye on it. You're no longer putting money into it actively anyway. So it just makes more sense to get rid of that 401(k) and roll that over to an IRA where you do have more control, a bigger smorgasboard of options to go through. So that's the first one. Second one, and '22, we're now into the new year, but 2022 certainly taught us that failing to rebalance often enough could be problematic because '21, you were totally fine with things. Then if you didn't do any rebalancing going into '22, you might have paid for that last year.

Tony Mauro: That's right. And a lot of times people in 401(k)s at these bigger companies, there isn't an advisor in ... sometimes there is, they'll give you a little bit of help. But a lot of times they're not. You're just putting money in from your paychecks, probably not watching very close and all of a sudden, what you used to be invested in, because most people will pick more than one fund. It might be too heavily weighted based on, well number one, maybe your goals. But two is maybe that sector is all of a sudden out of favor and you may need to rebalance. But I suggest to people they should look at it once a year, rebalance one time a year. They kind of look at you look that odd look in their eyes and say, "Well, I don't even know what that is."

Speaker 1: And some of these, they will auto rebalance, right?

Tony Mauro: Yes. Some of them will. They will. If you've got a good one and you check the box, and then I would've recommend that too if they offer it, is to make sure it auto rebalances. Because then you don't have to worry about it while you're there. You still need to take a look and work with your advisor on if it still fits. But the key is, is you're still putting money in, it's just now you got to manage what's in there a little bit.

Speaker 1: Yeah, okay. Yeah, so definitely rebalancing is certainly a good idea, talking with your advisor just about doing that. Here's probably the biggest culprit in the reason why, Tony, which is number three on the list. Which is a target date fund. So it's the easy, low-hanging fruit that most of us wind up checking because we don't know a lot of things. So you go get the job, you've acquired the job, you're all happy, you're filling out the paperwork, it's HR day, they have you go online or whatever to do the 401(k) set up. And I don't know what to pick, say you pick the target date, oh, I'm going to retire in 2040. So I picked the 2040 fund, boom, now I've got me a customized plan. And that's the misnomer, you don't.

Tony Mauro: You really don't, no. And target date funds in them of themselves, I don't think are bad. But I think it's a misnomer to just, like you said, just pick that or have somebody tell you, "Well if you don't know, just pick the target day fund."

Speaker 1: It's better than nothing, but they have issues too.

Tony Mauro: They have issues. Yeah. And to me the biggest issue is I think if you really look inside the target day fund and how they're investing and as you get a little closer to retirement, to me, they get a little too conservative, I think.

Speaker 1: Okay, that's interesting. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I mean I just feel like they kind of do. If that's your investment makeup, then that's great. But if that's not you, then maybe the target fund ... I think it could be part of your 401(k). But I think you should have some other things besides that, for sure.

Speaker 1: Yeah, and typically they do have quite a bit of fees.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. They have fees is another one. You're right. Yeah. I missed the fees.

Speaker 1: They definitely have quite a bit on those ... oh sorry, go ahead.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. No, I was just going to say they do have quite a bit. That's another thing that nobody talks about that when you're going into the target date fund. But something to take a look at, especially if you can find it a lower net cost alternative.

Speaker 1: And it's kind of generalizing again, that customized portion is not really true. You think, well yeah, okay great. Because that's 2040, I'm going to retire in 2040. It's also a general wide smattering of people that are going to retire in 2040 versus just being customized to your specific needs. I find that interesting though that you said about getting conservative, because many will say the other thing with that because as they go down, as you get closer to the target date, they are supposed to get more conservative. I think the misnomer also is that people think that they go way, way down. But most of them don't drop below 50%.

Tony Mauro: No, they don't. They don't.

Speaker 1: So if you're thinking, okay, the risk, I'm at 70 and then I get closer and then it goes to 60 and then 50, 40. Most of them don't drop below 50% from the portfolio stance as far as risk versus safety. So yeah, I mean it's a nice simple idea. Again, we're not going to try to totally bash these. But there could be better options for you to do.

Tony Mauro: Yes, yes. True.

Speaker 1: And I think that's probably the end of the day. So you think about the 401(k), I think a lot of advisors, Tony, would say, "Look, definitely take advantage and get the match." Because that's what you're really after, is that free money. But then anything over and above that, maybe we should talk about something else that we have more control over.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I know it's going to be one of my little bonus mistakes.

Speaker 1: Oh, okay. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: I guess what I see the most of is ... especially doing taxes, is I see people that they have 401(k)s at their work and they don't participate. I talk to them about it all time, I say, "That's the best deal on the street. You really need to throw some money in." If they start saying, "Well, I really can't afford." I said, "Then you've got a different problem we need to fix." And that's fixable.

Speaker 1: That's a great point. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: You've got to take advantage. But then the second one is they'll say, "Well yeah, I'm doing it." I'm putting in ... they'll just use a percent, "I'm putting in the max, I'm putting in 3%." And I said, "Well, that's not the maximum dollar amount, that's the maximum." I said, "That's for the match." And they said, "Oh yeah, yeah, that's for the match." I said, "And the match is great." But I always tell them, "Did you know you could put so much more in if you want to go past the match?" Because it's still tax deferred or if they're choosing the Roth option, there's all kinds of things. But I tell them, especially if you start doing some math with them, you're a little 3%, let's use a little future value calculator and figure out what that's going to be in 30 years. I show it to them and I say, "Well, is that going to be enough?"

Speaker 1: Or what's 6%? Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, then they start, "Well what's 6%?" I said, "Forget this percent, let's talk dollars."

Speaker 1: Oh okay.

Tony Mauro: And let's start getting some dollars in there and then we can have some fun with it. Then we just do that for tax clients just to show them. So even if they're not in a planning client, we could say, "You need to go talk to somebody." Or, "Hey, we're here for you, but this is the kind of stuff that we do."

Speaker 1: Yeah, no, those are great extra tips too. So thank you for pointing those out. Because the last two I had were a little bit ... they're not quite as ... well, the one is dramatic, I suppose. But this next one is just kind of not forgetting the fact that ultimately us, as the participant, we're not the client. So the plan administrator or the plan ... their client is your boss, is your employer. Whoever you're working for and getting the 401(k) from, that's really who their client is. So they're making decisions based on that relationship, more so than they are on us as the participant.

Tony Mauro: Well they are. And in most places, unless you have a really good HR, you're not getting the advice and help because the 401(k) itself is not going to help you. They'll defer to your employer, which is their client, like you said. The employer, a lot of times nowadays they don't want any liability either. They're saying, "Well, you need to talk to your financial advisor because we don't want to say anything that could get us into any kind of trouble." Then you're stuck with, well, if I don't have an advisor or-

Speaker 1: What do I do?

Tony Mauro: I just got to go out and do some research.

Speaker 1: And you're [inaudible 00:10:42]-

Tony Mauro: Try to figure this out.

Speaker 1: Yeah, exactly. So just keeping that one in mind. That's a little lesser mistake. But still something that sometimes people overlook. Then of course, we talk a little about fees, I won't beat it up too much. But just assuming that the fees and costs are minimal, especially when we don't see them. That's kind of the little trick too, is that unfortunately ... I mean, first of all, who reads the prospectus on a regular basis anyway? Most people don't. And some of them, they just don't have to disclose.

Tony Mauro: They don't. And yeah, people will ... from the 401(k)s that we have some people in, they'll call and say, "I got this prospectus, what does it say?" I always tell them, "Read it over, read it from cover to cover tonight, let me know." Most of them would rather set themselves on fire probably than to read through that.

Speaker 1: I made it through two paragraphs and they passed out.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, I'm out. But it's buried in there and it's all disclosed. Like you say, most people don't read that. They count on us to tell them that. We don't beat the fees up too much, but we like to let them know, here's what this is and here's how it's taken from you. Because they don't just send you a bill and have you pay it like your utility bill. So that's why it's kind of invisible, but it's still taken out [inaudible 00:11:52]-

Speaker 1: But it's worthwhile to find out how it's impacting your overall strategy. For sure.

Tony Mauro: It is. For sure.

Speaker 1: And finding out whether there's better options, if there are better things to do. That's really where it kind of comes back to the conversation and especially some of those extra ones that Tony just shared is finding out what's the best way to do. Definitely getting the free money is paramount, you need to do that. But then over and above that, have a conversation. Maybe it's worth doing six or 10% to Tony's point. Or maybe it's worth doing an IRA, getting the match and adding some money over there or a Roth. So just lots of ways to think about it when it comes to just 401(k), some little mistakes that can help us save some money. Okay. Anything else? Did we miss anything or are we good? I think we get it.

Tony Mauro: Well, we could talk about this topic for a long time, but those are the major ones. I think with everybody's New Year, New Year's resolutions, I'd say to everybody, one of them, make sure you take a look at your plan, make it a part of your life to say, this year I'm going to review the plan or I'm going to get a plan.

Speaker 1: There you go.

Tony Mauro: And get something started. Because you're doing it with everything else. The first part of the year, everybody does it. But at the end of the day, unfortunately, especially when we're talking about 401(k)s, nobody's going to do it for you now. The days defined benefit plans are gone for the most part, and it's all up to us.

Speaker 1: It is so easy to set it and forget it, as I kind of led off with. Instead of doing a resolution, make it a goal, folks. Because resolutions get thrown out the window pretty easy. So my goal is to get my finances straight, my goal is to shore up my 401(k) mistakes, whatever that might look like. Put that on your calendar for the beginning of this year. And that'll do it for the podcast. So thanks for hanging out with us. We certainly appreciate it. Hopefully you found this useful. And of course, if you need some help, reach out to Tony and his team at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. Again, Tony is a CPA, CFP, and an EA of 27 plus years helping folks get to and through retirement. Des Moines Professional Alternative at Tax Doctor inc is where you can find him. And of course, that's online at yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe on Apple, Google, and Spotify, all that good jazz. You can find us on all those major platforms. Tony, thanks for hanging out and shedding some light on this topic with us.

Tony Mauro: All right, thank you. We'll see you next time.

Speaker 1: Yep. We'll catch you next time right here on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Even if she wasn’t directly talking about money, Grandma said a lot of smart things that we can apply to financial planning. Let’s take some classic Grandma sayings and see how they relate to our financial lives.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Welcome to another edition of Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro and myself to talk investing, finance and retirement. And since this is the holiday season, this will be our final podcast of the year. Here it's Christmas time. We're going to do some financial wisdom from Grandma and maybe sing Grandma Got Ran over by a reindeer. I don't know. That works well for a Christmas eve kind of song. That was always a funny one as a kid, right? Yeah.

Tony Mauro: It was.

Speaker 1: Kind of liked it but thought, well that's a strange song. But anyway, how are you doing, Tony?

Tony Mauro: Doing good. Getting ready and pretty much ready for the holidays.

Speaker 1: Are you set? You got your stuff done?

Tony Mauro: I think I'm set. Yeah, I got all my stuff done. I got a little wrapping to do and I'm ready for.

Speaker 1: Nice, nice. Well you know what, it's a great time of year. Hopefully we can get together with family. Hopefully some of us still, I don't have grandparents anymore, but some folks do or maybe you are a grandparent, right? So...

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Speaker 1: A lot of our listening audience probably are grandparents. So it'll just be a little fun to look at some of these things that grandmas or moms would say, or dad's as well, right? However you want to spin it. We just let it be fun to say Grandma, since it's the holiday thing. And take a look at some of these old axioms and then see how do they apply to the financial world. So we'll have a little fun on this podcast with Tony. So let's start with grandma wisdom number one, when it rains it pours. And we've all heard that and 22, Tony gave us a good amount of downpour throughout the year.

Tony Mauro: Yes. Definitely some wet months I would say.

Speaker 1: Yeah, good news comes in waves, right? So does bad news.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it does. And 22 is a perfect example and every day we've talked about it before with so much news out there all the time, that it's easy to get drawn in by that. And when we have political turmoil and things going on around the world, it goes on and on and on. So there are some, I don't want to say bad times, but turbulent times.

Speaker 1: Well, think about 22 in just the perfect storm that has financially been created because of the COVID things and so on. So you have COVID, right? You have shut downs, you have supply chain issues, that creates inflation. You have the gas issues, you have the war going on overseas, which is adding to the gas issues. So then we've got to figure out how to combat inflation. So now we're raising the rates, which is causing the bond market to not do well. So it rains, it pours, right? It's just a whole bunch of stuff and it's tougher to navigate that and it's certainly understandable when people get nervous about it. But again, that's where a good strategy can come into place because it does seem hard to find a bright spot with all that.

Tony Mauro: It does. And on top of that, don't forget that with the whole COVID thing, the feds doled out billions and billions to try to help keep businesses alive.

Speaker 1: Which added to our inflation. Right.

Tony Mauro: It's just adding to this, we're starting to see the remnants of that. But with all that going on, and of course the news always focuses I think on the negative, it's more prevalent than ever. So stick to your plan and visit with your advisor or advisors and make sure that you're still on track. This is not one of those years where there's performance numbers are not going to be probably great, but although we have managed to make a little bit of a comeback, but I think the key there is we're going to have some of these and you got to stick to your plan and massage it as you see fit and get some new goals for the upcoming year.

Speaker 1: Yep. Exactly. So yeah, been tons of stuff going on. Now in the next one here we've got from grandma, it's the, well, you never know, right? And it's probably true that we'll never know with 100% certainty. They're talking about inflation for example. We were just talking about that. Well it's transitory. Well then they come back and they were like, okay, we were wrong. So you never know, right? Now we got November's numbers, Tony, at the time we're taping this podcast and it's down a little bit. The official number is down to what, 7.1%. I still think most of us feel a lot more than that in our pocketbook depending on what you're buying. But again, you never know is very true. It's a very true grandma thing that can certainly apply to the financial world.

Tony Mauro: It is. And I think with, if you have a good plan in place and you're willing to spend some time with your advisor and talking through things and making sure that the plan's still on track to meet whatever goals that you have. Because and really the idea of every plan at the end of the day, besides hopefully creating the life you want, is trying to balance that risk, that uncertainty, the stuff that happens, the bad stuff that happens. And just mitigating that, keeping it to a minimum when these types of years happen. And if the market always went up, you know what would happen. We wouldn't have any problems.

Speaker 1: And I think we thought it did for a while until it reminded us that it did not, right?

Tony Mauro: And that something, yeah, up until this year, it's like, boy, everybody wanted a piece. But...

Speaker 1: Well, with so much uncertainty in the financial services world in general, even in normal times, there are some things that we do want to have some certainty about and that's income streams for example, right? So we got to have some of those things in place to help when we do have so much uncertainty in other areas. And that's usually the idea of having a proper portfolio so that when the market is down you have some other things and so on and so forth.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And we'll talk about it here in a second, but to have some diversification in your portfolio is exactly spot on as far as hopefully you've got some things in there that are doing well right now. And that's the whole idea of having somewhat of a balanced portfolio rather than just, well I want to shoot for the stars all the time because when bad things happen or when it rains, like we talked about, that's really going to be tough to recover from. And if you're close or in retirement, you really got to watch things because you can't afford to do that at all.

Speaker 1: Yeah, well you're talking about the diversification. So that goes to grandma number three here with a bad apple spoils the whole bunch, right?

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Speaker 1: So you're going to have the proverbial dog from time to time in your investments, or you're going to have a down market. And I mentioned earlier with the raising of the rates cause the bond market to go down, but the old traditional thinking was, well it's a rough stock market, we'll go to bonds, right? And that's proven to be problematic this year too.

Tony Mauro: You know what I've seen a lot too in this area. I've had a lot of tax clients come to me and they're mid to high level executives in some of the bigger companies in town and are saying over the years, I'm just starting to look, believe this is what they're saying and they're in their late fifties, and my whole 401K or retirement plan is in my company stock, as they just keep giving it to me. And then of course now all sudden they're starting to get a little more worried because they're in there, they know what's going on. They don't want to have just all their eggs in one basket, so to speak, in case the company starts to falter a little bit. And I've been telling them, well you need to diversify, you need to get rid of some of this and get some diversification. So if that happens and you're 65 or 70, you go to call it quits, you're not going to be on the short end of the stick.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: So it is interesting.

Speaker 1: Well [inaudible 00:07:36] and diversification, it's such a difficult animal sometimes for various different people to grasp. So somebody might say, well hey they've come in to see you. And they go, well Tony, I went and I bought six different mutual funds from three different companies so that I would be diversified. And we've heard those kinds of things before and unfortunately that's just not diversification. I mean, maybe it was, but typically once you go in and look at those six different mutual funds, there's so much overlap that they basically have the same thing, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. They have the same thing and it's going to be better than just being all into one particular, maybe let's say equity or stock.

Speaker 1: Right. Yeah, if you had four versions of literally the same stock.

Tony Mauro: The same stock, but there's a lot of overlap in there. It might not be as tax efficient as they want. It might not meet what they're looking to do. But you know what I think the biggest thing about diversification, and I kid with clients, I tell them you don't like it because you don't think it's sexy. It's boring. And sometimes they just get crazy and say, no, I want this because I want to go for something.

Speaker 1: I want some sizzle.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Some little sizzle on the side. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: But I say well, the non-sexy stuff works over time and that is the way that we try to point them and then have some fun with the [inaudible 00:08:56].

Speaker 1: Yeah, because if you do have those multiple mutual funds like say, and they were all tech heavy and tech took beating this year, well that's tying that back to grandma there with that bad apple. So tech was a bit of a bad apple this year and it might as fold a whole bunch. So that's why you got to have a little bit more diversification. All right, let's do number four. What can you do with, I heard it straight from the horse's mouth. That's a classic one that your grandma might say. She's like, well I heard it right from the horse's mouth, that such and such and such and such.

Tony Mauro: That's right. Well there's a lot of different ways to go with this in the investment world. Really sometimes what I see is, especially in some retirees, that they tend to get, I hate to use the word sold things, that they have no idea what it is. And that they're basically getting some information that may or may not be quite as accurate as it needs to be. And they really need to I think ask questions basically if you can from the company, but you got to get all the facts. You want to make sure you that everything's disclosed, everything's out front and you feel comfortable with what you're doing in this kind of thing.

Speaker 1:

Well a lot of times you guys actually do that as well, right Tony? So if somebody comes in and they're saying, hey, I've got this investment and it's whatever they think it is, you just call the company directly and find out for sure. Don't go through the person that sold it to you, let's actually call the custodian and find out exactly what's going on. And a lot of times that happens around fees. People will think that they have a product that they have no fees or something or whatever the case is. And you really have to just go straight to the horse's mouth, so to speak.

Tony Mauro: You do. And fees usually is centered around, a lot of people don't know what fees they are paying and fees do come into play. There's nothing for free. But you want to at least know what you're getting into, especially if it's going to somehow maybe lock your money up and you didn't know that. So you want to have that out in front of you before you make a decision.

Speaker 1: Okay. All right. Final grandma piece of wisdom here, or mom or dad or whoever you heard this from, super classic. We've all heard it growing up, if your friends all jumped off the bridge, would you do it too? And from a financial standpoint, this could be that hot item. We could just look though further than talk about FTX, right?

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Speaker 1: Or whatever the case might be. And crypto really has probably been this item for the last couple of years for many people, to your point earlier about being sexy, right? I need something more sexy. Well-

Tony Mauro: That's the sexy right now. Yeah.

Speaker 1: I wanted to get into crypto. Well what's crypto taking a as... Take FTX off the table and it's still taking a beating this year. I think at one point Bitcoin was what, at 60 grand, now it's at 30 or something. It's like cut in half.

Tony Mauro: Well we had a tax client last year, and he's a younger guy, but his losses were tremendous in crypto. Just tremendous.

Speaker 1: Well you see all those memes and jokes, right? Hey, I'm a crypto millionaire. And then the next day, oh I'm crypto broke. And the next day, hey, I'm a crypto millionaire. Oh, I'm crypto broke.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. But it is true, people ask their friends, they ask their family no different than when they ask him about tax advice and things and they'll call us up with tax stuff and say, well my buddy's doing this, maybe I should do it. And I ask him, well is your buddy a tax account? Is he a CPA or what does he do? And they laugh, they'll say, oh no, he just got this idea. Or he heard. And then you've got on top of all that, and I think where a lot of this comes is, you can spend days and days and days on the internet searching and you get all kinds of advice. And the question is, is it credible, number one. And then even if it is, you probably should ask your own advisor, what do you think of this? Because you might have a little bit of interest in it, but I certainly don't think you should do it just because a friend or neighbor or other family member is doing it because there are situations different than yours.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Well, and no matter what grandma's saying it is, we all hear these things. There's certainly ways we can take financial wisdom from some of that stuff. And that's the point of whether you're getting some advice from a friend or a colleague or a coworker or the television or whatever the case is, or even a podcast, right? That's all great, grand and wonderful. But until you go see exactly how it relates to your situation, you're not going to know. So Tony and I, you and I could be talking about something that is not the right fit for someone listening and they won't know that for 100% until they actually put a whole plan together. And that's really the point, right, is to get that information so you can see, hey, how does this affect me and how will it affect me and my future retirement? And that's what you guys do day in and day out. The time we're taping the show, Tony, you had to delay just a little bit because you were working with a client who had a little issue you needed to take care of. And that's exactly what you do. It's all about the relationship.

Tony Mauro: It is.

Speaker 1: So folks, if you need some help as always, I know the year's winding down, but don't let that be an excuse not to reach out. You can always get onto the calendar for the first and next year probably would be anyway, considering that everyone's schedule is getting compressed here at the end of the year. But just make the call and let them know you need some help. You can find Tony and his team online at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. He's been helping families get to and through retirement for 20, what, five years now?

Tony Mauro: You know what? I'm coming up on my 27th now.

Speaker 1: 27th. There you go. So he's been doing it a while. He's an EA and a CFP, certified financial planner. So just reach out and have a conversation. Make sure you do so before you take any action anyway. And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Spotify, whatever platform you like to use. Again, find it all at yourplanningpros.com. Tony, my friend, have yourself a great holiday. I hope you and the family enjoy, and all our listeners as well.

Tony Mauro: All right, we'll see you next time and have a great holiday.

Speaker 1: Absolutely. We'll see you next time right here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Let’s explore some of the things you should be thinking when you encounter some of the most significant events in your life.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Marc Killian:

It's time for another addition of Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro and myself to talk about making smart decision during, smart decisions, excuse me, during major life events. Tony, some of these things are going to happen to us probably, well, at least one or two are going to happen to everybody, possibly multiples. And it's easy to do, it's easy to get wrapped up in kind of losing sight of something when you're going through major life events and something falls through the cracks. And so hopefully we can have a conversation around how to avoid some of those pitfalls and just some things to think about. And hopefully you've got a financial professional and you've got other professionals that can help you through some of these events. That's going to be the topic this week on the show. How are you my friend?

Tony Mauro:

I've been doing good and as I look out the window here, it's snowing today and it's winter now.

Marc Killian:

There you go. Well, it's here. It is December.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. I know.

Marc Killian:

So, we are into December, so hopefully. You may have a snowy holiday. I probably won't, but it is where I'm at, but it's a little, it is cooler so it's not too bad.

But yeah, these life events, man. Tony, I've gone through a major one a couple years ago. We've all gone through different things. I've got five here that really kind of affect us financially. There's definitely others. But I wanted to talk through a few of these and get your insights because I'm sure you've worked with people and helped people work through various ones of these in your career. You've been helping folks for 25 plus years, so I'm sure you've seen a few of these.

So let's talk about some pros and cons, I guess, not pros and cons, but I guess just ideas and things to think about should you be going through something, like the first one, for example, a job change. And if you think about our listening demographic and your client based demographic, all of these, I want to view from the, I know you help people of all ages, but primarily you do help older folks. Kind of that standpoint of what it looks like. Because let's be honest, a job change when you're 25 can stink, but it's a lot worse if you're 55, right? Or 50 or whatever. And whether it's you choosing to change the job or they chose for you...

Tony Mauro:

Yes.

Marc Killian:

There's some things to think about that can be a major event. Financially speaking. What's some things you think we should pay attention to?

Tony Mauro:

Well, I think with all these that we're going to talk about, we see it all the time. And it's so different now that again, I'm in my fifties and this stuff affects us. We all think we're just going to cruise right along through life and nothing is going to really happen. And that's, I think, sometimes wishful thinking. So I think we need to plan for, I don't want to say the worst and hope for the best, but we definitely need to plan and job change is one. It isn't like the old days. I mean, like you say, referencing it for somebody maybe a little further along in the forties, fifties is a little different than somebody's 25, 26. Because a lot of times these days now with some of these big companies, you know don't know, you could have been there for 15, 20 years and they say, okay, we're consolidating, move everything to somewhere and you're out. And now you've got to face some issues financially basically of, we'll skip the whole am I qualified to do anything else type of thing. But now it's like, well, I'm in my forties or fifties and I've got to go try to find something else. What am I qualified for? What am I going to do for benefits? Where am I?

Marc Killian:

Yeah, are they the same? What's the lag period?

Tony Mauro:

What am I going to do with my retirement plan? And hopefully you're working with your advisor if you have one of these things but it's laid off or you're actually just changing jobs and trying to find something better to see if this works out in your overall plan. And if not, then obviously you need to work with your advisor to change your plan a little bit. It's not the end of the world, especially if you're getting laid off. But it definitely is a major impact on monthly expenses obviously, until you find something else. I mean, there's just all kinds of emotions going on if you have something like that versus just changing a job. Most of the time people are changing jobs, obviously they feel like the grass is green or they're either better benefits, better work life balance, more money, something like that.

Marc Killian:

And it could be.

Tony Mauro:

It could be.

Marc Killian:

But make sure that you're taking the proper steps because there's a lot more to take care of at 50. Again, you want to make sure that you're not having any lags in that medical coverage that we talked about. You got to make sure that you're not leaving accounts behind, those stray 401ks, things of that nature. And that you're also still not deviating from hopefully the plan you're building. Because from 50 to 60, I mean we can get a lot done to our retirement accounts. We can gain a lot of ground in that or even 50 to 65.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah. Especially, and we're going to talk a little bit about it here at one of the topics as an empty nester, if you're at that point, you are able to shove a lot of money into some of these accounts to possibly catch up or to get that much further ahead. And it's amazing to me how many clients come to me. And I just had one my accounting manager come to me because she's going to be eligible for our retirement plan as of January 1st. She said, I've got three or four 401ks just kind of sitting out there and people do, they accumulate them from all over the place and she's never really talked to anybody about, well, you have these, are they in your set of goals? Is it part of your plan or is they just sitting out there? And a lot of times they just, I just did it to be doing it. Now they're sitting there.

Marc Killian:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

So you got to take all that into account.

Marc Killian:

Well, we'll just jump to move around on the list. That's fine. We'll go right to the empty nester one then we'll circle back around. It is a major life event for people. I think for most of us we do realize it's a good thing. Obviously some parents struggle more with letting their children grow, go grow and go I guess, than others. But ultimately they have to grow, they have to move on, they have to start their own adulthood and things of that nature. My wife and I mean I'm 51, we've been empty nests for a while because she went off to college and then she went into the Navy. So we haven't had her at home for quite a bit and it's pretty darn cool, Tony. There's a lot of nice things about it, right?

Tony Mauro:

There is a lot of nice things.

Marc Killian:

There's not nearly the mess in the house, there's not nearly the food bill and so on and so forth. So to your point a minute ago, there's a lot of room to really sock away some things from a money standpoint, no longer having the kids. But you got to be careful. Just because they're not in the house doesn't mean that they're still not going to try to get money from you.

Tony Mauro:

Yes.

Marc Killian:

And that's fine, we all want to help our children, but do not let it become a crutch for them and you because it will bite you when it comes to your retirement longevity.

Tony Mauro:

I agree and I see that the most often. And that was going to be my main point is some parents, and I'm an empty nester now too, and have been for, well, since 2014 pretty much. And it is nice and all that stuff, but I see a lot of parents try to sacrifice or help their kids so much that they're putting their own plans maybe aside or on hold. And while again, at the end of the day, that's their decision. I think sometimes that could be a mistake. But barring that, now's the time, if you don't have the unfortunate job change or layoff, health's good. A lot of times people come to me too and say, well now that I'm an empty nester, maybe I should take it easy and maybe I'll retire early. And I say, well okay, if that's your plan, let's take a look at that and see what that looks like. But a lot of times this last 10, 15 years of the earning cycle is usually the highest. Your bills are down a little bit. You can put more money away or you can enjoy some things along the way and still do that. So I think there's a lot of things to talk.

Marc Killian:

That's a great point actually, Tony, because it is tempting when you become that empty nester, especially if you're really into it and you're enjoying it, you know love and you miss your kids, but it's like man, you start going, wow, where did all this extra money come from? And it is tempted to go, well maybe I should treat myself to this, maybe I should. And hey, if you need to or you have to or whatever the case is, that's fine. But if you are also saying to yourself, Hey, maybe we could retire early, then you got to be smart about that. And if you're working with a professional, you can go in and say, okay look, I really want to retire early. How much do I need to be pumping into these different things? What can we be doing to hit that goal? And then you'd know if you had that little extra money for that, maybe that treat for yourself or whatever the case is. It's all about choices.

Tony Mauro:

It's all about choices. And I find it funny now, I go and I just had this happen at this charity golf thing I was at, because as I'm getting older, people will ask me, especially if they're a little older than me, well, are you retired? And I say, no. And they say, well, why not? And I said, well, because it's not really part of my plan. I could, but it's not part of the plan that I want because I want to be able to stock some money away for the next 10, 13 years. So the plan that I think I want will come about. But obviously different things change that and some of these other things of course that we'll talk about could have definitely changed that.

Marc Killian:

And I think it goes a long way to loving what you do too. And you own your own business and so there's different factors that we certainly know are going to play into that. Some people can't wait to retire early because they work for someone else or they're not as crazy about their job as they once were. Right?

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, exactly.

Marc Killian:

A little different I think a lot of times for self-employed business owners, especially if you have a business that's doing well. It makes it a little easier for sure.

All right. Well, let's go to some of those. The job change and then empty nester, they can actually be positives, right? A little maybe more positive than negative. The next couple ones, maybe not so much. So let's go to a divorce. Unfortunately, great divorces is something, they're a term, they are happening more and more. That's people getting a divorce after the age of 50 and there is a lot more to divide. Again, a divorce at 25 is a totally different animal or 30 than at 50.

Tony Mauro:

It is. And with these great divorces, people, I see them 25, 30, 35 years calling at quits. I just had a set of parents that went well, their child went to high school with my child, but they're about our age. They call them up to say, Hey, let's go to dinner. They're like, well, we're really not together anymore. And they have significant assets. So it's much, much different because of that. Generally you've got a lot more assets, you've got a lot more things going on, depending on what state you're in, how things are divvied up and how that is then going to affect your plan. Because now you're by yourself and now you got to figure out, well, I thought we were going to do this, but now everything's changed so I got to go back to the drawing board and come up with a new plan and will what I have when we split everything up generally be enough. And so that's a huge issue that I think you need to, after you go through the legal ramifications, talk with your advisor on what is potentially happening.

Marc Killian:

And I would say, Tony, get yourself a team. If you know that you're going to be going through a divorce, if that's starting, get a financial professional along with your divorce attorney, right? Because they're not always thinking about, they're thinking about trying to get you whatever it is they're going to get you, but maybe not necessarily the implications. And sometimes we wind up, we just want it over or we have different feelings or whatever. And you may give away something that has more disadvantages than advantages versus if you had two accounts. If there's a $100,000 in a traditional IRA and there's a $100,000 in a Roth and you might say, well, you just take one, I'll take the other and that might not be the best move, right?

So lots of difference, because one's the taxable. So there's lots of, or some people, a lot of times, especially for the lands, they often just say, well look, just give me the house because maybe there's still a kid that's close, maybe they're still in college or they're still at home or whatever and you'll trade away retirement accounts for the house. May not be the smartest move.

Tony Mauro:

Exactly. Yeah. So I mean there's a lot of that goes into the divorce thing. For sure.

Marc Killian:

For sure. And it's tough. When you're dealing with major life events, they often come with tons of emotion obviously. And so that's why having a professional team to help you, because they're not going to be as emotionally invested obviously because it's not their life. But of course as their client, they're trying to do their very best for you. So that kind of helps have that sounding board there.

What about if we've lost someone and we're getting an inheritance, so maybe an aunt or an uncle or even a parents passed away and they're leaving us some money. Now we have the emotional side obviously of losing of someone that we loved. But on the other side, many people really, they struggle with what to do with the inheritance. I think we either fall into two categories, we either fall into that, woo hoo, I got some money and I blow it, or I got this money and I want to be a good steward or honor the person that left me and I don't know what to do with it and I've just kind of frozen. Right?

Tony Mauro:

And those are the two things. I mean you hit it right on the head there. I see most the people that we run across in this is they struggle with that. So we try to talk to them about, well, if you want to go out and do something nice, maybe just take a small part of it and then be as good steward with it. But it has to fit into your plan and where you're at. Most of the people that I see that inherit some sizable amount, their plan isn't very good. And so I try to recommend to them, Hey, if you want to be set in retirement, you probably should take this and use it for that or save it for that.

But again, everybody's different. And it's a lot of emotion there after the emotional setting of losing your loved one is what do I do with this money? Because a lot of people that want to go out and buy something, then immediately they feel guilty. It's like, man, I just blew whatever amount, $50,000, whatever, $100,000. And I feel very guilty about that because they worked all their life to gather that. Especially parents of people my age who didn't grow up with a lot. If they accumulate a lot, it was through really, it wasn't like today where we have 401ks and all this stuff and everybody's kind of educated about these people. Grew up with no financial education. Most of them.

Marc Killian:

Oh yeah. Well, we don't have a lot now either, but yeah, it's better for sure, but definitely not where it should be.

Tony Mauro:

And so I think that that's again another one that you'd really need to take a hard look at, get some sound advice, some objective advice, and come up with a good plan there.

Marc Killian:

Absolutely. Well, the final one, since we talked about possibly losing a parent or something would be, unfortunately losing our spouse, right?

Tony Mauro:

Yes.

Marc Killian:

It is inevitable. We're all going to pass at some point, right? As much as we would like to deny it to ourselves, many times we're all checking out of this hotel at one point or another. And so it's a huge component. And so let's touch on some of the financial things because we obviously know that the emotion is there. Let's touch on some of the financial things that just get overlooked when dealing with major life events.

And probably the big one, Tony, since this is what you guys do a lot as well, is the tax component. It comes out of nowhere for many people. If you've been married 30, 40 years, you're just so used to filing married jointly or whatever, that going to single tax status really rocks the plan.

Tony Mauro:

It does rock the plan because taxes definitely could go up depending on what type of income you've got coming in. And so that's one huge issue. The other issue is I think, and everybody needs to go through this exercise is I believe you need to break it out with your advisor is, okay, if my spouse dies, what am I going to have from them? Life insurance, pensions, 401k. And then what's my plan going to be going forward from there? And then do it for the other spouse as well, because you might find out, and what I found out with a lot of them is one spouse is going to, if the other dies, might be okay and pretty well off. The other one, not so much.

And it's kind of eye opening when you kind of take a look at that and say, well geez, I'll give you an example and let's say that I died and I didn't have anything and my wife's left with just working and just with her own wage versus she dies, I can continue on, get some life insurance out of here, I'm going to be in great shape. Again, taking all the emotion out of it. I think it needs to be looked at for both spouses there and exactly what is going to transpire. Because a lot of times, especially in the working years for those of us in our fifties and sixties, we lose an income. Now all of a sudden we went from one lifestyle to, boy, we don't have quite as much income coming in now, again, if both of us are working.

Marc Killian:

Right. Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

So all kinds of issues there that you definitely need to take a look at to try to get some guidance on going forward.

Marc Killian:

The income streams get altered, obviously the tax brackets get changed, you got to go through the different insurance deals and medical stuff and there's just a lot of moving parts that come. And if you don't have any documentation in place, it becomes even harder. So whether, I mean, most of the saying is, if you have a will, great, but it just means you will go through probate. So lot of times there's that to deal with or maybe is a trust going to be right for you to make things easier? Or do you even just have a professional on your side?

Because Tony, for many, many people, usually for many couples, one person is into or more into the financial side than the other. And then typically that person passes first because that's just Murphy's Law. And then the person left behind is like, I don't know where to turn or I'm too emotional to deal with this. So to me it just seems like I'm happy, I know I've got a lot of issues. I know I'm going to pass before my wife and I'm like, here, here's all the information you really need to know. She's got obviously account information and all that stuff, but the biggest thing is there's the business card. She knows who to reach out to and call, which is our financial person to say, all right, help me through this. Right.

Tony Mauro:

You do. And really to work with us, I haven't really talked about it on the show before, but if you are nearing retirement, I won't take you as a client unless you promise we'll do it with you to generate what I call the life book, which is some of the things you're talking about, the names of the professionals, where everything is at, and each person has to do it. And even if it takes us a year or longer, we have it so that the other spouse can take a look at it and start getting down that road. Because if not, in today's techno world with stuff all over the place, it really puts a burden on the survivor. And one of us is going to be left alone at some point. And like I say, I won't take them on as a client if they refuse to do it. I just tell them we can't be involved because it's too hard to try to work a plan and then we don't have this in place and we know somebody's going to go. I always tell my wife that.

And then we have one is that unless we die falling off some cliff hiking together, one of us is going to be alone at some point. We always think it's going to be the woman, but in some cases it's the man. And then I find the men are less prepared than the women.

Marc Killian:

Yeah. Well, they're better at, I think, at planning things than we are a lot of times. They do such a great job on so many of those avenues. But it does tend to find statistically, which is always struck me as odd, that the ladies typically run the household and they've managed all kinds of budgets through the years, especially for children and yada, yada, yada. But yet when it comes to the retirement, typically the man kind of has a lot of the stuff there.

Tony Mauro:

Exactly.

Marc Killian:

Not to be sexist, it just is. It's just the statistics, right? But it's not always, but it is the statistics. And then again, like I said, Murphy's Law, we pass away first and we've known for years in the industry that ladies are underserved. It's been getting better all the time. But I think it's still great to have that person to turn to go, Hey, I'm in an emotional state. And sometimes maybe that's also having one of your children aware of this stuff too, Tony, right? So that if you are too overwrought with emotional issues, that the child that's going to help you through a lot of that stuff, whatever child that might be or multiple or whatever, is reaching out to the finance professionals saying, Hey, mom needs help, or Dad needs help, and how do I help them? And I'm sure you've run through that too.

Tony Mauro:

We have, yeah. And a lot of times, as some of our parents and stuff get up there, it's the kids that have to start the conversation a little bit.

Marc Killian:

Yeah, for sure.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, that somebody needs help.

Marc Killian:

Well, major life events, they're going to happen. Like I said, at least one or two of these are going to happen to all of us. So you've got, and maybe more, so you've got to have a plan for it to deal with some of these things. And if you don't have one, reach out to Tony and his team. Get started with the team at Tax Doctor Inc. Find them online at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com.

I know the years winding down, but don't let that be an excuse not to have a chat. If you need some help, at least reach out. You could always get something scheduled for even the first of the year if that's the case. There's nothing wrong with kind of planning a little bit, a few weeks ahead. It's not that far away at this point. Really just a couple of weeks.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah.

Marc Killian:

So if you got some questions, need some help, reach out to Tony. As always, he and the team are here to help you. He's been helping families get to and through retirement for a long time and a great resource for you to tap into. yourplanningpros.com.

Tony, thanks for hanging out my friend. We'll see if we can knock out one more of these before the Christmas holiday. And you have yourself a great week.

Tony Mauro:

Yeah, you do the same.

Marc Killian:

Yeah.

Tony Mauro:

Thanks for having me.

Marc Killian:

Absolutely. As always, we'll catch you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

View Details

Getting through retirement can be a lot like running a marathon. Let’s talk about some of the similarities of getting to the finish line in racing and retirement.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Welcome to Plan With The Tax Man. Thanks for tuning into the podcast with Tony Mauro and myself. We're going to talk about the retirement marathon on this episode of the podcast, making sure that we finish the race. Many people have heard, Tony, that saying, retirement is a marathon, not a sprint, right?

Tony Mauro: Mm-hmm.

Speaker 1: So thought that made sense, and you and I used to do sports in our younger days, and I think you even did some marathoning. So I thought it'd be kind of fun to visit this as an analogy and maybe laugh at ourselves for, you and I were talking about being older today before we got started and how the body's not being as nice as it once was.

Tony Mauro: No, and I got to caveat this. I did some half marathons and barely made it through those.

Speaker 1: It's tough, yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And what we're going to talk about is I didn't plan and I didn't prepare.

Speaker 1: And it got you didn't it?

Tony Mauro: It Got me. And when you're young you can do it, but I mean I was never in them to, for any type of competitiveness, just to see if I could do it.

Speaker 1: Yeah, I gotcha. Okay. But you know what, that's a great analogy. It really is because when you're younger you can weather more stuff just like financially. So it's a really great analogy for retirement, strategy, planning, all that kind of stuff. Taxes, all of it fits really well into that kind. Really a lot of sports does. It's easy to use a lot of sports metaphors. My wife did a lot of cross country running when she was in high school and whatnot. She was definitely in the competitive, very competitive, but wound up tearing her, I think tearing one of her... What's the big muscle there in your leg? The thigh muscles there?

Tony Mauro: The...

Speaker 1: Hamstring.

Tony Mauro: Quad?

Speaker 1: Quad. Quad and hamstring. Yeah, both of those. So, but it's an interesting analogy. So we were sitting there talking about the idea of planning and preparing for long races and things of that nature. And it just hit me that it's like, yeah, makes the same amount of sense to talk about this from a retirement standpoint. So let's just jump in and roll. Planning and prep is key. You already admitted that, it's like something that you didn't do when you were younger, it kind of bit in the tush. I used to play football all through high school and so on and so forth. And it was the same thing. If you didn't have a plan, if you didn't prepare, it didn't go as well as you wanted it to. And a good friend of mine, I guess probably about six or seven years ago, Tony, decided he had to lose weight and he was going to do it by jogging and running every day. And he headed out the door and he just made the decision hardcore. I applaud him for it. He went out the door one day, just started running. The problem was, is he was fairly heavy and he didn't really kind of plan or prepare and he wound up fracturing his foot because his body wasn't ready yet. He needed to work himself into a different mode and make sure he was doing it properly and so on and so forth. And that's really pretty darn similar to retirement. You got to have a plan.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, you do. You got to have a plan. And it really comes down to just like we're using our little marathon and my half marathon debacles that we're talking about. And if you just go about it somewhat haphazardly and you're not setting yourself up with a plan, it's easy to just go out, I think, and we've talked about it before, there's so many different investment choices that you know, pick something and you just hope for the best and you don't really have much planning behind it.

And that's very similar to what I used to do with these half marathons. When I was young, I thought well how hard could it be? I can do it and I was in it competitively. But when you have to walk some and then your body's killing you for 10 days afterwards, that's not good planning and preparation. And it goes the same way with our retirement planning. And I think that, I was reading an article over the weekend when I was traveling back from a golf thing that this author was talking about having assets in different locations as the same as allocations. And it kind of struck home with me about we need to have in our plan not only good asset allocation but different locations, and I think he's referring to is tax differed, tax free, some things like that. But this plan though, too, has to be monitored. We forget about that. We start investing when we're young and we're not prepared and then next thing you know, you wake up, you're in your fifties and you're like, well, where am I really at? And that may or may not be a good place to be. So I think the moral of my talk here is to, when we're talking about planning is make sure you monitor these plans and make adjustments with your advisors by all means.

Speaker 1: And if you think about the stages or the steps of any kind of sport activity and retirement planning, the same thing. You've got to start building up. And the preparation a lot of times is, for many of us, it's the accumulation phase. You could almost call that prepping for retirement as far as building that part. But that's just one part. You've got to start looking at the other pieces. And that kind of fits to the second piece of this, which is a proper diet. If you're doing any kind of athletics, you can't just eat junk food. Junkie. Another financial advisor I chat with, Tony, he is a marathon or he's written several books about it and he actually runs, he has the Boston and all that kind of stuff. But he's an admitted hardcore junk food addict. He loves candy bars and chips and all that stuff. And he's like, so I think I run as a way to excuse my bad behavior for my diet. But when he is getting ready to train and he is in that mode, obviously he puts his diet in the proper kind of way. And if you think about moving that from that preparation stage of retirement into the next stage, that's that proper allocation, that's the proper, all the diversification, the different things we need. That's that kind of diet idea.

Tony Mauro: It really is. And I think in the retirement area, especially as you get into your fifties, which I'm there now, we need to start thinking about more how our portfolio is structured. Asset allocation, we're just not that far away. And this year has been a crazy year in the markets. And if you just aren't on top of your plan and really working with your advisor, I mean we haven't had it yet because the Marcus had a little bit of a bounce back. But we're going to have a down year. And again it's just one year, but you really can't afford to have huge losses in the 30% - 40% or more because that's really not going to fit in with the diet at all, because you're going to have a tough time making that up in your fifties and or sixties. So it pays to definitely pay attention more to your diet. And even I think as we, getting back to the actual food aspect, as I age, I pay attention more to my real diet now because you know, want to live a long time and be able to enjoy some of these things that you're working so hard and painfully to try to accumulate. But we've spent hours talking about food. I got this crazy theory we as Americans, I mean we tend to eat a little too much and

Speaker 1: Yeah, just a little bit.

Tony Mauro: And we don't really have all that good of a diet for most of us but...

Speaker 1: It's the way we process stuff, right?

Tony Mauro: It is.

Speaker 1: It's crazy.

Tony Mauro: It does go hand in hand with getting back to the financial picture. If you don't have that, you do use analogies, there are heavier people that do live a long time.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: Without a good diet. And you possibly could have that in your financial situation, but the odds are...

Speaker 1: Right, you could weather some storms, you could like '22. It's funny because some people with the markets have obviously been very volatile this year and you talk to some people and they are taking a beating and then others are not, right? They could be the same age but they are like, why is one... And it's how you're allocated. It's that diet really. It is a financial diet. If you were tech heavy, man, you're taking a pounding this year. So lots of different ways to look at that and talking about the way we don't eat that great. Tony, you've been to Italy, right?

Tony Mauro: I have twice, yeah.

Speaker 1: So I was watching a guy having a chat the other day, this actor who's in ridiculously great shape, he's over 50 as well. And he's Italian and he was over there shooting a movie about Lamborghini and he was talking about, he said I was eating like crazy in Italy the pasta, it's just amazing. The food is amazing. And he said and believe it. So the person interviewed him said, But what does that do? Aren't you paleo, keto, all that kind of stuff for dieting? He's like, honestly, he's like, I ate more food in Italy than I eat here at home and I lost weight. And a lot of it is to our processes. We just put so much stuff in there that we don't need.

Tony Mauro: Yes, I agree.

Speaker 1: I thought that was interesting.

Tony Mauro: It's amazing when I go over to Italy, we're getting off the subject, but...

Speaker 1: That's okay. It's diet.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it's diet. I've been over there twice and you look at the Italians, of course I'm Italian heritage and you look at them and you say, well, you guys, all you do is eat carbs, you eat bread...

Speaker 1: Right, exactly. You eat carbs and bread like crazy.

Tony Mauro: And I don't see a lot of heavy people. I see a lot of very old Italians walking around, but they're different than us. They go to the market every day, they cook all their own food and they walk a lot.

Speaker 1: Yeah, they walk a lot. And over here I just came back from the heart doctor myself and he is like, lay off the carbs. And I'm like, But what?

Tony Mauro: Right. So, it is weird. But it's interesting, some of the other types of nationalities or ethnic backgrounds are like that. And you just scratch your head saying, how's that possible?

Speaker 1: Well the Mediterranean diet is very, it's totally different, so...

Tony Mauro: Yes, yes.

Speaker 1: Well good stuff. So let's finish back in, I guess jump back into the marathon. I know we're kind of all over the map, but it's still a fun conversation. Get back to just finishing this up. And that's really the idea. If you're going to run a marathon for the first time, or even if you're just, like I said, like my friend who decided he needed to lose weight for our listeners, a lot of our listeners are over 50. Walking's a great idea. Maybe light jogging is a great idea to start losing weight. Any of that stuff. Don't start too fast because you're going to burn yourself out, your energy level, you kind of come out of the gate too quick. And so if you think about running a marathon, if you're a newbie, if you're a novice and you're really excited, you're amped up, your adrenaline's flowing, boom, starting gun goes off, you got to go 13 miles like you were doing the half marathon for example. And you start running, your pace is too fast, you're going to run out, you're going to run out of gas.

Tony Mauro: You're going to run out.

Speaker 1: And that's the same thing with retirement, right? There's something called sequence of returns where if you get out of the gate too fast in retirement and you're spending more and you're not managing some stuff properly, you could mess yourself up for the long run.

Tony Mauro: Absolutely. And my marathon story with this, and I got one I was running at the time, this was like a 10K and it was for breast cancer awareness. And I got to the thing late, I was running late and I was literally running to the start line. Well I didn't have time to get all the way in the back where I belonged. So I wedged myself right in the front with all the real runners. And literally I started out so fast because I was just like, well I got to keep up and I... 200 yards in, I was like, I'm dead, I'm out. I got to almost walk. And it's the same thing really in retirement. Like you said, if you don't have a plan going in and you start out of the gate too fast, it is tempting when you're younger because you always start thinking at least the clients I have that, well I want to enjoy some of this before something happens. They get going too fast, don't plan properly, and now all of a sudden they're in their mid seventies, some in their eighties saying, well, geez, I got out of the gate too fast, I spent too much money. Now I don't have all that much. So it is important at the start not to do that. And that's where I think where us as advisors can really lend some value there in the beginning and during retirement.

Speaker 1: Tony, you made a good point, you said they get to retirement, they want to do some things and they start a little too fast and because maybe time or health or whatever. And there's nothing to say that you can't do that. It goes back to topic one, just plan and prepare, right? So if you want to hit the ground running in retirement, that's great, but talk to your advisor about it so that you can structure that plan accordingly.

Tony Mauro: Exactly. I think the more conversations you have in retirement with your advisor, the better. Because that way you can bounce things off of them. And I have a client that she likes to put a lot of money in her house and she always calls and bounces things off of me, and sometimes I say, well maybe it's a little better to wait on this and because here's where you're at and if you get going too fast, here's going to happen and then let her make the decision. But it is important to do that because there are, and I'm the same way, I've got a list couple pages long already, the stuff I want to do in the beginning of retirement.

Speaker 1: But I love the fact that she bounces it off of you. I love saying this, you're not the money police, it's not your job to just say, well sorry, you can't do it, right? It's your job to say, okay, let's take a look, what's it going to do to the plan if you do that, you're going to be fine. Or okay, we're going to have to make this tweak in order for you to do... It's just a matter of making sure that you're not shorting yourself in the latter years of retirement.

Tony Mauro: Exactly. And I'm not here to be the person too that tells her, well that's a goofy idea. It's her money, you do what you want to do and I'm there to be the voice of reason and then kind of tell her the goods and bads and how it's going to affect her plan.

Speaker 1: Yeah. You're there to be the coach and say, yep, you can do this without causing yourself issues or no, you can't do this without causing issues, but we could do this there's this, this, and that'll kind of fix it later on. And to your point, you, or you could say, well that's a good idea, but let's wait like three months or something, whatever that kind of thing is just based on buckets and when you're pulling, where you're pulling, what levers are dropping, so to speak in the retirement bucket plan. So a lot of different ways to think about that and that's why it's so important to have that professional on your side, a coach. So it could be a track and field coach, it could be a football coach, it could be a golf swing coach, it can be a money coach. All kind of comes back to the same thing. A tax coach, that's what you, I mean, taxes are massively important, which is obviously why we call the show Plan With The Tax Man, because you are at Tax Doctor Inc. And you've been helping families get to and through this thing for a long time. So again, folks, if you got some questions, you need some help. If you want to make sure that you're not starting that retirement marathon on the wrong foot and you want to have that longevity there, even if you don't wind up having a longevity yourself, your spouse could be left behind or leaving things to your heirs. It's all part of that plan that you need to have for yourself. So do yourself a favor, get onto the calendar if you need some help. If you're not already working with Tony and the team at Tax Doctor Inc, stop by the website yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com, subscribe to the podcast, book some time with the team, lots of good tools, tips and resources. Find it all at the website. Tony, thanks for hanging out my friend in sharing your...

Tony Mauro: Embarrassing stories. No problem.

Speaker 1: Your embarrassing stories, me too. I can't even talk right now. So it's good stuff. Yeah, it's always fun to just kind of keep it, just kind of keep life normal things in there, right? Everybody can relate. So have yourself a great week. This is actually going to be our Thanksgiving episode, so this is coming out about a week before Thanksgiving. So happy Thanksgiving to you, Tony, and all the listeners.

Tony Mauro: Yes, you the same. See you later.

Speaker 1: You know what? After we eat all that Turkey, I might need to run a marathon.

Tony Mauro: Me too, yeah.

Speaker 1: We'll see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man. Enjoy your holiday. We'll be back soon with more episodes with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

As we approach the end of the year, saving money on taxes becomes a bigger focus for many people. But let’s broaden the scope out for this particular episode and focus on some of the most common retirement planning questions about taxes. We’ll talk about mistakes to avoid and how a proper plan can make a significant difference in someone’s tax savings.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Back here for another episode of Plan with a Tax Man here on the podcast with Tony Mauro and myself. Talking investing, finance, and retirement. We try to bring all sorts of different topics to you. This week it's going to be common questions about taxes and specifically maybe taxes in the retirement planning phase, not necessarily the working years, but we might touch on a little bit of that too. But that's going to be the main approach this week here on the show. And who better to do that with than... Well, a tax guy. Tax doctor himself, what's going on, Tony? How are you?

Tony: Thanks, man. I'm good, thank you. Yes, finished up... Well, officially the '21 tax season. And so, this is a timely topic because it's-

Speaker 1: The '21 tax season?

Tony: Yeah, with extensions just recently-

Speaker 1: Wow.

Tony: Yeah. But still people... And people trickle in all year, but now's the time for the rest of the population to plan for '22. And so, I think there's some good topics, questions here to discuss.

Speaker 1: Oh yeah, I guess that is true. Yeah. When you do extensions, boy, it's easy how you forget that, right? It's like-

Tony: Yeah, you forget it, yes. Yeah.

Speaker 1: I hear you say '21 and I go, "What? There's no way." But it's like, "Oh yeah, that was last year." And then it was... Most of us do it in April, but then if you did extensions then yeah, okay. And you know what? There's two differences here. So you just said most of... We need to start thinking about '22, and that's tax planning.

Tony: Excuse me.

Speaker 1: That's tax prep-

Tony: Excuse-

Speaker 1: ... that's tax preparation for the calendar year. But there's also tax planning and that is year over year, especially for retirees. That's where you can make a real difference in and often a huge difference in how effective your retirement plan's going to be. Because it's not just the annual thing, it's how to be efficient through multiple years in retirement.

Tony: That's right. And you have to think big picture on a lot of these things because it takes multiple years to realize the real savings of a few of these things we're going to talk about. At the end of the day, we always make fun of the government and at some things-

Speaker 1: It's so easy to do, though.

Tony: Yeah, it's easy to do [inaudible 00:02:01] Sam. It's there with his hand out for a part of your retirement money and you want to try to minimize that as much as possible. Because obviously, that means a bigger nest egg for you.

Speaker 1: I was talking with a friend the other day, he's a CPA, he's also a financial specialist now as well. But he was talking about, and he was being very honest, he said for the first half of his careers as a CPA, he was one of those CPAs that would say, "Yeah, defer. Why would you pay taxes now? Just kick it down the road." Absolutely. And he's like, "And you know what? That's our job. As a CPA, we're focused on the current year. It's a historical review of the prior year." But he's like, "But as I got more into the retirement side and the personal financial specialist side, it became more clear that I was wrong for a number of years." It's like, "No, we've got to think about taxes currently, but also into the future and how we're going to be efficient and manage that." So that's kind of the topic today. And I thought that was a great way to hear someone who's been in the industry for 30 years realize that 20 years into it, he's like, "Whoa. I got to make a shift." So let's start with common question number one, deductions. Am I going to have as many deductions in retirement as I did while I'm working? And under the current tax code, that's probably a big no, you're probably not. But if they sunset, Tony, and go back to what they were under the Obama administration, maybe, is that fair?

Tony: Yeah, that's a fair statement. We're getting closer to that. I think it's '25 or '26.

Speaker 1: Starts in '26, yeah.

Tony: Yeah. The sun setting starts coming back. If they don't keep it... Again, you don't know what they're going to do, but I would say for a lot of us, most of the time in your earning years when you've got debt and you have some things you can deduct, those eventually go away by default because you pay everything off and there's just not much there to deduct. And with the IRS's thresholds, you have to get over to itemize and then use medical and all of that kind of thing. You really have to have a lot of it to be able to deduct it. So a lot of times you may not have those deductions, which if everything else being equal means your taxes are higher even... I mean, before the politicians do anything. So you got to pay attention to that. And we'll refer back to that as we answer some of these other ones here.

Speaker 1: Okay. Well, let's talk about the fact that I think our society, the way we're set up, whatever the case, however you want to word that, we assume that our taxes are going to be lower in retirement. Of our generation, for sure, we're in our 50s. It's like, "Hey, you get a job, you go to work. You spend 30, 40 years there, you're not going to have a pension more than likely, but you're pumping into your 401k and when you get to retirement, you'll be in a lower tax bracket." And I've been talking to advisors for years now and that is just not the norm, but yet we still think it is. How often do you see that?

Tony: I see it. It's definitely not the norm anymore. I think that's what... When you're talking about your CPA friend, back in the day, that was the norm. It's like, "Well, the idea was kicked can down the road with the taxes, you'll be in a lower bracket because you won't be working, and then therefore you'll save taxes."

Speaker 1: And tax rates were higher.

Tony: Yeah, and tax rates were much higher. Historically, even though we don't like it, tax rates are very low compared to what they used to be. You look any charts back in the 60s and 70s and they were high even into the 80s. And nowadays, even though we don't have the pensions, people that have done well in the 401ks and are continuing to work, it's very likely that your tax rate could be the same or a little bit higher than when you were working. Depending on if you don't plan right and you have all this money flowing into your income situation that's never been taxed, now all of a sudden your income is a lot higher and boom, you're in a different bracket and you're paying more.

Speaker 1: And Tony, I think what happens here, here's the conversation about being in a lower tax bracket in retirement. I think what also has happened is we've kind of gotten to this mode of, it just happens kind of like retirement itself. I think we've been lulled into this thinking of, "Well, when I get to retirement age, I'm going to be in a lower tax bracket and I don't have to do anything about it. It just will happen naturally." Almost kind of like it's a given. And so, people might be listening and saying, "Well, I know I could get into a lower tax bracket." And I'm not saying you can't and that's where some... But you have to strategize and plan. It doesn't just happen naturally. If you want to be in a lower tax bracket in retirement, you're going to have to do some things to ensure that happens. Is that a fair thing?

Tony: Absolutely.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony: Yeah, I mean you definitely have to do some things and do some planning or it won't happen. And then it's hard to change once you get that income flown in your retirement.

Speaker 1: Yeah. It's not like social security, like it's this given, right? Oh well, your retirement age, you also get here, here's a free... There's not like there's a bonus social retirement age tax bracket, right?

Tony: Yeah, that's right.

Speaker 1: You have to plan it. You want to be in the lower one, you got to strategize. Are all retirement accounts tax the same, Tony?

Tony: They're not. No. And I think that's where people kind of go arise. They just sometimes assume that. An easy example is you've been putting money into your 401k for 30 years and it's coming out pretax and then you decide to start pulling money out. None of that money plus the earnings has been taxed and you're going to be taxed on all of that. Versus, for example, you take some money out of your Roth IRA that you've been putting money into and none of that money is taxed because that was after tax money. And so, that's not taxable versus you've got maybe... You're at the age where you're taking social security in all this and part of that is taxed because of the way the rules are. So in my mind, three different things. There's no tax, which there's not that much of that. There's some tax, and then there's all of it's taxed. So you have to plan around this so that you can really take advantage of that. Because some of the mistakes I've seen people make and the biggest one is they start taking social security early when they have all this other potential income and they don't need it, they're still working and then they come to find out that up to 85% of it's taxed and on top of that they're reducing it because I'm still working and I'm not a normal retirement age and they're really giving a lot of money back. And so, I would definitely suggest you talk to your advisor or someone about that before you start taking money in retirement.

Speaker 1: Yeah, and you got to think about the types of accounts, the way they're taxed. We talk often about tax buckets, excuse me. About income buckets. Well, they're same thing, right? Tax buckets as well. Where do you want to take from? How are we taking from because what's the tax implications of those? Do we want to do conversions to lower some of our future taxable bill? And if so, how do we do that efficiently without bumping ourselves up in a tax bracket? And that's going to come into, I think, play into my next common question here for you, Tony. Is I have to touch on the fact that we see these ads, we hear these sayings, these slogans, we see these things in the mail we get. Get a tax-free retirement income, get a tax-free income in the retirement and pay no taxes. And how real is it? Is it viable? Is it actually real to think that you can get tax totally tax-free? And just what's to know here?

Tony: Well, I think the first thing is better do a lot of research. There's all kinds of things that people twist words and some of it may not be totally true, that's the first thing. But there are some ways to potentially do it. I mean, a way, and a lot of people don't realize this because they don't generally do it. But this is an area which you talk about tax-free bonds. This is just an easy one. Municipal bonds are not taxable at the federal level. If you get some from your state, they're not taxable at the state level. So theoretically, you can go out and invest all your money and that's municipal bonds, which are generally very safe. Now, they don't pay a whole lot of interest at the moment, but it's tax-free and you never have to put that on your return.

Speaker 1: Interesting. Okay. So-

Tony: That's one way.

Speaker 1: ... I guess there's a way... There's one way to actually make it true. I think where we hear this, Tony, is probably two ways and I want to have you address those. One is something like a universal life policy or something.

Tony: Oh yeah, I knew you're going to... Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah, that's usually one. And the other one is, like I just mentioned, so if you've got a million dollars in a 401k, so one might say, well let's convert all of that to a Roth and technically, it's tax-free in retirement. Now, you're paying the taxes now .

Tony: Paying the taxes now, yeah.

Speaker 1: But it is tax free in retirement.

Tony: It is, yeah. I mean, that's one. And that is a good strategy and we've used it before, is to, "Hey, let's start taking some money out now, converting it to a Roth, paying taxes now, but only fill up the bracket that you're in." Let's not go into the next bracket, so you got a huge tax bill. And just over time get it to a totally tax-free area versus again at retirement with Uncle Sam with his hand out there saying, "Give me some money." But you're still paying him but hopefully, we're spreading it out and we're doing it in a lower tax bracket than we think you'll be in. I think if you get into the stuff, especially with some not knocking insurance, because it has its place where you get some of that sophistication of, "Well, let's take all your money and put it into a universal life and then we're going to show you how to take money out of this tax-free." There are some ramifications there and you got to be very careful with the pitfalls and penalties and things like that with that kind of stuff. But it does have its place as long as you know that it's going to work for you.

Speaker 1: So there are some viable strategies, but again, it doesn't happen naturally. You got to work at it, you got to strategize.

Tony: No, you got to work at it, yeah. You really do to get tax-free income in retirement, yeah.

Speaker 1: Okay. And that's really the importance of working with a professional and it's not just a financial professional. So Tony, we know that there's all kinds of levels of financial professionals now. It seems like everybody can call themselves one. There's some that are just brokers only. They're stock brokers only, if you will. There's some that are insurance only. There's some that can do both sides, equities and insurance. And then there's some like yourself who are a CFP but also are a tax professional. Same thing I was talking about with the other person. There are some that are automatically I think... Because many will say, "This is a good strategy, let's do this, this or this." And then consult your tax professional to see how it's going to affect you. I like working with some... I mean, this is just my opinion, but I think there's some real value in working with someone who has all of this under one roof. Maybe it doesn't have to be the same person, for example, but they've got a CPA on staff or something like that. That's just my thought, but what do you think?

Tony: Well, I'm biased, but I do agree. I mean, at the end of the day, taxes is really where it's at. It all comes down to nobody wants to pay any more taxes than they have to.

Speaker 1: Especially in retirement.

Tony: Especially in retirement. And I think a lot of the advisors, when people will call me and say, "Well, my advisor told me to call my tax pro." And say, "Well yeah, because they don't want to... One, maybe take the risk of getting it wrong, but two, maybe they don't know." And so we want to tell you, here's the goods, here's the bads from a tax standpoint and you decide if you want to do that. But yeah, having it all in the same roof with us in that regard, that's what we do. We say, "All right, that all sounds good, but let me tell you about the taxes and how we have to work to do this and the goods and bads." And then you get to say, "Yeah, I still want to do that."

Speaker 1: Okay, and I think that's fair because whatever adage you want to put to it, it's not what you make, it's what you keep, so on and so forth. But in retirement, we're no longer having the paychecks coming in. We're turning everything we've built over the last 40 years or whatever into our money and into our paychecks. And we've got to be as tax efficient as possible because that's what's going to help us hopefully get that longevity out of the money that we're after, right? Because you're not making anymore, so you're not-

Tony: That's right.

Speaker 1: ... I mean, yeah, hopefully, you're making some in the market or whatever the case is and we want to keep up a little inflation and all that kind of stuff, but normal inflation at least anyway. So again, taxes are hugely important to the overall retirement strategy. One more common question, Tony, that I wanted to ask you. And that's the concept around the tax-free state. Well, we'll use California, we've seen this mass exodus from California for a lot of reasons, but one really big one is it's killing people from a tax standpoint, right?

Tony: It really is, the tax states, yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah. I mean, even Elon with all his money's, he's like, "I'm out of here." And he's got tons of money. So how viable, and let me put this in this way for you. How viable is it to say, I'm going to move from a high tax state, let's say California or New Jersey or something like that, to a state like Tennessee or Florida or Texas, where they don't have any income tax. I think if you're wanting to move to that area for other reasons, then-

Tony: That's right.

Speaker 1: ... it could be gravy. Would you move solely on that reason?

Tony: I wouldn't move solely on that reason because you got to take a look at, "Okay, well, how else is this state raising its money?-"

Speaker 1: You're right.

Tony: ... Everybody's got to have money to run the state, so it's-

Speaker 1: It sounds great, right?

Tony: Yeah.

Speaker 1: But they're going get-

Tony: It sounds great, But it could be higher sales tax, could be real high property tax, could be some other types of taxes.

Speaker 1: County tax. So think about Florida, for example. Yeah, but each individual county has different taxes.

Tony: Yeah, there's local taxes and things like that. And so, you want to take a look at that plus the general cost of living in some of those cities. Is it going to cost me more to live? And so, is that really going to maybe negate some of my tax savings type of thing?

Speaker 1: It's a little-

Tony: Iowa. OH, go ahead.

Speaker 1: I'm thinking it's a little more costly to live in Orlando than it is or Miami than it is in Cedar Rapids, right?

Tony: Oh yeah.

Speaker 1: It's just the hair.

Tony: Yeah. I mean, but we've had that in Iowa, not as bad as some of those real high tax days, but Iowa was always in about the top 10 highest tax states and-

Speaker 1: Really? Okay.

Tony: ... what they've done over the years and right later on... I mean, they say that they're making money from other sources, because that's always my thing as well. If you're going to cut taxes, which they've just done. So now starting in '24, retiree's income is completely exempt from Iowa Tax. So we, as a retirees, you don't pay any taxes here. Now, if you're out working and things like that, you do-

Speaker 1: Sure, yeah.

Tony: ... but yoru just retirement income. So that's kind of a break for retirees here from a relatively high tax state down to that.

Speaker 1: That's pretty nice.

Tony: And so, try to keep them here. Because I mean, the weather is not conducive like some of the... I call those, some of those states like Florida, that's your weather tax down there. It's-

Speaker 1: True.

Tony: ... some of those other taxes. But the point is that you need to look at some other things because just the income tax... Maybe [inaudible 00:17:09] of that-

Speaker 1: It's probably not going to make or break your plan, right?

Tony: Yeah, no. But like you said, if you're planning on moving somewhere sunny or I've always wanted to be in Nevada, let's say, and I'm going to move there. Yeah, that's kind of icing on this cake.

Speaker 1: But yeah, then let's go ahead and factor that into the plan for sure. And it might help out along the way. But yeah, I don't know that it's necessarily going to just make your whole plan. It's not the one missing cog in the wheel, if you will, in the machine. And of course, I was just talking with somebody the other day about Florida, and this was obviously even prior to the hurricane, but yeah, they gotten wise too. You can't just say you live in Florida now just because you might have a second residence. They want to see a lot of... They're making you jump through some hoops to make sure that you actually live there-

Tony: Yeah, oh yeah.

Speaker 1: ... to live there and long enough to claim that as your main state. So again, those are just some common questions around taxes and retirement.Again, the biggest one is if you want to have reduced taxes, excuse me, in retirement, you've got to plan for it. You got to strategize for it. It's not going to just happen on its own through a series of... I mean, maybe through a series of the right steps that you just did and didn't realize. Sure, it's possible. But like anything, the world's changed so much that... It just really does require strategizing and planning to be as efficient as possible. And that way you can also be efficient not only for your retirement years but whatever you might leave behind as well when you move on in that legacy section, you want to be as tax efficient to the kids for the most part as that. Of course, some of you do, some of you might say, "Hey, they can pay the tax bill. I don't care."

Tony: Right, yeah.

Speaker 1: So everybody's different. Tony, thanks-

Tony: [inaudible 00:18:47].

Speaker 1: ... for hanging out, my friend, as always. I appreciate it.

Tony: All right, we'll talk to you next time.

Speaker 1: Yeah, we'll catch you next time. Again, if you've got questions, folks, around taxes, who better to talk to than the tax man, reach out to Tony and his team at Tax Doctor. And they are Des Moines' professional alternative. Of course, they have clients all over the country as well. But reach out to them, find them online @yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast, Plan With The Tax Man on Apple, or Google, or Spotify, whatever platform you like to use. You can find it all at Tony's website as well. He's been helping families for 20-plus years, boy, about 25 or so now, right?

Tony: Well, 26-

Speaker 1: 26, okay.

Tony: ... be 26 this year.

Speaker 1: So there you go. So reach out to Tony and get started today. If you got any questions, need some help, and we'll see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

Just like the lights on your dashboard can indicate if something is wrong with your car (like low tire pressure or leaking oil), there are indicators in your financial life that might point out that you have a problem that needs to be addressed.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Welcome in to Plan with the Tax Man, with Tony Mauro and myself here to talk about warning signs, how to spot some potential problems in our financial life. Certainly not too hard to probably spot in 2022. You're probably thinking because there's a lot been going on this year, but we're going to talk about a few things to pay attention to outside of the clearly obvious ones that are going on. And think about it like your car engine just, or your vehicle, just like lights on your dashboard can indicate if something is wrong. There's other things that you might not realize that are happening that you want to address as well. So it's not always just the most obvious. And that's the chat this week, Tony, what's going on buddy? How are you?

Speaker 2: I am good. Settling into a late fall and it's getting cooler here so it's always, sun starts setting a little sooner and then it's winter.

Speaker 1: Yep. Let the coolness in.

Speaker 2: Yeah, yeah. But weather's been good here and all is good.

Speaker 1: Yeah, it's good. Yeah. I mean it is what it is, right? Some areas don't have all four seasons. Of course you can be like most states, many of the states that I've lived in, it seems like they had summer, winter, and construction.

Speaker 2: Yes.

Speaker 1: That was the only three seasons they had, so. And we'd go from one to the next and that's kind of how it is in North Carolina a little bit. It's hot, hot, hot, hot, cold, back to hot. But let's talk about some of these warning signs, Tony a little bit. And again, think about this from a standpoint of it could be your whole financial life, but also just maybe the retirement side of things too. However you want to take this in your answers, feel free. But when people come in to talk with you or whatever the case is, no matter what their age, let's say if they're even starting early or if they're starting right up to the last minute, whatever the case might be, they often have no idea what it actually costs to fund their lifestyle. I can't tell how many advisors I've talked to that say they go to do, get the preliminary numbers from people. They're starting to help, pull information in and people often way under calculate what they actually spend.

Speaker 2: They do. And I would echo that. That's why I picked this topic was this very one right here, is I would say, I would have to guess, but I mean even on the tax side, I'd say 99% of our clients, our tax clients do not understand how much money they have going out for how much they have coming in. I mean, that's really what it comes down to.

Speaker 1: Yeah. That's massive.

Speaker 2: But in their defense, in people's defense, they don't really teach it in school. I always tell them. And they're not really teaching it in college very much. And so unless you just watched your parents, most of them don't track what their net income is and then every little thing that goes out the door. And that's why at the end of the day there many people say, It feels like I'm working harder than ever, but I just can't get ahead or I can't see.

Speaker 1: And it's interesting, if you think about. In the age that we are in with an app for everything times 50, you'd think that it would be easier. And I don't know if it's the, I'm just don't want another stinking app kind of mindset versus just the manual way of doing things. And you're right our financial education system has been horrible in this country for a very long time. I mean, back when we were in high school, in the 80s, I think we got a one hour class on how to write a check and that was pretty much it.

Speaker 2: That was it?

Speaker 1: That was it. Yeah.

Speaker 2: And I think you're right though. I think there's a lot of apps that make it easy. I think it's not the one more app as well as far as I...

Speaker 1: It can be burnout. Yeah.

Speaker 2: I don't want any more to do, I just want to live. But I think it's so important though, because the apps do make it almost automated now. They can connect to your bank accounts and kind of do everything for you. Even if you're really lazy and don't want to do anything is you can look at a app like Mint or Quicken on the mobile and you can just get a snapshot, even if you don't reconcile your bank statements and do all that, wow, I took in this much and I paid out more. No wonder I don't have anything at the end of the month. And then you can start digging in, well where the hell did it really go?

Speaker 1: Quite exactly. Well I've got another advisor friend like yourself and we were chatting and he's like, well the way I do it is because he's a CPA as well, is he's like, let's just look at your tax returns, right? We're going to look at the tax returns because that's the end all be all at the kind of, here's the data and okay, here's what was left, right? Where is it? If it's not in your savings account, guess what? You spent it.

Speaker 2: You spent it.

Speaker 1: And I have other advisors who say, hey, here's an interesting idea for folks to ponder. Again, you have to know yourself and you have to have the discipline. But what if for one month you put every single thing on one credit card, right? Or one card, right? And then looked at that and said, Okay, this is literally what went out. And then of course you can look at obviously what you brought in based on your income, on your paycheck or whatever. And obviously maybe this is a little, that's more of a setup for people who are still working. And again, got to know yourself for a discipline because don't do that and then not pay off the credit card, because you got to...

Speaker 2: Yeah, that's right.

Speaker 1: But I mean people do, they come up, they find these different ways to do it and some people love Excel and some people want to use spreadsheets. But if you are not diligent about it, and most people aren't, you just really kind of, I think our world is so designed now, Tony, that we're getting nickel and dimed and we just don't even realize it. So when someone says, well here's what it costs me to fund my lifestyle. When they come to see you for the first time, they're telling you the car and they're telling you the mortgage and they're telling you the approximation of the electric bill. Well it's roughly $200 a month and you know what I mean? That kind of thing. But how many times, did you tell how many times Amazon comes a week? We know all that kind of little stuff. Or how many times you stop by the burger joint or the coffee shop or whatever?

Speaker 2: Yeah. And one of the... well, with our financial planning clients, one of the first exercises we do after we go over goals and things is we go over this and we use software. So we kind of do the heavy lifting for them. But yeah, they'll do just that. They name off the big stuff. It's like, okay, well you, that's that. But what about how many times did you go out to eat? How many times did you buy clothes, go golfing? Whatever it is you do. And we got to get all that in there. I mean every single dime needs to be accounted for 'cause it's either spent or saved at the end of the day, for most people it's not saved. So we have to go through that exercise. But we do talk a lot about this and once their eyes are kind of opened, a lot of them will say, well how can I track this without going to a lot of trouble? And so we have to be able to offer them some things there. But you got to start here if you're going to improve your financial life.

Speaker 1: And we're not talking about living on a budget, right Tony?

Speaker 2: No.

Speaker 1: We're not trying to say you have to be restricted, but if you're trying to... again, the topic here is how to spot problems in our financial life, not understanding what your lifestyle's costing you is a huge problem. So if you go in and say, my plan, if we make $5,000 a month in retirement, Tony, we're going to be okay. And if that's not the actual real number, you're actually spending seven grand a month, guess what? You're going to run out.

Speaker 2: You're going to run out. And we can't help you if...

Speaker 1: If you run out.

Speaker 2: If that happens. Right? Yeah.

Speaker 1: We got to fix it before you run out. So a gain, that's a huge one to focus on. Another one is that I wanted to talk about is the arbitrary number. People who focus, and again, you could be doing this while you're working, you could be doing this for whatever reason, but the arbitrary number of an account balance or a net worth, right? Well when we get to 30,000 in savings, then we can this. Or when we get to 500,000 in the 401K, then we can that, right? So kind of applying this arbitrary number and often the one we see Tony really is, well I need to get to a million to retire. Once I get to a million I can retire. And it's a big round sexy number and we get to say we're a millionaire and I get it all that. But what if 700,000 would get it done and you got to leave work three years earlier than you wanted to, right?

Speaker 2: I agree. And I think people do, they focus on this number. I think most of our clients focus on too low of a number and they don't realize how fast that number is going to disappear or be spent.

Speaker 1: That's a great point. But that kind of goes back to the first one, right? Because...

Speaker 2: It does.

Speaker 1: ... you're under calculating that, first [inaudible 00:08:32] so anyway, keep going.

Speaker 2: So that's kind of the thing which it does. It ends up going back to the first point. But when you can sit down with them and ask them that and then say, okay, well let's take your number for example and let's start subtracting out some things. How long is that money going to last? And maybe let's not focus on the number so much as to what type of income or how much income do we need to generate every month, let's say in retirement. And then work backwards into whatever that number needs to be. Because for you it might be 700,000 and you can retire earlier. Maybe for somebody else it might be 2 million. And so it's worth it to not focus on the number, at least in the beginning. I like to focus on the monthly income and then back into that number, because...

Speaker 1: Yeah, absolutely.

Speaker 2: Otherwise, I think again, it could back you into a corner, you get to that number and then if you're at retirement, let's say that might not work depending on your lifestyle.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And I love that you mentioned the underfunding because that is what happens. I also think that what happens was when folks come in, they've finally gotten the nerve up to come see a financial professional like yourself maybe for the first time, they're nervous about it. And I think sometimes we have this thing as humans where we want to be told we did a good job or we want to put on a face, if you will, that we've got our stuff together even though we're turning to someone to help us. And so you may go in under kind of guessing that number. Well, it's only going to take us, technically we can get by with $3,500 a month, right? And so that'll be like, yeah, we need 3,500 to make the plan go. And to your point, you're way under guessing. And then maybe that arbitrary number is, well we could do it on a half million when really it's actually the 750 or the one million or the two million, whatever it might be. So that's a great point. I'm really glad you brought that up in there as well. People often tend to do that. And I think it's just, again, it could be any number of human emotions that kind of causes to do it. And speaking of emotions, this third one here, Tony is kind of an interesting one. I think this is a nice take for people to ponder when it comes to spotting problems in your financial life. It's the conception or the mental image that you've built in your head that you've had forever about what your parents did or did not do. For me, I know my dad never talked about saving for retirement. It was never brought up. He wasn't retired long before he passed away, but it just seemed like, well he didn't do anything and it just kind of worked out, right? And so a lot of people I think do that same thing. They go, well, my parents, especially if you're like, again, you and I we're right around the 50 age, so we're kind of teenagers of the 80s. I think our parents that we saw just before us there, it's kind of like they just didn't do a whole lot and yet they somehow were retired. So I guess I'll be fine too. You know what I mean? Does that make sense?

Speaker 2: Yeah. Makes sense. And I think that's a fallacy if you...

Speaker 1: Oh for sure.

Speaker 2: Let that go too long, because my parents were the same way. My mom didn't work and my dad did and he didn't even ever, ever that I remember talked about, thought about or saved until he was in his 40s. And he kind of got lucky and got into a government job and then started putting a lot of money away. And then of course he got IPARs and some things like that. Otherwise, I don't know where he would've ended up. Now he's pretty well off, but yeah, they did not do that. And I don't think we, and even people younger than me, my own son should have those images. They really need to think about things because one, we're living a lot longer now. The younger people going to live even longer more than likely. Healthcare is really high. And you got to kind of take a peek at again what your lifestyle's like. Because I know my lifestyle, my dad really didn't even quit working until he was 78, but I think he kind of let retirement pass him by a little bit and it's like, boy, I don't know if I want to go that route. And I think a lot of people are the exact opposite. It's like, boy, sometimes I still hear people say, I want to retire at 57. It's like, wow, how are you going to do that because... That you may not have what you think. Back in the day when people retired younger, they weren't living as long. They had pensions, they had all kinds of things that we don't have now. And so a lot of thought needs to go into this. But yeah, I definitely wouldn't base that image on what our parents had for sure.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And the world has definitely changed so much Tony in the last just 30 years. You and I can definitely att... anybody can attest to that, right? And just watching what's happened from the 80s up till now, I guess that's 40 years. I'm showing my age myself. But things are... they're pretty tough and they're pretty interesting on how they look and on some ways it's supposed to be better. But I mean, thinking about what you just said a second ago, your mom didn't work and your dad kind of late start if you will. But somehow you guys were fine. And that's pretty hard to do nowadays. I mean if you don't have two families working or two people working in the family, especially in those, when you're in your 30s, I think it's tough to get by. And of course inflation right now is making that really tough.

Speaker 2: Really tough, you don't see as many, I mean generally women not working like they used to back when I was a kid and it's a two, and my wife and I have always been a two person income.

Speaker 1: Mine too. Yeah.

Speaker 2: It was always, at first it was a necessity and now it's like, well I'm glad we still have that. Now you have more income and getting to a point where you can do more of what you want.

Speaker 1: Right? Yeah. It's all about having that right mindset for sure. All right, so let's see if we could do a one or two more here before we wrap up. This one's easy to do. If you're stressing out on the regular because of the current world events and you're worried about how it's going to affect you. And granted, you're human, we're all dealing with that right this minute, but you've got to moderate that somehow. Otherwise, you are going to send yourself crazy with the... I mean the market has been super volatile obviously in 22. The bond markets down, inflation rates are up. Excuse me, interest rates are up, inflation is... so we are in a heck of a pickle right now. So you got to figure out a way to moderate this.

Speaker 2: You do. Well, if you're prone to getting worked up then you're probably about ready to blow a gasket with all these.

Speaker 1: For sure. It's not good for your ticker, right?

Speaker 2: Yeah. It's not good for your ticker and there's so much coming at us and we've talked about it before with the news. It is easy to get worked up and really have some anxiety about in the short term what's happening and you lose your focus on if you're saving for retirement and you're ways away focusing on the long term. And if you're in retirement and you are properly diversified and invested well yeah, your portfolio might fluctuate some, but the income's not going to change and nothing's going to happen there. But at the end of the day, you just kind of see all this negativity in the news and that's mostly what it is, unfortunately is, yeah, it's hard to keep on your plan and keep positive.

Speaker 1: It really is. Yeah. Well I think that's... so somebody's said, well you kind of said it because somebody listening might go, well great, yeah, it's hard to do. So what do we do? And you mentioned it, the plan is one thing. If you don't have, well I guess we should flip that question. What are you doing? If it's nothing except for watching this stuff and getting weirded out and getting upset, then you're not helping your own situation. Have you talked with someone, have you put together a strategy? Right?

Speaker 2: Yes. Yeah. Because that's really what it comes down to is if you don't have a plan, well then you need, obviously probably need to get one if you have one and we've been talking to our clients and there has been some minor changes we've made but it isn't like we're saying, well the market's been down, let's just go all to cash or...

Speaker 1: Right, wholesale changes.

Speaker 2: Yeah wholesale changes. 'Cause when somebody asks me that, I said, okay, if what you're telling me that's what you want to do is you want to go all to cash. I said, then who's going to make the decision of when to go back in the market? Is it going to be you then the next news that you see? Or because I've stopped trying to do that because I told you before, we don't market time. I mean, who's that? What's going to trigger that? And then they don't know what to say as far as that goes. So I think most prudent investors, you want to stay invested at all times, when times are tough, especially saving for retirement. I always tell my clients, I say, really you should be investing more, that this is the best time. Generally the crowd's running for the exits when bad things happen short term. And if you're investing regularly then it's a moot point. It's easy for me to sit back and say, don't pay attention to the news. But in reality that's hard to do. You do get sucked up in it a little bit.

Speaker 1: Oh for sure. Yeah. And that's saying to not, and that's why I said moderate it, right?

Speaker 2: Yeah you got to moderate it.

Speaker 1: Because if you're freaking out at every single thing that goes on right now, there's a lot and you're really going to make yourself sick. So you got to have a strategy to deal with that. And I think to your point right there, it's like if you're still working, 'cause my wife, she's like, hey, obviously my 401's taken a beating. What should... should I cut back on my, how much is being taken out each paycheck and going in? I'm like, no, because your dollar cost averaging, right?

Speaker 2: ... cost averaging.

Speaker 1: If you're still working, just keep doing what you're doing, because you're right now you've still got some of that time on your side and you're buying while the market's down, it's so funny, Tony, the market is the only place no one wants to buy on sale.

Speaker 2: They don't want to buy on sale, they want to buy high and sell low.

Speaker 1: And that's completely opposite.

Speaker 2: You got to pay attention to the news. But also, you definitely don't want to rush into things. And I sometimes if people push me too far, I say, well, you're still working. Our style of life is so good. And I say, if you're that upset about it, well let's take a philosophical view. Let's go down to the hospital and visit the sick kids that are dying and the homeless. I mean, there's always somebody that's way, way, way worse off and...

Speaker 1: Oh, for sure.

Speaker 2: So you got to step back and say, count your blessings and kind of go from there. Put it in perspective a little bit.

Speaker 1: Absolutely. Yeah. We all suffer from first world problems, right?

Speaker 2: Yeah. That's what it is.

Speaker 1: And everybody, hey, your problems are understandable. They're stressful to you, not trying to make short of that, but there's always going to be something a little bit worse. And this is something, yes, we can't control the stock market, we can't control the taxes of the inflation, but we can control how we're we react to it and if we're taking any action within those parameters to do something. And so if that's the case, these are some ways to spot some problems in your financial life. Certainly those two big ones right there at the top though are certainly big ones. Do you understand how much it's going to cost to fund your lifestyle now and later? And are you focusing too much on or too little on what that number might be? So get yourself a conversation with someone like Tony. Have a chat. Make sure you're doing something for yourself and your retirement. You can always reach out to him if you've got questions. If you're not working with him already, stop by the website yourplanningpros.com, that's yourplanningpros.com, subscribe to the podcast Plan with the Tax Man on whatever app you like to use, like Apple, Google, Spotify, so on and so forth. Tony, thanks for hanging out and chatting my friend. We'll talk soon.

Speaker 2: All right, sounds good. It was a good conversation.

Speaker 1: Absolutely. I always appreciate your time here on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

Want to know the secrets to experiencing satisfaction in retirement? We’ve discovered five key situations to which your financial plan needs to lead you. If you can key in on these five points, you’ll have a high chance to achieve retirement satisfaction.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Back for another edition of Plan With The Tax Man. Thanks for tuning into the podcast with Tony Mauro and myself to talk about getting some satisfaction or as Mick Jagger said, "Can't get no satisfaction."

Tony Mauro: Can't get no.

Speaker 1: That's right. Can't get no. Or can we? So, we're going to talk about some secrets to experiencing satisfaction in retirement. If you want to know what those are, we've got five we've identified. They're different for everybody, but these are five to maybe pay a little attention to and see if they might help you improve your chances for retirement satisfaction. What's going on with my friend? How're you doing?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing good. How about you?

Speaker 1: Pretty good. Pretty good. Are you a Stones fan at all? Do you like the Stones?

Tony Mauro: I do like the Rolling Stones. I never did appreciate them when I was young, but I do now.

Speaker 1: Yeah. [inaudible 00:00:40]. Classic song. Right? Can't get no satisfaction. Great, great song from the Stones. So, I think most people... We probably won't play it here on the podcast just for those reasons that we can't. But I think soon as you hear it, most people just kind of already hear that da, da, da, da, da, they kind of already hear that guitar part going in their head. So, no worries there. But listen, we got these five items here, Tony. Let's run them down real fast and see how the process of going through and working with an advisor, maybe can help achieve some of these or at least improve some of these. And they're pretty wide range here, like the first one's peace of mind, certainly something we want to have in retirement, have some satisfaction there with peace of mind. But regardless of what's going on in the stock market or even in the world, the idea is to be able to retire in any economy, in any environment, because you never know what's going to happen. You never know if a pandemic's going to happen or a war's going to break out or the market's going to crash. It's not ideal, but we want to be able to do it regardless. So, peace of mind comes into play. And that's, I think where the planning process can help because you guys can stress test and show scenarios.

Tony Mauro: That's right. And these five we're going to talk about really are the whole basis in my mind of any financial plan, whether we do it or anybody else, it should be the same in my opinion. Because these are the five things that if you have these going for you and you can constantly address them and say yes to, you're going to have a great financial plan and it doesn't have anything to do with the things that make up your portfolio. I think if you just have some investments in your portfolio and you haven't analyzed any of this, I would say you don't have a plan. You may have a lot of money in those portfolios, but may not have these things and you need to get to them to really achieve what I call the financial success.

Speaker 1: Well, if you got $10 million, I mean, you're going to say, "Hey, I'm totally great." But depending on how you live your life, does that $10 million give you peace of mind without a plan? Because maybe the way you live, $10 million doesn't get it done.

Tony Mauro: Exactly. And for me, peace of mind is, like you said, you know that your portfolio and everything else about your plan does not... I mean, somewhat depends on what's [inaudible 00:03:04] going on in the market, but short-term. But long term, you're not really worried about the news of the day, the war of the day, I mean, because it goes on, it's going on right now as we speak, politically, and the war Ukraine and everything else. There's always doom and gloom on the news. So, without getting into that whole conversation, you want to have peace of mind that your portfolio and your plan, you're going to be okay.

Speaker 1: Yeah. We've talked about retirement in various political environments. God willing, if you're walking into retirement, let's say this year or next year, you're going to see multiple administrations. It's not just what's happening with this current one. Sure, it affects a lot of things, but there's always going to be the next administration, then the next one after that, tax changes, rule changes, whatever the case might be. So, if you're looking at a 30 year retirement, which many of us are, bound to be a few things happen, so you got to make sure you got some peace of mind to ride through most of it, as close to peace of mind as you can get. You mentioned diversity, so let's go to that one because that's the second one we talked about income streams. Diversity of those income streams are super important, but we got to be careful not to be too reliant. It used to be just pensions and social security and we called it a day, but that's not the case anymore.

Tony Mauro: No, it's not. And we try to strive for three to five different income sources in our plans, and the more, the better. But if we can get that, then it leads us to what we just talked about, more peace of mind, more of feeling good about I've got money coming in from all these different sources. So, if one source is not particularly en vogue at the moment, it's still producing some income for us, but may not be what it was, but it'll be back. And it is not going to alter our lifestyle at all if we've got that normal and good diversity, I think. I see too many clients come and basically they have two, they have social security and a little bit, and I'm talking a little bit, of just savings or some retirement. And if that's all they have, then that's all they have. And then it's the conversation of you have to do as well as you can with what you have.

Speaker 1: Well, then your options are just more limited, right? [inaudible 00:05:21]. So, the option is to try to save more, spend less, reduce your lifestyle. That kind of brings things into focus there. I like how you brought in en vogue there a little bit. So, you brought in another song reference to our Can't Get No Satisfaction, although it's Madonna, but that's okay. We'll let it roll. How about number three on our list? Confidence. If you're trying to get satisfaction in your retirement journey, confidence goes a long way. As humans, we need it in just about every aspect of life. That's a crucial one. We talked on our prior podcast a couple weeks ago about the psychology of some things, Tony, and I think confidence goes a long way into that conversation too, because even if you've done a great job and have been a diligent saver, if you don't have a good strategy and a good plan, you may not feel confident that you can even enjoy this money you saved.

Tony Mauro: That's right. And this is where the accountant in us comes out with our clients, because we do in this area, sit them down. We do go through the exercise of let's see what you're spending, what your bills are every month in retirement. And you're going to sit down and you're going to help me write them out. And we're going to make sure that we add those up, compare it to the different income sources you've got coming in, so that you'll see that, hey, you've got the confidence, that you're going to be able to pay all your bills. And hopefully you've got extra, so you can take that and go do other things. So, I think that's the most important thing because us as advisors, we could tell them, "Oh yeah, you'll be fine. You'll be fine. But I think we have to show you. Here's your bills, here's your monthly income coming in, you truly are going to be fine." And even we take it a step further, we let the computer software do it, tell them, "Well, even if your income goes down by X amount or you live X number of years, you're still going to be in great shape and not run out of money"

Speaker 1: Most of us are visual, so I think we do need to see something and in black and white. And it kind of helps sink it in. We're like, "Ah." We get that "aha" moment going.

Tony Mauro: I think the key there is for us as advisors is not to throw so much data at the client because they tend to get lost. So, we try to keep it simple, but it's still very powerful. I mean it's based on fact [inaudible 00:07:34].

Speaker 1: Yeah. Oh yeah. Because then your head's spinning and how much do you retain and so on and so forth. Okay. Number four, security. And this could be in any aspect of the plan, but security clearly important. Maybe for some it's the security of that income stream that you just talked about. Maybe it's the security of a long-term care strategy.

Tony Mauro: I think yeah, both four and five are this security and being able to know that whether it's my long-term care plan or my healthcare plan, any other plan that you have is going to be there and cover what you need when you need it. Normally, what we tend to do is review every year or every year and a half, their healthcare coverage, long-term care coverage, see if there's any gaps and if they want to try to change something or fill those, just so again, they can build the security that I know that if something happens to me, that I'm going to be all right and everything's going to be paid for. With long-term care, of course, a lot of them talk about being a burden on their family if something happens.

Speaker 1: Yeah, that's true. Nobody wants to be the burden. Right? Having that strategy in place, so having that security goes a long way with getting that satisfaction in retirement. And the last one is independence. You mentioned four and five being probably pretty big ones. And independence could be a number of things. Whatever side of the political spectrum you find yourself on, I think all of us would like to have a certain level of independence from government. We don't want to be more reliant on them than we have to, I think most of the time. But it also could be something as simple as independence from our family, Tony. My mom lived with my wife and I, a number of years early on in her retirement. And she was not happy about it, but it just was a situation she found herself in. And it took a while, but then eventually she was able to get into a senior... She was on a waiting list, she got into a senior apartment complex. And while there's things about that that frustrate her, she does often return to the fact that she feels better having some level of independence. We'll say, "Hey mom, do you want to spend the night?" And she'll come over and spend the day, do some things. Do you want to stay the tonight here? And she's like, "No, no, no. I feel better at home. I feel more comfortable in my own surroundings." So, she likes that independence.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It's funny because my own father talks about it a lot. It seems like lately here in our own family, we've lost some relatives and whatnot battling Alzheimer's and dementia, things like that over long periods. And of course he says all the time, he does not want to go into some home. That's his biggest fear of losing his independence and having to rely on either family assistance. He has a great long-term care policy, so again, we're back to, he's confident, we've made him confident that he's secure in his plans, but he definitely wants to be independent. [inaudible 00:10:21].

Speaker 1: Doesn't want to give up that independence.

Tony Mauro: No. And we were up at... My son actually got married a couple of weeks ago up in Sioux Falls, and so some of his and our friends come up and their aunts and uncles, they're in their eighties, and you could definitely tell that they're really starting to change some, mentally. It's sad to see and hopefully they've got some of this taken care of because then it becomes a worry for the person that's going through it. And I don't think they should have to worry about that.

Speaker 1: And that's not healthy. Yeah. That adds to the... Reducing our mental stress in any form in any time of life is always a good idea, stress levels, period. It kind of goes a long way towards helping our health, but certainly as we've become seniors. So yeah, independence. That's the fifth one, folks. So, five, pretty wide, but also very crucial pieces to finding satisfaction in retirement, getting peace of mind, having that diversity, understanding you've got confidence in the plan and the strategy, security in the different aspects of it, and just our own personal independence in retirement, so we still feel like we are in control of ourselves, if you will. Those are five crucial components to a good strategy. And if you need some help with that, definitely make sure you're talking with a qualified professional. If not, Tony, certainly someone, but he is available for you. If you'd like to reach out to him, stop by his website at yourplanningpros.com. He's got 25, 26 years of experience helping folks get to and through retirement. So, a great resource, not only in the Des Moines area, but all around. He's got clients all over. So, reach out to him online, yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Google, Spotify, whatever platform you like to use, Plan With The Tax Man is the name of the show. You can find all the information again at Tony's website. My friend, thanks for hanging out with me. Great conversation this week. I think we'll have to go listen to some Stones now.

Tony Mauro: I think so too. Then we have to do it.

Speaker 1: Yeah, we have to crank it up a little bit. Have yourself a good week, my friend. And I will see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

We always talk about the money side of financial and retirement planning. But what about the mental aspect of that big life change? Today we’ll break down an article written by a Licensed Professional Counselor (Kate Schroeder) for Psychology Today, titled The Psychological Investment In Retirement.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody. Welcome into the podcast. It's time for another edition of Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro and myself and we're going to talk about retirement planning from a psychologist's point of view. Often we talk about the X's and the O's, but sometimes it's important to talk about the opposite side, not just the money side of things. And so we've got an article here that we're going to reference, and we'll throw that in the show notes as well if folks would like to check that out. The Psychological Investment in Retirement, that is the name of this book by a licensed professional counselor, Kate Schroeder, hope I'm saying that correctly, of Psychology Today, so that's on topic this week on the show. Tony, what's going on, buddy, how are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm good. Rolling into fall. Getting a little cooler here, and days are getting shorter.

Speaker 1: Yep. It's that time of the year, it's winding down, but that's okay. I think a lot of us are looking for it, for '22 to be over.

Tony Mauro: Some people are.

Speaker 1: It's been a challenge, across many platforms.

Tony Mauro: Yes it has.

Speaker 1: We'll see how it goes. And this is a challenge today because for some reason, you and I were laughing, I can't seem to say psychology very well. I keep tripping over it, but that's our topic today. And it's actually a pretty good conversation piece because the transition from what you've been doing all your life for many people to something totally new is tough. And you guys have to tackle this stuff as well, as financial professionals. We've got some key points to analyze from this article in the podcast. Let's just dive in because there's a few of them, Tony, and run through some of these. So few people consider the consequence of walking away from the life, the routine that maybe defined them for a long time. And you've been doing this a long time. You've been doing this, what 25 years or so?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, 26.

Speaker 1: 26, so I know you probably encountered a fair number of people who you can kind of identify that, that hurt, that's really bugging them. They're really struggling with, this is who I was. The guy or gal that went to X job and did X thing, that's who I was. Now, who am I?

Tony Mauro: Yes. And to speak to the article, I've read the article and for those who are inclined to go out and read it. But the interesting thing is, is this is a psychologist, not an investment professional, who's writing these articles and they're seeing it in their own profession. And we see it too. But people say, "Oh, you guys are all the same. You all say that." This is somebody outside the industry, that they see this and this is what we see a lot, all these things we're going to talk about is what we see a lot of. And it doesn't have to do with the numbers per se. But to your point, you just picture yourself, you've done something 30, 40 years. It's a routine, whether you're in business or working for somebody else and all of a sudden, boom, that stops, and now it's... People come to us, a few months into retirement, basically saying, "I need help because I don't know what to do with myself. And my routine is not there anymore. I don't have the same type of meaning. Feels like life is going on without me." And so we try to work with people to try to deal with that before this happens, to kind of let them know from this psychological standpoint, that some of these things are going to happen and it's normal to feel this way.

Speaker 1: Sure, yeah.

Tony Mauro: And you've got to work through it and plan for it, just like you were planning for all of your numbers is what we tell them.

Speaker 1: Yeah. It's just like thinking about your child going off to college. Everybody's going to be different. There's some parents that struggle heavily when their child goes off to college. We all miss them of course. But there's some that really take it, have a hard time with it. And then there's others who are totally fine. I thought for sure, my wife was... We have just one child, so I thought for sure, and they're super tight. I thought she was really going to have a heck of a struggle. And she didn't. She was like, "Wow." she's smart, I trust her, we've raised a good kid and she did not struggle like she thought she was going to. Same thing with retirement. Some people will get there and they're like, "Hey man, I'm totally ready to let the old me go." And others can't seem to do that. There's definitely some psychology to that conversation piece. That's a great point. That's the first one. The author also talks about, says the research, show that the number one thing that retirees struggle with, is finding that consistent, genuine or lasting, maybe meaning or purpose. We talk about the number one financial fear is running out of money. Well, it seems as though the number one mental fear is, what do I do with myself? I need something purposeful. And I think you and I have talked many times about, Tony, retiring to something, instead of from something.

Tony Mauro: Exactly. And it's an important part of the planning process as well, to at least get some ideas in your mind about what you're going to do to find meaning, whether it's doing some work just for some, what I usually use the term mad money, just to have, or maybe it's volunteering at charities, maybe it's traveling, maybe it's spending time with family or a combination of those obviously hobbies and things like that, stuff you always wanted to do, but maybe never had the chance to do in your routine and in your work life. And maybe there's an opportunity to do some stuff like that. We make clients make a list of some potential things that they may want to do and we keep it and we talk to them about it when we're doing reviews. And some of them say, "Well, no, I decided I don't want to do that." We just X that out and go on. But it's important, it's almost like holding them a little bit accountable. They don't have to do anything if they don't want to, but then they start losing that meaning of life and some of them get depressed and things like that and that's definitely not the way you want to spend retirement, assuming you got your health and everything.

Speaker 1: Yeah, I think we view it... Well, my mom's almost 81 and she views, she's like, "Well, when I lose the ability to drive, I'm just going to sit around and wither away," kind of thing. Same kind of idea, when I think when we first get to retirement, we feel like the purpose is or at least that's been the norm. I think that's been the big fear, is that we feel like it. But I think the modern retirees, were much more active. There's much more going on. There's many more things to do. We're living better overall, so I think a lot of that does get dissipated. COVID certainly brought that back to the forefront with lockdowns at the time, because I know they weren't necessarily prevalent in your area, but still, feeling as though, "Well, I can't go anywhere," kind of thing. I'm going to move around a little bit here on the list just to, in the interest of time. But because I feel like the next point was pretty similar to the one we just talked about. But many people kind of view that break, that time off, as a stressful period because they're not productive in something. And again, when we talked about retiring to something, it doesn't necessarily mean, there's a lot of folks want to retire and they're like, "Hey, I'm going to sit on my butt and do nothing because I've earned it," and that's cool. But I think most of us find after maybe a couple of months max, we're like, "Okay, I'm bored. How much longer can I do this? I got to have something to do." Whether it's a project you've always wanted to tackle, that you just haven't had time for or volunteering or whatever the case might be, but eventually as humans, we crave some kind of structure.

Tony Mauro: Yeah we do. And it's that, I say three months max, I think you're pretty close on that, that I see people coming back when they say that, because everybody, especially during tax season, if you're getting close to retirement. They say, "You know what? I need a break. I've been working for 35, 40 years. I just want to see what it's like to do nothing." And within three months, even if they're not a wealth or financial client, they're calling saying, "I am bored. I've got to do something."

Speaker 1: I cannot cut the grass one more time.

Tony Mauro: Nope. For me, I was just playing golf this weekend with some buddies. They are a little older and I was telling them in retirement, I don't think I could play golf seven days a week. I love the game, but it's just too much of one thing for me. But the important thing really is to try to, again, come up with some of this stuff before you retire so that you might be able to take a couple months off, yes, but then you've got to find some things to do and give yourself some purpose.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Well just like saving money, the earlier you start, the better, in this transition, this mental hurdle of switching over in life. Let me ask you a couple of follow up questions here from just this information. And again, we're going to post the link to the article if you'd like to read it folks, but how it relates to what you've seen. How have you seen clients mentally prepare anything? You've been working with a client and you're like, "Wow, that's a good little idea they had." Or anything that kind of jumps out at you is that you've seen for a person transitioning from the working years to the retirement years?

Tony Mauro: Well, we try to advise them, we start if they will do it, a couple of years before retirement. Let's start making a list, just throw some stuff on a piece of paper, we're going to get it in your file. And we'll massage it over time as you get a little closer. And you'd be amazed at some of the ideas that people pop up with. One lady wanted to raise bees and be just a beekeeper for a hobby.

Speaker 1: I've heard it's much easier than we originally thought it was, growing up.

Tony Mauro: I think it actually is.

Speaker 1: Yeah, I've heard some people say it's actually a lot easier.

Tony Mauro: She wanted to do that. Another lady wanted to, and she's actually retired now, but her number one thing is, is she loves to put her time into her home and she joined a few groups. I don't know, retirees that are looking to improve their homes. It's a odd little group, but everything from gardening to just kind of little fixed up's here and there, but it's more social than anything else, but she's found her happy spot, so there's things like that. There's the hobbies of golf, travel, things like that. For me, I know one would be to immerse myself more into one of my passions, which is wine. It kind of gets put off, type of thing, but we try to get them started a couple years before and then as they get closer and closer, really try to whittle it down to stuff they really think they want to do, and then they go out and try it, and some of it is, "Now, I don't like that. I don't like that at all," and that's totally fine.

Speaker 1: Well, you think about, I know many advisors will say, "Hey, listen, as we're getting closer to retirement, let's try to..." You set up the budget or for lack of a better word, you set up the spending plan and you go, "Okay, let's try to really watch this and live as though we're in retirement, almost a trial run." Many advisors say, "Let's live in retirement, let's live a few maybe months or whatever beforehand, in retirement." Maybe try thinking about that from the mental aspect as well. The aspect of, what am I going to do if I'm not going to the job every day? Just kind of think about that. Have you seen clients that do struggle though? Have you had the ones that you've really had to help them through that hurdle of, "I don't know who I am, Tony, without my job," and what did that look like?

Tony Mauro: I'd say probably 50, 60% that fall into this, that struggle with the transition. At least our clients and what pulls a lot of them out is as soon as they either go back to work part-time, even if it's just, I hate these words, mindless job, but not a lot of responsibility, but something that gives them meaning or they find a hobby or something that they can do, that's what pulls them out. Generally, our role is to kind of just be there to lean on and say, "Well, you had this on your list. Why don't you try it? Give it a shot and let's talk about it." There's nothing to do with money. It's really just, are they happy? And that's kind of the role we play, so really I guess, just a sounding board, see what they like and once they find something, you could tell they like it, because all they do is talk about it, and I don't have to say anything.

Speaker 1: Yeah, you have to wear multiple hats and counselor is one of those sometimes. Did you think you would be intentionally including this or including this kind of, I suppose softer side, if you will, of planning alongside the financial elements that you do, or was this something that kind of caught you by surprise as you started doing more and more with your practice through the years and realizing, I need to help them with the mental hurdle as well?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I think for us as advisors, when I was young, I never dreamt that I would be talking about this kind of stuff with clients, but-

Speaker 1: It's just X and O's, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. As I've aged and as they have, I realized, well, this is what they're looking for. And to really round out the process, in my mind, it makes sense to help them with this as part of the whole process. I don't see why we would say, "Well, we can't help you with that, you've got to go somewhere else."

Speaker 1: Yeah, no. It's just not something that you expected, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And definitely not something I expected though. Yeah, its definitely something-

Speaker 1: I think we all find that with any job, wow, this is an aspect of it I did not expect to have happened, but there it is, good stuff. Anything else that I think as we wrap it up this week, that'll do pretty well. I think folks, like you said, check out the article, certainly very interesting. And then think about just your own, if you're getting close to retirement or you're a couple years out, think about what that transition looks like. Are you going to feel okay when it's no longer your routine? I think the routine and the identity that gets wrapped up in it, is the big one.

Tony Mauro: It is. And if you are working with an advisor, I would encourage you to make sure that you start asking about some of this stuff and use them as a sounding board.

Speaker 1: That's true, because they've seen a number of people retire, whereas hopefully this is our only retirement. Hopefully we're doing it once where you've helped hundreds of people do it. A little bit of insight there. Cool, good conversation this week, a little different. Thanks for hanging out with us here on Plan With the Tax Man. Folks, don't forget to check out the article, again, we'll add it to the show notes. It'll just be a link there you can click on. And if you've got questions or concerns, need some help, as always, please check with a qualified professional like Tony and you can find him online at yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com. You should always check with a qualified professional before you take any action on something you hear from this show or any other, so make sure you do so. And again, you can find more information about Tony Mauro and his team at taxdoctorinc@yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com. We'll see you next time here on Plan With the Tax Man.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

This is a mailbag edition of the show where we answer some questions that have come in from listeners. Today we will be discussing if it's a good idea to pull money from an IRA for home repairs, some rate of return expectations, and when to hire a financial advisor.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: It's time for another edition of Plan With The Tax Man, and it's a mail bag edition where we're going to take some email questions that have come into the podcast and share those a little bit on the show to go through these scenarios that might be similar to something you're going through. Of course, all emails and questions get answered when you reach out to Tony and his team at Tax Doctor inc., but we take some from time to time and put them on to the podcast. So if you'd like to submit your own or have questions, stop by Tony's website, yourplanningpros.com, drop them a line, again at yourplanningpros.com. All the good tools, tips and resources, and information there at the website. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast as well while you're there, Plan With The Tax Man, again at his website, yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. Tony, what's going on, buddy? How are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm good today. Thank you.

Speaker 1: Yeah, we're into late August.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: Summer's winding down. We're getting close to Labor Day. I think the time we're going to drop this one, it'll probably be about a week or so before Labor Day. So summer is a-winding down. So hopefully you have-

Tony Mauro: State fair time here.

Speaker 1: Oh, okay. State fair thing.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Well, hopefully everybody had a good summer. Hot one, that's for sure, all across the country. Man, it's just been blazingly hot all summer. But anyway, let's jump in and take some email questions from folks. I've got a couple of good different types of things here. Interesting situations from folks they've sent in. This question comes in from a listener named Johnny and he starts it with this, Tony.

Speaker 1: He says, "I have a weird situation. I've been very aggressive," he says, "about funding my IRAs and my 401ks over the years, so I do have close to 2 million in these accounts."

Tony Mauro: That's good.

Speaker 1: That's great. He says, "I'm 54 though, and suddenly find myself needing major cash for a major home repair that was not expected. I kind of feel poor because my emergency fund you guys talk about is less than five grand in the bank, because I, again, put all my money tied up into these retirement accounts. I was very aggressive, as I said." So he wants to know, "Should I take money out of the IRA and eat the penalty and the taxes to pay for this home repair?" Because obviously he's well aware of that. Or do you have any other thoughts for Johnny on this situation, Tony?

Tony Mauro: Well, couple things. One, it would be congrats again on the $2 million, right, at age 54. I mean, that's really going to be good if you can let that keep going till you decide to retire.

Speaker 1: Yeah. I wish he would've shared how much the home repair was, but he didn't.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, I know he didn't share that. So, depending on that, I would say, what you need to do, it's easy to say what you should have done, but I think you already know what you should have done is, obviously have a fund for repairs set up in addition to emergency fund. For me, I have a fund for home repairs that just goes into that, because these things pop up from time to time. They never...

Speaker 1: I get the feeling that this is maybe something really unexpected and really outside the norm. So let's touch on a couple things. He knows he's got to eat the penalty and pay the taxes. So based on that, let's just say, he's got to pull out $50,000, Tony, for the sake of the argument. He's got to pay tax on that, right, in an IRA, plus he's got to pay the 10% penalty because he's under 59 and a half.

Tony Mauro: Right. And we don't know what his tax bracket is, but I'm assuming it's... I'm going to use 20%.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: So there's another $10,000, and that doesn't even include the state. And so-

Speaker 1: [inaudible 00:03:26].

Tony Mauro: ... and cashing out, I guess to a degree in the dip, if the market happens to be down. And what is that 50,000 going to cost you in earning if you left it invested for the next 10 or 15 years? So my advice would be to try to work with him and say, look, do you have any equity at the home? Maybe you could take out a home equity loan. Rates are extremely cheap.

Speaker 1: I mean, they're ticking up, but they're still not bad.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. They're not bad. It's not going to be a 30% tax yet. That 30% what you're going to get hit here-

Speaker 1: With the... Oh, that's a great point. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: So you could spread it out, so it's not going to be a big event, and pay it off quicker if you need to. That would be my first suggestion. Second suggestion would be even just a conventional loan possibly, before I would take this money out, because besides the tax hit, I always look at that 50,000, in this example-

Speaker 1: Like a personal loan or something.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Is, take that 50,000, use a... What do you call it? Compound interest calculator, and calculate that out. Even at 5%, over 15 years, what that is going to be. And you don't have that anymore. Your two million now is $50,000 lighter. I think that's too big of a hit if at all possible.

Speaker 1: That's a good point. I'm really glad you brought that up because... So it really is like, let's run some numbers and see what it costs you more to pull money. Because a lot of times we look and we go, "Well, I've got it." He's like, "I got the two mil." Again, I made up this 50,000 because I don't know, but, "I got the two mil. So if I pull out 50 grand, I mean, yeah, okay, fine. But I still got 1.95, right." But it may be more like an additional 30 on top of that, to your point. So that's a really interesting way of looking at that, versus maybe just getting a home equity line, with a slightly higher interest rate than it was six months ago, but even at that, it may still be a cheaper option, and that's why it's important to run the numbers and really have an advisor, right, so you can say, let's do some math, and then look at the tax too.

Tony Mauro: Look at the tax. Yeah. At least bounce it off somebody because they're going to be able to give you the numbers on all three sides of that, and then, obviously you can make the decision, but I think by pulling it out, especially when you factor all that in, you're going to see, wow, that's really going to cost me a lot more than 50,000. A little more pain than I want to take maybe, more of a haircut. Well obviously, Tony has reached out to Johnny in this scenario, or is reaching out, because we're talking about this on the show, but I wanted to share this because people do find themselves in these kinds of situations where it's like not thinking through the easiest way to do something. Because often it's like, "Well I've got the money, technically." It's just a matter of how efficient are you with and where do you get it from? Same problem that people face in retirement. Tony. It's what bucket to use at what time.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And that's why it's important to have the buckets in the first place.

Speaker 1: Yeah. That's true. If you don't have the buckets, can't use them. Yeah. Well, Johnny, obviously a great question. Thanks for submitting it into the podcast. Thanks for letting us use it on the show. We certainly appreciate it. And good luck with the situation as you get it worked out with Tony and the team. All right.

Speaker 1: So let's check out Rowland and see what he's got to say. He says, "Tony, what rate of return should I be getting on my investments these days?" Ah, one of the old, what should I get? "I haven't been pleased with my accounts for several months this year." Well, many people have not been, Rowland.

Tony Mauro: No.

Speaker 1: So, Tony, this is the thing. We get these a lot of times. You hear this, I'm sure, often. "Hey, what rate of return should I be getting?" I think the question is, what rate of return do you need?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I mean, that's the question, because I mean, I could spout out some number here and every one of them are going to be wrong, really. And so it's hard to say, right? I would say-

Speaker 1: Well, and somebody might say, "Well I need 12." Well, do you really need 12 just because that's what you've been getting the last couple years? I guess, what do you need to make the car go? What do you need to make the retirement plan work? And then anything over that's like gravy, right?

Tony Mauro: It is. I think if Rowland is in retirement or near retirement, I mean a general rule of thumb, I'd say, on average again, and you got to look at your timeframe, is this is not going to happen every year. A five, 6%, you get anything higher than that, I think, depending on your risk tolerance, and it's great, but people have gotten to a point where they think that these great returns are going to happen year in, year out. And we're finding ourselves in a market that's not probably going to happen this year. And you got to take that a little bit and factor that into the average, type of thing. And I think if you're not doing that, if you're chasing returns, you're going to be way worse off.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And I think that's where... And again, not to pick on you, Rowland, that's been easy to want to chase returns. '19, '20, '21, the market made it fairly... I mean the last 12 years really, right.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Kind of made it easy to want to chase returns, because it's been fairly favorable, especially, I mean, some of the numbers that the market had ended up on in '19, '20, '21, I mean you could throw a dart at an index and you probably did pretty darn good.

Tony Mauro: Pretty darn good. I would say if he's in retirement then he should be talking with his advisor and really not be so concerned about the return. That's an important component, but am I getting the income, like you said, that I need to run my life?

Speaker 1: Yeah. Run the life, make the plan go.

Tony Mauro: Be satisfied. Yeah. If that's 12, 15% and you're in retirement, I think that's unrealistic.

Speaker 1: That's for sure.

Tony Mauro: [inaudible 00:08:54]. That's just hard [inaudible 00:08:55]. You can't sustain it.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And so you'll be... Like we've talked about on previous podcasts, you will probably run out of money if you're going to do something like that, or portfolio's going to go down the tubes.

Speaker 1: Don't chase the returns, buddy. Don't do it. Get a plan, get a strategy, find out the number that you need, build a plan to guarantee some of that coming in to get those numbers that you need. And then, gravy's gravy, so.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: All right. Great question though, Rowland. Thanks so much. Thanks for letting us pick on you a little bit here on the podcast as well.

Speaker 1: Final one, Rita has one for you. And she says, "Tony I'm 61 years old, never had a financial advisor. I do enjoy the podcast, but I've made it this far on my own, so I feel as though I can make it the rest of the way by reading books and learning things, listening to stuff, so on and so forth." I mean, it's not a bad thought. She's 61, Tony. So she's been a DIYer and she thinks she can make it the rest of the way. And this is the folly, I think, that again, favorable markets of the last 12 years has done to the DIY type of person, right. Because it's been pretty successful. So if we go back 12 years, Rita was 40 what? 48, right? 49? Little different animal, when you're growing money from your late 40s to your early 60s than it is when you now got to live on it for the next 30 years.

Tony Mauro: I would agree. And I picked this question because it's kind of vague, because we don't know enough about her. I would say to her, surely, if you can make it the rest of the way, right. I would say, yeah, hey, absolutely. You certainly can. But if you were in my office and we were discussing working with each other, first thing I'd ask her is, "ell, what are your chances of running out of money?" And just be [inaudible 00:10:37] and ask her some questions. And if she couldn't answer those really well... Let's take it the other way. If she could, I'd say, "You really got this. You do have this figured out. You don't need to pay me to help you."

Tony Mauro: But many, many never can answer those types of questions. And then I say, "Well, so yeah. Will you be all right? Well maybe, depending on how much you have and what you want, but there are a lot of things that maybe you could be doing better. And you'll have to decide if that's worth hiring an advisor for."

Speaker 1: Well, and again, Tony, the accumulation part, the building of the wealth, it's a lot easier.

Tony Mauro: It's a lot easier than the distribution.

Speaker 1: Than the distribution, the tax conversation, the conversions, the... Again, we have a collection of stuff, right, when we get to retirement. We get to Rita. She's 61, she's got stuff. She's doing pretty good, she says. How do you make them all work? But more importantly, how do they all work together? Because this affects that and that affects this and blah, blah, blah, blah, blah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: I mean, it's...

Tony Mauro: It would be worth Rita having a conversation-

Speaker 1: To see what you don't know.

Tony Mauro: To see what you don't know. And then maybe you're going to get that, "You know what, you are right on it and you don't need any help." And I would hope any advisor would be willing to say that to somebody that really got it covered because, I mean-

Speaker 1: Most advisors, yourself included, Tony, you offer complimentary consultations and reviews for just that reason.

Tony Mauro: Right.

Speaker 1: Right. It's like, okay, let's take a look. Let's sit down and chat. There's no cost, there's no obligation. After looking this over, Rita, yeah, you're right. Spot on, right. Shake hands, pat on the back, on your way.

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Speaker 1: But many people get there and most of them wind up with a... And not a complete overhaul, right, I mean, I'm sure that's a lower number, but you're going through it and you're like, "Hey, you've done a pretty good job. There's a few places where we could make some tweaks." And have you thought about X, Y, or Z? And that's usually when the light bulb comes on and the client goes, "Oh no, I didn't think about that."

Tony Mauro: Exactly. Yep.

Speaker 1: So, strategy, planning.

Tony Mauro: That's what it is. Strategy and planning. There's plenty of advice out there. I think still, I think it's worthwhile, especially you get to the retirement and the distribution stage, to pay an advisor to help you, especially if they're as active as we are in running numbers and making sure not only not do you not run out of money, but other things in your financial life are taken care of as well.

Speaker 1: Yeah. I mean, do you want to pay the government the most you can absolutely pay them or would you like to pay them the least that you can pay them, legally, efficiently, right? Those kinds of things. Do you want to leave a legacy? Do you want to have something set up to where you're leaving that legacy tax efficiently or whatever the case might be? I mean, there's just like a ton. Long term care healthcare. Rita, are you by yourself? We don't know. You didn't mention a spouse. I mean, there's about a million variables that go into it. And so when someone says, "Can I do this on my own?" Yeah. Inevitably, technology has made that a lot easier, Tony, but at the same time, it's also, man, it's a lot more convoluted and the tax laws and the retirement thing rules, they're changing all the time.

Tony Mauro: Oh, they are. And I think if you try to cope with that on your own, well, you could do it, but in my mind, it's almost like, well, do I really want to spend all my waking hours doing this?

Speaker 1: There you go. Do I want a second career as my own financial planner? That's true.

Tony Mauro: Or do I just want to pay somebody? I mean, that's what I do, you know?

Speaker 1: Yeah. I mean, I like to do stuff, but I don't really want to... I know I decided not to build my own deck because I didn't want to spend all my time doing it, so I paid somebody to do it. That's a great point. Rita at 61 getting close to retirement, do you want to do all the things and learn the things that you may not know, probably don't know, and will need to know, to be as efficient as possible in retirement? Or do you just want to spend time with your grandkids and have fun or whatever the case might be?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, exactly.

Speaker 1: Yeah. It comes down to, what's your time worth, right?

Tony Mauro: At the end of the day, yeah, that's it.

Speaker 1: That's true. That's a great point. Well, there you go. Great email questions, guys. Thanks for all of those coming in. We had other ones, obviously. We let Tony pick the ones that he wanted to speak to. So if you'd like to submit your own or just have questions and you just want to talk with a qualified professional, like Tony Mauro, who is an EA and a CFP of almost 25 years, or 25 years getting folks to and through retirement, then reach out to them. Get started with a conversation. As I mentioned earlier, most advisors do, no cost or obligation. So it's worth it to find out where you stand in your retirement journey.

Speaker 1: Stop by the website yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. If you're already working with Tony, obviously you're enjoying the services, and you haven't subscribed to the podcast, or if you're not, and you're enjoying the podcast, please consider subscribing. No cost or obligation to that, obviously. It's just a podcast. So you can click on a little button, the little heart button or whatever it might be on whatever app you use, like Apple podcast or Google podcast or Spotify. So that way you can catch future episodes as well as past episodes. And I think this one was number 70, Tony.

Tony Mauro: Wow.

Speaker 1: So our podcast can max out its retirement now.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, that's right.

Speaker 1: For social security.

Tony Mauro: Social security. Yeah.

Speaker 1: It can get the full... There's no reason for it to work any longer.

Tony Mauro: Nope.

Speaker 1: It can't add any more to that social security number. So there you go. Well, thanks for hanging out, my friend, and answering some questions. I appreciate you.

Tony Mauro: All right. We'll see you next time.

Speaker 1: We'll catch you next time here on the show. This has been Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Finding yourself between jobs can be frustrating—whether you were fired, laid off, or just had to step away of your own choosing. But it can also present some opportunities. Let’s discuss some of the challenges and opportunities that you need to consider if you’re between jobs.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Back here for another edition of the podcast. It's Planned With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro and myself. And we're going to talk about planning considerations if you find yourself between jobs for whatever reason that might be, whether it's being fired, laid off, had to step away of your own choosing. We've seen this great resignation over the last year, lots of people just choosing to leave jobs or look for something different. And when it comes to getting closer to retirement, how might this affect things? So let's say 50 plus, some people are doing this. They have walked away or are being forced to walk away or whatever the case is. So we're going to talk about some challenges and opportunities that you might want to consider if you find yourself with a gap between jobs, again of your own choosing or not of your choosing.

Speaker 1: So Tony, what's going on, my friend? How are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing great. Just back off the road from a little vacation out in Napa.

Speaker 1: Well you probably ran into some of this then because service industry for sure is very, very volatile, lots of people moving constantly.

Tony Mauro: I was. And it's fun to talk to people around different parts of the country and just kind of hear their stories. But from out there what I did tend to see is there's a lot of people 50 and over, like you were saying, that have left tech jobs in the Bay area and San Jose and this and that, just kind of got out of the rat race for whatever reason.

Speaker 1: Right. Burn out, whatever. Right.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Just sick of it. Were making good money and now all of a sudden they're pouring wine and they're just talking to people and [crosstalk 00:01:35].

Speaker 1: But they may not have the stress.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. They don't have the stress.

Speaker 1: Yep.

Tony Mauro: And of course the money's not the same, but I think this going on all over the country.

Speaker 1: Definitely.

Tony Mauro: I mean, we see it here in the Midwest where it's hard to find employees. Hospitality industry is really hurting. And so I thought it would be fun to talk about a little bit from that standpoint.

Speaker 1: Yeah, absolutely. Well, that's a great place to start. Is it time for a new career? Are you burnt out? Again, whether you wanted to leave or they wanted you to leave, either way maybe it's a chance, an opportunity, to get into something that is less stressful. Maybe it's a whole new field. Like you said, maybe you've been in tech and you're like, "Heck with that, man." I just want to, whatever. I just want to work at a dog grooming place and just pet dogs all day. Whatever, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I mean, when I was in the corporate world, it's been a long time because I've been out on my own a long time, but I think you should always have this in the back of your pocket. Always be thinking a little bit, if they asked me to leave or I was laid off, what am I going to do rather than facing it when it happens. Hopefully you've got an emergency fund, but that's another conversation. But, yeah. I mean, for a lot of people, again just talking to people last week, it really was just "I'm going to go do something else." In their case, burnt out, they're getting a little older, COVID is got them thinking about longevity and things and they seemed very happy. I think on the big picture though, everybody's doing that. Nobody could find any employees, but.

Speaker 1: There's a downside. Yeah, and I want to talk about some of those. You mentioned the emergency fund. If you are making a change, hopefully COVID did teach us if you got laid off for a while or whatever the case is, you've got to have some funds available to sustain yourself in between there.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. You absolutely have to. It's one of the first things we talk about with clients is that, assuming they're in the workforce, work with them to try to build that even as they go. Because in the corporate world, you never know. And even for people like me in business for yourself, I still think you need one because you don't know when your business is all of a sudden not going to be attractive.

Speaker 1: Or have a dry spell. Yeah, exactly.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, or people don't want your product or service anymore and then you're out too.

Speaker 1: Any stage, in any I guess decade of life maybe is a good thing. Whether you're 20, 30, 40, 50, you got to have some money set aside, a little bit, something to help yourself out in the event that happens. Well, you mentioned working for yourself. That is what has definitely happened for many people since COVID. Some have said, again we're trying to look at this through the lens of 50 plus, okay? So you know what it, yeah. I don't want to go back to the office. I don't want to be exposed to potentially whatever, or I'm using an excuse because I'm just tired. I'm finally tired of the rat race and I've always wanted to have my own thing. You said you were in the corporate world, but you've been working for yourself for a number of years.

Tony Mauro: I have. For me, it was always, well, I always could do it better and I think that's what a lot of entrepreneurs end up doing, but.

Speaker 1: You got to have the right spirit, the mindset for sure.

Tony Mauro: You got to have the right mindset. But at 50 plus especially, you probably do have, in certain cases if you're willing to work at it a little bit, a skillset to do things that 25, 30 year olds may not have and [crosstalk 00:04:50] consulting.

Speaker 1: It could be a blessing in disguise. Could be consulting. Yeah, very good.

Tony Mauro: All kinds of things. It could be just something that's been a hobby for you or maybe even a side hustle that you are making a little bit of money on that you want to take full time. I think in today's economy, especially in the gig type of economy and I just told my son this, that 25 years ago, 30 years ago when I was doing it, brick-and-mortar locations and things like that were hopping. Now, I think that's hard, hard to do in today's economy. Not impossible, but I think something you got to think about before you leap into that full time.

Tony Mauro: But again, a lot of 50 pluser's I'm seeing are going to work in less stressful jobs. But the ones that go out on their own, they want to do service type stuff where they're not a lot of overhead, a lot of inventory to keep track of, complex dealings. But that certainly would be something to talk to your advisor, go out and get some advice on before you make that leap I would say full time. Because so many people come into my office of all gamuts and I have what I call discovery calls with them all the time and they've thought about it and they're under capitalized. They have no plan. And we try to talk to them through some of this and they don't have it. And nobody's teaching this.

Speaker 1: Well, that's true too.

Tony Mauro: So I would definitely get some advice on that but it is fun to think about.

Speaker 1: Well, those are a couple of, I guess, the mental or emotional angles to ponder in this conversation on the podcast. Let's look at some of the financial ones. We touched on the emergency fund for sure, having some sort of a base to bounce from, if you will. But what are you going to do about health insurance? Okay, so if you find yourself walked out the door or you walked out the door, if they were covering your health insurance, Tony, what's your options now?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Now what? Because you don't want to go without this.

Speaker 1: Again, 50 plus conversation, right? You got a long way to go to get the Medicare.

Tony Mauro: You got a long way to go. So you're going to have Cobra until you find something new for a while, that could be expensive but at least you've got some options there. You've got the marketplace as well, which is the government program. If your spouse is working, they might be able to get you on their plan.

Speaker 1: That's a good point.

Tony Mauro: If not, then you've got to go out and buy some health insurance. It's going to be expensive. And the coverage probably isn't going to be very good, but at least probably would cover some major medical, but definitely [crosstalk 00:07:16].

Speaker 1: And that comes back to that emergency fund. Right? Because if you're paying for this yourself, that's going to be dipping into this whatever funds that you may have. Maybe it's going to be dipping into some retirement accounts you've built. So maybe a conversation then, Tony, is this a good time to roll that 401k over? It probably is whether you left or were walked out the door, should be no reason to leave that money behind.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I would say most of the time we talk to clients about moving it into and rolling it into an IRA. It's going to give you a lot more control, a lot more flexibility, meaning that your investment pool has expanded greatly other than just that company's batch of mutual funds. And it could be a lot of things as well, could be might not be that efficient, in other words, the expenses are kind of high.

Speaker 1: Right, yeah.

Tony Mauro: And you can't really, like I say to me, I want to have more control over it about what comes in, what comes out. Maybe you want to buy some stocks or bonds at some point, so generally we advise that. But we want to take a look because maybe it's worth leaving there, but you got to look at that.

Speaker 1: I would say most times, is it a fair statement to say, most times it is not beneficial to leave it there just for those number of reasons you've already left?

Tony Mauro: I would say, yeah. Most times it's probably not.

Speaker 1: Well, the options typically in our 401ks through a company, it's whatever the company's set up with the sponsoring plan and they're not going to be nearly as wide as something you can do with your own IRA.

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Speaker 1: I mean, it's just an infinitely more possibilities. So definitely something else to ponder, make sure that you're rolling that over into something you've got better control over.

Speaker 1: Maybe you get lucky enough, Tony. I just saw a story not long ago about one of these, I believe it's one of these crypto companies out in the California way that was really tired of the negativity. Obviously we've seen a lot of this in our society here lately. There was a lot of, I don't know, it's become fashionable or whatever to brow beat the employers over your ideologies, whatever they may be if you don't feel like your company is treating a certain thing the way you want it to. And this particular gentleman just said, "You know what? I've had enough. So here's what we're going to do. If you're not happy working here for whatever reason about the company's culture," he was offering a severance. He was saying, "I'm going to pay you a severance to leave, go find something else that does make you happy." So whether it's an interesting situation like that again or you've been asked to leave or whatever the case is, you may have a severance option, which is kind of like a pension option. They may say, "Hey, we're going to give you an X amount of money. Here's the door or you can take the monthly payment." So what's the best option? How do you go through that process?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And it's another thing that you need to get with your advisor, your tax advisor, your financial advisor, or one and the same to talk about it. Here in Des Moines, we have several large employers and this happens a lot. They'll just consolidate departments and say, especially that mid-management, "Okay you're out. We're going to give you a year's worth of pay. Here you go. And out you go." And a lot of times, they're willing to break it up into monthly installments over the year or you can take it all at once, but that money's all going to be taxable. So you've got to decide, A, how I'm going to pay taxes on that? Am I going to use this to live while I'm looking for a job? Which I've seen some people do. They kind of take a year off because, well, they don't need the money. Others, they had to double dip. They say, "Well, I'm going to go out and find something right away. And then this is just extra money for me," which is tremendous. And they could use that somewhere else in their portfolio or whatnot.

Tony Mauro: But it's important to think about this when this comes up. Because if it's large I look at it from a tax standpoint, first of all, and say okay, you got to at least put aside the money for the tax or have them withhold it because that's going to be important. Plus I think what a lot of people don't realize is if it's lump sum it could bump them into a much higher tax bracket all of a sudden, and if they don't withhold the right amount, they're going to be [crosstalk 00:11:25].

Speaker 1: Yeah. And that's a double whammy. Right? So if it bumps you, they don't hold it. They just give you the funds because you're going to have to pay it at the end of the tax year and you don't have a good emergency fund, you wind up spending it and then the tax bill comes due, ouch. So, yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, I've had that happen twice to people with well over a $100,000 dollars and they didn't have them take out the tax. Kind of took the year off, spend it, and then they had a large, large tax bill. Had to go into a payment plan with the IRS because they had no money to pay it and they had no funds set aside to pay it, so important to get with an advisor on that one.

Speaker 1: Very much so, it's a great point there. Thanks Tony, for bringing that up. Glad, I mean, not that happened to the folks, but that real world experience to kind of share. So final one here, taxes, you mentioned it so let's finish on that note. What kind of tax planning should you be doing? Does it make a difference when you're separated, Tony, like calendar wise? Are there tax implications to think of, just even if there wasn't a severance, just from a they let me go ... Okay let me throw out a scenario, I guess. So they let me go in May, let's say. And you now decide to roll over the 401k that you had at the company and maybe even do some conversions on some of that money into a Roth or something because you didn't have one. Would that create a taxable scenario or could it?

Tony Mauro: Roth conversions, which I like, it's going to create some sort of tax change if you will. I mean, because basically you're taking pre-tax money, converting it to taxable, paying the tax on it then and then it's tax free of course in the Roth.

Speaker 1: And based on when you left, your income might be lower for that calendar year or higher?

Tony Mauro: Or higher.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: Depending if you got a severance. So if it's lower then what we try to do is work with the clients to fill up the existing tax rate and not go over that and say, look-

Speaker 1: The steps, right?

Tony Mauro: Let's stop now because otherwise you're going to be wasting tax dollars and then do the rest next year or a little bit next year, a little bit next year type of thing if you're doing rollovers. So there are some strategies out there that you can take advantage of. You have to get some money and pay as little as tax as possible for the opportunity for it to grow tax free forever. And so I think that there's those types of things going, that's one thing. The other thing too, is like I mentioned previously, is if you do get a lump sum, it could throw you into a very high tax bracket which might require some planning and or withholding as well. So definitely want to keep it in mind.

Speaker 1: We should probably do a podcast on the steps of the tax, because you were talking about filing up a certain bracket.

Tony Mauro: You should. Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah, because I don't think most of us don't understand that on how it works. Right? So if you're in a 22% tax bracket, it's not necessarily everything you make is at 22% correct?

Tony Mauro: That's right, because it's progressive. And so while it starts low, what we mean by filling up the bracket is in the 22% bracket depending on your filing status, goes from X amount of income up to X amount of income. And so every last dollar earned or taxed is going to be taxed in that bracket, so we try to fill up that bracket but not go over. So in other words, more of your money's going to get taxed at the next highest level.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And so we want to kind of keep that to a minimum to save taxes, but it's better shown than talked about. It's a lot easier when we put it on a screen.

Speaker 1: That's true. It is tougher to maybe do it on a podcast where we're trying to walk through it because it can get a little convoluted there, so it might be a little tougher to do. But we'll work on trying to break something down that makes a little sense from the audio standpoint.

Speaker 1: All right, well there you go. So there is some things to ponder. If you find yourself between jobs, for whatever case, whatever the case might be, whether you choose to or they choose to or whatever. And a lot of people have been doing that. We've had a lot of folks, crazy numbers over the last 18 months, walking away from jobs and doing different things. Multiple reasons why obviously since the pandemic. So if you need a little help, if you need a little planning, if you find yourself or you're thinking about, "Hey, I'm thinking about stopping the rat race at 52 or 50 or something but I can't retire yet, but I want to go into business for myself or I want to see if I can step down to a less stressful job," make sure that you're working with a qualified professional, like Tony and his team at Tax Doctor, Inc, so they can help you through some of these questions, some of these conversations, looking at some of this stuff. Especially if we can get some planning in place, it's going to go a long way. He is an EA and a CFP of 20 plus years, like 25 years about now, somewhere now in that neighborhood now, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. 25. Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah. So been doing this a while. So, if you need some help folks reach out to Tony Mauro at Tax Doctor Inc. Find him online at yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com. And don't forget to subscribe to the podcast. You can find that info there as well, Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, all that good stuff. Tony, thanks for hanging out. Good conversation. Thanks for sharing some good tips. I appreciate it.

Tony Mauro: All right, we'll talk to you next time.

Speaker 1: We'll catch you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Don’t dread this as much as you hated hearing these words as a kid, but it’s time for a pop quiz! We’re putting retirement planning preparedness under the microscope with 5 critical questions to which you need to know the answers. So sharpen those pencils and let’s see how ready you are for retirement.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Marc Killian: Hey, everybody. Welcome to the podcast. It's time to plan with the tax man, with Tony Mauro and myself and it's pop quiz time. Can you get an A on our retirement planning quiz? Now don't panic. It's only five questions and it's multiple choice. We want you guys to play along with us, have some fun with this and see how well you do. Tony, what's going on my friend. How are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing well. Thank you.

Marc Killian: Yeah? Did you like pop quizzes in school?

Tony Mauro: No, I didn't like them, especially if I didn't know about them obviously, which I think everybody is like that. You don't want to be put on the spot.

Marc Killian: It's pretty universal answer, so far I haven't found one person that said, I love pop quizzes.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, I know.

Marc Killian: It seems to be a universal. And I could never hear pop quiz anymore without hearing Dennis Hopper in the movie Speed, back in the 90s' going, pop quiz, hot shot.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc Killian: That's all I can think of now whenever I hear the term pop quiz. But I've got, like I said, I've got five questions for you here, Tony. They're multiple choice. What we should do is you give the best answer from the selection and then just give us a quick work through as to why that might be, or if you completely disagree, then give us an answer for that too. Okay.

Tony Mauro: Okay.

Marc Killian: All right. Let's jump right in. Yeah. Number one. At what age, Tony, should people start saving for retirement? A, when they begin working. B, after they buy their first home. Or C, once they've paid off all their debt.

Tony Mauro: Well, and so I'm going to, as the normal accountant would preface all this by saying, this is my opinions. So somebody may disagree with this, but I will explain the other ones as well and then, obviously people can form their own opinions. But I believe it should be when you start working, because I don't think it's ever too early to start saving. I think it's going to give you the best roadmap to meet your goals or the best chance for success, come retirement. Now that's hard to do in theory, because when we're young, we're not thinking about retirement.

Marc Killian: Not making as much.

Tony Mauro: [crosstalk] we're not making any money and yeah, so that's hard to do, to get disciplined with that. But if you can do that, even if it's just, 50 bucks a month and then, start growing it from there, I think that's the best route.

Marc Killian: Yeah, it is the best route. And it makes a huge difference. B, after you buy your first home. Not the worst. Especially if you're younger and you get your first home in your late twenties, maybe early thirties, something like that. Of course now we could put the spin on it right now, Tony, that prices are so high.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc Killian: The housing prices are boom. It's still boom, it's still going on. And now loan rates are going up. So it could be challenging for young people.

Tony Mauro: I think it's really challenging. My son, who's 26, he's going through that right now. They're just getting married. They want to buy their first home. And then all of a sudden things start to tighten up. I think if you go with my answer, if you start disciplining yourself young, before you get all this, you're learning to live without the money already.

Marc Killian: Yeah. And you won't miss it. Right.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And you won't miss it. And then you've got to factor that in. I would say maybe the second best would be after you buy your first home, but it's going to be harder for you to start that discipline.

Marc Killian: Yep.

Tony Mauro: After that and of course, usually that comes a little later and again, it cuts down on your time to save.

Marc Killian: It does. And when you paid off all your debts, look, when is that right? When does that happen? That's a never ending excuse that we could all make. Well, once I get the, well, once I get that. It's always something.

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Marc Killian: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And I think, even if you follow the Dave Ramsey strategy, which I think is a great strategy is, live without any debt. It's hard to get there. And that could take you till you're 40, 45 before you get to that point.

Marc Killian: Yep.

Tony Mauro: And by that time, well, if you waited that long to start, you're really at a disadvantage just due to time.

Marc Killian: And it's possible. It's still possible. We talk all the time about advisors all across the country, don't start seeing people until they're, maybe in their fifties, but a lot of times they've been saving in some form or fashion, but they haven't gotten serious about how it all works until after 50. But yeah. Not even starting at all. And I'm actually, I'll throw myself under the bus, I'm one of those that had barely started at all until after 40. And so, it's definitely a bigger heel to climb. And now that I do this for a living, it's certainly been eyeopening as to the things I missed out on. So I've taught my daughter the opposite way.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Marc Killian: All right, so good stuff on number one there. Number two, Tony, on our pop quiz, which of these is the best estimate of how much income you might need in retirement. A, 50% of your income, current income. B, 85% of your current income. C, 100% of your current income. Or D, none of the above.

Tony Mauro: Well, in my opinion, I would say, I'm leaning towards B, 85% of your income.

Marc Killian: [crosstalk] That's kind of the standard answer, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc Killian: We hear that a lot.

Tony Mauro: Again, you could do it in retirement on 50% of your income. Again, everybody's different. Depends on what your plan is.

Marc Killian: But do you really want to cut your lifestyle?

Tony Mauro: But yeah, do you want to cut it down to 50%? Plus, some things are going to be a lot higher. Some will be lower. Health insurance being one higher. And so I think, the 85% for us, at least when we plan, that's what we try to shoot for, because we feel that like that's a sweet spot of, okay. you're going to be able to live and enjoy some things in your retirement and still not have to worry about not only paying your bills, but outliving your money.

Marc Killian: Now, that's a tried and true number, but do you think Tony, maybe playing devil's advocate here, in the modern era of the last even decade, not even considering the inflation we're dealing with now, but early on, is that an average across a whole retirement? Because it would seem like early on in those "Go-go years", you may need a hundred percent or more.

Tony Mauro: Right.

Marc Killian: You know?

Tony Mauro: Well, exactly. If your plan calls for say, a lot of travel or maybe a lot of charitable giving or whatever the case may be, maybe just buying things you've always wanted.

Marc Killian: Right.

Tony Mauro: But most people associate it with the younger part of retirement, with traveling, doing things you want before the body starts [crosstalk]

Marc Killian: So, kind of higher, then and then maybe a little lower as we move through.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And then, it dwindles down to the 80, 85 and then.

Marc Killian: Okay.

Tony Mauro: You get up into your eighties, nineties, if you can make that far. You're not doing all those things anymore. 50% might make a lot of sense at that point.

Marc Killian: Okay. So maybe a sliding scale, so to speak. Okay.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc Killian: All right. Very interesting. But fundamentally 85 is the number that people tend to start from a planning standpoint, anyway.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc Killian: Okay. Number three, which of these do you find that retirees fear the most, this one's probably going to be pretty easy. A, not leaving enough money to the kids. B, running out of that money. Or C, needing some sort of nursing home care.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. This is an easy one. Hopefully everybody's that's listening is going to pick B, running out of money. Because that's all I hear from retirees, but followed by second, needing nursing home care.

Marc Killian: Of course if you have enough money.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. If you have enough money.

Marc Killian: Then you could take care of all three of those things.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. You really could. Most people don't, when I talk about leaving money for the kids, a lot of people tell me, no, that they're on their own or they'll be fine.

Marc Killian: We're getting that way more and more. Yeah. And I don't think that's necessarily an unhealthy viewpoint. Hey, if there's something left over Tony, once I've lived the way I want to and taken care of myself and my spouse, cool. They can have what's left kind of thing.

Tony Mauro: Right. Yeah. Yeah. It's that type of thing. But retirees are always concerned about running out of money. They're all living longer for the most part.

Marc Killian: Sure. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: They know that they've got a limited income now that they're not working and that's always a concern. That we go through it right now. My retirees as clients right now, they're definitely noticing the uptick in prices on everything.

Marc Killian: Oh, heck yeah.

Tony Mauro: And they're feeling it a little bit.

Marc Killian: Yeah. And it doesn't matter really what lens you want to look at inflation through, it's still there. It's still affecting us. So we still got to deal with it. And so running out of money, even somebody who with a good plan, that's been working with and an advisor such as yourself for years, you're going to have, if you've got 10 people that all have just great plans that they love them, they've been very happy with them, even during times like these though, one out of 10 calling and saying, hey, I'm nervous. Or two out of 10, is the plan still good? There's nothing wrong. It's just simply saying, hey, the nerves are getting to them. And I think that's the beauty of having a professional like yourself, Tony, because they can call up and go, Tony is the plan that we've been enjoying, is it still good? Are we still okay?

Tony Mauro: Is it still good. Yeah.

Marc Killian: Yeah. And you could tweak, and you run some numbers and, let's check, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. You got to run some numbers and most of our retirees' portfolios are so heavily income oriented, the prices of their portfolios don't fluctuate all that much, but they do in these types of times.

Marc Killian: Right. Because these are obviously extraordinary. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I mean, many are calling this a bear market and they always, you turn on the news every day and they're talking about how long it'll last and this and that. And then I have to mute it because I can't take it.

Marc Killian: And you've got the inflation and you get the terms like hyper inflation and it's a lot. I mean 9.1%, the last numbers that came out.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc Killian: So, pretty scary. Okay. So, well, speaking of that, speaking of the plan or speaking of the investment side of things, question number four, which of these examples best represents a diversified retirement plan, Tony? The traditional mix of 60-40 split? Excuse me, 60% stocks, 40% bonds. That's A. B, three rental homes along with a significant amount of cash. So basically having some rental income and a good emergency fund in the bank. Or C, 10 to 12 different kinds of mutual funds or D, none of the above.

Tony Mauro: So I'm calling this trick question. I'm going to explain all three because--

Marc Killian: Okay.

Tony Mauro: I think that there's--

Marc Killian: You spotted it.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Some goods and bads in all of it. The traditional just blanket response, if you ask most advisors, probably going to be A.

Marc Killian: Yeah, 60-40.

Tony Mauro: 60-40, but if you break it down a little bit, that could be a little deceiving [crosstalk]

Marc Killian: Exactly. Well, 40% bonds right now is, bonds are kooky.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. They're very, very much, I don't know if I would be that heavily weighted in bonds right now.

Marc Killian: Right.

Tony Mauro: It depends on where you're at, of course, in the spectrum and your tolerance for risk and all that. So I think that's, without really knowing, but that's the easy answer there. B, with rental homes, I've owned them for years and along with, other things as well. I think that the flaw in that is one, a significant amount of cash in the bank's not going to earn you anything.

Marc Killian: Right.

Tony Mauro: Rental homes are a good for capital appreciation over the long haul. However, you got to work them, you got to collect rents. You got to keep them up and cash flow wise they're not tremendous along the way. They might be at the end if you sell them, and have some nice gains. But I think that would be a part and then see 10 to 12 mutual funds again, if they were diversified along many sectors, I'd say, yeah, that's pretty good. If they were all in tech companies.

Marc Killian: They often are though, right? Tony they're often in large cap.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. They're all, all over the place. That might be an answer. My answer would be, I think over time, need to work with your advisor and do a little of all of it. Maybe not the rentals if you're not, entrepreneurial.

Marc Killian: Right.

Tony Mauro: But if you are, that's not a bad diversifier.

Marc Killian: Yeah. You put them all together and that could be a more diversified. So it's probably D, none of the above, because there's better ways to go than all three of these. Okay.

Tony Mauro: I think so.

Marc Killian: Okay.

Tony Mauro: But at least gives people a little bit of insight on just some of that blanket stuff.

Marc Killian: And we do hear that, because it is easy to go. How many times have we seen people come in, hey, I've got 10 mutual funds I bought them from five different companies, five different brokerage houses or whatever. And I'm super diversified, and okay, let's dive in. And it's like, no, you've got 10 mutual funds, you've got eight versions of Microsoft, for example.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Marc Killian: Whatever the case might be. And of course, that goes back to the 60-40. It gets a little skewed there as well. So that's the standard number we hear, but it's just really not always the fit anymore. So I'd say D, none of the above, is a good choice on that one. And that's why you got to get this customized strategy. That's why you got to work with somebody. Again, you can do lots of rules of thumb Tony, and this next one is going to point this out. But at the end of the day, your specific strategy's probably going to differ a little bit from general rules of thumb. It's a sliding scale gets you started, but not really probably where you want to stick to this point. Question number five, final one, to make sure you do not run out of money in retirement, Tony, only withdraw blank percent from your portfolio each year. A, 1%. B, 4%. C, 6%. Or D, just find a different strategy altogether.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And this is going to pertain really to, well, I would think everybody, but any retirees for sure. Because they're always asking this as well. And of course the general rule of thumb, most advisors are going to give you without really delving in is B, 4%.

Marc Killian: Yep.

Tony Mauro: That could be a sustainable amount for most people, depending on what you're invested in. But I think 1% is [crosstalk]

Marc Killian: It seems crazy, right?

Tony Mauro: Why do it?

Marc Killian: Right. Yeah. If you got a million bucks, if we use that as a number, and you say, yeah, I can pull 1% per year. Okay. That's $10,000. Can you live on 10,000? Maybe if you had a pension, right.

Tony Mauro: If you have a pension, [crosstalk] pull all you wanted.

Marc Killian: Right. Pulling from your retirement accounts, but probably not. But Tony, we've heard so much that it's really not even 4 anymore. It's like 2.9 or 3.1 or something like that.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And again, it depends on the person, what they have and what they're willing to do with the money. But these days you still can get, if you're willing to have some of your portfolio in retirement in higher dividend yielding stocks, it's not uncommon, we do it, to get 4, 4.5, Even 5%. The dividend, the yield is going to be there. The prices are going to fluctuate along the way. That's what you have to learn to live with, but they don't fluctuate all that much, but in bear markets, your portfolio's going to be down. But again, you've got a million, $2,000,000 and if your portfolio's down 8%, you're still getting your 5% yield, especially over the last 10 years where it's run up so much. It really is [crosstalk]

Marc Killian: And that's a misnomer though, right? Because people are seeing that now. It was easy the last couple years we got a little spoiled. When we go, hey, I'm making 8 or 9% or 10 or 12 or whatever, year over year for three years in a row. We think, hey, we're going to keep that forever. So no.

Tony Mauro: No, it's an average and you got to be willing to look at that. But this would go back to the same thing you were just talking about is, you really need to work with your advisor to come up with that strategy. That's going to be pertinent to you and your situation. Because that's real personal.

Marc Killian: Yeah. And pension and social security. There's other factors that can dictate how much you're pulling from set retirement accounts to live on, to make up the difference. Right?

Tony Mauro: Right.

Marc Killian: So it's all part of that strategy that go together. So how'd you do folks with our little pop quiz? Obviously it was designed to just say that there's rules of thumb out there, these types of things that we all hear, and it may or may not be the right fit. Oftentimes it's not, it gets you started, but you want to really dive in specifically to what you need to do with your specific situation and lifestyle needs. Because what Tony might need, where he's at, is different than what I need, where I'm at, and so on, and so forth. So plan with the tax man. That's how you get it done. You get on Tony's calendar, if you're not already working with him and the team at Tax Doctor, Inc. Just stop by the website. Find it at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, all that good stuff. You can find it all there at the website. Tony's been helping families for 20 plus years get to and through retirement. So reach out to them at Tax Doctor, Inc. Online again yourplanningpros.com. Thanks for playing the game. My friend, appreciate your time as always.

Tony Mauro: All right, sounds good. We'll talk to you next time.

Marc Killian: Yeah, we'll see you next time here on the podcast. This has been Playing With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Let’s explore how a good financial advisor helps people overcome the additional challenges of today. Our parents and grandparents may not have had to face these things, so just relying on the experiences of family members might not be enough to help us achieve our own financial success.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome back in for another edition of the podcast. It's Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro and myself, and we're going to talk about retirement planning isn't what it used to be. And obviously that's pretty common, right? We figured that out. We don't have to be a genius to figure that one out. It's a lot different. But I think when we say that Tony, we tend to think of, yes, our parents and grandparents, it's definitely different than it was 30 or 40 years ago, but retirement plannings different than it was just 10 years ago at this point. Right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it is. It's amazing how much it's changed because of some of these things we're going to talk about and,

Speaker 1: And technology has made a huge difference and the lots, I mean, there's just, it's a never evolving thing, right?

Tony Mauro: It is. It really is. And I mean, nowadays with people living longer, like you say, the technology, all this stuff that it really makes it, well, you got to do more planning. At the end of the day that's really what you have to do.

Speaker 1: Right. It's more complex for sure.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: In some ways we think a lot of the technology out there makes our life simpler and nowadays you got all these apps that can help you do a lot of things. Absolutely. But there's also a lot more complexity to the rules, the nuance and the self-funding and yeah, the longevity right in itself is going to make everything more complicated. So we're already touching on these things. So we'll just rock right on along with that and say, it used to be very simple, right? The milking stool analogy, if you will, three legs. Right. You had a pension, because most people had a pension 30 years ago. A lot of people had a pension anyway, 30 years ago and then social security. And then if you saved a little bit, well you're in pretty good shape, right?

Tony Mauro: You're in good shape.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Absolutely.

Speaker 1: And plus you died at 70, 68, 70, 72, 65. Well now, clearly the life expectancies are in the 80s. Pensions are super rare unless you're probably a government or state employee and you have to self fund a lot more.

Tony Mauro: A lot more. And it's interesting because today when we're recording this, it's my dad's 81st birthday.

Speaker 1: Happy birthday to him.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. He, but I was just thinking about driving in it's like boy, 81 years ago, what was it like in 1941? You had a war and all kinds of different things going on and even his parents. So it is different now because of some of those things you mentioned. I mean, nobody's going to work today and almost nobody I should say, and having the old fashioned pension where you can't outlive it and everything you work for the same, and who works for the same employer for 20, 30 years anymore? Nobody hardly does that.

Speaker 1: Right. Yep.

Tony Mauro: And so those are kind of long gone. Social security is still around, but if you don't do any saving outside of that, that's going to be, I mean, that's just a safety net. That's not going to be a very well off type of retirement.

Speaker 1: Yeah, exactly.

Tony Mauro: Or fun retirement by any means. So you've got that, you've got the fact that, like you said, we're living so long now, that we're outliving our bodies really I think.

Speaker 1: Oh no, absolutely. We definitely are.

Tony Mauro: And the government is not just is going to throw us out in the street and just let you just pass off. So,

Speaker 1: Well maybe.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. So, you've got more years you've got to worry about. And obviously as you get older, the health tends to deteriorate some and,

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: But you still have to have money to live and pay for things, pay for your healthcare and things like that. So that's a challenge, just those two things right in and of itself are huge challenges that my dad's kind of, he's obviously, statistically closer to the end than I am, but I mean, he didn't have to worry about that quite as much. But his family though, although he's pretty much set, but he's got brothers that are in their 90s, so he's got some longevity there, but he's really thankful that he did plan and saved and did what he needed to do. Because he doesn't have a pension, his social security's mediocre. What he did get, because he was in some government work for a while, so he does have an IPERS type of pension, I guess I should say. And then he was able to save and he put away a nice nest egg. So now he's got so much money he can't really outlive it, but if you're not doing some of that and planning,

Speaker 1: Yep.

Tony Mauro: Obviously you've got some issues there.

Speaker 1: And the longevity was on my list as well. So since we just touched on that, we'll move on. But it is the great multiplier as well because everything about living longer makes everything else go up and so therefore that kind of compounds everything as well to go along with the fact. Yep. So we had on here, this is, we got to update this a little bit, but interest rates were lower. Right. So you weren't really saving much. Although I did see, it's funny with the ticking up, the slow tick up the Fed is doing currently, I saw a bank advertising a CD the other day, Tony, and it was 4%. I was like,

Tony Mauro: Wow.

Speaker 1: I know. I was like, when's the last time you saw that? Like 12 years ago, 10 years ago.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: 15 years ago, like 2005 or six, somewhere in there.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It's crazy how low rates have been for so long. And a lot of the retirees now they and my dad included, he remembers the days, and I do remember the days in the 70s and 80s where money markets were paying eight, 9% and those days have been gone for so long. Those people that are at the retirement age and well into it, they're always looking for that. They're bouncing around having CDs and moving money around if they can scrounge out an extra 10th of a percent. But if you're young there's, unless rates really went up and stayed up for 35 years, there's almost no way that you are going to be able to have a great retirement by just keeping money in a savings account. Unless you can just throw a ton of money in there, your own principle.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Because the earnings aren't going to be there. And so that coupled with the fact that everything always goes up, my dad's complaining about that too. We've got prices going up everywhere, gas.

Speaker 1: Going crazy. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: He won't go out and buy, even though he is got the money, he won't go out and buy a new golf club. He's 81 years old. He wants a new golf club, but oh boy, they're too high. But I always tell him, how often do things go down in price? I mean...

Speaker 1: Yeah. Once they get them there, yeah they don't get to, they typically don't remove them. Right.

Tony Mauro: No, they don't remove them. And so that along with us living longer, it takes the retirees more money to live because prices keep going up and rates are low. So you've got to make sure that when you're in retirement, that you're getting what you feel comfortable with as far as your risk tolerance goes, good return on your money.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And I imagine that's an interesting challenge, not only with your dad, but with people in general sometimes. And sometimes it is the principle of the thing. Right. It's like, look, you're 81, you got the money, just get your golf club. Right. Enjoy yourself. But.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, just...

Speaker 1: It could be the principle too. He's like, no, I'm not going to...

Tony Mauro: No, he's not. He refuses to do it.

Speaker 1: Yep.

Tony Mauro: And it is a principle for him.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It just comes down to that.

Speaker 1: Yeah. But getting retirees in general sometimes to let loose of the cash, I know that's a big challenge in the industry anyway, even when they have it. Right. Because they've either been conditioned or whatever or they still do have some fear, but a lot of times I think if you're still having that fear about spending your money, then maybe that's a sign that you're not quite comfortable with the plan or the strategy's not resonating with you as good as it could be maybe.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I think a lot of times that is. And if you could sit down with your advisor and discuss some of that stuff, it would certainly probably ease your mind. Especially if your advisor can let you know, we'll look and here's where we're at and here's what you're taking. And there's no way that you're going to, even if the most dire circumstance comes up, you're covered.

Speaker 1: Yep. Or it could be like my dad who's just plain stubborn. Yeah. So.

Tony Mauro: Well, yeah.

Speaker 1: That happens too.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. You get that way.

Speaker 1: That is true. And you earned it, so that's okay.

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Speaker 1: All right. So we're talking about retirement planning being more difficult, not exactly the way it used to be obviously. The technology, we touched on that a little bit and the technology is, it's everywhere and maybe it's helpful, but maybe it's also counterproductive as well because it ends up being a little, I don't know, fearful.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And with all the technology at are fingertips, you tend to and even somebody like my dad's age, but I, so I'm probably done throwing him under the bus today. So we'll move on to my sister-in-law, who's actually 63 and she is not really very techno, but she tries to read and make informed decisions, but she overdoes it. She analyzes so much that she basically can't make a decision and she's starting to look at maybe getting out and starting to think about retirement and she's overwhelmed. And she was doing it on her own. She's a widow. And she came to me and said, look, I got to have some help. I don't understand any of this. I've researched this. And the further she gets into it, the more confused she gets and she's afraid, everybody's afraid to make the wrong decision. Right.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Everybody's afraid of that and...

Speaker 1: Yeah. And you kind of have that paralysis moment where you're just like, okay, well, I've read all I can read and now I'm more confused than ever or whatever. And I just don't want to do anything. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: But I think that if you can keep it simple and you can make sure that, well, at least for us, with our clients, talking to them about some of this stuff and letting them know while there also a lot of tools out there and if you come across something, run it by us or ask and we'll tell you. Because the last thing you want to do as you're getting closer to retirement or in retirement is spend all your time agonizing over that, at least in my opinion. You want to get out and have some fun.

Speaker 1: Yeah, definitely. And it's okay. Again, it's understandable. So we just have to, as things change and evolve, and I think the pandemic obviously forced us to get more comfortable. I mean, you could even go as simple as saying, initially retirees were like, I don't want to get on Zoom and share my financial information because I'm worried about getting hacked or whatever. Right. But I think we started to learn, we didn't have a choice. So we started to learn and become more adaptable to that technology. So it's got its pros. It's got its cons that's for sure.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: All right. And then the final one, obviously it seems like with each passing year, the volatility of the market is more pronounced. Maybe it is, maybe it isn't, maybe it's just the technology that we just mentioned showing it to us every single day, where we just didn't used to pay that much attention to it. Maybe that's part of it.

Tony Mauro: I think yeah, I think that that's it. I mean, it's in front of us, on the TV, on our phones, on our tablets. It's everywhere that you can get this information. And will you just turn on any of the news outlets amongst the eight million channels we all have now.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: That we all pay for. And it's kind of crazy because that it makes you nervous a little bit. And I think the volatility is a little more pronounced. I think it's because more and more people are now actively investing. You've got the cryptocurrencies, you've got all kinds of things going on and then plus just world events and things like that. So to me, it's important to make sure that you're working with your advisor to make sure you're working your plan because if you're working your plan, the volatility while it might be there a little bit, it really shouldn't affect you all that much depending. And you got to try to put that money or those thoughts aside,

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: With some of that.

Speaker 1: Yep. Good point for sure. Yeah. And so, I mean, the market's going to do what it's going to do. It's funny. We also get very lulled to sleep. So, we're seeing all this volatility this year and we're seeing, it's not been a fast drop, like we're seeing, it's been dipping for, but it's been dipping fairly slowly. Right. It'll drop a percent and then it'll go up a half a percent and then it'll drop two, then it'll go up a half. Yes. So it's down what? Some markets, some indices are down 20, some down 17, 15, somewhere in that range.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: But that stuff is normal. We get very complacent and we got very addicted to and used to the second longest bull run in history. Right.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: So 12, 13 years, you're just like, ah, cool. It's just got to... And especially all the stuff that it had to overcome. Right. The market has been getting back up like I've joked many times like a prize fighter getting knocked down. It's been getting back up over and over through a lot of volatile times like social times in the last five years, but we've also been pumping a lot of money into things too. Right. So,

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: There's some falsities there. There's some false floors if you will, or false ceilings. So it's easy to kind of feel like it's worse than ever, but at the same time the market does what it does. And so we have to be a little bit wary of those things to not let it totally fuel us into like this fear factor of jumping in and out and making more rash decisions. I think I saw something not long ago Tony said that Morningstar had put out a little thing out saying that due to the fear of just something scaring them and feeling like it's not going to work, typical investors lose about two and a half percent annually to just jumping in and out and just trying something new because what they have is not working in their mind.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: So.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And there's all kinds of studies on that and which is why we advocate depending on whatever plan that you are trying to implement, is trying to stay invested because you bounce in and out.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And you are going to miss and your returns aren't going to be there. You're going to be not happy. You're going to be just always anxious. So yeah. That's definitely something you don't want to do.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Yeah. Little tweaks. I mean, your plan is not stone, right?

Tony Mauro: No. No.

Speaker 1: So, you're going to definitely, it's going to make some tweaks. You're going to make some changes. That's what those reviews are for. But wholesale big changes in times of turmoil and panics tends to be the wrong choice. And that's why you have that advisor there to help hopefully balance you out. And that's some ways how retirement planning is just not as easy as it used to be. So that's why you need to turn to a professional. You need to work with folks like Tony and his team at Tax Doctor, Inc.

Speaker 1: So make sure you subscribe to the podcast, make sure you stop by Tony's website if you're not already working with him. You can visit the website, schedule some time, a lot of tools, tips, resources, things like that at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. As I mentioned earlier, Tony's got many, many years in the industry. He's a CFP and an EA. So a great resource for you to tap into there at Tax Doctor, Inc. Tony, my friend, thanks for hanging out. This is our late June episode. So I will talk to you sometime after the fourth and I hope you have a good holiday.

Tony Mauro: Hope you can do the same. We'll see you later.

Speaker 1: Absolutely. We'll catch you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

On this episode, we’ll give you some red flags to be aware of, teach you how to spot them, and illustrate the difference between an advisor who does the bare minimum versus one who goes above and beyond to work in your best interests.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Marc Killian: Hey, everybody. Welcome to the podcast. It's Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro and myself, and we're going to talk about red flags and maybe how to spot those if you are shopping for an advisor or thinking about getting a new one, a first one, whatever the case might be. We're going to go through some content that might give you some insight as to whether it's a red flag or not, and maybe it's not. Maybe it's just something to ponder, but some could be more dramatic than others, so we'll see how that goes. Tony, what's going on, my friend? How are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing well. Thank you. It's starting to warm up here at the beginning of June and all is good. Looking forward to summer.

Marc Killian: That is true. That is true. We are into our June podcasts. This is the first of early June here. We're dropping this. We're doing this one quick today. We're doing this one today. It's the ninth, and we're going to put it out today on the ninth as well, so we are hopping and bopping right along. Red flags, Tony, they're out there in just about every walk of life, right?

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Marc Killian: We see them on all sorts of things, and usually we're pretty good at spotting these things. Let's go through a few financial ones and see if we can discuss whether or not they are a red flag or at least something to have an eye on. Okay?

Tony Mauro: All right.

Marc Killian: You've been doing this a long time, right? As an early advisor, earlier on in your career or whatever the case is, maybe this applies to more people, this first one, that advisor or that professional who works with people of all ages and all levels of wealth. I kind of see this one as it could be red flag and it might not be. There's a couple of ways you could look at this. If they're young and they're starting out, they are trying to work with everybody. They're trying to get a book of business going, so on and so forth, and maybe that is a red flag. But then again, it could be an advisor who has been doing this a long time. They've got a lot of retired clients, but then they're also helping those retired clients, their kids and maybe even their grandkids.

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Marc Killian: So it's kind of a little catch 22, but what do you think about that concept of an advisor who works with all ages, all wealths?

Tony Mauro: I do think, like you say, it's definitely there's two ways to look at that one, for sure. And I remember when I was young in the business, and of course, back then it was a lot different.

Marc Killian: Oh sure. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Advisors were basically selling.

Marc Killian: And fewer and far between, right? Everybody's an advisor now.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, yeah. Back in those days, as a young advisor, you were looking to work with anybody because you didn't have any clients.

Marc Killian: Yeah. You got to eat too, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, you got to. Yeah. Nowadays, it's a lot different. There's fee only, there's asset-based ways that we as advisors get paid. But I think on the side of maybe a potential red flag if you're looking for an advisor is you probably want to ask some questions and look for somebody that's got some maybe specialties and whatnot. You certainly don't want an advisor who comes at you and says, "Well, if you don't have $250,000, we're not interested" type of thing.

Marc Killian: Okay.

Tony Mauro: But you definitely want to check them out and see what types of clients that maybe they have, and see what they generally are doing for their clients. I certainly wouldn't turn away a young person that's just starting out, because obviously, you got to start somewhere as-

Marc Killian: It's like the old credit card thing. Remember when we were first younger and we're first trying to get our first credit card, just so we can-

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc Killian: Because they'd say, "Well, you need credit to buy a car," and you'd say, "Well, okay. Well, how do I get credit?" "Well, get a credit card" or whatever, but then nobody would give you credit. It's like, "Well, how do I get credit if I can't get credit?"

Tony Mauro: Yeah, yeah. And if young people want to have somebody in their corner, definitely I wouldn't turn them away. I know that. But some advisors do that, and I get it a little bit, as far as that goes, but I also get that we don't want to just... As advisors, we're always looking for landmines with the clients, and clients, who this talk is about, looking for landmines with a potential advisor, is that if they're all over the board and they just don't really seem to have any, I don't want to say specialty, but vision.

Marc Killian: Kind of that niche, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc Killian: Because if you're a retiree, you probably want somebody who's done this a few times. And you could think about it this way, Tony. Up until this recent downturn with the market, we've got advisors out there who've been in business 10 years, which sounds fantastic, but they've never seen a prolonged downturn in the market because it's been up for 12 years.

Tony Mauro: Up for 12 years. A young person comes in my office, I'm going to be 55 this year, and they could look at me and say, "Boy, this guy, he's too old."

Marc Killian: Yeah. "He doesn't know what he is talking about." Right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. "He doesn't know what he's talking about," or "Boy, he's not going to be around."

Marc Killian: "He's not into crypto, so he's not my thing."

Tony Mauro: Yeah. "He's not your thing." And/or they could look at it and say, "Well, you know what? The guy's been around a while. He's seen a lot of things, a lot of-

Marc Killian: Exactly. Yep.

Tony Mauro: Three recessions for me. And so they're looking at that that way as well, but-

Marc Killian: Yeah. I kind of think this is almost like soccer. It's like a yellow card.

Tony Mauro: It is.

Marc Killian: Not a red flag yet.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, not a red flag.

Marc Killian: Okay.

Tony Mauro: Just kind of, I would say, yellow.

Marc Killian: Okay. I like that. All right. The good news advisor, and I'm going to combine this one, actually, in number four. I had top five, but I think I can combine these two together, and actually, we'll just do a top four. The good news advisor or the advisor that says, "Oh, don't worry about the market. It always comes back," well, that is true. Yes, the market does historically come back, but what is your time horizon? My brother is 63, Tony, and he was joking the other day. He's like, "I'm getting ready to retire and this economy is not as good as it was, obviously." He's like, "Boy, I wish I would have just been a few years older and I would've retired in like 2012 or 2013." Because through that bull run we were just talking about, that'd be a great time to retire versus retiring... If you retired in 2012, the next 10 years were pretty darn good, but if you retired in 2007, you weren't too happy about those next three.

Tony Mauro: No, no. I would say that this is a flag, because we all are going to experience some sort of downturns. Granted, yes, over time, the market does always come back and that's easy to say, but that's not easy for clients to hear when-

Marc Killian: Right, but you got to be able to tell them that. That's that good news portion. I want to work with somebody who's not afraid to say to me, "Hey, Mr. Killian, you came in. You're looking to get retired in three years. Got to tell you, I don't think it's going to happen, and here's why," versus maybe kind of sugarcoating it. I'd rather have the straight truth. Go ahead and hit me hard, and then tell me how we fix it versus dancing around.

Tony Mauro: Exactly. And when we work with clients, generally the only way we work with them is if we can get them in here to go over goals, go over and actually do basically where they're at now and where they want to be in whatever time horizon they're thinking. Then I have to break it to them sometimes that, "With what you're doing and how you're doing it and the time you have left, it's not going to happen, so we either accept what will happen or we got to make some changes" type of thing.

Marc Killian: Yeah, yeah.

Tony Mauro: Definitely don't want to just tell everybody, "Well, yeah, everything's going to be fine as long as you just keep putting money away."

Marc Killian: Right.

Tony Mauro: Well, if you're 60 and don't have anything, that's not the same as a guy that's 20.

Marc Killian: Yeah, exactly. Exactly. Yeah. My mom and I both go to the same cardiologist office. She sees one advisor who is very, everything is... He's always very soft spoken and he talks to her in such a way that, "No, you're doing great. Everything's fine." Even when she's scared about something, he's very uplifting which is great, because she needs that, but then it didn't work for me. So I see a different guy in the office who's like, "Hey, put the cheeseburger down, dude." He's a lot more direct with me, which I appreciate. So there's also that delivery style, I think, when you're shopping for an advisor, finding that person that's that right balance for you of communicating effectively, but also in a way that you're going to implement that stuff.

Marc Killian: And that leads me into my next one here on our list, which is the technical conversation or the jargon. Every industry's got it, Tony. I don't think a lot of advisors mean to talk over people's heads. There are some out there, I'm sure, that try to do it with some of the language to make themselves look smarter or whatever the case is. But I think for the most part, you just get into the habit of saying these things. So when you're looking for an advisor, you got to find the one who has a good balance of the technical, but also can make it understandable and relatable.

Tony Mauro: Yes. If you have an advisor that's always just talking about technical jargon, charts and alpha graphs, I'd definitely say big red flag. Not to say it may not work, but we all have technology and things. I have it on the accounting side. We definitely have it on the investment side, where you could do a lot of a number-crunching very quickly, but really, we like to present it to clients. Obviously, it's easy to say, but in a way that they can understand is, "Here's where you're at now. Here's what you want, and here's how this is or is not going to happen," just with some simple numbers.

Tony Mauro: Now, all of the technology in the background gave us those numbers, but we don't want to generally share a lot of that with the clients. I'll generally bring out a chart or two, but that's it. Most of it's just, we actually go in the conference room. We're writing it on a whiteboard, because I think they can relate to that quite a bit more than just seeing fancy charts and all this stuff.

Marc Killian: Right. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: It's like showing clients financials. They don't really care about that. They want to know, "Do I have any money or not?"

Marc Killian: Yeah. And because also, if you're talking about the strategy, the plan, if it's a little too convoluted or overly technical, is the person going to even implement it, because they're going to maybe get lost in it? If you need to use some of the big terms, if you need to do some things to kind of show, I don't know, the impact or the importance, great. But then also, again, it's that ability to do both the technical as well as the keeping it simple so that we can relate it and implement it. That's the sweet spot. Since you like golf, that's the sweet spot.

Tony Mauro: That's right. That's the sweet spot.

Marc Killian: All right. Since I combined those two, let's go to our last one here. God gave us two ears, as the saying goes, and one mouth so we can listen twice as much. Yes, on the podcast, you and I are talking a lot because it's just you and I. Otherwise, you're tuning into dead air. But when you have a potential new client coming in, Tony, you're asking some questions, but then you basically should just be listening, because you need to get to know me or us, the client or potential client.

Tony Mauro: That's right. And we ask questions and take a lot of notes, and I really try to let them do as much talking as possible. It's amazing, and everybody's like this, people like to talk about themselves. They like to talk about their own problems and whatnot, and everybody knows that guy or gal friend or colleague or advisor of any kind that just won't be quiet, and you just want to... Well, for me, it's like I got to get away from them type of thing. But I think with an advisor relationship, you want somebody that's going to ask you questions. You want to pay attention to, are they really listening to what I'm saying or do they constantly keep talking?

Tony Mauro: I'll tell you a pet peeve of mine, and I hate this, is I'm talking, and my wife will do it every once in a while, and she'll start talking before I'm done. It's like, "Well, you didn't really even listen to what I said, so how..." I try not to do that with clients, with anybody, really, but we're all guilty of it from time to time because we always want to talk. I think we do, as everybody needs to, take a little more time to listen. Because boy, you can't have a good advisor-client relationship without us as advisors listening to what you truly want, because every client's different.

Marc Killian: Yep. That is for sure. And if you think about these things, Tony, they're kind of universal.

Tony Mauro: They are.

Marc Killian: It's some basic stuff that we all feel about these things, and that's when you got to start to get to the nitty gritty. Our gut goes a long way for things. So when you're looking for an advisor, if you're shopping for that first time person or maybe looking to get a second opinion because you don't feel like you're getting the service that you need or want, or something's changed or whatever, do your homework. Do some of the credential checks and things of that nature. But also, when you go in for, most advisors do free consultations, just get a vibe and then listen to your gut. Sometimes the gut's a pretty good indicator. Now, some people who are listening are probably like, "Oh, I've got a terrible gut," but you get the idea.

Tony Mauro: Well, like I said at the beginning, I have a question listed when a new client or prospective client comes in that I'm asking them, and I am listening, but I am looking for, like I say, my own, what I call landmines, as, "Will this client be a good fit for me as well?" While I'm gathering information, I'm generally trying to make a good vibe decision on, are they going to listen to me? Are they going to be calling me every day just because they saw something on CNN? Because you can get those vibes both ways and it has to be a good relationship, but you as the client need to do the same thing a little bit and make sure that the person's right for you.

Marc Killian: Exactly. So there you go, some possible potential red flags to look for when shopping for an advisor. Hopefully, that helps you out a little bit. If you've got some questions, need some help, or just want to do the little shopping of your own and sit down with Tony if you're not already working with him, well then, stop by the website, yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanning pros.com. Tony is an EA and a CFP with over 20 years of experience in the industry at Tax Doctor, Inc. And of course, again, you can find him online at yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast, Plan With the Tax Man, on whatever app you like to use. You can also find those links on the website as well. Tony, thanks for hanging out, my friend. I appreciate your time as always. Hope you have a good week.

Tony Mauro: All right. Well, take care.

Marc Killian: Yep, absolutely. We'll see you next time. And again, make sure you're sitting down, having those conversations that you need to do for yourself, and watch out for those red flags. This has been Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

There are plenty of external factors that often negatively influence our chances of having a successful retirement. But often, failure comes from within. On this episode, we’ll talk about some of the common ways people get in their own way when it comes to financial planning.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Host: Hey everybody! Welcome in to "Plan with the Tax Man" with Tony Mauro and myself. And we're going to talk about the secret to retirement success. We're going to let you in on the secret. Here's a hint, it's you? You're the secret. You're either going to make it or you're going to break it. And often we get in our own way. And that's kind of the focus of the podcast this week is the fact that, if we take some action and we do some things, we can have a successful retirement, but often we self sabotage and get in our own way. So that is the topic of conversation this week with Tony. What's going on with my friend, how you doing?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing wonderful. Spring is...

Host: Spring is sprung?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, we did. Well, we didn't have a spring up here, and now it's kind of almost summer, so okay. That feels good.

Host: We actually had a spring this year for a change, which has been really nice. So we've shared one before on the podcast. This is, this is episode over 65, by the way, Tony. So our podcast is eligible for Medicare.

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Host: So, and we're talking about retirement now. So, we're in two different locations and we're doing this, which is the beauty of the internet and so on and so forth. But yeah, we've actually had a really nice spring here where it's not been crazy hot. I'm down in the south a little bit and it's just now starting heat up. So at the time we're taping this, this is going to be our second one here in May. So this is about a week before Memorial Day, and we're up into the 90s now, but we had stayed away. We hadn't had a 90 degree day yet this year until this week, which is unusual for us. So looking forward to getting to the pool this weekend. I hope everybody has a good Memorial day weekend coming up as well and enjoy all that. And remember the reason we have Memorial Day, if you know, got a loved one, a veteran, make sure you say, let them know, so on and so forth.

Host: But anyway, so let's talk about this Tony, because man, right now we're getting, we're getting pummeled. There's a lot going on. We got the inflation out of control. We got gas at $5 just about everywhere in the country. It seems like upper fours, fives, chicken's out of control, the price of chicken, not chickens themselves, but the price of chicken's out of control, baby food issues. Who had that one on their bingo card for crazy things to happen? Then of course the market is just, we're finally seeing, I don't know. I just was reading something this morning, Tony. Are we into a recession yet? Have we had two consecutive quarters of not growth? There's just a lot going on. And, and when you think about our topic, which is getting in our own way, this is when people get nervous. Understandable, but this is when we get nervous and we tend to make rash decisions, especially with the market.

Tony Mauro: Especially with the market, which is why I wanted to talk about this topic today, because of all the things you just mentioned and you know, we have clients and tax clients coming in and that's... Well, the first thing generally out of their mouth is boy, everything's high, prices are high. This and that. And then, they want to talk about the market and whatnot. And I think some of the topics we're going to discuss here are relevant for what's going on today. I don't know if we're in the yet or not. You know what I mean? You turn on the news and you everybody's got their own opinion. I mean, it's starting to get the makings of one. Everybody has opinions, I'll share mine. I mean, we were flooded with money last year, with COVID relief and everything else and prices, obviously have gone up and the market's done well for a long time.

Tony Mauro: I don't know if, if we're definitely going into one, but we're definitely going to see some slow down, I got to think until they can bring inflation somewhat under control. We can sit and debate that all day, but the important thing is for our top of today is like you say, is the main, secret because everybody always wants the secret. The guideline is really us - it's you - the person, and it's so relevant, because I just got done with a tax appointment before I jumped on this call. (The) gentleman's been with me for a long time that we do his accounting. He's a concrete guy, and so, he's getting older and he's 60 years old and you know that's a tough, a tough business.

Host: Oh sure. Yeah. Hard work. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: You know, he just hasn't probably put enough away to this point, but his question to me was "What's the guideline? How much money should I have to retire?" I mean, that was literally it. Wanting this black and white answer out of me and you know, there is no black and white.

Host: There is no black and white on that one, bud.

Tony Mauro: But, some of the things, he has to think about is what we're going to talk about here today. And for him, it's going to have to be along the lines of he's got to start saving more.

Host: Well, let's start with the market for a second, because obviously it's fallen. We're down quite a bit. I think the NASDAQ is already down 25%. So they're, calling it in into the bear. I think at this point the S&P is now right around 20%, which, I guess technically could put it into a bear. So this is when we start. To the people who, the last three years, the market's been pretty good really for the last 13 years, let's be honest, but the last three years it's been really, really high. So we get greedy as people and not just... We're all greedy, it doesn't make you bad person. We just get greedy and we also get a little addicted to it. And then when this starts to happen, that's when the panic sets in and people start to want to sell. And of course, when you sell, when it's down, you're locking in your losses.

Host: Now, you still might be up overall because it's been doing so well. But how did we start balancing that, Tony? Is it, when things get really choppy like that, is it time to maybe review the plan just to make sure we're good and not necessarily make wholesale changes or, or what do we do?

Tony Mauro: I think, depending on a person's age, but which has some factors in that decision, but it's probably not a bad idea to take a quick review, but if you're meeting with your advisor once a quarter or so, you're probably coming up to maybe your second quarter review just to talk about things and whatnot. But if your goals, depending on where you're at are, are set and those are still your goals, then there's really no reason in my mind, to panic and sell off.

Tony Mauro: I do have a few clients - tax clients, not wealth clients - that are calling right now, and saying, "What, do you think I should do?" and I'm not even really their advisor, but I tell them if you think you should sell and go all to cash, because that's usually what they want to do cause they're panicking, I ask them who and when is going to alert you or trigger you to buy back? When is it? Because there is no perfect time. I always try to get them out of that. You know, you miss the best days of the market, there's been studies and studies done on that -- the "10 Best Days", "20 Best Days", all that. You lose out on a lot of returns, so to try to time it. And we've talked about it before. In my mind it is impossible for me to do. I think it's impossible for anybody to do.

Host: Yeah, it is.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It's just a losing game. And so now if you know, you're close to retirement and you want to lock in some of the gains you've had over the last 10, 15 years and move to a more conservative perch, that's different.

Host: And that's a different approach than wholesale panicking or whatever. And so that's what I was going to ask you. At these times is when the phone starts ringing a bit more. Now those folks with a good plan in place, they typically don't panic as much. Right? They understand that they've got a strategy. There's some, there's always going to be some that they see the volatility, even with a good plan in place, even when they're working with you, Tony, they're like, "Eh, let me just call and double check."

Host: I do think that's real value that you guys bring to the table as professionals like you are, is because sometimes you just are a sounding board. If nothing else, it's Mr. And Mrs. Smith call and it's like, "Hey, we're looking it over." And you know, "Yes. I know you're nervous, but everything still looks okay. Even with this volatility, let's not panic." That's great to have that sounding board versus if you're totally autonomous and you're just some number with a big brokerage firm and you're not getting through to anybody and it's just you're kind of on your own. And that's when we start to panic and we go, "Well, I'm selling, or whatever."

Tony Mauro: Yeah, and that's generally the worst thing you can do, in general. The interesting thing too is with the retirees that we work with, most are in dividend-paying stocks and or bonds. And so we try to educate them on, if you're just looking at the Dow, well, we don't have any stocks in the Dow. So while that's a market indicator...

Host: That's a great point, though, cause everybody does look at that one, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. They look at that and say, oh my God, the world is falling. Well, if you don't necessarily own those securities, then...

Host: Why are you panicking? Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Don't panic so much. Yeah. Probably what you are going to own, the even if it's in funds. It's going to be down some.

Host: The Dow's misleading to a lot of people who might not really pay too much attention. They just think that they're invested with someone or they're working with someone and that's where they've got them, it's only what, 30 companies?

Tony Mauro: 30 companies in that one. Yeah. I mean obviously the S&P500 a little broader.

Host: And one of the reasons that we're seeing - and let's be fair, some of the stuff, this it's definitely choppy out there, there's definitely some problems - but a lot of what's taken it on the chin is tech, right? And so big tech has taken a hammering. And so that's why the point of diversification is there because there's other sectors that are still doing, pretty good. Overall yes, the news and the issues of the world are definitely making the market jumpy. And, and if we're being honest too, Tony, it's been over inflated for a while. So yes, corrections are natural and they are normal. We've actually had 13-year bull run, we're actually more than overdue. So considering all the stuff that the world is dealing with, it's not super surprising.

Host: So, if you've got a good plan, good advisor, hopefully that'll help a little bit. But as always, if you, if you're panicking, before you take action, folks, definitely talk with your advisor. Don't just jump in and do something crazy.

Host: Let's go to the second one here on our little, "getting out of our own way" conversation, Tony, since you are the tax man. From a tax standpoint, making a bad investment, clearly like doing something because it's getting into investment solely because of the taxes. Like you're, "I'm going to do this because it's going to help me from a tax standpoint." Is that a good idea? Do we make a mistake there as well?

Tony Mauro: I think a lot of times people do, especially in the middle income brackets. It's one thing for somebody up in the 37-39% bracket, who's just getting hammered on taxes. But tax is not a hundred percent. Never has been. I mean, it's been high at times, but to do it just for a tax motive, to me is not a very good investment decision. Now, I think in certain cases, sometimes if the math works, and your tax bracket dictates, and your appetite for risk is very low. You know, municipal bonds is always one. I have a lot of people ask me about, "Well, why wouldn't I invest just in muni bonds?" And I say, well yeah, the interest is tax free, but if you really look at your after tax return with whatever you're doing, you're actually getting more net even by paying taxes. So don't, don't do that type of thing.

Host: That's a good point.

Tony Mauro: But I do get a lot of people where they're not so in tune to that where they're more in tune to is they want to buy and sell and they want to hold stuff. Generally what they want to do is they want to sell their winners and keep their losers.

Host: And oh, sure. Who doesn't?

Tony Mauro: Where I always advocate is if you've got some kind of loss, get rid of it, keep the winners. So you can postpone paying that tax on that gain. And then let's take the loss now. but they do that a lot with properties, rentals, things like that. Everybody wants...

Host: I would think the tax one as well is when it's the standard 401k versus the Roth, too, right? a lot of us, we, because we're conditioned and we've talked about this many times, we just do the traditional 401k or traditional IRA thinking about, well, that's going to help me right now from a tax standpoint because I'm getting that tax benefit because I'm kicking it down the road. Right? Versus I have to pay out, to dole out the money right now if I do the Roth and that's kind of the standard tried and true thinking, and it has been for a long time, but again, we've talked about it many times what the tax rates being what they are, maybe it's not the best move. Maybe you should go ahead and start thinking about paying some of the taxes on some of that money now. So that later on when the tax rates go up, which they almost have to, then you maybe aren't looking at as a high a bracket.

Tony Mauro: That's right. Yeah. And with the Roth, especially in the 401k option, a lot of people, even though they may have that option, aren't that familiar with it and they just plow their money into the traditional option, which is the traditional 401k. And a lot of times, especially with a little bit higher income taxpayers, is we will try to get them to convert some of that to the Roth, pay the tax. Fill up the bracket they're in. And then, so they don't have an IOU uncle Sam later.

Tony Mauro: That's truly what you have in all of this.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I get it. Like no one, none of us like to pay the taxes. It's like, man, I don't want to, I don't want to pull this money out and have to pay the taxes. Now that stinks. That's why we kick it down the road. We think, because we do have a tendency as humans to, "Well, I'll deal with it later..." kind of mentality in a lot of things in life, which is, I think sometimes why we're in the positions that we're in, in a lot of different things societally, but either way you get into that mode and then later on you might be right and you might be wrong, as far as where the tax brackets are going to be, but looking at the spending and looking at the deficit and so on and so forth, it's pretty good odds that we're going to owe more. So just again, don't let the tax tail wag the dog, as the saying goes.

Tony Mauro: Number three on the "get out of our own way" secret to success here: Cash, cash, cash! Tony leaving too much of it. You mentioned it earlier. People start to panic in times like these, they want to jump over to cash. They want to move to cash and they can even maybe even add justification to it right now. Because they're like, Hey, the Fed's ticking up. And you know, with the fed rate going up, I can get like one point a half percent at the bank. Woo, woo.

Tony Mauro: Yeah boy.

Host: Versus 0.1. Right? It's better. But are you sitting on too much cash and are you going people? I don't know. I don't understand why Tony. We feel like a lot of times that we have two options for our money, the market or cash. Like it seems like a lot of people think that's the only two there's other things you can do.

Tony Mauro: There's all kinds of other things, but I do see a lot of, especially the older school retirees, what I would say is that all their money's in cash and boy they're bouncing around driving around trying to find, a half percentage point on a on a local CD and it's just absolutely astounding. The lengths they'll go through, and they all understand that it's not like it was in the seventies and eighties, where those rates were really high.

Host: Let's be honest on that one. What was your mortgage rate then?

Tony Mauro: Well right. Your mortgage rate, everything else was...

Host: Everything else was up too. Has bank rates ever actually beat inflation? I don't think they have.

Tony Mauro: Not to my knowledge.

Host: No.

Tony Mauro: Over the long term, no.

Host: No, never the long term, right? Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And so I think that for most it's mostly people that have been around a while. In other words, retirees that I see this mostly. I don't see young people, young people don't. They're spending cash faster than they can make it, and just getting them to set it aside is a different story. But I think as a retiree or a pre-retiree, if you've got too much in cash, you're really doing yourself at this service. Because there are a lot of other things out there. Besides just stocks. I mean obviously you can have dividend paying stocks, there's bonds, there's CDs I don't really care for, but...

Host: Insurance products. I mean, there's just different things. Right?

Tony Mauro: Some annuities in certain cases.

Host: But people kind of get into that. Well, I've heard bad things or whatever. And we talk all the time. Look, when you're working with somebody like Tony is who's CFP. You have the gamut in front of you. Like you've got every, every investment option out there you can work with. So don't pigeonhole yourself by just shutting something off before you find out, is it a good tool for you? That's all.

Tony Mauro: Yes. That's right. And fee only and asset based managers, they're really just going to give you the pros and cons of the different types of many of the investments that are out there and then figure out what is going to fit into what you're trying to do.

Host: Yeah. Okay. All right. So I think one more point here, I think want to try to squeeze in and we'll go, Tony, but one of the things about getting in our own way is the overthinking process which, again, we're all guilty of. So you know, we're talking right here on the podcast and people are listening and are going well, inflation's crazy. The market doesn't look good. Bonds don't look good . Cash, you just said doesn't look all that great. What you know? Oh geez. Oh right. We start to panic and freak out. And then we start thinking and we research or whatever, or we shut down and do nothing. So we overthink it to the point of exhaustion or we just lock up and make no decision at all.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And we see that I'm going to go out on a limb and say, I think as a society we've become like this because of all this information we have in including the internet. I challenge every listener out there. How many times have you got online, and I don't care if it's been a pair of shoes or a new refrigerator, have you got online and said what's the best refrigerator or the best reviews for running shoes and you're online and you're looking and looking. Before, it you've got two or three hours in and all you had to do was make a simple decision to buy a pair of shoes.

Host: I couldn't figure out which fertilizer to get the other day because they had too many options.

Tony Mauro: Well, I tell you I'm guilty of it too. I need a new fence. And so I'm online trying to figure out, well...Should I go wood privacy like I have, which I don't like or...

Host: Vinyl final, you know?

Tony Mauro: Oh geez. It's just...

Host: Well, can you get it? That's the other thing right now, you know? That's the other thing. Yeah. Why,

Tony Mauro: You know what I did is I, on my fence, I had him come out to give me a cost. And I said, "What's your advice? I'm done looking you know fences. I don't. And he, he actually kind of sold me if you will, on the qualities of the vinyl, which is really for me, no maintenance.

Host: Yeah, exactly.

Tony Mauro: I'm just going to do what he says. And obviously if I can afford it, that's what I'm doing. And, with our money, it's the same thing. We're watching all this news. We're researching, you got all these charts you go get and all of a sudden, especially if you're trying to, trying to figure it out on your own, you don't do anything at all. And, and time tends to not be on your side when you do that. If you are paralyzed by decisions and can't do anything.

Host: Absolutely.

Tony Mauro: Tony, in our age group, there's a song by a band called Rush from Canada. And there's a line in that says, "if you choose not to decide, you still have made a choice." Right? So whether you do nothing or so you're still making a choice. Right? Right. So try to make a choice to do something for yourself. And, and that's one reason. And hopefully people do turn to professionals finding the right professional and saying, okay, I'm just freezing all up. You know, I've got ideas, I've got input. This is a collaboration between you and your financial pro like Tony. But it's just a matter of having that resource again -- that sounding board to talk me off the ledge or talk us off the ledge. If we're thinking about doing something crazy or to reinforce that we've got some good ideas and it's like, Hey, you know what? After looking at this, that makes a lot of sense. We should do the way we should put that in the plan. Whatever that might be, Right?

Tony Mauro: I'll just touch on this final point and we'll wrap up. That's why you turn to professional versus turning to your buddy or your cousin or, or your grandma or your whatever. And they're all sweet people. And they all love you. And they all probably want the best things for you. But I saw, I saw a message from a guy the other day, Tony. And he was like, my neighbor and I are the same age and he's going to cash. He says I should too. Why? Because you're the same age? That makes no sense. What on earth would make you think that because you guys are the same age and you live in the same neighborhood that you should go to cash together because the market's volatile? His situation on your situation could be completely different. So just don't blindly take information, water cooler talk. Right?

Tony Mauro: Exactly. I always ask people because we get that all the time -- more in taxes than on the wealth side. But they'll say things like that. "Hey, I'm not getting this deduction" or what they'll say to us is, "Well, my buddy makes about the same as I do and he's paying less taxes" or he'll get advice from his buddy. And I always say, well, what does your buddy do for a living? And they'll say, well, he's a baker. And I say, "Well, what qualifies him to give tax advice?" So you do have to be careful of that. I mean, it's good to talk about it. Right. And then it is good to ask your advisor, which they are doing, but we have to kind of tell them, Hey, look, every situation's different.

Host: You don't know what his write offs are. You don't know what he's in. And just because you say you make about the same money, again, how many people are totally showing their hand to their neighbor or even their cousin. I mean, my brother and I are like best friends and we hang out every weekend, but I have, I have no idea what the man makes, and he has no idea what I make and he's my brother and we're, like best of buds. So at the end of the day, sometimes we have to be honest and realize that we're not, we're not the most forthcoming when it comes to money in general.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. For sure.

Host: Absolutely.

Host: So that's the secret to success. Nothing crazy, right? It's really just us and either taking the right steps or taking the wrong steps. So I guess maybe you might be a little disappointed. You might have been thinking we were going to drop some secret sauce of knowledge, but there is no true secret sauce other than just (A) taking action for yourself; and (B) making sure that you're not self sabotaging and working with a professional that can help you navigate the complexities. And as what we're seeing and this, and it could be Tony, we don't know, it could be a prolonged downturn. We haven't had one in a long time. We could be looking at -- God, hopefully it's not like a lost decade all over again, like 2001 to 2009, but we just don't know what we're in for, because there are a lot of problems out there. So do yourself and your retirement, a favor, talk with a qualified professional.

Host: Even if you've got a plan just to double check, to get a second opinion, whatever it might be as always, you can reach out to Tony, if you need that help. If you're already working with him, great, you probably already have those things scheduled. But even if you're nervous, make sure you reach out to him before you take any action. But if you're not working with him, consider having a conversation or share the podcast with someone who might benefit from the message. It is available on Apple, Google, Spotify, so on and so forth. It's "Plan with the Tax Man" and you can find it all, keeping it simple for you at Tony's website, YourPlanningPros.com. That's YourPlanningPros.com. Tony is a CFP and an EA at Tax Doctor, Inc. So Tony, my friend, thanks for hanging out and chatting with me.

Tony Mauro: All right. We'll see you later and have a great weekend coming up.

Host: Yeah. Have a good weekend this weekend as well as Memorial day. And we'll see you guys in June for more of "Plan with the Tax Man" with Tony Mauro, from Tax Doctor, Inc.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Sure, life insurance is one of the more boring topics to cover on a podcast. And a lot of what you hear is going to warn you why you should NOT get various types of life insurance. But our goal on this episode is to focus on the positive and analyze the reasons why you should get life insurance, or at least consider it. Many people think that once the kids are out of the house, you don’t need insurance anymore. But there are some other reasons why life insurance can be a useful part of your retirement plan.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Host: Hey, everybody. Welcome into another edition of Plan With The Tax Man. It's Tony and myself, hanging out, talking about investing, finance, retirement and life insurance. Don't turn off the podcast just yet. I know life insurance can get a little boring, but these are reasons maybe you should get life insurance. And a lot of what you're going to hear out there is warning you why you shouldn't get life insurance. But our goal on this episode is to really just focus on some of the positives and analyze the reasons why it could be beneficial to at least consider it anyway, because we tend to think of things that, especially with life insurance, we have a narrow frame of that sometimes. So that's the topic today. Tony, what's going on with my friend? How you doing?

Tony: I've been doing well, getting into the warmer months now and excited to get outside and be outside.

Host: Yeah. It's late April now, as we're dropping this podcast. So it's definitely nice to have hopefully, fully Spring as we get ready to turn into May here, pretty quickly. But Tony, life insurance, we tend to... I always love that joke, why they don't call it death insurance? Well, because nobody would buy it, right?

Tony: Yeah. That's right.

Host: Doesn't sound very good. But we tend to think of it like, "Okay, I'm in my thirties, I've got young kids. If I get in a car accident and injured or die or something like that, that way things can get paid for." Income replacement, so we don't tend to think about it as a retiree. We go, "Well, I don't really need that stuff anymore." But it still could be a tool for income replacement even for a senior, because we're still going to lose a spouse at some point.

Tony: That's right. And I love talking about life insurance, even though, like you said, a lot of people turn their nose up at it, and it is so useful of a tool. Whenever we start a financial plan for somebody, we have to know if they're covered or not and try to educate them a little bit about it, because as you said, people tend to get that feeling of, "Well, I should just buy a term and invest the difference." There's been firms for years have been touting that, but you look at most people with any type of, toward the end wealth, they've used life insurance in some form or another to its fullest benefit. But income replacement is one of them, because a lot of people just think, "Well, I'll buy some term and if I die, then my spouse will obviously get the proceeds and she'll be able to pay off all the bills."

Tony: But what they don't think about is the income replacement, which we try to talk to them about. Because if you're 40 years old and you're earning $100,000 a year and you all of a sudden unexpectedly die, that $100,000 a year, that income would probably need to be replaced or at least a portion of it, because the spouse that's still living is going to... You've adjusted to a certain lifestyle and how are you going to make that up? Yeah. And so, it's important to talk about that when you're talking about life insurance, not just paying off bills, because as you said too, I tell my wife this, at some point, one of us is going to be alone. We just don't know when.

Host: Yeah.

Tony: And it's going to happen. And so, we want to make sure that if it does come earlier than expected, that we can get some of that income replaced so the other living person doesn't go backwards in not only your lifestyle, but-

Host: Yeah. Even as a senior, because it could be, if you didn't select the spousal option on a pension, if you were lucky enough to have one or social security benefit, whatever, we only get one, we don't get both of them when the other person passes. So we get the higher of the two. So again, it could be a tool to use for income replacement, even as a retiree. What about estate liquidity, Tony, from that estate standpoint, maybe there's a lot of taxes that could be involved. Life insurance could help with that too, correct?

Tony: That's correct. Because state liquidity is extremely important, especially if you've got things that you're going to owe a lot of tax on. And here in the Midwest, you think of farmers that, the land has been in the family for a long time possibly. And there could be a lot of capital gains due. Now, there are some tax laws, the other steps up and basis and all that, which we won't get into, but it could be needed to cover taxes that the estate and/or the heirs are going to be responsible for now. In these parts, with the estate tax exclusions being so high, it's not as prevalent used for that, but I have a client that's well above that and we're doing all kinds of things with trust and using life insurance to hopefully pay those estate taxes. So the rest of the money goes to the heirs. So it's definitely needed for that. That's one of the biggest uses that I see.

Host: With the life insurance, yeah.

Tony: Oh yeah.

Host: So I'm going to hop around, because I want to keep it with that same topic of the family and the estate. So I'm going to go to number four actually on my list here, which is transferring family wealth or maybe using it for a generational tool. We talked on the prior episode when we were doing the birthdays, that there's changes now with RMDs and things of that nature. And if you've got a 401k and you leave it to your heir, we've talked about the removal of the stretch IRA. So life insurance could be a way to build generational wealth, yeah?

Tony: Yeah. Well, it could, because with the elimination of some of those things and with the right types of planning, you can leave your beneficiaries all this money, and it's simplest form, it's all tax free to the beneficiaries. A lot of people don't know that.

Host: That's a great tool.

Tony: Yeah. What a great way to leave them money, especially if you use some of the trusts and some things like that, and you maximize your estate tax exclusion. Because some of these states that are rather large, they're going to need some sort of life insurance to either help pay the tax or provide for the errors and then use the estate money to pay the tax, one of the two. But again, when you're starting to build wealth, this stuff can become extremely important, but especially for the transferring of the wealth. But the easy one is yes, the proceeds are tax free.

Host: Yep. Got to like that. All right, Tony, you're a business owner. So business succession, that could be another one. So let's just hypothetically, you and I own a business together and one of us passes. Well, having life insurance could be a way that your spouse... Or the other business owner, excuse me, uses that money to buy off the spouse from the person who passed away, correct?

Tony: That's correct. Yep. And I have two younger brothers and we own some businesses together and that's exactly what we have. We have a lot of real estate in them and we have a buy/sell and the buy/sell is funded with a life insurance policy on each of us, because, we have decided, well, we need to buy out the spouse. And we are all in agreement that we love our spouses, but the other people don't want to be in business with the spouse. And so, the idea there is to, well, for relatively inexpensively, we can fund these life insurance policies. If something happens to one of us, the spouse gets the value of the proceeds, again, tax free, and they don't have any rights to the business. So a lot of things are accomplished there. So it's something though, that I see a lot of businesses that we work with on the accounting side, that if they have partners, they haven't even thought of it. And they need to start talking about a succession plan by/sales, funding it with life insurance, because it is inexpensive to do it that way.

Host: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Tony: And it prevent a whole lot of problems down the road with spouses and things like that.

Host: Yeah. Because they may not want to be involved. They're just like, "Hey, buy me out. I'm done", whatever the case might be. So again, it could be a useful tool when we're talking about life insurance, a lot of little extra ways, not just, I've got the basic insurance that when I pass something happens, my family get it's the death benefit or whatever. There's lots of other little nuances that you could use it for. Similar I guess, in thought but still, they can go towards different things, business being one of those. Now Tony, we'd be remiss if we didn't bring it up because we see these commercials, we hear these ads. There's all this stuff out there, use life insurance for a tax free income, in retirement and this is not dying. They're marketing as, "Hey while you're alive, get a tax free income through insurance." So can you tell us a little bit about, what is it they're saying, what is that all about?

Tony: So a lot of people don't favor the cash value life insurance policies today, but they can be a useful tool to provide, not only of course protection, but some cash, or a tax free income, because the idea there is you're paying more premium in dollars than what you're buying in life insurance. And the extra goes into the cash value, starts building up over the years and there could be some great tax advantages to use that cash value as a supplement to tax free income. It's probably not the end all depending on how much you've got in there, but there are certain policies that still build up relatively good cash value-

Host: Okay.

Tony: That you can take out while you're living and basically use it. Now, you have to understand the rules and everything that goes with it. But a lot of people don't look at it like that. They just think, "Well, that's overpaying. That's not a good deal." But once you take a look, it's not too bad. I have one myself and I happen to have one that's a participating dividend paying policy, but I don't know, it's got quite a bit in it, cash value. I've pulled it out a couple of times to basically, buy something. And then I pay myself back, which I love because I'm using my own money. I don't have to rely on a bank. Right. And in my case, they tr treated it like it never left. So I continue to earn my little dividends, but there's some things you can do with some of those. So it's definitely worth a look there.

Host: And that's the point of the conversation of the podcast this week is, there's different little nuances that can be done, but again, you need to talk with a qualified professional because just like everything. Look, every tool's not for every situation. And the elimination of every tool, if you're a repairman shows up and he just has no hammers in his toolbox and he needs a hammer, well then that's not going to be good. Anybody who's ever tried to hammer something with the backside of a Crescent wrench knows that's not the greatest tool for hammering. You want to have the proper tools. So again, sometimes people will hear certain things and they'll just shut down immediately, because, "Well, I don't need life insurance." So these are just some other little ways that it could be, or should be something to at least ponder. Now, long term care is on my list as well. Tony, obviously that seems like a no brainer, something maybe with an accelerated death benefit, something like that we hear a lot about for helping with those healthcare expenses.

Tony: We do. And I think people need to look at life insurance for that, because of the cost of long term care insurance, which I am a big fan of, so to speak. I think you need to at least take a look at that as part of your financial plan. But a lot of times, if people wait too long, the long term care coverage may not seem like it's affordable. And a lot of these life insurance policies have long term care coverage or writers on them that you can access this money while you're still living. Now yes, it does reduce the death benefit, but you can use it for long term care. So you can feel like, "Well, at least if I needed to go in, I've got some coverage there.

Host: Right.

Tony: And it might be less expensive than a traditional policy. But again, got to do some looking and make sure you're comparing apples to apple with benefits, things like that. But it is there, which is a great tool again, like you said.

Host: Yeah. And of course it can help with some of the healthcare expenses while you're still around, but then also provide that death benefit as well. So again, different options, different nuances, lots of little things in there that can be a useful tool. So don't just eliminate something, just because you've figured that at a certain age I don't need or whatever stigma you might have with something. And so, that's going to be it this week, keep it short and sweet. Just talking a little bit about life insurance and reasons to ponder it, at least. And if you've got questions about how it might be helpful with your estate or how it might be helpful with transferring family wealth or growing family wealth or business succession or whatever the case might be that we talked about, definitely reach out and talk with a professional before you take any action.

Host: Tony is an EA and a CFP. So he's been doing this quite a while, helping families get two and three retirement, and you can reach out to him online at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the show on whatever platform you like to use. While you're there, you can find all that information. Also, we're on Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, and so on. This has been Plan With The Tax Man, Tony, thanks for hanging out, talking a little life insurance and I'll let you get back on with your day.

Tony: All right. We'll talk to you soon.

Host: I appreciate you. We'll see you in a couple of weeks as we move through May and we get sir two Memorial Day. So have a great one. We'll talk to you soon, here on Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

There are certain age milestones where you should really pay attention to your retirement planning progress. On this episode, we’ll look at the most important birthdays as you approach retirement and cover the exact things you should be checking off your to-do list at each age.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody. Welcome in to the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony and I here on episode number 63 of Plan with the Tax Man. We're going to talk about birthdays. There's nothing special, I suppose, about 63, Tony, but we're going to talk about retirement planning, birthday milestones, whatever you want to call them, things that we might want to know. Since our last podcast actually, became old enough to get social security, at least early, this one's 63. We're going to get into some of these fun stuff today and have a little chat and maybe enlighten people with a few things. Some stuff's probably going to be well known, but just in case, we're going to shine a little light there. What's going on, my friend, how you doing?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing good. I'm fresh off of tax season as we're recording this. Spring is here and getting back to normal work schedules and things are good.

Speaker 1: Well, good.

Tony Mauro: If the weather was better here it would be nice, but that's a whole different topic.

Speaker 1: I tell you what, at the time we're taping this, the whole east coast got just a lot of snow, surprise snow, for all up and down. From North Carolina to Michigan, people were posting pictures and "I can't believe it's snowing." I guess technically the time we're taping this yesterday was the close of official tax season. It was the 18th. We had that little extra day because of Good Friday. Yeah, people were like, "It's taxes and it's snowing, this isn't fair."

Tony Mauro: It was snowing here on Easter Sunday.

Speaker 1: Yeah, there you go.

Tony Mauro: It was cold.

Speaker 1: All over the place, man. Mother Nature is crazy. But anyway, let's talk about some of these birthdays, Tony. I turned 50 last year, and so that's like the first milestone. I like to say that it's the official kickoff to retirement. Like Memorial Day is not officially summer, and 50 is not officially retirement, but you start getting in the mindset for it when you turn 50, I think. The government helps with a little something there. What's going on at 50? What's an important thing about that?

Tony Mauro: The biggest one really is once you turn 50, you're eligible for retirement catch up provisions in either your IRA, or your 401k, simple IRA, pretty much all of them. In plain terms, really it allows you, if you want to and are able to, to stash more money away in those things to help you. The government says, "Hey, you're getting closer. We're going to give you a chance to get more money in there". Probably from their standpoint, you're not going to be dependent on us, but so you can have the kind of retirement you're looking for.

Speaker 1: For the contributions for 2022, for your regular 401k, they bumped it up to $20,500.

Tony Mauro: Yes. Up from-

Speaker 1: 19,500.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, 19,500. That's just a regular one. That's just the inflation one, but then you've got a catch up on top of that that jolts it up. I'd have to look it up here because I don't have it in front of me, but it's like 26, $27,000 maybe?

Speaker 1: You can do the additionals, which is 6,500 on top of that, for making it a total of 27,000 for 2022. You might say, "Well, $7,000, Tony, that's not a whole lot of money." You figure, again, let's just say 50, right, this is when you can start doing this, so $7,000, and you go to 67, full retirement age, 17 years, $7,000 a year, that's not chicken feed either.

Speaker 1: That's not chicken feed, and you throw the earnings on top of that.

Tony Mauro: Right.

Speaker 1: That's a big plus. I would say to people, too out there that are listening to this that are younger, ideally what you like to try to do till you get to 50 is try to keep upping these contributions, so you're at or around your maximum when you turn 50. It's not easy.

Tony Mauro: Right.

Speaker 1: You got to start small. You got to learn to live without it, because it's very difficult to just go from well, I'm not putting any money into it. I'm putting 19,000, $20,000 in there because you know that's going to be difficult to do, you have to work with your advisor and work on that.

Speaker 1: Well, you know what, treat your future self like a bill. You know, when you're paying your mortgage, you're paying your stuff. When you're in your thirties, pay your future self like a bill. Set aside something each time and say, nope, this is a mandatory bill I got to pay for my future self, and then that way you've got some money there. That's the first thing on our milestone birthdays, important birthdays. Let's go to 55, Tony. This one might be weird to people. A lot of people don't know there's some things you can do at 55.

Tony Mauro: At 55, and there's a lot of people that don't know about this, we talk about it to tax clients every year, so it's fresh on everybody's mind since we're just coming out. If you leave your job after you turn 55, you can actually take withdrawals out of some of these retirement plans without any penalties. You're still going to pay the tax, but you're not going to pay that dreaded 10% tax penalty for taking it out early. You know that's the 59 and a half. You can only do this when you leave your job. Like me, I'm turning 55 this year. I can't just keep working and then start taking it out and avoid the penalties. There are some people that are leaving work early, that this could be very beneficial to just to avoid the penalty.

Tony Mauro: I would say though, before you pull this out again- That's with all of these, you know, you need to talk to your advisor and figure out what the plan of action is, because 55 is to me, is still a young age. Of course I say that, because I'm turning 55. You got a lot of years left. Is that going to be the right move for you, to start drawing on that with, with everything else you might have in your life going on? It's a good catch there.

Speaker 1: There're some caveats, right? Like you said, so you still got to pay the taxes on it, of course. You don't have to pay the penalty. Now we think about this typically as the 59 and a half, the caveat there is, this is from the job that you were just leaving. It's not like some other one you had laying around. It has to be from the one you are leaving at the time of 55, correct?

Tony Mauro: At the time, yes. That's correct. Yeah.

Speaker 1: All right. Of course, then I mentioned 59 and a half, because it's basically the same thing as 59 and a half, Tony. It's just that it's got that caveat about being the job you're walking away from currently. So you could kind of tap into it early, but most of the time we think of the 59 and a half

Tony Mauro: That's the magic number in the retirement world there, because at that point you can withdraw without penalty and you could still be working, still making as much money as you want. Be able to pull money out of those without penalty. Again, generally for most people, it's a little bit before normal retirement for most. They're thinking hard about it, but I don't see a lot of our clients, even on the tax side that are pulling money out that early, unless they just really need it.

Speaker 1: Extreme circumstance. You do have the access and it is without the penalty, but you still got to pay taxes.

Tony Mauro: Yep, you got to pay taxes.

Speaker 1: Bear that in mind. All right, so then we go to the magic old 62. We all know what this is. We can start early social security, but is it the right move? That's the big question.

Tony Mauro: That's a real big question, and it has a lot of tax implications, especially if you're going to continue to work. You really need to get with your advisor, get some stats from social security themselves, because a lot of people don't realize this. A lot of people come in on the tax side say, "Well, I'm getting out. I'm I'm out at 62. I'm going to take my social security", which by the way, it's just a safety net anyway. A lot of people don't ever look. Right now they've got it online. You can go in and get yourself a login and see what your benefit is going to be at 62 65, all the different ages. And what a lot of people don't realize though, is they think they're going to take social security at 62, keep working and still get the full benefit. That's not the case. They do reduce it based on how much other income you have and are earning. Once you're over a limit, then they're going to reduce those benefits. It could bite you a little bit, if you aren't careful, and you're not aware of that. You got to keep that in mind, but if you do need it, it is there and you're eligible at that point. Again, work with your advisor to make sure that's the move you really want make.

Speaker 1: Well, that's the strategy, right? That's when you really got to start thinking about what kind of strategy do you want in place? Don't just turn it on because the government owes you or whatever that kind of thought process is. We've talked about that many times. Make sure it's the right move. If you need it, you need it, but just make sure it's the right move. Then next milestone birthday, Tony is 65. You mentioned retiring early, obviously 65 is Medicare. Retiring early, that's going to be the big gap to fill for a lot of people, but anyway, 65 we get Medicare.

Tony Mauro: You get your Medicare, which is a big milestone for those that are getting ready for it. Transitioning over to that. It used to be the magic number for retirement age. Getting social security, they have started to move that up because they are short on money. Some of us have to wait a little longer to get the full benefit, but you can still take your social security at 65 and see what that is. For a lot of people, that still I think sticks in their mind as to when they want to call it quits. There's all kinds of things you need to have some help with there to make sure that you're getting ready.

Speaker 1: Yeah definitely. Taking the right stuff. You can technically start this, you can actually do this early. Right? So for Medicare, what is it like 64 and some change or something like that, where they allow you to start getting everything ready?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I think it's 64 and a half ish and you need to start contacting, be proactive with this Medicare stuff.

Speaker 1: Cause it takes a couple months and everything.

Tony Mauro: It does. I takes some time. They don't work that fast.

Speaker 1: It's a government entity. What are you talking about? They're not fast?

Tony Mauro: Give them some time. I remember my dad going through it. It's fairly straightforward. They do a pretty good job. It's just, you got to stay on the timelines.

Speaker 1: Exactly. All right, so that's 65. We all know that one. 66/67, this is the FRA. What's that?

Tony Mauro: This is the full retirement age now for people. Even in my age group, it's about almost 67 for me. What social security's done, government's bumped back the full retirement age, because again, the funds are a little shorter than they used to be. Now for someone like me to get the full retirement benefit, I can take it then. What it also is, once you get to your full retirement age, then that whole thing that started at 62, you can still work, make as much money as you want and they cannot reduce your benefit. They still tax it though, and they tax it up to 85%, but that's not taking any money from you. It's just being taxed. You got to understand what the difference is there. I think for a lot of us, that's kind of the magic, we're really starting to think, "Okay, it's here now."

Speaker 1: You've got the bump, right? There's a decent bump there going from 62 to 67, full retirement age, as far as the money from social security. Then of course there's 70, which I don't have on my list, but we could do it real fast. 70 is that max out. We get questions from time to time. Even if you keep working past 70 Tony, there's nothing else you can do. You need to go ahead and be taking this at this point, because it's not like it's going to continue to grow from 70.

Tony Mauro: Right. It won't continue to grow. You should start taking it. The biggest question we get of course is, well, when should I take social security? We could talk out on that.

Speaker 1: I just wanted to highlight, because some people actually say, "Well, I'm working and I'm 71. I want to keep contributing." It's like, well you can't.

Tony Mauro: No, it's over. You might as well take it.

Speaker 1: You've hit the top threshold, so just pull it out. If you still want to work still work, that's fine.

Tony Mauro: Still work, yeah, still work. It's just that people, you know, they're always convinced they want to try to beat them. In other words, "Well I want to make sure that I get all of my money." Nobody's handing us pink slips saying when you're going to check out. It is a little bit of some calculations, family history, and then you got to do what's best for you.

Speaker 1: Definitely. Of course that's 70, that's the absolute max on the social security. Then there used to be a 70 and a half, which another one of those goofy halves, which I still don't understand why in the world they ever did that with the 59 and a half or the 70 and a half. Either way, they moved the 70 and a half to now 72.

Tony Mauro: And this is now where government's saying, "All right, now you have to start taking out what they call required minimum distributions out of some of these accounts." Not all of them, not the Roth and a couple of things, but they're saying, "Hey, we've let you defer taxes long enough. You need to start taking out required minimums." That way, of course they're going to get a little tax money and it's going to force you to pull some money out of these. A lot of people ask me, How much is that going to be?" The companies will of course calculate that, but generally it's based on your life expectancy. They're going to say, "Okay, this is how much you got to take out every year." You don't have to spend it. A lot of people think I got to go spend it. No, you just have to take it out and get it out of that type of account.

Tony Mauro: That's the first thing. The other thing is, you got to make sure you do them because there's a stiff penalty if you don't do them believe it or not . A real big one. The IRS is pretty lenient with it. If there's a mistake or something, but if you're intentionally not doing it for several years, they could come back. I think it's still 75% penalty, so it's a big one. You don't want to miss that.

Tony Mauro: The other thing too is, as you get to that age, I think you need to start taking a look at what do I think the rest of my life expectancy is going to be, making sure you have all your things in order, because this money, if you don't get it all out of there, it's going to go to your heirs based on who you have in the contracts themselves. It takes a lot of planning. It seems like it gets easier as you get older, but actually there's a lot of stuff to think about.

Speaker 1: You have to take these out. Even if you don't want the money, the government's tired of waiting. They want their tax dollars on it. There's things you can do, you can't get out of it. You got to do it. You can look at the strategies earlier on of maybe moving some of that money out of those types of accounts, into different accounts so that you can avoid that kind of thing. You can look at doing something like a QCD, a qualified charitable distribution to like your charity of choice. Right, Tony? That's something else you could do where you send it directly to them. There's different, but yes, basically you can't get around them. The government wants their money.

Tony Mauro: No, and if you really want to try to get around it as much as you can, legally, you need to start planning before this happens.

Speaker 1: Yeah exactly. Start Roth converting and whatnot earlier, right?

Tony Mauro: Yep, the conversions, the trust, things like that. It'll help you some, but it's not totally avoidable.

Speaker 1: You got to do it wisely. Otherwise, you kick yourself up into a higher tax bracket, too.

Tony Mauro: That's correct.

Speaker 1: Those are some important birthday milestones to remember. Make sure that we're doing some of these things. As Tony said, some of those penalties can be hefty. The various different things. Of course, it's just good to know when you're putting a strategy together, hey, at this age I can start doing this, at this age I might want to start doing that, so on and so forth.

Speaker 1: If you've got some questions, make sure as always you check out Tony and talk with him before you do anything. You can find him online at yourplanningpros.com, that's yourplanningpros.com. At Tax Doctor Inc is where you can find him most days, unless he's out playing golf or something like that. Reach out to Tony and get started.

Speaker 1: Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast, folks, on Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitch, or whatever platform you like to use. He's been helping families for 20 plus years. He's an EA and a CFP. That's going to do it this week. We'll catch you next time here on Plan with the Tax Man. Tony, thanks for hanging out my friend.

Tony Mauro: All right, well talk to you soon.

Speaker 1: I appreciate your time, as always. We'll see you a little bit later here on the podcast.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

When it comes to your money, you might have several different voices in your head—maybe the voice of greed, or the voice of fear, and sometimes the voice of wisdom. Let’s look at some things we might hear from the voice of greed so you know how to recognize it when you hear it.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Back here for more of Plan With The Tax Man. Thanks for tuning into this edition of the podcast. We are into the middle of March. Hope that you're having a good spring is on its way. So hopefully you're having a good March already, and there's a lot going on in the world. A lot of things happening that certainly have our attention, but this week on the podcast, we're going to talk about the fact of how to recognize the voice of greed, our own voice of greed, and maybe how to fight against it. Maybe the world's helping us Tony with this because over the last few years, it's been easy to be greedy because the markets have been very nice.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: The last two or three years. But lately the start this year, obviously been quite choppy. So we're going to get into some of that, but first how you doing my friend?

Tony Mauro: I've been doing good.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Been getting ready for spring, turning the clocks forward and looking for that more daylight.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Well you are fully in the throat of tax season now, right?

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: Mid-March.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, we are.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And it's back to other than on the IRS side somewhat normalcy as far as the due dates. The last couple years have been crazy.

Speaker 1: True. Yeah. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: With moving the due dates all over the place, but yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Have you been seeing some of this a little bit because people are coming in with returns, 21 was a good year for the market. Right. So they're coming in, they're doing their 21 taxes and greed, it's easy to get greedy when markets are good.

Tony Mauro: And they've been good for a long time and everybody now with the current events that are going on, are wondering with this choppiness in the markets especially, is this the time? But I have seen a lot of what I would call greed on people's minds over the last probably four or five years for sure.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: Which is interesting.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Well, I mean, again, good markets are easy to do that with. Right. And then we kind of get lulled to sleep. We really enjoy those returns. And then when something happens, like we're experiencing now here in 22, we get really panicky a lot easier because we're thinking, oh man what's, and this market's been that way. Right. We've been talking to Tony for a while on the podcast, by the way, this is number 62.

Tony Mauro: Wow.

Speaker 1: Yeah. So it's eligible to file for social security.

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Speaker 1: But anyway, we've been talking about various different things for a while, but this market has been pretty durable, right. For 12 plus years, we're talking about this bull run and then we kind of get lulled to sleep a little bit and we kind of get, it's easy to get greedy because you're like, Hey, I want to keep getting these good returns. So now we're starting to get a wake up call a little bit. But anyway, let's talk about how to recognize that I've got some statements here that might come from that kind of greedy aspect. Maybe you find yourself folks feeling like this, or you said this yourself, maybe it's good to reevaluate. Reach out to an advisor and say, Hey, am I doing the right things? Am I maybe taking too much risk? Whatever the case might be. So I got a couple of them here for you, Tony. We'll just talk through them.

Tony Mauro: Okay.

Speaker 1: Number one, the market is doing great right now. Well, okay. Not right now, but it was. Right. So this was something you were certainly hearing from last year. It's a good time to invest a little more aggressively so you can take advantage of that growth. And I think a lot of people, it's a smart move maybe if your situation allows for it to try to take advantage, but at the same time you also want, if you're going to be a savvy investor, Tony, while it's down, it's a good time to think about growth too. Right. You're getting in while it's low versus high.

Tony Mauro: It is. And I would say, and you hit it on the head when you were talking earlier, is all of these statements revolve around, you probably should check with your advisor before.

Speaker 1: Oh for sure.

Tony Mauro: Doing anything, because we hear a lot of that, I've heard over and over the last four or five years is people want to be more aggressive. The market's doing great and -

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: We try to remind them that hey, the plan is this. We stick to the plan and because markets obviously go up and they go down and nobody really knows what and when. I mean, every other day something's on the news and lately it's been Russia with Ukraine and oil and everything else, inflation and they move the market short term. So you can't get lulled into that. And if you're not an aggressive type of investor, and if you're on plan, it may not make sense to maybe take advantage of that. But on the other hand, depending again, age and your factors and situation, maybe it is time.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: But key there is to sit back and really analyze that before you just go out and do something which could end up hurting you.

Speaker 1: Yeah, exactly. So what happens is we wind up getting a little greedy because we're enjoying them. We're seeing these higher numbers. We want to get on it. It's that fear of missing out, that FOMO.

Tony Mauro: Yep.

Speaker 1: And then of course, if you're doing that over the last couple years, you're buying when it's high. Right. So you're going against, those emotions are creeping in and you're going against the strategy of buying lower and selling higher. You're actually kind of buying high. So you got to be able to look at the opportunities sometimes when we are having some of these downturns. Yes. It's no fun to see, but if you've got a good portfolio and a good structure and a good plan, a lot of times that's your later money. And so you're not getting beat up when we're seeing some of these dips and maybe you do take advantage of that again, by talking with your advisor to make sure it's the right move for you. All right. So another voice of greed we might hear is the big talking heads, not the little talking heads like us, but like the big talking heads, that guy on blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, knows what he is talking about over there on MSNBC or whatever it is that you watch. And maybe I should jump on this before it takes off.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I have CNBC on every day in my office.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: Just for the markets. However, it's always on mute because I can't take what they're saying. Every probably 20 minutes somebody new is on there talking about something new, generally it's about a different type of investment or a company generally is what it is.

Speaker 1: Yep.

Tony Mauro: And I think that it would be out of all of these things, probably one of the worst things to do is to watch too much of that, get sucked into what's happening because that's all current and short term type stuff in my mind. And you'd be best to make sure that that really fits with your goals before you go out and do that because these people on there, I mean, you got to take at least my opinion news, all types of news with a little bit of grain of salt and what they're trying to do with that.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And...

Speaker 1: Well, and lately it's crypto. Right. Let's be honest.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It really is. It's crypto.

Speaker 1: And just about everything on there is going on about crypto this, crypto that, and it certainly gets people interested and enticed, but it's like, is it the right fit for you? A lot of times for retirees and pre-retirees maybe not, at least it hasn't been yet anyway. And it's definitely, if you're interested, that's something Tony, as the advisor, as the professional, as the CFP, come to you and say, Hey Tony, I'd like to get into some crypto, what's a smart way to go about it? And that's when you can then work that out.

Tony Mauro: Yes. Yeah. Because just doing it just because you heard it on TV, especially that kind of thing, which is complex is a recipe for some potential disaster. And more and more people, even tax clients, you only see once a year asking about, well, maybe I should do that. It seems like people are making money and.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: And again, they just see it or hear and fear, well, why not get in on it? Again, it goes back to that a little bit of a greed thing.

Speaker 1: A little FOMO.

Tony Mauro: You don't want to miss out. Yeah. Yeah. So I think you just got to be careful with that. Very, very, very careful. And if it fits in your plan, great. If not, I would stay away.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And it's hard to do Tony, when you see things like today at the time we're taping this, it's up 274 bucks. And so it's at 43,000, Bitcoin, I'm talking about Bitcoin.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, Bitcoin.

Speaker 1: It's up about a half a percent today when the market itself is not doing so great today, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: So it's easy to see this kind of stuff, but you got to think just what three months ago it was over 60, then it fell to 30. It was in the 30 range just a month or so or two ago. And then it's up, now it's up in the mid 40, like it's all over the place, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: There's wild swings there. And again, if your portfolio and your stomach can handle that and your plan says that you can invest in some crypto, well then talk to your advisor, but don't do anything until you do. Don't just wing it. Don't listen to that little, remember those cartoons, little devil on one shoulder.

Tony Mauro: Oh yeah.

Speaker 1: Angel on the other, that kind of thing. All right. So let's keep moving along here. Maybe you find yourself feeling greedy because you are seeing what's happening with your loved ones or neighbor or something like that. A lot of us get in that situation where we're chatting with someone we know or next door folks or whatever the case is, and you realize, maybe they're in better shape than you. So you feel like you got to take some of those chances, kind of leads back to the prior conversation of pushing too hard in the market when it's maybe not the right time for you and your life. Maybe you're 60 and you're a couple years away from your retirement plans call date of hitting it, let's say 66 or 67. And we do have a big downturn. Like you handled it in 08, 09 when you were 50 or 48, but are you going to handle it now when you're 60?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And I think this is when everybody falls victim to at some point or another, it's just human nature. You look at your neighbor or your family and they have things, whether it's the guy next door has a boat and you're scratching your head saying, how does he do it? I'm smarter than -

Speaker 1: Yeah, I want a boat.

Tony Mauro: Him or her. And that's not fair, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. And so it is and that goes on all the time. And you do have to really watch yourself, that you're not just going to go out, especially when you're doing retirement. And again, take more aggressive chances. So especially if you're behind, you feel like you got to catch up. I mean, you got to work with your advisor, stick to your plan. And if you need to adjust that plan, if your goals, let's say you want to change your goals. Well, then that's good, as long as you work through your plan and do that. But if you saw something next door and thought, well, just like we were just talking about, I'm going to go out and invest in some crypto.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Because I think I can hit it big in 12 months. And then the next thing you know the bottom falls out briefly, but at the wrong time for you.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: And then it's just spells a lot of pain for you so.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Your neighbor rolls up with a brand new, $100,000 RV, don't run out and get one. And sometimes I think people hear that. They say, well, I shouldn't have to check with my advisor for permission. You're not checking with them for permission. You're checking to make sure that you're own retirement can sustain it. Right. Tony, your kind of like the, I don't know, your kind of like the librarian, right? You can kind of say, Hey, here's the numbers, here's the information. You could check this out, but it might not be the best idea. You could take the 100,000 out and go buy the RV, but here's what might happen if you do.

Tony Mauro: I just had a client this week, actually was late last week. He called, he was moving back here.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: He wanted to take $1.3 million out of his account and to pay cash for a house and then put it back in when he sold his other house. And so he was at least, I don't want to say asking permission, but I was serving as that role. And I said, no, don't do that.

Speaker 1: That sound board.

Tony Mauro: Just put in, I mean, and I told him why. And I said, I mean, you can. At the end of the day, you're the captain of the ship but -

Speaker 1: Sure. Yeah. There you go.

Tony Mauro: Here's what could potentially happen. You're going to sell some securities. You're going to take a loss. You're going to, then when you put it back, who knows where we're at, if securities are up, we're going to have gains to pay it. Just do a subject two or work with the realtor or just borrow, and then we'll do something else. But yeah. So it's good that he asked, he did the right thing. And it's not for my benefit that he doesn't do it. It's really to help him.

Speaker 1: Exactly, exactly.

Tony Mauro: Avoid a huge mistake.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And I like your metaphor better. They're the captain of the ship. I don't know. Maybe you're the navigator or the first mate.

Tony Mauro: Well, right. Right.

Speaker 1: Versus my terrible librarian one.

Tony Mauro: At the end of the day I'm going to do what you're telling me. Yeah.

Speaker 1: Right. Exactly.

Tony Mauro: But.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Yeah. The navigator can say, here's the path we should take as a navigator. And the captain can either choose to take it or go his own way.

Tony Mauro: Just go his own way. And I tell him to tell the clients is you're paying me for the advice and this is what I see. Here's the goods, here's the bads and here's what, if you want me to tell you what I would do, then I will, but if you don't, then at the end of the day, you got to make the decision.

Speaker 1: There you go. And that brings me to my final one, really, which is, that voice of greed saying, Hey, I can do this all on my own and save some extra money by not pay an advisor to help me with that. And again, the last few years, market doing well, pick an index, you probably did okay. The DIYers, it makes a lot of sense until you start really looking at how all the components work together for and into retirement. Growing the money is one thing, hanging on to it and spreading it out over retirement and doing all the little nuances is a totally different one.

Tony Mauro: It's totally different. And I would add to that keeping you on track for the goals you want and helping monitor it, but I agree. I mean, with all the products and things out there today, you certainly can go out and pick an ETF or a variety of mutual funds, whatever you want within reason. And the saving and investing is not the hard part. It's like you say, it's keeping, what are my goals? Am I on track? Will I with set amount of nest egg run out of money if I live 20 years? All those things that you might need somebody else's assistance with is where the value of the advisor comes in. And yes, you're going to pay them, whether it's asset based, fee only, or some other way. They're no different than anybody else, they're no different than me acting as an accountant, an attorney, whatever, but I think it's worthwhile if you really are serious about having a goal and feeling like you got somebody on your side.

Speaker 1: No, I agree with you. And I think if nothing else, what we just talked about with that prior client example is the sounding board value is just, to me, it just it's worth its weight right there, because it's-

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: I've got these things. I'm thinking about doing something, but I'm just unsure. Let me check with my guy or gal, let me check with Tony and see how this is going to rock the boat. And if it's going to make things a little too choppy, then maybe it's not the best idea, but if not, then hey, or we could strategize for it. You could come back and say, Hey, that's a great idea. Let's see what we can do. I think we can make that happen over this time period. Or we adjust a little here. We're going to be okay there. So on and so forth. Right.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: So to me, that's where a good chunk of value can certainly come in. Just helping us not be our own worst enemy.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: By giving-

Tony Mauro: And many times, that's it.

Speaker 1: That's it.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It really is.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Because you've got the knowledge, you've got the you're in it every day kind of thing. Whereas most of us, are just occasionally dipping in or doing the DIY thing or kind of on the outer skirts. And it's like, I've got this great idea and you might find it's not that great idea or it really is. And that's some value that an advisor can bring. So how to recognize the voice of greed, I think that's the biggest step. Just being able to say, okay, maybe I need some checks and balances in this. And if you've got some questions, you need some checks and balances, reach out to Tony and have a conversation. Before you take any action you should always check with a qualified professional anyway, like Tony, who is a CFP, a certified financial planner, as well as an EA.

Speaker 1: He's been doing this for 20 plus years in the industry. And you can find all the information you need at his website, yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. Stop by the website, get on the calendar, check him out. Lot of good tools, tips, and resources. Subscribe to the podcast on whatever app you like using Apple, Google, Spotify, so on and so forth. And if you got questions, you can always call him at Tax Doctor Inc at (844) 707-7381. Tony, thanks for hanging out. I'll let you get back to it today. And I will talk to you in April.

Tony Mauro: In April. It'll be spring, in the middle of it. I can't wait.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And you'll really be rocking and rolling with the taxes at that point so.

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Speaker 1: We'll see you then my friend. Have a good one. And we'll talk to you next time folks right here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Most people, when trying to plan their retirement, have to guess about the answers to some important questions. Let’s talk about some of those questions and why you need to have a better answer than just a guess.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody. Welcome into the podcast. It's Plan with the Tax Man, with Tony Mauro and myself talking about investing finance retirement. And this time on the podcast, when guessing at retirement's most important questions goes wrong. Most people when trying to plan their retirement have to guess about some of the answers to some important questions, especially if you're not working with a professional like yourself, Tony. So we're going to talk about that this week. How you doing my friend?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing good, right in the midst of tax season, but the weather's good here. So no complaints really.

Speaker 1: Fantastic. Yeah. So, obviously you're very busy this time in the year. You're rocking and rolling, and there's a lot going on in the world. Right?

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: We're definitely in some crazy times, it seems like still. If it's not one thing, it's another over the last couple of years. But you know, if you don't have a strategy in place a lot of times, and you're guessing, this is basically just dumping fuel on the fire, right? You're setting yourself up for some issues. So let's go through a couple of these basic things I got here, Tony, I got three or four of these. How much monthly income do we need? So guessing at this, many people guess at this, and it seems kind of wild that they do that. But I guess if you lived your life that way and where you're, "Okay. I've got my paycheck, this is what I have. So this is probably what I'm going to need in retirement." But it's probably not a good way to go about guessing it.

Tony Mauro: I don't think so. This topic today is, I think, is timely as ever, because of course during tax season, we get a lot of these questions at this time, even just from tax clients. And so, a lot of people, I think what happens with their income, is they adjust it as they go through their life when they have a regular paycheck coming in and they fit their expenses to what that paycheck will cover. And then when those are done, it is a big wake up call for a lot of people. They don't really know what they have. They don't know how much income it's going to throw off. Most of them don't really track very accurately what their monthly expenses are. They just know they haven't overdrawn their checking account.

Tony Mauro: So a lot of times, it does take some planning and this is one of the things that I think everybody, especially going into retirement, needs to understand is, what are your monthly expenses? How much income are you going to need to cover everything? And then if there's anything left for an anything else is important as well. So yeah. I mean-

Speaker 1: I was going to say, you would think the shortfall would be the biggest thing you probably see. But it can go the other direction too. What if you think you need a lot more income than you really do. And so you've done all that and maybe you work longer than you actually wound up having to, you could have retired a little sooner because you were over estimating.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. You overestimate it, think you're going to need all this stuff. I have seen that. And I wonder about that for my own self. You've always got these goals in mind and you start to think about as you get a little closer to it, do I really need that much? And is that worth toiling along for two, three, four more years to get that. So it pays to plan, pays to at least have some thoughts in mind and then... It's a moving target, but as you get closer, needs to be monitored closely.

Speaker 1: Right. And that's why the strategy of having a good plan in place and then working through that plan and updating and visiting with your advisor is important because as you're getting closer, especially the longer time you have to do it, because as you're getting closer, you might find, "Yes, hey, we can make some tweaks." All right. So that's the first one there with the income. And again, you think about it. We tend to guess at a lot of this stuff, especially if you... Many people, I think, approach retirement or have approached retirement for a long time is, "Well, just whatever happens, happens. I'll eventually get there and I'll have this stuff and it is what it is." But with a little planning you can go a long way and not have to guess at some of these important things.

Speaker 1: What about major purchases? So I guess what we're talking about really here, Tony, is the emergency fund. Certainly the current state of the world, just like right before COVID or during COVID, people learned, hey, an emergency fund can be quite useful. Right now we're thinking about or hearing that we might be seeing 6, 7, $8 at the pump. That's going to change our regular cash flow. Well, what might that do to emergency or major purchases because of shipping costs going up and energy costs going up and all these things we're dealing with right now. So do you have an emergency plan?

Tony Mauro: I think everybody should have an emergency fund for those types of things. And we preach it a lot to our plan and clients on the emergency fund, but we try to take it a step further and say, we think you need what I call a spending funding fund or a fund for major purchases outside of the emergency fund, because things do happen, especially as you get into retirement. A lot of our clients, their houses are aging and they need new things, whether it's a furnace, windows, whatever, or a lot of times the retirees drive their cars for a long time, but eventually they conk out and you might need a new one. There's that, there's other things that you may just kind of want to do.

Tony Mauro: I like to have the spending fund just for stuff that is going to wear out and that you don't have to dip into your emergency fund for, or your current income for. You can build that, even if it's just a little bit at a time and you know you've always got that on the side for those types of things, the dishwasher goes out, the stuff you don't expect. [crosstalk 00:05:30].

Speaker 1: Any kind of numbers in mind that you go with that? Do you do the three months, the six months? What's some thoughts there?

Tony Mauro: Well, for the emergency fund, we generally will do three to six. And then what we work with clients on, just like a spending fund is we try to take a little bit of an inventory of what they think in their own mind maybe is going to need to be replaced in the next one, three and five years. And if we haven't started saving for that, let's start saving for that a little bit and just set some money aside. So you've got it when you need it. But I don't really have a set amount. I kind of let them dictate it. Some people want a lot of that in there. I know for myself, I like to keep about at least 15,000 in there because I like to use it for myself for car repairs or refrigerator goes on the fritz or my mower stops working, anything. And then I know I always have the money sitting there.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Okay. All right. So definitely, again, not guessing having some stuff there. Now sometimes maybe with the major purchases, we got to guess a little bit, because again, right now we're dealing with so much with inflation, which is going to be my next one as well. And that could be pushing prices higher than we expected them to be on those major purchases.

Speaker 1: But let's go to number three, which again is the impact of inflation. So with this one, Tony, yes, the land that we're in right now that's bordering on, or maybe it even is hyperinflation. I don't know. They're really scared to say that word, aren't they?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, they really are.

Speaker 1: But if you look at the definition, technically, I would say we're in hyperinflation. You're a tax professional, what do you think?

Tony Mauro: We're definitely in some kind of inflation, if I'm not going to say that word.

Speaker 1: Okay. It's big inflation.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Big inflation. It's obvious, things are going up because of COVID and all the things that have gone on in the last couple of years. I just saw a saying... I was just looking for it as we were talking. I ran across it on Facebook. It was a great one. It said something along the lines, if you had put $10,000 in a bank, January 1st of, I think it was 2020, you'd have like $9,700 right now. So it made the comparison of that versus investing. So, the saying kind of went along the lines of, you need to invest, not save because obviously inflation is there. And right now, it's there more so than it was a few years ago. And just sticking some money aside, isn't going to get you where you need to be.

Speaker 1: Oh, for sure. Yeah. And we-

Tony Mauro: Yeah, things are just going up.

Speaker 1: We know that typically... I think most people realize, look, if you're getting close to retirement, you want to be safe with your money, you're starting to pull some stuff off the table, maybe you're not being as heavily as aggressive and you're investing. But the only way you're going to keep up with normal inflation is still within the stock market. You still have to have some risk out there because you want to outpace inflation. Whether you're talking 2.75, 3.25, 4%, some of those like more normal numbers, but we're talking... The official numbers aren't out for February, Tony, but at the time we're doing this, we're early March here. It's probably going to be 8%. Some are even saying 10. We might see double digits here before much longer within March or even April at 10% in this inflation environment we're in. And nothing's going to really keep up... And there's very little, that's going to keep up with that. Right?

Tony Mauro: Very little. Yeah. We're going through one of those times where, until it comes back down, unless you're going to take some real risks, is going to keep up with that, but you got to at least try to get a little bit closer than that. And even in regular times, stuff today, I'm 55 right now. In 10 years when I'm 65 and then 75, [crosstalk 00:09:06] cost more. I've got to prepare for that. Everybody's got to prepare for that.

Speaker 1: Oh yeah.

Tony Mauro: But I don't think anybody, sometimes... I shouldn't say anybody, but a lot of people don't take that into account that you're going to need more to do the same things.

Speaker 1: Well, we guess at it. If we're going to keep this as our topic conversation, so we'll remove the crazy inflationary period we're in right this minute, assuming things get back to something a bit more normal, but keeping in mind, folks, we have been experiencing and enjoying really low inflation for a while now. So let's just call it 4%, Tony, something average, 3, 4%, something like that. What is it, 20 years basically? So if you're guessing, if you're this whole conversation, so if you're guessing, "Hey honey, we're going to need 5,000 a month to live off of income wise, monthly as we go into retirement. So then we'll just guess that in 10 years we're going to need $6,000 a month." Well, you'd be wrong, right?

Tony Mauro: You're wrong.

Speaker 1: Because it's going to be more like 7,500 or 8,000. Because in 20 years, it's going to be double.

Tony Mauro: I think that, over time, you go out 10, 20 years, and many people live that long in retirement now. Obviously, you don't have to do a whole lot of complicated math to understand just looking back 20 years what things cost, where it's going to be and you need to take that into account. And really if... Some people would argue, "Well, yeah. But by the time I'm 85, I'm not going to be spending a whole lot. And I'll be okay." You very well may be. But that's kind of a pretty generic hope there. You want to make sure that your money's not going to going to run out. Inflation is real. Even when it's at 4%, you've got to always know that it's there and nipping at you. I think too many people don't take that into account.

Speaker 1: Hopefully we're learning some lessons right now while we're dealing with this crazy high inflation so that when it does get back to normal, we can say, "Let's make sure we're..." Because a lot of times, especially over the last few years, Tony, the markets have been doing great. You could pretty much throw a dart, pick an investment or pick an index and you probably did pretty well. You're not thinking about inflation. It's like calories. We don't think about it a lot of times. Just like, "Hey, that cheeseburger looks good. Let me eat it." Regardless of how many calories it has in it. Same thing with inflation.

Speaker 1: But right now, we're becoming more, I'll use the word again, we're becoming more hyper aware because of the amount of inflation that we're dealing with. So don't guess at this stuff, folks, just make sure that we're having a strategy or plan put in place.

Speaker 1: Healthcare cost, Tony, was also on my list. I will give the argument that this one, you might have to guess a little bit because we just don't know what's going to happen, but you can still strategize and plan for the fact that it should be going up and putting something into your structure, your portfolio, your budgeting, all that kind of stuff for retirement under that premise. You might not know the exact numbers, but start budgeting for something.

Tony Mauro: You got to budget for something because this is going to be one of the biggest costs, seniors and retirees are going to have as they age. And I mean, insurance-

Speaker 1: It normally outpaces regular inflation. Right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It's closer to double regular inflation. Right now, in the last 10 years, you know how things have gone with the health insurance industry. There's really no end in sight it seems like. If you talk to people, it's the first thing they say when we talk to them is, "But my health insurance is out of control. It's too high." And with all that's gone on in the world and the politics over the last 10 years, it has changed there. But even if you get beyond that and just start talking about just your regular doctor visits, things that you need as you start aging, it starts to become more and more. My dad goes through it right now. He's 80 and we've talked about him before. He's fairly healthy, but he's still got his share of doctor visits. He just went in this week because he was real lightheaded and they ended up staying in the hospital at night.

Tony Mauro: So even though he's got insurance, he's going to have some out of pocket costs. That wasn't planned, because they thought his blood count was low and he just... He's all right now, but it's that kind of stuff that starts happening. We're not even talking about the big ones, the assisted living, nursing home that just gets outrageously expensive.

Speaker 1: I think it was a couple years ago, Tony, wasn't it that they were saying the average out of pocket over the course of per person in retirement is something like 270 or 80,000?

Tony Mauro: In that neighborhood. Yeah.

Speaker 1: And that was a couple of years ago. So just think about that over the course of retirement. That's hefty. So that was over a long period, but still, if you're digging into your pocket for that and everything is going up, it's going to continue to go up. Are you guessing at this stuff or are you strategizing and really, Tony, at the end of the day, that's the point, right? That's why you need to get a plan so that you can start to structure some of the stuff out and it's not perfect. That's why it ebbs and flows. That's why you guys do reviews and you update and you change things, but at least you've got a good structure to work from.

Tony Mauro: You do. Yeah. And with the retirees, that's the basis of the whole review is some of the things we've just talked about. Because this is what needs to be adjusted and reviewed every year with most of the people living in retirement, just to make sure that changes, if they are needed, that we can get them made and readjust some things and then you go about your life and revisit it, next year.

Speaker 1: Exactly. Yeah. You adjust the emergency fund, you adjust the inflation amounts, you adjust what accounts you're pulling from, when, or how you're allocated or whatever the case might be, weighted in this investment and so on and so forth. So that's the point, get yourself a plan versus just guessing into retirement. And if you're already working with Tony, well, you already know that. But if you're not and need some help, as always, make sure you check with a qualified professional before you take any action. Tony's got 20 plus years of helping people get to and through retirement. He is an EA and a CFP, a certified financial professional. You can reach out to him at 844-707-7381 or just stop by the website, yourplanningpros.com. That's, yourplanningpros.com.

Speaker 1: Tony, thanks for hanging out with me this week. I appreciate it. I'm going to let you go so you can get back to those fun, fun taxes.

Tony Mauro: All right. We'll talk to you next time.

Speaker 1: All right, we'll see you in a couple of weeks here on Plan with the Tax Man. Don't forget to subscribe on Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, whatever platform you use. Find it all at yourplanningpros.com.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Putting together a solid retirement plan isn’t just about dollars and cents. We need to determine what really matters to you.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome into another edition of Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro and myself, talking, investing, finance, retirement, and why values-based planning is essential. We often talk about the Xs and Os, Tony, but it doesn't always have to be just about the dollars and the cents, sometimes it's other things that really matter to you in retirement. That's going to be the topic today. How are you doing, my friend?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing well. Looking forward to the spring here, coming up. It's going to be right around the corner.

Speaker 1: Hopefully. Right? Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Hopefully.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And now, at the time we're dropping this, this will be shortly after Valentine's Day. We are taping this before Valentine's Day, so Tony, you've got plenty of time to get something put into place there for yourself.

Tony Mauro: Yes, I do.

Speaker 1: Are you working on something good for Valentine's Day this year?

Tony Mauro: I am. I've got a couple of things. I can't say, just in case my wife is listening.

Speaker 1: Sure. Right. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: But yes, I do have a couple of things.

Speaker 1: Got some stuff up your sleeve. All right. Well-

Tony Mauro: [crosstalk 00:00:53].

Speaker 1: ... hopefully, folks, when you listen to this, hopefully, you had a lovely Valentine's Day, if you go in for that sort of thing. So, thanks for hanging out with us. Let's talk about some values-based planning. What is that?

Speaker 1: Well, what's important to you, right? Not just the dollars, not the normal, "Well, I want to make sure my money lasts as long as I do" kind of thing. But some of the other aspects. Maybe it's family. That's typically number one. That's a kind of an easy, low-hanging fruit for us, Tony, to talk about. Everybody is probably going to say what's important to them is their family.

Tony Mauro: That's right, and for most, that comes up number one. And I think even, well, for myself, is you want to take care of your family. You want to make sure that your heirs ... I think, as most humans, you want them to have it better than you had it-

Speaker 1: Sure. Right.

Tony Mauro: ... without spoiling them. That's always number one, I don't think we give it enough thought on the family, because I think to plan properly, there needs to be some discussions with your advisor on that, not just say, "Well, I'd like to just take care of my family."

Speaker 1: Yeah. Right.

Tony Mauro: Well, what does that really mean to you?

Speaker 1: Yeah, because then I think that also brings into the mortality questions, right, and the mortality conversations.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: And you're like, "Well ..." We talked about it on the last podcast. We are typically reactionary versus proactive, so whatever happens, happens, and whatever's left is left kind of thing. Versus, "Let's do a little planning," or "Hey, whatever's left, we're going to leave to the kids. That's great, but they can deal with the taxes," where a little bit of planning on your end early on, it may not even cost you anything, could save them a ton of taxes down the way. Right? Again, what's your values when it comes to your retirement planning conversation? If it's family first, then how can we be as efficient with our money with that as possible? Correct?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, that's exactly it.

Speaker 1: Okay. Maybe it's faith. Right? I'm going to link two together. I'm going to move them around a little bit, Tony. Maybe it's faith or charitable giving.

Tony Mauro: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Speaker 1: There's some people out there, and I know I've talked with advisors, and I don't know if you have a story or anything to share or something along those lines, but people will say, "Hey, I'd like to make sure my portfolio is investing in companies or doing things that align with my morals." Right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Maybe I don't want to have different kinds of companies, because I don't like what they stand for, or something like that. Do you come across that, where their values in life also affect how they want to talk about their financials?

Tony Mauro: I do. I get it a little more in the clients that are ... And I don't have as many, this is as high on the list as some of the others [crosstalk 00:03:34].

Speaker 1: Sure. Of course.

Tony Mauro: It probably should be, but everybody's got their own goals. But most of mine come, and they'll say ... And you could tell because they're extremely passionate about it, is ... "They don't come to me about investing in certain companies.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: It's more of, "I want to make sure this bunch of my estate goes to this particular charity-"

Speaker 1: Gotcha.

Tony Mauro: " ... because I'm so passionate about it that I want to make sure that that happens. And how do we make that happen?" They're very into that. I have a client who's extremely into feeding the hungry here in this city.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: And he is just-

Speaker 1: That's great.

Tony Mauro: ... really wrapped up in that. It gives him a lot of purpose, a lot of cause, and he does devote a lot of his retirement to that, but he's planned it so well that he's got plenty of money for him to live.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And this is what he likes to do, and he can depart knowing that the rest of his money is going to go there.

Speaker 1: That's [inaudible 00:04:36].

Tony Mauro: He has no heirs.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: [crosstalk 00:04:37]-

Speaker 1: Okay. Yeah. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: ... so that's a little different.

Speaker 1: And we see that often. Right? A lot of the times we will see that with folks who maybe don't have any heirs, they want to leave a chunk, or even if they do have heirs, they want to leave a chunk of their nest egg after they're gone to their church, or a favorite animal group, or maybe they were affected by some sort of an illness. They want to leave it to The Heart Association-

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: ... or cancer research, or something along those lines. Again, where does that fall on your values based planning system? Or does it? Right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: It doesn't mean it's wrong if it doesn't, it just means that there's some other things that are more important to you.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Everybody's a little different. Maybe it's career, Tony, that seems a little different now in light of the pandemic. I think maybe-

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: ... from 19 and on earlier, I should say sometime before the pandemic happened, maybe it was a love of career that was a bit more dominant. Right now. I think because of the world changing so much, we're kind of like, "Hey, this is what really matters more to me," but maybe it was career. Maybe it still is. Right? They don't see themselves ever retiring. I mean, I guess, small business owners ... Tony, like yourself, would probably fit into this category pretty good, because the big business is like another child.

Tony Mauro: It really is. And for most of us, it's all we do. And you're just so passionate about it that you can't turn it off.

Speaker 1: Right. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. A lot of us business owners, or my clients, especially, and I talk to them about it, about what's the end game for you? I mean, and a lot of them say, "Well, I'm just going to keep working, because I really don't have anything else that I like to do." And I try to at least introduce them to something just like we talked about in the last podcast, is there are some other things maybe you want to do in your life as you get older, but at least maybe organize things in the systems in the business to make it as sellable as possible. So, if you ever want to call it quits, you can. I know for myself, I mean, assuming people still want to deal with you, and you have a viable business-

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: ... maybe it's something you just work part-time, which I could seem myself doing is [crosstalk 00:06:39].

Speaker 1: You're the senior consultant at that point. Right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And the staff deals with as much as they want, maybe they're even buying you out, but you're working maybe 10, 15, 20 hours a week. I could see that. But people do tend to, especially as business owners, want to just keep working. Of course, we're all complaining right now, and you can pick on the millennials a little bit, but maybe they have it figured out and we don't, as far as, you can't find anybody that wants to work.

Speaker 1: No. It's still a problem.

Tony Mauro: And I hear it in the restaurant industry. I mean, every client I have is saying the same thing. It's like, "Where'd everybody go?" But I think people are, like you said, they're reevaluating what's important to them since this pandemic. Some of them have been forced to work from home, and figured that they could do that just as well, all kinds of things.

Speaker 1: Oh, yeah. We talked about this a few weeks back, but situations like my brother's, for example, who is closer to retirement. Right. He's in his early sixties, and his plan calls for him to make it to full retirement age before he activates social security. Right. So, having a structure in place, he needs to go a couple more years, but he's like, "Hey, the working from home has been amazing in a lot of ways," and of course with inflation. Right? He's saving on taxes because it was like a 40 minute commute, and that's what a lot of people have been seeing, so his thought changed to, "If they force me to go back to the office, I'm probably going to retire early."

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: "But if they let me keep working from home, I'll continue to do this until I hit the goal that I have for myself." A lot of people find themselves in that spot.

Tony Mauro: They do. My admin office manager, Donna, has been with me ... This will be her ninth year, just turned 65 in October, and even though she has always told me, "Yeah. I'm going to go until seventy." She's kind of starting to say, "Hey, look, maybe two more years or so," and I want to, again, I want to live the last few years of my life with my grandkids."

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: "And just do some other stuff."

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: How can you blame her?

Speaker 1: You can't. To our point, right, so her values changed. Her value based-

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: ... planning for her retirement has started to change a little bit. She's been enjoying the career, still enjoys the career, and probably will for a couple more years sounds like, but family is starting to creep back up in there.

Tony Mauro: [crosstalk 00:08:48] creep back in.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Everything shifts, maybe it's education, Tony. I know some people, and I'm sure you've come across some of those that education was not something in the family and they've made it their goal and their passion to make sure that every one of their heirs that comes along has money set aside for college. Right? It's been a hot topic, obviously. The last couple years we've gone to the fact that with the price of schools out of control, and maybe it's not for everybody, but there's still those folks who say, "Hey, I don't care. I want to make sure, Tony, when you're helping me with my plan, that my five grandkids all have money for college."

Tony Mauro: Yes. And I can relate that to many clients, myself included, who did not have the traditional college experience because my dad didn't save, didn't have the money, and you're working your way through college the hard way. I, from the day my son was born, had been saving for him, and was able to put him all the way through college, and he didn't have to pay for it. And now it's kind of flipped. My dad is now saying, "Hey, I want to put some money aside for the grandkids, so that when I go, they can use it for education, and whatnot"

Speaker 1: His values changed as well. Right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. His values have changed. All of a sudden now he wants to do that, and he has that in place. We have that in place. I think, yeah, for many people, and yeah, we could beat up the educational thing for a long time.

Speaker 1: Sure. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Is it worth it or not? And I think we have in the past, but nevertheless, it's something, and I think a lot of people do tend to look at it like they want to give something that maybe they didn't or couldn't have.

Speaker 1: Right. If it's important to you, and it's on your list, then hey, it's on your list. Right?

Tony Mauro: It's on the list.

Speaker 1: But just, let's not forget the final one. When you're talking about the values based planning, how you're structuring your retirement, how you're structuring your plan for retirement, where is fun on that list? Right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: For some people, Tony, all the other stuff is not as high up as fun is, because dang it, they've worked for it. They've worked hard. They've had a long, hard career, or whatever the case is, and now it's our time. Right? That's the kind of the beautiful sentiment sometimes we talk about with retirement, "Hey, it's our time to not have to worry about family anymore, to not have to worry about career anymore, to not have to worry about education. It's our time to boogie." Right?

Tony Mauro: That's right. That's right.

Speaker 1: Nothing wrong with that.

Tony Mauro: There's other wrong with that. And, to me, fun ranks high. I mean, family and these other ones do too. For me, it's I want to have fun before the end. In other words, you were talking about George Carlin-

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: ... earlier, that if you could live life in reverse and do all the fun stuff when you're young, when your body could take it, whereas-

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: ... at the end-

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: ... a lot of times our bodies can't really take it, so sometimes we work too long, we wait too long, and then fun isn't quite as fun anymore. I try to encourage clients to start taking and looking at it in their fifties, even though, yes, we're still on plan to retire at X, and do things, but you need to start having some fun now, and into retirement. But it definitely shouldn't be on the back burner, because why are we doing this and putting ourselves through this for 30, 40, 45 years-

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: ... if you're not going to have some fun?

Speaker 1: Yeah, exactly. I'll share a little bit of this real fast, tony, if you don't mind.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Since we talked about it on two episodes, in case folks don't want to look it up, I won't go through all of it because it's George Carlin, and he definitely has some not safe for work comments here.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: But he says, "In my next life, I want to live my life backwards. You start out dead, so you get that out of the way right off the bat."

Tony Mauro: Right. Right.

Speaker 1: "Then you wake up in an old folks' home, and you get to feeling a little bit better every day."

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: "They eventually kick you out for being too healthy. Then you go and you collect your pension, and you enjoy some things. Then, when you start to work, they give you a gold watch and a party on your very first day."

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Because you're going backwards. Right. So, "Then you work for the next 40 years until you're young enough to enjoy your retirement. You party, you drink alcohol, and you generally act out and act wild, and then well, you're ready for high school, and then you go to-"

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: " ... primary school, then you become a kid, and you just play and have no responsibilities until you're a baby, and you go back."

Tony Mauro: That's right. I tell my wife, in retirement, I want to be a child again.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Because they wake up every day, and just say, "What can we do fun today?"

Speaker 1: Exactly.

Tony Mauro: Again, all these other more important things we just talked about need to be planned for first, but hopefully once that's in place-

Speaker 1: Yep.

Tony Mauro: ... you are able to do some of that.

Speaker 1: Exactly. Well, that's our podcast this week, folks. What is your values, and how do they affect your planning, and why it might be essential? It's not always just the Xs and Os, the dollars and cents. Yes, we want to make sure we can fund our retirement, but we also want to fund it towards the things that mean something to us, family, faith, career, education, charitable giving, fun, whatever that list happens to be and in whatever order.

Speaker 1: If you've got questions and you need some help, as always, if you're not working with a financial professional, like Tony, make sure you reach out and have a conversation with him. If you enjoy the podcast, consider subscribing to us on whatever podcasting platform app you might be listening to, Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, so on and so forth. You can find it all at Tony's website as well as get a hold of him at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com, maybe share the podcast with those who might enjoy the show as well and the content as well. So, feel free to consider doing that. And Tony, thanks for hanging out with me, my friend. I hope you wind up having a great Valentine's Day with your lovely Misses.

Tony Mauro: All right. You do the same. And we'll talk to you next time.

Speaker 1: We'll see you here in March on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

There are certain things in life we just can’t predict. If we knew the answers to some of these questions, planning for retirement would sure be a lot easier. So let’s see how you go about constructing a plan that addresses the kinds of questions to which you can’t possibly know the answers.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody, welcome into the podcast. Thanks for hanging out with Tony and I here on Plan With The Tax Man. That's Tony Mauro, of course. He's the tax man. You can find him online at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. Maybe you came here through a newsletter or email blast or whatever the case might be. Make sure you check him out at the website, yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast, Plan With The Tax Man, on whatever platform you like to use. We got a fun show today. We're going to talk about planning for things that we cannot predict, how we go about doing that. We're going to get into that in just a second, but Tony, what's going on, buddy? How are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm fantastic. Very cold here in the Midwest right at the moment.

Speaker 1: A little chilly.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, a little chilly. Getting ready to start tax season. It's that time of year.

Speaker 1: It is. We are in early February. We're dropping this podcast. I imagine you were going to be ramping up here pretty quickly for the next couple of months. You stay busy and rocking and rolling. We'll get into this and knock it out today for you.

Speaker 1: Taxes is actually on my list. We're going to talk about that, so it's appropriate for planning for things that we can't predict, because, Tony, we all know, right, life is certainly unpredictable, Murphy's Law, whatever you want to kind of roll with. There's always something, the unknowns that just come out of nowhere. When it comes to retirement planning, I've joked with many advisors, and you and I, I think, have even talked about this. If we all came stamped with an expiration date, you could make the most awesome retirement plan, right?

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Speaker 1: If you knew when we were going to pass away, if we knew down to the minute, you could make a perfect plan. Well, but we don't know that. There's a lot of things we cannot predict for and account for. Let's talk about some of these. As an advisor, I talk to different people all across the country, and they all say the same thing a lot, that people will find out what they do for a living and they'll go, hey, when do you think the next market crash is going to be? Do you get that?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, I get it all the time. I've gotten it lately with kind of this rocky January that the market's kind of had, bouncing all over the place. Everybody's starting to ask is this the next 2008, 2009? Of course, my answer is, well to all these questions we're going to talk about is, I have no idea. I don't think anybody does, number one. I mean, there's a lot of news, a lot of people making money off of talking about it. But, I don't really think that they know for sure because, otherwise, they would have everybody beat.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: It really is [crosstalk 00:02:24].

Speaker 1: There's indicators, right? I mean, we have market history, but I think that's the confusing thing about this one, Tony, is we're talking 12 years here of a bull run. I mean, yes, we've had some dips, but no prolonged downturn in over 12 years.

Tony Mauro: No. I mean, basically not. Just little dips here and there. It's had all kinds of [crosstalk 00:02:42].

Speaker 1: Toss the history out the window, right, because that's-

Tony Mauro: Toss that out.

Speaker 1: I think that's where it confuses people.

Tony Mauro: I think so. I think that the gist of it is people, for the most part, need to stay the course on what they're doing with their advisor and, you got to keep invested, of course, because that's the only way time is going to help you. If you're trying to time things... I mean, studies have been done. I think we've talked about it before. You miss the best so many days and what it does to your returns. I don't want to sound nonchalant about it and say it really doesn't matter, don't worry about it-

Speaker 1: But it should. In a way I'm like don't you want to be able to retire in any market, in any economy? Isn't that the goal?

Tony Mauro: I think so. I think you'd want to. That is the goal. I think that if you've got the good enough plan, then you're going to weather these types of things when they happen depending on where you're at and how close you are.

Speaker 1: Sure. That's the hiccup, right. That's the great unknown. I mean, if you were 57, 58, 59 in 2008, it was not good.

Tony Mauro: Not good.

Speaker 1: I mean, you didn't have time horizon. Now, if you were 50, it still wasn't great, but at least you had, maybe, let's say 17 years from 50 to 67 to recover. Well, we've had 12 years of a bull run since then, so you probably have recovered nicely from the '08, '09 down turn. It's time horizon. It's all these kinds of things, but you got to have a good strategy or plan to whether any market because if you live long enough in retirement, typically, Tony, what do we see, five years or so, and we have these ebbs and flows. It's typically a five year cycle, I guess they call it.

Tony Mauro: I mean, it mostly cycles five to seven years. You're going to see something, hopefully, if you're close to retirement right now, you've got your plan in place where it's more conservative, and it's not going to feel a lot of the effects if something prolonged happens for a length time. But, again, it goes back to you got to have the plan. Then, you got to monitor it. We've talked about it before.

Speaker 1: The key here... We're going to talk about this on things we can't predict is we're going to be living a little while, hopefully, in retirement, God willing. Therefore, you're going to see a number of things come and go, and you want to be able to weather those, whatever the case might be. When's the next market crash going to happen? Who knows? As the old joke with advisors go, nobody has a crystal ball, and if they do, it doesn't work.

Tony Mauro: It doesn't work.

Speaker 1: You got to just have a good strategy in place, and you do the best you can. Then you let that plan flow and adapt and change to what's happening in the world. Also, thinking about the market crash or any kind of market downturn, typically that's going to be your later money, hopefully, anyway. The way you've got a plan structured and set up is that's going to be your later money, which does give you some of that time to maybe recover. That's the first one on things we can't predict or planning for things we can't predict.

Speaker 1: The second one, Tony, is healthcare costs. Now these next three I have, just like the market one does have those indicators and that historical stuff, but that's kind of been out the window because it's been so crazy. Of course, the pandemic and the feeding of the government money has kind of changed all those parameters. These next three that I want to wrap up with, and I want to do for the podcast, I think there are some more tried and true indicators that say what may happen with these. But even so, you still want to have a good strategy. We're going to talk about that.

Speaker 1: Let's go to healthcare costs. What's it going to look like in the next 20 years? I think it's a safe bet, do you, to say they're going up? Everything's going up.

Tony Mauro: They're going up. Exactly. Everything. I mean, name something that goes down because I certainly don't know. I mean, there isn't isn't much even-

Speaker 1: Not my waist line, that's for sure.

Tony Mauro: I mean, even pre-pandemic, healthcare costs were high, and as we start living longer and many people are already there, it's got to be higher because they're just taken care of so long.

Speaker 1: Right. We're living longer.

Tony Mauro: We're just living longer and whatnot. I think in your own financial picture, I think you've got to not only budget for what you're currently paying, but add some in for these inevitable increases in your healthcare costs because not only the cost going up, but, obviously, the easy one is as you age, generally you need more care. The machine starts kind of breaking down a bit.

Speaker 1: I mean, it has to go up. We're living longer. The cost for everything are more exorbitant, right, and it's continuing to stay that way. Maybe we have some things that come into place, but I think the safe bet is... Here's the thing, Tony, we're talking general healthcare. We're not even talking about long-term care.

Tony Mauro: No. Just general.

Speaker 1: I just saw something. Every 65 seconds somebody is diagnosed with Alzheimer's in this country, every 65 seconds.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: You know what I mean? That's really hefty care.

Tony Mauro: That's really hefty care. There's so many seniors that are starting to get diagnosed with that. My dad's real worried about that. He's 80, and it runs in his family.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: Of course, he's all worried because at 80 you can't remember what you did when you were 30 even though you don't have Alzheimer's. He is funny to talk about, but many, many are very worried about that. If most are like him, they say they don't want to go in a home. They don't want that at all, but-

Speaker 1: So plan, start structuring, right, so that you can, hopefully, deal with that. That's the big miscommunication is it's not only the avoidance of it, but then think about what happens to the other person. If you're married and you do pass or you do go into long-term care first, it's often the second member of the family, the spouse that suffers. Whether it's the man or the woman that winds up with the long-term care event, the other person's retirement can be greatly altered if it depletes those funds.

Tony Mauro: We have an employee who works for us that that just happened about six months ago, and he had to quit because... He's not that old. He's 75 and his wife had starting going downhill. He finally had to put her into a home because she has such severe dementia. I mean, literally, within a year, it kind of turned his retirement really completely upside down. Now not only has he kind of lost his spouse because she doesn't know who he is and dealing with all of that is the financial burden.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: From the old school, they didn't have long-term care, so they had to put her in a different unit. Long story short, it's just not good that, and so for the younger people out there, definitely start planning.

Speaker 1: Even if you're older. Don't keep waiting. Don't wait another day. What's the old saying, when's the best time to plant a tree, 20 years ago. When's the second best time, today.

Tony Mauro: Now.

Speaker 1: Do it right now. Okay. Healthcare costs, they're probably going up. Make sure you're addressing it. Don't do the ostrich thing. Don't put your head in the sand, and just not talk about it because that's certainly going to be a recipe for disaster a little later on.

Speaker 1: I mentioned taxes earlier, right, Tony. Obviously, this is your heavy tax season. You're getting started. Again, like I said, God-willing, we're going to live for a while in retirement, and we're going to see administrations come and go. What's the tax rates going to look like three presidents from now. Well, who the heck knows, but the indicators are pretty darn good that they have to go up here pretty soon. I certainly don't think anyone would be on the side of the fence saying, well, we might see them go down. I just don't think that's going to happen.

Tony Mauro: I don't think so either. Everybody loves low taxes. Who doesn't? Doesn't matter what political affiliation-

Speaker 1: It might get you in the office, but it can't stay that way.

Tony Mauro: It can't stay that way forever. If you really dig down into the numbers, the government, even lately with them spending so much money with the COVID... But before that, the previous administration, taxes are very low, people like that. But, frankly, the government can't pay for its own business that it runs. They do print money and do a lot of things. But, eventually, I got to think taxes have to go up. They try, as politicians, to kind of sneak them in, so it's not just what they call a tax hike because that doesn't win elections, I think. But it has to be done at some point. I think, for us, especially as we enter retirement, we have to make sure that we're taking that into account because Uncle Sam's got their hand out for a little bit of every dollar we take, and we have to make sure we're planning properly.

Speaker 1: Exactly. Well, think about this, Tony, and, obviously, you'd know this. I'll share this with our listeners. But, we have $30 trillion in debt. You go check out the debt clock, you can see we're $30 trillion.

Tony Mauro: Oh, yeah, the billboards.

Speaker 1: There's $40 trillion in retirement accounts out there. They got a big giant on those. We've seen a lot of changes already because Uncle Sam wants those tax dollars. A lot of that is in something like traditional 401ks or IRAs where it's been deferred, and they're waiting. They got their hand out, or they're going to start taking it. I don't want to be too inflammatory, but like the stretch IRA, for example. That rule change is kind of forcing us to pay that tax sooner than versus stretching that out.

Tony Mauro: That's right. That's the kind of things they do. Some of those types of strategies where that's not as mainstream as just coming on and saying we're raising taxes on everybody, sorry. We got to pay our bills. But, yeah, they try to eliminate stuff that they feel is too anti-tax or that defers them collecting, and that does affect us as investors. I think that, again, we got to keep our eye on that and plan properly.

Speaker 1: Well, and a tax professional, to your point, the rate that we're in right now, which is why so many people have been saying, hey, is a conversion right for me? Should I start moving some of this tax deferred money and paying the taxes now while I know what the rate is.

Tony Mauro: Generally, we've kind of been talking about that with a lot of clients over the last two, three years is possibly starting that and showing them the benefits of what that could look like. Of course, what it costs them in taxes now versus the long-term savings. A lot of times, it's quite a bit assuming that they're around and whatnot. But I got to think that with the traditional IRAs and the 401ks, so much money is there with that IOU to the government, they're licking their chops on that amongst other things.

Speaker 1: Strategize. Strategize about tax efficiency now, as well as even what you think you might be looking at, leaving it to heirs or whatever the case is. Again, we can't predict these things, Tony, but we can try to plan with knowledge that we have today and be as efficient as possible.

Tony Mauro: That's it. Keep monitoring, yep. That's what you got to do.

Speaker 1: Monitor ebb and flow. That is the case, for sure because, again, hopefully we're going to live long enough. We're going to go through some things. If they do nothing, the taxes will change in '26, they'll sunset, and they'll revert back to what they were during the Obama administration. If not, between now and then, something may get done. I mean, I saw California is considering trying to get something pushing through 15% as the state income tax, and we wonder why so many businesses and people are moving to places like Tennessee and Texas and Florida.

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Speaker 1: 15%.

Tony Mauro: I was just out in California. I was out there for a conference, but visiting some wineries. Of course, the wine owners are complaining as Californians do. I always call them... They're farmers at heart, really.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: The taxes are high out there. It's a lot to live.

Speaker 1: It's brutal.

Tony Mauro: Some of them even say once I retire and sell this, I'm going to move somewhere where the taxes aren't so high. I think you're right. High tax states, Iowa being one of them. Iowa's in the top 13, I think.

Speaker 1: Okay. Okay.

Tony Mauro: The government here right now is trying to reduce and eliminate the state tax because they want to try to keep people there. I don't know how we're going to pay for it, but-

Speaker 1: They'll try anyways. Of course, that, hopefully, attracts other people. I mean, because you think about that. Even in the current federal rate, let's say you're in that 22 or 24% tax bracket, and you're in California and they pass that. Well, now you're adding 15 onto your 24. Now you're at 39% for your state and federal. But then if the Feds do go up... Even if it sunsets, and you go back into that 28% tax bracket, right. Now you're at 28 and 15, right. I mean, now you're looking at what is that, 43%? I mean, that's hefty.

Speaker 1: I'll move on the next one here real quick. I saw an old episode of a Twilight Zone. Remember the old classic TV show, right?

Tony Mauro: Oh, yeah.

Speaker 1: It was an episode where a couple had a pawn shop, and they found a bottle and, of course, it wound up being a genie in the bottle. They asked for a million dollars, and they got the million dollars from the genie. They started giving some of the money away. They were super happy, people coming to pawn shop. Well, one of the people that came to the pawn shop was the IRS. The tax man came. He said you owe us $900,000. Well, this was a 1960. If you go back and look and you think, wow, $900,000 on a million dollars, that's 90%. Well, the tax rates were, at one point, 90%.

Tony Mauro: Yes, they were. If you go back and look at the charts, yep.

Speaker 1: Mind boggling. Basically, they lose all the money. They wind up getting this million dollars. Basically, they give it all away, or they give it to the taxes. They're left with five bucks because, typically, the Twilight Zone had some sort of moral, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: The genie says to him at the end, he says, well, you didn't ask for the money to be tax free.

Tony Mauro: That's right. That's a good one.

Speaker 1: So Roth conversions, these are why those conversations have been very popular right now is to start... It's not tax free, but the account is because you're paying the taxes now versus paying it later. Maybe that is right for you. That's a way that you can plan for things that we "can't predict".

Speaker 1: Final one, Tony, longevity. I just attended my uncle's funeral yesterday. He was 85. But, for the most part, the men in my family don't make it that long. My brother died at 57, my father at 63, my grandfather at 60. Typically, the males of my family don't live that long, so if I just go off of indicators in a family history, I don't think I'm going to see much past my late 60s or early 70s. However, I'm not planning financially for that because I don't want to be 85, and have no money.

Tony Mauro: Exactly. Exactly. I think, and we talk about this a lot with clients. I like to talk about it at a time, and it would be so nice as you said, in the beginning, if we all had a pink slip, and we knew when the end was, and how would we live our life?

Speaker 1: It would kind of suck. You have this stamp on because you'd feel like you're always under pressure to get something done. But, at the same time, it could be a heck of a motivator.

Tony Mauro: It could be a heck of a motivator unless it was tomorrow.

Speaker 1: True.

Tony Mauro: But, if you knew that, obviously, you'd probably live your life differently. You could plan exactly what you need to do. Obviously, we don't have that, and we need a plan anyway. But I think going back to even retirement, I think people don't look at it correctly. If the typical man lives to 80, let's say, and most of us are going to retire at 65-ish to 70, you're only really living less than maybe 20% of your life doing what you want on your terms, living the life the way you want, and the whole other 80 has been learning, working, and dealing with life-

Speaker 1: Growing, building, yeah.

Tony Mauro: ... and, boy, that's just reversed. It'd be so nice if it was the other way around. Somehow there's-

Speaker 1: There's a great quote from a great short story or short little thing from George Carlin, the legendary comedian who's since passed away, talked about when I come back, he says, I want to live my life in reverse.

Tony Mauro: In reverse.

Speaker 1: He goes through and kind of explains it out, and it's really kind of quite funny.

Tony Mauro: It is?

Speaker 1: Take a look. Look it up on online, if you'd like folks, but it's really pretty funny. But that's a great point. We have these family indicators, but they're not the be-all, end-all, especially with the technology. Like we said, we're living longer. Now the brain, if you go back to the long-term care, we're keeping the body healthier longer. We're still having some trouble figuring out the brain section so far. But, either way, you've got to plan because, again, also with the spouse component, Tony. Again, my male family history says I might pass away early. Well, if I go blowing all the money, or my wife and I go hog wild, and then I'm wrong, or even if I'm right, I've left her with nothing.

Tony Mauro: Right. I think that goes back to not only planning with your advisor, but also planning with your spouse and your loved ones about what's going to happen should these things come about. I know my wife and I both have a life book. We talk about it a lot. If something happens to one of us, what the other one's going to do to keep them going and whatnot. But, I don't think most people that I talk to give any thought to that, outliving the life expectancies even though maybe the indicators show otherwise. I'm finding a lot of people seem that you ask them, well, when's it time to call it quits, and they just say, well, I don't know.

Speaker 1: I don't know.

Tony Mauro: Well, have you ever thought about that? It's a deep subject, and you can get into a lot of different avenues with it. But I just think people need to start taking a look.

Speaker 1: At least penciling it in, start thinking about... because a lot of us wind up, sometimes we just are reactionary through life versus proactive. We just kind of react to the things that are happening to us versus planning ahead and planning is tough.

Speaker 1: Sometimes as humans, we, because best laid plans, right, a lot of times they go awry. But, when it comes to your retirement and things of that nature, we've got to, at least, get some of these things and some of these structures in place to help mitigate and make things easier. Of course, that's why you that's why you have a career. That's why you do what you do. Folks, if you've got some questions on how to plan for things that you can't quite predict, well, there are ways to still strategize.

Speaker 1: Make sure that you reach out to Tony. Have a conversation if you find yourself in this kind of area right now, and you're thinking about a lot of things with life. Stop by the website, yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com to have a conversation and a consultation. You can get on the calendar that way. You can subscribe to the podcast through the website as well, whatever platform you like to use, Apple, Google, Spotify, so on and so forth, Plan with the Tax Man. Of course, Tony's been doing this for 20 plus years. He's an EA and a CFP, so a great resource for you to tap in.

Speaker 1: Tony, thanks for hanging out. We went a little along today, so I'll wrap it on up. But thanks for spending some time with me today.

Tony Mauro: All right. You bet. We'll talk to you next time.

Speaker 1: We'll see you next time. It's going to be a little after Valentine's Day. We're dropping this one about a week or so before the Superbowl, so if you're a football fan, enjoy that. We'll catch you in a couple of weeks here on Plan with the Tax Man.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

In football, teams are extra careful not to make a mistake when they get within about 20 yards of scoring points (known as the Red Zone). They’ve typically worked hard to get to that point and don’t want to cost themselves by throwing an interception or fumbling the ball and giving it to the other team. On this episode, we’ll explore the financial equivalent of the Red Zone and discuss how you can really mess things up if you’re not careful during this phase of your life. If you’re approaching retirement, this is a fundamental conversation you won’t want to miss.

Important Links

Forbes Article: https://bit.ly/3G2lCo9

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Marc Killian: Hey, everybody. Welcome back in to Plan With The Tax Man. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Mauro and myself here on the podcast as we talk investing, finance, and retirement and not fumbling the retirement in the financial red zone. It is the playoffs, we are into late January here, closing in on super bowl time if you were a fan of football. And even if you're not, you may have heard the term, the financial red zone before. But we're going to do a little analogy here and a little conversation about not fumbling our retirement, because it's that time, right? When we're getting close to it, where everything is heightened. If you're a football fan, you certainly know what that means. And we're going to explain some more of that in just a second, but Tony, what's going on my friend? How you doing?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing good. Getting ready for the super bowl myself a little bit, and I don't do much for it, but I always sit around and watch it and use it as an excuse-

Marc Killian: To eat.

Tony Mauro: Have chips, to eat, yeah. And do a little bit of something.

Marc Killian: That's right, it's a great excuse to sit there and have some nachos or whatever the case might be. Hey, what is the financial red zone? Because the football red zone is the 20 yard line to the goal post, right? So what's the financial red zone? What's the equivalent there?

Tony Mauro: Well, the equivalent is probably the last 10 to 12 years before you retire and then the first five to 10 after you retire. So it really is, acquainting it to football, is you're really focused like on the football game, they're in focus once they're inside the 20 of course, getting in to the end zone. And same way with the retirement planning is, 10 years out you really start to need to look at some things, start really doing some planning because it's coming and it's going to come fast. And so you want to get your plan set up and then as you ease into it, once you cross the goal line, you want to make sure that as you get started, get used to this new way of life and how things are going to go in the first few years of retirement. So that's generally what we talk about when we talk about that.

Marc Killian: Okay. So we'll say the 10 years before, the 10 years after, right? Kind of that crucial period. And if you think about from the football analogy, when you get inside the 20 yard line with a team, it's typically harder to score, right? The field is condensed, the defense is tightened up. It gets harder to kind of, again, kind of punch the ball in. And so if you think about this from a retirement standpoint Tony, people need to pay attention once they get to this point in life because it gets harder and everything is magnified, right? At this point, making a mistake is not something you want to do. If you were let's say 50 in 2008 and nine, right? And you lost 50% with the great turn down there that we had with the housing bubble. '08, '09 and you were 50, it sucked, right? I mean obviously if you lost 50%, it stung pretty good. But now we're 12 years past that and 12 years into this kind of bull run, if you lost 50% in another downturn, well now you're 60.

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Marc Killian: Now it really stings.

Tony Mauro: Now you really don't have time on your side.

Marc Killian: You do not have the time. Right.

Tony Mauro: And it's going to be, it will affect your retirement greatly if you, at this point... And the markets continue to do very well, but everybody knows that at some point we're going to have some kind of downturn, we don't know how severe it'll be. But you certainly don't want to end up at, yeah, between 60, 65, I say even 55.

Marc Killian: Oh, absolutely, yeah.

Tony Mauro: Really taking that kind of hit. Not that you should not be in equities or anything like that at all, it really should be starting to plan though for the end and pay attention, be more conservative with that end goal in mind. Because yeah, you won't be able to make it up.

Marc Killian: The time is just not there. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And I think a lot of people, they don't understand, if you have a $100,000 and you lose 50%, if you make 50% the next year, you do not get back to $100,000.

Marc Killian: Right. You're not at a hundred grand again.

Tony Mauro: You're not at a hundred. So you got to even have more then. And how many times has the market returned 50% in one to two years, or three years? It doesn't happen that fast.

Marc Killian: No.

Tony Mauro: So that's why we say you really got to pay attention and you've got to make sure you're working with your advisor on your portfolio or whatever your plan is to make sure that, that doesn't happen to you.

Marc Killian: Yeah. So you're kind of thinking about it, we'll stay with this football analogy. So if you're in pretty good shape and you're closing in on retirement, you're into this financial red zone, the market, again, Tony over the last little bit, it's enticing, right? I mean, it's been turn, it has been turning. '21 had some amazing returns, right? And so, their predictions are, they're not too bad for '22, they seem to think it's still going to be fairly up. Who knows? It's all predictions, it's just speculation.

Marc Killian: But the point is, it becomes enticing and if you're in good shape, maybe it's time to look at taking the victory formation, right? In football, when they've got kind of the game one and the team's back on offense, they start taking a need to run out the clock. Right? Because they're not risking a pass or a fumble and turning the ball back over to the other team. Same kind of thing, if you're in pretty good retirement shape, to your point, you want to still have something in equities. You still want to outpace inflation, but maybe it's time to pull some of that off the table and re-look at the allocation and how much you have at risk.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And I think that's one of the biggest mistakes most people make is, they take too much risk number one, and like you say, it's especially enticing in this kind of market. I hear a lot, I just heard it, I was in a class last night and these people were a little bit younger, but it was funny to hear them talk. They're talking about day trading and cryptocurrencies and all this stuff and one guy said, and he might be right, that he bought a Tesla and he bought Tesla stock and he said that he made enough money to pay for his car. And I'm thinking, wow, well that's probably great if you really did that, but nobody ever talks about all the money that they lose day trading and this cryptocurrency.

Tony Mauro: And I'm sure if we opened up the mic or the phone lines, we would get a lot of people that say that they've made a lot of money in cryptocurrency, but it's not a place where you want to be in my opinion, closing in on retirement, because that is chalk full of risk. Very difficult to understand. And that's just one area, but going back to my point of taking too much risk, it's all over the place of people making money doing this or that. And it's enticing that, Hey, well maybe I should just try that.

Marc Killian: Right. Because we all suffer from FOMO, fear of missing out. Right? We don't-

Tony Mauro: Missing out, yeah.

Marc Killian: I want get in on some of that or so on and so forth. And that's okay Tony, we've talked about that before on the podcast. Hey, look, if you're in a pretty good spot for retirement and you've got a good sound plan, you're working with Tony or you got a good strategy or whatever the case is, and you want to have some of that play money. I mean, almost think of it like Vegas. Right? If you want to have some of that speculative money that you want to dip into crypto, or you want to dip into some emerging kind of technology thing or something cool, just don't risk the retirement. Plus, the spouse might not be happy about that.

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Marc Killian: If you mortgage the farm so to speak, right?

Tony Mauro: Right, right. And yeah, there's nothing wrong with that. And most advisors though are not probably going to recommend that, but, and most, and if you're like me, I would say, you know what? That's fine, you go out and you do that, but you're kind of on your own there. And in fact, I know enough about the crypto for tax purposes, but boy, I have not, as an advisor, really done a lot of education, educating myself on, for me it's, I don't know, maybe call me old school now. I just, I'm not into it. But I'm not saying-

Marc Killian: It's still the wild west right now, that's for sure.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It couldn't be good, but... I just think you got to be, like I say, you got to be careful and really make sure you're understanding that. But the other thing too is, in this red zone or when we think we're in it, another mistake I see is people don't have a plan. They have a masked money and they know they want to retire at some point, but then they, that's it, they say, well, I think I'm good.

Marc Killian: We have a collection of stuff.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I think you got to, in this red zone, you got to start planning and understand what life's going to look like when you finally say enough is enough.

Marc Killian: Well, I think a big question that people, and tell me if I'm wrong here, Tony, because obviously you're the professional, you're the advisor. But the big question I think people have often is, well, I do have all this stuff, but I don't know how to do, like how do I activate it? Kind of like, how do I turn this, I have money in these accounts, but how do I turn them into the income streams that I do need? And again, our demographic is primarily 50 plus. So that's when we're starting to think about these things and that's so obviously the red zone.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And a lot of people, they don't even know how to call whomever has the money and say, "I need some money."

Marc Killian: Right, right. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And a lot of them come and say, "Well, obviously I got to have money every month to pay my bills, how do I set that up?" And so that I've got basically an income coming in, just like I did when I was working that I pay my bills and then I've got a little extra to do what I want to do with. So there is just some logistical things there. And of course with today's technology, the good news is you work with your advisor, everything can be set up and you have it teed into your account, which makes it very nice. But it is a process and if you haven't been paying attention other than, well, I know I have this money, but I have no idea how to access it, that's, something you need to talk about.

Marc Killian: Well, so for those that are paying attention and being proactive, why is retirement planning a little bit easier once you do get to the red zone? Give me a couple of bullet points here.

Tony Mauro: Well, the first thing is, you probably, like me, you have a retirement agent in mind, at least in mind, that that's when you're going to call it.

Marc Killian: You kind of penciled it in, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And if things go the way you want between now and then and you've done some projections, that's what you're going to call good. You've also done an enough planning where you know, or at least have projected your income streams from whatever source, could be social security, your 401ks, pensions, and and savings that your income streams are going to be X and so you feel pretty good about that. You've got enough money to live on and do what you want to do. More than likely, you're probably not going to have any or very little debt, so that's a great place to be as well. It takes all the pressure off of not having to be under that and pay bills, those bills every day. And most of us that are kind of in this red zone that have done any planning, you kind of know what you want to do with your life. I mean, I think I know what I want to do right now.

Marc Killian: Yeah, that's a big one right now.

Tony Mauro: [crosstalk 00:10:38]... 15 years out.

Marc Killian: How many people come in, don't know. Right? They're just like, "Yeah, well we're going to retire Tony, but then what?"

Tony Mauro: Right.

Marc Killian: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And obviously that does change as you get a little older and of course health dictates some of that. But you at least you've got to have something, all of this is subject to change, but [crosstalk 00:10:55].

Marc Killian: Sure, and that's the fun part too.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc Killian: But having at least a rough structure, and we've done podcasts on that in the past too folks. So definitely by subscribing and getting the episodes as they come out, you can also go check out past episodes on Tony's website at yourplanningpros.com. But with Tony, we've talked about having some goals in mind in retirement, and that's really important to definitely strategize with in the red zone. I think wine and golf is on your list, right?

Tony Mauro: That's on my list, but I'd like to travel to do that.

Marc Killian: Yeah. You love to do that. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: So that's kind of what we're thinking is, traveling even more, and especially in the early years of retirement.

Marc Killian: And that costs.

Tony Mauro: Doing some of those things on the culinary side, and then golf if I could still swing. And I like to hike, so I like to be out west and be outside, see that sun and those rocks and mountains and whatnot. But everybody's different, but at least I've got something in mind.

Marc Killian: Right. Yeah. But it does cost money. Retirement, as we said on the prior podcast, free time is not free.

Tony Mauro: No, not free.

Marc Killian: Because you typically find something to do. I mean, hiking, you go, well, Hey, hiking's free Marc. It's like, well, yeah, but staying at a hotel someplace where you're at or camping or paying camp, ground fees, I mean, there's always something, right? There's always some kind of cost. So when you get to the red zone, you got to have a plan in mind. And again, if you are kind of proactive and paying attention, you probably have some of those things already checked off that Tony and I discussed. But if you don't, that's the beauty of working with an advisor, is they're going to help you walk through this stuff. And even the daydreaming part, they're going to kind of help you with.

Tony Mauro: That's right. And that's the funnest part. It's the funnest part for me when we, we set the numbers aside and just talk about, well, what do you want to do? And just kind of chit chat about that and kind of go down different roads and have some fun with it because the way I look at it and again, personal opinion, but you've worked for what? 30, 40, maybe a little longer years. And if you're lucky enough to have your health and whatnot, shouldn't you want to have a little, what everybody wants at retirement? The goal at the end of the rainbow is have all this free time and do what you want for one thing in life. I always tell my staff, I want to be a child again, wake up and say, "what am I going to do fun today?" And not a lot of worries, but there's no guarantee that's going to happen. But if you don't plan, you're almost surely not going to have the retirement you're looking for.

Marc Killian: Yeah. Yeah. I want to be a child again, but I don't want to have to eat my Brussels sprouts, I'm just saying.

Tony Mauro: Right. You don't want to do that. Well, you do what you want.

Marc Killian: There you go. Well, that's our fumbling in then the red zone conversation here, the financial red zone. Don't fumble your retirement, make sure that you are working with a qualified professional who can help you with a lot of the X's and O's to stay with that football analogy. Because look, DIY process has been very popular in the last few years, it's so much easier. We've done shows on that, we've talked before in the past. It's a lot easier to grow the wealth and to build it up than it is to understand how to preserve it and distribute it throughout retirement, throughout those golden years. So there's a lot of little moving parts.

Marc Killian: So make sure you're doing yourself and your retirement a favor and having the conversations that you need to have with a qualified professional, like Tony Mauro, his team, Tony's an EA and a CFP with 20 plus years experience. So a great resource for you to tap into if you're not already. And course you can find all the information, you could subscribe to the podcast, you can learn more about Tony and his team. You can schedule some time at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com to talk with Tony Mauro and the team at Tax Doctor Inc. Tony, thanks for hanging out with me, my friend. I appreciate it.

Tony Mauro: All right. well talk to you on the next one.

Marc Killian: Yeah, we'll be back soon. And in February, we'll probably be talking about Valentine's day and finance as well. So it'll be that time of the year. The year is already off and trucking. So we'll see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Droves of workers are retiring early or taking a break from work as they change career paths. It’s become known as The Great Resignation. On this episode, we’ll highlight some of the key takeaways of a recent Forbes article and explore a lot of the impacts on retirement planning from across different age groups in the wake of this massive workplace shift that’s underway.

Important Links

Forbes Article: https://bit.ly/3G2lCo9

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Marc Killian: Hey everybody, welcome back to Plan With The Tax Man. Thanks for tuning into the podcast as we talk investing, finance, and retirement. We are into the new year and Tony and I are back to do more podcasts, and this first one is going to be about the great resignation. I don't know if you've heard this term or not, but how it might impact you or a loved one's retirement. It has been all the conversation here the last couple of weeks, the great resignation. So we're going to get into that with Tony. What's going on, my friend? How are you doing?

Tony Mauro: Doing good. Fresh back from the holidays and feeling pretty good. Had a great holiday along with my family, and so hopefully everybody had the same. It was a lot of issues if you were traveling and, and everything else going on, but hopefully everybody got to have some fun.

Marc Killian: Yeah. We were chatting, a little bit of a bug going around. I got a head cold on New Year's Eve. So not that I had any big plans or anything, but I was like, "Well, I'm not going anywhere."

Tony Mauro: Yeah. That's actually when mine started.

Marc Killian: Oh, was it? That's funny.

Tony Mauro: I was under the weather, yeah.

Marc Killian: Yeah, a little bug going around. But hey, we're doing our thing, we're hanging in there, we're getting stuff done. And this is episode number 57, so we are on our 57th podcast. So we're not quite yet eligible to withdraw from those accounts early at 59 and a half. The podcast is not old enough for that yet, but it's getting there. So hey, listen, have you heard about this or have you been talking with clients about this great resignation? Droves of workers are retiring earlier, taking a break from changing their career paths. Obviously the last two years, all this COVID stuff has changed people's perspectives. It's put all kinds of different things in play. And so on this episode, we're going to talk about some of the stuff from this Forbes article, and we'll put a link to it as well for folks, if they want to check that out. But really kind of talking about the impacts that it has on the retirement planning world across different age groups. Have you had people come to you, Tony, and say, "You know what? I'm done. I'm out. What can we do?"

Tony Mauro: We've had it both from tax clients just coming and telling us that as employees, and then of course on the accounting client side that we service as our clients, we've been talking about it for about a year and a half, that they just cannot find employees. And they've got plenty of work to be done, and it's going on all over. It's going on in my own industry on the accounting side. We talk about it at every association meeting, trying to find good qualified people. And it isn't like people are interviewing and can't find people, it's just, there's nobody to interview.

Marc Killian: Yeah. It kind of started out, we were all seeing the stories and realized it was happening with some of like the lower-paying industries, fast food jobs, things of that nature. People were like, "Hey, I'm not going to kill myself for this kind of pay." Especially when everybody's ordering food, picking up at drive-throughs, because no one's going into restaurants and all that kind of stuff. But lately it's been of all kinds of industries and all kinds of age groups, not just the lower paying stuff. To the point here, I got a couple of key points, Tony, 4.2 million people quit their jobs in October of '21. I mean 4.2 million people. They didn't get fired. They didn't get downsized. They quit.

Tony Mauro: They quit. Yeah.

Marc Killian: Now it's unknown also how long people are going to stay out, so if you choose to walk away, there's some big takeaways that could impact your retirement planning or things of that nature. There's even people in their forties, early fifties that are like, "Hey, you know what? I can't take it anymore," or, "I'm afraid to go to work," or whatever the kind of mentality is. And so let's look at some impacts, some takeaways to think about if you are stepping away from a job for any length of time, think about some of the other things that this could do to you. So for example, social security, Tony. Talk to me a little bit about taking a break from paying in, what that does to your long term benefits.

Tony Mauro: Well, and I'll address that in just a second. Kind of going back to what, what we're seeing, I think some of it, and this is all personal opinion. Some of it is like you said, people, when they were home, they have reconfigured their personal lives somewhat and either expenses, things like that. And figured out, "Well, maybe I don't need to work as much and I'm surviving." But I think a lot of them haven't looked at what we're going to talk about here, and it's the big picture.

Marc Killian: And it got good to a lot of us too, which is understandable, right? I mean, my brother's 63, so we're talking about social security. He didn't want to turn it on at 62. His plan calls to wait until 67, but he's sitting there saying, "If my job tells me I have to go back to the office and drive again," because it would be an hour drive for him, he's like, "I think I'm going to be done." But he's like, "But if I can stay working from home, I'll do it."

Tony Mauro: Yes. And that's the other big buzzword, is remote work. And we, even in my own company, we've always wanted to offer that, but it has accelerated that as a benefit. And we kind of pivoted a couple years ago, and we're going to continue on. I just sent out a video yesterday about the tax season coming up, the days of in-person appointments are kind of over for at least our firm. Because we found that we can work more efficiently and produce the same type of product for that particular thing.

Tony Mauro: But anyway, that's getting down in the weeds. But back to the social security, really if people are going to start taking off from their job, obviously when they're not working, you're not paying into social security. Now, if this is just going to be a short term thing, it's not going to be that bad, but you should talk to your advisor about how it's going to impact social security benefits, and how long you're thinking about maybe being out of the workforce. Because eventually it's going to impact your average 35 highest earning years if you stay out for a while. It could, anyway.

Marc Killian: Right. And a lot of people don't realize that, right, Tony? It's an average look at your highest 35 earning years. And if you're in your fifties or late fifties, and maybe you're in my brother's situation or something like that, you could be in your peak earning years. You could be affecting those numbers big time.

Tony Mauro: You could, because that's when most of us are earning the most, is 50-plus where you finally got to that point. And so granted, social security is not the end all, I understand that.

Marc Killian: Right. But it is sizeable.

Tony Mauro: But it is something. And so you want to make sure that you understand that before you go making a I'm done forever type of decision, in my opinion.

Marc Killian: Yeah. Even walking away for six months or a year, I mean, maybe it wouldn't make a huge impact, but again, it could. If you step away from work for, let's say a year or two, think about the ladies a lot of times. Early on in life, if they step away for a number of years to have the children and raise the children, maybe stay at home for the first 6, 7, 8 years of their life, which is one of the reasons why we see often that women don't have the same. There's also the pay gap, which has been getting better, but at the same time, they step away from the workforce. And so when it comes to retirement age, the numbers are not the same from social security as it would be for their male counterpart.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. That's exactly right. And in today's world, when we have the software and social security's website doesn't do a bad job, but there's additional software out there that you can kind of go in. If you've got your social security statement of your earnings and things, and you can go out and get those from Social Security Administration. You can kind of calculate, if I step away for a year or two, how that's going to affect my benefit and whatnot. And so I would urge you to go take a look at that before you decide for a long period to step away.

Marc Killian: Yeah, good point. Takeaway number two from this article, Tony, was the 401k. It's not just a rainy day fund, right? It's for retirement. And so talk to me about a couple of bullet points or some key points as to maybe using this as your stop gap, if you were transitioning for a little while or something like that, what it might be doing to you.

Tony Mauro: Well, and we saw it a lot last tax season, and I would agree. I know you gave me the stat, about 30% of the people who have at least $50,000 in their 401ks, took out money in 2020.

Marc Killian: Yeah, took out a loan against it.

Tony Mauro: Either a loan or withdrawals, and I would agree with that. We, we saw at least that percentage of our tax clientele. And so I would say that's fairly accurate, probably across the nation. And you definitely, if you're going to step away for a length of time, you don't want to use the 401k as your I'm going to live off of fund. Because otherwise, again, it's going to affect your overall plan, and you're going to get to 65 or whenever you think you're going to retire. And all of a sudden now all these numbers that you may have planned on are going to be drastically different. And so again, that goes back to, I think you need to meet with your advisor if you're going to talk about using that as your living fund. Because if you do, I think your retirement's going to be affected pretty much [crosstalk 00:08:52].

Marc Killian: So what are some of the negative kind of impacts to that? So if you take money from your 401k, obviously if you're under the appropriate age, if let's say you're in your early fifties, you're paying the tax, you're paying the penalty to get to this stuff. But you're also losing the compounding over, let's say another 15 years, right?

Tony Mauro: Right.

Marc Killian: That's the real damage.

Tony Mauro: That's the real damage. Yeah. In our annual tax-only type clients, I would say probably somewhere north of 35%. We see it every year, where they're withdrawing money out of their 401k and they're still working. And these aren't even loans. These are just, "Well, I needed the money."

Marc Killian: Oh, wow. Okay.

Tony Mauro: So they don't realize. So on top of that, they sometimes get a a very stingy or stinging tax bill, and they're mad about that. And then on top of that though, the bigger picture, like you said, they don't realize every time you're pulling money out, you're pulling money out and you're losing time to make that up because you're getting older. And so we try to educate them a little bit on that and tell them, "This is not a rainy day fund. This is supposedly for your retirement," obviously, but I think it goes back. What I see with most that do this is their personal financial plan is not in a good spot, meaning they don't have an emergency fund. They don't have a fund for spending and they just use this like that. And I don't think that's a good thing.

Marc Killian: Yeah, definitely. So again, just be careful with this. It's not the rainy day fund. Now, speaking of the 401k, Tony, if you are going to step away, if you are walking away from one job, maybe you take a little while off, then you go to another one. Or because there's so many jobs available, maybe you kind of take your time, you're head hunted, whatever the case might be. Take that 401k with you. Don't leave that joker behind.

Tony Mauro: So as I was saying before, taking the 401k with you could be a good idea. I would definitely though, take a look, because sometimes fees are a little higher if you leave it there. Sometimes they're not, but it's worth an ask because you definitely don't want to necessarily do that. The other thing is most 401ks, obviously if you go to an employer with a 401k, it's a fairly easy process to transfer it. So once you have all the facts, you can get that stuff going.

Tony Mauro: But the other thing you got to watch though, is if you do some potential company matches in your 401k and you're not fully vested, you need to know how much you potentially could be leaving on the table there if you leave before it's vested. And so it's a good idea to research that before, if you've got a significant balance, of course, right before you leave or something like that. But they are portable. You can take them with you. A lot of companies will allow you to leave them there. I think a lot of our clients don't like the fact that they may have six or seven of these floating around and they kind of lose track, over employers over the years and they try to consolidate them.

Marc Killian: Yeah. I mean, we've talked about that before, right? Not leaving those behind. There's lots of reasons, the fees, you've got more options and so on and so forth. And if you are changing, you can roll that over custodian to custodian and not have to worry about any kind of taxable events. So if you've got the old one behind, just talk with your advisor or work with the program to get that switched over. As long as you're not basically putting your hands on the money, you're good to go. You're just transferring and not making an taxable event.

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Marc Killian: Okay. And then the fourth kind of takeaway from this Tony, and then we'll wrap up, is obviously this great resignation seems to be, and the working from home thing, it seems to be kind of tailor made for those early retirement dreamers. But just a couple things to be aware of, a couple of bullet points we've got here. Just kind of want you to address those a little bit.

Marc Killian: Because again, if you are of a certain age, let's say you are 55-ish or up and you're thinking about, "The job's going to make me go back and this office building is full of people and I don't want to be around people." And you've got some paranoia or you've got some health concerns, or you've got some whatever you want to put to it, or like my brother, you just don't want to drive anymore. Whatever the case is, if you're thinking about pulling on the trigger early, beware of a couple of key points that it's going to cost you. So just look at some of these things. So give us some of these big bullet points here, Tony, as to why you want to kind of keep an eye on this, if you decide to leave early.

Tony Mauro: Sure. It's really for the people that are, I would say below 59 and a half, for sure, and we have a lot of them. And I'm 54, going to be 55 coming up in June, so yeah. You start kind of thinking about it a little bit, but the first thing is of course, if you're my age or somewhere in between here, you can't qualify for social security. So that payment is not going to be there for you yet. And in my case, I'll relate it to my case, I have my health insurance coverage through my wife's work. Now I would still be able to be covered, but you may not be able to, to have that. If you decide to quit and you're carrying the coverage and you don't have it anywhere else, you're going to have a real issue there. And healthcare is extremely expensive, or healthcare coverage is, out on the open market. And so you're going to have to think about that because that's a big one.

Marc Killian: Yeah. And that's 65 and under, right? Because you're not going to get-

Tony Mauro: 65 and under, yeah. Because you can't get on Medicare. And so that, I think by itself may be a hindrance, on top of everything else. But then there, you've got some tax issues, some potential tax issues with some tax efficiencies. I mean, if you decide to get out of the workforce, obviously your tax rate could potentially go down. But you're going to have to take a look at that with your tax person, just to see if there's going to be any odd thing, especially if you're going to take money out of a 401k or something like that. You definitely want to understand what the tax ramifications are going to be.

Tony Mauro: And I think the last one that that's probably as equal as healthcare really is, how are you going to survive? In other words, how you going to replace this income from this gap you're that going to have?

Marc Killian: Right. Exactly, yeah. Kind of a big one, right?

Tony Mauro: [crosstalk 00:14:57] that's coming in.

Marc Killian: Yeah. It's like, "Hmm. I got to keep the lights on, what am I doing here?" And obviously we've hopefully saved, and that's back to the point of some of these different accounts, but that totally changes the structure of what you're planning to do, Tony. Because you you've now added the longevity multiplier into this thing, because maybe your plan all along was to retire at 65 or 67 or whatever. And you've stress tested this joker out for 30 years. Well now, you know what? You're pulling the trigger at 55 because of this great resignation, you've just added another almost decade to that. That could cause some big wrinkles.

Tony Mauro: Cause some big wrinkles, and more than likely, if your health is at all good, you're going to want to get out and do things in this decade. So your monthly expenses could actually go up. And that's what I've thought about is, I still want to personally keep going, keep investing, keep working so that I can hit my mark at the age that I want, but it's well after retirement. But the allure is there, though. Thinking about, hey, if I could survive. But I can't tell you how many people tell me, "Yeah, I've retired. I just want to survive". And I guess it depends on where you fall in that. For me, I want to do a little more than just exist, but that is an option. But obviously like you said, if you have your investments and your plan in line and you've stress tested this, you've got to add a whole nother 10 years on this thing, so you better double check the calculations.

Marc Killian: Yeah. More free time, it's not free.

Tony Mauro: It's not free. No.

Marc Killian: Doing nothing, I guess is free, but more free time is not free. Because we tend to just want to go out and do things. Or even if again, if you're back to some of these COVID concerns, you're still going to want to do something. You're going to take up a hobby. You have to, right? I mean, your brain is going to require it. Your body is going to require that you can't just sit and be a couch tater. So you definitely want to make sure that you're thinking about some of these key takeaways when it comes to the great resignation, this mass Exodus we've seen over the last six months of people leaving their job voluntarily. Some of it also non-voluntarily, the downsizing and things of that nature, whatever.

Marc Killian: But however you kind of fit or fall into this category, if you have some questions or you want to make sure that your plan is there and is going to be stout and you want to stress test it for whatever your situation might be, that's why it's a good idea to get with a qualified professional like Tony and his team at Tax Doctor Inc. Because you can go through the planning process and you can say, "Okay, here's what happens if we this. And here's what could happen if we that," and so on and so forth. You can look at the social security scenarios from one spouse to two and different things of that nature. So all of these things are available, but you got to take the action and have the time, do it. So if you're not working with Tony already, consider stopping by the website and checking him out at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. If you've got questions or concerns, get onto his calendar.

Marc Killian: Subscribe to the podcast. It's complimentary to do that. Obviously it doesn't cost anything to join up with podcasts. You can find it on all of your favorite podcasting apps, whichever ones you might use, like Apple, Google, Spotify, whatever. Typically those are already pre-installed on your phone nowadays. If you're an Apple user, for example, it's already on there. Apple Podcasts, just type in Plan With The Tax Man in the search box on the podcasting app and you'll find it that way. But again, you could find it all at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. Tony, thanks for hanging out with me, my friend. I hope you get to feeling better soon and I'll talk to you in a couple of weeks.

Tony Mauro: All right. Sounds good. Take care.

Marc Killian: We'll catch you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

We see a lot of people who aren’t getting the kind of advice and service from their financial advisor that they should be. In a lot of cases, the advisor is only “managing the investments,” but not providing guidance in other areas. Let’s talk about some of the things that your advisor should be doing.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody, welcome back to Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro. It is mid- to late November here on this episode of the podcast. Thanksgiving is just around the corner and we're going to talk about advisors who might drop the ball, or maybe in this case, drop the turkey. That'd be bad juju. You don't want to do that. So Tony, what's going on, my friend? How you doing? You all right?

Tony: I'm doing good.

Speaker 1: Yeah?

Tony: Getting ready for the holidays and Thanksgiving here. So-

Speaker 1: Yeah, I love Thanksgiving.

Tony: ... on my end.

Speaker 1: It's my favorite holiday, I think, Thanksgiving.

Tony: Oh, Thanksgiving is?

Speaker 1: Yeah. What about you? You got a favorite?

Tony: I like Christmas, but I do like Thanksgiving as well. I just like to hang out with the family and sit back and just know that the rest of the world pretty much is doing the same thing. And it's nice.

Speaker 1: True. I feel like Thanksgiving is Christmas-ish without the pressure. Christmas gets a little pressure-y. The gift giving and holiday parties and this, that, and the other. I think it's a little pressure-y. I kind of like Thanksgiving. It's the beginning, I guess, of that cycle. I think after Thanksgiving is when we start to feel the pressure, so maybe that's one of the reasons I enjoy it. That, and of course, let's be honest. The food.

Tony: Yeah. Well, I think this Christmas is going to be very much different because of the whole supply chain and people hoarding.

Speaker 1: Well, it's par for the course at this point.

Tony: It's going to be crazy, I think, this year.

Speaker 1: I mean, last Christmas was weird, no get-togethers. And then this Christmas is weird.

Tony: Yeah.

Speaker 1: We'll see. But anyway. Well, I guess that's maybe the world dropping the ball, if I want to use for a cheesy segue way there. But we're going to do that to get into our topic of financial advisors who, well, I don't know if drop the ball's a good term, but there's just a lot of people out there that aren't getting the kind of advice or service from their advisor, Tony, that maybe they should be.

Speaker 1: In many cases, I guess we tend to think of, or the general public tends to think of, an advisor as someone who just manages investments. But there's a lot of guidance in other areas that you do as a certified financial planner. You don't just manage the investments. There's a lot of other things. I got a list of some stuff that an advisor should be talking to you about. If they're not, maybe they're dropping the ball. I'll let you expand upon these, Tony. And if there's something I miss, feel free to chime in with it.

Speaker 1: Tax returns, obviously. Clearly, the show's called Plan With the Tax Man. You definitely review tax returns, but is that something that most or all advisors should at least be doing?

Tony: I think all advisors should be doing it to an extent, yes. And they may, at the end of the day say, "Look, you need to check with your tax advisor," especially if they're not a tax pro.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony: Some aren't and that doesn't mean that they can't advise you.

Speaker 1: Looking at things with a tax slant, right?

Tony: You got to look at it like that because everything revolves around tax. It really does. Everything we do. And so if they're just not doing that, I think that they're not giving you the full service that you're paying for because they should at least be able to recognize things that maybe you're overpaying taxes on or give you some ideas on how to cut them even if they say check with your tax advisor, if they're not that guy. And most of our clients' cases, I'm that guy, so it's just kind of natural for us, but they should be doing that, yes, because there's a lot of things on there you might be overlooking.

Speaker 1: Okay. And so that's one that can ebb and flow if they're not a tax professional as well, but they should still be looking at things through a tax lens and then, to Tony's point, referring you out if need be.

Speaker 1: Evaluating fees and costs seems like a no brainer. Every advisor should be doing this, but maybe sometimes brokers just aren't. They're kind of just, "Hey, I'm just transactional, so let me put you in X, Y, Z product." And they're not really taking a look at the fees and the costs.

Tony: Yes. I think that the client needs to look at that, but the advisor really should be transparent about this because there's no shame in me telling you, I get paid just like everybody else, every other advisor, "Here's what it is." And that way, you know how it is, you know how I'm paid. But at the same time, we've got to work to try to keep costs down so that we're not just basically decreasing our return, I should say, unnecessarily. So it is an important point. We make it a point to bring it up every year. Here's what our investment fees were in the last year. Here's the percentage. And they seem to still be in line and then let the client take it from there. I think it's something that both clients need to ask and then I think more advisors need to divulge.

Speaker 1: Well, depending on how they're getting paid, right, Tony?

Tony: Yeah.

Speaker 1: So if it's a situation where the advisor... If you do better, I do better kind of situation, then yeah, they're going to want to be keeping those costs and fees down as well because the more money they make their client, then the more they're doing as well.

Tony: The more they're making. Which is the case for asset based management, is that, you get a very small percentage, but does the advisor fee grow over time? Sure, when the sure portfolio grows, just like you said. You have a vested interest in that. And when it goes down, and there'll be times that it does, well, then the advisor shares in that some as well. Most advisors are moving that way. It used to be in the days where you never want to talk about fees because you didn't want to tell people, "Oh, my God. Look how much money I made. I really didn't even provide anything." And it's changed now. We're providing year-round service. Not only advice, but managing the plan, doing the investments, things like that. It's just something to be aware of.

Speaker 1: Okay. All right. So speaking of plans, since you brought that up, if we're talking about making sure that it's more than just managing the investments... Well, you do got to talk about income. Now, Tony, you work with people who are retirees, but do you also work people who are still working? Pre-retirees or even some younger people discussing and planning, we'll just say, income, period, is important.

Tony: It is important. And everybody we plan with, even if they're in their twenties or thirties, we're still taking them through a plan, a financial plan, to start so we have a roadmap. It may not be as complicated as somebody that's 50 or 60, but we at least are having conversations about why are we doing this, what's the end game and based on where you're at now, because you ask young people, they have no idea of what I want in retirement, but it gets them thinking early on. But you've got to have those conversations and if your advisor's not, I think you need to have them no matter what your age is, because that's where the value really comes in. It's really not managing the investments, the pros do all that. It's trying to keep you on track and making sure that you get to where you need to be.

Speaker 1: Yeah, definitely. And that way... Because you got to have the income, folks. I mean, the income is the outcome. So if you want retirement to be whatever you want it to be, without that flow of dollars coming in, you're not going to have the retirement that you want.

Tony: Yup.

Speaker 1: Number four, clarifying the target and/or the goal for your invested dollars. This is that whole put your money to work for you kind of thing, right?

Tony: It is. And like I said, with the last point, really is... A lot of people, especially if they're young, they just start throwing money into an account and it's supposed to cover everything. Retirement, emergency fund, kids' education. They don't segment it out. And you need to have that and the different goals, and I think the different funds, to accomplish those goals. The more you can keep it separate inside the big plan, the more clarity you're going to have on where you're at towards that target, rather than just throwing everything together and hoping for the best. That's something that a good planner's going to do for you.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Long gone are the days of throwing it in a coffee can and just taking it back out later on and thinking, "Hey, I've got all this money" because, especially right now, inflation is just eating away at that.

Tony: That's right.

Speaker 1: You want to clarify the target of what you want your dollars doing. You got your now dollars, you got your later dollars that kind of thing. That way that they're working as efficiently as they can for you. And that's all part of getting a good strategy in place with your financial professional.

Speaker 1: And then, finally, Tony, where advisors drop the ball, especially if they're really just more about accumulation, is there's virtually zero conversation about the family goals or even the legacy planning. So whether you're still working or talking about leaving things behind or whatever the case is, you're not even really scratching that conversation piece often with some advisors depending on, again, the type of advisor they are. That's that fifth piece that many people want to finish with when they're putting all this plan together is, okay, here's what we got, here's what might be left. How do I give this to my family efficiently?

Tony: Yeah. And this is more prevalent with people, I would say, at least starting to think about it, maybe 40, 45 and older. Even they don't have a real vision of that yet, but it's good to get them to start thinking about that. And of course, especially as you get a little older, in your fifties and then sixties, because it's so important to have all that so that as you age, number one, there's no pressure to be worried about it, that it's all set up and you know it's ready to go in case something happens to you. And eventually it's going to happen to all of us. That way, you can feel at ease, enjoy retirement, and know that your wishes are honored as far as that goes.

Tony: We spend a lot of time with our retirees, even besides just the legal stuff, the wills and the advanced directives and stuff. I think I've mentioned it before, we try to get them to do what we call a life book, meaning that... Something online that's going to be accessible by either spouse, that you know exactly what to do, where everything is at, all the way down to what you want said at your funeral. And then some of the goals after that. How are you going to live on one income? Is it going to be enough after the dust settles after all of that. Something I think everybody needs to think about before they're 70, 75, because you never know what could happen suddenly in your forties or fifties. It doesn't happen often, but it's out there. It's possible.

Speaker 1: Very true. Yeah. So these are some things advisors should be talking with you about. If they're not, if they're just talking about the investments only, well, then you might not be working with the type of person that you need as you're approaching into your golden years. So make sure that you're working with a kind of advisor that serve those needs.

Speaker 1: And of course, if you're already working with Tony, maybe you know someone who is not, and they're in a similar situation that you might have been at one time and they need to start talking with somebody who is looking at the whole picture, not just the accumulation of the money. Make sure you share the podcast with them.

Speaker 1: Of course, you can subscribe to the podcast, or anybody else can, by simply going to yourplanningpros.com. You can find it all there. There are a lot of good tools, tips, and resources at yourplanningpros.com. That's Tony's website there. He's been helping families get to and through retirement for 20-plus years here in the central Iowa area. He's an EA and a CFP. Of course, he has clients all over the place. Don't let the location hold you up, reach out to him if you've got some questions, subscribe to the podcast, get some help if you know you need it or if you think you might need it.

Speaker 1: And you should always check with a qualified professional before you take any action. So we'll get up out of here this week. Tony, thanks for hanging out, my friend. Have a great holiday. I hope you and the family enjoy your time.

Tony: Yeah, you do the same and will talk to you next month.

Speaker 1: Yeah and we'll see you in December here on Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Certainly, none of our podcast listeners would be guilty of making unreasonable requests, but let’s talk about some of the unreasonable requests we hear from others in the financial world. We’ll explore what makes them unreasonable and what proper expectations look like instead.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome in to Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor, Inc. hanging out with me once again to talk investing, finance, and retirement here on the podcast. Of course, don't forget to subscribe to us if you enjoy the content or would like to get some more episodes as they come out. You can do that at Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, all that fun stuff. Any of those platforms that you like to use. Most of those are already pre-installed on your phone. So feel free, excuse me, to subscribe to the podcast, Plan With the Tax Man.

Speaker 1: And we're going to talk about handling some unreasonable requests. Tony, certainly none of our podcast listeners would ever be guilty of making unreasonable requests. But that's what we're going to talk about this week.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: How're you doing, buddy?

Tony Mauro: That sounds good. I'm doing good.

Speaker 1: Yeah?

Tony Mauro: I'm getting ready for the holidays.

Speaker 1: Yeah. We're into November now, yeah.

Tony Mauro: Into of November.

Speaker 1: Yeah. This is our early November episode. I kind of like this time of the year quite a bit. Except for the massive weather swings because then you get a little, I don't know, a little early cold or something. That's no fun. But other than that.

Tony Mauro: Right, exactly.

Speaker 1: The 40 degree weather swings are a little bit frustrating, right? You start the morning, and it's like, 37. And then by the afternoon it's like, 70, and you're like, okay, wait. How am I dressing today? [Crosstalk 00:01:17].

Tony Mauro: Yeah, I know.

Speaker 1: But it is what it is. That's okay. And it might be Mother Nature being a bit unreasonable, but rather than the white stuff, which we're not ready for yet, we'll take it.

Speaker 1: So let's do some of these unreasonable requests. I've got a couple here. Basically, these are statements and comments that we've heard people make through the years. I talk with advisors all over the country. And basically, just kind of give me a breakdown on understanding it, but at the same time, what kind of makes it unreasonable, okay?

Tony Mauro: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Speaker 1: All right. So the first one, and we're all guilty of this. I want bigger returns with no risk. Well, that sounds great, right? I mean, everybody would like to get... We want to get as much as we can without sacrificing very much.

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Speaker 1: But it's not really reasonable.

Tony Mauro: It's really not reasonable. And yes, everybody talks about it, especially when the market itself is doing fairly well, has been for a while now.

Speaker 1: Right. It doesn't help the argument, does it?

Tony Mauro: No, it doesn't help the argument. And we've talked about it before with news coming out so fast and you see people on TV, and we'll use Bitcoin and some of that virtual currency stuff.

Speaker 1: Oh, yeah. Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Tony Mauro: GameStop, things. And everybody wants a piece of that. And so everybody's looking for that larger return, but then they say, "Well, I don't really want any more risk." Well, there has to be something that gives there, if you want bigger returns. Obviously, we try to educate them that you're probably going to have to take more risks. There's probably going to be a lot more fluctuations. And we try to go into, with them, about the bigger picture, because it's inevitable that ... they're chasing something and they just heard.

Tony Mauro: In fact, I just had an email from one of my biggest accounting clients last night. And he's asking me, "What do you think of this stock?"

Speaker 1: Okay, right.

Tony Mauro: And it's like, well, my first response always is, "Where did you get this? I mean, did you just hear it on TV? Did you hear it from your barber? I mean, what brings this up?" And it's kind of out of left field for him, but probably just thinking like everybody does, "Hey, I want big returns."

Tony Mauro: And so a lot of people, when you do that ... well, when they ask me questions like that. I mean, they look at us advisors like we are the accountant on the inside. And they want us to sometimes go out and research this and that. And sometimes you can find companies that are undervalued, as far as that goes, but they don't really have any interest in that. They just want to know, "Hey, should I buy this?"

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: So it gets back to that, "Hey, I just want a big return." So we try to slow them down a little bit. I think it's unreasonable to assume a bigger return for little risk. I mean, at the end of the day, that's not possible.

Speaker 1: Well, and again, this market doesn't help, because we're going on 12 years here of this basic bull run. There's been no prolonged downturn in 12 years, which I'm not sure if that's a record, but it might be.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: So typically it doesn't go this long. And you could get into the argument, we could go down into the weeds, Tony, of this whole thing. Is it propped up on toothpicks? Because it seems to be the case.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Talk a lot about it. Yeah.

Speaker 1: There's a lot of conversation out there back and forth about, well, one of the reasons that they're keeping the interest rate so low is because, obviously, the debt ceiling is so high. If we raise interest rates, the money we pay on the 30 trillion we owe, is higher. Right?

Tony Mauro: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Speaker 1: So there's all these kind of factors in this weird spot we're in working against and for and against each other. So it's understandable. We all want to get as much as we can get, but you got to realize that if you keep risking as much as you want thinking that this market's going to go on and, hey, you know what, we could be totally wrong and it might continue on for 10 more years.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Love it.

Speaker 1: The second that it doesn't and you risk too much, then you're going to be upset that you've lost everything. So you got to take the good with the bad, so.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: It's like a Facts of Life episode, take the good, take the bad.

Tony Mauro: Got to do it.

Speaker 1: All right. So let's go to another unreasonable request. Can you reduce your fees for me? I got a lot of advisors. We talk about this, we'll hear somebody comes in and says, "Well, what are you charging?" Because we see these big commercials from these big box places.

Tony Mauro: Sure.

Speaker 1: And they're like, we're not charging anything or whatever. Is it reasonable to ask someone to reduce their fees?

Tony Mauro: I'd say, off the cuff, I jack around with people and say no, because I kind of put it back to them. And I say, well, let me ask you this. I ask them where they work. They tell me, I ask them, roughly what you make. I said, well, let me ask you if I were your employer, I came to you and said, well, will you take less and do the same thing? What do you think you're going to tell them?

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: To shut up.

Speaker 1: I'm not happy with that, sure.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. You're not happy with that. Right? So, at the same time though, I guess it's not totally unreasonable because I think you need to know as a client, as an investor, what fees you're paying and are they worthwhile and are they reasonable, type of thing. And if they're a little high, it doesn't hurt to ask. But at the same time-

Speaker 1: Sure. And I think maybe what we're talking about is value, right? Because-

Tony Mauro: That is the value that you're bringing.

Speaker 1: Yeah. I mean, because yes. If there's always going to be the market's always going to be out there, and I mean by the market, I mean the business marketplace, to say, "Oh, I can do this for less," right?

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: That's kind of the nature of the beast in just about any industry, but at some point, are you scraping the bottom of the barrel because you're trying to get the lowest fee?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: And sacrificing service.

Tony Mauro: And it really comes down to the service. Do you feel like you're getting value for what you're paying for and it's taking you to your goal and you have regular updates and really our relationships, I don't want to say performance is not important because it is, but at the same time we try to keep our clients grounded enough to say, "Look, we're still on plan. We're going to hit our goals. And for the risk you want to take, that's what we're shooting for."

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And as long as they get there you kind of get their mind off that, which we're just talking about. I want the greatest return with no risk.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: Then they find a lot of value in that. But I do think too, that it's like anything else, most of the time you get what you pay for. And so if you're generally down there at the low end, you're really not getting a lot of service. If you are, you've got a great deal, but generally that's not possible.

Speaker 1: Very true. I mean, right now, obviously we know prices are getting out of control on a lot of things, but you can easily use just the McDonald's analogy. You can pop into a McDonald's and get a fairly cheap cheeseburger, but that's what it is, right? It's fairly cheap.

Tony Mauro: It is.

Speaker 1: So if you go to a nicer hamburger place or a fancier type of place and you're going to pay more for a bigger, juicy house burger type thing. So value. Value for what you're paying. You got to bear that in mind.

Tony Mauro: It really is.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Okay.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Unreasonable request number three, Tony, how can I get out of paying taxes on that money in my IRA or my 401k? I want to get out of it. That's probably unreasonable. You can't get out of.

Tony Mauro: That is unreasonable. Yeah. I say sure. I always, again, I like to joke around a lot. So, you know, yeah, you can get out of it. Here's what you got to do. You got to break some laws cheat on your taxes.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And hope you don't get caught. I said, illegally, no, you can't get out of that. And you could do some Roth conversions and you could do some things to plan around it, defer taxes and things. And I think that's where you need to plan it, but to avoid it?

Speaker 1: Yeah. We could get more efficient, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, get more efficient, yeah.

Speaker 1: We just can't avoid.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. But to totally avoid it, no. It's very, very difficult unless you have, again, the Roths, but there are some rules there that kind of limit that a bit. We do get that a lot. Especially during tax season, they want to get out of it. In fact, I, again, take an example, I had a discovery call the other day with some young businessmen and they just started business. And about the second thing out of their mouth was, "Well, we really don't want to pay any taxes, but we're starting to make money." Well, guys, that's impossible. I said, "There's some things you can do to be more efficient to keep your taxes low," but-

Speaker 1: Right, right.

Tony Mauro: You're asking for the impossible there, so.

Speaker 1: To your point, I mean, I guess you can do it, but A, I'm not the person to do it for you, right?

Tony Mauro: No. Nope.

Speaker 1: And B, do you really want the headache that comes with it?

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: Because that is, yeah. And that's always going to be an argument. Look, we want to stay as low as we can stay. We want to pay as little as possible. That's a given, but just realize that you're going to have to do it. And so when it comes to this money and we talk about it often that's sitting there in this IRA or 401k growing over the years, that's what they're waiting on. They're waiting on that big money that you owe them. So let's talk about ways we can be more efficient and reduce the taxes. Now, maybe that's paying some of that. Maybe that's doing some conversions that you mentioned, Tony, paying some of the tax now. At this rate, let's say it's 22% just for hypothetical, versus later on when maybe it's 32, right? Whatever the case might be.

Tony Mauro: Right, yeah. It's difficult to say to do. The main thing is just try to keep them as low as you can. That again comes back to the old takes some planning, and a little bit work.

Speaker 1: Takes some planning, yeah. Got to have a little bit of a strategy other than just, "I don't want to."

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Right.

Speaker 1: That's not a good strategy. Okay. Now, how about the kind of along that line, a little bit of that, "I don't want to deal with it." Look, we do podcasts. You do marketing, you do advertising because you're a business, you're trying to get clients in business. And sometimes you come across people who are just like, "Look, I'm finally talking to an advisor. I'm terrified of this stuff. I don't know what I'm doing. Just do it for me." And so, on one hand you kind of go, well how is that unreasonable? But Tony, there are some people who think, "Hey, let me just hand you all my stuff. And then you just fix it all for me. And I don't have to have any further kind of input from there." And I think that's the unreasonable part. You've got to still be involved.

Tony Mauro: You definitely have to be involved because, for one thing, what I kid them about too is I said, "You know, we do it for you. It's going to be my plan." And my plan's going to involve this, this and this. And do you want that? And they all say, no, gosh, I don't want to do all that. I said, well then, my point is, it's got to be your plan. You got to participate. Yes, it's a little bit of work, but it should be fun work. I mean, we're not going to give you anything that you can't handle. But part of the [crosstalk 00:11:42].

Speaker 1: Yeah. You're doing the heavy lifting, of course, but you-

Tony Mauro: Yeah. We're doing the lifting.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: But I think part of the value though, is... and we will not do it. When we get done kidding around, we say, "No, we will not do it for you." Part of the value we bring is we do a full financial plan with everybody here or at least a minimal one. We're not just going to come in and throw and pick some things off of a piece of paper because I want to know, and I want to have it down as to what your goals are, what you have now, what you're trying to do.

Speaker 1: Right, yeah.

Tony Mauro: So that we can work towards something. So, it doesn't take a ton of work for them. Most advisors these days have most of this automated and online where they can go in and start filling some of this out rather than having it. Used to be on paper, you get this big packet from your advisor and that petrifies them and now they can just kind of go in and pick it off and save it as they go. But they do have to, with us anyway, have to go through that step. Yes, so important.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And to your point a minute ago about, it'd be your plan. Even if it's not your thing, right? The math or the figuring out the best optimal time for this and alpha that and beta this. Sure, we understand it. That's not your thing, but you've got to be able to talk about what it is that you want out of retirement. What kind of lifestyle you're hoping to maintain? Is it heavy travel? Is it a lot of charitable giving.

Tony Mauro: Right?

Speaker 1: Whatever the case might be, that's where you come in, right? So that's where a lot of the... Hopefully those are fun conversations to your point.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. They're fun. Yeah. If you get it down to that level and where we're not talking about all that technical stuff, people start to open up about that kind of thing.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And you know, some of that stuff they've been wanting to do all their lives and if they can have a chance to do that, then all of a sudden they're sitting up in their chair a little bit saying, "Well, yeah, maybe I can do this."

Speaker 1: Exactly. I mean, that's when at that point you've decided you wanted to fulfill your lifelong dream of making tiny marshmallow Elvises in your garage and selling them at Halloween or something, I don't know.

Tony Mauro: Right?

Speaker 1: Whatever crazy idea that you've got, the retirement could be the fun time to do that. And then you got to fund it with, the plan, the strategy to get it all done. And I don't know where that crazy little Elvis thing came from, but that's the point, right? You're like, "Yeah, I like that too." So that's kind of the crazy point of retirement is that it's hopefully this opportunity that we get to do some things we've always wanted to do, but also maintain that safety and security and that structure that we're all looking for as we're aging, which kind of comes back to the big returns with little risk, we want to chase the big money, but we don't want to risk anything.

Speaker 1: Well, you got to have a good strategy so that you can protect what you need to protect. But then also maybe take a few chances here and there, but that all comes back to having a plan and a good strategy. And hopefully that helps you out along the way. As we talk about this stuff on the podcast with Tony. So if you've got some questions, reach out to him, get on his calendar and chit chat about these things at 8 4 4 7 0 7 7 3 8 1. If you've got some questions before you take any action, always check with a qualified professional, like Tony. He is EA and a CFP, a certified financial planner of 20 plus years here to help you in the area. So give him a jingle 8 4 4 7 0 7 7 3 8 1.

Speaker 1: And as I mentioned earlier, don't forget, you can subscribe to the podcast on whatever platform you like using for your podcasting needs, and you can find it all at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. Tony, thanks for hanging out with me and my friend. I hope you have a great week. I'll talk to you in a couple of weeks just before Thanksgiving.

Tony Mauro: All right. Sounds good.

Speaker 1: All right. Well, have a good have a good week folks. We'll see you next time here on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment ServicesSM. Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Different types of accounts have different tax consequences. Let’s talk about those advantages and disadvantages in different types of accounts and how you can use them (or not) in retirement planning.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome back for another edition of Plan With the Tax Man, with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor, Inc. We're going to talk tax consequences because, hey, it's right there in the title. So we might as well spend a little time ... pros and cons of the various account types is what we're going to get into this week here on the podcast.

Speaker 1: And Tony, before we do, I got to ask you a question. I saw Costco's and stuff like that are starting to say, hey, we're going to limit the purchase of TP and cleaning supplies. I was like, are we really doing this again?

Tony Mauro: I just saw that myself, and I couldn't believe the headline when I first saw it.

Speaker 1: And I get it. Right now, it's logistics more than it is panic buying. Because we're still having trucking situations and clearing shipping containers and docks, and all that stuff. But it's the point of like, people just ... we overreact. They will see these news headlines and then you know they're going to run out and do it.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. They run out. Yeah. It could be a sales ploy too. [crosstalk 00:00:56].

Speaker 1: That's a good point. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Just to get people in. But I do think the more as this year as has drug on, and through my travels, and even here locally, that the supply chains are suffering.

Speaker 1: They're definitely suffering. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: We've got labor issues. Everybody all up and down, whether it's restaurants, accounting firms, I mean, hospitality, especially is struggling to find employees. And it's crazy. I just had my car serviced. And they said that they can't ... they don't have enough ... I don't know. They're missing some chip that comes from overseas. And they can't finish the cars to get them on the lot, so they don't have a whole lot of inventory of brand new cars to sell. [crosstalk 00:01:38].

Speaker 1: That's why used car sale is up so much. Yeah. Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It's just incredible. Well, good for the remodeling and construction industry. But lumber's way up, so that's costing a lot. But it seems like a lot of my business clients, especially that we do accounting for, are having good years. Which is good.

Speaker 1: Yeah. That's fantastic. Yeah. I saw that ... and here's the thing. We talk often about, just having a strategy, right? Have a plan. And you can apply that lesson to so much stuff in life, Tony. Like even buying toilet paper. When we went through what we went through last year, I would have hoped that more people ... and probably a number of them did get wise.

Speaker 1: But like I told my wife, I was like, look, we never know what's going to happen when it starts to get cold again or whatever. So maybe every other trip to the store, maybe pick up an extra four-pack. Then you're not panic buying and you're not hoarding. We're just getting a little extra. Just a little, small stockpile going of whatever, just in case something does get silly again. Versus that, everybody flocking in and just cleaning the stuff out.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. No, I know. It is crazy.

Speaker 1: And that's a strategy. Even that is a strategy. And that's planning as well. So that's going to do it this week for the show. No, I'm kidding. So let's talk about tax consequences then, because this is planning, as well, too. So as I mentioned, let's do pros and cons of some of these account types. And you just give us some advantages, disadvantages that kind of.thing, okay?

Tony Mauro: Sure.

Speaker 1: Tax deferred accounts. Let's start with the traditional, the 401k, the IRA, most of the places where we are conditioned to sink our money.

Tony Mauro: Yes. And these are all great accounts, by the way. I'm not going to come out and say that one is better or worse in any case than any other, but...

Speaker 1: Yeah. Just pros and cons.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Just pros and cons. And so you do need to know these because they all have their place. So in the traditional tax deferred accounts, our IRAs and 401ks, of course, the big advantage is when you put money in, it's going to be a tax deduction. It means it's going to look like to the government, when you filed that tax return, that you didn't earn it. Even though it's still your money and you still own it, you just parked it somewhere for retirement.

Tony Mauro: Big, big deal. Because theoretically, A, you're not paying taxes on it. You will later, which is kind of a disadvantage. But the big advantage is you're not paying taxes and it's going to grow tax deferred. So it's going to grow faster because the little tax man is not going to be there with his hand out every year, taking their cut. So that's been the traditional way to save for retirement.

Tony Mauro: A couple of disadvantages. And this is kind of a hotter topic lately is ... and this is true. When you have big sums in these accounts, you know that you've got an IOU to Uncle Sam and to your state government. Meaning that they're going to want their tax at some point. And even though we've kicked the can down the road a while, the old thinking was, well, I'm going to be in a lower tax bracket when I retire. And a lot of times nowadays, sometimes that's the exact opposite. We're actually now in a higher bracket, so when we go to pull this money out, now we owe taxes then.

Tony Mauro: And again, depending on how you look at it, could be a disadvantage there as far as that goes. I think with this, like all retirement accounts, another small disadvantage is money set aside. That's what the government wants you to do is keep it set aside until you're 59 and a half. And there's penalties if you pull it out early and things like that. So you got to know the ins and outs of these. And just have a conversation with your advisor. They're going to explain the same thing and go through it and then help you decide which one is better.

Speaker 1: Well, it's the education, and like I said, the conditioning that we've been getting for years that this is where we go, right? We just put the stuff in a traditional 401k, we tax defer it. And I like how you said, it's ours, but they don't view it as ours yet. The government does. And it's someplace we parked it until they want their cut later on when we take it. That's like the RMDs, so on and so forth. And that's the traditional way of thinking. But there are a lot of alternatives that maybe are better way to go.

Speaker 1: And at the time we're taping this, Tony ... we don't have any official word yet to what's going to happen with the tax proposals. But there's all the talk about, well, they're going after the wealthy. But if you really look at some of the other things in there, it's not just the ultra wealthy. It's not even really just the wealthy, right? There are some things in there that's going to pinch all of us a little bit if they make these changes.

Speaker 1: And over the last couple of years, tax-free accounts, like a Roth IRA, and even a newer thing, like a Roth 401k, have been very, very appealing to people because I know what my tax rate is today. I don't know what it's going to be in the future. And whether they make a change or not, they're sunsetting. So they're going back up in a couple of years, regardless.

Tony Mauro: Exactly. And if you really, if you think about it, take all the politics out and whatnot ... pretty much everybody knows that the government spends more than they take in. We've got a lot of debt. At some point...

Speaker 1: And they're not very efficient. Right.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, they're not very efficient. And at some point, we have to start paying for some of this somehow. And some of the things that they like to do is mess around with some of this stuff and create taxes to do that. But the tax-free accounts really have gained a lot of steam, like the Roth. Because the thing with them is, is you don't get a tax deduction when you put the money in. It's all after tax dollars. So the government isn't out anything because they collect the tax on that.

Tony Mauro: But the deal with them and these accounts is, well, okay, I didn't get a tax deduction, but they're saying all the earnings on these accounts is tax-free. Not tax deferred, free forever. So [crosstalk 00:07:25] the pot of money that grows ... Yeah. There's no taxes being paid on the earnings. And then when you take it out, you don't have to worry about that. Now, some of the things the government has found and tried to close ... because obviously, if there were no limits on these things, all the wealthy would stash all their money there. I mean, they're not dummies when it comes to this.

Tony Mauro: But the feds say, you can only put so much in a year. Which is 6,000, then there's a catch-up. I think it's still 6,000. It might be 6,500.

Speaker 1: I think it's 65 or under now. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: So you can't stash too much in there. But what a lot of people are doing now though, which is a legal loophole, is really taking money they're putting in the 401ks or whatnot ... or had some money in IRAs. And they're taking it out and doing Roth conversions up to their tax limit. And saying, okay, like you said earlier, we're going to pay some tax now, we know what it is. And I'm going to keep converting until I get all my money out of the tax deferred stuff.

Tony Mauro: Or they're using the newest thing, the Roth 401k, which is just like the regular IRA and 401k, it's just you don't get a tax deduction now. But you can stash a lot of money in those. So it's a very good account. I think it deserves some looks, especially if you're younger. And it's a heck of a deal. So I think you should take a look at it.

Speaker 1: Yeah. No, I agree with you. And I think that's where people were trying to be more efficient. Because every time we get more efficient, then the IRS is like, well, we got to get more efficient, and it's this chess game. And it's always funny these conversations about, I found a loophole, or I want to find ... and it's like, well, the code is the code is the code, right, Tony? As a tax professional, there's not technically really loopholes, right? There's just the code and the people who are willing to find the ways to manipulate it to their best advantage.

Tony Mauro: To their best advantage, yeah. It really is. And then sometimes the IRS says, well, too many people are doing this, and then they change the code. So you can't do that legally anymore.

Speaker 1: And that's closing the loop, right? Yeah.

Tony Mauro: That's closing the loop.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Exactly.

Speaker 1: All right. Well, talk to me about number three, after tax brokerage accounts. What are those? First of all, just kind of explain them a little bit just for people ... taxable accounts, though?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. So a taxable account really is no different ... I mean, you could call anything a taxable account. Your savings account, CDs, money markets. But brokerage account would fall under that. Meaning that you just decided that you were going to start investing in some securities. And it might be equities might be mutual funds, whatever. [crosstalk 00:09:51]

Speaker 1: So it's just to tax your E-Trade account, for example?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Like E-Trade or whatnot. And that's called a taxable account. Meaning that even though you own securities, when you buy and sell, if you have gains, you're going to be taxed on the gains, only when you sell them though. And if your securities generate dividends and interest income and things inside of that account, you're going to be taxed on it. So at the end of the year, you're going to get a statement called 1099-B, and it's going to summarize all this. And you have to give that to your tax person because you have to claim that on your taxes.

Tony Mauro: So what's the advantages and disadvantages? Well, the advantages really are, again, you're paying your taxes now. And you're not into all the rules. You don't have to take money out at any certain time. You know exactly where you're at. I think another advantage ... but this is in any type of account. Long-term capital gains are taxed at a lower rate than your potential income is. And you could do some tax loss harvesting, which is a tax planning move, where if you've got a lot of gains and you've got a few losses, you can offset the tax on those gains by selling and deducting your losses.

Tony Mauro: So they have a spot, especially if you've maxed out the other two things we've just talked about. People say, well, I still want to save more. And we say, well, I mean, there's a couple other things, but just a regular account sometimes make some sense. Or if it's just a trading account, a lot of people use E-Trade and Schwab and things, and they do a lot of trading. And that's where you do that at.

Speaker 1: I forgot to ask you, whenever I asked you to give us some pros and cons, to ask you whether or not you use some of these tools in your retirement planning process. And I'd imagine for these first three, you use all of these, right?

Tony Mauro: We use all of them, yeah. We do. I mean, we start at the top and try to get the most tax savings or deferral that we can. And if people want to keep going ... we try to set high savings rates, and then we break it out between the different accounts. But if somebody has got the wherewithal to say, I want to save 10, 15% of my income. A lot of times we can't get it all in one type of account, because of the rules. The IRS says it's too advantageous.

Speaker 1: As a CFP, a certified financial planner and professional, I imagine ... and obviously a tax person. So you get to kind of look at this through both lenses, right? So when you're thinking about these things, where a lot of times, if you're working with someone who's just a financial planner, they will say things like, well, let's ... they have tax knowledge, of course. But they'll say let's consult a tax person. You get that nice advantage, unless I'm wrong, of looking through it with both lenses at the same time.

Tony Mauro: We do. And we get some calls from clients that work with financial planners. And they're tax clients, and of course, they want ... I think some financial planners, it's probably something they don't want to get into if they get too far into some of the tax stuff. But it is good, especially with tax clients, because we already have their tax returns and just...

Speaker 1: Yeah. You're right there looking at it. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: ...plug some numbers into the tax software, into the financial planning software. And try to find the best route based on what they want to do. Using all of these different kinds of accounts. It's almost a must these days to be able to do that.

Speaker 1: That's for sure. Well, I got two more. Let's see if we can knock them out. You mentioned CDs, so let's bring that one up. I know we're trying to be pros and cons, I'm finding a hard time finding any pros to CDs right this minute. I mean, other than the fact that, I guess they're safe. But I mean, talk to me a little bit about CDs.

Tony Mauro: Well, yeah. I mean, CDs, they're always the whipping boys of the investment world, especially now. The CDs, the advantages of them ... back in the day when you could earn a reasonable rate of interest, that's mostly what retirees put their money in. If you could get five ... I remember the days when it was 8%. And the big advantage is, that's FDIC insured, so there's no risk to your principal. It's a contract between you and the bank and they're going to give you X amount of dollars or interest rate. And at the end, they're going to return your money and you could do it again. And all different kinds of time horizons and whatnot.

Tony Mauro: The problem has been, over the years, rates have shrunk. These rates now are what I would call very, very low. I mean, you can't even keep up with inflation on these things.

Speaker 1: No, no. Not at all.

Tony Mauro: And if you take inflation into account, your tax rate into account ... because these things, unless you put them in an IRA, are taxable. Sometimes there's actually, if you show it to people, a negative return in real dollars. But a lot of retirees still like to cling to them. They complain a lot, they're just not earning. And we tell them...

Speaker 1: To your point, the whipping post, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. You're not going to get that. And you're going to have to come up with something else and venture out a little bit. But they still have their place. I mean, you could say, for children. You could do some things. You could use them for college. It depends on your risk appetite, but these are ultra, ultra conservative. And if rates ever come back to something respectable, I'm sure you'll see them not being talked about like they are today.

Speaker 1: Gotcha. Okay. And then my final one, the fifth one here, Tony, is life insurance. Now we're talking about tax consequences and that might strike people as strange sounding. So are there tax consequences to life insurance?

Tony Mauro: There are tax consequences. And everybody loves to hate the life insurance sales guy these days. But life insurance still has a great, I think, value in planning, and not only for your estate and retirement. But everybody always wants to ... you know the old saying. What is it? Buy term and invest the difference. I still think that a cash value life insurance, in certain situations, makes some sense. Because it's going to build up cash value, it's growing tax deferred. You can borrow against it because it's your money. No questions asked.

Tony Mauro: Life insurance, of course, for the death benefit is tax free to the beneficiaries. It doesn't matter how much it is. And you can use it in some really sophisticated planning techniques, depending on what you want to do and how you want to leave your money for children. And I think it still makes some sense. People ask me, well, hey, I've got X amount of dollars in my nest egg. I want to leave my kids something, but I want to spend my money. And we tell them, well, you can do that. Just go out and you can buy a life insurance policy. Make sure you're paying on it or it's a paid up policy.

Tony Mauro: And then you can go out and spend every dime and at least you know your kids are going to have what you want them to have, should you pass away. So there's a lot of uses for it. It does get complex. Sometimes it's not sold properly, and for all the wrong reasons, but I think you should at least take a look at it as a planning tool.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And I think a lot of people don't realize ... we think of life insurance as just life insurance. And not thinking about necessarily the tax consequences. So I wanted to bring that up and have you address that a little bit this week on the show.

Speaker 1: All right. So thanks for hanging out with us this week as we talked about tax consequences with the tax man. So that's why we do the show, Plan With the Tax Man. So if you've got questions, as always, get on the calendar. Talk with a qualified professional before you take any action, if you're not already working with Tony. Make sure you check with a professional before you take any action on something here on our show or any others.

Speaker 1: And don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, all that fun stuff. Find it all at yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com. Tony, thanks for hanging out and explaining some of the tax ramifications and some of these things. I appreciate you.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, you bet. Talk to you soon.

Speaker 1: Yeah, we'll see you next time. We'll be in November the next time we get together. So that'll be nice, and maybe the chilliness will really be rolling in. And we'll be talking about Christmas in November, when it should wait until December, but whatever. I'll get on my pumpkin spice high horse again so I won't do that.

Tony Mauro: I like that.

Speaker 1: We'll see you next time, folks. Have a great week. Don't forget to subscribe to us here on the podcast Plan With the Tax Man, with Tony Mauro. We'll talk to you next time.

Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Before you can live the retirement dream, you have to figure out what the dream looks like in the first place. Let’s talk about some of the things you need to dream about.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, gang. Welcome in to another edition of Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor, Inc. and myself hanging out, talking investing, finance, retirement, and living the dream. That is the topic this go-around of the podcast, planning the non-financial retirement because that's just as important as doing the X's and the O's, and we're going to get into that just a second. Tony, what's going on, buddy? How you doing?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing well. How about you?

Speaker 1: Hanging in there, not doing too bad. As a matter of fact, this is a good topic because you're getting ready to do a little goof tomorrow, the next day, golf for those of us who know what I'm talking about, but you're going to play some golf, right?

Tony Mauro: I'm going to play some golf. It's getting a little cooler here. This is probably going to be it for the year for us as we're recording this at the end of September-ish. So, looking forward to that, and then it's batting down the hatches time.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Are you a fall guy? Are you a summer guy? We're in the fall. This is October, so our October podcast. Do you enjoy fall?

Tony Mauro: You know, I do enjoy fall. I'm a summer guy, though. I always have been. Fall, when those days start getting a little shorter and then it gets a little grayer, and it seems like to me anymore, around here anyway in the Midwest, the fall, it's hot. It's like summer, and then we don't have a much of a fall like we used to. It's changing.

Speaker 1: Gotcha. I go back and forth. I think I'm spring or fall. I enjoy summer just like everybody else, as well, but where I'm at, it gets blisteringly hot. I think spring is great because you get the flowers and everything, but there's a lot of rain typically, and then fall.

Speaker 1: So, maybe fall edges it out just a little bit, although the detractor is the pumpkin spice stuff. Don't hate me folks if you're a pumpkin spice person, but good Lord! Could we not start talking about pumpkin spice in August? Could we stop that and at least wait until late September? Now that it's October, it's okay, right?

Tony Mauro: That's right. Now, they can start talking all that.

Speaker 1: Now, you can talk about all that. So, is that part of your living the dream? So, let's talk about it. Tony's going to play some golf. That might be on your living the dream conversation. So, before you can live the retirement dream, Tony, you got to figure out what in the heck the dream is. For many retirees, pre-retirees, often the first time, maybe not the first time, but when they really get serious about some of these conversations, it's in front of an advisor like yourself.

Speaker 1: Now, maybe you've had some general things. You've said, "Hey, who do you want to hang out with? You know, who's our social circle? Are we going to still hang out with the Joneses? Do we like them, or whatever the case might be. When you're starting to plan and strategize the future, it's not always just the X's and O's, right?

Tony Mauro: No, it's really not. Even on our podcast show, we're always talking about getting to the dream and the numbers and sticking to the plan. Once you get there, outside of, like you say, the financial side, I like to talk to people about this. This is a great thing to talk about and just kind of get out in the open because a lot of people don't think about it.

Tony Mauro: Then, what I hear sometimes is, "Well, I'm in retirement, and now I don't like it because I'm I'm bored. I've got the money I need, but my life doesn't make any sense anymore. There's no purpose." I do hear that a lot.

Speaker 1: Good point.

Tony Mauro: I mean, we try to have some Frank conversations about that kind of stuff, not only who you're hanging out with, but what are you going to do? Are you going to travel? Are you going to volunteer?

Tony Mauro: I mean, what's your day going to look like to keep yourself busy and occupied and try to stay healthy, as well, along those lines. I've even had people where we actually put it down and put it part of the plan. Then, we do a little check-in, see if they're kind of following that or if they've gone off in a different direction.

Speaker 1: Nice. I like that.

Tony Mauro: It's just something kind of fun. It's not really accountability, but just kind of going over like, "Six months ago you said you were going to do this and now you're doing that but, as long as you're happy."

Speaker 1: Did you do it, right?

Tony Mauro: You're doing some things, yeah.

Speaker 1: Well, that light dose of accountability, not a bad thing. Think about it like this. A lot of times, couples will, they'll be sitting there talking and they're saying, "Okay, we're thinking about what do we want to do in retirement? Where do we want to travel?" We'll use golf. "Well, I want to play golf." "Look, we want to go out to eat more and try a lot of the restaurants we haven't had a chance to try.

Speaker 1: Okay. That's great, but that's really general. That's a general thing. So, when you're starting to talk about structure and planning and funding all of these things because, as my dad used to say, "Retirement is every day's a Saturday," and he spends the most money on a Saturday. So, every day in retirement is a Saturday. So, now you got to start kind of drilling this down. Well how often do you want to golf Tony, right?

Tony Mauro: Right.

Speaker 1: Two days or four days a year is a heck of a lot cheaper than two days a week.

Tony Mauro: Exactly. Yeah, and for a guy like me who loves golf, I don't see me, because I would probably get sick of it if I was going to say to myself, "I'm going to do this seven days a week" and [crosstalk 00:04:49].

Speaker 1: Oh, gosh, no. I don't think I can do anything seven days a week except for sleep.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I just actually got back from a culinary thing in San Diego, and a lot of retirees were there, and they have their whole schedule planned out, and it's kind of refreshing because they feel like they're still, I mean they are busy, but they're busy with stuff they like to do, but they're very detailed about it. Most of couples I ran into, because I always ask everybody, "What do you do to occupy your day?", and, boom, they're listing it out, and it's pretty down to, really, every few hours.

Speaker 1: Wow! Really? Like activities and stuff, you mean?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, activities and things. Then, of course, there are travels in there and, for some of them, it's golf. For a lot of them, it's cooking and just ways to kind of keep busy and feel good. A lot of people are volunteering these days and/or kind of working that non-stressful type job just for something to do type of thing. It takes up some time.

Speaker 1: If you're talking about all these different pieces, we could go through each one of these individually, but I think it's just better served as a general conversation because, to my point, a second ago, everything costs money so, if you want to go out to eat and try places more often, not that you're living on a budget, but you don't want to go super crazy. Same thing with golf or same thing with travel, "Hey, let's see the grandkids more often," and let's say the grandkids live someplace you got to fly to.

Speaker 1: Well, what is more often? Is it going to be a few times a year because that stuff will start to add up and that's what your retirement money's for. Not saying, again, you have to go on a budget, just make sure that you're having these conversations and doing a little bit of strategizing with your advisor so that they know, okay, travel wise, we need to plan for X number of dollars. That's not only big travel, but the smaller travel out to see the grandkids.

Tony Mauro: You're right. To bring numbers back into it a little bit, you do need to have those conversations with your advisor because that has to fit into the plan you have created.

Speaker 1: Yeah. They got to clue you in, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, so because most advisors, if you're not talking to them about it, they're just basically focusing on, "Okay, now you're at the end. You're in retirement. It's your property taxes, your fuel, your groceries, you know, the basics just to live. There is a budget now, especially if you're not working and, if you start going over budget too much, depending on where you're at, that affects things.

Speaker 1: The difference Tony might be like, you show up to Tony's office for a check-in. It's review day or something. Somebody comes up and says, "Tony, check out these new golf clubs I got. I spent, whatever, about a thousand bucks on them or something."

Speaker 1: That's one thing that's, but it's different if you pull up in a Corvette that you spent 50 grand on and said, "Hey, check out what I, and the golf clubs in the trunk." Again, your money, do what you want, but did you just double check to make sure it's part of the plan so that you're not shorting what would be maybe some longevity, so that kind of thing. Am I on base there?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I mean, right on the money with that because that does happen and, again, going back to...

Speaker 1: Then they say, "Fix it," right?

Tony Mauro: They say, "What can I do now?"

Speaker 1: Well, can you fix it, Tony? Well, wait a minute.

Tony Mauro: I mean, generally, you can the first few times, but let's say you were out buying those large purchases or around the world trips too much, then it becomes a "Well, now you got to change some things. Your budget now has to be adjusted downward. That's probably the last thing retirees want to hear is that. Again, everybody's different, depends on the nest egg you have Obviously, someone with a very large one is going to be making different decisions than someone a little more modest, but there's a lot of room in there though.

Speaker 1: Sure, you've got something going.

Tony Mauro: It's fun to think about and I think, well, at least the people we talk to and even pre-retirees, they haven't thought about that yet. What are they going to do when they get there? It's all about, "Well, I've got to save this much to get there."

Speaker 1: Right, and to my point to kind of kick this off, a lot of times, people will start to have these conversations maybe more seriously, or maybe a better term, Tony is more honestly in front of you, for example, as the financial professional, because maybe the husband and wife will go with the standard thing here. They're sitting there, and he says, "Yeah, we want to see the grandkids six times a year. This is where they're at. This is what we're thinking.

Speaker 1: She's like, "You know, I didn't really agree with that", and now you've got that other person kind of to be that moderator. "I only really want to go 12 times a year" or the really big one is, I've heard many advisors say that the wife sometimes will look at the advisor and say, "Get him out my house. Give him something to do. We're driving each other nuts."

Tony Mauro: I do hear that from couples a lot.

Speaker 1: That's non-financial, but it is going to be financial because, if you're going out and doing things, you're going to have to start spending the money for that or whatever the case is, but you also have to think about, you're going to spend all your time together and, sometimes, we just get tired of one another.

Tony Mauro: You do. I think, too, even a real life example for myself right now. My wife and I have been traveling, I wouldn't say a lot, but I mean, three to five vacation type things a year just because we're at the point where we want to start doing some of that, but I've always been one to love to travel, and one of our goals has been, well, we wanted to travel when we decide to retire, once a month, but we've been doing this.

Tony Mauro: My wife actually said on the way back to San Diego, the travel part of the travel gets wearing as you age. I said, "Well, we may not want to do that when we're 75 because we're not moving quite as quick,

Speaker 1: It drains you.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It just is a whole different thing. So, things do change is I guess the point there and what we want now in the fifties and maybe even sixties is going to change as you get older. I mean, even go back to golf. When your 80 swinging the club versus 50s, it's a lot different.

Speaker 1: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Tony Mauro: My dad still golfs at 80, but it does take it out of him, but he still likes to get out there.

Speaker 1: Exactly.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, he's a three-time-a-week guy.

Speaker 1: Oh, wow!

Tony Mauro: He likes to quit as soon as it gets like it is. I mean, as soon as it cools off, he doesn't like it because he can't. His back hurts and some things like that.

Speaker 1: Gotcha.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it's fun to talk out with people because you hear all kinds of things and that's the funnest part about it.

Speaker 1: This is the cool side of what you do. You're doing the X's and O's. They've saved the money. You're doing the calculations and the planning and the strategizing so that they can do the dream, whatever the dream is. That was the topic this week on the podcast was just living the dream. Have you had some cursory conversations with your spouse? Has it just been, Yeah, let's travel. Yeah, let's go out to eat," or have you really dived more into, what does that really look like?

Speaker 1: Then, more so, have you shared it with your financial advisor so that they can help structure the retirement you're looking for. Maybe you're wanting to start a small business. Maybe you're wanting to convert the garage into a woodworking shop, whatever the case is. So, have you really dived into that? What is the dream for both of you?

Speaker 1: Then, have you shared that with the advisor so that you guys can all be on the same page so they're understanding how to finagle and work stuff to get you what you're after and also keep that longevity and keep taxes down and so on and so forth.

Speaker 1: So, that's the podcast this week, living the dream. Make sure you're talking about it. We're going to talk about taxes, actually, on the next episode this month, so tune back into that. If you haven't subscribed to us, do so on Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, whatever. That way, you catch new episodes when they come out like the next one, which is going to be on tax consequences or you can check out past episodes.

Speaker 1: So, there's lots of things you can do, so stop by the website. You can find it all at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com to talk with Tony and get yourself set up on the calendar. My friend, I'm going to let you get out of here this week. Thanks for hanging out, and good luck with the golf swing tomorrow.

Tony Mauro: All right. Thank you. We'll talk to you soon.

Speaker 1: All right, we'll see you next time here on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro, Des Moines professional alternative @taxdoctorinc.

Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

If you’ve ever ridden the subway in London, you’ve probably seen the “Mind the Gap” signs warning you to be aware of the gap between the train door and the station platform. Let’s talk today about minding the gaps in retirement planning.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody, welcome back into another edition of Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro and myself and we're going to be talking about minding the gap this week on the podcast, and so you need to stick around for a second and figure out what that means, minding the gap. But if you've got questions and need some help when it comes to retirement, Tony has been doing this for a long time at Tax Doctor Inc and they're here to help you at yourplanningpros.com, that's yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast and all that good jazz and we're going to get into our conversation about minding the gap here in just a second. Tony, what's going on buddy? How are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm good. Thank you. Just got back from my vacation and things are going well.

Speaker 1: So fancy France.

Tony Mauro: Fancy France. Went over for some wine tasting.

Speaker 1: That's awesome.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it's unbelievable.

Speaker 1: I bet. So obviously you had a great time, I don't even know why I'm asking.

Tony Mauro: We did. I do like Europe, this is my second time over there. And, I don't know, I guess there's something about it, the different culture and everything, it's something to see.

Speaker 1: Well, there's a lot of very old architecture, a lot of very old things to see, versus maybe we got some old stuff here in our country but not really, right? I mean, the way we kind of think of it but not some of that stuff. I mean, you're talking about Paris has been around for a really, really long time.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It's weird when they think, yeah, that we're just youngsters as a country because-

Speaker 1: We're babies.

Tony Mauro: ... Yeah. They've been doing things and wine being one of them for a long long time.

Speaker 1: Yeah. We're still in our diapers compared to some of these other countries. So have you ever been to London?

Tony Mauro: I've never been to London. No.

Speaker 1: Okay. Well, I don't know about Paris so I'll talk about what I know, but there's the subways, right? We have subways as well, they call it the tube, right? Over in London, and they have little signs up when you're kind of stepping from the platform between the train door onto the subway cars and stuff, there's a little sign that says, mind the gap, okay? Because they don't want you to just trip and fall or there's that gap between the platform and the train, right? So I thought, well, let's talk about minding some financial gaps in retirement because we often think of just my first one here but there's several other gaps we need to identify so that we can be mindful of them, right? So I thought that'd be the topic this week, that will be a little bit of fun. I wasn't sure if they had something similar over in Paris but I was like, well, maybe he's been to London too so I took a shot.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: But anyway, let's talk about the first one, the obvious one Tony, that's the paycheck gap. At some point we no longer get a paycheck, how do we fix that gap?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And a lot of people that gap becomes very forefront when that paycheck stops because a lot of them think, well, my social security or pension is going to cover all that. And if you haven't taken the time to figure that out, you're going to be in for a surprise because most of the time it doesn't, it only satisfies part of that. And so then you've got to figure that out and for most people it has to come from savings or other investments, or they have to go back and get that paycheck or some kind of part-time job and retirement planning to fill that gap. So it's important that you understand what that gap might look like long before you get there and so then working with your retirement plan, that's the whole point of it, is to fill that gap and make sure you've got enough to live on. So.

Speaker 1: Well, many people wind up saying, we know this, right? That's kind of basic stuff, we know we've been saving towards it, so on and so forth, but then they go, well, how do I do it though? How do I actually use it? Because you just want your mailbox money, right? At the end of the day or maybe I'm showing my age or you just want your EFT money, right? You just want the money transferred to your account, direct deposited, whatever, that's all we're thinking about, we're not necessarily thinking about how do we convert it into that. We know we've built it up but how do we access it or use it.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And you've got to make that change as you approach retirement too from the mindset of, well, we don't necessarily need to continue to get a lot of growth on it although you do need some. Now it's in the mode of, how do I take this money at set intervals and of course today's technology makes it fairly easy to get it set up on the set it and forget it even with your investments, which is nice. But you'd have to take some time to figure that out because otherwise even though you might have the money and if it's not getting to you so you can pay your bills and do what you want, that's not good either. So.

Speaker 1: Yeah, I think that's a great point. The technology does make it easy but it still comes back to a lot of times the strategy of when and where and how, which bucket or which set of funds, how much do we take, when do we take them, so on and so forth, that's where the strategy starts to kind of come into place, especially when you start talking about social security, the spouse, and if you're married, both of yours, when to turn it on, when to activate this person's versus that person's, the pension options and on and on and on, all the things that we cover and talk about on the regular here on the podcast and that's because there are so many moving parts. Tony, I started doing these shows, radio shows and financial podcasts and stuff, six, seven, eight years ago and when I first started I was like, how much can there be to talk about? But there really is.

Speaker 1: It was kind of eyeopening to think about the facets of how many things can go into this whole strategy and planning process because the accumulation it's a bit easier, right? You can get a couple of accounts, dump the money in there, for the most part you're kind of okay. But it's the transition and how to use it and when to use it that becomes the bigger challenge, so that's kind of the gap concept and the gap conversation to have there. So that's the first one Tony, that's the one everybody thinks of, paycheck gap. So let's talk about the second one I've got on my list which is social security and or Medicare gap. And this really falls into place especially for people who want to retire early and that's been happening more and more and this can be a huge gap to fix. If you decide to retire, let's say at 60, you've got some strategies to plan, right? Because you can't touch social security for at least two years and you can't touch your medical for five.

Tony Mauro: Yes, so that becomes a huge issue. And I see that a lot with retail tax clients. A lot of people maybe not happy in their jobs, they've been working a long time, can't wait to get out and they want out at 60, 61. And first question I ask is, well, what are you going to do between now and the time you get your social security? And sometimes you get blank looks and I think to myself, you mean you haven't even thought of that? I mean, that's something that they don't know, number one, they don't have a plan for it, number two, and then many of them find out that, well, that's not going to be a very good existence until the social security starts. I'm a believer in delaying a little bit of social security if you can and have the plan in place to do that just to get the benefits pumped up a little bit.

Tony Mauro: But the other story though is the big one is with the way healthcare costs are now is, if you retire before 65 many employers are going to say, all right, enough with the benefits, and so now you're stuck trying to find some insurance which is really expensive. And my actual admin person, she's actually turning 65 in October and so she's been on our health plan, our group health plan, but she's excited to kind of get off and get on Medicare because it's actually going to be better for her, less costly but she's going to have to do some things with filling in the gaps with Medicare, but she's been smart enough to stay on our health plan until that Medicare kicks in. But those can be some things that could really creep up on you so you got to really work with somebody on that kind of stuff as you're thinking about this.

Speaker 1: Yeah, absolutely. Especially on that medical stuff because that can get really expensive. I was talking with somebody not too long ago, they wanted to retire at 58 and it's like, man, that's a lot of insurance you're going to have to carry so make sure that you're ready to fund that because that can make a pretty big dent in the income that you're planning on using or whatever over that time period. So just definitely make sure you're planning at minding that gap in that arena. All right. So let's do number three, and this is our old buddy, our good pal, Mr. inflation, the inflation gap. Okay. That sounds a little strange because like, oh, well wait a minute, I'd love to have a gap and inflation where we don't have any, but it's really more the other way, right?

Speaker 1: So it's the fact that you know it's out there and you know it's going to continue to chip away at your savings. And Tony, I don't know about you but I think this is a huge indicator about what's going on with inflation, the fact that they are going to do a substantial social security adjustment, I believe it's this year or maybe it's '22, I can't remember which one, but they've already announced and it's going to be something like 4%, between four and 6%, that's the first time they've done that in a really long time, that big of a number, if that doesn't say that cost of living adjustment that there's some real inflation happening, I don't know what does.

Tony Mauro: It is. And with this, this is what that invisible one that does creep up on you. And a lot of people I hear say, well yeah, but that really doesn't apply to me, and it's because you can't see it, it's there. But as soon as you start asking people about, well, what was this price 10, 15, 20 years ago versus what it is now. Even my accounting prices, I mean, what I charge now is more simply because of inflation, it costs more to do business and everything else. And I always tell people, nothing is going down, if anything, it's going up. And so if you constantly are not looking at this and especially when you are in retirement and if you've got your retirement savings in things like say CDs, money market, which you're not getting very good interest on, and inflation is more than that, you're actually going backwards and if you've got any longevity you're going to really start to feel that type of thing. The other thing too, is social security and they haven't been giving very many or very large adjustments lately.

Tony Mauro: And I don't know what's driving that, I admit, probably some politics there of somewhat but they're the same way, they don't adjust for the real cost of living and it's difficult to do. And I was actually talking to my payroll person today and we were just coming out of a conference, a payroll conference, they were talking about employees and how to pay employees a little bit more and keep up with the cost of living. But a lot of times even us employers don't think about that, it's like, we just give them the same amount of money. Well, their costs of their living go up too and unless they are on some kind of performance-based pay, you don't want to, as an employer, say, no, your salary is your salary. But things do go up and everybody feels it, especially I think in retirement with some of this stuff and the way insurance is going and things like that. So.

Speaker 1: Oh yeah. And it's hard for self-employed or for smaller businesses as well in that arena because you want to do that, you want to be able to help people out but at the same time, your costs are going up also. So it's a vicious cycle, that's for sure, and we know it exists but we don't often adjust for it so we just have to bear that in mind when we're talking about these different kinds of gaps. Another one is the long-term care gap. You might think, well, we could tie this into the social security and the Medicare conversations, but Medicare that couldn't do you any real good there when it comes to long-term care. So.

Tony Mauro: No. And if you are planning for this depending on how you want to handle it, you need to have a conversation with your advisor on if I need this, how am I going to pay for it? Because he could easily run, here in the Midwest, 70 to 90, 100 thousand bucks depending on where you're at. But if you aren't planning for this then what's going to happen is you have to go on that word Medicaid, they're going to make you sell everything, spend everything and then of course the government will pay but there's a lot of disadvantages to that. I think a lot of, oh my goodness, at least here in Iowa most Medicaid beds are in far reaches of the state and historically people say that they're not as good a care as others, I don't know if that's really true but probably somebody out there knows that.

Speaker 1: Yeah. I mean, this is not an ideal, right? I think most of us would love to pick the home option, right? Some sort of home care. Right.

Tony Mauro: Pick the home option, you can now age in place, pass away at your home and many people just need some assistance, maybe not full time medical care but there's a cost to that and so you've got to look at that because we're living longer than ever.

Speaker 1: And we're all going to get there, right? We're all going to get to the point where, and the long-term care need is growing all the time and the costs are just totally out of control so you've got to start talking about those gaps and how to cover it. And often it's really the second person that gets the short end of the stick, right? If you're married and one person has a long-term care event, the other one can usually be the one that gets depleted the finances taking care of the first one and then now you've got a real problem on your hands.

Tony Mauro: They've got a real problem, yeah. And a lot of the long-term care policies now are offering, and you pay more for it, but it's called a shared benefit so that if one person didn't use up all of their money or their pool that it could be used for the second person, so there are a lot of options out there. The key there is, if you're going to buy the insurance since you got to buy it while you're fairly young because it gets expensive quickly when you get up there.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And then my last one Tony, if you're coming off of the fourth one, the longterm care gap, and you know that it's a terminal illness and at some point you're going to be losing your spouse, hopefully you're taking the steps, you're getting more prepared for the things that you're going to have to deal with. But oftentimes, right? A lot of us we can pass away suddenly, it can kind of not be expected, I mean, we all know we're going to pass away. So it comes out of nowhere and now you've got this widows gap or widowers gap, but typically widows gap and it's easy just to kind of reference it that way. But there's a couple of major components that we're probably not thinking of that need to be addressed when we go from a couple to a single.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And the first one really is social security because you're going to lose the one, usually what's the lesser of the two social security benefits, so you're going to lose that one. And then a lot of times if you didn't plan for your pension properly, in other words, set it up so that you take a little less but it covers both lives, you could potentially lose that one. And so that could be a huge chunk of the monthly overhead or not overhead, but income to pay overhead. And so you need to be thinking about that while both of you are live and make sure again, that that's set up properly so you don't, all of a sudden, you have a spouse pass away and now all of a sudden, besides dealing with all that grief and everything, now you've got a huge financial burden possibly as well. So.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And often those things, we just don't think about them. If we spent 40 years doing our taxes as married filing jointly and now we're single and we're thrown into a higher tax bracket, and often we're thrown into a higher tax bracket making less money coming in.

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Speaker 1: So it's like a double whammy or a triple whammy because you've also lost your partner, your spouse. So it's unfortunate but it's the nature of the beast, right? We're all going to pass away. And of course and what you do for a living, that is the sad part about your job is that often you have to deal with these situations because you're dealing with retirees and then one of them typically will pass away first. So there's a lot of little gaps out there, it's not just the paycheck, it's not just figuring out how to turn the stuff on when we transition from our working years to our retirement years, it's all these other little pieces that can reach out and take a little nibble and all those nibbles can add up. So we want to make sure that we're getting a good plan in place, we're getting a good strategy rolling and that's why we call the show Plan With The Tax Man.

Speaker 1: So if you need some help, if you're not already working with Tony, you got some questions or you know somebody who might benefit from the podcast, make sure you send them by the website or stop by there yourself at yourplanningpros.com, that is yourplanningpros.com. A lot of good tools, tips and resources, great ways to get in touch with Tony and the team and get started today with your own strategy and your own plan. Don't forget to hit the heart button or whatever happens to be on the apps you're using for Apple Podcast or Google or Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, whatever platform you like to use, make sure you subscribe to the podcast to catch new episodes as well as prior episodes. Tony, thanks for hanging out, I'm glad you had a great time overseas and stay safe, have yourself a good September, I'll talk to you, I guess next time we talk we'll be into October.

Tony Mauro: October. Wow. Yeah.

Speaker 1: So pumpkin everything will be everywhere.

Tony Mauro: Yes. All right. Well, you take care.

Speaker 1: All right. We'll see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc.

Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Play along with this episode and see if you can answer some of these questions, if not it might be a red flag.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome in to the podcast. Thanks for tuning in to Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro and myself, talking investing, finance, and retirement. And this week, we're going to talk a little bit about red flags, how to spot some of those things in our finances, because Lord knows there's enough red flags going on around the rest of the world, but we're certainly going to talk about those a little bit from a financial standpoint. Tony, what's going on, buddy? How are you? Welcome in.

Tony Mauro: Thank you. I'm hanging in and enjoying the last few days of summer here.

Speaker 1: Yeah, the dog days of summer I suppose is what they call it, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it's coming.

Speaker 1: Although it's super hot. I'm kind of looking forward to some cool down a little bit. I'm not going to lie.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: But it'll be here soon enough, I suppose. I believe this is our Labor Day podcast so this will be coming out right around Labor Day. So hope everybody has a great holiday and stay safe and all that good jazz and good stuff. And we're going to talk about these flags here a little bit.

Speaker 1: So Tony, depending on your answers, the questions that we cover today on the show could raise a flag for folks, right? So if they're playing along with us, for example ... Not your answers, sorry, but the answers of someone listening. So if they're playing along with us here and they answer some of these or can't answer some of these, it might be a red flag.

Tony Mauro: Correct.

Speaker 1: So for now, I'll let you give us some reasons why it could be.

Tony Mauro: Okay.

Speaker 1: Should the average person be able to name all the investments in their portfolio? Yes or no? What do you think?

Tony Mauro: I would say probably not, right off the top of my head. Now, there's different ways to look at it. Obviously, if you're in mutual funds and you have three or four mutual funds, hopefully you can remember and know what those are, but if you have say two stocks in your entire retirement portfolio, that's probably a red flag that you need more diversification.

Speaker 1: Okay, you can remember them because you only have two, right? Okay.

Tony Mauro: You only have two.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And so that's probably something that unless you have some really good reasons for that, you should be talking with an advisor about that, because that could be a potential disaster in the making if those few companies happen to have some problems.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And so I would definitely keep an eye on that, but yeah. I mean most people can't remember the names of the investments in their portfolio. A lot of times, they'll get anywhere from, I don't know, six to 20 or even the funds sometimes they can't remember. They go to their advisor and they talk about them, but then they kind of forget, but yeah, just be careful.

Speaker 1: Yeah, and if you're really diversified, as we should be, you're probably going to have a lot of stuff and the whole point is to not know all of the investments, I would think anyway, because your advisor's taking care of that stuff, they're helping you. You want to know about the plan, you want to understand it, and sure you want a working knowledge, but if you happen to be invested in 100 different items, it's going to be very hard to obviously keep track of all of that. And that's the whole kind of point. Maybe you're spending too much time thinking about this versus letting the advisor do their job. And in that case, are you really getting the value that you're after?

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Speaker 1: So a couple of ways to look at it, whether it's too little or too much. Okay. How often do you meet with your financial advisor? I think most people on average would say once a year, and that's kind of the norm, I talk to advisors all across the country. Is that a good norm or is it truly a case-by-case, person-by-person scenario?

Tony Mauro: I think it's a case-by-case scenario. I would say at minimum, you should be doing a once a year. If you're not doing that, again, red flag, maybe not on your part or the advisor's, but if you're not getting that one meeting a year, even if it's a Zoom call, then you've got to ask yourself, "Okay, what am I really paying for," number one. And then you have no idea really, unless you're, again, following the stuff of where you're at, but ... When I say case-by-case basis, I mean a lot of our clients, we're quarterly. It just kind of depends on what they want a little bit, sometimes quarterly is too much for a lot of people. Other times, if you've got a smaller IRA let's say, there's really not a whole lot to discuss, and then we go semi-annual because we like to update the plan. We don't spend the time talking about individual investments as much as, are we on track with our plan and meeting the goals that we set up when we did the plan?

Speaker 1: Right, and checking in, I think on the annual basis for most people is probably good, but you should also be taking the thing on yourself to say, "Something's happened. Something's changed. Let me reach out to my advisor, let me reach out to Tony and say, 'Hey, this thing is coming up or something's happened in our life,'" and I think that's really where a good value to be found working with an advisor is because you can call up and say, and you should call up and say, "Hey, something major's happened or something's about to happen," whatever. Something as simple as your kid's going to get married and they've upped the timetable and you're trying to pay for part of that, you want to figure out the best ways to access that money or whatever.

Tony Mauro: Exactly, and in fact, right before this call, I was just on a call with a client and they were asking me about, they were thinking about buying a house in North Carolina. So even though it's not directly related to their finances, it is in a way of they're going to be spending some money, they wanted to know if they should pay cash or finance part of it and how long they should go. So just some general stuff they want to bounce off of me, which you should be doing with your advisor.

Speaker 1: Yeah, and you can't get that from a robo-advisor.

Tony Mauro: No.

Speaker 1: A relationship goes a long way into that. So that's another red flag. Account balances. Tony, there's always conversations about moving up, moving down, is it a red flag? Isn't it? I would've said maybe 30 years ago, 35 years ago, it might've been a bigger red flag, but with all the volatility, balances are certainly going to hop up and down. I guess maybe the question is, how much and how much can you handle?

Tony Mauro: Exactly. That's what I would ask people because unless you're in something say like money markets, CDs, things like that, where they aren't going to bounce around, you're going to have that and unlike 30 years ago, a lot of people are starting to understand that and they see that some. But again, it comes down to how much at once, and then, what's your timeframe, what's your goals, and are you comfortable with that? Because if you're not, then it's a red flag because you shouldn't be where you're at then. If it's keeping you up at night, that's something you need to talk to somebody about.

Speaker 1: Well, I was looking at a chart of the SMP from 1950 I think until 2016, I think it was, and if you looked at it, from the fifties through the sixties — now, if you really zoomed way in, of course you could you could see some ups and downs, some bigger volatilities — but pulled back, it was a very, very low and slow curve all the way up into really until almost the two thousands. Even through the eighties and stuff, it was a fairly steady rising curve. When you get to about 2000 and on, I mean, that thing looks like a heart monitor. It's just, "Beep, beep, beep." It's just pinging all over the place. And I think that's part of the internet and the advent of all the ways to watch this stuff and all the different trading ways. So it's certainly changed a lot in the last 20, 25, 30 years. So again, if your account balances are constantly moving, that's normal nowadays, however, you've got to really determine how much you can handle and that really comes back to that volatility risk conversation with your advisor.

Speaker 1:

So red flag number four, how much income will you need to maintain your lifestyle in retirement? Can you answer that question? So my question, Tony, to you is, should somebody be able to answer that? If they don't know how much income they're going to need to maintain their lifestyle in retirement, is that a red flag?

Tony Mauro: I think it's a red flag. For sure. You may not have it down to the exact penny, but you should know, if you're doing any planning, either on your own or with an advisor for sure, what that general ballpark number is supposed to look like based on conversations.

Speaker 1: Like three grand, let's say, or five grand, or whatever. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Something like that. If you say, "Well, I have no idea. I just hope I have enough." That's a real red flag. We don't want people to be in that position. So I think the gist of this is you need to talk to your advisor about that and come up with some things, because it's one thing to have an advisor help you if you're just aimlessly plodding along and you really don't have any end goal or goals in mind, that's part of the problem. You got to have this number in mind to make sure that you understand what are the odds of you getting there. So I think that's a huge question.

Speaker 1: As you're playing along with us folks and listening to this, can you answer some of these? Yes or no. It doesn't necessarily mean you're in a bad spot, but it certainly means it could be a potential red flag for you to go ahead and get this information or get some better education I suppose, if you will, about the plan you have or the lack thereof. You could not have one at all, and that's why you need to do it, so you can figure these things out.

Speaker 1: All right, so let's do one more here. We'll make this one a short and sweet one this week. If somebody asked you to describe your retirement plan, could you do it? How many people do you think, Tony, could say yeah?

Tony Mauro: I would say not many.

Speaker 1: Yeah?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, I really would. At least with clientele, if you just asked them, [ran them 00:09:22] through here, retail tax clients, I don't think they have a retirement plan. Their plan consists of, "Well, I'm going to quit my job and take social security." I mean, that's the plan, but when you ask a little more deeper type of questions as well, how much do you want to have? What do you plan on doing? Do you plan on leaving anything? They've never thought of any of that.

Speaker 1: So they don't have a real strategy, they just have this general-

Tony Mauro: Just kind of a general rule, I know I'm not working.

Speaker 1: ... Guideline. Yeah. I'm not working, there you go.

Tony Mauro: So we try to get them to think about that and what that's going to look like, into the details. First we started with, do you have enough? But then, really it goes beyond that, what do you want to do? Do you want to work? Do you want to travel? Do you want to help kids and grandkids? Things like that so they really have a detailed roadmap, if you will. It's constantly changing as they get closer, but at least they've got something to go on.

Speaker 1: No, and I think that's the point. You've got to have an outline, right? And that's really kind of what a plan is. You could call it a plan or a strategy, or whatever term makes you feel good, or if you feel like, "I don't want to have to go get a retirement plan," well get a strategy, get something in place so that you've got at least a bit of a roadmap so that you're just not throwing darts at this thing. You don't want to guess in a retirement. We can guess at a lot of things in life, I don't think I feel good about guessing in retirement.

Tony Mauro: No, not for that area. No.

Speaker 1: Too many variables.

Tony Mauro: I would agree.

Speaker 1: Yeah, definitely too many variables.

Speaker 1: All right, folks, so how did you do? Do you have any answers to some of these questions? If you do, that's great, then you're probably onto the right path, you might already be working with, Tony, and you can like, "Yeah, I got all these answers because I've already got a good strategy in place," but if you're not, or you feel like there's some areas you need to shore up and you have some areas that popping up here and maybe give you a red flag, then as always, make sure you reach out and talk with a qualified professional, talk with your advisor. If you're not working with one, reach out to Tony and his team and say, "Hey," and they'll certainly talk with you and see if they can help you out with things that are going on in your mind and you can do so by going to YourPlanningPros.com, that's YourPlanningPros.com.

Speaker 1: And while you're there on the website, you can check out a lot of good tools, tips, and resources, subscribe to the podcast on whatever platform you like to use. Tony is a EA and a CFP, and he's been doing this for 20 plus years, so he's a great resource for you to tap into here in the central Iowa area. So 844-707-7381 is the number and YourPlanningPros.com is the website.

Speaker 1: All right, my friend, I'm going to let you get up out of here. I know that you've got a trip up pretty soon, so I hope you have a great time and a great holiday week.

Tony Mauro: Thank you. You guys do the same out there, yes. Hope everybody stays safe and gets outside a little bit.

Speaker 1: We're going to try. So everybody have a great Labor Day. If you're catching this probably right before or right after Labor Day, then have yourself a good time and a safe time, and we'll see you next time, here on Plan With The Tax Man.

Member FINRA, S.I.P.C. Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through an Avantax affiliated insurance agency.

View Details

Believe it or not, Mick Jagger has dispensed a lot of retirement planning wisdom in his life. Granted, he didn’t mean for these statements to have anything to do with money when he said them, but we’re here to weave these quotes into a financial lesson.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome to podcast number 50, here on Plan With The Tax Man. I think that's right, anyway. We're going to have some fun here on our episode, our 50th ... our 50th episode. I started saying anniversary, because Tony and I were talking about musicians' anniversaries, right before we started doing this. And that's actually going to be our chat this week. We're going to talk about retirement planning advice with Mick Jagger from The Stones. So obviously, they're coming up on like 60 years as a group, which is absolutely flipping amazing, Tony. Are you a Stones fan?

Tony: I am a Stones fan. I didn't really ever enjoy them growing up. But now that I'm a little older, I do appreciate their music. Yeah. Really good.

Speaker 1: Yeah. 60 years. Crazy, right?

Tony: It's incredible.

Speaker 1: There's marriages, a lot of marriages, that don't last that long, let alone a rock band, in a rock band marriage. And we were talking about the three original guys. It's still Keith and Mick and the drummer, Charlie. They've swapped out a couple ... but even the secondary guitar player, Ron Wood, I think he's made the joke that he's been the new guy now for 40 years.

Tony: Yeah. Right. And to think, within the rock world, how many bands eventually go their separate ways and end up fighting and leaving. And these guys have hung out, and to be able to do what they're doing at the age that they're doing it, for so long. And you just think, if you could sit down with these guys, what kind of life they've had.

Speaker 1: Still pretty crazy. And of course we've all seen, I'm sure, different memes and jokes about ... we got to start thinking about what kind of world we want to leave for Keith Richards, right?

Tony: Yeah. That's right.

Speaker 1: You know, because he's just going to be around forever, it seems like. So I thought we'd have some fun with this, because, believe it or not, Mick actually has dispensed a lot of retirement planning wisdom in his life. Now, granted, he might not have meant it to be financially based, but these statements actually work pretty well when it comes to money. So I grabbed a couple of these and I thought you'd have some fun with some of these, Tony, and then maybe you could give us your spin on it, okay?

Tony: Sure, sure.

Speaker 1:

All right. So here's some Mick quotes for you. First one, "The past is a great place and I certainly don't want to erase it or regret it, but I don't want to be its prisoner either." Genius about any walk of life really, but financially speaking, we do tend to do that. We kind of just hang on to our financial failures sometimes, and become its prisoner.

Tony: We do. And I think, for most of us, we hang onto a lot of our failures too much. I know I have done that in the past. You focus on everything that you should have did. I mean, you can't, as I've aged, you can't change it. All you can do is learn from it and move forward. And with finances, it's the same thing. I mean, there's no way to go back and start earlier. You just have to pick a spot and go forward from there. I think, with him ... I mean, again, we were talking before, he's probably sitting there at his age looking back at all the ... probably a lot of failures that they've had over the years and things. I'm not talking money wise, because they're all set, but, musically, I think that's where he goes with that, is one of the reasons they've been able to be so successful, is maybe they don't worry about that too much. I think we probably need to do more of the same, especially in the financial area.

Speaker 1: Yeah, yeah. I think it's probably, definitely a fair point. We all do that a lot with our past life. And I mean, again, the past can be a great place and many times we want to go back and revisit it. But unfortunately we just can't. Some folks will say, "You couldn't pay me to go back to high school." And others would be like, "Oh man, I'd love to do high school all over again." But it's neither here nor there, because clearly it can't be done.

Speaker 1: So when it comes to financial, we've got to sometimes move on from maybe a bad investment or a situation or maybe an advisor situation or something that just didn't pan out well. And I think we let that affect our future judgment. "Well, you know what? I had this bad experience with an advisor 10 years ago, so I'm just never going to trust another one." And I get that. But at the same time, as you get closer to retirement or your needs change, you may have to really let that go and rethink that a little bit, because it's really complicated now. And it just continues to get more complex, the world of retirement. So having somebody on your side can go a long way.

Speaker 1: And that's where meeting and having a couple of meetings, and most of the times these things are complimentary, and finding the right one, Tony, comes into play, making sure that you get the warm fuzzies and going through some process that it's going to be a good relationship.

Tony: Yeah.

Speaker 1: All right. So number two, "Lose your dreams and you may just lose your mind." Retirement's all about dreams.

Tony: It's all about dreams. I mean, you have to start with that, because you've really got to take some time to figure out what you want to do or not do in retirement. And with people living statistically as long as they are, you could have a long time in this stage. And so I'm of the thought process of, I want to have all my affairs in order, but boy, I sure want to, if my health allows, go out and do the things I'm capable of doing, because in retirement, if you are lucky enough to live a long time, the body tends to wear out a little bit. And so you want to do some things at certain times that you're physically able, and then you got to dream a lot. I tell you, after I hit 50 that I do a lot more dreaming of that now than I ever did.

Speaker 1: You and me both. Our last podcast, we talked about age and wisdom, and I think that's a side effect, right?

Tony: It is. It is. We were just talking about it not too long ago, again, about how much we want to travel and what we want to do and everything. It's just dreams at this point. But I think the other thing is, you've got to start there, but you also got to then, once that's the case, figure out, "Okay, that's the dream. How are we going to make this happen?"

Speaker 1: Well, I think, like you said, it's all right to dream, but you got to have a starting point, but if you want to make those dreams a reality, you got to put some plans behind them. My wife and I are completely polar opposites, unfortunately, when it comes to ... I'm like, "Whatever, we'll just wing it. This is fine. We'll ..." and I don't mean retirement, but I mean like, "Let's take a quick three-day trip" or something, and it's like, "Well, let's just wing it. We'll just pick a general destination and then we'll wing it." Well, she doesn't function very well that way. right? She's like, "Well, when are we leaving? Where are we staying?" You know what I mean? And so, she needs a bit more strategy and plan in it, and retirement certainly can call for that, because the one thing you ... spontaneity is one thing, I guess. But winging retirement probably is not a good idea.

Tony: That's definitely not a good idea, no.

Speaker 1: Winging a trip, like a weekend trip, is one thing, but yeah. Yeah. So winging retirement, not a good idea. So "Lose your dreams. You might lose your mind." Great quote from Mick. And then of course, a little bit of planning can help you turn those dreams into something that makes the mind work.

Speaker 1: How about, "It's all right letting yourself go," he said, "As long as you can get yourself back." And that's a nice way of looking at things, I think. He was probably talking about, maybe, emotionally or something along those lines. What if we kind of, I don't know, we lose some money or something like that? It's okay to maybe want to do something with your retirement money, Tony, just don't risk more than you can afford. I mean, it's common sense, right?

Tony: It's common sense, yeah. And I mean, everybody, if you're saving for retirement, education, whatever, and unless you're just using a savings account, there's going to be times where you're not going to move forward. It's going to go backwards a little bit. And so you really just need to, again, keep an eye on it. It's okay that that happens. You just got to make sure that you have enough time to rebound, and you also have to assess your risk and make sure that that aligns with what you're trying to do. And then you won't have much of that, you know?

Tony: So the last thing you want to do, especially in the financial world, is invest incorrectly. It's not in line with what you're trying to do. We haven't had this for a while, so everybody's kind of getting immune to it. It's the big rollback, back like we had in '08, '09, and everybody thought the world was coming to an end and all of that. You don't want to be on the wrong side of that, potentially. And again, everybody in ... it's out there. I mean, the markets right now just seems to be going up, up, up, and we forget about ... it doesn't always do that. And it doesn't do that forever.

Speaker 1: There's a land of the down, down, down. We just haven't seen it for a while, right?

Tony: That's right.

Speaker 1: And it's naive to think that it won't return. I think that's the biggest thing.

Tony: I think so.

Speaker 1: You and I have said this now, this is our 50th podcast episode, and I know we've said it at least once or twice along the way, that it's like a Rocky movie, this market. For the last 10 years, it's like Balboa, it keeps getting punched in the face. It gets knocked down and it gets back up. But at some point, and if you remember correctly ... now, "Rocky," you might say, "Well, Rocky always wins." Technically, he lost the first one.

Tony: Yeah, he did. He lost on the decision, if I remember it.

Speaker 1: Yeah, technically, he lost in the first movie. So, you got to be careful, right? And we've also talked about the fact, Tony, you've been doing this 20, 25 years plus, somewhere in that neighborhood, there's advisors out there who literally don't know anything but an up market. Now, they might say, "I've been in business for 10 years," and that's fantastic, kudos to you, but you've also had an up market for 11 years.

Tony: Yeah. That's right.

Speaker 1: So how do you help your clients through, not just a downturn, but a prolonged downturn, because, yes, we saw the blip in 2020 with the pandemic kickoff there, but how do you handle a prolonged downturn, if you've never gone through one, not only as a client, but as an advisor?

Tony: As an advisor. Exactly, exactly. It's difficult because, again, I always tell the clients ... and that's where we start out, with everybody, with a plan is, "That's our foundation, and we'll change, update the plan every year, but we really need to stick to the plan, if you want to reach whatever goals you've decided you want to do."

Speaker 1: And you tweak it and adjust it along the way, obviously, as things happen. It's not a set in stone, "Hey, you got your plan on day one of retirement. It's the same exact plan on day 216." Things change, but you still have a plan, an outline.

Tony: That's right. And as things get better, people want to deviate from the outline, as they .... "Well, let's just do this. Let's do that." You know? "Well, wait a minute. That's really not the plan. Here's what could happen if things start to-"

Speaker 1: Right, if they deviate too much. Yeah.

Tony: ... yeah, go another way. A lot of people too, ... you've got to dispel the myth of ... and I always tell them, I mean, I don't know where the market's going, but I don't think anybody else does either. I mean, yeah, there's` millions of people on TV and on the internet saying that, but at the end of the day, you can't depend ... or I shouldn't say ... that's a bad word, depend, rely, whatever you want to call it, on your advisor to be sitting there and saying, "As soon as the market starts going bad, you're going all to cash," because they don't know when that's going to happen.

Speaker 1: Well, isn't that where we want to have buckets or ladders or whatever term you want to be using, and a strategy to say, "Okay, so we've got some money ..."? Just like when the pandemic hit, as I mentioned earlier, yes, we had a 30% plus drop. And so a lot of people obviously lost a good deal of money, up to 30%, but that should have, hopefully, been more of their now money and maybe not their later money. And if that was the case, and you did stick with the plan and you didn't panic and you didn't sell out, then you were rewarded for that with your long-term monies. Because, obviously, we saw the market come back and go higher by the time the year was over.

Tony: Yeah, I mean, that's exactly it. If you've got the right temperament and things set up properly, there's nothing wrong with a downturn, because that's actually an opportunity for the right buckets. Yeah.

Speaker 1: Right, exactly. Not the easiest, but the opportunity. Well, as I said, who knew that Mick had some good wisdoms here that we could extract financially? Now I'm going to end off with a classic, but real fast. He did do a little tweak on the anything worth doing is worth doing well. Well, he said, "Anything worth doing is worth overdoing." Well, as the flashy showman that he is, that makes a lot of sense. Would you agree with that financially? Or is that when people get into trouble? We overdo it.

Tony: Well, I think with the right plan in place, the right temperament, I think that ... again, the way I take it in the financial area is dream big, like we were talking about, and let's try to get there, you know what I mean? If that's what you want to do, I mean, I always tell people it's not a dress rehearsal. You don't get a second act here.

Speaker 1: Okay, all right. If you're looking at it that way, that makes sense then, yeah.

Tony: Yeah, I'm just looking at it that way. But the other way of course is, yeah, if you try to overdo things without really thinking through it, you could get yourself in trouble.

Speaker 1: Well, if you're like, "Hey, I put a thousand into Dogecoin and it's making me a ton. So let me put a hundred thousand in it." Well, that might be overdoing it.

Tony: That's overdoing it the wrong way, probably.

Speaker 1: And that's probably the wrong way. Yeah, exactly, something speculative. Right. Okay. All right. Well then we're going to end with a classic, I don't necessarily really expect you to expand on this too much, but we have to end with a classic line from Mick Jagger and it's, look, "I can't get no satisfaction." So if you want some satisfaction, you got to take a little action sometimes, right? And sometimes that means doing things that are outside of your comfort zone. And maybe that is working with a financial professional, maybe that is allowing somebody into your financial world.

Speaker 1: We're very guarded as Americans, or maybe even humans, maybe, when it comes to our finances, sometimes. It's tough to do that for people, for many people to say, "All right, here's my world. Let me expose it to you. Be gentle," kind of thing. And so maybe that's a challenge for a lot of folks.

Speaker 1: If you're listening to this and maybe you're working with Tony, or maybe you're not, maybe you're sharing this with somebody who's not a client yet, or something like that, often that is the challenge for people, is to open themselves up and say, "All right, I need some help." And if you do, then reach out to Tony, have a conversation. Or if you know somebody who needs to be in that scenario, share the podcast with them. You can find it on Apple or Google or Spotify or iHeart or all those kinds of things. It's just Playing With The Tax Man. You can search that out in the search box of any of those podcasting apps. Of course you can always just find it all, actually, @yourplanningpros.com. That's probably the easiest way, is to send somebody there, or go visit there yourself.

Speaker 1: Again, yourplanningpros.com, to have a conversation today with Des Moines professional alternative at Tax Doctor Inc, Tony Mauro and his team, serving you here in the Iowa area. So check them out online, yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to us and all that good jazz and, Tony, I'll let you go. You can go listen to some Stones now-

Tony: I think I will.

Speaker 1: ... and enjoy your day.

Tony: All right. Sounds good. Thanks.

Speaker 1: Appreciate your time, folks. It's always here on Plan With The Tax Man. We'll catch you a little later on. Next time we see you, or talk to you, it'll be just after Labor Day. So have yourself a wonderful Labor Day. Tony, you as well. And I'll see you soon.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

There’s an old quote that says, “Age is the price of wisdom.” Let’s talk about how that applies to the financial world.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody, welcome in to this edition of the podcast. This is Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro hanging out with me as we talk investing, finance, and retirement. We are going to talk about age and wisdom and how they play into financial planning. This is actually podcast number 49, which is what I am, Tony. I'm going to be turning 50 here in about a month or so, so I guess pretty good topic for that time period when we're about to turn 50, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, that's right.

Speaker 1: How are you doing?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing good. Just back from vacation out in Wyoming.

Speaker 1: Nice.

Tony Mauro: Spent some time out there. The weather was beautiful and it's beautiful out here now, early August, so can't complain.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Well, and even if you did, nobody would listen.

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Speaker 1: Well, I'm glad you guys had a good time. Wyoming is beautiful, absolutely. My in-laws live out there and it's quite gorgeous. So yeah, as I mentioned, we were going to talk a little bit about this. Like I said, I'm turning 50, and so let's talk about just, what is it, age is the price of wisdom, something like that, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Oh, yeah.

Speaker 1: I think we all agree as we get older, we tend to get smarter, I think, overall, for the most part. Although some of the things we see right now in the world maybe suggest otherwise, but that's another conversation for another day. Let's talk about from a financial perspective, how do you see your clients changing in their perspectives as they age?

Speaker 1: So, I don't know, I imagine your demographic is probably 50 and up, right? You probably have some younger folks as well too, but maybe primarily. As they're kind of moving through their 50s or into their 60s or whatever, do you see them kind of changing their thoughts and perspectives about money?

Tony Mauro: They do, quite a bit actually. Most of what we see really, and yes, most of our financial advisory practice is 50 and up. That doesn't mean we don't have people younger than that, but the younger people tend to be on the tax side. Yeah, they're not really that focused on their wealth or money or anything like that, my son being included, he's 25, perfect example.

Tony Mauro: As they cross that 50 line, people start to say, "There might be more behind me than there is ahead of me," and they start changing their views quite a bit, especially if they have not saved and they feel like they're behind. So they all of a sudden, and I have a younger brother who just turned 50, and all of a sudden now he's very conscious of the end and the retirement and everything else, and he wants to talk about it, whereas before it didn't even phase him.

Speaker 1: Yeah, it didn't bother him, and now since he's aging, it's changing, right? And we all do that. And I think obviously because, well we all know our time horizon is shorter and that we're kind of a little bit more, I guess, afraid of missing out on something or losing something or whatever that case might be. So is there a kind of a constant message or a consistent message maybe that you hear people say that they feel that they wish they had done earlier? Not that it's going to help us, but hopefully it will help sharing that for someone else who's in that spot. I imagine primarily it's I wish I would've started saving sooner. That's usually the one.

Tony Mauro: Exactly. Yeah. That's the big one right there. And so hopefully the younger people listening might take that advice and at least start with something, whatever you can afford as a younger person. The next thing I hear a lot of is, "Well, I just wasn't making any money back then." And to that I'd say, "You can always find a few bucks to stash away somehow, some way." And you always have to do that. You always hear the old adage pay yourself first. It's a lot easier said than done. But I do hear that one. I hear a lot of people my age and older that they felt like they were too conservative, that they didn't seek advice or have a plan, that they just kind of stuck some money away, mostly in savings types of vehicles, and they didn't really execute any type of plan is what I hear.

Tony Mauro: And again, you can't go back and I try not to draw on the past with them and beat people up about, "you should have done this, should have done that," because obviously we can't change that. But you know, basically I say, "Well, let's chart where we're at and let's see what you've got and where you want to go from there." And you still may be able to do some of the things you've always wanted to do.

Speaker 1: Right, that's true. Yeah. I mean, hopefully that's the case. And even if you did start late, and we've talked about many ways that there is to kind of catch up or to do some things, the continuing putting it off, "Well, I've waited too long. I might as well just... what's it matter now," that's just never a good way to go. So there's definitely things that can be done, but you can't keep putting it off. And so as people approach retirement, Tony, do you find that they worry more or less about some of the financial struggles than they did when they were younger? For me, it feels like the kid raising era would be the most frustrating or maybe worrisome, but I haven't gotten to retirement yet, so I can't speak to that.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I mean, I find that they worry more about things than they did when they were younger only because they feel like, especially if they're behind, that there's going to come a time where I can't work and earn money and then I'm going to be living on X amount and that really scares them, especially if that [crosstalk 00:05:13].

Speaker 1: That's fair, especially if you know you're behind. But it seems like even folks who are in better shape than they realize still have some of those fears though.

Tony Mauro: They do, they do. I mean, they always feel like they're going to run out of money. My dad is one and he has plenty and he's 80 now. But he always feels like I shouldn't spend any of my money because I might run out. And even if you show them, you constantly have to show them, as long as you stay within these parameters, you're never going to run out. But they worry about that. They worry about their health. They worry about, if they have family long ways away, that they're by themselves. And then they have a worry about the eventual, the real end, and are they prepared for that.

Tony Mauro: They've got a lot on their mind. You wouldn't think so, especially in retirement. Everybody thinks you're just living carefree and waking up and just going out and having all kinds of fun. And a lot of times they worry a lot.

Speaker 1: Well, and the idea is that hopefully by working with an advisor and getting a good plan in place and a good strategy that you can kind of pull some of that worry off the table because the numbers there will hopefully, and the reinforcement, the confidence, a lot of the things that we discussed, will help you not worry as much and take some... where you can. Life is life. We're going to worry. That happens. But try to remove some of that extra strain if we can.

Speaker 1: Do you find, Tony, that people change their opinions about the legacy aspect and that's the leaving something behind to the kids? We were just joking the other day, my daughter's doing really great in life, much better than I was doing at this young age, serving in the military and hence we were teasing, I was like, "Well, your mom and I are going to spend all the money now. Since you're doing so great, you won't need it by the time." And she was like, "Wait a second." We were having fun, but do you see people kind of... As a matter of fact, I was talking with another advisor, Tony, who said he was going through the legacy planning with a client and when they got to the bottom number, he's like, "What's this number here?" And the advisor said, "Well, that's what you're going to have leftover to leave to your kids." And he's like, "Whoa, that is way too much. I want to spend some more of that."

Tony Mauro: I see. Yeah.

Speaker 1: Which there's nothing wrong with that, right?

Tony Mauro: Nothing wrong with that.

Speaker 1: He's like, "My retirement's a half a million and I'm leaving the kids a million? No, no, no. Let's flop that number."

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Yeah. And I do see people, they really get concerned about leaving some sort of legacy as they age. I mean it comes across everybody's mind. And so they want to know really how am I going to be able to live and what kind of lifestyle am I going to have and then am I going to have enough to leave something to my heirs? Now there's all over the board opinions with that, like you were getting into with that other advisor, but most people do want to leave them something if they can.

Tony Mauro: The real astute people have a kind of thought in their brain of doing, "I want to do this, this and this. And I want to make sure that not only it goes to my kids, but my grandkids," and they've really thought it out. And that's where you need some real help with an advisor and maybe even an estate planning attorney, depending on what's involved, to make sure that you have exactly what you want to legacy. I know I have. I mean, I didn't start thinking about it until I was about 51 52, but ironically, on vacation last week, my wife and I were talking about, "We need to get kind of our little, what we call our life book, finished up and updated," just so in case we both go at the same time or one of us dies suddenly, the other one knows what to do. And the legacy is important to us. We want to make sure that that gets passed to our son.

Speaker 1: I think that's where a lot of people feel like. I don't know, Tony, maybe there's no right answer to this, but maybe at the end of the day, a fair or healthy answer is enjoy what you've built, whether you're solo, or together, or whatever the case is. And then if there's something left over, then leave that to the family, or at least at their minimum, don't sacrifice anything more for yourself, because we all sacrifice for our kids all through life. And I get that that's part of it and some people might say, "Well, I want to continue to do that." And that's totally your prerogative, but I think once we get to retirement, maybe we've earned the right to no longer sacrifice as much, to me anyway. You know what I mean?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And I would agree with that. Again, everybody's different, but you work 40, maybe 50 years doing all kinds of things and you're finally able to, like you say, retire, you've got some health left, you've don't have a ton of worries other than what we just talked about. There's some ways that you could... but you got to think about this when you're a little younger, is if you do want to leave your kids something is using life insurance and some other things and saying, "All right, if I spend every dime, I'm still going to go knowing that you're going to get something because the life insurance is going to pay out."

Tony Mauro: So there's all kinds of ways to tackle that, but yeah, I would agree most people, I think they continue to want to sacrifice even in retirement, maybe a little too much so, the ones that I work with.

Speaker 1: And finally then I guess if you're talking about just the opinions of money and the changing, all that kind of stuff, and legacy, I guess really it comes down to, Tony, how the risk plays into it. You know, all of the fears to me always circle back around to the entire risk factor and certainly the last two, basically we're now going into two years, has just been nothing but risk, upon risk, upon risk in all aspects of life, and so it becomes really hard to manage it.

Tony Mauro: And people's opinions, obviously, people can kind of figure this one out, as you get older, generally people get more conservative with their money because it's that whole, "I don't want to lose it because I don't have any time to make that up and I don't need to take on a lot of risks," which is okay. I think though if you don't have some sort of plan and you're not monitoring the plan, you could be cutting yourself short in terms of what you can earn on your money, depending on what the plan is, versus just sticking it in a bank account so to speak. And I'm not saying that that's all bad, but it's probably all bad if all of your, in money, for lack of a better word, is there, because you're not going to be able to draw a whole lot on it.

Tony Mauro: I have a couple of clients though that they said, "You know what, I don't care about that. I'm just going to draw on my principle and when I run out, then I've got this pension over here and then that's it." And for them that works. But a lot of people don't like to do that. They want to live off of the earnings and dip into the principle once in a while, give money to the kids. But generally, it's more conservative.

Tony Mauro: I don't have a lot of clients that I work with that really watch the TV like the young people do.

Speaker 1: Well, that's good.

Tony Mauro: I mean, they watch it, but they're not in my office like my last tax client was in here saying he wants to buy some Robin Hood. Well, "Okay why," I asked him. "Well, I don't know. It looks good."

Speaker 1: Well, let's talk through that, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. We need to talk through that a little bit.

Speaker 1: And that's the value. To me, at the end of the day, Tony, that's always the value of working with a financial professional such as yourself is you're just not going to get that from... the relationship is there so you can like ring up you and go, "Hey, I'm thinking about X, Y, or Z and I think it's a cool idea. Tell me why it is or isn't." You're not going to get that from a robo service or maybe even some other really large big brokerage houses. Not to say that you can't, but I think we're a bit more numberized when we go there.

Speaker 1: It's like, "Well, this is Nr. K5743216. You know, they've got this file number or whatever. And granted, we all do that in every business, but I think there's certain industries where just still being able to ring up somebody and say, "Hey, Tony, what do you think about me trying to buy a 1969 Chevelle? How's that going to mess with my retirement plan?" And you're like, "All right, well let's look at the best ways to get that money for you to get that."

Tony Mauro: Yeah, and most clients that we work with obviously, as most advisors do, we use some financial planning software and the plan generally is out there in the Cloud, so we're always updating it and whatnot. And so, yeah, it's easy for them, the clients, and us to take a look if something like that happens and you want to do that.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Because it's all about efficiency too, right? I mean, you may have the money, and I think sometimes when we think about a one-off thing has come up or happen and we really want to do something unique or special or whatever, and that's what the retirement money is for, hopefully we're in a position where we can do that. But don't go grab it willy-nilly without talking with your advisor because often I think what it affects, Tony, is the whole longevity aspect.

Speaker 1: Well, the plan was going to work for you to get to 95, but because you went and spent $50,000 on this '69 Chevelle without working with me on the best place to take the money, well that's going to shorten you up to about 84. So that's the kind of things we have to look out for. And I mean, it's our money at the end of the day. If we want to do it, we want to do it. But that's the value and the beauty I think of working with an advisor who can say, "Okay, this is the goal, so let's figure out how to be the most effective and the most efficient so that we can still keep that 90 number or that 95 number for longevity."

Tony Mauro: Yeah and the other thing in there with that besides longevity generally is taxation.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And if you go start pulling a bunch of things out the wrong way, then you're going to be hit with unnecessary taxes, which is going to eat into that longevity.

Speaker 1: And that's that efficiency factor, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Yeah.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: You got to watch that.

Speaker 1: So with age comes wisdom and sometimes... I mean, my mom's 80 as well, Tony, and sometimes she acts more like a teenager than she does an 80 year old. So I think that's okay as well, but that's why we have to have a sounding board and bounce some things off and that's one of the reasons we do the podcast to hopefully share some nuggets of information. Because for many of us, maybe this is, like me, like I said, I'm not retired yet so I don't know really what to expect and there's hopefully some insight in there for people. And if that's the case with you and you need some help or you've got some questions, well, a couple of things you could do, you could subscribe to the podcast, catch more episodes as they come out, or you could just stop by the website and book some time with Tony or learn some more.

Speaker 1: Lots of good information at yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com and that's how you can get in touch with Tony, book some time. You can find all the podcast information. There's a lot of good tools, tips, and resources. So all of that's available to you. Make sure you reach out and take some action. Before you do anything, you should always check with a qualified professional like Tony Mauro, who is an EA and a CFP at Tax Doctor, Inc.

Speaker 1: All right, my friend, I'm going to let you go. Have yourself a great day and a great week and I'll catch up with you a little bit later on this month.

Tony Mauro: All right. Sounds good.

Speaker 1: Appreciate your time as always folks here on Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro. We'll see you next time.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

Everyone has a different reason, goal or something they want to accomplish in retirement. Let’s explore some of the various motivations people have in retirement and how your financial advisor can help you accomplish what you set out to do.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome into another edition of Plan With the Tax Man. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Mauro and myself as we talk investing, finance, and retirement. And this week on the podcast, what kind of retirement are you living for?

Speaker 1: Everybody's got a different reason or a goal or something that they hopefully want to accomplish in retirement. So let's explore some motivations that people have, Tony, in retirement, and how you guys go about doing what you do to help them accomplish said goals and said things. And we'll dive into that this week. What's going on, my friend? How are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm good. Getting ready to go on a little midsummer vacation here in Wyoming. Yeah. This hits home with me. I'm not, of course retired, but we like to travel. So it's always important that we get out and do that.

Speaker 1: Gotcha. Where are you going in Wyoming?

Tony Mauro: We're going up to Brush Creek, which is a kind of a working cattle ranch type thing.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: So it's an all inclusive. It's right just west of Laramie.

Speaker 1: Yep, gotcha.

Tony Mauro: I don't know about an hour or two, I think. But it looks great. It looks fun. A lot outdoor stuff.

Speaker 1: Very cool. My in-laws are from Wyoming, so I'm versed. They live there and we go out every so often and see them and we meet them in Grand Teton over in Jackson, so.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah, it's Jackson. Because if you say Jackson Hole, they go, "No, no, no. It's not Jackson Hole." Even though I think the rest of the country sometimes refers to it that way. The first time we went there and I said, "Looking forward to seeing all the stuff that Jackson Hole has to offer," the lady at the diner was like, "No honey. It's just Jackson." And I was like, "Oh, okay. Well, the sign said Jackson Hole, but whatever." So yeah, no, it's beautiful out there though.

Speaker 1: I will say this. If you don't like the cold and of course, you and I were talking about snow and cold right before we got started, do not go to Wyoming in February. I have lived in Chicago and New Jersey and Detroit. I've lived in some cold areas and some windy areas, but I have never experienced anything like the cold that it is Wyoming in the month of February.

Tony Mauro: Well, I went skiing in Jackson Hole. I mean, at least at that place in Jackson. But I went in December, and I remember it was cold, but everybody was talking about it way back that it really gets cool after January.

Speaker 1: Yeah, man. We had to go out February for a family thing and it was ... It's the wind, right? I mean, the temps were pretty cold, but that wind. They're from Casper. And so it just comes straight down and just cuts through you like, I mean, literally like a knife. Like I said, I've lived in Chicago where the wind is windy city, right? It gets pretty blustery there and it'll cut right through you. But boy, I tell you what, Wyoming in February. Now in June, I love it. It's absolutely gorgeous in June, but yeah, I'm not so much of a fan in February.

Speaker 1: But anyway, I digress. I suppose we should get into what we were talking about today. But actually it works really well Tony to your point because you're talking about taking a vacation, spending time with family. I was just mentioning family.

Speaker 1: And so what are you living for in retirement? Well, that's usually number one, spending more time with family. Now this could be in whatever set of plans that you may have, but that's usually what people have as number one on the list, and making those pennies work to get it done, those retirement monies to work to get that done, whether it's trips, whether it's events or whatever.

Tony Mauro: Yes. I would say with our clients, the number one thing that people want to do. I mean, obviously when we talk with them, the first thing that sets all this up is, do I have an adequate retirement so I can do some of these things? But when we start asking, "Well, what do you want to do?" Number one is this, is spending time with family.

Tony Mauro: A lot of times these days, not like when I was little at home. My family was in the same city. Kids move away and then you've got grandkids, and even brothers and sisters spread out throughout the country. They want to go spend time, the time they have left and enjoy the company. So it's important that, depending on what they think and how many times they want to go out and do that, is we have to work to ... And all these things we're going to talk about, to kind of section off parts of retirement that it's going to be used for those purposes. That way they don't have to worry about, "Well, if I do this, am I going to be okay? Can I still pay my bills? Can I still go out to eat once in a while?"

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: So that's what I think is important, to be able to do that without having to skimp on everything else. And that goes for all of these, but.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And of course family is going to be the top of the list for most people. And so we want to figure out a way to maximize our time, but also maximize the way we can do things efficiently so as to still have plenty in retirement for ourselves when we kind of start to wind down.

Speaker 1: Now, maybe Tony, you were really frugal with your spending over the years, and you were just a really good saver. And so you get to retirement and you're like, "Yeah, I'm going to buy some stuff. I want to get some things that I really want." Maybe that you've had an eye on a classic car, or you wanted to rebuild one, or you've wanted to build some grandiose garden in the backyard, and you're going to need a tiller or a small tractor, whatever. You just want to buy some things.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And it's just like, and this ranks high up there. Although when we really start talking with them about the things they want, it seems like the older they get, the less they want stuff. They'd rather have experience and time, of course, but early on in retirement, yeah, a lot of people say, "I've done without for so long. I really want to do this or that." A lot of times it's a vehicle.

Speaker 1: Yeah, sure.

Tony Mauro: A lot of times it's something for the house or a new house or a second house-

Speaker 1: Kitchen remod, or an RV or something. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. We just had a lady that she just came to us as a financial client, and she's very much into her house and she really wants to remodel it and have it nice. It's just her, but that's important to her. So one of our main questions is, was, can I take X amount out to do what I want to do and still be okay, depending on how long I live? So we calculated it all out and she has plenty of money to do that. And so that's what she's doing. So she could feel good about what she's doing and still know that I'm going to be okay in my life.

Speaker 1: Right. Well, and I'm glad she's thinking about that, versus I imagine sometimes clients, and I'm sure this is frustrating as an advisor, but you're going to figure out a way to help them get through it, hopefully. But the client that calls up and says, "Hey Tony, guess what? We just did something." And I imagine you go, "Oh, no. What did you do?" Especially ... And again, not to say that you're on a budget and you can't make a move without getting your advisor's permission. That's not what I'm trying to go to at all. It's just that if you're talking about bigger ticket items, you may want to, like this lady did, you may want to say, "Hey, let's run some numbers real quick to make sure that if I go goofy on the house remod, that I'm still within my parameters for a good retirement."

Tony Mauro: Yes. And I would definitely reiterate that. If you're going to do big ticket items, definitely check with somebody because what a lot of people forget is what is the tax consequence going to be on this. A lot of a hundred thousand to do a world trip or something, or buy a new house, especially if it's never been taxed before. Generally they don't have any penalties or anything, but you want to know that going in so you don't get hit with the big tax consequences that you might not have been expecting.

Speaker 1: And the ramifications of that too. Not only the tax bill, but also maybe the tax bump right up to the next category, yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah. I'll tell you what, if you're spending $100,000 on a world trip folks and you need some extra people to go, I will volunteer because that sounds like a good time.

Tony Mauro: Yes. Well, that's the next topic. And I'll tell you, it's always near and dear to my heart.

Speaker 1: The big travel plans. Yeah. Go for it.

Tony Mauro: Is the travel plans. I mean, we have several clients who have wanted always to go on a worldwide trip. And when you talk about it, I mean, they're out for 200 days sometimes. And it bucks north of about 80,000 to 90,000 bucks.

Speaker 1: Really?

Tony Mauro: The highest one I've seen was 105.

Speaker 1: Holy moly.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: That's amazing.

Tony Mauro: But they really wanted to do it. And they had it all planned out. They've been wanting to do it all their lives and they were able financially to do it. And they had set money aside just for this, all throughout their retirement. So wasn't even ... It was like in a separate account, and they loved every minute of it. They knew that they could go and spend all that money, which some people might find offensive maybe, but that's what they wanted to do.

Speaker 1: But you know what? They earned it. It's theirs. Do what you want with it.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it's their money. And they covered all the bases. So it wasn't like this was their last $100,000. So they felt very responsible about doing it and they wanted to do that. But a lot of people don't go that far, but they do. And me included. I'd love to be able to travel in retirement once a quarter or so, and hopefully knock off bucket list items before the physical health starts giving out. That's another concern of a lot of people, because not that many are that excited to go on halfway around the world for that matter at 80, 85 years old and just the body is [inaudible 00:09:16]

Speaker 1: Well, talking about spending that much money, I kind of have ... It's the same feeling I had kind of have towards weddings. My wife and I were on the same page. I've never understood the concept of spending $40,000, $50,000, $60,000 on a wedding or whatever that people do, whether it's the parents chipping in, whether you've saved to do it yourself. But you know what? It's your money. It's whomever is deciding to do that. So who am I? It's not for me. I don't get it. So I would rather spend that money on maybe big travel plans. So to each their own, right?

Speaker 1: So whatever it is that you're doing with your retirement money, and maybe that's one of the things you're doing. Maybe you're going to fund your child or your grandchild's massive wedding or a destination wedding or whatever. It all comes back to, Tony, are you discussing it with your advisor? Are you getting the planning steps in place so that they're aware a) I think that's a huge component. Please make sure you talk to your advisor so they can properly have you invested and structured in a way that you're planning for this.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I mean, you have to do that. And more and more people do want to help kids and grandkids as they get older. My dad has been that away a little bit. He's very much into now helping his grandkids and helping them out of college and whatnot. And that's very important to people, as they enter retirement. So as long as you check with your advisor and that's part of what you want to do, then, like you said, it's your money and you're the ultimate boss so to speak. You have your own money, your own destiny. So, as long as you've got some good advice, and in many times, a lot of things on this list, people like to do a lot of them. It's just ...

Speaker 1: More than one.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Not quite as grand, but I want to do all of this stuff, but in moderation. So it's good after you retire to stay on a plan or besides just knowing that you have enough to live on is to how can I do what I want to do and still makes sense in my financial picture?

Speaker 1: Well, the Xs in those are clearly important because that's how we're going to fund the things, but also having, what are you living for, what are you thinking about, what are you wanting to get to in retirement? And whether it's any of the things we listed or maybe even giving it away to charity or whatever the case might be, it all comes back to having a good structure laid out and working with someone who is going to be able to design those buckets that's going to be able to look at things from a tax efficient nature, because even if we want to spend ... Let's say, we're one of those folks that say, "I want to spend everything I got." Well, that's great. Do that. But why not do it as efficiently as possible so that you can maximize it? I mean, unless you just really want to give uncle Sam more than your fair share.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, exactly. And the last topic really has to do with a little bit of a tax deductions and that's being charitable. And a lot of retirees want to, especially the ones that don't have anybody to leave it to, to give some money away. It makes them feel great while they're here. And then also getting a plan together for when they're gone as to what's going to happen to their money and where it goes. And they really feel good about being able to leave some. In a few cases, we've had all of it to charity. You commend them for that. Again, that's their choice. You stand back and say, "Well, gosh, I wouldn't do that," or whatnot, but you can say that about any of these. But that's their choice. And with the right planning, they can do it and still have a great lifestyle while they're here.

Speaker 1: Oh, absolutely. Yeah. And it all comes back to just what you want to accomplish. And as you said earlier, some people may want to give it all to the kids. Although we're seeing more people starting to say, "You know what, instead of sitting on all this money and then passing away and leaving it to our family, what if we spend the money on them together with them? Like we do things."

Speaker 1: And I think COVID maybe brought that back around to the forefront a bit. I think we were starting to head that direction societally anyway and saying, "Hey, experiences are probably going to be where it's at versus maybe the old way of thinking in the '70s, '80s and '90s of let me amass all this money and then just leave it to my family."

Speaker 1: So I think people want to start doing more of that. Maybe that's a silver lining that we could take from being locked down and things of that nature, where we're now like, "Hey, let's get out and do some things together as a whole family." Maybe not just the husband and wife or the couple or whatever, but also, bring the kids or bring the grandkids or bring a nephew or a niece, or like the extended family, if you can, and things of that nature. So lots of ways to look at it, really just asking yourself, what kind of retirement are we living for or are we working for so that we can enjoy when we get there.

Speaker 1: That's going to do it this week for the podcast. So as always, don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, whatever the case might be. If you've got any questions on how to structure your buckets or how to set things up or how to make sure that you're funding these things properly and you haven't started working with an advisor and you need some help, reach out to Tony. Find him online at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. He's got over 23 years of experience as an EA and a CFP serving folks here, well, really all around. So just reach out to him and get started.

Speaker 1: You can subscribe to us on the podcast. You can find all that good stuff, a lot of good tools, tips, and resources at the website. And most importantly, if you need to take some action, do so today. It's typically no cost or obligation to do it, but you do have to let them know. Yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com.

Speaker 1: Tony, I'm going to let you go. So I guess the next time I talk to you, I guess I'll see how your vacation went.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I'll give you some stories.

Speaker 1: Sounds like a plan. We'll talk about Wyoming some more and I hope you have a great time. And folks, you stay safe and sane out there and enjoy the rest of your summer, and we'll see you here in August on Plan With the Tax Man.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

The world is stressful. Let’s take a small break from it with some goofy financial planning and financial advisor jokes and see what kinds of lessons we can learn from them.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1:

Hey, everybody. Welcome into this week's edition of Plan With The Tax Man, here on the podcast. We're talking about being a couple of jokesters and that's going to be the fun topic this week, because the world of financial stuff is stressful. Heck the world is stressful. So we're going to take a break and do some goofy, fun, financial jokes and advisor jokes. And see what kind of maybe lessons we can actually pull from them as well. So it won't be all fun and games, it will be a little bit serious here as well.

Speaker 1: But first let's say hey to, Tony. What's going on, buddy?

Tony Mauro: I am good. I'm just kind of trying to get back in the swing of things. As I mentioned after the fourth I'm in the mode of still having this a short week.

Speaker 1: Yeah. In a chill mode. Right? Still want to...

Tony Mauro: Right. Very relaxed.

Speaker 1: That's all right. Nothing wrong with that. Well, like I said, right, the world is stressful enough anyway. So let's have some fun with this, Tony. Basically, I'll tell you the joke. We went and scoured the internet and found some financial jokes or adviser jokes, and then I'll let you kind of just give me your 2 cents on it-

Tony Mauro: Sure.

Speaker 1: and kind of what you think. Okay? Sound like a plan?

Tony Mauro: Sounds good.

Speaker 1: All right, let's do it. All right. Here we go. So here's the joke. I'm not normally one to brag about my financial skills, Tony, but my credit card company calls me almost every day to inform me my balance is outstanding.

Tony Mauro: Then they probably love you too. But what a lot of people, they confuse, I think, good debt with bad debt. And a lot of advisors, they don't like to have their clients with a lot of debt. Me kind of included. I'm not a big debt guy. Especially if you've done any reading and done any studying, the Dave Ramsey stuff and all that.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And getting out and staying out of debt. I do believe that that is a good route. However, obviously debt's a part of our life. And if you use it wisely, especially for large purchases, homes, the car, and whatnot and understand it and try to get out of it as quick as possible, it actually can be a decent thing.

Tony Mauro: But we do a lot of talking, clients about debt, because I don't think people understand it very well. And they just accumulate a lot of it, and don't ever make a plan to reduce it or get out of it.

Speaker 1: Mm-hmm (affirmative). Right.

Tony Mauro: And as soon as they do it's an instant raise. And so, we laugh about it and joke about it, but we've all been there. I mean, everybody's ran up a credit card or more, and got themselves potentially into situations, and some bad cases you see it all the time, where they ran up so much debt, they can't make the minimum payments.

Speaker 1: Right. Oh yeah.

Tony Mauro: That's horrible.

Speaker 1: It's a habit that definitely affects us Americans for sure. Because a lot of times they're really wealthy, right? They're saving money or they're doing things, and they've got more liquidity going on. And the banks that wind up having more disposable income, as of lately been seeing that, rates have stayed down, they're loaning money, things of that nature. And sometimes it's just the temptation to go, "Oh, well, wow. I've been approved for this and I don't really need it. But you know what? We kind of had our eye on this item or that item, so let's just go do it," right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: And the interest rates are so low or whatever. So you find ways to justify this stuff. And then, before long you're like, "Man, we've got more than we really want to deal with." And as you're getting closer to retirement, well then maybe the joke's on you. Right?

Tony Mauro: Well, that's right. Going into retirement, I advise you to try to have as little or no debt if you can, because it's just going to make your lifestyle so much easier to maintain.

Speaker 1: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Tony Mauro: And so, around retirement, I mean, I think that's the best move as far as that goes. I think too, and I remember too, when you're young you got to get that first credit card. And it's like, "Wow, this is great." But now, when we talk to clients about debt, is we say, "If you're going to use debt to purchase something, especially if it's not going to last very long, are you okay if the sticker price is, let's say is $800? Are you okay with paying $1,000 for that same item?" And most people will say "No." And then, you start talking about what the interest is going to cost you if you put it on a credit card. That's what you're going to be paying, so.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: You're not okay when you do it with cash, but you're okay with the credit card. And we've got to try to change their thinking on that a little bit.

Speaker 1: Yeah, absolutely. Well, you think about the joke. Right? So that's what we're doing, using that as a catalyst to have a conversation about something. And I think a debt was certainly a good way to take that one.

Speaker 1: How about this one? I got another one here for you. This reminds me, this is kind of a one-liner, like Henny Youngman. I know a lot of people may not remember him a long time ago, but he was kind of the king of the one-liners. Right? He would say stuff like, "The secret of a happy marriage remains a secret," so on and so forth. But this kind of sounds like one of his type of lines.

Speaker 1: Here's the joke. Why couldn't the advisor get people to buy bonds? Not enough interest.

Tony Mauro: Not enough interest.

Speaker 1: You can hear the rim shot right there.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And a lot of people don't like bonds, and that is kind of the joke. And they don't pay a lot of interest in today's environment. People who've been around a while, remember those days of the 1980s, when a money market account was paying 9%.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And those have trickled down with inflation being low, and they just aren't able to get that type of interest anymore, pretty much on anything. But that doesn't mean bonds don't have a place in your portfolio.

Speaker 1: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Tony Mauro: Especially as you get towards retirement and whatnot, and you're not really seeking to bring in capital appreciation. You're really looking for return of principal, and then that income that hopefully you can't out live.

Speaker 1: Right. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: So bonds do have their place, and especially in the accumulation phase, probably not the best idea for most, depending on your appetite for risk. But for some people that's all they can stomach as far as risk, and that's why they're out there.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Have you seen that recently? Where people are like, "Hey, I'm not interested in bonds, because the rates are so low."

Tony Mauro: I've seen that, when the market's going crazy, the stock market that is, everybody wants to be kind of, so to speak where the action is. Well, gosh.

Speaker 1: Right. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: They read it on the internet that some guy's doing this or that. And so yeah, I do get a lot of that.

Speaker 1: Okay. All right. Now this next one here I've got, Tony, sounds a little bit like a Groucho Marx-ism. So we'll do this one here. This one's pretty funny too.

Speaker 1: I'm not saying my financial advisor was bad at his job, but when I went into his office and asked him to check my balance, he tried to push me over.

Tony Mauro: That's a good one.

Speaker 1: As somebody who has vertigo that's really hilarious to me.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Because I'm dizzy on a regular basis, so I could totally see that and just die laughing.

Tony Mauro: We talk a lot to clients about keeping some sort of balance in their portfolio-

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: A little bit. And many times when clients first come to us, I mean, they don't have any balance. Meaning that generally they'll have, let's say in their IRA or their 401k, and they're 55, 58 years old, and they have all of their money either in, maybe this is just an example, their own company's stock or one very narrow invested fund. In other words, almost a sector fund of some international fund type of thing. So they don't have diversification.

Tony Mauro: And so, we try to talk to them about that and, "You might want to diversify because generally speaking it's the best way to go over the long term. And so, by having those concentrations, yes, you are going to pick up some gains when that area is doing well. But boy, when it's not, you really suffer."

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And so, try to instill something in them to just start thinking about that.

Speaker 1: Well, talking about balance, and this next joke here actually kind of goes towards the question I was thinking about asking you the last time we talked and I totally forgot it. So it's kind of fortunate that it wound up being on here. But here's the joke.

Speaker 1: What's another name for a long term investment? A failed short-term investment. Right?

Tony Mauro: A failed short-term investment. Yeah.

Speaker 1: Is there such a thing, Tony, as a short-term investment in retirement planning, or is it always the long-term people are looking for?

Tony Mauro: Well, I think the people we've talked to, they're always looking to make money in the short-term, and we try to force them to think long-term. But I do think there's such things as short-term investments.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: I don't think, I mean, it might have some place in a person's retirement plan. I mean, obviously as things come in and out of a favor you're changing things up, so it might be a short-term investment. But I don't think it's necessarily because it's a failed investment. It might just be because your goals change and you need to have something else-

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: type of thing. But I think most people think short-term in their retirement. And they don't think that if they can't get X amount percent in a certain period of sometimes days, instead of years, they think it's a failed investment.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: And we try to tell them, "That's not the case. We need a long term approach here."

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And I think they got to remain that. But again, I think that's a product though of too much news.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Being short sighted and too much news. Yeah, I think that's a very fair point. Because when you see something, and we're like, "Oh, well this is happening or that's happening," or, "We've got to get in on this or out on that," or whatever the case might be. And we don't really stick with the plan that we've started working on.

Speaker 1: And I get if the plan starts to seem like it's going awry, it makes you nervous, and you want to... maybe the immediate thought is to make a knee jerk reaction and change it.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: But that might not be really what you need. You need to evaluate and take a look first. Because often, especially financially speaking, right, that when we make these reactions, we wind up kind of regretting that after the fact. It's not like you've got a plan together to use this bucket to haul up some fish or something. And the fish just aren't jumping in the bucket, and you got to come up with a new plan. Right? It's not like you're going to starve to death because of that. But you are going to have to work through it and try to figure out a good way to analyze, is it really the right time to change that plan, talk to the advisor, or am I just being nervous?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Okay. So speaking of nerves. Let's do this one. Here's the joke. Why was the client sleeping like a baby when the stock market crashed? Well, he woke up every hour and cried just like a baby.

Tony Mauro: Just like a baby. Well, a lot of times, especially when the market's going good, like it has been here lately. We get all kinds. People that meet with us first time, they are afraid. They get stressed out because again, they watch a lot of TV and whatnot. They think the market's too high, they're stressed out. They think that we need to get out or they need to get out.

Tony Mauro: Others come and say, "I've never been in the market. Everybody's talking about it. I think it's time for me," but they're stressed out too, because they don't have any idea as to what they need to be doing. And they just think that, sometimes they can just go buy some equities and all of a sudden make a lot of money. And that's not the case a lot of times.

Tony Mauro: So I think that people get stressed out about it. But like you were talking about earlier, as long as you've got a long-term plan. And that's what we do with them, is we've got to have a plan. People just come and say, "Well, I want to buy some equities." I mean, for us, we're not the advisors for them. We want to plan, we want to know what's going on, and why you're putting money away, and things like that, versus just kind of trading.

Speaker 1: Yeah. It's got to have a purpose.

Tony Mauro: Got to have a purpose.

Speaker 1: Yep. Okay. All right. Final one this week here on the podcast. Here's the joke. I've just got some great news from my financial advisor. He told me I could retire at 64, and live comfortably for an hour.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, right.

Speaker 1: Right. Nobody wants this. Right? We want to make sure we can get to retirement and stay retired.

Tony Mauro: And stay retired. And yeah, if you're coming to an advisor at 64 or 65, and have not planned, there's some things you can do. But more than likely, you're going to have to continue to work if it's possible, depending on what type of lifestyle you're looking for and what level of comfortability. But the best way to prevent this of course, is to plan. Plan early, and keep it going. And that way you won't have this type of thing.

Tony Mauro: And every, I don't know, two to five years, especially as you get into your 50's, I'm all already doing it, is I like to take a look at my own portfolio. And say, "All right, I've got this much time left. Assuming a reasonable rate of return and how much I'm putting in, what am I going to have as my nest egg? And will that last me the rest of my life once I decide to call it quits?" And that's what you have to do. You can't certainly just wait until the end and hope.

Speaker 1: Certainly not. And Tony, I imagine, well, typically that's the number one question. Right? Somebody probably comes in and they sit down with you for the first time or whatever. And they're like, "Hey, here's what I'd like to accomplish when I get to retirement, or, "I want to retire by this age or whatever. Now, how do you keep me there?" Right. And they want you to now walk them through how to build that structure, so that once we get there, we can stay there.

Tony Mauro: That's right. And luckily for us as advisors now with the software being so good, you can run scenarios very easily and let the software do all the heavy math lifting. And show a client, "Based on this, is what you have now. And this is when you want to retire, if you want to either take principle or just live off of the earnings."

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: "Based on market conditions, this is how long your money will last you." And I like some of the software, the reports they spit out now of saying, "There's an 85% chance, or a 50% chance you won't run out of money," type thing. And people like to see, "Well, gosh, I want to be up there in 85-90%. Even if I live to 100, I'm not going to run out of money," type of percentages. You get down there in the below 50%, and they're like, "Okay. Well, what do we need to do?"

Speaker 1: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Tony Mauro: "We have to fix it."

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And there are ways to fix it, but it may not be that pleasant, depending on how long you've waited to get started. Meaning that the longer you wait the more you're going to have to set aside to reach goals, or you've got to change the goals.

Speaker 1: Right. Exactly. Well, you know what? We don't want to be the joke. Right? We want to be the brunt of the joke for sure when it comes to retirement. So do yourself and your retirement a favor and have a conversation, and get started to Tony's point, take some action and go through some conversations and some pieces. And if you're not doing that, reach out to a qualified professional, like Tony here on the podcast.

Speaker 1: 844-707-7381 is the number to call. And of course, as always, you can just subscribe or follow, and find all the information that you really need. The easiest way to do it is just to go to Tony's website, yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com.

Speaker 1: If you're already working with Tony, but you listen to the podcast on the regular, make sure you share it with folks who might benefit from that message as well. You can do a little share link right there on the webpage, if it's Spotify or Apple or Google or whatever you like, all those social media things, give us options to share those with friends and family. So feel free to do that as well. But again, you can stop by the website at yourplanningpros.com. And find us on Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, and so on.

Speaker 1: All right, Tony, thanks for hanging out with me. I guess we'll both go back to work and do some more stuff. And hope you have a great week.

Tony Mauro: All right. Thank you. Talk to you soon.

Speaker 1: Yeah, well talk next time here. We are going to be firmly into July for our next episode, so should be nice and hot as well. It's already been fairly hot. So we'll see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro, from Tax Doctor, Inc.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

Before you can effectively put together a retirement income plan, it’s important to understand your own tendencies for spending. Let’s explore the different personalities.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody, welcome into mid-June here. We're back on Plan With the Tax Man, with Tony and myself. We're going to talk about our spending personality. What is your personality type when it comes to spending? It's pretty important to figure that out, and it's even more important to not only figure that out for yourself, but also share that with your advisor, and your financial strategist, your tax professional, and that's what we're going to talk about this week here with Plan With the Tax Man, with Tony Mara. What's going on, my friend? How are you?

Tony: Good, enjoying the summer so far. This is my time with my spending personality where I generally spend more. We're out, we're traveling, we're doing this and that. It's timely, because I think... And we ask and talk about this a lot, and so, it's going to be a fun topic today.

Speaker 1: I think, again, it's pretty important to self-identify, which is a big term nowadays. We hear it all the time in the social context. But when we're talking about our money and our finance, if you're not honest or don't know who you are when it comes to how you spend money, and by the time you get close to retirement, surely you know this about yourself, and have come to grips with it. But it's just as important to share that information with your advisor, and your financial professional, and your financial team, so that they can plan accordingly. There's nothing necessarily wrong with any of these categories that I've got for types of spenders, Tony. But if you're in one category, and your spouse is in another, and neither one of you are being honest with your advisor, it's making it pretty hard for them to get you a good plan that's going to get you to and through retirement, right?

Tony: It is, and it's something we ask everybody when we first meet with them, and the spouses as well. Because I like to know, just like you said, what kind of spenders they are, and if they're saying that they don't know, then we start asking some questions to try to identify it. Along with this, many, many that we talk to don't have... I think you can kind of generalize your spending personality, but a lot of people still don't use what I call personal finance software, whether it's Mint, Quicken, or what not, just to track your spending, see what's happening in the household, and then sitting down even without your advisor and discussing that on a personal level.

Tony: They don't do that. It's out of the checkbook or the debit card now, and nobody even looks at their bank statements. So, they really don't know what they're spending it on, so they kind of generalize this, and we try to get them to look a little deeper. Again, when we go over these, if you're out there listening, you're going to identify with one or more of them.

Speaker 1: Exactly. And I was going to say, that's a great point as well. You'd be surprised if you do some personal software type of tracking or budgeting. I know nobody likes the B word, but if you check that, you're often surprised, more times than not, nine out of 10 people are like, "Wow, I had no idea we were doing this much in these different ways." Let's dive into these categories. And again, you might find to be one or more than one, and you may be thinking about your spouse or significant other, and they may be the same way. And I'll play along and say the same thing, and Tony, you can as well. The first one is, the emotional spender. Talk to me about this. Give me some bullet points. What's an emotional spender?

Tony: This is somebody that just spends as it sounds, just when they're emotionally riding high or low, and that determines how they spend their money. For example, they may get a promotion, and then they'll say, "Great, I'm going to be making more money. I'm going to go out and buy X." Or, "I just got laid off," and oh gosh, instead of not spending money, they say, "I'd better go out and maybe drown my sorrows."

Speaker 1: "I'm depressed." Right.

Tony: "I'm depressed. Let's go out to eat, or do something." It's kind of a rollercoaster, because they're up and down with how their emotions go, and how they spend money. And so, sometimes that's not the greatest, because we're all going through ups and downs, and if you're letting that determine how you spend money, and you're not tracking it very well, you could end up wasting a lot.

Speaker 1: Yeah, and if we're talking retirees, pre-retirees, which is the bulk of our listening audience, our demographic, I like the concept for me, is like, "Hey, had a great day. Honey, let's go out to eat and celebrate." "Oh man, I had a terrible day, honey. Let's go out to eat, so I can feel better." Right? Or, "I'm really tired or stressed, and you don't want to cook, or I don't want to cook. Let's go out to eat." That's kind of where my wife and I sometimes, well, prior to the pandemic. Starting to just get back to that now, but that's where we would kind of find ourselves on that emotional wagon. It doesn't necessarily mean like a shopaholic. It doesn't mean that every time you have an emotion, you go on Amazon and buy something or whatever, but you may have a piece of that. You may have a percentage of that type of personality that does affect you.

Speaker 1: And so, identifying that just so you know, can really come into play when you're trying to work through... Sometimes people don't want to call it the budget, and what you guys do, and you're trying to get people to budget a little bit, just so you can see what's coming in and out. Not live on a restrictive lifestyle, but just understand the income and the outcome. I think a lot of advisors are starting to call it a personal spending... They're calling it a personal spending list, or chart, or something like that. It's got a nicer ring to it than, "Hey, let's figure out a budget." So, emotional spending can be one of those places you find yourself, or you might find yourself as the YOLO spender. What is this?

Tony: This is me. This is where I would classify myself, because it's basically somebody that spends money that they're going to, I don't want to say, live for today, but you only live once philosophy. It's easy for them to get a little overboard, spend lavishly on experiences and things. I would say I'm in it, and this is not a bad place to be, as long as you have all your bases covered, meaning that you're saving for retirement, you are out of debt, you've got enough money, discretionary income to go do some of these things. Because once you have all those envelopes or buckets filled up every month, and you still have money left, well then, that's your fun money, type of thing, at least in my opinion.

Tony: But if you're not tracking this, again, this can get out of hand, especially on things rather than experiences, for sure, where you can actually end up spending more than you're taking in, and you're wondering why you're going into debt. I don't do that, but I do fall into that category of, after everything is covered, this is time for me to enjoy things, type of thing. But I'm one of those guys, I don't buy a lot of things. I do like to travel and have experiences. I guess that would be my weakness. But I think, again, not necessarily a bad place to be, but with some constraints. This one especially, you need to be tracking, because if you find you're out buying a lot of useless toys, I call them.

Speaker 1: The big ticket items, yeah.

Tony: Yeah, big ticket items, you're not going to use them, and then you turn around and sell them, and then of course you're going to take a big hit. You've got to rein that in at some point, otherwise your whole plan is just not going to work.

Speaker 1: Right. And so, the YOLO spender, you only live once, that's the YOLO there. Actually, Tony, in a way, we saw a bit of an increase in this through the coronavirus, with the pandemic. They were calling it the coronapurchase. And so, people, when we couldn't go and do things, and so on and so forth, you were seeing people, in-home pool sales were way up, hot tubs were way up, campers were way up. Because okay, we can't go to restaurants, and we can't hang out, but my wife, and myself, and my kids, we all live together. We can be in a camper together, so we can go camping someplace.

Speaker 1: We saw a lot of those kinds of items, where people were ticking those things up. It could be some big tickets. And now that we're starting to get some freedoms back, you may see that switch to the experiences, to your point, right? Back out to concerts, or back out to this big vacation we've waited a year-and-a-half for, that kind of thing. I'm with you, I find myself to be a bit of an emotional spender, and a bit of the YOLO spender.

Speaker 1: I don't have a problem with a big ticket item, but I will be ticked off at myself if I go to Target and spend $100 and think, "What did I spend $100 on at Target?" And it's all little things in my car, things that you probably actually need. But I'm one of those people that a big ticket item doesn't scare me as much, and to your point, that can get you in trouble as well if you're not planning ahead of time. And for retirees and pre-retirees, that becomes more and more important. All right, that's the first two. This next one I imagine is probably the ideal place you'd like people to be, in your profession, and that's the savvy spender. What do we got here?

Tony: Yeah, so this one in my own family is my wife. She's much more balanced than me. She'll spend money, but she prefers a deal. I wouldn't say she's ultra tight, so to speak, but she's frugal. She does like quality. She does not like to just buy something in bulk. But she'll pay more if she feels like it's good quality, but she'll take a deal anytime she can. Whereas me, going back to the last one for a second, I really don't look for deals. I don't know why. I probably should, but I don't. But she does, and she likes to spend on experiences as well. She comes from a country background. I always say that she's a farmer, but she gets mad at me when I say that.

Tony: Stuff doesn't interest her, whether it's a big ticket item, or things like that. About the extent of what she likes obviously would be clothes and shoes, but she'll be very savvy about that. She's the kind that would walk into a store, let's say you're looking for some furniture, and she wants to look around and compare. Me? I'm like, I want to go right to this. I think I know what I want, and sometimes I get this way, the more expensive, the better. And then, she has to talk me down off the ledge, so to speak.

Speaker 1: I think that's common a little bit sometimes between men and women, often in a relationship. Luckily, my wife and I are the same way. Neither one of us are big fans of shopping. If we go into a store, it's like, find it, get it, move on it, be done with it. But yeah, you could definitely have two different kind of personality types, where one is, hey, I see it. I need a couch, we went here, I like this couch, I'm done. That sounds like that might be you as well. And the missus could be like, "Well, let's look at five stores, and 20 different couches."

Tony: Yeah. I can't stand that.

Speaker 1: Right, drives me nuts as well.

Tony: Yeah, but there's nothing wrong with that.

Speaker 1: Absolutely not. Right.

Tony: I'm all more about, God, the value of my time is worth more.

Speaker 1: That's a great point. That's a great point. In any of these spending categories, what is the value of your time worth as well? That's a great point. All right, so the savvy spender, again, balanced personality, thrifty when need to be, but prefers quality over quantity, things of that nature. And then, that brings us to our last one here, and that's the miser. And don't take offense out there folks if you're one of these. There's nothing wrong with it. Again, there's nothing wrong with any of these, it's just being honest about who you are, and then working with your advisor to be according. But I imagine the challenge for the miser, Tony, when it comes to what you do, this is the person who, or persons, who have saved really well, they're in really good shape for retirement. Now the problem is, you can't get them to spend the stuff and enjoy it.

Tony: Exactly. They don't want to spend anything, only if they have to. They get very stressed out about spending anything, especially if it's a big ticket item, even though they may need it, almost to the point where they feel very guilty about it.

Speaker 1: True.

Tony: These are the types that to the extreme, I would say, always trying to cut corners or costs on everything.

Speaker 1: Which is why they've got a lot of savings, probably.

Tony: That's why they've got a lot of savings. But it's trying to convince people of this personality of, okay, you've done a good job of maybe saving, you've sacrificed a lot. What's the end game? What good is it if you're not going to at least kind of enjoy it before you check out? To me, the miser personality to me is like, why go through all that, and put yourself through all that maybe for 30, 40, 50 years, if you're not going to enjoy it? I did have one guy say, "I wanted to leave it all to my kids." Okay, that's great, that's very noble. At least you have something, a goal in mind. But most are like, "No, I wasn't brought up that way. We were extremely low income growing up, and we didn't have a lot." Again, it's not bad, but we try to at least know what we're dealing with as advisors, because we certainly don't want to offend somebody that's of this personality. Maybe just try to get them to look at some different views.

Speaker 1: Sure. And I think with this kind of category too, well, really all of these, Tony, it's a great point, how we're raised plays a massive factor in how we view money, and how we treat money. It's almost like cigarette smoking in a way, and I'll say what I'm talking about there. My dad was a heavy cigarette smoker, and so, it turned me off so completely, I've never touched one in my entire life. I've had no interest in doing it. However, you could see that same thing with money.

Speaker 1: So, your parents might have been very tight, very frugal because they were low income, or maybe they came out through the Depression, or something like that. And so, therefore, you're that way. Or maybe you're the complete opposite, because they were always so tight. Now, you're a YOLO, or whatever the case is. It's just important to get in touch with who we are.

Speaker 1: And again, none of these are bad, none of these are wrong. It's simply understanding it, so that your advisor and your financial professionals can say, "Okay, this is who you are. This is what you want to accomplish or do. That helps me plan accordingly, so that I can structure this stuff for you to have everything you need when you need it, or how you want to, whether it's a legacy, or whether you want to spend it all and take every dime with you."

Tony: Right. Like I said, there's nothing wrong with any of these. But I think that a lot of us could benefit from listening to some different views on it. But for sure, from the advisor side, it's nice to know. And we ask a lot of questions when we're working with clients, and you could tell right away kind of what type of personality they have about spending. It's a fun exercise, and people generally will laugh and say, "You know what? That is me. You're exactly right." And we're not trying to change them, for sure, but it's a lot of fun.

Speaker 1: I think what will happen too, Tony, and I imagine what could be really challenging, is if you've got one partner is a YOLO, and the other partner is a miser, I imagine that can be an interesting challenge, and they know it. They probably butt heads about it, and maybe even have a giggle about it, or whatever. But that kind of goes into play with that other hat that sometimes you have to wear. You put on your tax hat, sometimes you put on your advisor hat, sometimes you put on your marriage counselor hat, by saying, "Okay, look guys, we've got to move this YOLO a little closer to the savvy, and we've got to move this miser a little closer to the savvy, so that y'all can enjoy everything together." And so on, and so forth. I think that's again, the value of where an advisor and a financial professional comes into play.

Tony: Yeah, I agree.

Speaker 1: So, folks, what are you? Are you an emotional spender, a YOLO spender, a savvy spender, a miser, a little bit of all? I think there's probably a little bit of all of us in each one of those. Again, hopefully you enjoyed that exercise. And if you haven't had these conversations not only with yourself, but with your spouse, and your advisor, do so immediately, because it'll certainly go a long way to helping them get the plan together that you need. And if you need some help, reach out to Tony at yourplanningpros.com. Visit him there on his website at yourplanningpros.com. Tony, thanks for hanging out with me this week. I'm about to get ready to get hit with some big thunderstorms, so I'm going to let you go.

Tony: All right, sounds good. Take care.

Speaker 1: We'll talk to you next time here on Plan With the Tax Man, with Tony Mara from Tax Doctor Inc. You folks have a great week, and we'll see you in July here on the podcast.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

At first glance, each of these statements seem like basic common sense that everyone agrees with. But when we look at the way people actually behave with their money, it seems that common sense is actually a bit uncommon.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody. Welcome in to the podcast. It's plan with the tax man, Tony Mauro, and myself, hanging out to talk investing finance and retirement. And this week on the show, we're going to talk uncommon sense. Tony, I got some statements here, some axioms that I think everybody will agree with. Pretty common knowledge that we all say, "Yes, that makes sense." We'll not our head, but yet when we go to put these in practice, especially these financial things, we tend to do the opposite, making them a bit uncommon. So we're going to dive into that this week and chat about it. But first, how you doing? You doing all right?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing good. Survived tax season and weather's getting warmer. And everybody's kind of getting back outside a little bit. So the sun starts shining then and everybody seems like they're in a better mood, so [crosstalk 00:00:45] ...good up here.

Speaker 1: That's good. Better mood all around is good, but there's certainly a lot going on right now, too, obviously from a financial standpoint facing our country and just the world in general. And so some of these things we're going to kind of bring up as we go through these axioms, as I said, because it seems like now more than ever, we want to make sure that we're certainly thinking these things through and in working with someone to help ensure that we're going to have the kind of retirement we've been hoping for because it's getting a little different out there. A little change. There's a change in the wind. That's for sure. So to speak, selling them, Hey, let's dive in and knock these out a little bit, buy low, sell high. You're not going to find one person that doesn't agree or disagree, I should say with this theory, right? We all know it, but Tony, more times than not, we do not put this into practice. We might do it when it comes to looking for the best price on gas in town, but we don't do it when it comes to investing.

Tony Mauro: No, and really it's so funny. And I picked this topic today because I've actually had talks with clients over the last couple of months, just on these types of topics. And so the buy low sell high it was the age old adage in the market and nobody wants to do it. Really, it's based on mostly emotion. The story I'm going to tell today is I actually I've had two employees and now they're both accountants and they don't have any investment experience at all. And they're starting to get into the hype of they see the market keep going up and up and up and they actually want to buy Bitcoin. And they've done a little research on it and I said, "Well, how much research have you done?" And "I just looked on the internet." But the point there, though, is everybody kind of wants in at probably the, I don't want to say the wrong time. There's never really a wrong time, but they, they want to buy high.

Tony Mauro: And while you have the same conversation, when things are going bad in the market and nobody wants to do anything, but yet when you just have a conversation about it, it's like, "Oh, yeah, I'll always do that." But in reality, they don't. I've got a couple of accounting clients that have called me and they literally shoot me an email and say, "What do you think about this stock? I think I want to buy some", and they don't even know anything about it. They heard about it. So I think sometimes you get caught up in that hype and you get caught up in the euphoria when the market is going up. And I'm not saying that's the exact wrong time to buy, but I don't know if I would just go speculating.

Speaker 1: Go willy nilly, or hog-wild, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It needs to be part of the bigger picture so to speak.

Speaker 1: Well, I think one of the values, Tony, that you guys as advisors bring to the relationship is the fact that you're not emotionally invested. I mean, you're invested in your clients, obviously, and you want to do the very best job you can for them. It's important work that you guys are doing when you're talking about planning and helping someone maintain their nest egg. But at the same time, you can approach it with a bit more objectiveness. And often when we see when... Look, nobody has a problem when everything's riding high, but when we have the falls people are like, "Get me out of here, get me out of the", and that's when you really got to start to talk people through the process and maybe off the ledge so that they don't wind up hurting themselves.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I mean, they do. And they just get so hung up on because there's so much news coming at us all, all day long nowadays, and so much information at our fingertips. And sometimes you watch a little too much TV and you think "Well, I can do this", and it's just not, not the best thing to do. I mean, I think it needs to be, if you're investing, it needs to be part of a plan. I mean, again, I got another story I mean a fairly wealthy client just came in and dropped some money into his investments. He wants to invest at all right away. So let's throw our costs to average it in the market over the next six, eight months. Let's not just throw it all into something just because you think he really has a passion for the airline industry, because he thinks it's a beat up industry and it is coming out of COVID. But that's just not the only reason you should just go on to throw all your money on that.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Have a good strategy. No, I agree. And again, I think that's where the value comes in. Right? It's that sounding board to say, "Hey, I got this great idea." And then your advisor's like, "Okay, well talk to me about it and then let's talk about points counterpoints and work our way through it." All right. So that's that first one there and learning through some uncommon sense. How about this one, Tony? So, I mean, obviously the show is Plan With the Tax Man. You're Tax Doctor, Inc. So taxes is right up your alley. Don't pay more in taxes than we have to. Well, people listening are going to go, "Duh", nobody wants to do that. I don't think there's anybody out on the street corner with a sign volunteering to say, Ooh, ooh, let me pay more taxes, right? But when you start to dissect things, Tony, you often find that is the case, especially with retirees and pre-retirees, we're not being as a tax efficient as we could be.

Tony Mauro: Yes. And through tax season I think a lot of people confuse tax preparation with tax planning. And I always try to tell them tax preparation is nothing more than a compliance that you got to do because the government says, we know we got to kind of reconcile our income and pay our fair share if we haven't paid enough. And that's not the time to do the tax planning, the tax planning is supposed to occur all year long. I think that's one thing. And a lot of people don't get it. And even if you do give them a couple of tips at tax preparation time, they forget to go out and implement it. And which is why I think you need somebody that can help you tax plan year round. The other thing though, too, is I think a lot of people think that tax planning is really only for the very wealthy and since they've got a job a W2 and maybe some kids and just home mortgage or whatnot, that there's nothing left for them, and that's totally not the case.

Tony Mauro: It may not be as quite as sophisticated as if you were extremely wealthy and being able to cut your taxes by maybe as much, but there are a lot of things you can do one and still the best deal on the street is generally your 401k. And I mean, the stats that I see just from our own clients of the people that don't invest in their employer's retirement plan are mind boggling. I mean, that's the easiest one out there. So, they really need to get with their advisor get with somebody, whether it's your financial advisor, your tax advisor and learn to at least get the basics.

Speaker 1: Right. Right.

Tony Mauro: Because otherwise, yeah, you're just kind of running, running blind and you're just, yeah, you're paying your fair share, but you're not doing anything to proactively keep it at a minimum legally. I mean, and that's [crosstalk 00:07:31].

Speaker 1:

...that's the thing. Right. Sometimes we get all wrapped up in these conversations about who pays the most or the little or whatever it might be. And often the people that have surely have the resources to hire folks, a team of folks to make sure that they pay as little as possible. That's a whole conversation about a tax loophole. It's not really a loophole if it's in the code, right? It's just finding out what's there and how you can best take advantage of what's written. It's just black and white.

Tony Mauro: Right. It's just black and white. Yeah. It's, like you said, if it's in the code you can use it if you don't have the financial resources to do some of that complicated stuff then, yeah, that's not for you, but there are some things for the average person that should be taken advantage of if you're spending the money anyway.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And often not. So, again, don't pay more in taxes than we have to. We would all agree with that. Yet, we often find that we're doing more than we maybe need to or should, and you can be more efficient or at least if nothing else, you could be more efficient. So, and leaving that behind to legacy then heirs and things of that nature is also usually paramount in that conversation as well. But we'll keep moving on. Keeping costs low. Again, nobody's going to disagree with this. I'd mentioned the gas price or bargain shopping, 50% sale, buy one, get one free. We look for all that stuff, Tony. But when it comes to our investments, we often think we're paying... How many times have you heard somebody say, "Well, I only pay 1%", right. Or something like that. And it's like, "No, you pay your advisor 1%, but let's talk about what you got." Right?

Tony Mauro: That's exactly it. And I think a lot of times, at least what I see is people don't, especially in funds in annuities and some other things, they don't know what the fees are and while they may say, "Hey, look, I'm trying to keep my fees low. I don't want to maybe necessarily work with an advisor and pay you plus the fees." They have no idea what, what they are. And a lot of times they're a little shocked because some of that's not, I don't want to say it's hidden, but it just isn't out there in front of you and it's not really disclosed. And I think if I can offer any tips to anybody is if you are working with advisor, you should know what they're making. And most advisors, if they're any good, I would say, I mean, they're going to tell you. I mean, just like anybody else, they deserve to get paid for their advice, but you want to keep your costs reasonable.

Tony Mauro: And you want to make sure that they're not crazy high, but I think at the same time you got to dig a little and make sure you're understanding what some of those fees are. I had one guy this year, again, I like to tell stories. He came in, now get this, so he comes in and he does all his own trading. He came in, he was so proud. He had 689 trades. And one of those deep discounters, he brought it in for us for taxes. And he didn't pay a ton in fees, but a lot it ended up because he traded so much, even at the very low prices, his fees were quite high.

Tony Mauro: And I said, did you ever look at this in total? No, he never had, he just looked at that per trade fee. So they were in excess of about 4% plus on top of that, he was telling me that he traded options which is very, very risky and speculation. And he had actually lost about $17,000 in 2020. When I said, man, you could've picked a number threw a dart at a board, done pretty much anything and not do that.

Speaker 1: Right, right.

Tony Mauro: And so yeah, sometimes they just, they get a little crazy with that, but it is something to watch.

Speaker 1: Well you know what? And that's actually a really good segue to talk about my final two pieces here on this list. We could pull out the grandma-ism and call it. Don't put all your eggs in one basket, if you wanted to Tony. But most people just, they understand that we're supposed to be diversified, but they still don't really understand how to do it or what it is. And to that point. So let's use the example of like a mutual funds for this scenario. Somebody will come in and they'll say, "Hey, I bought 10 different mutual funds from 10 different companies. And I'm diversified because I got them in different places and I'm good to go." Right? And so to the conversation of keeping costs low, well, there's probably fees in every single one of those mutual funds. But talk to us about why having 10 mutual funds is not really necessarily being diversified.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I mean, mutual funds just like stocks, if you have 10 different mutual funds and they're, let's say, most or all are investing in the same sector.

Speaker 1: And they usually are, right. [crosstalk 00:12:11] They're not cross checking each other.

Tony Mauro: No. They're not cross checking. So if you had 10 mutual funds and they were all international funds. Yeah, you have some diversification amongst international investments, but when that area tends to go down [crosstalk 00:12:25].

Speaker 1: ...class, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, yeah, yeah. That class, and there there, there it goes for you.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Well, and often Tony, we see those being large cap, right? Most of the time when people come in and they have mutual funds, they're all in large cap.

Tony Mauro: They're all in large cap. Yeah. And they're so proud. They've got all these mutual funds and they've got all these different investments, but I tell them all, it's really all in the same sector, and [crosstalk 00:12:49] ...software.

Speaker 1: Right? Yeah. If it's tech, for example, which most times it is, right. The big bang stocks, so on and so forth when it takes a tank, that sector has a bad week or month or whatever, they all go down.

Tony Mauro: They all go down.

Speaker 1: Yeah. So you need some small cap. You need some international, you need some large... You need a little bit of everything.

Tony Mauro: You do need a little bit of everything. And that does temper a little bit. And again, we were just talking about the market being high. Some clients don't want that because they say, "Well, God, I want to be at all in this area because boy, the market's just doing so well." [crosstalk 00:13:24] As long as you're aware of the risks, because, in my mind, you'd rather take a little bit less overall and have a smoother ride than, by being diversified yeah. Then to try to it, which I think we're going to talk about next, timing the market and being wrong. And if anybody tells you they can time it, then that you should run.

Speaker 1: Right. Well kind of back to that story, you were just talking about a minute ago with the fellow, doing some speculating and doing some options and doing like you said, you could have thrown a dart at a board and probably came out better in 2020. And look at the end of the day, it's virtually impossible. I mean you can say, "Oh, I've got to get in on this digital currency thing." And then Elon tweets out something and tanks it for, and then the next week he says something else and it shoots through the roof. And then so where are you picking the right time to make the move? It's almost impossible. Right? I mean, it's like trying to catch a bullet train while it's moving, you can't do it.

Tony Mauro: You can't do it. That's a lot to do back with the emotions and whatnot. And when clients ask us just to, "Well, Hey, I'd like to buy this in particular, say stock." And after we ask him why, if it's not part of our plan, I generally say, "Well, look, what's the buy sell or to criteria?" And they ask, "What do you mean?" I said, "Well, when are we selling? If you buy right now, what's what's going to trigger you to sell that? Is it just me calling you up and say, 'oh, I think it's time', or is it something here on the news?" And that's if it goes up or down so, and they have no plan. So that's that whole market timing. They think they're going to just kind of time it right.

Speaker 1: Right, what's your strategy? What's its purpose? Right?

Tony Mauro: To me, that's not part of a good sound financial plan, especially. I mean, market timing. I mean, it's been said over and over again, that it, like I say, it's impossible to do consistently over the long-term and to me it's so nerve wracking as why do I do that?

Speaker 1: Right. It's kind of like if you're a duffer, if you get out there and play a little golf and you enjoy it and you're not bad, but you're not good. And you happened to be on a par three hole and you get a hole in one, right. Totally attainable. And you get one it's kind of, sometimes it's awesome. And it's also the worst thing for your game because now you're like, "Well, hey, I got this figured out. Next time I hit this par three, I'm going to be able to do this again." And it's the same kind of thing. If you get lucky, and you have a big winner in the market, it kind of gives you this false bravado like, "I figured this out. I'm the next Warren Buffet." It's like, I mean, even the great Warren Buffet says, "If you're not prepared to be in the market for 10 years, don't be in it for 10 minutes."

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Speaker 1: Yeah. So...

Tony Mauro: That's exactly true, I mean...

Speaker 1: Timing is impossible. It's just one of those things. And again, so Tony, I think most people, again, would agree with all of these statements. We've all heard these. We've all said these. We all know these to be fairly common sense yet, we tend to do the opposite, especially if we don't have somebody in our corner, a good strategy, a good plan, and a good sounding board to talk to. So we're going to wrap it up this week on Plan With the Tax Man. But if you need a sounding board, if you need some help, make sure you reach out to a qualified professional before you take any action like Tony, he's an EA and a CFP of 23 plus years, helping folks get to and through this situation. So reach out to him, find him online at yourplanningpros.com.

Speaker 1: That is yourplanningpros.com. You can subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Google, Spotify, whatever platform you like to use, but definitely reach out to Tony. You can find all that information at the website, again, yourplanningpros.com. Tony, I'm going to let you go. I know that this evening you've got some plans going out for a little wine pairing and tasting, so I hope you enjoy.

Tony Mauro: All right. Sounds good. Take care till next time.

Speaker 1: We'll talk to you next time here on Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro, from Tax Doctor, Inc.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

Sometimes the easiest way to learn about something is make it really simple. Like some of the first true/false tests you might have taken in school, let’s play a round of fact or fiction to test your financial planning acuity.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Marc: Hey, everybody. Welcome into May on this edition of Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro and myself because we're going to hang out and talk about financial fact or fiction this go around. We're going to have a little bit of fun here. I've got some questions I'm going to lob at Tony and see if he can tell us if these are fact or fiction. Of course, like anything financial-related, you can almost always say it depends because it truly does. There's all these little variables. But we're going to try to see if we can get him to pin these down just a little bit. And like any of these things we talk about, they're kind of generalities and there's some different varying factors that might play into it.

Marc: So if you have any questions about something that you hear, please make sure you reach out and have a conversation about your specific situation with Tony and his team at (844) 707-7381. But we're going to have some fun with this and see what we get here on financial fact or fiction. Tony, what's going on, my friend? How are you?

Tony Mauro: I am spectacular. It's coming off one of the craziest tax seasons that I've ever been involved in, that's for sure.

Marc: Even more so than the prior year?

Tony Mauro: Even more so than the prior year with all the last-minute tax law changes.

Marc: Oh, very true. Yeah, very true.

Tony Mauro: It was a wild ride.

Marc: It's the wild west.

Tony Mauro: And the IRS, in our state anyway, are just trying to get back to some sort of normalcy and they've been running way behind.

Marc: Yeah. I've been hearing a lot of states have been duking it out with the feds on how they're doing things a little bit differently as well.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, man.

Marc: And that's kind of normal, I suppose, but I guess it's been heightened this past year.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc: So yeah, very, very interesting. And I'm glad that you're basically through it now. So we're right at the tail end of it. This is our early March, or excuse me, early May edition, so I think you got a little bit more to go, but we're almost there. So let's do some financial fact or fiction, okay?

Tony Mauro: All right.

Marc: Now, as I mentioned before, you could probably say it depends on all of these, and if you really need to, feel free to go for it.

Tony Mauro: All right.

Marc: But it could be in the wording of the statement. So listen carefully and see how you do. Your Social Security can be taxable fact or fiction?

Tony Mauro: That's fact. I hate to say it. But it is a fact. And it does depend on the income, but it can be taxable and you got to watch that on your tax return and in your financial situation quite a bit because if you go over the limits, meaning that if you have money coming in, in retirement from other sources, once you go over a certain limit, depending on your filing status, then that Social Security is taxable, not a hundred percent of it, only up to 85% of it, but a little bit of more income can cause you to have that taxable. Now, these are fairly low limits, so you want it to be taxable. I mean, if you've got any kind of financial plan at all, and you're living any type of retirement, some of your Social Security is going to be taxable. You're just going to have to plan on it.

Marc: Okay. And a couple of things on this. So how often do people actually realize that? Because I think it's gotten better over the last few years, but I know many folks just were like, what, seriously, didn't I pay tax on this, going in?

Tony Mauro: Going in, and which you did. And it usually affects people the first and second year of retirement when they're not expecting it. They'll start Social Security, get almost a full year of it, and then not hold anything out on it, and realize 85% of that was taxable. Now that's not an 85% tax rate.

Marc: Right. Thank you, yes.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Just the amount, 85% is taxable. But if you're in the 20, 25% bracket, that all of a sudden adds to income and you may end up owing or getting a little less back because of that. I just had it yesterday, I was checking over a lady's tax return, and last year, she got a refund, in 2020, she started taking Social Security, she made over the limit and she owed. And of course, she was asking, anytime you go from getting a refund, oh, and you want to know why. And so I told her, you made enough to where it's taxable and we're going to have to plan for that, or you've got to make some estimates or withhold out of it.

Marc: Right.

Tony Mauro: Otherwise, every year you're going to owe.

Marc: Yeah. And so a lot of times it does catch people off guard. They're just not aware that it is possible. But again, it's not the end of the world. It's just something to be aware of. So there you go. That one is technically fact. It can be taxable. All right. Fact or fiction, Tony, your taxes will likely be lower in retirement?

Tony Mauro: Well, I'm going to say that most planners might disagree because I think they're going to say that that's a fact. I'm going to say that that's fiction because most of the clients I see, generally, the ones that have had a plan and now are starting to execute that plan, they're making as much or more in retirement than they did when they were working and all of their deductions have disappeared. And the deductions that they have now really are charity, medical expenses, and things like that, that they can't get over thresholds. And then all of a sudden it's kind of like, well, I don't have anything to deduct anymore and my taxes are actually a little higher. It's not by a lot. But I think that a lot of times that can be fiction. And like you said, at the beginning, it could go the other way. I mean, the old adage is, well, I'm going to be making less, therefore, I'm going to be in a lower bracket and my taxes are going to be lower. But I don't find that as much now.

Marc: Right. Yeah, and I think a lot of times, I guess, depending on how you're looking at this, Tony, it could be if you're saying total tax, I think in general, because yes, we're not paying FICA now typically, right? So when you're no longer working, there's maybe in total tax, it is less. But if you're talking just the income tax bracket, that is probably a different conversation piece there.

Tony Mauro: Okay. Yeah.

Marc: All right. I don't know why my computer is beeping, but it is. I can't seem to figure out why to shut it up, but that's okay. We're going to keep rocking and rolling here. Financial fact or fiction, this one, I might let you get away with, it depends on this.

Tony Mauro: All right.

Marc: But term life insurance is better than whole life insurance.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, you didn't give me any clue words, so I got to take [crosstalk 00:05:43].

Marc: Better is tough, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, better is tough. I'm going to say, here's what I tell clients, I tell young clients if you really need insurance, term is so cheap now, and if you need it to cover if you or your spouse dies and you need it to cover expenses, help the family, term insurance is the better option because it's so inexpensive now. And of course, the old adage is, buy term and invest the difference because whole life and some of the other life insurance policies, you'll pay more but you have permanent insurance generally, that you don't have to worry about. I mean, I loaded up on a bunch of term insurance when I was younger. But I'm coming off of that now because the maximum you can go out is 30 years and then that term runs out. If you outlive the term, now you have no more insurance. Now, I'm ending the years I really need it.

Tony Mauro: But I think whole life and some of these other life insurance policies still have some value depending on what you're looking for. It's generally not the most face amount you can buy. It's generally some cash value, some ability to borrow against, that kind of thing.

Marc: Gotcha. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: A little more involved.

Marc: Like a lot of products, Tony, there's pros and cons depending on what you need.

Tony Mauro: There is, yeah.

Marc: So there's some places where one may be better than the other, but the other may be again, vice versa. So in this situation, that's a little bit of a trick question there. So it's a little bit tougher.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it's a tough one.

Marc: Tougher to just go fact or fiction on that because the time of life and what you're trying to accomplish with that particular product could make that a true or false scenario.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc: All right. Another little tricky one depending on how much you want to break this down. Medicare will cover most of your medical needs in retirement. And turning to fact or fiction, and what are we going to constitute as most?

Tony Mauro: Most, right. That's what I was going to ask you. But I would say if you're just going to random right off the top of your head, that's a fact. It's going to cover most. But how much is most? We don't know. And we all, I would assume, know that there are a lot of gaps with Medicare.

Marc: Sure.

Tony Mauro: Most people need supplements and things like that to cover those gaps because depending on your health and your needs that most could shrink down to less than 50 to 40% of it, depending.

Marc: Right. Because we're talking Part A and B. That's covering your hospital stuff and most of your basic doctor visits, but there is that 80/20 split, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Yeah, and [crosstalk 00:08:11].

Marc: So that's if you're saying that's the general use, but there's nothing for dental, certainly nothing for long-term care.

Tony Mauro: No, the long-term care is the big one. Medicare doesn't cover hardly anything there and then you have to use Medicaid or private pay. But most of the people we work with on the financial planning side, we really make sure that they're covered all the way around should they want to be.

Marc: Right.

Tony Mauro: And almost everybody wants to be because well, the retirees do not like spending all their money on healthcare and that's a big cost for them.

Marc: Who would, right? Exactly.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc: Exactly. And so there's a lot of little ... I mean, Medicare could be a great system, definitely for sure.

Tony Mauro: True.

Marc: But there's definitely some gaps in there so you want to make sure you're having a conversation with an advisor on how to fill those gaps and how to cover some of those differences if you feel like Medicare is going to cover just about everything you need, it's a good chunk of it, but there's still some things that it definitely doesn't. I mean, something as simple as eye care, because it's a surgery like cataracts it helps with, but not just normal eye care visits. So going to the eye doctor doesn't count, but eye surgery does.

Tony Mauro: I'll tell you what, the Medicare is a whole niche. It's crazy what they do and don't cover. I mean, you really have to work with it every day to understand some of those gaps and whatnot. And the normal client, the normal person's not going to know that. And so you really want to make sure that you're covered because you got to have it.

Marc: Yeah, absolutely. A lot of firms actually wind up having a Medicare specialist or they'll freelance with someone who will come in to help sometimes when you have to really get into the nitty-gritty of it. Because it is, yeah, it's definitely its own animal unto itself for sure. All right. Let's do one more here. Fact or fiction, this one's kind of fun. I think some of these, Tony, too, you could also apply a timeline. Maybe sometime before 2000, maybe some of these might've been more fact than fiction or vice versa. But as you get older, we should probably gradually shift from stocks to bonds, fact or fiction?

Tony Mauro: Well, I think the old adage is that was a fact because people as they get to the end don't have time to make up for the gyrations in the stock market. However, I'm going to say, in these days, and I've been telling clients this for about eight years now, that that's fiction.

Marc: Okay.

Tony Mauro: Because all I've got to do is show them, well, if we go into bonds, here's what you're going to get.

Marc: And they're pretty volatile right now, too.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, they're volatile. They're not paying anything. And can you live on this? And most people say, absolutely not, I can't do that. Of course, I get some people saying, "Well, what happened to the 8% bonds?" I said, "Well, you've been out of it in a while."

Marc: You better call up 1986.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And so they still think they can get 3, 4, 5% on their savings account. But we do go over things with them and we tell them you have to be the one to decide. But I think you need a little higher mix of stocks than in the older days because I think we're living longer and we've got inflation. Things are going up and it's just going to erode your purchasing power, which is going to lead to not that great of an existence over time.

Marc: Right.

Tony Mauro: But you'll some clients that just say, "You know what, I can't sleep at night unless I have FDIC insurance." And if that's the case, then we show them where they're at and try to make the best of it.

Marc: Well, let me ask you, Tony, if you were saying it used to be the case, and you'd kind of maybe lean towards fact that way. If the idea was, and this was the classic idea, was that shifting from stocks to bonds was to reduce risk, right?

Tony Mauro: Right.

Marc: So we would want to keep some money in the market to outpace inflation, but we were going to peel some risk off the table. Well, there's other ways to do that. It doesn't have to necessarily be bonds, right? There's other vehicles out there if you want to de-risk you can certainly talk to an advisor about.

Tony Mauro: Absolutely. There's a lot of different options out there that, yeah, I can get you somewhere between a lot of market risk and then bonds and really get a little hybrid-type of model going.

Marc: Exactly. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc: Yeah, so that's something to certainly think about. So that's kind of along the lines of the classic 60/40 portfolio. And that's just not necessarily the case nowadays, as much as it used to be. So again, every situation is a bit different. So you want to have the conversation to say it doesn't have to all be ... People, we talk about this often, Tony, people feel like, well, it's either got to be in the market or in cash.

Tony Mauro: Right.

Marc: I mean, it's pretty much my only two options. It's like, no, there's a lot of other things. There are so many kinds of investment vehicles in the financial world, it's kind of staggering actually.

Tony Mauro: Today it is. I mean, from back when I first started in the business, well, even before I started back in '87, the amount of different product options today, it's mind-boggling compared to back then.

Marc: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And most products, in my mind, generally, will fit some sort of investment purpose. Now, it's not for everybody.

Marc: Right.

Tony Mauro: I think some people get out there and they're watching the news and they see the latest and greatest this or that, and they just feel well, if it's out, I should have it. And that's definitely not the case, especially in retirement.

Marc: Exactly. Agreed. Especially in retirement. Yeah. So it's all about finding the right mix of things for you. And some of these things are definitely, some of these things are fact, some of these things are fiction. Some of these things definitely could go with it depends. But every situation is unique, so make sure you're having a conversation.

Marc: But just some basic things to remember when it comes to this week's show, hopefully, you found that interesting. Social Security can be taxable. A lot of people are surprised by that, things of that nature. So as always, follow up with a qualified professional like Tony. He's a CFP, certified financial professional, as well as an EA here in the Des Moines area. But also, he's got clients all over the place. So if you need some help and you caught this podcast, subscribe to it to catch future episodes on Apple, Google, Spotify, whatever you're using. Just hit the little heart button, I think on Apple to subscribe, things of that nature.

Marc: You can also find all of that and learn more about Tony and his team at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. You can check him out online and learn more, and reach out to him, maybe schedule some time to talk, whatever that might look like for you. All right, my friend, thanks for hanging out with me this week and playing financial fact or fiction. Hope you have a great week and looking forward to talking to you soon.

Tony Mauro: All right. Thanks, Marc.

Marc: We'll catch you later, folks, here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro, from Tax Doctor, Inc., serving you here in the greater Des Moines area. We'll talk to you next time on the show. Stay safe and sane, folks. We'll catch you later.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

If you had a million dollars, how long would it last you in retirement? How drastically does that longevity change if you move to a bigger/smaller city? We’ll take a look at some stats from various areas across the country to show how difficult it is to make your money last in some areas, and how easy it might be in others.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome into this edition of Plan With The Tax Man. Thanks for hanging out with us here on the podcast, with [Tony 00:00:05] and myself, as we talk, investing, finance, and retirement. This week we're going to run the numbers. A million bucks, how long will it last in some different areas around the country? People are always wanting to know. They think this million dollars is the magical number. Maybe it is, maybe it isn't. So we're going to talk about what it might look like if you're living in different parts of the country. Tony, what's going on, my friend, you're going to hang out with me today?

Tony: I'm ready to go. It's a spring, I'm off, I forgot to mention that off my second shot for the vaccine.

Speaker 1: Did it put you down, like a lot of people, the second one?'

Tony: I'll tell you, my wife and I went to get them at the same time, same place, from our doctor. And yeah, I had some symptoms and she had none.

Speaker 1: Hmm. Everybody's different. [crosstalk 00:00:49]

Tony: And the next day, I... Yeah, I had about seven hours of what everybody's kind of talking about. You know, body aches, fever, and then boom, it just went away. I don't know.

Speaker 1: Hmm. Very interesting.

Tony: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah. It's affecting everybody a little bit differently, how it goes around it. But it does seem to be that the second one, for the most part, definitely smacks some people around a little bit. Although it sounds like your wife got lucky, so...

Tony: Yeah.

Speaker 1: And you were probably like, "You...".

Tony: I know, yeah. She was giving me a hard time [crosstalk 00:01:17].

Speaker 1: Well, she really, yeah. I was laughing. I was like, my wife and I were competitive. She's probably been like, "Ha ha", but then she would have taken care of me. So yeah. All good. All good. So, anyway, I'm glad to hear that you're back on the mend and doing well.

Speaker 1: So let's talk about this. We'll have some fun this episode. How long will the million bucks last? That seems to be that arbitrary number, Tony, that everybody loves to throw around. "I need a million bucks." Right? "I need a million bucks." And I get it, it's sexy. It's a good round number, right? Sounds good. Who wouldn't want to say they're a millionaire, right? So all those kinds of things.

Speaker 1: So there's a study by Yahoo, Yahoo Finance, and they wanted to see how long a million dollars would last you in retirement based on the city that you're in or the state. And so they took into account Tony, some various things. Of course, you've got this information as well. We'll both go over this together with the audience, but taking it into account cost of living, factoring in some basic averages for social security, how that would play into it. And they use 65 as an average age for retirement. And they have basically the annual expenditure. So they're calculating what they thought it would look like for groceries, housing, utilities, transportation, healthcare, all totaled up to what that would look like for an annual... Let's say, taking it from your retirement account, right? So whatever that dollar amount would look like. And then if that was the case, and it was fairly even across the board with some control numbers here, how long would that million bucks last you?

Speaker 1: So let's jump in and we'll get to Iowa in a minute, but we're going to do a few other places around the area. So California, we're going to start with the heavy hitter cause we can all pretty much assume it's going to be expensive there. Surprisingly, Los Angeles wasn't nearly as bad, or San Diego, as San Francisco.

Tony: San Francisco. Yeah.

Speaker 1: Rough.

Tony: San Francisco, yeah, is so high cost of living. I love to visit there by the way. But yeah, to live there these days, is so, so expensive. And it looks like, according to this study, basically it went with $136,000 of annual expenses and it seems low in San Fran... Some of these numbers do seem low on the annual expenses-

Speaker 1: They do seem a little low on the annual, but of course then a lot of folks might say, "$136,000 a year? That's, oh man, that's high." Right? No, but not for San Fran, but definitely high-

Tony: Not for San Fran. It is in Des Moines.

Speaker 1: Sure, yeah.

Tony: But for Sam Fran, I think you're middle income at best. And according to this study, that's only going to last about eight, nine years.

Speaker 1: Isn't that crazy? Nine years, a million bucks will last you.

Tony: Yeah. I mean, if you've been out there at all lately, just even traveling. I mean, people talking, I go out to the wine country, people come up from the Bay and talk about the just crazy costs, just to live in a little two-bedroom place.

Speaker 1: Oh yeah.

Tony: Compared to the Midwest, it's out of this world. Now, the salaries I I know are different out there and the amounts of money, but we're talking retirement here. Carrying a million bucks [crosstalk 00:03:59].

Speaker 1: Right. We're using this as a...Yep. This is kind of the set number of a million dollars because so many people kind of gravitate towards that. And the reason that kind of behind this, and I think is interesting for us to discuss Tony, is that we've said it a million times... No pun intended. We've said it a bunch of times that everybody's number and lifestyle is going to change that. So a million for you, Tony, might be necessary but a million for me might not, or vice versa.

Tony: I know.

Speaker 1: Right. So...

Tony: Exactly. And a lot of... I can't remember if you mentioned, if this study was taking into account, I'm assuming they're spending the principal. A lot of people don't want to spend the principal. They just want to live of course the earnings and then other forms of income, they can't outlive [crosstalk 00:04:38].

Speaker 1: This did not take into account interest, which was interesting, which, because that's going to play a big factor. And it also did not take into account long-term care or anything like that for retirees. That's another huge component. So yeah, these numbers might be a little low, but I think the idea was, if you were just thinking about your annual expenses, like the basic things we all think about to live...

Tony: Right? Yeah.

Speaker 1: How long would that million bucks last you? Again, they factored in that those annual things were healthcare, not long-term care, but just regular healthcare, transportation, utilities, housing and groceries, right? So fairly basic. Maybe that's why the numbers are a little... To your point, you felt like $136,000 was low for San Fran, because it's not taking in entertainment, doing things, so on and so forth, right? Property tax. All that housing costs maybe property tax is in there. But anyway, let's continue on a little bit. So $136,000 a year is what they're estimating, 10 years is about the max you're going to get off a million bucks if you live in San Fran. Now, Los Angeles, San Diego, also DC, and Boston, Seattle, all kind of fell into the next group. And you were going to go out $75,000 to $85,000 a year, cost of living there for the annual cost. And how long did that last you?

Tony: According to the study, 13 to 17 years, which in my mind, just again, just from visiting these places, it would seem more. That those cities would be more in line with San Fran. So I think that would be the maximum it would last you is the 13 to 17 years.

Speaker 1: Right. Right.

Tony: And like you said, I think people listening need to take these numbers and this is just your basic necessities, this isn't accounting any fun stuff. This is just to get by, I would say.

Speaker 1: Right. There you go. Yeah.

Tony: You pay your bills.

Speaker 1: And so if that's the case, now from a longevity or retirement planning setup, Tony, which whenever you're working with retirees and you're trying to help them plan for retirement, are you going to feel comfortable with 17 years? You know?

Tony: Exactly. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, that's what you got to be thinking about.

Speaker 1: Exactly. Okay. So let's keep moving along here. So Portland, Denver, Miami come in next at around 60 to 65 grand annually for expenses. Again, basic cost of living. Now, we're a little bit more respectable length of retirement.

Tony: Yeah.

Speaker 1: What do we got here?

Tony: Yeah. I mean, you've got 20 to 22 years. I mean, now you're starting to get a little closer to what financial planners start thinking about when they're projecting out. My son lives in Denver, been there for about a year and a half [crosstalk 00:07:07] city, but when we go to visit, it's higher prices for everything there. And I think obviously, that's why the 20, 22 years versus some of these other ones you're going to mention, which stretch out a lot longer.

Speaker 1: Right. Right. And so if you're thinking, okay, you take that million dollars, let's go to the 4% rule for a minute, Tony. So it's a general rule of thumb. You say, I'm going to pull out 4%. I got a million bucks. I'm taking out 40 grand a year. Okay. And that's just off of your nest egg. So let's just say that's... So now you add social security into it. Let's say, well, whatever that might be. And so folks might say, "Well, okay, maybe I could get by with 60 grand a year." But again, every area is going to be a little different. 60 grand a year in Des Moines might be great, might be exactly what you're looking for. But maybe not necessarily so much in Miami, which that one seems a little odd to me too. Let's jump over to the Midwest, Chicago, Minneapolis, $54,000 a year in annual expenses and a pretty good number here from a retirement planning standpoint as far as years, for a million bucks.

Tony: No, it is at 26 to 27 years, that's getting pretty good. And again, for 65, you're talking about 85, 91 years old, roughly. Chicago in there seems a little weird, but it is still Midwest even though I think it's higher than Minneapolis but still a bigger cities, but we're kind of... Ever notice how this kind of creeps inward and then you get to the colder climates-

Speaker 1: Yeah. Yeah.

Tony: It has all the... Although Phoenix is in the next one, so that's not too bad, but you get down here to where we're at and well, it's cold.

Speaker 1: It's colder. So I'll tell you what, let's go ahead and jump to the next two here. I'm going to hit Omaha, Kansas city, Louisville. Now we're in definitely more of the heartland, a little bit closer to it. And we do have some numbers on Iowa, we're going to do those just a second. But Omaha, Louisville and, or Louisville depending on how you say it, Kansas city, $43,000 to $47,000 a year. And if you want, Tony, we'll go ahead and just throw Iowa in here because Iowa's at $46,000 for annual expenses. And so these, which is again, this is interesting because in their same survey, they're saying 30 years in those cities at that price, but they're saying 21 years plus or so in Iowa. So kind of interesting.

Tony: That is interesting. I don't know why that would be.

Speaker 1: Unless it's a typo.

Tony: I would just have a little higher taxes. I don't know if they're factoring that in, but it...

Speaker 1: Could be.

Tony: In the Midwest here, I mean, in those other cities are obviously bigger than the Des Moines, in any city in Iowa. But now you're talking, though again, pretty much planning for someone to live past 95 and that's pretty much all you can ask out of your [crosstalk 00:09:57].

Speaker 1: As I say, is that a good number? Is that what you try to do as an advisor when you're helping people? Do you say, "Okay, look, we're going to plan for this longevity factor. We're going to shoot for, I don't know, a hundred." Even if that might not be the case.

Tony: Yeah. I mean, we generally will start out at 95 to a hundred, let the client tell us, "Hey, look, I don't want to... show me some different numbers. I don't want to go out that long or just at least show me some options." But we do have those conversations, but it starts at 30 to 35 years, just in case. And then show them some shorter time horizons, but never did we go down to 10 to 15 years generally?

Speaker 1: Yeah. Yeah. I mean, unless you're retiring at 78.

Tony: Yes.

Speaker 1: 75.

Tony: Unless you're doing that. But any of these Midwestern cities, if you can get by, let's call it $50,000 to $60,000 annual expenses, it's going to last you a long time in these Midwestern cities and the last one on the list here, which kind of surprises me, this Memphis.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony: $38,000 in annual expenses [crosstalk 00:11:00].

Speaker 1: Ma, that's low.

Tony: I always thought Memphis... Yeah. Yeah. That's low. You're talking a 45 plus years, it would last you.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony: And so I think just by looking at these, you take someone like my son, who's only 25. If you put this list up in front of him and ask him where he'd want to retire, it would be one of those California cities. But once you get a little closer, depending on where you're at, you might want to think about things a little bit before you just rush off and possibly move to one of those cities, obviously.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony: I mean, all great cities, but I think people living in those cities though, they have to have a different outlook with their planners than somebody living in Omaha or Des Moines or case a year.

Speaker 1: Right. And that's exactly the point, right? And so even in your backyard, Tony, here in the Des Moines area, you're going to see people who... Okay, so this study says $46,000 annual for Iowans, but let's say that might be fine for, I don't know, Cedar Rapids or something like that, but maybe it's more like 55 or 60 in Des Moines, right?

Tony: Yeah.

Speaker 1: So a little bit of ebb and flow there. And so talking to this million dollar, this arbitrary number that we assign...And that's why if you're doing rules of thumb, and in a way this is kind of rules of thumb... If you're doing general guidelines, this gives you a ballpark but then you really got to sit down and get into the minutia because this, again, we don't know for sure, but this is not taking into account taxes, it's not taking into account... It may or may not be taking into account property taxes, things of that nature. I mean, there's just a lot of other little unknowns. And of course there's no fun money involved in this. This is all just basic needs. So you're going to have to tick that number up a little bit. But I started off by saying, you might not need a million. We have people who are totally comfortable in retirement for $500,000. But what is it that they have, right? It's their lifestyle, maybe a pension, there's other things that factor in.

Tony: A lot of the things that factor in, and I could say from doing a lot of tax returns on the individual level over the years, that I would venture to guess that just off the top of my head, at least 50% of our clients will never have anything more, this is just their own savings, that the rates are going that I see, more than $250,000. If you take a number that low, even in Des Moines, you got a little bit of social security, maybe a little bit of pension, that's not going to last you very long. So I think people got to look at that too and say, "I need to at least shoot for a million or shoot for some higher number."

Speaker 1: Right, right.

Tony: Because these lower numbers aren't going to work when you really start putting the pencil to it and they could see it in front of them.

Speaker 1: And I don't imagine too many people come in and... You're a CFP, you're an EA, you've been doing this 20, almost 25 years, right? So how much people come in and say, "Hey, I want to go backwards in retirement."

Tony: No, they all, they don't talk about it until we bring it up and we'll ask them. Especially if they're in their forties and fifties is when you're thinking about retiring, and they say, "Well, I don't know. I don't think I'll have the money. I'll just work until I can't work anymore." That's a plan, but not a very good one.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony: I feel for them because to me, it gets a little personal in the fact that we toil away for 40, 50 years and then many of us don't have a whole lot left to show for it.

Speaker 1: Very true.

Tony: We're lucky enough to be healthy. I would think most people want something better. It's just sometimes that life gets in the way and they don't plan.

Speaker 1: Right, yeah.

Tony: That's what happens.

Speaker 1: Indeed. And nobody wants to hopefully reduce their lifestyle in retirement, as I was saying, because you want to keep the one you've got, ideally, at least at that. And a lot of times we actually want to raise that up a bit, at least in the early parts of retirement. And that's the other thing that's not really talked about or factored in here is that we're going to have those earlier years of wanting to do more and so on and so forth. And so when people come in to see you for the first time, perspective clients, Tony, do they ask sometimes for hard numbers, do they say, "Okay, you've got all my data. You know what I have? How long is it going to last me?" Is that what they're looking for often?

Tony: A lot of times they are. Yeah. I mean, they want to know that based on where they're at now, and if they continue on their path, where will they be at? And we can generally kind of at least start putting some ballpark figures together. Of course, the software is very good at this these days and then try to meet with them and discuss from there. Does this look okay to you? And if not, then, how can you get to [crosstalk 00:15:22] want to be.

Speaker 1: How do we adjust?

Tony: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And that's when we start looking at how you're utilizing the various investments that you have. Are you being as tax efficient as possible? And so again, when you're talking to rules of thumb, Tony, it's great to give you an outline, but until you really sit down with an advisor, you can't start dialing in the minutia of what's going to make your plan tick and happen for you. And that's why an advisor is such a great resource to tap into.

Tony: And I think too, for the young people listening, especially in their twenties, it's really, if you can just get yourself in the discipline of putting money away, in other words, saving for retirement. It's a long way away for you. But if you can do that, time is on your side.

Speaker 1: Oh yeah.

Tony: You'll be amazed when you get to my age, then what you've got versus somebody coming in their fifties and saying, "Well, I'm really behind the game." Their amount to get to where they want to be is so high, they'd really have to change their lifestyle in a lot of times.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And the key is you got to take action at some point because continuing... Even if you are 50, I'm turning 50 this year and I often, I mean, I talk about this stuff every day. And sometimes I'm like, "Hmm, have I done enough?" And it's natural to have that feeling, but if you've got a good plan in place, you're working with somebody that's going to alleviate that, and then you're going to know where you need to add, where you need to take away, some shortfalls, or some whatever the case is. And often many people come in, even 50 plus, even just turning 50, and they're not as in bad shape as they realize, Tony. So that's something to kind of keep in mind. It doesn't mean it's the end of the world because you didn't start as sooner. It's certainly helpful if you can it start sooner, but if you don't do it, then come in and find out how you're going to know.

Tony: Yeah. You won't know, and it's better to start late than not start all. Shouldn't never want to give up just because you're a little further a long.

Speaker 1: Yep.

Tony: It just, you know, it's going to be a different for you than if you were sitting, talking to me when you were 28, [crosstalk 00:17:18].

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony: We'll have different conversations.

Speaker 1: Exactly.

Tony: You can get to close to where you want to be, and then who knows, maybe, like I say, once you have some of these numbers and you're again in the Midwest, in Des Moines, you may not need a million dollars, depending on what else you have.

Speaker 1: And what kind of lifestyle do you want? I mean, if you want to just hang out on the front porch and around the homestead, and you're not a busy body and liking to do a lot of things, well, then that's going to be a little different than someone who's constantly wanting to travel or constantly adding on to the house or doing... There's just a myriad of things that goes into changing those little aspects of the retirement. So that was our podcast this week. A million bucks, how long will it last you in some of these areas? Is it that fantasy number that we should all be shooting for? Is it not? It's probably not the worst idea to shoot for it. And like I said, to kick this off, it certainly sounds sexy and to be able to say, "Hey, we're a millionaire." It has a nice ring to it, but there is some data to kind of let you know if that's not going to be enough or maybe it will be.

Speaker 1: And again, anything we talk about on the show, we're usually talking in generality. So you always want to make sure that you check that for your situation with a financial professional, like Tony, as I mentioned earlier, he's an EA and a CFP with almost 25 years of experience. So reach out to him if you've got questions at 844-707-7381. 844-707-7381. And don't forget to subscribe to the podcast at yourplanningpros.com. That's your planning pros.com. There's also a lot of good tools, tips, and resources. You can book some time with Tony. And you can subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, just type in Plan With The Tax Man in those apps or just go to the website, yourplanningpros.com, and find it that way.

Speaker 1: All right, my friend, I will let you go this week. Thanks so much for hanging out with me. And this is kind of cool. It was interesting to see how this played out.

Tony: That's right. All right. Well, we'll talk to you next time.

Speaker 1: And continue to feel better. I'm glad you got your shot and over it. So we'll see how you're doing in a couple of weeks.

Tony: That's right. All right. Thanks.

Speaker 1: Sounds like a plan. We'll talk to you next time here on Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

Let’s look at some of the richest people in the music industry and see what lessons we can learn from them that we can apply to our own retirement planning.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome into this edition of Plan With The Tax Man. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Mauro and myself as we talk investing, finance, and retirement. In this go round on the podcast, going to have some more fun with some interesting analogies. We're talking money lessons we can take from rich musicians. Maybe bring that down to a level of number that resonates with us, not some of these crazy numbers I've got before me. But we'll have a little bit of fun with this and let Tony give us a couple of lessons here and there. And Tony, this is podcast number 43. I guess our podcast is, what, middle-aged now?

Tony Mauro: Well, I guess so. And with some of these musicians in here, it's going to date me.

Speaker 1: Oh yeah.

Tony Mauro: Because a couple of my favorites, and I love music.

Speaker 1: Okay, well, good.

Tony Mauro: I always have loved music.

Speaker 1: Well, fantastic. Well, then, we'll have some fun with this and I'm going to let you take, like I said, distill this down to a level that'll make sense for us that don't quite have some of these numbers in our bank accounts, but we'll have some fun. All right. So let's take a look at these rich folks and see what we can take from it.

Speaker 1: Andrew Lloyd Webber. Are you familiar with who that is? Our listeners as well, do you know who that is?

Tony Mauro: I do know who that is. Yes.

Speaker 1: Okay. And that-

Tony Mauro: Yes. But probably not all the listeners don't, but yeah.

Speaker 1: Okay. Go for it. I'll let you tell.

Tony Mauro: Well, I mean, he created The Phantom of the Opera.

Speaker 1: Right. Big playwright.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, which I think everybody knows that one.

Speaker 1: Phantom, what, Cats?

Tony Mauro: Cats, Jesus Christ Superstar.

Speaker 1: Yup. Some biggies.

Tony Mauro: I mean, those are the big ones that I'm familiar with.

Speaker 1: Okay. I got a couple of tidbits for you on Andrew there. He's technically listed as the richest musician in history.

Tony Mauro: [crosstalk 00:01:36]

Speaker 1: I would've thought it would've been McCartney or something, or-

Tony Mauro: I would have thought it would have been McCartney or Elvis. Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah, but no. Now they have a range. It apparently ebbs and flows, right, like anything, but somewhere between 900 million and 1.2 billion.

Tony Mauro: Really?

Speaker 1: ... is his net worth, and so, yeah, he's not hurting. He's doing all right.

Tony Mauro: No, he is. I mean, and some of these other names on here, yeah, the numbers are staggering with what they've amassed, and we've only done four or five of them here. I mean, you got The Rolling Stones, you got [crosstalk 00:02:10]

Speaker 1: Oh yeah, we could go on. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: You'd go on and on with these bands, and the massive amounts of money that they've made over their lifetimes. A lot of them, and perfect example is KISS, one of the bands from my era, they've really done a job of, they are their own market, you know?

Speaker 1: Sure. Oh, for sure. They are marketing kings. Yes.

Tony Mauro: They're a brand. I just read it on sign. I think I'm going to get it. It's from Success Prints. And it was from Jay Z and he said, so it's a quote, he said, "I'm not a businessman," he said, "I'm a business ... man," which is true. He is a business. He's a brand.

Speaker 1: There you go. Yeah. Well, that's, that's kind of how we pick these folks. A lot of these folks are kind of brands, right? And so, let me give you one more tidbit about Andrew Lloyd Webber, and then I'll have you give us a little lesson for you.

Speaker 1:

What he did, very smartly, not only has he made a lot of money off of creating these things, but the way he's licensed them. He set up a company back in 1977 that ensures that he gets a share of the profits of his work in any form. So, movie, play, Broadway performance, soundtrack, including even the ticketing agencies and the venues, the doors themselves, so pretty interesting. Where would you kind of look at that if you were saying, "Okay, I've got this guy as a client. What's his focal point?" Where would you go with that?

Tony Mauro: Well, he's a classic example of somebody that has created multiple income streams to make sure that he's got money coming in from all kinds of places.

Speaker 1: Nice. Okay.

Tony Mauro: And I'd probably say, I don't know what the stat is, but I would say it was probably high. Most Americans don't have any clue of even how to do this, let alone actually doing it.

Speaker 1: Great point, yeah.

Tony Mauro: Most people go to work for somebody for 30, 40 years and their paycheck is their income and they don't have any other sources of income. For those that are really, I guess, I don't want to say go-getters, because everybody's always looking for more income, it seems. But you know, you need to, if you're going to tie it to the investment world a little bit, besides saving for the big goals, retirement and whatnot, it might be possible that you use some of your investments to produce another stream of income for you before retirement.

Tony Mauro: Now, most people are going to say to that, "Well, I don't have the money. Everything goes out and I'm barely able to save maybe for retirement." So maybe that's not the case for you. Maybe it's something else. Maybe it's a side hustle. Maybe it's, I don't know, a different job, a second job maybe. So you just got to kind of put on your entrepreneur hat a little bit and think about things, and a great book about it is Rich Dad, Poor Dad, the cashflow quadrant, and trying to get yourself to the truly wealthy. Because the truly wealthy have money coming in and they're not even working, and I'm not talking about Jeff Bezos and Bill Gates. I mean, those are those guys, but-

Speaker 1: Yeah, folks who we've never heard of, but yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, that you never heard of, and they're making money while they're sleeping, so to speak, and that's harder to do than it is to say, but it's worth pursuing.

Speaker 1: No, that's a great point. Because again, it's all about the income streams. "Income is the outcome," I heard someone say that. I thought that was pretty good when you're talking about your retirement plans and your retirement journey, the income is the outcome. So, whatever you want the outcome of your retirement to be, it's going to be based around the income. If you don't have very much, well, your retirement may be suffering because of that. So, income stream is certainly key. Great lesson there from Andrew Lloyd Webber and Tony on that.

Speaker 1: Let's move to our next rich musician here, and we'll go with Bono. I can't remember what his real name is, Paul something or another, but anyway, Bono from U2, obviously. Are you familiar with that?

Tony Mauro: Right. Oh, yeah. Know him well. I love the band. They've been around forever, just [crosstalk 00:06:05] money and earning money.

Speaker 1: A long time. Oh, yeah. He's worth roughly around 600 or 700 million, and he's made, Tony, his foray is not just for music. This is pretty interesting. Back in the day, about 15 years ago, he was a major investment ... investor, excuse me, in Facebook's IPO when that launched. Of course, they've had many a tour where they've made a lot of money, about 800 million estimated from their last tour a number of years ago, the 360° Tour, at the time making it one of the biggest musical tours in history. And so, he's just got a lot of other investments. He got a clothing line, he's got a five-star hotel. He's got multiple things going on. Kind of to your point earlier, he doesn't necessarily have to play music.

Tony Mauro: No. And you know, like Andrew Lloyd Weber, I mean, not only does he have multiple income streams, it goes to the next thing of he's got that and he's diversified. If the music ... because, I mean, some day he's not going to be ... he's just going to get ... Some of these aging musicians, they can't [crosstalk 00:07:03] do, yeah.

Speaker 1: You mentioned The Stones, right, except for The Stones. I don't know how they do it, but other than that, yeah.

Tony Mauro: I don't either. But you know, these guys, and Lord knows some of them have lived a harder lifestyle than others back in the day. But you know, I mean, age catches up with everybody, even if you're taking care of yourself. And he's diversified himself to a point where he's got income streams coming in. So like you said, if he doesn't or can't do any more music, he's still going to be able to make a lot of money. And you know, of course, all of these people are set for life, assuming that they manage it correctly, but-

Speaker 1: Right. Well, for every Bono there's a Prince or an Aretha Franklin, right?

Tony Mauro: Well, yeah, good point, good point.

Speaker 1: You know, he didn't have a will, didn't have a trust.

Tony Mauro: Nope.

Speaker 1: So then everything gets contested and fought over, so yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. So, I think the big lesson here really, besides multiple income streams, is diversifying out of your main income stream, something unrelated to that. But even for me, I have a tax and accounting/financial planning business, but I also own some apartments, and I am a minority owner in my brother's insurance business.

Speaker 1: Oh, okay, yeah.

Tony Mauro: So unrelated, but yet other income streams. It helps if one is, just like investments, one's kind of doing poorly, the other one's generally doing okay, and they flip-flop around lot.

Speaker 1: That's a great way of looking at that. It's kind of like the different buckets, right, when you're talking about your investment strategy. And yeah, to your point earlier, Tony, I mean, you don't have to be a celebrity or a rock star to have multiple income streams and to diversify where your money's going to be coming in from as we get closer to retirement. And I think you had it really right on the head with people just don't know how, or they think that's only for those kinds of people, and it's just not. I mean, you can be a tax doctor in Iowa.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. You know, a lot of people ... I think the biggest thing that most people have as a barrier when we're talking about this is one, they don't think they have any talent to do anything else.

Speaker 1: Yeah, great point.

Tony Mauro: And they're afraid because there is a little bit of a risk. And two, it's actually ... And these people have worked tremendously hard to get to where they were at.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: Plus they have God-given talent, but it's a little extra work. And even if you're doing a little side hustle where, let's say, you're just selling ... I don't know. I use the old Tupperware. That dates me a little bit, but you know, if you're going to go out and sell that and there's all kinds of things that are being sold at those kinds of parties anymore, but you know, it's work. It's extra time out of your schedule. It's extra stress. It's extra, I've got to pay for this or that before I make any money, and I think that scares people too.

Speaker 1: Yeah. I think fear is a great way of looking at that. That affects us in any kind of walk in life when it comes to money. And a lot of folks are okay taking chances. I mean, small business owners take a chance every day. And so, it's a different breed sometimes to want to be a small business owner or an entrepreneur, even if it's not an active business, to your point about maybe just investing in a friend's or family's business of that nature. And of course, as always, you want to make sure that you're checking that against your financial plan and retirement plan if you're considering doing something like that-

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: ... to make sure that it's the right move for you. And like anything you never want to invest more than you can afford to lose because that's just the nature of business in general. Well, good. Some good stuff here on these lessons.

Speaker 1: I'm going to jump to the last one just for a minute, but if we have time we'll circle back around, because I think a lot of our listeners are going to be a bit more familiar with this one, and that is Miss Dolly. I don't even have to give her last name. Everybody knows who Dolly is. She's worth about 400 to 500 million, and obviously she's known for her massive hits. You know, the song that Whitney Houston covered, I Will Always Love You, 9 to 5, her acting, movies, so on and so forth. Just tons. And Jolene, Coat of Many Colors, goes on and on and on.

Speaker 1: And she's made a lot of money from just really being a shrewd businesswoman, to your point with the Jay Z quote earlier, in marketing her strengths, which was this kind of simple country girl persona, and a few other things. We all know Dolly's assets there. But really, this is like a long haul. I don't know if a lot of people know, but she bought Dollywood, which was actually a theme park that was not doing well back in 1986. It was actually an already existing theme park and she rebranded it, and it took it a while, Tony, to get it really rolling to where it was doing really well through the '90s and the 2000s.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And I would love to, if you ever had a chance to meet any of these people, because I'm sure their stories are similar, but just to sit down and ask them, "All right, tell us about all your failures." And they probably could go on for hours and hours and hours about-

Speaker 1: Yeah, great point.

Tony Mauro: [crosstalk 00:11:49] things they did and didn't do well. And I think before I get into Dolly's stuff here, I think everybody wants to be ... This is another one from his success, Prince, is everybody wants to be successful until they see what it takes. And these people, when you ask, pry them about the sacrifices they've made and the patience they've had to have to get to where they are, you'd probably be blown away.

Tony Mauro: But I think in her case, I mean, she's been around a long time. She has always been relevant, especially in the country music scene. And she is another one that's taken money and diversified, invested, been very patient and let time kind of be on her side, tying it back to financial planning is you've got to be patient. You got to work at it.

Speaker 1: I think that's a great point.

Tony Mauro: You've got to save, you got to do all that. It's not just going to appear. And you know, especially if you're close to retirement, don't have any magic wands, you know? And so I'm on the sayings today, so I'll give you one more. I just bought a print, so there's this guy standing at the top of the mountain, and the quote is, "He didn't just fall there," and that's it. I mean, and if you just think about it, you're right. He had to climb there.

Speaker 1: He had to climb there, yeah.

Tony Mauro: These people have to climb to where they get to, and just like us, we may not get to that level of money and fame, but we got to climb to our goal, and it's going to take time.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: It's going to take good plans. It's going to take working the plan.

Speaker 1: Well, we could say from $400 million for Dolly down to just a million dollars, or maybe 500,000, or whatever it is that you need for retirement. I mean, again, you're not going to just ... Most of us are not just going to land in that pile of money.

Tony Mauro: No.

Speaker 1: We're not going to Scrooge McDuck it and find that we've got just this vault full of coins we can go swimming in. So, it's one of those things we've got to build it over time. I think patience is a great way of looking at that. That's the trick to investing and also retirement planning is over time, we're going to get there. But even for folks who start a bit late, Tony, a lot of us don't really get serious until we're 50, or 50 plus, but there's still a good amount of time to get things done.

Tony Mauro: There is still a good amount of time at 50 plus. It's, take a little bit different approach, and I think if you're 50 plus it would definitely behoove you to visit with an advisor to talk about the end game and here's what I want to do, and here's what I want to retire. And kind of give them an idea of what you want to retire with, in other words, in monthly income. And they're going to be able to tell you whether that's feasible or not, or at least what you have to sacrifice in order to get there. And maybe you have to readjust the goal a little bit, or work a little bit in retirement. There's all kinds of ways to get there. But you know, at least you have a plan.

Speaker 1: Well, I mean, you mentioned aging rock stars earlier. A lot of these bands, they call them the dinosaur bands sometimes, so why are they still out touring? I mean, you mentioned KISS. I think they're on their fifth ... this is the year tour, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Fifth world tour, yeah.

Speaker 1: Because they are a business.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: Sometimes, I think it was one of the guys from AC/DC years ago said, "Look, we," and this is of course, obviously before COVID changed all of that stuff, but said, "It's not just us that we're going out, and people say, 'Oh, you're hitting the road again. You must need money. You must not have handled your investments very well.' It's like, that's not necessarily the case. Sure, that's the case with some artists, but not all, because there's a lot of people that we employ that depend on us to actually go out. We are a business."

Tony Mauro: Yes. Yeah.

Speaker 1: "We go out and do our thing, and it's hiring the T-shirt people and the road crew and the marketing folks and the ticketing sales."

Speaker 1: And then they have their own office. Most of these celebrities or these musicians have a corporate office to a degree, right? They have a lot of folks. They have staff, they have personal assistants, they have accountants, right? They have CPAs and CFPs and all that stuff.

Tony Mauro: I think the other thing too, with the aging musicians from the '70 and '80s, out on the road, because I think that for one, like you said, they've got a lot of things and a lot of people that are dependent upon them. But two, as you know, with the way that the industry is today versus back when I bought albums-

Speaker 1: Oh yeah. They didn't make anything, yeah.

Tony Mauro: ... I don't know what the setup is, but I think they make the most money touring. And then a lot of these bands now, they're selling out marketing because people like me, that's the music we grew up with. We want to go listen to that before they're gone, and we've got more money than the young guys we used to be and can buy more.

Speaker 1: True. Yeah. That's a great point. You know, it was a drummer, Alex Van Halen, who is the drummer for the legendary band Van Halen, was just recently talking after his brother passed away and said, "The industry is just in such a bad state. We used to make a dollar a record," he said. "When we would sell an album, we'd get a dollar off of that, whatever that was." And you think, let's say, 10 bucks, right? They're selling it for $10, a dollar's going to the band, and he's like, "We had to split that dollar four ways."

Tony Mauro: Right.

Speaker 1: But nowadays, you have to get 10,000 streams just to make six bucks, because they're paying 0.001 or whatever the case is. And there's always something going on, there's always a way we have to ebb and flow, Tony, and I think that brings us back to just having a plan, diversification, all really the principles of kind of life in general, fall right into financial planning and retirement planning. Really, it's the same story.

Tony Mauro: It really is. As we've done, just draw all kinds of similarities to it, for sure. But I think at the end of the day, of course, I always say this, is that you've got to develop some kind of plan and you got to be able to work that plan, otherwise you're really leaving it all to chance, and you don't want to do that.

Speaker 1: Yeah. That's a great point. I mean, our whole lives, we think about, we try to plan for things. We plan to eventually have kids and raise them and all that kind of stuff, and where we're going to live and we're going to work, and how they're going to go to school, and yada, yada. I mean, all that stuff is about planning, and so that's why we do this show, Plan With The Tax Man.

Tony Mauro: Right.

Speaker 1: So if you've got some questions, if you need some help, if you want to tweak your plan or see if your plan needs a tweaking or two, or just don't have one at all, and you're not already currently working with Tony and his team, give him a jingle at 844-707-7381. Subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Google, Spotify, and the various platforms, or stop by the website, yourplanningpros.com. You can find it all there. You can book time with Tony. A lot of good tools, tips, and resources at yourplanningpros.com. He's been doing this for over 20 years as a CFP and an EA, and a great resource for you to tap into here in the Iowa area. So Tony, my friend, I'm going to let you go. Thanks for hanging out with me this week and talking music. Now, I'm going to have to go listen to some rock and roll.

Tony Mauro: Me too. I'm going to listen to it as soon as I get off. We'll see you later.

Speaker 1: All right. We'll talk to you next time here on the podcast, Plan With The Tax Man. Hit that subscribe button. We'll see you next time.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

It’s an annual tradition! Well, except for 2020 when the tournament was cancelled. But it’s time to look at the NCAA tournament and see what kind of financial planning lessons we can learn from it.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome into this edition of Plan With the Tax Man. Thanks for hanging out with Tony Mauro and myself, as we talk investing finance and retirement. And on the show this week, March Madness. It's an annual tradition so we're going to talk a little bit about March Madness and the big tourney and see if we can find some financial lessons in some of these things we've got for you today. So, hang out with us and talk about this fun stuff with Tony and myself. Tony, what's going on my friend? How are you?

Tony Mauro: I am good. The spring is here. I'm ready for March Madness. I think maybe we just talk about who's going to win this thing and forget about all the other stuff.

Speaker 1: Well, we could do that too. So, I guess, are you a basketball fan? Do you like to fill out the brackets and so on and so forth?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, I'm a big basketball fan. I'll do the brackets just with my son.

Speaker 1: Sure yeah.

Tony Mauro: And my family. I'm not into it like some. So I do follow it and I enjoy it. We've got two teams in it from Iowa. One's a play-in game, which might be today or tomorrow, Drake.

Speaker 1: Yeah. We're taping this actually the day it kicks off officially, on the 18th. Yeah, so.

Tony Mauro: So yeah, it's always fun to watch and whatnot. My wife's got a little pool in her office so you pick out a bracket.

Speaker 1: Yep. I was going to say, offices. It's an annual thing we love to do. Obviously, last year was messed up like a lot of sports was. But so a lot of people look forward to it. There's office pools. Maybe you win a gift card or something like that, or lunch or something. Whatever the case is. Lot of people do things. Of course, you remember a couple of years ago, Warren Buffett actually offered a million dollars if you had a perfect bracket from beginning to end.

Tony Mauro: I remember that.

Speaker 1: But the odds of it are crazy. It's something like 900 million to one or something.

Tony Mauro: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Speaker 1: It's pretty staggering. So I guess he felt pretty comfortable. And it's like, he's not hurting for the million bucks if it happened.

Tony Mauro: No, no, absolutely not.

Speaker 1: So anyway, let's talk about some analogies here I've got for you, Tony. Turn some of these things from March Madness into a financial lesson for us, if you will. Predicting outcomes, let's start there. And if you're like most people, you like to finish filling out your bracket, you feel pretty confident going into it. I've made some good picks. I watched some of the experts on ESPN. I really think I know what I'm talking about. And most of the time after the first weekend, your brackets' blown apart. Right?

Tony Mauro: That's it.

Speaker 1: So I don't know, experts? I mean, there's a lot of ways you could go with this. Sometimes you got to be careful of the experts or just be careful not to get too wrapped up maybe in thinking it's all going to go one certain way. Just be, I guess, maybe adaptable. Is that the lesson here?

Tony Mauro: I think that's the lesson. Whether it's retirement planning, educational planning, or just saving for the rainy day, obviously you got to try to predict the outcome because that's...

Speaker 1: To a degree sure.

Tony Mauro: Goal, and trying to shoot for it, but just like anything else in the planning world, there's job loss, there's bad markets, there's all kinds of things that tend to force us to change our plans. And we have to be able to adapt to that. Unfortunately in the brackets, once you pick your teams, that's it, you're done, but in life and with planning, you can adapt and you can make sure that if things start to go off the rails, so to speak, that you can pivot and do something else to at least hopefully get to that predicted outcome. Obviously in the brackets it's to win the things. You win your pool or whatever. In life, it's much more important of course, because you want to get to that end goal, whatever that may be. So.

Speaker 1: Right. I think that's a good way of looking at that. We got to be flexible to got to be adaptable. Things are going to happen and you can do your homework and you can get kind of a plan together, which obviously we talk about all the time. You want to plan with a tax man. You want to have that plan, but again, you want to just be a little flexible because life is going to happen. And so sometimes people, I think they go to see an advisor or a financial professional, Tony, and they think, "Okay, here's my collection of stuff, make me a plan." And then they kind of think, "Well, that's a set it and forget it." And that's just not the case.

Tony Mauro: That's definitely not the case. I mean, if you do that you could be okay. I think you have a better chance of being okay at the end, if you are actively monitoring and working on it and changing as your needs change and things around you that you can't control.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And of course, that's what you hired an adviser for, to help you with that. But it's still yours, right? I mean I've heard many advisors say I can't care about, or I shouldn't care more about your financial plan than you do. Meaning the person. It's their money. Right?

Tony Mauro: It's their money. I still have a lot of accounting clients that when they kind of mess up and say, "Well, I didn't get my stuff to you. I didn't do this. I didn't do that. You should have done that for me." Well, I care a lot about it, but I tell them that I can't care more than you do. I mean it's your business, it's your life.

Speaker 1: At least I shouldn't anyway. Right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I shouldn't. I mean, there's a problem if I got more worried than you. But definitely yes, that's the case.

Speaker 1: Okay. All right. Well, let's keep moving along here with some of my points I've got from March Madness and financial lessons. Upsets. Everybody loves a good upset, or maybe even a Cinderella story, right? Maybe a team that just, it wasn't expected to do very well. They come in, they knock off the number one seed, or they wind up making it all the way to the final four and nobody predicted it. Everybody kind of enjoys that kind of thing. It makes it more interesting and exciting. And I would imagine, well I don't have to imagine, I know there is. There's definitely upsets in the financial world or even some Cinderella stories, but you got to be a little careful too. I mean, again, that's the importance of maybe diversification so that if you have a Cinderella story, great, but if you have an upset, you're not hurting either.

Tony Mauro: That's exactly right as well, because a lot of people come to us and they want that Cinderella story. Just like in the brackets you want that team that isn't supposed to win, to win and go all the way. And same way in the financial planning world, you want to, a lot of people anyway, I guess, well, I want to pick that stock or that...

Speaker 1: You want to buy Amazon before it became Amazon.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, before it became anything. And you see things on Facebook and you see everybody talking about this or that, and you want to believe that that's going to be your Cinderella story. And you put $2,000 away or $5,000 away. In 20 years you're set, but...

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: More than likely, that's not the case. Builds the case for, you need to diversify. You need to have more than one type of investment and you need to monitor them, of course. And I think too, everything has, just like the tournament, it's winners and losers.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: What's good for some is bad for others.

Speaker 1: Fair point.

Tony Mauro: And they're talking a lot right now, at this time, about changing the tax laws again, raising taxes. That's going to benefit some people and it's definitely going to hurt others. And if it's the case that they want it's going to hurt higher income earners with people over 400,000 and it's going to help people with lower incomes. So there's always both sides of it.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: I think that in the investment world that needs to equate to you got to have diversification and you got to be ready to adapt and move around a little bit.

Speaker 1: I think it's a fair point. I think the fed, didn't they just say here recently telling at the time we're taping this, that they, I don't feel like they're going to move the needle on interest rates. They're going to probably hold that solid for a while. And so that has winners and losers based on that ramification too.

Speaker 1: So there's always some way to look at that.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: Yes. I mean, there's definitely ways. There's always pros and cons and again, a good plan, a good balanced plan, a good strategy, really, if you're thinking about basketball, just a good coaching plan, right? You got the coaches doing strategizing, Tony, as they're making it through the different tournament rounds, if they're going from one round to the next, they're also having to adapt a little bit, because they're looking at game footage from the prior game, right? The teams are going to scalp them and so on and so forth.

Speaker 1: So I think a lot of what you guys do is kind of that same type of thing. You can have that good plan, you can have that good strategy, but we've got to regain plan from time to time as we move through. And that could be due to some of those upsets or one of those cases like that.

Speaker 1: How about the hometown thing? You mentioned that you guys got a couple of teams there locally in the tournament. If you want to look at it from this standpoint, everybody loves a good homer story as well, right? It's like, "Yeah my team made it in. They're not really good, but I'm going to pull for them and we're going to see how far we can ride this thing." And sometimes we do that with various products or industries or companies. When you think about financial stuff, Tony. Sometimes you're really loyal to a brand or maybe even the company you work for.

Tony Mauro: That's it. And going back to the tournament, of course we're here in Des Moines, Iowa, and of course, Iowa University's in the tournament. I think maybe number two or three seed. I think number two in their bracket. I watched them play all year and they're a good team. And so you want to pick your bracket with your heart and you have them going all the way and you look like a hero if...

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: You happen to do it. But I don't know...

Speaker 1: Yeah, at the time we're taping this, I think Drake, which is there as well, right? They're playing,

Tony Mauro: They're playing the play-in gaming. And they're the Cinderella story because I mean, they were 25-4, but they're in the Missouri Valley and nobody expects much of them, but they let them in on the play-in game, because the record probably is convincing enough.

Speaker 1: Yeah. I think they're playing today at the time we're taping this on the 18th, I think around six or seven, something like that against Wichita, if I'm not mistaken, Wichita state. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: But reeling it back in the investment world.

Speaker 1: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Tony Mauro: A lot of times people want to pick one fund or one stock or whatever, or one strategy and just say that this is all I want and they end up with two heavy awaiting and something or a strategy that doesn't work as things change in their life, which we just talked about.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And now all of a sudden again, they're not going to meet their goals because of that. And so you still, again, it goes back to the case of you need to work on it. You need to, in my opinion, work with somebody to help you with that. So you're not just setting it and forgetting it and hoping for the best type of strategy, but it is something that I do see a lot of. And I they don't even pay attention to it.

Speaker 1: Yeah, you get too weighted in one category. Right? Is that what we're kind of talking about here? It's like having too much of one thing.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Yeah. I mean that exactly. Just too much of one thing. They don't pay attention. We talk about it at Tax Time and they just, "Oh yeah, that sounds good." And they don't do anything about it. I mean, that's probably not the best route to go if you're really seriously talking about making it to your goal.

Speaker 1: True. Yeah. I mean you think about the company you work for, maybe it's a great company you're really into. They're giving you maybe some stock options or maybe you have the ability to buy. You're buying into it. But how much of your financial life is tied up in that one entity? And it's great to a degree. Right? But I guess with anything, Tony, even if it's your own company and a lot. the trajectory's looking good. I mean, do you really want to have more than a certain percentage of anything in any one investment just to be safe? Because if you could go back all the way to Enron, or you could talk to the folks from GE or there's a number of stories where you could say, "Hey, being a little too weighted in your own company, could spell some issues later on."

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I mean, it definitely does. I mean, even we have some larger companies here in town, mostly insurance companies, but Wells Fargo is a big player here, and of course they always reward, especially higher up employees, with stock options and whatnot. And some of these people end up with a lot of stock, like you said, in their own company. And as the company goes through goods and bad times, with Wells Fargo it's kind of like a dirty word around here. And I'm not knocking anybody that works there. We have a lot of tax clients, but they've kind of been through some issues and they've taken a few hits and ultimately that affects the stock. And then if you've got your entire retirement portfolio, let's say in one stock, boy, you hate to have some bad things come out, right when you need this money and then all of a sudden you don't have what you thought.

Speaker 1: Yeah, that's a great point. So just be careful, again. So we're having this analogy here with March Madness. It's one thing to certainly want to root for the home team, if you will, but just like any investment, make sure that you don't have too much tied up into one thing. Five, 10% is usually kind of the idea for just about any one type of investment. And then let's talk about risky picks on this last bit here, Tony. You mentioned the home teams. Okay. So we'll kind of tie these two pieces together. Iowa is actually second. They're going into it ranked number two and they're playing their first game against a 15th ranked seed, Grand Canyon.

Tony Mauro: Yeah Grand Canyon.

Speaker 1: Yeah. So, okay. So, let's say you want to buck the trend, right? And you think, "Hey, Grand Canyon is going to upset Iowa, and I'm going to put some money on it" or whatever the case is. Right? So you're taking that riskier pick, if you will.

Tony Mauro: And I've done that before in my brackets, where you try to be funny and you pick all these low seeds.

Speaker 1: Right. To win the whole lane. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. To win the whole thing and see how far they go just for the fun of it. And every once in a while, I mean, you go back to some of the center ELLs that made it all the way there. It's great. It's great for the game of basketball and whatnot, but in the financial planning world, when you're investing, I mean, again, you don't want to just all of a sudden go out and find some speculative newsletter, let's say, because they're all over the place and say, "Well, I'm going to do this." It looks like the potential returns are very large and you ignore the risks and that kind of thing. And next thing you know, again, you've got all the eggs in one basket and that didn't really work out or you didn't pay attention enough to get in and out when you needed to. And again, that's a recipe for a definite disaster.

Speaker 1: Well there's taken some chances, right, Tony, but then there's also taken chances with your retirement money that, honestly, if you're being truthful to yourself, you just can't really afford to take, right?

Tony Mauro: No, no, you definitely can't. I mean, especially with retirement money and whatnot, you've got to have a good diversified strategy and manage that strategy. If you want to say use the basketball analogy, pick some number 15 seeds and you just want to kind of quote, play around.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: Nothing wrong with that but I don't think that should be part of your overall, serious investment strategy by any means.

Speaker 1: Yeah. It's just like going to Vegas, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: There was a...

Tony Mauro: You might as well do that.

Speaker 1: Quote from, what was that gentleman's name? An economist. Paul Samuelson, I believe, yeah. He said investing should be like watching paint dry or maybe grass grow. It's not very interesting but it's nice and stable and steady. If you want excitement, take your money and go to Vegas. I'm paraphrasing, but...

Tony Mauro: Right, right. But you might as well do that and throw it on black or red or do whatever.

Speaker 1: Let it rip. Right. Exactly. Yep.

Tony Mauro: But I don't know for whatever reason, I think it's the creation and the popularity of the very, very low priced discount brokerages that have popped up all over and made it so. And the availability of information where we didn't have that 10, 15, 20 years ago at our fingertips that kind of feed some of that. And I've seen a lot of tax clients this year, thus far, bringing in investment statements from Robin Hood.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: And that's a whole different conversation. But they kind of get on these kicks and they start playing around. And if that's what they're doing, and that's all they're doing, that's fine. But when you start seeing serious large, when we're doing a tax return, I don't want to say gains and losses, but proceeds, in other words, they're selling and buying large amounts. And then when you look at the gain loss and it's usually a loss or a very, very small gain, it's like, well, what are you really accomplishing here? You're having fun and just trying to hit something big or is this part of your overall strategy?

Speaker 1: That's a great point. And obviously what we've seen lately with Robin Hood and the game stop situation. We did that podcast and had the conversation about that. We get wrapped up in, I guess, the trend or the hot thing or the whatever, right? And that comes back to maybe bite us in the tush a little bit. So at the end of the day, folks, it comes down to having a good plan in place for you. Now we can simply sit here and talk about the March Madness thing and have a good time with the analogy and so on and so forth. But as I mentioned with the coaching, at the end of the day, Tony, it doesn't matter. If you put together a great plan and then your players don't execute it, right? It didn't really make much of a difference, same thing with the game.

Tony Mauro: Yep. For me, in basketball you got to have a great plan. You got to have players that can execute it. But at the end of the day, at least in basketball, if the ball doesn't go in the hoop you're going to probably lose, but you've got to have that plan. You can't just go out, otherwise you're basically playing pickup basketball.

Speaker 1: True. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: You don't want to pin your hopes on that kind of thing. But I agree with that. You got to have a plan.

Speaker 1: Yep. And while the stakes are high in the March Madness, they may be not quite as high as it is for somebody going into retirement. So get a plan in place if you don't or get working with somebody who can help you tweak the plan you've got to make some adjustments if you need to. Get that good coaching strategy going on, because life will throw us curve balls. Life will change things up a little bit. And so you want to make sure you've got a plan in place. And if you need some help, Tony's around. All you got to do is reach out to him. They are certainly very busy this time of the year, but you can still have your questions answered. Get on the calendar, whatever that might look like by calling (844) 707-7381 or stopping by the website, yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast. That way you can catch up on future episodes. Check out past episodes. As we talk about things, that'll hopefully spark some synopsis for you to get going on your own retirement journey or making some tweaks or changes along the way as you need to.

Speaker 1: This has been Plan With the Tax Man hit that subscribe button on Apple, Google, Spotify. iHeart, Stitcher, whatever platform you like to use. And again, you can find it all@yourplanningandpros.com, or you can just search it now on those apps.

Speaker 1: Tony, thanks for your time. Hanging out with me. Good luck to the hometown teams. And I'll talk to you soon.

Tony Mauro: All right, sounds good. See you later.

Speaker 1: We'll catch you next time here on Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

Business owners are particularly vulnerable to some misconceptions and false assumptions about their retirement. Let’s address a few of these issues.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Welcome into another edition of Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro, from Tax Doctor, Inc., and myself, as we talk investing, finance and retirement. And, this week retirement planning for business owners. Tony, you've been getting more and more questions about some things. Obviously it's tax season as well. But just in general, I think that sometimes there's an underutilized conversation point at least from a podcasting standpoint. So, let's spend a little bit of time this week talking about business owners and how to get ready for retirement, or even just kind of keep it in your mind. Because often as business owners, we tend to push some of those things off. And so, I think it'd be a good topic. But, how are you doing this week first of all?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, we're doing good. Right in the middle of the thrills of tax season so getting busy there.

Speaker 1: Wall-to-wall huh?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It's starting definitely, but I mean, we've been doing it a while. We're fairly used to it. We have some new processes in place with this whole virtual stuff. But other than that, yeah, we're hanging in.

Speaker 1: Well, if you didn't check out our last podcast folks, we were talking about some tax tips. So on the prior one, you can go check that out and go to yourplanningpros.com, and you can check out our past podcasts and subscribe to the show if you'd like to as well. Usually a couple of useful nuggets here and there on each show that might benefit you. So, go check that out at yourplanningpros.com, or just subscribe at Plan With the Tax Man on whatever app you like to use, Apple, Google, Spotify. You can just type that into the search box of each app and find it that way, Plan With the Tax Man. All right. So, let's talk about some business stuff. Business plan in general, I think Tony, is there a misconception or just kind of that premise that, hey, if I execute my business plan to the best of my ability and that the retirement portion will kind of take care of itself.

Speaker 1: I think that's maybe easy to fall into that because we're pumping so much of our heart and soul into this thing, but often I think most business owners, I've done this myself as a small business owner a couple of times, is you forget to pay yourself or even your future self, because you're so worried about keeping the business. Especially for small businesses.

Tony Mauro: This topic, I mean, we could talk about for hours really. I love talking with my accounting clients because we service a lot of business owners, and do their monthly accounting. And, we also serve as their financial advisors. So, it kind of crosses over. But you're right. A lot of people get into business and they do, they live it and breathe it and they want to make it not only go well because they have to do that to make a living to pay their own bills, but they often forget. And, many, many never think about putting any money away for retirement. And, we try to help them. We try to get them to pay themselves first and use the profit first methods and try to really make sure that they're... Even if we just start out very small sticking some money aside and not only for retirement, but for everyday stuff. And, it's amazing.

Tony Mauro: Their eyes light up as soon as you start talking tax deductions for potentially putting money away.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: But, we try to help them through that because what we try to tell them is that unlike somebody working for somebody else, nobody's looking out for us. If you don't do this, you will have nothing but some Social Security and that's it.

Speaker 1: And, that's going to be lower than a lot of times than it might be if you were working for somebody else as a regular W2 employee, because if you're not paying yourself to my point earlier, or not paying yourself as much as you should be, well, your Social Security is going to be lower.

Tony Mauro: Social Security is going to be lower. And, we try to get them out of that mindset that you need to be paying something into Social Security.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: I mean, when a lot of people come to us, they say, well, I want to do my accounting, but here's what they'll say. I don't want to pay tax.

Speaker 1: Yeah, right.

Tony Mauro: And oh, by the way, I want a great retirement. Well, first of all, I mean, everybody's supposed to pay tax on their net income, their legal net income.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And, you don't want to be afraid of that. You want to be able to make money. You want to be able to pay your share into Social Security, but that's not going to be enough. And, that's why we have to try to show them in some real numbers that, if you don't do anything, you're going to pour all these years into this and only have this much, and is that worth it?

Speaker 1: Well, and that's really where the topic of conversation this week comes in, because what is the value of it? What is your plan for retirement if you're not paying yourself properly or paying your future self? Again, that's a really important way of thinking about this. We put our heart and soul into our own small business, Tony, and we might think it's worth a lot more than it may be actually is. Or is the thing even sellable?

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: People will sometimes get into that situation where they're like, well, I've done all this, this, this, and this, and you know what you've sunk into it, but is there another person out there who's willing to take that on when you choose to retire? And, what does that look like in the process of selling that business? I think that's another underserved under talked about point of being a small business owner.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It really is. Especially when you get into, if you're in your 50's and running the business and it's... Many business owners, I think, believe that, well, I'll either just run this until I die or if they want out, they think that it's worth much, much more than it really is. I mean, in almost all cases, they think somebody's going to come in and just buy them out and give them this big multiple of their revenue or net income. And, that's not the case. Especially in service businesses.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And that's all been changed too.

Tony Mauro: It's all been changed.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And, it really is. Even if you take my business, I mean, I don't really have any assets. My asset is really my clients. And anybody that was going to come in and buy my business, they would be foolish to come in and cash me out.

Tony Mauro: And, I know that. They're going to want to pay over time based on how much business they can retain. And, I think that a lot of owners just think somebody's going to come and write them a big fat check and that's not going to happen. And I think my business, but we're always working on it, is much more systematized and able to run without me the key player than most.

Speaker 1: That's a great point. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Most businesses, owners, you take them out of the equation and the business just folds. Most people that want to come in and buy a business, they're looking to make money at it. They may or may not want to be you and work 12, 15 hours a day, weekends, things like that. They may want to hire this out. And if they do that, there may not be the money there that you take.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And so, there's a lot of things to take into consideration.

Speaker 1: I really like that thought too, Tony, because often, we're talking small business here of course, and this can change as the business grows to a certain size and it kind of moves itself into a small, medium, or even a medium-sized business. But for a lot of small businesses, a lot of mom and pops if you will, if you want to use that kind of terminology, are you building a business or is the business you, right?

Tony Mauro: Right.

Speaker 1: So, if you're really the key thing and everyone knows you, and they enjoy coming to the place because of you and you retire, how does that make that viable for the next owner or for even let's say your children? Many people who have a small business think, hey, my kids are going to take it over. They're going to run it for me.

Speaker 1: Maybe one of your kids already works with you, or maybe they don't. I mean, there's so many questions there. They might not want it. They might not want anything to do with it. They want to have their own. I mean, there's just so many variables when you're talking about how to step away and transition into retirement, especially if you have not been paying yourself, which was kind of our key and most important point really.

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Speaker 1: What do we do there, right? I mean, how do we go about rationalizing that when you're talking with people, do people think that far ahead? Are they kind of not really visualizing that?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. On the business side with the people we talk to that are our accounting clients, they never give it a thought. In fact, I'm going through right now as our first couple of Zoom meetings with these clients in 2021 and updating our communications. Because I ask them every year. Some of these questions that they don't think about is, and then I write it down so we can go over it next year saying, are we any closer to here's what you said last year, a year ago, because I took notes.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And, what are we going to do here? Because, it doesn't make a lot of sense to keep going and going and going if you're not thinking about these. Because, there is going to be an end. I mean, it's inevitable.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Father Time catches everybody that's for sure.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Yeah. I don't think enough business owners pay attention to it or like I say, they overvalue what the business is truly worth to outsiders.

Speaker 1: Well, let's circle back real quick to the family bit just in case. Because again, I know a lot of small businesses feel as though it's going to be a family affair. We kind of start it, especially if it starts to become successful. We think, hey, this is something a part of my legacy, right? That I can leave to family members. Some good thoughts to maybe ponder there. I had a business with some family members myself a couple of years ago. We did not think through the end point transition very well. And, it got a little ugly. And, it got a little unfortunate because we had some animosity between family members, and that's certainly not something that you want. Any tidbits or tips for us to ponder in that respect?

Tony Mauro: From what I see, and I haven't had to deal with that personally yet. Although I do have a younger son, who's now 25, but absolutely has no interest at this point in coming into the business. I wish he did.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: But, he's got to go out and live his own life and do what he can.

Speaker 1: That's true.

Tony Mauro: And, I think there's a couple things at play here. If you're going to have family involved, I think you really need to think it through. You need to sit down and decide. Let's say you have a son or a daughter that wants to come in the business is, how are they going to make a living while you still may need to make a living while you're teaching them the business?

Speaker 1: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Tony Mauro: Because, you can't many times just step out and say, I'm not going to take anything because you're not quite ready to retire.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And, they don't know the business and could run it right into the ground for you just because. And, I think that's one thing I would say, to get them in, start them slow, start them at the bottom and see if they like it, and see if they have the acumen to possibly grow into running a business. Many don't.

Speaker 1: That's a good point.

Tony Mauro: And then you end up fighting and you have a lot of say bad feelings about it and whatnot. But I think what most business owners do, what I see, is they'll have a son or daughter helping them kind of in the business and they think it's going to be just, okay, this person's going to take over. Many of the times that son or daughter says, you know what? I don't like this. I want out.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And so, it doesn't work like that sometimes. A lot of times maybe they don't have the same work ethic you do as a father or mother. And, you want to kill them half the time when you're working with them. So, I think there's a lot on the emotional side. There's a lot on the financial side. I mean, if it ever gets to that. That you have to think through and get some advice on. It can work. And, I think all of us business owners would love nothing more to than to just, like you said, pass on, have a legacy, get your kids involved.

Speaker 1: Right, right.

Tony Mauro: And do that. But I think goes back to the first point though, you got to save for this retirement because you can't count on them running it and helping take care of you.

Speaker 1: Right. Or selling it or any of the other pieces we covered, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: And I would say on the family aspect, one other piece just from personal experience is, maybe treat it as though, especially if you plan to step away. If you plan to step away and have family, whether it's kids or siblings or whatever, go ahead and treat it like the sale that you would to any other person.

Tony Mauro: Right.

Speaker 1: And, I know that might be difficult. But if you can't do that, then maybe it's not the right situation. Because have some documentation in place clearly spelling out who's going to what, and what's going to happen. And, that can avoid some of those hurt family feelings down the pike. If you do it ahead of time going into it and everybody signs contracts or documents or whatever, then it's clear, right?

Speaker 1: There's clearly defined and it's not just kind of word of mouth. And unfortunately for many family-owned businesses, word of mouth is what happens, and I think that's where a lot of failures also pop up. Because, well, I never said that, and we never agreed to this, or come on dad or mom can't you cut me a break or whatever that might look like. And, you got to think about it in terms of what kind of pressure are you putting back on your own family if you go to retire and can't, and you've sold them or given them the business, and to your point, Tony, they're not able to quite run it the same way, now you've got to lean on them personally. In your personal retirement aspect, you need help in that reign. So it just can be very cyclical. And so, you've got to be really careful. And I think documentation, clarification, being slow, some of the tips that you brought up today, really good points.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. I mean, the legal stuff I think has to be in place for sure. But I think another thing, the thing that I thought of with my own business...

Speaker 1: Uh-huh (affirmative).

Tony Mauro: I think people got to think of is, the business has been good for me, per se. What's the model going to look like in 15, 20 years from now? And, if my son were to take it over, let's say. You know how fast things are changing these days.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Is it still a viable business?

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: When he's in his 40's. And boy I'd hate to have him just have, as any parent would, maybe not be able to run it just because of that. And then the next thing you know, he's got nothing and he's mid 40's, 50's and now what?

Speaker 1: Very true. Yeah. If you had a video rental business, right, you might've thought that was going to go on forever.

Tony Mauro: Right. So, I mean, I think all of us, whatever business we're in, always have to be thinking of that because stuff changes so quickly.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: With technology and whatnot.

Speaker 1: Well, it's the staples, right? I mean, one would think that, well, you know what? Bars and restaurants, people always will want to eat and drink. So we're pretty good there. Now, granted, there's a lot of them, so it's a fairly cutthroat business.

Tony Mauro: Right. Right.

Speaker 1: You've got to have a good product and so on and so forth. But then, we have something like the pandemic happen.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: And how many wind up having to suffer through that, and maybe don't come back at all. So like anything, I mean, having a small business is tough. It's hard work. And sometimes it's a bit of luck, as well as a bit of that business plan and planning. There's a lot of components in there. And one of those things you can't forget to do is from the get-go, as we said with the first piece of this, pay yourself, pay your future self as well. Work it into the budget of the business so that no matter what happens, you are setting yourself up to be able to hopefully retire. Whether it's successful and you sell it off, or give it to the family or whatever the case is, whatever the end game is, that way you know you're set for your own retirement. Because, the concept of just working until we can no longer work, it sounds great.

Speaker 1: It doesn't always fall out the way we want it to. There's a number of things that can happen.

Tony Mauro: Yep.

Speaker 1: So, hopefully people picked up a couple of useful nuggets from today's show.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Okay. All right. Anything else that we need to add to that, that I might've missed?

Tony Mauro: I would say in this area, my last tidbit is definitely reach out to whoever you use as an advisor, whether it's an attorney, an accountant, somebody to help work through these things, because there are a lot of issues at play here.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And, I would seek a lot of advice.

Speaker 1: Oh, you know what? I did have a thought. So if you are paying yourself, or going to say, hey, you know what? I got a small business. This is good advice. I need to start doing this. We're not doing the traditional. Many of small businesses can't afford to set up plans for themselves or their employees. What's an avenue for them to maybe pursue putting some money away, Tony? Just a standard, just a simple IRA, some sort of a SEP? What's some thoughts there?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Some easy stuff. If you're out on your own or only have a few employees, I mean, 401K's are great, but they have a lot of rules. And, you can't discriminate against employees and whatnot. And so, I mean, at its simplest form, just start a regular, traditional or Roth IRA, just on your own.

Speaker 1: Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Tony Mauro: Try to max it out. If you want to go a little further and you want to say, well, I want to be able to contribute more, than I would suggest a simple IRA and/or a SEP. And, ask your advisor about those plans because you can stick more in them. And, of course it helps you tax wise too. So it's a double-edge good thing or double whammy.

Speaker 1: Double whammy, there you go.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Double whammy.

Speaker 1: Yeah. So, there's some avenues out there. And again, it is tough for small businesses to set things up for themselves and their staff. And so, it may just be something where you're doing just a simple retirement account for yourself. And that's why I kind of keep stressing that point of paying your future self. If you're 45 or 50 and you've got a small business that's doing pretty good, don't forget about the 65 year old version of yourself, right? So, it's a coming.

Tony Mauro:

It's coming.

Speaker 1:

So, give them some money to work with as well. All right. Well, that's going to do it this week for us here on Plan With the Tax Man. So if you've got a small business, hopefully this helped you out. If you need some help as Tony mentioned, reach out to someone, a qualified professional, to help set up a retirement account for yourself and whatever that might look like or even the business.

Speaker 1: And, of course Tony can help by simply giving him a call at (844) 707-7381. That's how you reach out to him at (844) 707-7381. Or you can always stop by the website, yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. And, don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Google, Spotify, whatever platform you use. Tony's been doing this for 23 plus years. He's a CFP and an EA, so a great resource for you to tap into. And, that's going to do it, my friend. I'm going to let you get out of here this week. Thank you so much. I'll let you get back into those tax documents.

Tony Mauro: [Oh boy 00:17:50].

Speaker 1: Hope you have a great week and I'll see you soon.

Tony Mauro: All right. Sounds good. Take care.

Speaker 1: Thanks for your time. And Tony, we'll catch you later here on Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

As you get ready to file 2020 taxes and look ahead to the rest of this year’s tax implications, let’s cover some of the changes you need to be aware of and answer some important tax questions.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Marc Killian: Hey, everybody. Welcome in to Plan With The Tax Man. Thanks for hanging out with Tony and I as we talk investing, finance, and retirement here on the podcast.

Marc Killian: This week, 2021 tax tips. A little recap, if you will. We'll go through some of this stuff. Since Tony is a tax man, we should go through some of these tips, because well, tax season is upon us. What's going on, my friend? How are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm hanging in. Very cold here, but we're digging in for a different tax season. Pretty much all virtual slash drop-off, trying to pivot a little bit and keep... I hate to say keep clients out. We're still doing the tax returns for them, but we've kind of halted all the in-person appointments.

Marc Killian: Yeah, kind of keep going with the social distancing as best we can and all that good stuff. But yeah, you can do the virtual thing, which is a nice help, right? I mean, sometimes technology can be our friend, until it's not.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, that's right.

Marc Killian: Until it doesn't work right, or something like that. Or until it's so cold that the internet servers don't want to work or something like that. So yeah, you guys are getting some brutalness right now-

Tony Mauro: Brutalness and-

Marc Killian: ... with those tips.

Tony Mauro: Our clients though, for tax, ironically, we installed a drop box through the side of the building this year, just to kind of make it a little more convenient, I should say. And they're braving it. I mean, they come out and they're dropping off their packets. It is cold.

Marc Killian: Okay. Well, good. Well, good. Well, listen, since you mentioned obviously some of the changes that last year and this year have brought in that respect, it actually may affect some things from a tax standpoint. So let's talk about a couple of them. We'll just dive right in.

Marc Killian: Stimulus packets, stimulus payments, whatever you want to look at it, however you want to view that. How does that affect anything? Are these things taxable? Anything we should know on some of this stuff, Tony?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, the stimulus payments are getting a lot of questions on it. Of course, the IRS and Congress kind of making it up as they go here with these things as they've been doling these out. But the fact of the matter is is the stimulus payments are not taxable. And what a lot of people don't know, and we're having to kind of go back to them and say, "Well, what did you receive for the second stimulus payment?" Which was actually, for most, received in 2021. They all say-

Marc Killian: Mm-hmm (affirmative). The $600 one, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Yeah, they all say the same thing, "Well, that's for next year." It's actually not. It's actually for 2020. And what a lot of people don't realize is that this whole thing is a credit against your 2020 taxes. So if you've got the full amount of the stimulus payments, both of them, then you don't get any credit on your tax return. If you didn't, if you were limited by income or some other reason, then we get to stick it on your tax return as a credit and you get it now. So that's why we have to ask.

Marc Killian: Okay, okay. So any impact to the returns? I guess time-wise, they haven't changed anything, right? We're still holding for normal time this year, unlike last year.

Tony Mauro: We're still holding for normal time. Right now, at the time we're recording this, there's a little bit of chatter that if the new stimulus package goes through, that the IRS may have to pivot again and deal with stimulus payments to individuals and they may have to push back the season. But definitely not anything official, so you can't go by my word. That's just kind of what we're hearing. But-

Marc Killian: Right. Yeah. As of right now, it's normal.

Tony Mauro: It's on. Yeah, it's on.

Marc Killian: It's on. There you go. I like that.

Tony Mauro: We only got 62 days left, because it kind of started late because they had such a-

Marc Killian: Yeah, that's right.

Tony Mauro: ... bad year in 2020. And of course, all these tax law changes and everything else.

Marc Killian: Yeah, it might be a bit compacted this year. I didn't think about that.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, yeah.

Marc Killian: Yeah. Okay. Tax brackets. Any change to the brackets for 2020 filings? Which I guess would be different from '19, correct?

Tony Mauro: Correct. There was one little change in one of the upper brackets, but for the most part, the brackets are pretty much the same as they were in 2019. That remains to be seen with the new administration, but definitely not anything going to affect 2020.

Marc Killian: Yeah. I mean, obviously, that's a topic of conversation as to whether we'll get a new tax code. But as of for now, no. Right.

Tony Mauro: No.

Marc Killian: So it's kind of the same old, same old, unless you're really raking it in.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, that's right.

Marc Killian: Okay. Part of the CARES Act allowed us to do some contributions, Tony, or to deduct up to $300 in donations, I should say. Anything there from a charity standpoint to be aware of? Or just in general, I suppose, for tax tips.

Tony Mauro: I would say a lot of people don't think they need to keep track of their charitable contributions because they don't think they have enough to itemize, especially with some of the newer laws and the higher limits. But the new CARES Act did add this paltry little deduction whether you itemize or not. If you did give some money away to a charity, they're allowing what they call above the line deduction, meaning that you don't have to itemize to get this. You've just got to tell your tax preparer that you gave some money, and it takes $300 off your income at... If you're in the 15% bracket, you're looking at a whopping tax savings of 45 bucks, but every buck helps. So it's not a-

Marc Killian: Hey, $45. There you go.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, not a make or break, but it is there. We always tell people, "You don't want to leave any tax deductions that the government's giving on the table if you actually incurred them." So yeah, I would just encourage people to make sure they tell their preparers. Or if they're doing it themselves, make sure they answer the right question that, "I did give money away," if indeed you really did, and take that little deduction.

Marc Killian: Well, hey, $45, that might be a nice meal from Uber Eats or something delivered, or Grubhub or something. I don't know.

Marc Killian: Okay, RMDs. Since we were just talking about the CARES Act and obviously with everything that happened last year, RMDs were suspended. Still up in the air or going kind of status quo, kind of the normal is back on for 2021?

Tony Mauro: Well, they were suspended in 2020. Right now, they're supposed to be back on. Of course, that could change as well. But what that means for 2020, and even all the way up through the due date of the tax return, is if you're over 72, you don't have to take the required minimum in 2020. So for people that are just taking it because they had to, definitely postpone some tax. And right now it looks that they're going to be back on for 2021. But there's some talk about it that maybe they'll do the same thing again.

Marc Killian: Kind of the same as the dates for if they're going to move the tax deadline or not. Kind of like they did in 2020. It's still a little bit up in the air.

Marc Killian: So basically, Tony, if you turned 72 in 2020, you get the reprieve. You didn't have to do it last year. But obviously, you'd have to do it this year. You'd be turning 73 this year. And the deadline is the end of the year, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, that's right.

Marc Killian: So you just have to do your RMDs by the end of December of 2021.

Tony Mauro: By the end of December, yeah. A lot of people don't know what the penalty is for that. It's big.

Marc Killian: It's hefty.

Tony Mauro: It's a big one. I mean, you probably could... If they assessed it... I've actually had a couple clients where the advisors forgot to do it. It was just an error and they assessed them the penalty. We got them out of it. I mean, it was just an innocent error. Wasn't like it was deliberate. But the IRS doesn't have to abate those. So you really don't want to be in that position if you can help it, to have to fight with that.

Tony Mauro: I think another one though in the retirement area that we're seeing it already is a lot of people below retirement age have been forced to take money out of the retirement plans early to supplement income because of loss of job or something. The IRS and Congress have been very generous with this, because in 2020, early distributions, these are early ones, not subject to a penalty. And Congress is saying to the IRS, "We'll allow them to spread it out and they can be taxed on it over three years if they want to, versus all in one." So pretty good deal. And normally, people come in when they pull money out of retirement plans early, they're looking at big penalty, the tax, and they usually owe a lot.

Marc Killian: Got you. Okay.

Tony Mauro: I think that's helpful. People have just got to realize that.

Marc Killian: Yeah, no, definitely. For sure. That's one of the reasons we're doing the show, right? Hopefully to share a couple of useful nuggets of information, especially when it comes to tax time.

Marc Killian: Now I've got an interesting one here for you, Tony. I've heard people talking about the whole work from home thing last year. Obviously, doing taxes, right? It's a look at what's already happened, right? So we talk often because you do retirement planning as well, but there's tax planning, which is all throughout the year, and then there's tax prep, which is really just recording and putting down what happened the prior year. So many people are asking about the whole work from home and home office thing. How does that go about affecting our taxes, filing our taxes?

Marc Killian: My understanding is this only works if you are a contractor or own your own small business, right? Just because your company said, "Hey, you have to work from home," or the government said you had to work from home, you don't get to claim a home office, do you?

Tony Mauro: Not anymore. Not under the new tax law that President Trump changed is... It used to be that even if you were a W-2 employee and you had some business use of home, you were working at home and whatnot, some of the expenses you could write off in small percentages. Now though they changed it. They basically did away with that completely and just said, "If you're not self-employed," which means subcontractor or totally on your own, "you can't do it even though you've been working from home."

Tony Mauro: I believe that it was probably a trade-off. I think it was a trade-off when Congress changed some of the tax laws, lowered the tax rates. I don't think that the IRS has the ability to audit this very well-

Marc Killian: Got you.

Tony Mauro: ... and they know too many people are dishonest in this area and they just said, "You know what? We're just going to cut the whole thing out, and that solves the problem."

Marc Killian: They'll just make it easy on themselves, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc Killian: Yeah. Okay. So just to kind of reiterate, so in 2020, if you did work from home as a contractor, or which basically was a 1099, right?

Tony Mauro: Right.

Marc Killian: Or you have your own small business, yes, you could still do the write-off of the home office. Although with the deductions being what they are, do people even get enough to get to that point?

Tony Mauro: For the self-employed, see, it goes on their Schedule C, so-

Marc Killian: Correct.

Tony Mauro: ... there's no limit to get over. And it really helps them reduce their self-employment tax, which is Social Security. So it is a good deduction for them still.

Marc Killian: Got you. Okay. Good to know. Good to know. But if you're a W-2 employee, no, you can't, unfortunately, write it off because you had to work from home. But hey, the perk is you've got to work from home. So I guess that's one way to look at it.

Tony Mauro: Got to work from home. And I would say to people too, I would check with your tax advisor, because some states may still be allowing that. They didn't follow-

Marc Killian: That's a good point, yeah.

Tony Mauro: ... the Fed law when they changed. So they might be able to write that off as an itemized deduction on their state. So it never hurts to check in with your-

Marc Killian: That's a great point, because I was going to ask you, obviously you've got clients all over the place. Is there any state specific information that we should discuss, or because the podcast reaches a wide audience, is it really just check state by state? Or any thoughts there?

Tony Mauro: Unfortunately, you've got to check state by state because everybody is different. Nobody has any consistency there. But most states have pretty good info on their website. Especially if you go to... Looking at some of the tax forms and the Schedule A, they'll tell you right on there.

Marc Killian: And of course, if you're working with an advisory, working with a CPA, somebody like Tony, he's going to cover that stuff for you and help you know all the ins and outs.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, we'll research that for you. Yeah, that's right.

Marc Killian: Right. Exactly, yeah. Yeah, he's a CFP and an EA. So he's been doing this for quite a while, over 20 plus years. So a good resource for you.

Marc Killian: With that in mind, Tony, just final question. Just any filing advice or any kind of last little tidbits you want to share? I think we covered some pretty good ones here on tax tips. Any way you advise clients, whether it's something as simple as the do it as soon as you can or wait as long as possible? Whatever you think.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, I would say in this year for sure, I would file as soon as you can, simply because of the such backlogs that the IRS and the states due to COVID, and they don't have the staff. They're already behind from 2020. I think that's probably going to be better. I definitely see that if you do run into some problems, let's say you're expecting a refund, doesn't come, that there's going to be a lot longer time to deal with that problem required than normal, because we can't just call them like we normally do. And you're just going to have to be patient in that area. I think that's the other thing.

Tony Mauro: I would say too, I'm a big believer in not letting either one of them hold a lot of your money, simply because of the fact that in times like this, something happens, you've got to wait until they give it to you. So I don't like to ever be in that spot, and it's not bad to get a little bit of a refund, but I wouldn't use it as a forced savings for sure.

Tony Mauro: The other thing too is I would just... It's going to be a very difficult year, I think. For any of those people that are normally out doing it on their own, there's a lot of new things. This might not be a good year for you. And of course, I'm biased. I've got to throw that in there.

Marc Killian: That's okay.

Tony Mauro: But to try to do it on your own, if you've got anything other than maybe one or two W-2s, because there's the rebate credits you might be missing, there could be a lot of things that are missing. One thing about both of them, they generally don't send you a nice letter saying, "Hey, you missed this. Here's some more money." They only do it the other way.

Marc Killian: True. Yeah, very true. Well, that's a good point too, because for a lot of our podcasts, our listening audience, it's going to be typically folks that are pre-retirees and retirees anyway. So the odds are they're going to have a bit more complication anyhow.

Marc Killian: But for folks that might be listening that have a pretty simple W-2 or whatever, I was going to ask you, with all the extra stuff, I imagine those boxed services or software-based services probably have some of that stuff taken into account. But again, for our target demographic, it's probably a good idea to sit down and talk with somebody because there's a lot of little nuance.

Tony Mauro: There is. And the software itself, doesn't matter which one you pick. And even on the IRS, and the IRS does offer it for low income people, the free E-file. The software is dead on. It's just can people pick the right answer-

Marc Killian: Great point. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: ... to the questions? That's where they tend to get themselves into trouble is that they pick one or the other and for whatever reason, you just think, "Well, it must be all right." But the software is only going to do what you tell it to do. And most of us aren't willing to do the research to figure out if it's right or wrong. Now, some of them... It's kind of interesting. That's a whole topic for another show is some of them now offer paid advice and things like that. And then before you know it, your tax prep bill is up there [crosstalk 00:15:21].

Marc Killian: Yeah, you might as well go with a local CPA and just get it done. Yeah. Go to a local service. Exactly. Well, and-

Tony Mauro: But...

Marc Killian: Go ahead.

Tony Mauro: It does have its purpose. People with a couple of W-2s, something like that, pretty simple returns, it probably doesn't make sense to spend a couple hundred dollars plus or wherever you're at in the country to pay to have it done. Especially if you're young and kind of techie. It's pretty straightforward.

Marc Killian: Yeah, yeah. I'd probably agree with that. But as we age, we start to have a few more things or we have some more complications in there. I switched to having a professional handle it for me a couple of years ago as well. There's definitely some benefits, right? So you've got to weigh that out. But certainly, coming off the year we had last year, there's a lot of little nuances that you might want to check. And hopefully, the podcast here helped you with a few of those things you might've been thinking about.

Marc Killian: If you have some other questions or some more detailed questions you need some advice on, go to yourplanningpros.com, drop them an email. Yourplanningpros.com. Or get on the calendar, schedule some time to go through your situation. Obviously, it's tax season, so they're filling up pretty quickly. So reach out to them if you need some help, and they'll find a way to get you some help that you need. 844-707-7381 to talk with Tony and his team at Tax Doctor, Inc., serving you here in the Central Iowa area. 844-707-7381. Of course, they serve other places outside of that. But you can find them online, that's the easiest way to do it, yourplanningpros.com. And don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Google, Spotify, whatever platform you like to use at Plan With The Tax Man.

Marc Killian: Tony, that's going to do it this week, my friend. Thank you so much. If we covered everything. We get it all?

Tony Mauro: I think we got it all. All I would say is now in this environment and with technology the way it is, don't be afraid to use a lot of the virtual stuff, the uploads. And especially if you're working with your advisor, you can upload your docs electronically. You could do a Zoom call at the end-

Marc Killian: True.

Tony Mauro: ... to get your questions answered. And we're trying to do the same thing. We're trying to make it as easy as possible and help the client not only get a great tax return, but value their time. Because I know in this day and age in these stages, they've got a lot of other things going on.

Marc Killian: Yeah, we kind of have to embrace that a little bit too, just because of everything we've been pushed into. I realize for some people, it's a little nerve-racking sometimes to want to think you've got to share your documents online or through some sort of portal. But typically, those things are pretty secure. They're always set up with security and things in place. And if you really think about it, our data's out there anyway, so be smart, be protective, but don't limit yourself under the fact, thinking, "I've got to physically walk in and see somebody," because there's just changed a lot, obviously due to COVID. So embrace some of the technology. That's good advice as well.

Marc Killian: All right, folks, that's going to do it for us this week. Don't forget, subscribe to the podcast or reach out to Tony at yourplanningpros.com. And we will see you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

No industry is without its flaws, and the financial industry is no exception. Let’s explore some times where we’ve encountered annoying or frustrating elements of the financial world.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome in to Plan With the Tax Man. Thanks for tuning into the podcast, as Tony and myself talk about investing, finance and retirement. In this go round, we are talking about where my financial knowledge comes from. Now, I don't mean me specifically or even Tony specifically, but in general, if you ever thought about that, where do we learn the things we've learned, especially, usually it's our parents, money, finances, whatever the case might be, what shape your financial views? And of course, we are going to get Tony's input from that. Not only for himself, but also when he sees in his practice. What's going on, my friend, how you doing?

Tony Mauro: Doing good. Back from the holidays and getting ready to get busy.

Speaker 1: Yeah, you're going to be a busy over the next coming weeks and stuff as well. We assume, right? We assume that tax times will be normal this year.

Tony Mauro: They're already starting to change it a little bit with the push back of the start or acceptance date, but it seems like that's more the norm now. These last couple of years have been extremely unnormal as far as tax season goes. They've been playing with the start and end date, well, the start date for sure, for a lot of years now. The end date, last year was the first time I've seen it extended ever in my career.

Speaker 1: It's definitely interesting times for sure. We have no word yet as to whether or not that'll transpire, but that could, I imagine we could see that happening before too long. Well, we're taping this just before we put this out. This is the 20th of January. So actually this I guess would be, this is inauguration date. No, this is the 19th. No, we're on the 19th. I'm sorry, I'm one day off, it's tomorrow. We're taping this on the 19th, we'll put it out on the 21st.

Speaker 1: Anyway, let's jump into the topics and see what happens. Who knows what's going to come down the pike from the new administration, but we'll see here real quick I'm sure. But let's get into our topic today for where does your financial knowledge come from. For our listeners or you yourself, Tony, are there any of these I guess talking heads, celebrity financial folks that you find interesting? Anybody that you listen to from time to time, be it Ramsey or Orman or somebody like that?

Tony Mauro: I don't have a long list there, but I do and have read a lot of Dave Ramsey's stuff. I like what he says, and I can resonate with it. I always tell clients, and I've never met him personally or been in any of his seminars, but here's a guy that basically took a lot of very basic financial advice, turned it into something that people can really understand and follow, and has made a lot of money at it. I always tell him, I'm kind of jealous because I was doing that for myself way before. I just didn't know how to make money off of it. He does have a lot of good insights and whatnot. I love his stuff on staying out of debt, living below your means, and saving a lot of money.

Tony Mauro: One of the lines that I still use today with every client, my own son as well is, and this is a quote from him, he says, you know, "Live like no other so someday you can live like no other." And when you really start thinking about that, you'll understand what he means by that. You got to sacrifice a little bit, you got to save, you got to stay out of debt, and then someday you can live like no other.

Speaker 1: True.

Tony Mauro: I like that. Outside of that, I don't follow a lot of the guys on CNN and everybody talking, everybody's got their own opinion.

Speaker 1: Oh yeah, for sure.

Tony Mauro: About that kind of stuff. So I like to stick to more of things of planning and staying with the plan.

Speaker 1: Gotcha. Okay. Best financial books that you've read or something that's really kind of shaped your financial views? Is there something maybe that you refer to clients from time to time? Say, hey, if you'd like to read something, this is a really good read?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. A lot of times clients, when they become a client of ours, I'll send them either the Total Money Makeover by Dave Ramsey, which is one of the best easy financial books ever. I like to send some of them Rich Dad Poor Dad, which is a great book on building wealth. And then I helped co-author a little book on IRAs and how to keep money as much tax-free. So I'll send them some of those. There's tons of financial books out there. And a lot of them are good reads. They're going to give you a lot of different opinions. Just got to kind of formulate your own opinion, and not everybody's going to be right.

Speaker 1: There's no shortage of opinion points in the world today about whatever. But it's always good to kind of get someone who's in the industry like yourself who does this day in and day out, to say, this is a pretty good read< these are something I enjoy or that you might find useful. So, a couple of good recommendations there. Like you said, you send those out to clients often, so that's pretty cool.

Speaker 1: What about our parents? I mentioned that in the opener there. A lot of times we do, we are influenced about many things in life from our parents. Yours specifically, did anybody have a real knack for money or investing? Did you get anything from there?

Tony Mauro: My parents were pretty conservative. Conservative meaning they grew up right after the generation after the depression. They didn't come from money, they didn't invest a lot and didn't know anything about it. It wasn't really till I graduated from college that I started in with them and helping them save for their own retirement. They're now retired and doing well. Whether they would have done that or not, I don't know, I like to think I had a part in that. They never blew a lot of money, but I do think most of us, our views and how we think about money comes from our family, whether they sit down with you and physically have conversations and educational things with you or not.

Tony Mauro: But most of us don't and we're not getting it in school, which seems to me like a real tragedy. I mean, nobody would go to school for all these years, it's a big pet peeve of mine, and nobody teaches anybody even how to manage their own finances. And then we wonder why we've got people out that are fairly well-educated that have a disaster going on on the personal side with their finances. A lot of times it does come down to the parents because that's who you're with all the time.

Speaker 1: That's a great point because we definitely have, and it's been that way a long time. I mean, I was in high school in the 80s and I think it was literally one short class. I'm not sure if it was an economics or what it was, but it was like, here's how you write a check, and it was the basics of it. And that was it. I don't think there was really much else to it. So, as far as personal finance and economics, they really seem to be more about economics from a global standpoint really back then than it was about your own personal. So yeah, we definitely don't do< and that's maybe one of the reasons why Dave's stuff, as you mentioned, it resonates pretty well because it keeps it nice and simple for people to really kind of relate to and digest.

Speaker 1: Professional relationships. We talk a lot about athletes and you enjoy playing golf and all that kind of stuff. Even the best, even Tiger and Phil and all those guys, they have coaches. So, in your relationships, do you have kind of a coach or a mentor or something like that, someone that you maybe still turn to or used to turn to?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, I still am on the financial side still do a lot of stuff with Dan Cuprill, he's a financial advisor out of Indiana. He lives at breathes it. I love talking to him about things, been in the business a long time.

Speaker 1: Gotcha.

Tony Mauro: From a business side of things. But anybody that's been around it a lot on the financial side, most of us always looked at, well, we want to emulate somebody that appears that they either have it all figured out, wealthy, with money. But sometimes that's not always the case. In my professional relationships, it would be him, it would be some associations I'm in, and some little subgroups that we get together, and not only brainstorm on the business end of things, but where the industry's going and how to work with clients better.

Speaker 1: I mean, continuing education is always a good idea in any profession really, to continue to learn stuff and have somebody to kind of inspire you or share best practices and all that stuff. And it all kind of equates back to, helps you be better at your, well, what's the saying, how do you get to Carnegie Hall? Practice, practice, practice. Well, no matter what your industry is, you can always practice and get better.

Speaker 1: As you've gotten older, Tony, have you changed your views on money matters? Anything that's kind of, that you've learned along the way where you've been like, this is really a good stable principal that I've kept the entire, time or some things you've been like, Oh wow, I can't believe how much I've changed?

Tony Mauro: I definitely as I've gotten older been fortunate enough, I guess the few things I've learned is, and most advisors will tell you this, but it is true, you ask somebody where the market's going and if they tell you, here's what I think, they're probably wrong, they have no idea. Nor do I, nor does almost anybody. But the one thing I've learned is, and I've always done this and I try to preach this to clients is, you need to invest through thick and thin, meaning put money away based on your goals, of course, and some other things. And you can't try to time markets. I've never seen anybody able to do it long-term and consistently beat the best of the best or the S&P and things like that.

Tony Mauro: In fact, I just had a client, and he's a fairly large client. Not to bring politics into all of this, but he emailed me over the weekend and was saying, you know what, now that the inauguration's going to happen, I want to pull all my money to the sidelines. In fact, he put it in bold in the email. I know that we're going to have a correction in 2021, and here's why, and it was basically because the Biden Administration may be raising taxes and all this COVID relief and whatnot. He may be right. But as I pointed out to him, you may be wrong.

Speaker 1: Well, that seems to be the case in the country.

Tony Mauro: When president Trump, a lot of people thought the markets were just going to go right down the tank, and they've done nothing but go the other way. I'm not going to get into whether that was because of him or the economy itself and all that. But point is, it's funny how people listen to stuff on the news, and then all of a sudden, now they're making predictions. That's something that I try to preach to clients when you asked, I try not to get clients to time markets. I try to show them what missing the 10, 15, 50 best days in the next, or the last 10 years would have cost them. And it just seems like, you're always waiting for that maybe not to happen as soon as you say it, is, over the longterm, the stock market is still one of the best bets. I love real estate too, but just talking smaller amounts, the market is the best place to be, and I don't think you can time it.

Speaker 1: And that's always the case just about with any item when we have new administrations, it's always one half says this is going to happen and the other half says that's going to happen. And nobody really knows until things go into play. You can have your indicators and your predictors, but if 2020 taught us anything, I mean, seriously, has never happened, who would have thought you'd see a 30% decline in the beginning first quarter during a global crisis and then end with all time highs in the same calendar year.

Tony Mauro: Same calendar year, yeah. And really going back to your last question about who I listen to, really, for us now as advisors, we're kind of almost, I like to think of the word coach, trying to coach the clients into or out of doing some things just based on just a knee jerk reaction. Like you said, when COVID hit, I for one thought, we all saw the markets going down, it's like, man, this is going to be a prolonged downturn. And of course, my always view is, I love it with respect to that I don't need the money right now that I'm investing, so I'm like that vulture, I'm always investing, so I'm buying more when things are low, so it doesn't bother me like it bothers other people. But if you're a retiree, obviously you wouldn't want to be in the market to the extent that someone that's a little younger is.

Speaker 1: Exactly.

Tony Mauro: Well, my father for being one, his portfolio, even though he's now 80, and knows nothing really about investing, he always says, yeah, I don't want to take a lot of risk, I don't want to take a lot of risk. And we go over his portfolio, but he is in blue chip stocks that pay him a lot of dividends and he loves that income. He's on the other side of the line, and people sitting in CDs and things getting a half a percent, they're starving. But for that, he's got to put up with some volatility, but he understands that now. He's not searching for that nest egg, he just wants return of his principal and a good income on it.

Speaker 1: Right, right. As we age, that tends to be kind of the norm, how we start to kind of view things. When we're talking about our financial knowledge and just our growth patterns, that's going to make a lot of sense. And I'll finish off with one final question for you on this, when we're talking about where financial knowledge comes from. With the advance of technology, you can have all kinds of philosophical arguments. It seems the smarter we're getting tech-wise, the dumber we're also getting about a lot of other things. You could go wherever you want to go with this conversation.

Speaker 1: But from a financial standpoint, is it a double-edged sword the technology, Tony, because in some ways, to your comment earlier, we'd never really learned enough, it wasn't enough in school for that. Now you can find the answer to any question in seconds on Google. You can invest your entire life savings if you want to with a click of a button from your phone. But is that a double-edged sword because there's so much information, you're not able to really discern what's accurate or correct for you?

Tony Mauro: I would definitely agree with that. And I'll answer that with a question. And then we can kind of just digest it. If the advancements in technology were helping us so much, why do we have so many people that aren't prepared for retirement or worse?

Speaker 1: Good point.

Tony Mauro: And just let somebody try to explain that to me. So I think it helps and hurts. I mean, on one hand, obviously, even for us, we've got information at our fingertips that we could only dreamed of even 10 years ago.

Speaker 1: Oh yeah. It's amazing.

Tony Mauro: 20, 25. But I think now that it's out there, that there's so many different opinions and information, you don't really know if it's authoritative or not. Most of it is. I think sometimes people get information overload and they really can't make any decisions. And the same gentleman who sent me the email I just mentioned, he's one of those guys that really, he wants to get into it, he wants to research, wants to do, do, do, do. But he never says he has the time. And then he'll go on a binge and look at a bunch of things and formulate opinions. It's like, why do you torture yourself like that? Just follow the plan. The plan will work. You don't need to really subscribe to all of that. There's a fine line from telling people don't pay attention to anything and just stick your head in the sand to being crazy the other way.

Speaker 1: Yeah, I'm with you. I think it's a great resource to get some basic knowledge or to maybe kind of look up some specific things that you're contemplating. But then you really need to take that to someone who can get to know you. I mean, that's one of the points of an advisor, where you can go and you have this working relationship so you can say, all right, so how does this, what about this concept? Does this work for me in the things that I already have, because that's a lot of times where, I mean, even with our show, and I say that many times on the podcast, and I host shows all across the country, and I always say, anything you hear on this show or any other, Dave or anybody else that's out there, always take that information to your specific advisor who knows you and see how it will work in your scenario because it's generalities. We're talking in general kind of concepts because it may relate to you and it may relate to the next person and not everybody's the same.

Speaker 1: So, you got to really digest it and see what's going to be the best fit with any financial knowledge, whatever you've learned, whatever you've learned coming up, whatever you learn from somebody else, whatever it might be. I think that's just a great philosophy to have, is take it, wrap it around a little bit and see how it's going to play out, but then bounce it off a qualified professional like yourself, Tony, who does this every day. And that way, you know for sure if it's going to really work in your scenario.

Tony Mauro: I agree, totally. Absolutely.

Speaker 1: And so, when it comes to the financial knowledge, folks, it's always good to have a little bit, what was it, Ben Franklin that said education, I think he said education pays the best benefits, or knowledge pays the best benefits, there we go. Get some knowledge, get some education. If you've got questions or concerns, reach out to Tony here on the podcast. He's an EA and a CFP, he's a certified financial planner of over 20 years, approaching 25 years in the industry. So give him a jingle. 844-707-7381. That's 844-707-7381. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast plan with the tax man. You can find all the information really, it's just kind of simple for you to just go to yourplanningpros.com, that's your planningpros.com, and check us out there as well. And you can find all the subscriptions if you want to on Apple, Google, Spotify, all that good kind of stuff. No cost or obligation for any of it.

Speaker 1: We certainly appreciate your time as always on the podcast. Tony, my friend, thank you so much, I hope you have a great week in, and you don't get too busy too quick.

Tony Mauro: All right. Sounds good. We'll see you on the next episode.

Speaker 1: Yeah, we'll see you the next time right here on Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

Disclaimer: Securities offered through Avantax Investment Services. Member FINRA, SIPC, Investment advisory services offered through Avantax Advisory Services. Insurance services offered through Avantax Insurance Agency.

View Details

No industry is without its flaws, and the financial industry is no exception. Let’s explore some times where we’ve encountered annoying or frustrating elements of the financial world.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody welcome into Plan with the Tax Man, and this is our final podcast of 2020. We have made it all the way to the end of this kooky year, well, almost any way. Tony and I are doing this about two weeks before the year actually ends, but with the holiday season and all that kind of stuff, this will be our final podcast. And we are going to talk about some things that drives advisors crazy on this show, and actually some of these probably drive clients crazy, as well. We'll get into that in just a second, but Tony welcome in my friend. How are you?

Tony: I am good. I'm getting ready for the holidays, looking forward to it. It's going to be a little different this year.

Speaker 1: Little different. Yeah. We've made it, though. We're here, right? End of the year. Any major plans are probably not right? Trying to keep it subdued, I guess.

Tony: We are this year. We're actually still going to get together a small family, but it's not going to be the big shindig that it normally is, which I think is probably the case for most, but we're fortunate because all of us are in the same city, so we're able to easily do that.

Speaker 1: Gotcha. Well, this is our 36th podcast. So I've had a good year with you. It's been a lot of fun. Hopefully, we've shared some useful nuggets of information with folks, and expectations, Tony, are often really important when working with an advisor and an advisor working with a client. Those relationships, that back and forth, setting expectations is a good thing, and I think we should do that for ourselves going into 2021, as well. So many of us are so ready to see this year end, but I don't want us to go into it thinking, as soon as that ball drops, that somehow everything gets better, right? It's a lovely notion, but we're going to be contending with this for a while in 2021, as well. So setting some good expectations, I think, is good in that respect is also when it comes to our retirement dreams and our retirement goals, expectations are always good.

Speaker 1: So with that said, let's talk about... Let's have a little fun. Let's finish up the year here with some things that drive you guys crazy in the industry, and there's no industry without flaws, right? And financial services is certainly no exception. So I got a couple of ones here that folks might find interesting that it drives you guys just as much as nuts as it drives us on the other side of the desk. So for example, hidden fees, we don't like them. We know we don't like finding out that there's fees we're paying that we didn't really know about, and I'm sure you guys don't really enjoy having to explain why they're ... It's almost like cell phone charges. Sometimes some of those fees that we can't ... There's nothing that can be done about them.

Tony: Yeah. Sometimes there's not, depending on what type of investment.

Speaker 1: What it is.

Tony: Yeah, and what it is. In insurance products a policy, long-term care policies, they're just not sold without that, but I think it's a good question clients ask for us. It's a no problem because we're fee only. So we're just advisory fees. So the way we describe it is there are no hidden fees. The fee is just like you pay us for a tax return or us for advice or your attorney for advice. It's usually set, and you either decide is that acceptable or it isn't, and you find value in that or not, but it is hard for clients when they find out later, and I don't think clients ask enough on fees.

Tony: I think they're kind of scared to maybe insult us and it's not an insult. It's not an insult. I think that's a fair question. It's no different than asking what you're buying your groceries for. You're looking at the price, but the thing with hidden fees, I'll give you a quick example. I had an older lady just call me yesterday. She's a tax client, not a financial client. And she says her advisor, and she's 87 years old, advising her. She's got a single premium deferred annuity. It's coming due, and he wanted to give her another one for seven years, and I said, "Well..." She didn't know what that meant. I said, "What that means is you're going into another annuity. You've got new surrender charges. If that's okay with you at your age, it's fine. You're not going to see anything, but if you needed more liquidity than it had, you're going to be paying a penalty."

Tony: Again, those are some of the things, that's kind of a hidden fee that it sounds to me like he didn't really explain to her, and you want to get that. Sometimes again, we all deserve to be paid for what we're doing. I'm not trying to say that, but you want to make sure that you understand the fees you're paying and why you're paying them. It's really what it comes down to.

Speaker 1: Yeah, absolutely. And so going through the conversation, sometimes it's not the most fun and it certainly drives advisors crazy as well, but has to be done whether it's the mutual fund fees or whatever the case is, go through and kind of talk about some of those. Okay. How about advisors, well, maybe sort of to that conversation that you just brought up, who put their own goals ahead of clients? Now, I don't know if advisors is the right word here, Tony. Maybe this is really more broker-based and again, not trying to bash anything, but there is suitability versus fiduciary. And fiduciaries have to put their client's needs ahead where a suitability does not.

Tony: It does not. And I think that that's the troubling part that I think clients struggle with is that sometimes they assume that all advisors are going to have their best interest at heart. Generally they do. I mean...

Speaker 1: I'd say 90%. Yeah.

Tony: Yeah. I mean, generally that happens. However, along with the hidden fees, I don't like it. It drives me crazy because I like to be very transparent because I don't want the client thinking that, number one, there's some sort of fees. I have to be held to the fiduciary duty, being a CFP.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony: And so you would just think that everybody ethically would always do that, but...

Speaker 1: We assume that in all walks of life, right?

Tony: We really do.

Speaker 1: It is what it is. Yeah.

Tony: It does drive you crazy, especially if you see something that somebody brings in front of you and it's really just kind of, you're just saying, "Wow, that's really not in your best interest. It really isn't." I don't like to bash other advisors or brokers, any salespeople. As long as they've explained it and there's a need for the product, it might very well be worth the money. it does drive you crazy when you see somebody really trying to take advantage of someone.

Speaker 1: Yeah, I think nine times out of 10, that is typically the case. Most folks are hard working just trying to do a good job for their clients, but there's always that bad apple or even that person that just really didn't realize that it's just not communicating well. We'll get to that one in just a second, actually.

Speaker 1: I'm going to lump three and four here together because I think they could really just kind of go hand-in-hand and for the interest of time, that'll work well. Basically I've got cookie cutter, one-size-fits-all plans and big companies who push products, and I think those two, to me, kind of go together because you often will see that a big box outlets, no matter what it is, whether it's retail, electronics or clothing or even financial products, sometimes the powers that be say, "Hey, product X is what I really want us moving for this quarter." So often people will get jammed into a one-size-fits-all plan that really maybe doesn't take all the things that they truly need into account because they're trying to meet quotas.

Tony: Yeah. I mean, the big companies do it, and you've got a lump some of the investment companies in there, as well, and they do. They make it sound like, "Well, if you just do this, you'll be okay."

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony: And most of the time you might be, especially if you've got a long-term timeframe, but doesn't take into account the nuances of you specifically and especially... I think that what drives us crazy, advisors, on this is that bigger companies and some people in the profession think, "Well, the one-size-fits-all, if you just do this..." And we're out there saying, "Well, not necessarily." You want some personal advice and handholding and help through this journey rather than just a cookie cutter type of thing and hoping that it works.

Tony: I think the other thing, what they don't realize is even if you have something that's not working, you got to have somebody in there saying, "All right, this isn't working. We got to pivot a little bit. We got to change, and we've got to make... If your goals have changed, then this may not be suitable anymore for you."

Speaker 1: Well, it's like anything, too. Sometimes people... There are certain industries, I still feel like me personally, certain businesses and certain types of things that you're dealing with in your own life, where you want a bit more of that personal touch, where you want to be looked at as more, well, more of a person versus a number, right? Client number 3,212 type of thing. And so sometimes I think there's different industries where that smaller...

Speaker 1: If you go into a place to cut your hair, and it's one of these chain places, yeah, you might get to know the person's name, that you might pick a person that you see on the fairly regular, but often it's anyone who's available is going to take you and cut your hair versus having that one person that, going to the "barber" who you're jaw jacking with, and they know your life, and they're asking you about your kids and all those kinds of things. We can get doses of that. I'm not saying that some of these big boxes places don't do some of that, but I think, for me anyway, there's a personal aspect and a personal touch sometimes with not that cookie cutter, big box thing, but more of that individualized, specific treatment for my unique situation.

Tony: Exactly.

Speaker 1: Okay. Now, I said before I was going to tie this one back out to the advisors who maybe put their own goals ahead of clients. And I said most of the time people are trying to do a good job, but maybe in the instance when that doesn't happen is because of buzzwords or jargon. Often, I think any industry, no matter what it is, you guys have sayings and words and things that you use on the regular, and you talk about them, and you maybe say those with clients sometimes not realizing that we're just not keeping up because you're so used to doing it. You're not trying to talk down or over someone's head, but it just is par for the course in what you do on a daily basis, and so there's some disconnect there sometimes, and it also can be frustrating for those advisors, unfortunately, who do take that and kind of make it, "Hey, look how smart I am."

Tony: Exactly. Yeah. And it does drive us crazy. I know for most advisors, they really try to, and so do I, pay attention to making what we talk about so that the average person can understand. People don't want to hear... I always say it's really all about the client. Everybody cares about themselves.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony: They don't want to hear from us how much we know. They want to hear from us how much we can help them and how to help them in a way that they can understand and feel good with, and I think it goes to the next topic on our list here which is plans that consist of 25 pages of very detailed charts and graphs and things like that that after about the fourth or fifth page, the client really doesn't understand and probably just saying, "I don't know if this is going to help me or not."

Speaker 1: So you mean a financial plan doesn't have to be like War and peace?

Tony: I try not to make them that way.

Speaker 1: This massive book.

Tony: I try to limit it to four pages, and here's our major goals. Here's what we're going to do, and of course, we can get more elaborate as we get going, but at least the start, very basic. Most of our clients are at or near retirement, and the ones that are younger, we start with the very simple plan. Here's your goal, and we're going to work backwards, and here's how we're going to do it, but to get all that research and some of those charts and goals and most of it's handled by software now, anyway. So even us, we can't explain half of it half the time. I think it's overkill, and I don't think it does anything to help the relationship and the average person at all.

Speaker 1: Yeah. That's a great point. I was talking with somebody about that and I mentioned the War and Peace comment. Tolstoy's War and Peace is 1200 pages, or your mortgage. Right? At some point when we're doing a mortgage, they've gotten definitely smaller for sure, but years ago, you think back, the eighties or nineties, you go to do your mortgage, and it was like it seemed like you were there for hours signing papers. It wasn't that long, but it certainly felt like it. So many pages.I think that's a great point, whether it's buzz words or jargon, or just overly complex plans, at some point that the lay person just is going to fuzz out.

Tony: They do.

Speaker 1: That's why we're turning to you guys as professionals to say, "Okay." I like to use the car analogy. I don't need to know how to take the combustion engine apart. I know enough to know how the car works. Right?

Tony: Yeah. Right.

Speaker 1: I know to put the oil in it. I know to put gas in it. I know to check my tires. I know the basics. The nuts and bolts and the really dissecting the problems, the diagnostics of my car, I'm going to leave to you.

Tony: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Same kind of [inaudible 00:12:26].

Tony: It's the same logic. Exactly. At the end of the day, you've got to be the driver of the car or the captain of the ship even with your plan because in the day, it's your plan. You got to make sure that you're on track, but you're leaning on other people to fill in the gaps, the stuff that you don't want to know and you don't care to know. I think sometimes we in the industry get a little too enamored with, look at our software, look at all these things we can do. And like you said, if they wanted to go do all that, there's plenty of resources out there nowadays that you can do all that on your own. They're they're not coming to us to wow them like that.

Speaker 1: Yeah, yeah, absolutely. Well, that's going to do it. That's going to wrap up our things that drive advisors crazy, and some of those drive us crazy, as well. Maybe the final one would be something as simple as, "Hey, what do you think is going to happen with the market? Do you think..." It's like, again, who knows? It's so fickle. There's indicators, but at the end of the day, it is what it is. So advisors are folks, too. They're just doing their job. They're just trying to do the best they can, and I think often that's the case for many people, and it's certainly an industry where you can still definitely get a lot of value, and that's really, I think when it comes down to, Tony, is what is the value that you're receiving for the fees or whatever it is that you're putting into it for the services that you're getting? Right?

Tony: That's it. I mean, at the end of the day, that's what it's about. If you can't find value in it, it doesn't matter what the fee is because you're not going to be happy with it.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony: I think with today and the technology that we have, I think advisors still can provide value and get people to their goals either on a tax advantage basis or on a risk basis, and you just got to keep that in mind when you're talking to advisors.

Speaker 1: Well, you sometimes say things like, "Let me put my tax hat on for this one," and I think, yes, the technology that's there for a lot of different things, but we're, to me anyway, and this is my opinion where advisors really come through is the sounding board of the other person. You guys have seen so many different things and you wear so many hats, whether it's a counselor, whether it's tax advice, whether it's just an ear to listen to, to say, "Here's what I'm thinking about. Is this a good or bad idea?" And having that sounding board to relay back to the client why what they're thinking is a great idea or not a great idea. You're just not going to get that from the technology. I know a robo advisor is... You put it in, and it's just going to execute.

Speaker 1: There's no real give and take in that. So I think that's a great place for us to finish up this week on the podcast. It's a great way for us to finish up the year here in 2020. Again, we'll be back with more episodes starting in 2021. So if you have not yet subscribed to the podcast, consider doing so. We'd certainly appreciate it. You can find it in Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, so on and so forth. Many platforms. Most phones, smartphones nowadays already have a lot of these podcasting apps pre-installed.

Speaker 1: So for example, if you're an Apple user, you probably have Apple podcasts already right there on your phone, just tap the app, open it up type in in the search box Plan with the Tax Man. You'll find the app that way, and you can subscribe to it. I believe it's the heart button or whatever it is that does that, and that'll give you a future episodes as they come out.

Speaker 1: You can also find all of it at Tony's website and make it pretty simple for you. Plus there's a lot of good tools, tips, and resources there as well at yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com to talk with Tony Mauro and his team. And Tony, thank you so much, my friend, for your time, and I've enjoyed chatting with you this year, had a lot of fun and learn quite a bit and hopefully we'll do more of that next.

Tony: Absolutely. Everybody have a great holiday and stay safe.

Speaker 1: Absolutely. Stay safe and sane. That's been my motto all this year.

Tony: That's right.

Speaker 1: So we'll keep at it. You folks have a wonderful holiday season. Tony and I will see you in 2021 here on Plan with the Tax Man.

View Details

Let’s explore some of the things you should be thinking about and checking on as we wrap up 2020 and begin 2021.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody, welcome in to Plan With the Tax Man. Thanks for tuning into the podcast. We appreciate your time as always, as Tony and I talk investing, finance and retirement and this week on the podcast, end of year planning tasks. It might be a little bit late in the season for some of these, but these could also be some items to look at at the beginning of 2021, or as we get into that. And of course, yay. 2021 is almost here, so excitement there as well. But let's say hey to Tony first before we get into this topic. What's going on my friend, how are you?

Tony: I'm doing good. I'm hanging in, weather's good here in this part of the state. In fact it's actually 60s.

Speaker 1: Nice.

Tony: But winter weather is around the corner for us. This weekend is supposed to be quite snowy.

Speaker 1: Oh okay, yeah. Yeah. We are into December, this will be our December 10th edition of the podcast. Yeah, as we've shared before, I'm down in North Carolina. You're there in Iowa. It was 23 yesterday morning. It was pretty chilly for us to be that cold down here. But yeah, we're going to be I think 70 tomorrow or something like that at the time we're taping this. Can't complain too much. I'll take it. We don't typically ... we actually had a couple of flurries when it was 23, just a few, literally just saw a couple flurries. But that was it. We don't typically get a whole lot. But when we do, everybody loses their mind.

Tony: I'll bet.

Speaker 1: For sure. Well, let's talk about these end-of-year planning tasks, Tony, that I mentioned earlier. I've got a couple items here. Again, some of these may or may not be too late. I'll let you tell us, but maybe these are things we can also think about as the New Year rolls on to us here. Let's start with, again, if you can, and if you're still working, depending on what's happened, obviously with Corona and so on and so forth and your job situation, but should we be maxing out retirement contribution if possible?

Tony: I think you can. This has always been my favorite number one every year go-to for tax advice and of course saving for retirement. I'm putting back on my tax hat here in this podcast a little bit. Because you know what? The retirement plan contributions, whether you've got a 401k or you're just in a Roth on your own or a traditional on your own is still one of the best deals around, especially when you couple, if you're going to do something on a tax-deferred basis, you've got a great tax deduction. You feel like you're saving taxes, you're saving for retirement, which you need to be doing anyway? So yes, if you can and you've got a 401k at work, I would try to stuff as much in as you can. Obviously we've only got a month left.

Speaker 1: That's usually payroll based, right, Tony?

Tony: Yes.

Speaker 1: You would probably need to notify or do whatever pretty quickly here.

Tony: You have to notify them. But this is something that carries over into '21, is you certainly can ramp it up over the next year. You always want to be ramping it up. It isn't something that has to be done this month. But if you can and are working, that would be good.

Tony: If you don't have a 401k, you've got a Roth or a traditional IRA, even though you don't get the tax deduction with the Roth, I would try to stuff as much money into it as you can. Again, going back to the financial planning aspect of it. We always need to be doing this. I see a lot of people that have them available, especially through work, and are not taking advantage of it. I think that's a real mistake.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Typically this is what? December 31st timeline based for these?

Tony: Most of the time it is. If you've got Roth or traditional IRA, and you can go all the way out to April 15th of next year and count it for this year. Same way with SEPs and some of the other little self-employed programs as well. You want to check with your advisor on that. But in 401ks, most of the time you can just ... unless they've got only certain times you can add to them, go in and tell your HR that I want to up my contribution.

Speaker 1: Okay. Right. Exactly. All right. Well good. That's a good little tip here for the end of year planning. Should we revisit or review some of the things, especially if we are a retiree or actually really even a ... well, yeah, definitely a retiree more so maybe than a pre-retiree. But that's even possible as well. Some of the things that they gave to us, I suppose, with the CARES Act earlier this year, obviously at this point, you've hopefully had a conversation about your RMDs not being required, what you may or may not want to do with it should you have chosen to take it or whether or not you decided to do pull any money out without the penalty? Basically some of the things that we've talked about here on the show with the CARES Act.

Tony: Yeah, exactly. This, once again, a little bit of a tax issue, a little bit of a planning issue, that if you haven't got any advice on this from your tax person, maybe ask them about it. We generally send out ... we already sent ours out to our existing clients about what's in the CARES Act and what relief is out there.

Tony: You could Google it and get some information there. But a couple of things, especially for the retirees, if it's been a tough year or maybe you just don't need the money and you don't want to take the RMD out of your retirement plan, that you can postpone that. There's going to be no penalties like they're normally. That might be helpful for some people.

Tony: Most people that have been devastated by the COVID basically are going to get some tax deductions that they don't normally get there's an array of them. So it may or may not fit your situation. They're not going to be an end all where it's just going to magically reduce your tax bill to zero. But you do want to take advantage of, and one is a very small one, but I think most of us will qualify for this, is that in this year, you can actually take a very small, it's only 300 bucks deduction, of what they call above-the-line, meaning that even if you don't itemize your deductions for charitable contributions, most of us give $300 away in some form or fashion. But under this new tax law, a lot of us aren't itemizing like we used to because the limits are so high. There's some little quirky things in there. You want to make sure that your tax person is going to ask you. Or if you're doing them on your own, you want to take advantage of, for sure.

Speaker 1: Well, I'm going to jump to that one because that was on my list. Maybe you could expand upon that. You covered a bit of it already. I was going to ask you, should we evaluate some tax deductible charitable contributions? Because look, we all know industries, lots of industries have suffered greatly through the pandemic. Charities are no exception. Now don't get me wrong. If you want to donate, or you donate to charities because that's what you feel is the right thing for you to do a tax deductible in this situation shouldn't really dictate whether you're going to do it. But if you can help yourself a little bit along the way, I don't think there's anything wrong with that. Anything we need to notice from our timeline-wise, that might be pertinent aside from some of the things you've already mentioned, like those date of deductions and so on and so forth?

Tony: I think the big thing to realize and what a lot of people didn't do last year was they thought about not giving as much because of the tax deduction or lack thereof. What they forget, though, is in your state, obviously most States have a tax and you still can ... the state standard deduction limits are much lower than the federal is right now. You can still feel like you get some bang for your buck because on the tax side, on the state level. I wouldn't let the ... well, like you said, we should be giving because we want to give, not just for the tax deduction. But in reality, a lot of people tie it to that. But I wouldn't forego giving just because you might be limited on the federal side, because you will get a good bang still out of the state. You don't never know when they're going to change this back. The current tax law is supposed to expire in '25. But you know how that goes. We don't know what's going to happen.

Speaker 1: Yeah. We can't even resolve a Presidential election on time, let alone what's going to happen in the future.

Tony: Exactly. I tell people on charitables, again, depending on where you're at, well, just give more and get yourself over that a standard deduction. But you got to be able to balance it out [crosstalk 00:07:46]

Speaker 1: Well, that's a great point. I'm glad you brought that up. Because a lot of times we have gotten so used to the way we were doing things and that new change in the tax law with the standard deduction does kind of offset that for some folks. Certainly worth having a conversation with your advisor and your CPA as to how that relates. Really, any of this that we're talking about, double-check that information with them. Of course, if you're not working with one yet, and you're just reaching this podcast through one of Tony's email blasts or something along those lines, or you found us on Facebook or somebody shared it with you, give him a call if you have any questions at 844-707-7381 before you take any action, 844-707-7381 or stop by yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. Tony has got 23 years plus in the industry. He's an EA and a CFP.

Speaker 1: Okay. Since we asked you about the tax deductible, I'll go back to another one in just a second, but let me continue on with the tax conversation. Probably too late for this Tony, and I'm not even really sure what some of this would be other than solar, maybe. But should we consider purchases that would give us a tax credit, like home improvements of some ... again, probably too late to get this done. But if you did do these, should you be bringing that up to your CPA?

Tony: Yeah. You definitely got to bring it up. Like you said, just on all of these topics, definitely check. Because the bad part about the tax code is it's not one size fits all. In other words, there's so many little nuances and it doesn't apply to everybody. You got to check that out. But the main big tax credits for individuals right now are solar. In other words, you install solar panels on your house. They have those residential windmills that you can put up that look like the big ones you see. They hook into your electrical grid and of course lower your electric bill, just like the solar. There's some huge tax credits for those.

Tony: Now that isn't something you just go out and buy at home Depot. They're pretty expensive. You know what I mean? They're $10, $15,000. But for some people that want that large tax credit and have the means and like the fact that they're contributing.

Tony: The last one is the geothermal. Again, not a small expense, but there's some big credits there. But like you say, this isn't something you can run out and get done in two weeks. That may have to be a 2021 issue. But it's something to think about.

Speaker 1: I know that, and again, with itemizing and standard deduction, maybe that's changed Tony. Obviously, this is not my forte. It's more yours. But if we put new windows in the house this year, things of that nature, do some of those things still work as far as when we're doing our 20 ... our next year's tax planning or tax prep? Because I know there used to be some tax credits for home modifications that helped reduce energy efficiency.

Tony: They did do that. Unfortunately, the credits for windows and furnaces and some of that stuff have expired.

Speaker 1: Roofs and stuff. Oh, okay.

Tony: Yeah. It's no longer on the books. Keep in mind, a lot of people confuse a credit with a deduction. A tax credit is much, much better than a deduction because it comes right off the bottom line of your tax. The deduction only reduces your income-

Speaker 1: Gotcha.

Tony: And figures the tax. These credits are valuable if you have a need for them. But yeah, they did have one, if you remember a few years back, for electric cars. That's off the books now, too.

Speaker 1: Oh, okay. Yeah. See? That's why we do the show, Plan with the Tax Man. Because you got to plan and you got to have that tax component. Always thinking about the taxes is certainly a key component into retirement planning anyway. It's one, sometimes, we often overlook. One of the good things about having both of those wheelhouses, if you will, in Tony Mauro.

Speaker 1: All right, let's keep moving along here. Another tax conversation, tax loss harvesting, explore those possibilities, Tony. Too late? Well, A, what is it? And is it too late for 2020? Or what should we be looking at there?

Tony: Tax loss harvesting basically is for people that have some ... obviously they've got a portfolio. They may have some gains. They can use anything in their portfolio that maybe they have a loss on to maybe dump that or even if they're not going to sell anything at a gain, tax loss harvesting means basically taking your dogs and selling them and you can write off your losses. Now the good news in the tax code is that you can write off your losses all the way up to the extent of your gains, plus an extra $3,000 every single year. Then you can carry forward the loss, if you just have losses and you've got too many. You can only write off 3000 a year, but you can use the rest of them next year. The tax loss harvesting is more for, "Okay, what have I made money in? Maybe I should sell some of that. I'm worried about the taxes, but I'll get rid of some of the things that just haven't done well, and I can offset that and use that money to reinvest possibly."

Speaker 1: Shake off some of the dogs, if you will. Right?

Tony: Yeah. Most of the time, that you're talking more for, I think, people that trade a lot. That's really not mostly our client makeup. But there are a lot of people out there doing that, trading frequently, and worried about that. I mean, for us, I don't recommend trading a lot. But that's going to go to contrary to what maybe what some people listening saying, oh, that, "I like it and I'm still going to do it." But I think over the long run, what you end up with is more losses than gains. So that kind of goes against traditional planning advice.

Speaker 1: Okay. All right. A lot of good options here. There are a lot of things to consider for our planning task list, whether it's the end of 2020 or starting into 2021. Let's finish off with the final one here, Tony, and that is the Roth conversion conversation. Determine whether or not this makes sense for you. This has been a hot topic for obviously a number of years. Now you, as a professional, has been doing this for a long time, have obviously known about conversions for a long time. But I think a lot of us, it's become a hot button issue for standard folks. Right now we're learning more about it. We're hearing more about it on the regular. People have been very intrigued about reducing their future tax bill through doing conversions. It's not for everybody, but it's certainly worth a conversation and will probably continue to be so while we know what the tax rates are versus what they may or may not go to down the line.

Tony: That's correct. I'll put in my one shameless plug, if somebody is listening, because I did write a short book on it. If they want a copy, certainly can just shoot me an email or give us a call. But really what it's about is as the Roth becomes more and more known, there is a conversion feature that the government allows you to basically take money out of a tax deferred plan, which is the ticking time bomb, because Uncle Sam has got a right to that money later. You can convert that to a Roth, without penalty, and you just pay the tax that's due on whatever you convert.

Tony: Now, the key is trying to ... this is a little bit of planning and tax moves at the same time ... is trying to fill up or convert just enough to keep you in the same tax bracket, so you don't pay more taxes than you need to. You know you're going to pay some, but there's no penalty. You just keep converting chunks while you're in the bracket you're in. That way, eventually you've got it all converted and now Uncle Sam has no right to any earnings in the future.

Speaker 1: We don't want to go in and just wholesale switch it all over because we'll bump ourselves up. Just kind of chip away at that ice block a little bit at a time.

Tony: A little bit at a time. It makes a lot of sense, especially if you've got a big balance in a 401k, a traditional 401k, possibly an IRA type of thing, is getting the tax ... the tax rates are very low now. We don't know, like I said, what's it going to be in 10 years from now? I always look at it from the tax side is our government, whoever's in power, we spend more than we take in. Nobody politically wants to just say, "Hey, we're raising taxes," but eventually they got to get it somehow.

Speaker 1: Well, I mean, our President elect has already talked about doing it. So I mean...

Tony: They're talking about it. From a business standpoint, personal standpoint, nobody likes to pay taxes. But if you're running the business of the government, they're short of money now. They try to get-

Speaker 1: They don't make anything. They don't sell anything, a product. They got to tax us.

Tony: They get it from us. So if you've got these big balances in, that's a scary position to be in. If you've really have got a lot and you've got estate tax problems, then that just adds to it.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Great point.

Tony: There's definitely a conversation to have with your advisor.

Speaker 1: Well and regardless of how you feel about whatever politically, you can just look at it from this standpoint: whether anything happens or changes, these tax rates are going to sunset in 2025.

Tony: Supposedly, yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah. So whether nothing gets done, we've got for about four years or so to continue chipping away, as Tony mentioned, at this tax time bomb. But again, something could ... taxes could be changed. Of course, it's got to go through Congress and all those kinds of stuff. But that's still possible coming up as well, sooner than that. Either way you slice it, have the conversation to see if it's the right thing for you. Again, every scenario is different. But it could be very beneficial to chat with Tony about how to reduce your future tax liability or future tax bombs. Not what you make, as the saying goes, it's what you keep.

Speaker 1: That's some end-of-year planning tasks, some ideas to think about, or some tweaks to make as you go into 2021. Of course, one tweak you should make is if you're not working with an advisor, get on it, have a conversation. Usually there's no cost or obligation to start the initial process and chit chat with somebody and see how it stands for you. We talk in generalities, we try to share some ideas and things on the podcast or other shows you may listen to. But at the end of the day, it really comes down to your unique situation. Reach out to Tony, do yourself and your retirement a favor. Have those conversations. If not this year, definitely start in the first quarter of next year.

Speaker 1: You can call Tony, as he mentioned, if you'd like to get a copy of his book, (844) 707-7381. that's (844) 707-7381. Or you can stop the website, yourplanningpros.com and shoot them an email. That's yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast as well, Plan with the Tax Man, on Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, whatever platform you choose.

Speaker 1: That's going to do it this week. Thanks for your time as always. We appreciate it. Tony, my friend have yourself a wonderful first part of December. I'll talk to you in a couple of weeks.

Tony: All right. Sounds good. Take care.

Speaker 1: Thank you, sir. We'll see you next time here on plan with the tax man with Tony Mauro from Tax Doctor Inc, here in the central Iowa area. We'll see you next time folks. Bye bye.

View Details

Want to grade your preparedness for retirement? Here are five key questions you need to ask yourself. Your answers will help determine how ready you are for retirement. Play along with us on this episode of the podcast.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome in to this week's edition of Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro and myself. We appreciate your time as we talk investing, finance and retirement here on the podcast. It is early November here. This is our day after the election by podcast and of course, we as expected, we don't have an idea. We have no clue who's the president. How you doing, my friend? You doing okay?

View Details

Is the place where you’d like to retire on the Top 15 list? On this episode, we’ll review the US News & World Report’s top 15 retirement locations and share stories of past clients who made the decision to move somewhere else for retirement and what went into those decisions from an emotional and financial standpoint.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome in to this week's edition of Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro and myself. We appreciate your time as we talk investing, finance and retirement here on the podcast. It is early November here. This is our day after the election by podcast and of course, we as expected, we don't have an idea. We have no clue who's the president. How you doing, my friend? You doing okay?

Tony Mauro: We're doing good. Fall's [crosstalk 00:00:24] upon us here in the Midwest and right now, this week, it's actually very warm, so it's almost golf weather, really.

Speaker 1: It's been wacky here in my neck of the woods. We've had some pretty big 30 and 40 degree swings, but it looks like we're going to be in the mid to upper 70s the rest of the week.

Tony Mauro: Same here. It's great.

Speaker 1: I'll take it. It's November. It's not hot, so it's comfortable. It's nice.

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Speaker 1: So that's always good. Speaking of weather and niceness, that's actually our topic this week. We're actually going to talk about a review of the top places to retire as of the U.S. News & World Report's top 15 locations, just kind of fun here, do something a little bit different and kind of keep it light and airy, if you will, but we'll talk about a few of the metrics that went into it. If you see some things like that similarly in conversations you have with clients or potentially, so I don't know if we'll go through all 15 or just kind of lump it together here. So what I'll say is of the 15, let's see, one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight of the 15 are all in one state. Care to take a guess?

Tony Mauro: All in one state. It's fitting because when we're taping this the day after an election, everybody's kind of, well, probably had enough of that for a while. It's interesting when they have all the maps up the night before and you're paying attention to the states, sometimes you don't. But it's interesting in this report that out of the top 15, eight are in Florida and although Florida's always a popular spot, but there's some others in here as well, some in the Midwest that most people don't think of. Then, of course, some in the desert. But it's interesting, my client base, for the most part, doesn't really talk about Florida all that much, but probably nationally, that's the place. If you look at their demographics and how many retirees are down there, a lot of people migrate that way.

Speaker 1: Now Florida's always kind of that given, so again, it's not a surprise that people do that. So we'll hop around just on this topic. Do you have some folks that do the snowbird thing, that they split their time?

Tony Mauro: We have clients that split their time. A lot of our clients tend to want to go to Southern Texas down by the Mexican border and then of course out to Arizona, some Palm Springs. I'm of the same opinion, personally, is as much as I love Florida, I think down there, the snowbird thing could be hit and miss from year to year. It, depending on the weather and a lot of our clients want to go where they pretty much or know that it's going to be sunny and not a lot of rain.

Speaker 1: Right. Of course, there's different advantages to some states, obviously, when you think about income tax or I think weather and a few other things are why people consider Florida.

Tony Mauro: I think weather is the big one and I think the fact that probably for most parts of the country, it's easy to get to. It's interesting because a lot of people, if they really are going to start having serious conversations about retiring somewhere else or splitting time, I think they need to take a look at, not only the state tax rates, but just the affordability, the population and how easy it is or hard is it to get around, the quality of the health care and some other things that-

Speaker 1: Good point.

Tony Mauro: ... after weather, people should take a look at if they're going to spend meaningful time somewhere. I think sometimes after we get done with them, they hadn't thought about a lot of that.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: For example, a couple of spots in this list, just for the listeners, number seven's Ann Arbor, Michigan [crosstalk 00:04:17] North Carolina.

Speaker 1: Let's talk about some of the those. Yes. Ann Arbor, Michigan is seven, to your point, and Manchester, New Hampshire is 14. They seem like odd choices.

Tony Mauro: Odd choices and Nashville, but Nashville is becoming more popular [crosstalk 00:04:31] number 12. But a lot of people are taking a little bit alternative routes, if you will, and saying, "Well, weather it's not my number one goal, it's other things." It could be cost of living, which I'm assuming, and especially in Michigan, is more towards the Midwest. New Hampshire would seem to me a little higher cost of living, but maybe it's the East Coasters that are wanting to get out of the bigger cities and maybe that's lower for them.

Speaker 1: Like if people live in New York City or something like that. Actually number five is Lancaster, PA. [crosstalk 00:05:06] That's even weirder to me.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: No offense, Lancasters.

Tony Mauro: That's right. Hopefully, you're not offending anybody by just listing it. Of course, Des Moines, Iowa is nowhere to be found, so we're out.

Speaker 1: We counted wrong. I think there's actually Miami didn't have the Florida next to it, so there's actually nine of the 15 are Florida. So basically just throw a dart at Florida and it's on this list more than likely.

Tony Mauro: It is. But I think with Florida, going back to it, it's a wonderful place. The weather is generally pretty good, but to me, when I've been down there, the cost of living is a little higher. Their tax rates are a little different, of course they get a ton of money from tourism and whatnot. But to me, I think Florida, it's a little too crowded for me. I'm not at retirement age, but I don't like all the traffic, especially down in Southern Florida around the Miami area and whatnot, but everybody's different. I think if people are seriously looking about splitting time, they should at least develop a list and kind of come up and look at some of these reports and some of what goes into them, its pros and cons of each location to make a well-informed decision.

Speaker 1: Yeah, no, definitely. So what financial or emotional considerations, maybe that's another thought to have a conversation around this on, Tony, is to consider if you're thinking about retiring in a different state or a different region. Sometimes it's kid-based, sometimes grandkid-based things of that nature, how do you go about advising that when people start having those conversations?

Tony Mauro: I advise them if they're actually physically going to pick up and move and plant the seed in a different state on a full-time basis. First thing we have them do, and we generally will help them on the tax side, is to let them know what the state's tax rates are, what income is taxed, how and from there, then we go to the sales tax rates, property tax rates, things like that, if they're going to own property there so they can kind of get some numbers without having to do a lot of digging to get some of that in their head. Then from there, basically, we get into more of the non-financial things, affordability, healthcare, things like that. But I think it's big, taxes are big. We're right after the election. We don't know anything on that, but state taxes are big in some states compared to others and I think that's got to be a consideration if you're on a fixed income, for sure.

Speaker 1: Well, at the time we're taping this podcast, it's so close you can't really call it. But one of the things that could be on the docket is higher taxes. Biden has made that conversation, so that might be the case. Obviously, we won't know anything until later on, but that's something to definitely consider and I think that's always been the case. People have always kind of looked to retirement as, "Well, let's retire someplace where there's no income tax or sales tax," or whatever. There are various different things kind of lead that charge. Now what about yourself? Do you have a dream retirement location? Is it right there where you're at? I know you're a big fan of the Napa area and all that kind of stuff, but living there and just visiting there are two different things.

Tony Mauro: Two different things, yes. I'll answer that, but the other thing's back on taxes. This is just, again, my own two cents. I have no basis for this, but if you think about it, with what we've gone through this year with the COVID and the pandemic and these states not collecting as much tax and whatnot, eventually they may have to come in and say, "We're low on money and the only thing we've got left is to raise taxes." Now it may not always be an income tax. They try to do it in kind of what I call sneaky ways, take this deduction away or that, so they don't call it that. But a lot of times, again, you go into a new state, you better find out not only what their rates are, but how they tax you, but...

Speaker 1: Change to a gas tax or property tax or [crosstalk 00:09:07]

Tony Mauro: They got to get it from somewhere. It's just not all free. But in answering the question, a couple of tops on my list, I would probably split time once I get to retirement. I don't see me just moving, but you never know with children and things like that, but one of my favorite places outside of Napa, that would be one. Although, again, looking at cost of living there and income taxes and stuff, that could be a detriment. But I love the Phoenix-Scottsdale area. I love Palm Springs. I'm a desert guy, even though I love the water, but I like to go to the water and have my visits-

Speaker 1: Now surprisingly enough, those aren't on there, which I found that kind of surprising. On that top 15, there's no place in Arizona.

Tony Mauro: No, No place in Arizona-

Speaker 1: Maybe too hot.

Tony Mauro: So but in the split time, with the true snowbirds, it's almost always sunny and in the 70s. Obviously, the Caribbean would be nice, but that's a little more of a jaunt every year if you were going to try to do something like that, but those would be my top spots to probably split time would be something like that. As I think now, and I think a lot of people do this too, is they think of their retirement spots kind of like they think of vacations right now, where you're going for an experience and excitement and what are we going to do? I think when you retire there or even split time it's more of daily life-

Speaker 1: Right. True.

Tony Mauro: I'm getting up. I'm doing my activities-

Speaker 1: Going to the donut shop [crosstalk 00:00:10:39].

Tony Mauro: ... grocery shopping. So it's not the same as when you're in your 30s, 40s, 50s on vacations. When you're retired there or spending at least six months there.

Speaker 1: Very true. As someone who's been doing this for 20 plus years, I'm sure you see a lot of different things. Sometimes when people want to do that split time, or they even want to relocate, it doesn't necessarily mean you have to stop working with your advisor, depending on the situation. If they're licensed, there'll be able to help you and no matter where you are, but you just have to check into all of that stuff as well. Correct?

Tony Mauro: I would check into it. I would visit with your financial advisor. I would solicit some other opinions as well and obviously friends, family and people that you know that may have already gone there, [crosstalk 00:11:22] that particular location, is always helpful. They can always give you the goods and bads and at least you've got the ammo to make a good decision from that.

Speaker 1: So factor some of those things in folks, if you're thinking about, as you get closer to retirement, factor in local resident stuff, the happiness there, tax rates, housing affordability, quality of health, healthcare, some of the things Tony mentioned already, the emotional side. Are you good being maybe away from family or friends that you've known? Things of that nature. Again, we were talking the top 15 places, in 2020 anyway, from U.S. News & World Report on retirement locations. It looks like nine of the 15 were in Florida, so again, pick a dart, you could throw them.

Speaker 1: But just the other ones, just to kind of catch you up, was Lancaster, PA, Ann Arbor, Michigan, Asheville, North Carolina, Myrtle beach, South Carolina, which we didn't talk about, which is way too touristy for me. I'm not that far from Myrtle Beach and [crosstalk 00:12:19] It's just way too touristy for me and Nashville, Tennessee and the same thing. I feel like Nashville, go on the outskirts, I suppose, like any town you go to the outskirts and you don't have to see the touristy stuff, but either way, so that's the 15, oh, and Manchester, New Hampshire. I almost forgot about that one.

Tony Mauro: That little crazy one there.

Speaker 1: A little odd. The PA and the Michigan, I just really surprised by the three colder weather states, really am. I've lived near Ann Arbor, Michigan, beautiful place, absolutely lovely there, but just surprised by the colder places because I know most of us like to run from the snow as we age.

Tony Mauro: We don't see any of the top ski resort places, even though that is cold [crosstalk 00:13:03] nobody, of course, older, it's probably designed a little bit more for younger, active [crosstalk 00:13:10] and all that, but-

Speaker 1: Well, I think [crosstalk 00:13:12] missing this of stuff in Arizona or even Texas, I think that kind of shows us that this report really was around things other than just weather. Florida is definitely on there, probably could become of the weather, but I think a lot of this really was about the affordability, the tax rates and things of that nature, so there you go. So that's something to ponder, for sure. All right. Well, I think that's going to do it this week. Pretty simple and easy, a simple conversation away from all the regular stuff that we've been inundated with and we'll get back to that, I'm sure, here pretty soon, but we thought we'd deviate just a little bit this week on Plan With the Tax Man. So there you go. Have a great week, stay safe and sane, folks. Take care of yourself and Tony, my friend, I will talk to you in a week or two.

Tony Mauro: All right. Sounds good. Take care.

Speaker 1: We'll see you next time, folks. Don't forget to subscribe to the podcast on whatever app you're using, Apple, Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, so on and so forth. You can simply type Plan With the Tax Man in the search box of any of those apps if they're on your phone already and you use one of those that you like in particular. Just type that in, you'll find it, or just go to yourplanningpros.com, Tony's website, a lot of good tools, tips and resources to be found there. You can also subscribe to the website and check us out,thatway@yourplanningpros.com. As always, if you need any help before you take action to always check with a qualified professional like Tony Mauro. He's an EA and a certified financial planner. Call him at 844-707-7381. Again, 844-707-7381 at Tax Doctor, Inc.. We'll see you next time here on the podcast.

View Details

On this episode, we present you with five commandments that are worth of being written on stone tablets in your retirement plan.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome into this edition of Plan with the Tax Man. Thanks for tuning into the podcast. We always appreciate your time, Tony and myself, and what is going on my friend, how you doing?

Tony: I'm doing well thank you. Just on my way out of town and going to take a little R&R on a vacation.

Speaker 1: You know we were chatting about that just before we got started and we'll let the folks in on it as well. It kind of tripped me out, I didn't even think that it might be open, but you're heading to the danger zone if you will, right?

Tony: We're heading to the danger zone, we're going to go out to Napa Valley, which I generally go out to once a year. And it seems like every time I go something crazy is going on out there and so of course recently with the fires that have been going on burning right through the Valley is... But they say that the places we're going to visit are open. And of course they're starving for tourism as most places are. But there's a lot of destruction out there. There's some wineries that have been destroyed and it's sad to see.

Speaker 1: It really is. It really is. It's kind of a weird spot to be in, right? Because these places, they need help, but at the same time people are kind of afraid to go and there's just all these different things going on. So kudos to you for going out and supporting them. And hopefully you guys will have a good time, but be safe for sure.

Tony: Yes. Yeah. It's weird too, though. I've talked to some of the wineries, I really kind of told them, I don't want to feel bad, I feel bad for you guys that I'm coming out to enjoy myself in the midst of all this misery. And I don't know how I feel about that, but they want tourists. If they can do it they're-

Speaker 1: Right. They're like, no, no, come on. They might want the welcome distraction too. So yeah, you never know. Well this week we're going to talk about something a little interesting. We're going to have a little fun here in hopefully a good way, but kind of following the financial commandments, if you will. We'll present you with five, for lack of a better term, really just commandments that are worth being a written in stone, if you will, from a financial or retirement standpoint and we'll let you dive into those and see what you can think of to do some sort of analogy or correlation for us. And so let's just jump in and get rolling. If you think about these in context it's kind of interesting. So you might see or read something on one of these tablets that might say thou shall not compare your investments to the stock market without the proper context. And that's a lot of it, we tend to look at things in a bubble we don't tend to look at it, I think, in the right frame. What do you think?

Tony: Exactly. I think that is exactly on point and I'll start out with an example. So my father, who is retired, and every day, he loves watching CNN, every day he comes in, "Oh, the market's up, the market's down. Why can't we look at what the market's doing? Am I invested in this?" And of course we do his planning and so he looks at that and he sees the Dow Jones jumping all over the place and I always have to remind him that for you in retirement, it is in the market. However, you don't have to be worried about that because you're not in it for growth, you're in it for the income and that we're not looking to get what the market's getting. We're conservatively invested and we have a lot less risk.

Tony: And so I think people just look at the news and compare their investments up or down. And even younger people, everybody always says, "I want to get what the S&P 500 is getting." Okay, well, so does everybody. And you certainly could do that with ETFs and all kinds of things, but if you're not willing to accept that risk and that volatility, maybe that's not for you. So I think you need to take a look at that.

Speaker 1: Yeah. It's all about understanding what your investments are supposed to be doing for you at that time. And that's a good point. So whether if you're 35 versus your dad there's a totally different set of parameters you're trying to accomplish with your exposure in the market. So again, proper context goes a long way. All right. Thou shall not give up on your strategy before it has enough time to play out. I think that's another one, right? The fast food world we've been living in for a number of years now, Tony, it's like everything's fast food, right? Relationships have gotten to be fast food. People toss those away like they're nothing. It's food, it's this, that, and the other, everything is just disposable it seems like. And so when things don't go as planned, we tend to just immediately want to swap it out for something else.

Tony: That's it. And it is amazing to me when I ask people what do you view as long term? And they'll say two years or something really in my mind short term.

Speaker 1: That's short term, right?

Tony: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Was it Warren Buffet, did he say, "If you're not prepared to be in the market for 10 years, don't be in it for 10 minutes."

Tony: Yeah. Don't be on for 10 minutes. And he's exactly right. And you know what, even when you talk to people about that and they say, "Okay, I get it. I can take a long term view." I think with our instant access, and we have access to things like you're talking about so fast, that people do tend to push the panic button a little quick and they allow that fear of, "Oh my God, I'm going to lose everything," to basically do the exact wrong thing and that's jumping in and out of the market based on current news. And those decisions mostly are emotional. And over the long term if you just stay put you're generally going to be much better off. And I got to give my own clients a lot of credit, during this crazy volatility since COVID started some of the younger, or not the younger, but the older people, we've moved a little bit to cash but for the most part we've been fully invested. And the market's gyrated around, but it really isn't that much far off from where it was in March.

Speaker 1: No, the S&P, you brought that up a minute ago, at the time we're taping this podcast it's higher than pre-COVID numbers and the Dow is experiencing a couple of good days here in a row at the time we're taping this. It's just, what, maybe about 1,000 points off the all-time high.

Tony: It looks like it. Yeah. It turned around there but yeah, I would say it's up 70 points as we speak right today and yeah, we're right near a high.

Speaker 1: Yeah, exactly. I think the Dow at the total peak was 29, I don't know, 400 and some change. And I think we're at 28, 300 and some change. So yeah. So again, at the time of this podcast, but that's, to your point, it's been obviously a super volatile year to be that high in February, take the 30 some percent plunge and then be gradually building its way back. But this gradual build back has also come with several days in a row of, or weeks in a row, of dropping and then weeks in a row of climbing. And I know that can be... it puts some stress on the ticker there if you don't feel like your strategy is correct, and you're nervous, you start making moves that maybe just cost you more money in the long run.

Speaker 1: So let that strategy play out. That's why you get a plan. The plan is going to evolve and it should evolve just like we are going to evolve through retirement, but you don't just make those knee jerk reactions. And of course if you're working with an advisor a great benefit to that is not only getting a good plan in place when you're working with Tony and you're talking with his great team, but it's also to be that sounding board, or maybe talk you off the ledge sometimes too. You guys got to sometimes go, "Calm down."

Tony: And we had that just recently with a client, she's an older woman and she really wants to, and this really didn't have anything to do with the market, but we kind of talked her down a little bit off the ledge. She wanted to pull a lot of money out of her retirement because she was really into remodeling her home. She's just got this passion for it.

Speaker 1: Sure, that's a big thing for people.

Tony: And we just had a good conversation about, well, I understand what you want to do and it's always nice to have a nice house, but at her age, and she's advanced in age, really do you really want to go all out on this? So maybe you just need to upgrade a little bit and get some nicer things. I think I at least provided a different perspective, she can at least think about it.

Speaker 1: That's a great point. Yeah.

Tony: Maybe I can do a compromise of some kind.

Speaker 1: Yeah. I mean, at the end of the day it's her money, do what you want, but your role is to advise her, okay, here's some pros, here's some cons, this is some cons that I see that you might not. So exactly. All right. So kind of keeping with that theme of later in life, thou shall not chase big returns too late in life. I am getting close to 50. Next year in 2021, I will be 50 and I have to start, and I am already starting now at 49, I'm starting to think about things a little differently, not just from an investing standpoint, but lots of things in life. I think once we hit 50 and over we start to view things a bit different. And so I don't want to continue to look at my portfolio the way I did when I was 30.

Tony: Exactly. And that's a big point and I'm 53 so I've been thinking that way for a few years for sure and I don't know why we all of a sudden start thinking about, well, how long of time we have left maybe to work and earn money, but let alone live.

Speaker 1: Probably that 65 number that's just been ingrained. We go, "Oh man, that's only 15 years away."

Tony: Only 15 years. And so with the nest egg you have, wherever you're at, it's important that you don't get too, maybe greedy, especially if you're behind a little bit, and chase high returns for potential high risks.

Speaker 1: And that might be that panic button as well then. Right, Tony? You're panicking, "Oh, I don't have enough and so I'm chasing," and a lot of times, I know that you find this often, people come in for the first time and that's the thought, and you're like, "Let me do the review, let me do the process and you're actually in better shape than you think."

Tony: Exactly. And once we take a look at things and kind of lay it out and let them know they're really not in as bad of shape as they thought. That they don't have to get that aggressive that late in life and still be able to, if we can play it out and make some assumptions and some estimates, have a pretty good retirement. And so I definitely think people in their fifties and sixties really should make sure they're taking a look at that because you don't want to be overly aggressive, I guess I should say. Unless really that's just in your makeup and even then I wouldn't potentially recommend that.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Well, you're talking percentages, right?

Tony: Percentages, yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah take some percentages. If that's your mindset and that's just really what kind of gets your blood flowing then have a plan in place that allows you to carve out a bit for that to kind of satisfy that itch if you will, but obviously we don't want to sacrifice your retirement. And again, that's the whole point. I mean, you can stress test this thing. That's the whole point of working with an advisor is you can stress test different scenarios and different types of situations where you can say, "Okay, this is what it might look like if you live to 85 and this is what it might look like if you live to 95 and this is what it might look like if there's a downturn," or whatever the case is.

Speaker 1: So there's ways to go through that, there's a risk analysis basically. And just that way you don't feel like you have to chase those big returns. So all good advice here, following these financial commandments. A couple more I think we can squeeze in for this podcast, thou shall not ignore the costs and fees, which we wind up doing. We all talk about wanting to save money on cost and fees, but a lot of times you're surprised and shocked exactly what you are paying.

Tony: Yeah, that's right. And this is one where most people know that no investment, no matter what, is totally free. Some people get kind of confused as well, I'm doing my own planning therefore I have no cost, and that's not true everything's got a cost.

Speaker 1: I think breathing even costs money if you break it down.

Tony: But it can vary and if you're working with an advisor, and we're no different, obviously it's just like your accountant or your attorney, we have to make money for our advice. However, it's important to know exactly how much you're paying for that advice. And/or if you're not using an advisor, it's important to know how much, say for mutual funds example, what their expenses are because that's a fee. And a lot of times, and you gave an example that, which is better, basically, I'm getting an eight and a half percent return and I'm paying a 1% fee or I'm getting a 10% return but I'm paying a 3% fee.

Tony: And everybody spouts off their gross percent returns, but nobody talks about the net. And that's what's important because that's what you get to keep and add to your portfolio. So I think you need to get all the information, you need to be able to understand how your fees or expenses are being calculated and know what percent they are so you can digest that. Because you take that out over 10, 20, 30 years, and the difference in fees can add up. And so obviously you want to try to keep them at a minimum, but you'll never escape them completely.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And there's no free lunches. Everything has a fee. And a lot of times folks will say, "Well, I'm only paying 1% to that point because that's what my advisor is charging me." And it's like, well, that's just the advisor's fee. Again, to your point there's mutual fund fees, there's all these little hidden things that are in there. And sometimes you might wind up adding this up and to that illustration, you might be saying, "Well, I'm getting 10%. That's awesome." But by the time you add everything up, you're paying almost four in fees, well then you're only making six.

Tony: You make six.

Speaker 1: Which still six is pretty good, but understand that. Just understand it so you're like, "Wait a minute, why am I not up 10%? Shouldn't I have 10% more money." No, you only have 6% more money.

Tony: And sometimes the lower number can be achieved with less risk and less fees. And so therefore it, for a lot of people, makes them feel a little more comfortable at night.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Well, again, it's a plan. What do you need? Like you specifically because everybody's different. What do you need to make things work for you? And a lot of times as Americans, as people, we always want more and there's nothing wrong with that. We want to try to get as much as we can in places but there comes a time, I think, in life, Tony, where, and talking retirement, where, hey, if you've got it in the bag, if you're pretty close to winning the game, then maybe stop playing or at least not playing as hard. There's no reason to risk it if you don't need to. If you're basically there, then hey, take the lower number but if it's the safer number, because then you know that you're cruising at this point. Now you're just enjoying, now you're jumping in the car and just taking a ride in the country because you can if that makes sense. All right. Well, good. You're taking a ride to Napa because you want to.

Tony: That's right. Because I want it. I enjoy it. And yeah, exactly.

Speaker 1: All right. Well, let's do one more here, thou shall not overlook the importance of rebalancing and diversifying. And boy 2020 has been a hello moment for balancing and diversifying, right? Because if you were diversified enough, you maybe didn't take a 30% hit in March.

Tony: Exactly. And with the people we work with we stress this and I think most advisors do these days because I think this is the importance and the value of having someone help you. And basically, I don't want to say explaining the value of the fee we charge, but maybe what we're worth so to speak. But if you just choose some investments and just say, I'm going to set them on a shelf for 20 years and never rebalance or never diversify you may or may not be okay. And the importance of diversifying and of course rebalancing it every year is some asset classes go up a lot more than others in a particular year and then you're over weighted in those. And then you start the new year kind of lopsided a little bit based on, again, your overall plan.

Tony: And you want to rebalance that and keep those asset classes, the exact percentages are very close to what your plan is. And then if your plan changes, you change those. But beyond that though, you want to make sure that whatever you're doing you want to be diversified over a lot of asset classes. Some people talk, no that's going to lower your return and that you can get better returns by just staying in one asset class, for example, pretty aggressive. But most people don't have the stomach for that and they just as soon re-diversify so at least you know when we do have these crazy fluctuations, something that you own is doing well. You may have a few that aren't, but that helps level out the volatility. So I just think you've got to make adjustments along the way and you've got to hopefully have somebody in your corner helping you with this because I think this is where more do it yourselfers don't pay attention.

Speaker 1: We were talking about fees as a second ago and then you mentioned the word value. There's nothing wrong with fees if you're getting value for the fee that you're paying. I use the cheeseburger analogy all the time. If you're hankering for a cheeseburger and you can go to McDonald's and get a cheap one, just understand that you're getting a cheap one. It's not costing you a lot and you're getting a cheap burger. Or you can go to your favorite mom and pop or something where they make this extravagant burger that maybe cost you $8 or $9 versus the $2 McDonald's one. Are you getting value for that $8 cheeseburger? If you are, then it's worth it to you, right?

Tony: Yes, exactly.

Speaker 1: So that's the same kind of idea when it comes to working with an advisor, are they bringing value to you? Is it helping you in the long run? Yes, there's costing you fees, but there's costing you fees in everything. So do the fees justify the value that you're getting, the advice that you're getting, the support that you're getting? And sometimes it's more than just picking a few things in the market, obviously. A complete planning review process like Tony goes through, all the things that he does, it's more than just as an EA and a CFP you're not just a stock broker, you're not just picking stocks. If you want that you can do that on your own. It's easy enough to do.

Tony: Yeah, in today's world.

Speaker 1: Especially, yeah. You're getting that holistic advice that's kind of the A to Z, if you will. And to your point, sometimes it's that sounding board advice like that story with the lady earlier. You're not going to be able to call up your robo advisor and ask, "Hey, should I remodel my kitchen?"

Tony: Yeah. And I tell prospective clients a lot when we sit down, because I take them through a series of interviews to determine if we're the right fit. But if I hear somebody saying, "Well, I expect to have returns at or better than the S&P every year." And what I tell them is, "You know what? You don't need me because I can tell you very easily how to go do that and you can just go buy a fund and you'll have that. You're going to have 500 stocks of which 20 will do very well, the others won't and you'll get whatever the S&P gets." But if you've got some things in your life and you want more than just that then I think that's where the value of an advisor is going to come into play.

Speaker 1: If you want some help with social security, the strategy that goes with that, how to do tax planning, not just tax prep, so that you're keeping as much as possible, how it's all going to work at legacy, all these kinds of things then yeah, that's what you're turning to an advisor for. Not just, like you just pointed out, to pick a fund and jump into the S&P. All right. Well, I think that's a good show. I appreciate your time as always. I think hopefully people learned something from that. And if you've got questions as always reach out to Tony at 844-707-7381 before you take any action. Again, you should always check with a qualified professional, like Tony, who is an EA and a CFP of over 20 years. So give him a call at 844-707-7381, or go to yourplanningpros.com and while you're there you can subscribe to the podcast Planning with the Tax Man. There's also a lot of good tools, tips, and resources to be found at yourplanningpros.com. And we'll finish it off with a fun little getting to know you. Tony, what's a habit that some people have that drives you nuts?

Tony: I'll tell you my real pet peeve, and maybe you can relate to this, maybe some of the audience can, is I think with all the technology we have, even on our phones, it amazes me in this day and age when you make an appointment with somebody and then they'll call you up or email you like 10 minutes before, "Hey, I can't make it. I forgot about it." Or I find it weird that people tend to... they can't commit. And I'm not talking in professional life at appointments with me, I'm actually talking personal. It drives me crazy when friends of mine they'll commit, "Hey, let's go play golf or something." And they'll call up 15 minutes before, "Hey, I forgot. I got to take my son to soccer league." You didn't know that two days ago? It's like, I just can't-

Speaker 1: It's more of a lame excuse to get out of that. I'd rather you call me and say, "Hey, man, I don't want to today. I'm sorry. I should have said something sooner, but I just don't want to." Don't give me a fake excuse.

Tony: When I was younger it never really bothered me but I notice it more now that we're all just kind of... sometimes we jump to the next best thing or maybe we committed when we were in the mood, now we're not in the mood. It's just kind of crazy, but I don't know-

Speaker 1: And life gets hectic. We get busy. It makes sense. But I think you're right, as we age I think our tolerance for, well our respect for our own time grows.

Tony: I think that's probably more it. It's respect for my time. And I try to respect everybody else's time as well. I try not to do that because I know I don't like it.

Speaker 1: I'm with you. It's almost like the doctor analogy with that, we get so frustrated, right? Your doctor's appointment's at 10:00, you get there, they ask you to get there 15 minutes early, you do, and you still wait an hour. And you're like, "Well can I bill you for the hour I waited? Because you know darn well if I didn't show up, you'd bill me."

Tony: I actually said that once. Because I was there for like an hour and a half and I told him, I have a good relationship with my doctor, but I said, "Doc, you're not valuing my time. I'm busy too." And I told him, I said, "As a business owner to a business owner, it sounds to me like you're overworked and you don't have the staff if you're constantly running an hour and a half behind," I said, "I know that this kind of stuff is different than mine. You might've had an emergency, who knows." But yeah, that is really frustrating.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And they're always, "Well we got busier today than we anticipated," or "So-and-so had an issue." And what are you supposed to say? Because it's health. But we all relate to it, we all go, "Oh man, I'm going to start billing my doctor for every time he makes me wait." All right, folks, well there you go. What pet peeve drives you crazy? We all have them, it's part of life, but we do our best to get to them and through them. And of course, if you need help getting to and through retirement, reach out to Tony. And we're going to wrap up here on Plan with the Tax Man, so have yourself a great week, stay safe and sane. Tony, enjoy your trip. And the next time we guys talk to you, we will probably still not know who the president is. Even though we're going to do our next session after the election, but got a feeling that this one might take a while.

Tony: This one might take a while and I'm sure there's going to be some good stories and some things to talk about.

Speaker 1: Some back and forth. Yeah. All right. Well stay safe and sane folks. We'll see you next time here on the program. Thanks so much for your time. We'll see you later on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Morrow of Tax Doctor, Inc.

View Details

Let’s step into the classroom again to cover some financial buzzwords. Are these important to know? What are they? How do they impact you? We’ll answer those questions and more as we always look to educate you a little bit on the show.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome into Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro. And welcome to October. This is our October edition of the podcast. We appreciate your time as always, as we talk investing, finance, and retirement with Tony. And this week on the docket, the financial dictionary, and maybe a couple emails if we have time. What is up, my friend? How are you?

Tony Mauro: I am good. Thank you. Just got back from a little vacation.

Speaker 1: Well, how'd it go with the crazy 2020? Okay?

Tony Mauro: Not too bad. Not too bad.

Speaker 1: Hey, that's that's pretty good in this year. I'll take not too bad.

Tony Mauro: I'll tell you it. It's so weird. And I traveled earlier this year out to Vail to visit my son. And it's weird not to see all the business travelers, and people are just kind of stepping back in, but the travel industry is definitely still hurting, so.

Speaker 1: Altered and strange.

Tony Mauro: Ooh, yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah, for sure. Well, good. I'm glad you had a good time, a little mini or a little vacation there and enjoyed yourself a little getaway. That's always a good thing. And we are into October. So I don't know a lot of people are definitely fans of the fall, fans of the pumpkin spice and all those things that come in the fall along with Halloween and things of that nature. So if you're a fan of that, enjoy yourself as we get started this month. But for today, let's talk about the financial dictionary. Let's step into the classroom, so to speak and just cover some buzzwords. Are these things important to know? We'll let Tony tell us what are they? How might they impact us? Things like that. So, what is well, an EA, an enrolled agent, which is one of the things you are?

Tony Mauro: That is one of the things that I am. Near and dear to my heart and what an enrolled agent is, it kind of sounds weird because... I wish they would have came up with a better name than that sounds like some kind of CIA [crosstalk 00:01:45]

Speaker 1: Well, there you go. It's got a cool feel to it.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. But an enrolled agent is a tax specialist that is enrolled to practice before the US treasury in all 50 States. So it's a federal licensure and unlike the CPA, which is state driven, most people equate CPAs with accounting. EAs basically, I mean, we do accounting and payroll as well, but the EAs more are equated with tax specialists. That's really what we thrive on and what not in that area. So we not only help people with their tax returns and trying to tax plan and whatnot, but we also, at least with us, help people with IRS tax problems which is, we don't really talk about that too much, but there are a lot of people out there that have gotten for whatever reason, a little sideways with the IRS or their states, and they need help because they're not two of the most helpful agencies to work with.

Tony Mauro: And so trying to get them a little bit of peace of mind there and trying to get them back on track is something that a lot of our enrolled agents work in. It's kind of a little specialty niche there, but we want to, if you're looking somebody to help you with your taxes, that you're not doing them yourself or whatnot, you want to look for a CPA or an EA or some somebody like that rather than just Tom Smith is possibly doing them out of his garage, because they're not required to follow any type of rules, they're not held to high ethical standards things like that. And so it's important there, but [crosstalk 00:03:24] that's kind of it in a nutshell.

Speaker 1: That's an EA. Okay. And you've been in the industry now for 23 plus years. You're also, and it's not on our list, but we'll just do it real fast. You're also a CFP and a lot of people hear that and most of us might know what that is, but what's a CFP?

Tony Mauro: A CFP has done a better job of marketing. The [crosstalk 00:03:43].

Speaker 1: That's a good way of putting it. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And of course the King is the AICPA with the CPA because you ask anybody, everybody knows what a CPA is. But a CFP is a certified financial planner. So, again, it's a person that has gone through some rigorous, I would say is an understatement training, and of course exam and to earn that designation in the area of the six major points of a person's financial life or financial planning. And so again, someone that's held to a pretty high ethical standard we're supposed to follow the fiduciary rule and always put the client's interests first, a lot of people don't realize that they just think everybody's does that. It's not really the case.

Speaker 1: Which is kind of silly, right? It's one of those things where you think, why do we need a law to tell us not to whatever, and it's it's common sense then why do we need something to tell us we should be ethical, but yet we do, so.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, we do. And we still have problems. But the certified financial planner, really, most of the people in the profession are planners of some sorts. And are helping people through the various stages of their life and their personal financial plans.

Speaker 1: Well, and as you mentioned, it's quite rigorous as well. So typically a lot of folks, if you're working with somebody who is a CFP, they have definitely some might say gone the extra mile to get all those certifications and get all that extra education and training in there. So that's something that certainly, that some people really look for, so.

Tony Mauro: They really do. And the last thing on that and they're all great from, but having the designations for so long, I think what a lot of people don't realize is because these different governing bodies, what they impose upon us is the continuing ed requirements. That we're kind of subjected to now, obviously we enjoy what we do, and most of that is pretty good, but they also make you really stay current because stuff's changing so fast in, in both of those areas. If you're not doing that, then really you're giving your clients a disservice.

Speaker 1: No, absolutely. That's a great point. And unfortunately it is what it is, but a lot of times it's not like our government sometimes makes rules that make sense, and you've still got to learn them and you still got to work with them right? Within the parameter. So, and of course doing a lot of taxes and things of that nature, you are certainly well versed in some of the things, the goofy things that the government does from a rule standpoint, from time to time. All right. So, that's those two. So let's get into some other things, estate tax. I think most people can kind of figure this out, but they don't often understand what it really is, and how it might affect them.

Tony Mauro: They really don't. And we get a lot of tax clients asking well "When I die, I know I'm going to have to pay estate tax." And they're a little confused on it. This is a very technical area, but what it is, is it's a tax really designed for the government to kind of get their hands on the wealth of the truly wealthy these days. The estate tax threshold is very high right now. It's like 11 million and some change per person. So effectively when you're married, you basically have a $22 million exemption, meaning that if you're not worth more than that, you don't pay any estate tax. And you get out [crosstalk 00:07:01]

Speaker 1: Well, I'm safe, then.

Tony Mauro: It's weird because it used to be, in my lifetime it used to be weighed down around a million then two million, and then 5 million now it has gone up, but you look at some of the very wealthy in this country and you point out some big names and whatnot Warren Buffet, Bill Gates the list goes on and on. Those guys certainly have to plan, but even people, though even on the coasts that are making some money and even here in the Heartland some farmers with the way land has gone up over the years, there could be some big farms that potentially could have some estate tax due when they die, and it's very progressive. It gets up all at the 55% very quickly.

Tony Mauro: And so people with potential state tax issues need to definitely plan not only with the accountant, but with the state tax attorneys to make sure that you're not losing half your wealth to estate taxes for your heirs, if you have those kinds of issues. But for most of us, it doesn't really come into play the most average Joe's and even, I mean 22 million net worth is quite large.

Speaker 1: Oh yeah. Definitely.

Tony Mauro: ...by Midwestern standards. But it's something that it buzzes around and you never know that they could drop these things back down to some other levels to try to capture more.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And there's conversation [crosstalk 00:08:25] about that as well.

Tony Mauro: Exactly, the government's in trouble. In this virus days, you know that they're spending money. I think I just saw a stat last month. What was it? A national summit about the national debt is bigger than the economy now or something.

Speaker 1: Yeah, [crosstalk 00:08:40] it's pretty hefty. So yeah, there's lots of conversation, lots of things out there we see and hear on a regular about different ways they may be coming after different kinds of taxes and things of that nature. Of course, we've got the election coming up and just a couple of days over a month now from the time that we were doing this here. So, there's been conversation there, one side is may raise taxes. The other side may keep it the same. Who knows? Right. So won't know till it happens, but lots of stuff on the horizon. But anyway, for now, let's continue on with our financial dictionary. Support and resistance. This is something it's definitely a buzzword that I think we try to hear in a lot of avenues of customer service, but in this arena, what is support and resistance?

Tony Mauro: Well in this arena and people probably see it more today than they used to because there's so much on the news, especially if you turn on MSNBC or CNN, especially when the market is going, you see all these charts flying up in these colors and things like that. But this is a technical term, again, basically in an area of finance called technical analysis, that the technicians always... Their premonition was, that we can predict how the market's going, by the way that things behave. In other words, the way that the market's kind of go up and down and they plot lines and they do all this. So, in their world, the support line is kind of like a bottom line that a stock or bond might be trading that it doesn't break through. It kind of bounces around between its support at the bottom and it's resistance at the top.

Tony Mauro: And as they break through one of these, usually when it breaks through on the downside, on the support line, the technical people think, "Well, then that's a sign that this stock is probably going to drop further", and same way on the upside. Once it breaks through it keeps going up and they always point to these historical patterns. I never have been a huge believer in it, but in all my years, I've never spent enough time really trying to understand the way lines going to me that again, is trying to predict things that I have no control over. And I'm more of a planner that I know where we need to be over the longterm, and that's generally inequities.

Tony Mauro: And these little micro things I think more are for trying to maybe make money in the short term, which I don't advocate, but there are a lot of people out there trying it and there might be some even doing it, but I'm not a big believer in that, but that's kind of a buzzword. So, if you see it on one of the new shows, you can kind of follow along with the lines and at least have an idea of what it is.

Speaker 1: Right. Gotcha. And That's kind of why we're doing this because we do hear a lot of these terms and different words and things. Sometimes we maybe have a grasp on them, sometimes we don't. And then misinformation, obviously, it was rampant also in 2020. So we can certainly easily go down the wrong path if we're not checking it out. So, let's take a look at a couple of things or one more here, at least for sure. Maybe we can squeeze in another one, but JTWROS? What in the world is that?

Tony Mauro: So, this is a fancy acronym for joint tenants with rights of survivorship. All right. So generally that's a titling issue in property or in certain cases, investment accounts and whatnot. And what that means is that if you titled something like that, you are a joint tenant. And if you and I have something that we own together with this designation, that means if I die, it automatically comes to you with rights of survivorship. If you survive me and it doesn't have to pass through my will. So it's a good thing to have if you understand what it means. And that's your intention.

Tony Mauro: That way I don't have to include that in my will. And I know that the person that I've designated that's on this account with me, it goes right to them. But if you kind of just willy nilly, go into something like that and you get something titled like that, and that wasn't your intent. Then you need, again, talk to your accountant or your attorney and make sure that stuff is titled properly because when you start talking legal stuff, title, and all that, you're usually talking about stuff that matters, which is either larger investment accounts, retirement accounts, property, things like that. You want to make sure that what happens is what you intended to happen.

Speaker 1: Yeah, definitely. Yeah, because there's so many things out there that's for sure. And I'd definitely say if you hear a buzzword or if there's something you keep seeing kind of on repeat and you're not sure what it is, or you're being told about it specifically as it relates to your situation and not just maybe seeing it on the telly or something like that? I don't know why I went British all of a sudden and said telly, but either way, if you've seen something like that, always check with a qualified professional, reach out to Tony and his team, call them and say, "Hey, someone's talking to me about this. What is this buzzword, or whatever the case is." And that could be a lot of things. Sometimes people get confused and there's multiple kinds of annuities and they get all those kinds of jumbled together.

Speaker 1:

So there's so many buzzwords in any industry. It's always a good idea to have those conversations with someone who has a lot of experience in the coast, as we said earlier in the show, Tony is an EA, and a CFP with 23 plus years of experience. So just call him at (844) 707-7381. You can also stop by yourplanningpro's.com. There's a lot of good tools, tips, and resources there. You can subscribe and find the podcast as well. You can also just search out Plan With The Tax Man on whatever app you're using. But if you're at yourplanningpro's.com also send us an email. We'll be happy to try that, tackle those on the show from time to time. And we're going to do that right now. I'm going to switch gears, and see what Jake's got for you. He said, Tony, I'm getting a big tax refund this year, obviously with the delayed filings and everything. And actually I have for the last several years. So it is nice to get that refund, but am I better off just to keep more money throughout the year?

Tony Mauro: Yes. And from a tax perspective, we get this every year. And it's funny because most of our clients our tax clients that is generally receive refunds and they're happy with that because unfortunately they use it kind of as a forced savings. And that's the only way they can save. Now from the financial planning world, that's probably not the best way to save because the old adage is you're giving the government an interest free loan. And back in the day, when you could put it in a savings account and get five, seven, 8% on it it made a lot of sense not to let them do that, but in today's world with savings interest rates so low it kind of just depends on personal preference. I mean, some people just want that money.

Tony Mauro: They use it for vacations and to pay off their Christmas spending and whatnot. And that's okay, it's all your money. It's not magic here, and I think every year we have to remind some clients, this is still your money here. Do you want it a little bit in little chunks throughout the year? And they all say "No, because I can't save it. It just gets eaten up. I don't know where it went, and I'd rather have it now", others are more savvy saying, "No way. I'm not letting the government hold any more than I have to. I want to pay my fair share [crosstalk 00:15:42] I want my money."

Speaker 1: That's always how I heard it. I would have people say stuff like, "I'll tell you what, why don't you give me the money? I'll hold it for you, and then I'll give it back to you at the end of the year with no interest", that's what the government's doing, right?

Tony Mauro: That's what government's doing. Yeah. And when you put it like that to people if I did that with our many tax clients, well I could have a lot, and that's what they do. I can have a lot of money I could use for you, now with the caveat is I got to give it back. [crosstalk 00:16:10].

Speaker 1: ...to give it all back. Right. Yeah, sure.

Tony Mauro: If I go spend it. But the government is a unique position, because they go spend it as you know, and they spend more than they take in, but then they have the magic wand where they can of course print money [crosstalk 00:16:22].

Speaker 1: ...and send it back [crosstalk 00:16:23]

Speaker 1: Well, let me, let me ask you this, Tony. I was kind of always told, as an EA, tell me where you stand on this. I was always told to shoot for zero. Like the idea is you don't want to have to pay too much and you don't want to have to get back too much because if you do that means you're working your tax equation out correctly. And that's kind of like the ultimate goal is to shoot for as close to zero as possible.

Tony Mauro: Close to zero as possible. We go one more for the people that really want to do that because we say, look, if we can get you plus, or minus $500 around that zero mark, we have done really well. So, yeah, if you're okay with something happened and okay, I owe $400 here, no big deal, or a, we missed on the other side and you get back 400, you know that you're maximizing the money in your pocket, and making sure that you don't have a huge surprise at the end of the year, because the government wants its share and you got to pay it or you get behind the eight ball there. [crosstalk 00:17:25]

Speaker 1: That's how I was always told. So, yeah, same kind of thing. You say zero, but right. It's that like within a 500 bucks or so, because something that won't be too catastrophic either way, right?

Tony Mauro: No, exactly. And that's the way I feel. I don't like to let the government, I'll give you an example here, too, of the government, hold, in fact, it's going on right now with my brother, second year in a row. So, in 2018 he did not get his refund, and they owed him about 4,500 bucks. Okay. And they kept telling him that his W2 was wrong. This was the Feds. And we did not get this straightened out until November of 19. So he was supposed to get his refund back in April of 19. Didn't get it until November. Well, luckily he didn't necessarily need that money, but it kind of got to a point where like, "Wait a minute, this is my money. I didn't make a mistake here."

Speaker 1: And he didn't get any penalties and interest, had it been the other way.

Tony Mauro: Oh yeah. But the other way penalties, interest. So he had to finally get me involved and we had to contact the taxpayer advocate. The advocate agreed, said, "Let this guy have his money. You guys made a mistake", meaning the IRS, and they released his refund. So, if you were depending on that money and then you didn't get it like that, you're at the whim of a huge, huge organization that has a lot of bureaucracy, a lot of inefficiencies, why go through all that? And it happened just here in 19. So he filed this 2019 taxes here in March of 20. Still doesn't have his refund and we're fighting with the IRS again. We're going to have to go to the taxpayer advocate again.

Speaker 1: It sounds like he's stuck in sonar or some sort of rabbit hole there.

Tony Mauro: [inaudible 00:19:04] ...it's not an audit. It's just that they can't figure out why his withholding doesn't appear correct. And now what he's done though for 2020 is saying, all right, that's it, I'm not letting them hold my money anymore because I'm not going to have to fight with them and go through the aggravation just to get it. And so that's... And then same way with Iowa here, a couple of years ago, Iowa said, "Well, we're a little short, we're not going to issue refunds till April", basically when they had money coming in from estimates, and so I just have something, and I'm not knocking the government, don't get me wrong [crosstalk 00:19:35].

Speaker 1: ...it's a huge, huge entity, and there's definitely going to be some just mess in something that large.

Tony Mauro: So, I mean, what happens when you're, depending on your two, $3,000 refund to go on spring break vacation, something like what I just said happens. And then you can't go [crosstalk 00:19:51]

Speaker 1: ...fix your AC unit or.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. That's not good. I mean, you're eventually going to get your money, but then you just really get mad, and it's [crosstalk 00:19:59].

Speaker 1: Oh yeah, and again, to the point I had earlier, I think that's where people get really annoyed too. It's the same kind of thing with, and for any doctors out there listening, no offense, but it's the same thing kind of thing when it's like, if you happen to not call and tell them, sometimes you'll get hit with a charge for for missing your appointment. But yet we can go sit there for sometimes an hour or two hours past our appointment time. And yet we don't get any kind of recompense on that same thing with the government. It's frustrating when you're like, "Wait a minute, how can you hold onto my money for five months and not pay me anything extra? But if I owed you some money for five months, man, you'd certainly be after it."

Tony Mauro: Oh, they'd be after you. I'd get letters, probably some threatening letters [crosstalk 00:20:38]

Speaker 1: ...it's so funny about that. I sent something in one time and we were off like by, I don't know, $4 or something. And so you get the letter for $4. You send them the $4 and by the time they get it, they've already sent you another one saying that the $4 was late, and now you owe like a dollar 75. And so you said the dollar 75 and the same thing by the time you get it, it's down to like 40 cents. I'm like, "Oh, are you kidding me?"

Tony Mauro: Yeah, no, it is. And we always recommend getting everything paid. Don't don't send checks anymore. Let's let's pay it EFT. So it's, boom, it's right there [crosstalk 00:21:08] because even in today's world, right now, what's happening with COVID is people's money. Their tax clients call and say, "Well, I sent a check, it's not cashed. Hasn't been for three months." So, they forget that IRS has been [crosstalk 00:21:20]

Speaker 1: Now, that has not been the problem for me. So I do my [crosstalk 00:21:23] quarterly estimates, no, they actually were on it. They used to be actually slower. I sent my quarterly estimates in this year, as you mentioned, some of those earlier, and I wrote them on Monday. They were cashed by Thursday. Oh, that's good. I was surprised actually, because within three days, I was like, "Okay, well I guess that's going good." Or they're like, "We need the money to give it here."

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Speaker 1: All right. Well, there you go, folks. So, that's our financial dictionary conversation this week. You're on the podcast. Thank you so much as always for tuning into the show. We certainly appreciate it. And if you haven't done so yet, please consider giving us a subscribe on whatever platform you choose. Apple, Google, Spotify, maybe this was sent out to you in an email blast or something from Tony or whatever the case might be if you haven't done. So we'd certainly appreciate it. Just type in Plan With The Tax Man in whatever app you like using, or go to yourplanningpros.com. Again, that's yourplanningpros.com. You can find a wealth of information there as well. And of course, if you have any questions, always reach out first (844) 707-7381. And I will talk to you in a couple of weeks or probably just shortly before Halloween. So, you have yourself a good October and I will catch you soon.

Tony Mauro: All right. Sounds good. Take care.

Speaker 1: We'll see you next time folks right here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

View Details

We get a lot of questions about how the house (or houses) fit into retirement plans. From downsizing to rental properties to interest rates, let’s explore some of the top retirement questions as it relates to all things housing.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Marc: Hey, everybody. Welcome into this edition of Plan With the Tax Man. Thanks so much for hanging out with Tony and myself as we talk investing, finance, and retirement. And this week, well it's on the house. We're going to actually talk about the house and how it fits into retirement plans. But first Tony, what's up my friend, how are you?

Tony: I am fantastic. Although it's getting cold here. It's in the fifties and raining.

Marc: Man, I'd say it's a crazy week. My in laws live in the Wyoming area. And of course, I don't know if you saw this or not, but obviously Colorado got in the corner there and they got eight inches of snow. They can see the fires and they got eight inches of snow. Crazy.

Tony: Yeah, yeah. It's definitely a weird weather pattern, we got going right now.

Marc: That 2020 Bingo card as you and I were talking before we started. No one could have guessed some of the things, we had dueling hurricanes this year, they call it a hurricane square dance. They might touch each other and spin around. And we had the weird thing that happened there in Iowa that no one has ever heard of before. So, just crazy. And then of course, obviously, all the other stuff that we don't need to get into, because everyone knows about it, but it's just been a wild, wild year.

Tony: Definitely.

Marc: So, we're going to simplify it and just talk about our house. How about that?

Tony: That sounds good.

Marc: We get tons of questions all the time.

Tony: I love talking about houses.

Marc: Well, we get tons of questions about them, right? So let's just talk about it a little bit, whether you're thinking about downsizing, or you're thinking about how does it fit into your legacy plans, or do you want to have rental properties, or whatever the case might be. Let's just explore some top questions that relate to the home. So Tony, where do you fall on the debate of pay it off, pay off the house as soon as possible going into or in retirement or leading up to it or whatever, or with all the interest rates that we've seen, really low this year, a lot of people re-fi'd, maybe keeping the mortgage and paying it off slowly. Where do you stand on that debate?

Tony: Yeah, I'm a big believer, and there is a debate, and I love to argue with clients about this and actually show them the math. But the old adage is, well, you have a house, you can't obviously pay it off, many can't, all at once, in cash. So you take out a mortgage and you, of course, you can write off the interest, for your taxes. And with today's low rates, that's even more attractive because obviously, it makes for the fact that people can maybe afford more or keep their payments low. But I'm a big believer, I'm a Dave Ramsey disciple on this, I always suggest trying to get out of all debt and staying out of all debt at all costs. And so if you're asking me, I have my own house paid off, it was such a great deal when that happened and I never want to have a mortgage again.

Tony: But that being said, you can't just do it all, in over the course of two to five years for most. So I definitely would work toward that goal. Maybe pay a little extra toward the mortgage to maybe get it paid off a little sooner than you had originally planned and take advantage of low rates while you can. But I always tell people, here's what I tell them, I said, I ask them, "How much is your house payment?" Somebody might blurt out, "A thousand dollars a month." And I say, "Okay, so that's $12,000 a year that's costing you, out of your pocket, for a tax deduction, if you can even take it. And let's say just round numbers, they're in the 20% tax bracket, for a $4,000 deduction. So which would you rather have at the end of the year, 12,000 or 4,000?" Of course they always say 12. I say, "Then you need to pay off your house and then you got an instant raise," but that's not possible, again, just being able to go out and do it over- [crosstalk 00:03:36].

Marc: Right. Well, and as we get closer to retirement, people do, definitely early on, but let's say you're anywhere from two to eight years out, sometimes people are in that position where they do wrestle with that classic debate. "Well, I got it sitting there. Do I go ahead and do it? And then what is it saying? I'm house rich and cash poor, or do I want to hang onto it as an additional emergency fund?" And certainly 2020 has probably made a lot of people go, "I want to hang on to it. Just in case something wonky comes out of the blue." So I don't guess there's a right or wrong answer a lot of times Tony, I know there's the math answer, but then as you pointed out, there's also what I call the tummy rule. If it just makes you feel better and helps you sleep at night and settles your stomach down to have it gone, then maybe that's the avenue you take, regardless of the math.

Tony: Yes. And it is. And, but boy, the tummy rule definitely feels good once you're going to be able to do it. My philosophy is, get all the other stuff paid off first. The house would be the last thing, because obviously the rates are low. You can still deduct it potentially. And then just work towards it. And then hopefully by, or a little bit before retirement, you maybe can have that paid off if everything else is going well.

Marc: Yeah. Okay. Well again, folks, so wherever you stand on that debate, and if you have that question on your own mind, "Hey, is it better to have it gone before we get into retirement, or as soon as we can in retirement, or to keep it?" Every situation is a little different. Always just talk with your advisor and see. But I guess if you have to have it, like you said, in order to not feel too beat up, and you shouldn't, that's for sure, it's what we call good debt. So it's much better than having some crazy credit card debt.

Tony: Yes. Absolutely.

Marc: All right. So let's go to the downsize question, Tony. Now this one also can be emotional because some people really want to stay in the home, but maybe they've been there 20, 30, 40 years, 50 years, they've raised the kids. They want to have all that, but there are lots of reasons, both math and economic, but also maybe health and other things to consider downsizing.

Tony: It is. Downsizing is tremendously emotional. And this is almost impossible to just say, other than my own personal opinion, but it's changed a lot since I'm getting a little older, back when I was young, I wanted a bigger house, in retirement, I wanted to be able to have all this room. Now that it's really starting to get a little closer, some things creep in and why do you need all that room, and whatnot? But the rationale sometimes there is well, maybe we should downsize. Maybe we have more home that we need-

Marc: Maintenance, maybe, right? [crosstalk 00:06:07]. Maybe there's a maintenance thing.

Tony: Yeah, maintenance is becoming an issue and just don't want to mess with it, with the time we have left, maybe we downsize a little bit and still get something comfortable. And some of it, sometimes, it has to do with money. Generally, the clients we work with, generally not, they just are looking for something a little smaller, less maintenance, less worry. And again, as we age, many of the clients are looking for everything on the same level.

Marc: Right.

Tony: Because they can't go up and down stairs.

Marc: Yeah. The knees can't take it anymore. Well, and I imagine that opens up some interesting, because we just talked about paying off the house, but if you're looking to downsize in retirement, there's some people listening saying, "Well, now I'm going to have a mortgage again." Now it depends on the situation you come out of if you sell the prior home, but it is a possibility, right?

Tony: It is a possibility. They may have a mortgage if you didn't have the other one paid off or still owed quite a bit on it because if you sell it and make a little bit of money, you're going to end up probably dumping that money into the new one and maybe taking out a mortgage. But if you own it or are close to the one you're selling, that really isn't an issue, but I'll share a story. I just had it with a client.

Marc: Sure.

Tony: He's relatively young. And his kids, who are relatively young. So he's in his fifties, his kids are in their late twenties, early thirties. And he decided he didn't want a home anymore. And he owned it. And he bought a condo. And a very nice condo, I would say luxury for sure. But you know what he didn't think about is, he didn't think about and he's already kicking himself, that what happens when my kids started having kids and my grandkids want to come over? I really don't have anywhere to even go play.

Marc: Right.

Tony: And so there's a lot of issues to think about there.

Marc: Absolutely.

Tony: I think about that. And so you just got to talk it out, see what's best for you and try to make the best decision there, but, no right or wrong answer there for sure.

Marc: Well, and I think a lot of times, if health is dictating it or whatever, again, have these conversations also not only with your partner, your spouse, but also with your advisor, because they might be able to shed some light on some tax situations or whatever the case might be when it comes to maybe switching from the home you used to have to the smaller one or whatever the case might be. So these are all good questions to think about when it comes to this component, which is also a pretty big component to your overall retirement plans. All right, so now some folks really like the idea of rental property. We've obviously had this fad for a while now, people wanting to get into flipping houses and all that stuff, but a lot of people think it's a good idea to have rental property as a source of creating income in retirement. How do you feel about that and what are some things to think about?

Tony: Well, I'm definitely biased here because we have owned rentals for probably 27 years. And we started out back in the day when I didn't have many clients and we basically had nothing to do. And so we learned it from our dad and we helped him with his rentals and then started acquiring our own. These days, now, we have multifamily housing. So we used to have single family dwellings. But our dream was always to own them until retirement and creating income in retirement. I think it's a good idea if you know what's involved, because people come to me during tax season and say, "Well, you guys have got a lot of rentals. Tell us about them. It sure looks easy."

Marc: Until you've had a rental.

Tony: It's not. Until you have them. It's definitely not out... Like you're owning a retail, brick and mortar business, but if you have say, a single family dwelling or a few of them, I think the biggest thing you got to understand is, there is some work involved. There is some time involved in how physically able, or how much time do you want to spend at it in retirement?

Marc: Right. Well, I think some- [crosstalk 00:09:54].

Tony: Generally... Oh, go ahead.

Marc: I think some people, Tony, I'm sorry, I think some people go into it thinking, A, it's good for income B, maybe they're handy and they think this is a good way to stay active because we can work on the house. But you do have to think about, as you continue to age, do you want to be on a roof? Or do you want those 2:00 AM toilet calls? Or whatever that case might be, right?

Tony: Or worse, when you get the call or you have to basically kick somebody out or they're moving out and they've destroyed the place. And the biggest thing that I tell people that want to know about it is, I tell them, you have to understand and come up with an amount of net profit you need every single month. And then eventually, things happen. And you have to put a little money aside because every once in awhile, something's going to go out and you don't want to have to constantly dip in your own pocket to repair a furnace or worse.

Marc: Sure.

Tony: And what we used to do is we used to go in, and back in our rookie days, I call it. You buy a house, you think, "Well, we're going to net $200 a month on this." We were ecstatic.

Marc: That's great, yeah.

Tony: Yeah. 12 months go by and that's only $2,400 and that's after everything, but you have one major repair or you have one person that destroys your property. You just destroyed your net income for maybe two to three years. And then, now you're behind the eight ball. And so you got to think about those kind of things and you got to make sure you buy it right, you rent it right. And so there's a little bit of work to it, but it can create a nice income of semi passive, I guess I should say.

Marc: Well, and maybe you want to go the route of a property manager, just again, factor that into the budget, right? Because that's going to come out of what you're expecting to get for that rental income to pay someone else to manage all that for you.

Tony: True. And most of the time though, we found, as clients and perspective clients want to talk to us about this. If you're only going to have one or two rentals, especially single families, property managers, although they're good, they're going to eat so much of your profit up, then you're back down to, there's not enough there, but as you acquire more, they're definitely worthwhile. We manage our own now, we're our own property management company, but back in the day, we were like that, we were the handyman, we were everything.

Marc: Oh yeah, no.

Tony: It was great.

Marc: And again, and it could be something you enjoy doing. There's a lot of people that like that kind of stuff, but just be prepared to deal with some of the negatives and unfortunately, it just is what it is. Typically, not all renters, but I would say more than half probably, if you were going to weigh this out, they're just not going to treat it as though it's their own place, right? That's the whole... So you do run into snags where you're going to have some bad tenants from time to time and it's going to cost you. So just make sure you're prepared for all that.

Tony: Yes.

Marc: All right, so then final one here to wrap this up, then. What complications have you seen, Tony, in your many years? 23 plus years of doing stuff in handling real estate when it comes to the estate or legacy side? Now, whether it's just the family home, whether it's a family that had multiple properties, it doesn't really matter. Just some bullet points to consider when dealing with real estate and legacy.

Tony: Yes. And even with mainly your principal residence, what we see a lot of is everybody comes in, especially as they start aging and they immediately hear or see things and they come in and say something like, "Well, I want to get the property out of my name. I just want to title it in my kid's name." And we of course say, "Why?" And they have no answers. They just hear it. And most of the time they're concerned with potentially having, and this is just one bullet point and there's many, that they're concerned with, "Well, if I have to in a nursing home, I want them to have something," and they don't understand all the rules behind that. And there are a lot of rules behind being able to do that. But, so that's one thing.

Tony: Generally, people want to do that. Other people want to make sure that if they pass, everything passes directly to their spouse via ownership, contract rules versus the rules of the will.

Marc: Right.

Tony: And so there's some issues there. And then of course, when you get into legacies, if you have more than one home, maybe a vacation home or something, and you want to leave it to somebody outside of your spouse, I would definitely talk to your advisor. And of course, if I'm your advisor, I'm going to ask you, let's talk to your attorney as well, because you want to make sure that you do this stuff right, because you're talking big numbers here and a mistake trying to maybe do it yourself, or listening to somebody on Google that you don't know what kind of background they have, could be disastrous.

Marc: Well, let me pose a question for you, because I think a lot of times people assume that their kids are going to be good, for lack of a better term, about things when mom and dad are gone and let's just be honest, unfortunately, sometimes money and things make people get a little goofy. So planning things out ahead of time and sharing all those thoughts certainly, certainly advisable. But what do you do maybe in scenarios, and maybe you've come across this, Tony, where I haven't, but you have multiple kids and maybe one's out of state and you're talking just maybe the single family home here or whatever. And one person wants it, one person doesn't want it. Now that seems like that could be easy but I would imagine that also dividing things up or making sure that both children feel that they got equal amounts of the complete estate, maybe if one got the home or one didn't. There just seems like there could be a lot of moving parts that it's better off to iron those things out earlier on, I would assume.

Tony: Definitely so. And we see it in these parts, even though we're in the capital city, but we have a lot of clients that own farmland and what happens when somebody passes is one of the kids is sometimes, "Well, I'm out here, I'm farming right now. So I want all this. I want to keep doing what mom and dad have done for all these years." The other kids are in the cities or in different states saying-

Marc: Could care less, right?

Tony: Yeah. "Well, we just want our cut, because we're not there." And the person back here saying, "Well, I don't have the cut to give you because I still want to do it."

Marc: Right.

Tony: So that's an issue, but yes, there's a lot of second and third marriages, we have problems with, too.

Marc: True, yeah.

Tony: Kids from the original marriage don't want dad to give the house that they grew up in to the second wife and just all kinds of issues.

Marc: Yeah.

Tony: So definitely, you got to do some talking through. It starts though with, I think, an honest sit down with your attorney and possibly your other advisors to iron out what you really want, just to make sure that everything's all very cut and dry.

Marc: And depending on the situation, Tony, I imagine then that's when you get this team together, you sit down with your financial advisor, like yourself, you bring in an estate attorney or an elder law attorney, something like that. And you go through and figure out what your wishes are and do you need a trust to make that happen? Or do you need a will? And make sure your BDs are correct. Whatever the case is and just go through all those steps. And then as an EA and a CFP, you're also able to say, "Okay, from a tax standpoint and things like that, let's look at this or that or the other, as well."

Tony: Correct. Yeah. Because there are some tax ramifications in there that as you pass this property around, there are some cost basis and gain considerations. And so you just got to think it through, and then you got to be able to go back to the team as needs change because, just because you set up something today, doesn't mean 10 years from now you can't change it.

Marc: Sure.

Tony: In fact, I'm going out with our own attorney at the end of this month. And we're making a slight change to our buy/sell agreement. It's always could be changed, but you just got to get started and make sure you're doing it properly.

Marc: Right. Absolutely. And that's the key, getting started. So we're going to wrap it up this week, here. So that was our conversation about the house. If you are already a client of Tony's and you've already addressed these things, you're thinking, "Well, that doesn't apply to me." Well, maybe you know somebody who does, maybe you've got a friend or a family member that could use the message as well, share the podcast with them and you could do so at yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com. If you haven't subscribed to us yet, go ahead and do so or let whomever you share that with know the same thing. There's lots of easy ways to do it on whatever platform you like, Apple, Google, Spotify, although Google is changing. I think it's going to be Google Podcasts now.

Tony: I heard, yeah.

Marc: I think they're switching as well. So I think we'll be coming to Amazon Audible soon as well. So just lots of ways for you to get playing with the tax man and get some content from us. And we certainly hope that you enjoy it and appreciate it. But if you do have questions, you do need some help or know someone does and is in a situation where they need to make a move, before you take any action, you should always check with a qualified professional, like Tony and his team. So reach out to them at (844) 707-7381. That's (844) 707-7381, he's right here in the central Iowa area at Tax Doctor, inc. So give him a call and check him out.

Marc: And Tony, my friend, thank you so much for your time. I hope you have a wonderful couple of weeks and I'll talk to you soon.

Tony: All right. Thank you, Mark.

Marc: We'll catch you next time here, folks, on Plan With the Tax Man. Don't forget, subscribe to us at yourplanningpros.com.

View Details

The retirement world is full of retirement rules. Are these rules legit or full of bull?

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Marc Killian: What's going on, everybody. Welcome in to another edition of the podcast Plan with the Tax Man. I'm your cohost Marc Killian alongside Tony Mauro. What is going on? Tony, how are you buddy?

Tony Mauro: I am fantastic. Getting ready to head into fall here. So, everything is good.

Marc Killian: Yes. Labor day weekend is upon us. So this is coming out a few days before labor day. So happy. Let me, what was the old Chris Berman thing on ESPN? Let me be the first to wish you a happy labor day. So I'll recycle that for Chris. Got any plans for labor day bud?

Tony Mauro: For us it's pretty low key. If the weather's good, play some golf and just relax.

Marc Killian: Okay, nothing wrong with that.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Marc Killian: It's a day off from labor.

Tony Mauro: It's a day off from labor. Yeah. And so I always tell my wife that too, I don't want to do anything around the house.

Marc Killian: Right. Hey, let's do this, this and wait a minute, wait, Hey, it's a day off from labor. So yeah, we finally got our deck done. My wife and I about a week or so ago, so we plan on, if the weather cooperates, which it should, being in the pool a little bit, hanging out on the deck, maybe having some burgers or something on the grill, keeping it pretty simple. So we hope all of our listeners enjoy their labor day as well.

Marc Killian: Don't forget to subscribe to the show on yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com, that's Tony's website. Just click on the podcast. You can listen to past episodes. You can get notified about future ones simply by subscribing. And you'll just get notifications when they come out. And we're going to have a fun episode this week. We're going to talk about some rules of thumb, Tony. So I want to know if these things are legit or full of it. Full of bull, if you will, I'll just leave out the other parts. All right. So let's dive into this, the 10% rule, maybe folks have heard this going through your life, right? He's like, "Oh, just save 10%." That's the 10% rule, right. Am I correct on that?

Tony Mauro: That is, yes. Save 10% of your income and you'll be set for it [crosstalk 00:01:50].

Marc Killian: And all will be fine. Yeah. How do you feel about that? What's your thoughts on that?

Tony Mauro: Well, my thoughts on all of these because we're going to go over a lot of numbers here and me being a numbers guy, I have to preface it with the traditional accountant disclosure. But I do think there's both sides to a lot of these, but I'll give you my two cents worth on where I feel. But there could be some arguments as, if I think something's bull or it's legit where someone else is going to maybe disagree and they may have valid points there. But the 10% rule, so I'll try to explain both, I think for the most part, it is legitimate, but I think it depends a lot on when you start that.

Marc Killian: When you start, yeah.

Tony Mauro: If you're 20 years old and you can do 10% of your income and you can do that for 50 years and you're set, you will be fine, unless you really mismanaged the heck out of it. Now take the same person starts out when they're 50 or 55, you're not going to be anywhere close depending on what your goals are. So one for you and your advisor to probably discuss. And because that number depending on when you start may need to be more than 10%, but that's a general good rule.

Marc Killian: Okay. All right. Because then again a lot of that depends on when you actually started it. How about the 4% rule? Now we hear about this all the time. We've talked about it numerous times. I think this is a late eighties, early nineties rule if I'm not mistaken, what is it? And is it legit or full of it?

Tony Mauro: So the 4% rule really originated with advisors saying, "Well you can basically safely withdraw 4% of your investment portfolio when you're retired and you should never run out of money." And I'm going to say right now, I'm leaning more towards the bull on that one only because that back in the day the 4% rule did work and it still can work today. I think even the 5% rule can work. But again, it depends on really what you're invested in and how much your nest egg starts out with. The problem with the 4% rule is on the safe side of the line, which I always call that's FDIC insured, your CDs, your savings accounts, things like that, all retirees and everybody knows those don't pay anything now. And so that would never work if you want to stay on that side of the line.

Tony Mauro: If you want to cross over and get into some more traditional types of income paying investments, you certainly could do the 4% rule and make it work. It's just that in some years, when the market isn't earning 4% or even going backwards, your principal will go down a little bit and you've got to be prepared for that to make that work. So, but 4% I think is a conservative figure. It's still used today. I use it a lot and we try to go for five depending on what the client can tolerate for risk, but-

Marc Killian: And it is a kind of a rule of thumb as well.

Tony Mauro: It's a rule of thumb yeah.

Marc Killian: So these first couple of ones we've done are definitely rules of thumb. And I think this next one, I'm not too familiar with this, but what do you think about the 25x Rule? What is that?

Tony Mauro: 25x Rule is basically you take your annual income, you multiply it by 25 and that's the nest egg you're shooting for in retirement. And I like that as again, just as a general ballpark, because for example, you make a hundred thousand dollars times 25, that's 2.5 million. If you take that 2.5 million, assuming that you can get that and you use the 4% rule, it's about a hundred thousand a year before taxes. You're right where you were when you were making a salary. So that's not a bad thing. I think the drawbacks to that is, well, what if I want more than that obviously then that that number becomes larger. And then for some but not many, they certainly could survive on less. But I think again, if you're starting out young, if you just got that big picture view, that's not a bad thing to at least start out as a goal. Obviously it's going to need to be adjusted, but I like that.

Marc Killian: All right. So that was a 25x Rule. So 25, multiply your annual income by 25 to see how much you might need. Okay, the 80% rule, we've talked about this before in the past, on the show. This is basically that rule of thumb that you'll need about 80% of what you were making when you were working in retirement. And some of these rules, clearly, if you [inaudible 00:06:20] and say, "Well, some of these sound contradictory." And again, that's why they're rules of thumb, right?

Tony Mauro: Right.

Marc Killian: What do you think on the 80%?

Tony Mauro: Well, the 80% rule I tell you I don't say it's bull, but I'm going to lean that way. I take it back, I am going to say it's bull. I think that all my retirees say that they're spending as much or more-

Marc Killian: Or more, yeah, exactly.

Tony Mauro: Than they did pre-retirement. Now it may not all be on fun and glamor. Some of it is, they have some health problems, their insurance is higher. They're traveling more, that's a little bit of fun and glam, but their needs don't seem to go down. And of course, prices last time I looked, never go down. Everything goes up. So you could get that done, but that is going to be hard to do. And I wouldn't shoot for that, my client's portfolios or in their overall picture, I'm shooting for a hundred percent.

Marc Killian: Yeah, no I'm with you on that. And the Gogo years, as they say, we spend more in retirement early on those for those first few years, pre COVID anyway, and hopefully post COVID. But at some point we want to get out and do things and have a good time. And then the medical side may be starts to catch up. So yeah, I'm with you. I don't think the 80%'s a good way to go on that. Now those are generally rules of thumb. Now I've heard other advisors say these next couple I've got for you Tony, are more mathematical and they're not really rules of thumb and that these actually have a bit more legitimacy to them, but I'm going to see what you think. The rule of 72, what is it and what's your thoughts?

Tony Mauro: So the rule of 72 is basically a, I don't know how this came about, but it's been around for a long time and it is legitimate. It's basically saying that your money doubles every, depending on how much you earn. So it's the rule of 72. So let's say you're earning 8% on your money. You basically take your earnings or the rate of return divide it by 72 and that's how long it takes your money to double. So in this case, I made an easy example, your money should double every nine years.

Marc Killian: Okay.

Tony Mauro: And the key word is should.

Marc Killian: Should, right.

Tony Mauro: Because the only way that that's going to work is if that 8% is consistent or unlike the stock market some years you're not going to get that, some years you're going to get more than that. So that's kind of an average. In the old days, basically say, "Well, if the market's longterm rate of return is 10%, my money's going to double every 7.2 years." But again, that's over long periods of time. If you take 2000 through 2010, for example, that your money didn't double in those seven years, it was a weird time, right? So that's got to be over longer periods of time. But I do like that rule and I still use it in my head very quickly with clients, even if we're doing the 4%, 5% withdrawal rate, how long is our money going to take to possibly double using more conservative figures? So it's a good one.

Marc Killian: Okay. All right. And that's the rule of 72. Now this one is the rule of 2.67, and I'm guessing this is inflation based. You tell me.

Tony Mauro: It is inflation based, yeah. It really is basically taking your income and basically adjusting it or multiplying it by 2.67 to get your adjusted dollars it's going to take for the same amount of living 20, 25 years in the future. And our inflation rates, hovering between 2 and 3%, I think that that's legitimate. Most advisors are going to tell you it and like us, they're going to use inflation adjusted dollars because things do go up and a 100,000 today is not going to be quite worth a $100,000 30 years from now. You're still going to have that 100,000, it's just not going to buy as much. So you've got to take that into account.

Marc Killian: Okay. Yeah. And so a lot of these, and for folks listening, we're talking about rules of thumb or financial rules and are they legitimate? Are they just full of it? Do they have some merit? And in some of these, again, if you use them as a quick get started math in your head, they're not too bad, but some of these are definitely not something you want to hang your hat on. And this last one gets a lot of attention. And again, I feel like this one to me, has turned into more of a rule of thumb than an actual good guideline. I mean, it's great for quick math, but it's the rule of a hundred. Tell us what it is and what's your thoughts on it.

Tony Mauro: So the rule of a hundred generally is you take a hundred minus your age, and that's your percentage that you should have invested in the stock market.

Marc Killian: So if you're 60, right, you have 40% at risk?

Tony Mauro: At risk in the market. And again, big picture general rule of thumb. That's not a bad way to go. Just kind of-

Marc Killian: Just quick dirty math, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Quick math. However, and we have many 60 year olds and we advocate having more than 40% of your nest egg in the market, it may be conservatively invested in the market. It may not be in global type of investments or tech stocks. But I think for most people you got to have a little more exposure to the market rates of returns because the alternatives aren't very good as far as rates of return. So again, I think this with all of these, as you said, Mark, you really need to talk to your advisor about, because this is a good starting point. This is just some fun little trivia here we're going through, but you really need to hone it in that fits your situation based on whatever goals you guys decide on, because and you can use these as little quick benchmarks.

Marc Killian: Exactly.

Tony Mauro: But by no means, this should be the cornerstone of your financial plan.

Marc Killian: Right. And like anything, right? Anything you hear in our show or any other type of financial show, you always want to check that information based upon your specific situation with your advisor. If you're working with one, great. If you're not reach out to Tony, let him know, he'll be happy to help you. But the idea is that a lot of folks do hear these. So for example, the rule of a hundred, right? We were just talking about that. If you're sitting there thinking about maybe target date funds in a way that's how they work, right? That's the idea, as you get closer to that date for retirement, it's supposed to be kicking you down in terms of less risk each year you get closer.

Tony Mauro: That's exactly it. And that's what target funds are set out to do. And I think with the rule of 100, again, if you're just sitting there by yourself and wondering, well, how much money based on my age should I theoretically have in the market? And that's a good starting point now. If you're 40 years old and you have a hundred percent of your money in let's say I always pick on CDs, but that's probably not going to get you to where you're going longterm, but maybe your appetite for risk is just so conservative that you just don't feel comfortable with anything, is that wrong? No, as long as you know where that's going to get you.

Marc Killian: Yeah. And to that point with the rule of a hundred, if you're 40, you may feel comfortable taking more risks than that general rule would say, it would say, okay, well, 60% is what you should have at risk in the market. And that's pretty high. It might be considered high to some folks, but you may need to do more than that to get to your goals. But again, you have to talk with your advisor on that to make sure that you're on the same page with what those goals are and how to best achieve those.

Marc Killian: All right. Well, that was kind of a fun one, something simple, short and sweet and have a little fun with some of these rules of thumb and just kind of general things. So if you've got questions about anything we talked about on today's show, you want to talk, you want to say, "Hey, this rule of 72, how can I apply that?" Or whatever the case might be, or you just need a little bit of help with your financial plan, reach out to Tony about taxes as well because they're Tax Doctor Inc. So give them a jingle at (844) 707-7381. That's the number you call (844) 707-7381 for Des Moines professional alternative at Tax Doctor Inc. serving you here in the central Iowa area. Don't forget to hit the subscribe button for Plan with the Tax Man podcast on whatever app you use, Apple, Google, Spotify, whatever the case might be. You can find it all at Tony's website, yourplanningpros.com as well as a lot of good tools, tips and resources at yourplanningpros.com.

Marc Killian: All right, my friend, I'm going to let you go so you can get ready to enjoy, this is a Thursday here we're dropping this podcast. So the labor day weekend is upon us. Have yourself a great time, be safe and sane and I'll see you soon.

Tony Mauro: All right, sounds good. Take care.

Marc Killian: Take care folks. And we'll talk to you a little bit later here on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

View Details

For some people, the idea of putting together a financial plan doesn’t sound like much fun. But the idea of building a home sounds like a lot of fun. So let’s find the similarities in building a strong financial plan and a dream home.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome into Plan With The Taxman. Thanks for tuning into this edition of the podcast with Tony Mauro and myself. Tony, what's going on, buddy? How are you?

Tony Mauro: We're surviving right now-

Speaker 1: Still standing?

Tony Mauro: We're still standing. We had a weird series of events last week and we had one of these things blow through here that I'd never heard of.

Speaker 1: I think most people had. Yeah, we were just talking about that before we started. The time where we're taping this podcast you're just a few days removed of the Derecho, I don't know what they call it.

Tony Mauro: Something like that, some kind of hurricane-

Speaker 1: Yeah, it's like a hurricane with no hurricane [crosstalk 00:00:32].

Tony Mauro: Yeah, there's no spinning, it's not like a tornado where we're familiar with here in the Midwest. And I happened to be out of town and I had a brother call me and said he had this weird thing going. And I said, "Well, did we have a tornado?" And he said, "No, it's just this weird thing nobody's ever heard of."

Speaker 1: We don't know how to explain it.

Tony Mauro: The people here, if anybody's listening in the Des Moines area or even in Iowa, I mean, they know the devastation it left. We were without power for a while and we've got a whole city up in kind of Northwest Iowa, Cedar Rapids that just... Much of the city's without power, a lot of damage up there just-

Speaker 1: Yeah, I saw that.

Tony Mauro: ... it's weird because it flattened crops and unrooted trees in one section of the street-

Speaker 1: Snapped trees I saw, yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it's crazy.

Speaker 1: Well more 2020 for us, right?

Tony Mauro: Exactly, yeah.

Speaker 1: It's like, "What else have you got?" I don't know if we should say that or not we'll jinx it. Well, we hope everybody was okay, and I know you said your business, you were without power for a few days, but obviously you're back up and rolling and all that good jazz. So I'm glad everybody's okay. And yeah, just strange, every now and again mother nature likes to remind us that she's a little tougher than we are. She's a little-

Tony Mauro: She's the boss.

Speaker 1: She's the boss, that's right. Well, we were going to actually talk... And we were planning today's topic to be around how to build a financial house, and that was actually on the docket before this even happened last week because we kind of send out some things for us to think about to talk about Tony, you and I.

Speaker 1: And so I think we'll still go ahead and do that, because a lot of folks right now, obviously we're not trying to make light of anything, but a lot of folks are maybe having to rebuild. And of course that's obviously terrible, but we were initially thinking about this from more of the standpoint of, for a lot of people they think, "Oh, it'd be neat to build our own home." Right? You kind of want to go through the designing process and picking out everything that you want to make it yours, right? And have you ever done that before by the way, have you ever built a home from scratch?

Tony Mauro: We have, the home we live in now we built it-

Speaker 1: If you do it once-

Tony Mauro: ... and it was a lot of fun and a lot of work.

Speaker 1: I was going to say, if you do it once I've heard you'll never want to do it again.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, yeah, it's interesting. I mean, for us in our younger days... I mean, we still have some rentals and we've built some rentals. We had a little background in it because my dad was in the business and so we had a little help, a little inside track. But yeah, for most people even building their own custom home, it's a lot of work, a lot of stress.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Well, and people sometimes equate that same thing to building a financial house or a plan, right? If you will, a financial strategy. And sometimes at least building a home sounds a little cooler, it sounds a little sexier maybe than building a financial plan. So we thought we'd have a little fun and just do a little correlation between the two. Now we're not going to kind of get all super into the weeds, we'll keep this kind of short and sweet. I've got it broken down to basically four tiers, if you will, the four major components of building a house as well as a financial house, and we'll roll with that. We won't get into all the permits and wiring and architecture and all that kind of stuff, we'll keep it pretty simple.

Speaker 1: So let's start it off with the foundation, need a good strong house, need a good strong foundation. Different parts of the country you're allowed to do different things depending on the soil and all that kind of stuff. But for the most part, people think of a foundation as the concrete slab, so to speak that you're going to build the house on. What would be the financial equivalent?

Tony Mauro: Well, before I jump into that with the events that happened last week, I want to add one.

Speaker 1: Okay, sure, yeah.

Tony Mauro: That basically, I would say before the foundation, I don't know, what you call it? The soil test, the groundbreaking, whatever, but that's the emergency plan because-

Speaker 1: [crosstalk 00:04:02], there you go.

Tony Mauro: As business owners, and I feel like we have a pretty good emergency backup plan, but we're questioning some things and, "Hey, we need this, we need that. Here's what happened here." And I think people need to do that in their financial aspect as well is getting and developing an emergency fund or funds in case things happen.

Tony Mauro: But moving on from that, I mean the foundation really is, I think, especially if you're talking about saving money for the future, and most of us equate that with some sort of retirement goal is to, you've got to have some sort of plan for income in this foundation. Meaning that at some point, if you are not going to work anymore you've got to... Obviously, you're still kicking, you got to pay your bills, you want to do some fun things, you've got to have a plan on how you're going to replace that income. And that can come from a lot of sources. It could come from of course, social security, your investments, your pension or 401k at work, and maybe even a rental income, passive types of income, things like that. But you've got to think about it because basically you have to start there, which is why I equate it to foundation and build from that, because if you don't have that everything else it doesn't really matter.

Speaker 1: Well, you got to have paycheck. Yeah, I mean you got to have a paycheck in retirement just the same as you did when you were working, you got to still pay for food and lights and all that kind of stuff, so definitely got to have a paycheck. So income plan would kind of be that foundation. Next you're going to put up some walls because you don't want to just be sitting out there on just a concrete slab, hopefully. So you're going to want some walls and what would be the financial equivalent of the wall?

Tony Mauro: I think the walls, in my opinion are basically the root of the whole plan, which is whatever you choose to invest your money in, so your investments. It's different for everybody, and I would preface all of this by saying you need to talk an advisor about some of this because obviously starting at the bottom, which is where I like to start is how much income do you want? And then you got to try to figure out, am I going to have enough? And what types of investments do I need to get my income plan in place? And that's where it's going to be different for everybody, a lot of things at stake there, we don't want to get too far way out in left field on that one. But that's really what it comes down to, you got to have the investments, it's going to get you to your goal.

Speaker 1: Definitely, no, you want to get to the goal for sure. Okay, so if the walls are kind of the investment plan and that's kind of how you're funding the income plan and so on and so forth, then we'll turn our attention to the roof. Now I've mentioned on the podcast before I'm finally getting around to getting my deck done and I'm putting a roof on it. The old deck we had one of those SunSetter things, you just crank out the awning type of deal, but I'm putting the actual roof on this one. Because it gets really hot, we get a lot of sun in our backyard and it just beats down on you. So you need some protection from the sun. I would imagine the roof has got to be that kind of insurance equivalent or maybe even the emergency fund you talked about, what do you think?

Tony Mauro: Well, I think the roof's the most important part as well because how many of us would build a house without a roof, right?

Speaker 1: Well, you never know.

Tony Mauro: Nobody would do it.

Speaker 1: Hopefully not.

Tony Mauro: And so many people in our investment world they don't take the time to talk about, in my case and what I believe the roof should be is, your insurance to protect you from disasters. And so many people we talk to, whether it's in the tax arena and the financial arena, we get to these questions and you just get a blank look, whether they...

Tony Mauro: And most people will do the insurance on their house and their car because that's what they know, yet many, many don't necessarily have enough or any life insurance. They don't have need longterm disability insurance, even though there's a much greater chance of that happening than your house burning down. Many, many, have never thought about longterm care insurance, so there's a lot of things there that I think you need to protect yourself because as you're trying to make this plan and build this egg, if you will, or house, if you will, I guess we're talking about-

Speaker 1: Talking about houses right now.

Tony Mauro: ... you got to protect it from disasters.

Speaker 1: Absolutely.

Tony Mauro: We don't know when they're going to come around and we got to be prepared for them.

Speaker 1: Well, okay, so if we're keeping this kind of simple, like I said, kind of a four step process, you've got one, you've got the foundation, your income plan. What streams of income of revenue do you have coming in to pay the kind of life you want to have in retirement? Number two is the walls. That's the investment plan. That's the strategy, outpacing, inflation, all the different kinds of things you may have inside your investment plan. Three's the roof, that's insurance protections. Four would be the finishing touches, we're going to kind of bundle this all together.

Speaker 1: Now for a lot of people tell me when they build the house, and I'm sure you went through this, they look forward to this part the most. They work with the architect, they design the layout, how many bedrooms, yada, yada. But really the finishing touches is where you put your stamp on it, right? Crown molding, not crown molding, this kind of tile versus that kind of tile, so on and so forth. What would be that same kind of thing, the finishing touch in a retirement plan?

Tony Mauro: Well, for most, it's really the end of the line type of thing or maybe you're estate plan. And for most of us when we get to that point, and if we're lucky enough to enjoy a good retirement and whatnot, you have to start thinking about the end and the fact that none of us are going to get out of here alive, as they say. And you want to make sure all of the loose ends are tied up, whether that be if you have over the amount, which is a large amount today, but there are still a lot of Americans that have over the amount that they may owe a state tax. But for most of us, under current law, we're going to be under that. But nevertheless, you still need to have an estate plan. You need to have a will. You need to have some medical directives and some advanced care directives. Even maybe some financial POAs, if you can't make decisions.

Tony Mauro: And most of us don't want to be a burden to either our kids or other family members if something happens to us. And for most of us, we want to make sure that when we pass on that you can go out, I guess, feeling at ease that your plan or your legacy has been cemented in place. And I think this is an area, these last two, people don't take advantage of thinking about or at least acting upon enough of. We have many clients, no wills, no advanced directives, and I've seen a lot of clients as they age, at least the ones that are in the tax arena ending up with one of the spouses getting dementia, and it never gets better, it just kind of progressively gets worse. So it's tough to see.

Speaker 1: Sure, yeah. No, definitely tough to think about and do, but it's one of those things where... And somebody might be listening saying, "Well, you know what? We don't plan on leaving anything to the kids, we want to use it all up." And that's okay, or some may say, "I don't have children or whatever." An estate plan is more than just what you're leaving here and there and you can't take it with you, there's not a Brinks truck following the hearse, so you're going to have to do something with it. So some form or fashion of an estate plan is a great final piece, if you will, to building a financial house.

Speaker 1: And that was today's topic here on the podcast. So obviously there's been a lot going on here in the area lately, so hopefully, again, everybody's safe and all those kinds of things, and we'll keep plugging along. But if you have any questions about today's topic, if you're just in general want to learn more about how to get your financial plan put together, maybe this analogy hit home for you, maybe it didn't, but either way you know you need to take some action and get some pieces together. Maybe you need to work on the income side, or maybe it's the investments, or maybe it's just the estate, or maybe it's the whole thing. Tony and the team can help, reach out to him at Tax Doctor Inc at 844-707-7381, that's 844-707-7381 in the central Iowa area, his offices there in Des Moines.

Speaker 1: Check him out online at yourplanningpros.com, that is yourplanningpros.com. While you're there, subscribe to the podcast and whatever platforming app you like to use. Plan With The Taxman, you can search it out in the app or just find it on the website, yourplanningpros.com. Tony has got more than 23 years of experience. So a great resource for you to tap into here in the area and Tony, my friend, well, did you have at least a good vacation before you came back and found out about the craziness?

Tony Mauro: I'll tell you what it was very relaxing. We went out to Vail, Colorado, we stayed up on the mountain.

Speaker 1: Oh, nice.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, there wasn't wasn't a ton of people up there, which is-

Speaker 1: I'm sure.

Tony Mauro: ... bad for biz, but good for the vacationer. But yeah, very enjoyable.

Speaker 1: Well good, I'm glad to hear that. And then he came back and went, "What in the world?"

Tony Mauro: Yeah, what did I leave?

Speaker 1: So, mother nature. All right, folks, we'll take care, stay safe and sane. And we'll see you next time here on Plan With The Taxman with Tony Mauro.

View Details

Today it can be rather uncommon to find people working at the same company for several decades. However in the past, this was more of a common trend and many people would retire with the same company they first started with. Tony has worked with clients that fell into each of these categories and will share some of his stories.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Host: Welcome in to another edition of Plan with the Tax Man. Thanks for tuning into our podcast, Tony, what's going on, bud? How are you?

Tony: I am good. How about you?

Host: I'm hanging in there, still surviving the heat. It started to cool off just a hair.

Tony: Yeah, [crosstalk 00:00:00:14].

Host: I think we've shared with our listeners before. Obviously, we've been doing our social distancing long before it was fashionable or required, whatever term you want to use. But I'm in North Carolina, and it's been really hot for the month of July. June was really, really kind of mild for us, but July has been pretty brutal. How are you guys doing?

Tony: Yeah, about the same weather pattern. June was pleasant. July has been pretty hot. August is generally the hottest around here-

Host: Yeah, I know.

Tony: ... and the most humidity. Then all of a sudden, it changes, almost just like that.

Host: Yeah. You guys definitely get a better reprieve than we do. Man, we've been at 100% humidity for like three weeks, which is just sticky, sticky, brutal. In a way, it turns it into a ... We thought it was going to be a short summer. When June was kind of mild, we were like, "Oh, it's going to be a short summer," but it looks like it's going to wind up being ... What do they call that? Indian summer, right? Where it's longer. So yes, it may wind up being a hotter one, kind of a long summer. Speaking of long, we're going to talk about a little something different this week. We're going to talk about long careers here on the podcast. Are you a basketball guy? Do you enjoy basketball, Tony?

Tony: I do enjoy basketball. Yes.

Host: Okay. Are you familiar with Vince Carter? Played in the NBA for a really long time, played for 22 seasons.

Tony: Yep.

Host: Okay. Yeah. As they used to call him, Vinsanity. He was still playing ... Oh my goodness. He was playing in the late '90s, early '90s, mid '90s. There we go, mid '90s, and when he came out, he did the dunk challenge. I mean, everybody was like, "Wow." Jordan was still playing. It was like, "He's going to be the next Jordan," and all that kind of stuff. He's had a good career, played for a lot of teams at this point. Obviously, over 22 seasons, he's bounced around a bit. But I think he was in Toronto for ... That was where he was at for a long time. But anyway-

Tony: Yeah, the Raptors. Yeah.

Host: Yeah. Oh, the Raptors. Exactly. Yeah. So that's a long career, 22 years, especially in sports.

Tony: Certainly in the NBA.

Host: Yeah, yeah, running up and down that hardwood.

Tony: Yeah. Day in and day out in that game, at that level, that's a long career to be able to do that.

Host: Yeah. The knees get a little sore, I'm sure.

Tony: Yeah. Yes.

Host: Well, now so we're talking about that being a long career. 22 years in the scheme of maybe ... What's the term? Joe Lunchbox, the average person, right, who maybe has worked at a factory or a plant or something, that might not be that long. You might be there 30 or 40 years, or at least that used to be the case. 22 years could be a long time in today's era. It seems as though people aren't staying at companies for as long. Obviously, again, COVID has caused a lot of issues there. But when people come in and talk with you, do you still see that person that comes in that's a new prospective client that says, "Yeah, I've been at X company for 30 years."

Tony: I don't see it very much. No.

Host: Really? Okay.

Tony: We see a lot more of people that have bounced around over the number of years than the old-fashioned person, and I'm going to pick on my wife.

Host: Okay.

Tony: So hopefully she won't listen in, but she is in the first camp. So I consider her the oddball today. So she's been at her place and she's now ... She's going to be 54, and she has been there 35 years.

Host: Wow.

Tony: Probably unless they downsize or something ... Of course, she's in part of the county government, so a very stable type of thing. She's probably going to be there until she retires, but she's the type of person that will go to work every day, do whatever they tell her, and does her work and doesn't really have ... Of course, she's been here so long she's not like me, who I've been in my own business for 25 years. But when I was working for somebody, I was always wanting to bounce around. I always was wanting to, "Well, maybe I can advance a little bit. Maybe this company is a little better work or a better culture," whatever-

Host: Right.

Tony: ... and, of course, certainly to try to make more money.

Host: Right. Chasing a little something more.

Tony: Yeah, you're always chasing. I think that's what we see much, much more than the first camp these days, unless you're either with one of the big, big companies or with the government.

Host: Interesting. Yeah, no, that's a great point. I didn't think about that.

Tony: So I tend to see that a lot in the taxes, because we'll gather a little history on people, and you can look back and say, "Boy, they had four W2s from this year, and now they've got two other ones." Over the years, it's not uncommon for people to work for 10, 12 employers over their careers.

Host: It's interesting, too. I saw a stat the other day, and, of course, I guess you could say whatever you want about stats, right? Because what is it, something like 50% of all stats are made up? But anyway, and it said Millennials, the younger generation, the 20 somethings, even in the early 30 somethings, will have between 25 and 30 jobs-

Tony: Wow.

Host: ... over the course of their lifetime, whereas just a generation before, to your point, it might've been 10 or less.

Tony: Yes. I think the important point here is no matter what camp you're in, going back to the camps a minute, so I've got a young son. He's in his first job out of college, working for Transamerica out in Denver. Big, big company. But chances of him staying there his entire career probably are not good. But I think it's important and I like this topic because I think no matter what, especially the people that are bouncing around, you've got to keep an eye on your finances, because you're in and out of 401ks. You've got different benefits at different jobs. Real easy to just kind of not pay attention, and then, all of a sudden, 20 years, 30 years goes by and you've got five or six different 401ks that are dormant all over the place. You're not even paying attention to the statements and haven't made any plans.

Host: That's your money out there.

Tony: Yeah. It's your money. So you've got to pay attention.

Host: Yeah. I was doing a podcast with a client in Michigan, and obviously automotive, right, a lot of times, people will work there for a very long time. He had a client not too long ago that had been ... I guess he had been at the automotive place for probably 20-plus years, and they were going through, doing the work, trying to work on putting a plan together. They actually found an old account from a prior job before he worked at the automotive industry there that he completely forgot about. It'd been sitting there, growing for 30 years and had a sizable chunk of money in it. The guy was like, "You guys are amazing." He's like, "No, you did this. We just found it."

Tony: How about all the ones, and we see this, is they'll have multiple 401ks, and then we'll just ask them, "Well, who's the beneficiaries on those?"

Host: Oh, yeah.

Tony: They can't tell you.

Host: Because it was 25 years ago.

Tony: Yeah, it was 20 years ago or something, and maybe they weren't even married then.

Host: Yeah, might have been their mom or dad. Yeah.

Tony: Yeah. So it's important to keep even that kind of stuff up if you are going to ... I don't recommend having that many all over the place. Too hard to keep track of. But if you do or even if you don't, you've got to get a handle on them and get the legal stuff, the beneficiaries and things like that ironed out.

Host: Right.

Tony: Then you've got to work on making sure that they're still meeting your needs. What if you started one at 18 and you were ultra aggressive and now you're 40 or 45 or 50, and you kind of forgot about that? You get a little closer, you may not want to keep that like that as you get a little older. So there's all kinds of things to think about there.

Host: Yeah. I like the way you kind of put that. Whatever camp you're in, so whether you've worked just a couple of jobs through the bulk of your working years or you've bounced around quite a bit, nothing wrong with either pattern. Just make sure that you're doing, the due diligence, if you will, for those situations. I guess when you think about something like that stat I was saying, where younger folks might have upwards of 25 to 30 jobs, I wonder what the criteria is for that, because we all start out with a simple job, right? Well, for the most part, right? Most of us start out maybe at a gas station while we're still in high school or at a retail store like Walmart or Burger King or something like that when we were all younger. So when you're at 16, 17, 18, are they counting that? Because typically you're not getting any kind of...

Tony: Right.

Host: I guess nowadays they do offer different kinds of plans and things, but back then, for you and I, Tony, I know when I had my first little retail job at the local Hills Department Store, which I think is long gone, there wasn't anything like 401k or any kind of retirement plan.

Tony: No. Yeah, same here. I did a little mail run. Yeah, you just wanted the check. There was no benefits or anything. But I think, too, along those lines, you want to make sure if you have a lot of things a lot of places, if you are working with an advisor, if there's a piece of advice I would give is make sure your advisor knows about everything and where everything's at, even if they're not helping manage that part of it, because that way you've got somebody else that's got a list of everything you have, because many times even your spouses don't know-

Host: Right. Good point.

Tony: ... where things are and what's going on. Then that makes it even harder, especially if something happens to you.

Host: Yeah. If the proverbial bus comes out of nowhere, no matter what that might be, and you're no longer here, people are going to be behind the eight ball, trying to figure out what was what and where's stuff at and so on and so forth. That's a great point. To your point though, I would think ... I did the same thing recently myself, Tony. I had two prior accounts from past jobs that I just kept for whatever, and I do this. I talk every day about this. So folks, if you've listened to our show for a bit, I definitely talk about procrastination, and I don't do it to pick on folks. I do it because I'm one of you. I'm a procrastinator, too, and so I talk about this stuff pretty regularly. I kept forgetting to move an old account. We call them an orphaned 401k, right?

Tony: Right, right.

Host: So I finally got off my you-know-what and got it switched, and I felt a big ... I felt like I really accomplished something that day, even though I did very, very little. I just made a phone call and had two conversations, and I was done. It's kind of silly, isn't it?

Tony: It is. But it's a good feeling when you can get that accomplished.

Host: Oh, no, it's a great feeling, but it's kind of silly that we shirk away from it, because I think we feel it's going to be super complicated and really annoying.

Tony: Yes. Most of us these days, unlike the old days where you had to move a bunch of paper, it's very, very simple.

Host: Yeah. Yeah, true, true. With the COVID alterations to how things have happened, there's the Secure Act and the Cares Act, and that changed some things. So this may be a good time this year in 2020 to get some things moved or done again within the parameters of whatever you're working with with an advisor or having a plan, and if you don't have any of that, make sure you're talking with someone who understands that, because there have been rule changes due to COVID and the Secure Act and, again, the Cares Act, as I mentioned earlier. We've covered those on the show. Feel free to go back and check out some of those podcasts with those. As a matter of fact, I think within the last 30 days, they've just made another change to some of that stuff as well. So we'll get the information, and we'll do a show on that coming up.

Host: So make sure you reach out, folks, and do that. As I say a million times, I always say it on every single show, before you take any action, you should always check with a qualified professional about your specific situation and how whatever advice you might be hearing or interested in may affect your plan and your decision, or lack thereof. So reach out to Tony if you've got those questions. He's here to help in the Des Moines area, Central Iowa area, (844) 707-7380, (844) 707-7381. You can also go to yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com.

Host:

All right. So let's take an email question, as a matter of fact, and we'll wrap up the podcast this week with that. If you'd like to submit one, again, go to the website, yourplanningpros.com. We've got one from Cheryl for you. She says, "Tony, my husband wants to pay off either our house or our rental property just so that we have something paid off. We have enough money in the money market account to pay off one of them. However, I prefer seeing a lot of money sitting in that account. It makes me feel better in case we need it for an emergency." Oh, boy, Tony. She says, "Who's right?"

Tony: Yeah. Right, and she wants me to pick sides.

Host: Put your marriage counselor hat on.

Tony: Yeah. So I'm going to take the easy way out and say I think you're both right. However, I think you have a slight problem of ... because I'm a big believer in being debt-free. I always have been as a planner and even in my personal life. So I think if you have the money to get something paid off, I say do it and do it now. But then I would say for Cheryl, since she likes to have money in the account, the way to build that back up is the cashflow saved from having that paid off builds your money market account back up. Don't spend a dime of it. Build it back up, and you'll be amazed at how quickly you're probably going to get that built back up. Then you have the best of both worlds.

Host: Yeah. True.

Tony: Now, if you can't and don't want to do that, well, then what I would do is maybe try to pay off the house as quick as possible. Cheryl, if you're not going to bend and let him do it, I would pay it off as quick as possible and make some sacrifices there. I think the problem, though, is you're using that money market kind of as your emergency fund, and you don't want to spend it on anything. So I think what you need to do maybe is get with your advisor and talk about, "Hey, should we use this as our emergency fund and never spend it unless there's a true emergency?" and then start developing some funds for some other things.

Host: Okay.

Tony: A lot of people will just say, "I've got a savings account. It's for everything." Then they don't want to spend it on anything. So I think if you divide it up to different purposes, then when that purpose comes up and rears its head, that money's spent on that.

Host: True. Yeah.

Tony: That's one way to do it. But I don't think there's any right or wrong by doing either one, other than I don't like being in debt and I would try to work very hard to get that paid off, even if it's from current cashflow. Then you're going to be in great shape.

Host: Well, I think that's a great point. So check with your advisor on what's going to be the best overall decision for your specific situation, of course, because, I mean, it's interesting, too, when you have something like this how you think about it. As you're talking, you're saying, "Well, maybe you could pay off the house, and then the money you were sending to the mortgage, you could now use to replenish the money market." I was going the other way, saying, "Well, you pay off the rental property, and as the rent comes in, you use that to build up your money."

Host: So there's lots of options, right? So it's interesting how everybody sees it differently. I saw it a little differently than you. You saw a little differently than Cheryl. Cheryl sees it differently than her husband, right?

Tony: Oh, yeah.

Host: At the end of the day, though, the math should be the one that kind of helps lead you down to the answer.

Tony: It's always the math.

Host: Yeah, it's always the math. All right. Well, there you go. Well, great question, Cheryl. Thank you so much, and sorry we're just not going to pick specific sides. But come on in talk to Tony if you guys would like. Have a conversation with him. Give him a call at (844) 707-7381. That's (844) 707-7381, or go to yourplanningpros.com. Don't forget to subscribe to the show while you're there, and that's going to do it for us, my friend. Thank you so much for your time.

Tony: All right.

Host: I appreciate you.

Tony: All right. Take care.

Host: Have you been able to ... I know you love golf. Have you been able to golf any?

Tony: I have golfed. Yes.

Host: Okay.

Tony: We started out slow this year, because they wouldn't let us use carts.

Host: Right.

Tony: But now we are back to golfing and just doing some social distancing.

Host: Sure.

Tony: But yeah, pretty much everything here is open. A lot of people golfing. I think it's because many of them are working from home and have been laid off.

Host: Right.

Tony: They've got nothing to do.

Host: We're still in phase two here, unfortunately, in a lot of ways, and it's just been so hot that yeah, if you're golfing, you're there at seven AM. If you're not done by 11, you're crazy-

Tony: Yeah, it's going to be hot.

Host: ... because you're going out there, you better take like five gallons of water to stay hydrated. Otherwise, you might pass out. Well, I just wanted to just check and see if you're getting some golfing in, so that's good. Well, we'll talk about that in the future, I'm sure. All right, folks. We'll see you next time. Don't forget to subscribe to us. We'd appreciate it, and thanks for your time here on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

View Details

We often find that people are clinging to certain ideas or beliefs that end up giving them a sense of false hope about their retirement. It’s a dangerous position to be in. Let’s explore some of the faulty thinking that ultimately leaves people underprepared for retirement.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome into Plan with the Tax Man. Thanks for tuning into the podcast by Tony and myself, talking about investing, finance and retirement. What's going on, Tony? How you doing bud?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing pretty good in the throes of summer and it's hot here as well as what you're telling me there and things are going good.

Speaker 1: Well, so we are back doing the podcast here. We're just after the middle point of July, and obviously tax season was a little different this year. And as a lot of what you guys do, so July 15th ended up being delayed due to COVID thing. How'd you guys a fair those last couple of weeks?

Tony Mauro: Last couple of weeks really weren't much different than the normal last couple of weeks of the tax season that generally happens in April, which surprised me that that many people decided to postpone filing until then. And we even have some extensions still going on that we just thought, well, we're just going to put it on extension and we'll deal with it here in the next two to three weeks. But definitely, this whole thing has had an impact on our tax clients as well, and many, many at work and we're reduced work.

Speaker 1: Definitely.

Tony Mauro: So they're concerned about their financial future.

Speaker 1: It's an interesting catch 22. I had some friends in the same boat. They were like, "Oh, I'm going to wait till the last second." And I was like, "Yeah." But I mean, it's only do in April, why don't you just go ahead and deal with it, and then you don't have to worry about it and don't put yourself up to the wire. But like a lot of things, we tend to procrastinate humans. It is definitely one of our character traits that shows its head fairly often is procrastination.

Speaker 1: Another one, Tony, is hope. Now, hope is a good thing. I think, in any walk of life and certainly 2020 has been challenging and it's good to have hope that things are going to be better and we're going to have a better year next year and all that kind of stuff. But when it comes to retirement planning, sometimes what happens is we tend to cling a little bit to maybe some false hope instead of putting our mind in the right spot, we tend to go to some of these things here that I have on our show for today, this leads us down possibly the wrong path, and just gives us that false sense of hope. So I got a couple here for you. We'll go through them. Maybe you can explain some potentially faulty thinking in some of these ideas, or just your viewpoint.

Speaker 1: So mindset. I mentioned that. So let's talk about the mindset that we'll be ready to retire when we hit that certain number. We've talked about that before. I don't know how much that's changed in 2020, but typically, for the last several years, people have had that, well, if I don't have a million I'm not ready, or whatever your number is.

Tony Mauro: And I think that in 2020, so far, whether it's been for us either, talking with tax clients or even out golfing, believe it or not, talking to some colleagues and our friends that are basically just golf buddies. Retirement and calling it quits is on a lot of people's minds, especially mid age and older, depending on their work situation and what they're going to go back to, they are definitely thinking about it.

Tony Mauro: And I just had a conversation yesterday, as a matter of fact, with an accounting client, he's 55-years old and he is selling the business and he's got this magic number in his mind of the million dollars and he's about halfway there, but I tried to tell him to try to get off of that a little bit, depending, because his question, point blank was, "What do you think I need to retire?" He wanted a number. Is it a million, is two million?

Tony Mauro: Of course, it's such a moving target, and of course, I took the accountant answer, "Well, it depends." And it does, but I think when people get fixated, and I try to dispel it very quickly on the million dollar mark, and I say, well, based on what you're earning now, let's take a look at that million, with longevity the way it is generally, even if you're using the principal there, you're going to be out of money by this time. And even if you're just parking it and living off the interest, well, maybe you could get 40 to 50,000 a year interest or earnings on that, but certainly, in a savings account, you're going to have to cross the magical line and get into a little bit of risk. So there's a lot of things at play there, and the million, all of a sudden, and I do it every time they walk out and say, "Boy, you're right, that may not be enough." So I think that people have to take the mindset of maybe it's not a certain number, but what kind of income do you want-

Speaker 1: Exactly.

Tony Mauro: ... and then see if we can get to that number. And it might be a combination of a lot of things, might be a combination of savings, social security, retirement plans, and even maybe a little work in there.

Speaker 1: And I mean, it may be a million, maybe two, maybe four, maybe 500,000, maybe 400,000.

Tony Mauro: It could be.

Speaker 1: I mean, everybody's needs in retirement, and again, to your point, the income needs really is the more determining factor in that. So again, that's that idea there, you can get yourself hung up on some false hope, if you will, by having your mindset maybe in the wrong spot. And other places, talking about the income, the belief that the income needs will reduce once we retire.

Speaker 1: Now, again, everything is changing in light of 2020 and Covid, and so on and so forth. But typically, this has been the thought that your income needs drop once you hit retirement. And I think that's always been a bit of a misnomer, because if you are set up for... No one wants to go backwards in retirement, they want to have a less of a lifestyle in retirement than they had when they were working. But you tend to actually do more, at least early on anyway, but then it seems like I would think that the health costs would ramp up in the later years, even though you're not doing as much. So I don't feel like it's going to drop that much. What do you see?

Tony Mauro: We see that as well, is that in the early years, your income needs do go up because you're trying to make up for all the things you didn't do when you were working all the time-

Speaker 1: Right, you're having fun.

Tony Mauro: ... assuming the body can take it. And then, you get into your mid 70s, whatnot, you might slow down there a little bit, but then you've got, like you say, healthcare costs start going up and it does cut into that income. And then all of a sudden, what you thought, you didn't need as much, you need just as much because you're spending it on something else and it's not real sexy, and you have a lot of fun with it, but you got to have it to keep you going.

Speaker 1: Exactly.

Tony Mauro: So I think, again, it depends on what type of lifestyle you want to lead in retirement. And everybody always saves for this and always talks about it as the end goal, but nobody really sits down and it seems to think about, "Okay, what do I want out of this last part of my life?" And I think you've got to start there.

Speaker 1: No, that's a great point. And so, those two are the initial kind of things. I mean, again, those are all around mindset, it's all around the dollars or the numbers, if you will, having that sense of, I have to have a certain number and or thinking that our income needs will drop into retirement is typically a bit of false hope there.

Speaker 1: Another place is inheritance. Here recently in 2020, I've been encountering some folks who have come into a windfall in whatever shape or form and I know that sounds weird given everything that's happened in 2020, but I've met several this year that have been that... And they've looked at it as the makeup ground, Tony, for their own lack of planning for retirement. And there are people out there who do that. Maybe their parents have a little bit of something, and they know when their parents pass away, it's going to be left to them. And they bank on that versus getting their own stuff together and planning securely. And then if they get it, great, it's just extra icing on the cake kind of thing.

Tony Mauro: Exactly. I mean, you hit it right on the head. We have a lot of people that do do this, and when we start asking them, "Well, how much do you think you'll stand to inherit?" They blurt out a figure and then we go right down the thing just like we did with the million dollar saying, "Well, let's take a look at this." If it's 500,000, let's say, it's a big number, but when you really start breaking it down over a number of years that you're going to need this money, how long will it really last you? And is that really what you want? And if so, that's great. But most of the time they're, again, scratching their heads saying, "You know what? I better save in addition to that." Again, somebody who's receiving 5 million or more, you're pretty much, I would think you're not going to have a whole lot of worries, but-

Speaker 1: True. But what if their parents or grandparents or whoever they might be expecting this from got hit towards the end of their life with a longterm disability that really started to eat away at that?

Tony Mauro: I would think that you've got to pay attention to that as well, because that's inevitably what tends to happen is people think they're going to inherit something and then the parents may need it for longterm care costs or something else. I've had one client that this happened to that he thought he was going to inherit a million bucks. And lo and behold, the parents were healthy, they lived into their 90s, but they actually ended up spending most of it because they went out and enjoyed themselves. So I don't think it's a good financial move to bank on that. I think, [crosstalk 00:09:14].

Speaker 1: No, definitely not. And luckily, I don't think too many people do it, but I definitely know that it happens. And it's almost the same analogy, Tony, as the lottery. I mean, it's staggering and terrifying that 27% of people feel that hitting the lottery, in some shape or form, will take care of their retirement needs, which is pretty terrifying. 27% of people polled say, "I play the lottery and that'll take care of it." It's like, wow, you got a better chance of getting hit by lightening like twice.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: Okay. So anyway, moving along, got just a couple more here. And this is another one that happens too, for those folks, it's terrifying. And I get it, it's really... Before I started hosting these shows and talking about this stuff for the last several years, it was definitely one of those things like math and finance, not my strong suit. I don't know how my daughter's so smart in that arena, but she is, thankfully, but it's that "Well, I'll figure it out when I get there." I've always been one of those kinds of people. "I'll cross that bridge when I come to it." I'm working on my deck outside and probably some pre-planning would get me in better shape than what I'm in right now, but I didn't. So I'm crossing that bridge when I come to it.

Tony Mauro: And this, I see a lot in our retail tax clients, because we only see many of these people once a year. And my client base is aging, obviously, as we all are, and we start to talk to them about that, and they'll say things like this, while you can do it, you can figure out how to make it work. But in the big picture, I ask them one question. I said, "Well, is that what you want after basically sacrificing 40 plus years of your life? Is that what you want to end with? And if so, then I guess you can just continue down the same path." And we'll get a little bit of resistance to that. They'll say, "Well, I'm too old," Or "I'm too close." While you can always do a little bit to improve-

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: ... I think, and at least make it a little bit better. Now, could you go from zero to a big number in five years? No, but you could make yourself a little bit better, or even if you're not wanting to do that, at least know, figure it out before it happens to make it as smooth and painless as possible, so you can get as much enjoyment as you can out of it.

Speaker 1: Well, it seems like the trend for Americans, at least over the last probably 20 years, Tony, has been 50. I'll be 49 next month. It's it seems like 50 tends to be that, "Oh, shoot, I better do something."

Tony Mauro: It does seem to be. And it was for me. I mean, I've been saving and planning since about 18, but 50 hit me and said, "All right, well I've only got this much time left. Am I on track?" And it's funny, my brother just turned 50 last year, and he's not much of a saver. And all of a sudden, he went from didn't really care to actually right now, today, he is maxing out his 401k at 19,000 a year, plus the catch-up. He's all of a sudden figured out, in 20 years or less-

Speaker 1: Yeah, something [crosstalk 00:12:29] or less.

Tony Mauro: I'm done, at least in the workforce. And so, 50 does seem to turn on a bowl, but you start thinking a little different.

Speaker 1: 15 years, from 50 to 65, you can do a lot of damage. And by damage, I mean, positive.

Tony Mauro: Positive damage.

Speaker 1: You can do a lot improvement to your situation in 15 years. So to his point, your brother's point, there's the ketchup provision area when you get over 50, where you can put more in than you could prior to 50, you're probably making the most you've ever made in life-

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Speaker 1: ... kids more than likely are off the payroll, unless something crazy has happened with COVID. Of course, that's certainly possible as well. But typically, those three rivers come together at the same time there when we get to that pretty retiree age, which is kind of conservative. I think it were pre-retirees probably considered 55, but I think we just started calling it 50 from their own status.

Tony Mauro: I think so, and I know for me-

Speaker 1:

Maybe it's the pre-pre.

Tony Mauro: ... In my own situation, 50, and I only have one son, but he was out of college and he's on his own, and we had things paid off and we wanted to take these next 15 years, not only to ramp up savings, but also to do things we wanted to do, which is a good balance. You can do a lot of damage. Now, if you didn't start early, you may have to make a little more sacrifice depending on how much money you're making. But it can be done over 15 years.

Speaker 1: Absolutely. And so, definitely, don't put yourself in that false hope category, folks. I think that's a couple of good places for us to think about, work our way through when it comes to that. And what we're going to do is in an interest to keeping our time, Laurie [inaudible 00:14:06] we're going to go ahead and go into our next section, which is an email question. But if you've got questions about some false hope or some things, if you're one of those number of people, "I need a million dollars," Or "I'm not sure if my income needs are going to be met," Or whatever the case might be, if you've heard something on the podcast today that's got you intrigued, you need to learn more, always check with a qualified professional before you take action.

Speaker 1: Call Tony at (844) 707-7381, at (844) 707-7381, or just go to yourplanningpros.com, that's yourplanningpros.com, and you can submit a question to the show if you'd like, while you're there, you can subscribe to the podcast on Apple, Google, or Spotify. It's Plan with the Tax Man. Tony's got more than 23 years of experience, so a great resource for you. And as I mentioned, you can send an email question in to the podcast. We take those from time to time. So let's do that to wrap up this week's show. We've got Rorke... That's a cool name. I haven't heard that in a long time. Rourke says, "Tony, my financial advisor seems to do a good job of managing my assets and my investments, at least as far as I can tell, but we never really talk about some other things like social security, life insurance or legacy planning, which I feel are things I should be getting some advice on. Is this typical?"

Tony Mauro: I think it is more so than not. I think that some advisors get wrapped up a little bit, maybe too much on the growth and investment side. But all you've got to do is just let them know, depending on where you're at in your situation work, just start bringing some of these topics up to date. "I've been seeing some of this and I feel like I need to be here at this time. How can we plan for this?" And then hopefully, they will take some of that information, and if they have never done a plan for you, do a plan and at least provide you with where you're at now.

Speaker 1: Tony, when I read something like that, if an advisor is not bringing these things up to you, this is just my opinion, I'll get yours on this, it may not be something that they're that comfortable with or that they do that often. And maybe you're really working with a different type of advisor, then you're going to be needing as you're transitioning, to our point earlier, 50 plus, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Well, it's possible. Yeah. Depending on what they're doing, not to bash them-

Speaker 1: We don't know who they are.

Tony Mauro: Because we don't know. It's just that that may not be their area of preference or expertise and maybe they have somebody else in the firm that has that. If not, maybe they're willing to help. If not, then you've got to maybe take a look around-

Speaker 1: Get a second opinion.

Tony Mauro: ... and see what else is out there.

Speaker 1: And that tends to be the case that I seem to come across a lot of times when you see situations like that. They may be more of a broker, they may be more commission-based, where it's the investment side is where they're making their money. It could be a number of things. And to Tony's point, he's being nicer than I am. It could be one of those things where they do have those things available, they just, for whatever reason, it's not being brought up. But Rorke, it's good that you're thinking of it, for sure, because obviously it's your finances and it's your retirement.

Speaker 1: So as Tony mentioned, ask the questions to your advisor, "Hey, what about these pieces?" And if you're not getting some satisfactory conversation started, definitely get a second opinion, reach out and look around, there's nothing wrong with that at all. Because Tony, I mean, you do that. I mean, if someone comes in and you're working with them, you start going through the multiple puzzle pieces that make up financial planning.

Tony Mauro: That's what we do. And in fact, you can't work with us unless we do a plan for you. Because some people will come to us and say, "Well, here's what I've got, and I just want you to help manage it." And I back up and say, "Listen, here's the way we work." Because we may not be the right fit for you.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: We've got to do a plan for you, because that's almost like going to your doctor and getting a prescription and he doesn't even know what's wrong with you.

Speaker 1: Just take this.

Tony Mauro: Just take this and you'll be okay. And so, I don't like to do that, but that's just personal preference, that's the way we work. But I feel like that way, we get the best picture of the client and where they want to go. So we obviously try to help them.

Speaker 1: Well, and you think about it in the name, I mean, you guys are Plan with the Tax Doctor Inc. So people might think, "Well, okay, it's just taxes." So certainly an understandable conversation, but when you come in and you find out, this is a holistic, complete approach, maybe it's something similar like that in Rourke's case, maybe the name made him feel as though it was just investments, but he's definitely interested in these other things. And so, ask the questions, bring it up with your advisor. And for anybody, it never hurts to get a second opinion. It doesn't mean you're doing anything nefarious or mean behind somebody's back. It's your money, it's your retirement, get a second opinion, if you need one, get a third opinion, if you need one. I mean, you would on your health, to your point with the doctor, so why not on your wealth?

Tony Mauro: People have asked me too, they'll come in and want a second opinion, and they're almost troubled when I say, "Well, based on what you've told me, I think, they're doing a good job for you." Because sometimes that's the way it is, and it's almost like they want you to find something. And sometimes, again, if they're really truly doing something, not in your best interest or it's just not going to help you meet your goals, then yes. But I don't think any adviser worth what they're doing would have any problem telling you, hey, I think, him or her doing well for you.

Speaker 1: There you go. All right. Well, that's going to do it for our show this week folks. Thanks for listening to Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro. Don't forget to subscribe to us on Apple, Google, Spotify, or whatever platform you choose. How you can just click on the, I think it's the heart button on Apple and it's different things for different sites. Go to yourplanningpros.com for more information and to find out more, and we will see you next time here on the show. Tony, thanks for your time, my friend, I appreciate you.

Tony Mauro: All right, take care.

Speaker 1: We'll talk to you soon. And right here on the podcast, this has been Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro of Tax Doctor Inc.

View Details

Most people don't have a clear picture about these two financial vehicles and which might be most beneficial to them. So let's discuss ways to determine what might be right for you.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody, welcome to Plan with the Tax Man. Thanks for tuning into the podcast. This is Tony and I talk investing finance and retirement. Of course, Tony Mauro is an EA and a CFP with 23 years of experience in the industry. Well, probably closing in on 24 now, right?

Tony: It is, yeah.

Speaker 1: How you doing?

Tony: Not too bad.

Speaker 1: Hanging in there?

Tony: Mid-summer, yeah. It's nice, things are starting to open back up. So yeah, it's good.

Speaker 1: Well, good. I'm glad to hear that. Well, this week, I've got a pretty straightforward topic for us to hit, but it's one that gets a lot of questions, Tony. So I thought you could maybe break some things down for us. IRAs. We're going to talk traditional versus Roth, because it still confuses people. There's still folks out there who don't have a real clear picture, and that's okay, nothing wrong with that, on which they should be contributing to. So there's other things we could discuss, there's conversions and stuff like that. But for right now, let's just start with talking about the traditional IRA versus the Roth. Give us a quick breakdown of just the simple differences between the two types of accounts.

Tony: Sure. And before I do, what I want to disclose is both are useful, which we'll get to in just a moment.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony: But there's pros and cons of each, and one or both may or may not be right for everybody. So, it's a good topic. The reason I chose this topic today, I'm going to throw in a shameless promotion here, is I actually with another adviser, authored a little short book called Seven Steps to Protecting Your 401k/IRA from a Ticking Tax Time Bomb. It's just a little hundred-page read. If you want a copy, you can contact me. I'll give you one. But it goes into a lot of things in more depth than what we'll cover here. But the differences between the two accounts in essence, because people get confused about this at tax time, especially when we ask them, because they'll come in and say, "Well, I contributed to my IRA this year," and we have to ask, "Well, which one?" And I get this blank look, and then we have to go into that. And then they don't know, and they ask their advisor.

Tony: But the traditional IRA has been around a long time. That is where you're sticking money aside for retirement. And if you're not covered by an employer-sponsored plan, it comes out, and you can deduct it off your tax return. So it's a tax deduction, much like a 401k pretax contribution. And they came up with this Roth IRA, not that long ago in real terms, saying that, well, you can forgo, you can still put money into your IRA, but the trade off or the benefit of not taking a tax deduction now is we won't tax you ever on any of the earnings. You can pull it out. There's no tax on the earnings in the future. And so that's the main difference. I mean, there's some subtle differences as well, but we don't have time to get into those. But that's the trade off there, is the government's handing you a deal, now taking a tax deduction versus no tax deduction, I still put money in and I escape taxes forever.

Speaker 1: Okay. All right. So there's a couple of just the simple basics between the traditional versus the Roth. Why do you think so many people are contributing or have contributed more towards the traditional over the Roth, over the course of their investing lifetimes? Well, to be fair, the Roth's only been around since what the mid-nineties, I think.

Tony: Mid-nineties, yeah.

Speaker 1: But is it just because it's kind of been the norm, and that's kind of what's been beat into our head or what else is out there?

Tony: I think that that's been the norm, the traditional has been around longer, and then the normal, traditional advice has always been to take a tax deduction right now while you can, and you'll lower your income, lower your taxes. And since the money is growing tax-deferred, the old adage is, well, we'll pay taxes later, but you'll be in a lower bracket, theoretically, when you retire. Therefore, if you're in the 25, 30% bracket now, that you'll be lower than that when you retire. So that made sense to a lot of people, and still does for some.

Speaker 1: Well with the Roth being so powerful. Well, first of all, I guess maybe explain to us why the Roth can be so powerful. How about that?

Tony: Yeah. Well, the Roth can be powerful, because especially if you're young, but even for conversions and things like that, is taking and paying the tax now, when you know what your tax rate is, and then not having to worry about paying taxes on earnings ever in the future. And the reason we wrote the book is because we feel like in 401ks and traditional IRAs that this ticking time bomb, Uncle Sam, the government, they have a claim to everything that you have in those accounts.

Tony: You're not thinking about it right now, and what I mean by that is you're going to owe tax, or somebody is going to owe tax on those large balances. And that could be quite large if you have had a 401k or an IRA that you've contributed to for years and has really expanded. And I think when people start to sit down, we start running some numbers, especially when they say, well, I'm not going to be a lower tax bracket when I retire. I might be even at a higher tax bracket. And showing them how they can maybe convert some of that now into a Roth, or even start a Roth, and not worry about it, and having to pay tax on it. The differences can be enormous over time.

Speaker 1: Okay, very true. Very true. Now with the Roth being as I said, because it is so powerful, can you maybe give us an example to kind of illustrate, should we be looking at one. Is there any kind of way of looking at this and saying, okay, anybody from in this kind of demographic generally should definitely use a Roth or definitely not use a Roth? Because sometimes I think people also get a little confused that, and a lot of our demographic and listening audience is probably going to be 40 plus or so, in that range. So it gets a little confusing as to, well, should I convert and put everything into a Roth, or should I start doing one now, or just kind of give us some breakdowns of someone who maybe should contribute or should be contributing to a Roth.

Tony: It comes down, I think, a lot to personal preference. However, at the end of the day, when you run the numbers, they don't lie. I always like to say, as I put on my accountant hat. And really I think a Roth is going to be ideally suited for anybody young that's starting out investing's, got a long time. But even people 40 plus I think should be looking at Roths. And if they're still throwing money into an IRA, is using a Roth, and then maybe over time converting traditional IRAs over to a Roth so that you're basically taking the tax hit now, within limits. And then having that income later that is tax-free.

Tony: Because when we get to sit down with people, we try to show them in a financial planning meeting when we get going, is we try to divvy up their money into three pots. And that is money that's taxable now, which is generally income that they're making. Money that's taxable in the future, which is going to be these traditional IRAs, 401ks, other benefit plans. And then money that's never taxed. And there is not many things that go into that last pot, but the Roth IRA would be one. I always try to play with them and say, what else could go in that pot? And very few can even give me any other answers. And there's not many things that could go in there. And when they start seeing that, that you can build this pot of money that's going to be never taxed, they tend to like that. And then when you can show them some numbers based on what they're doing currently and how much that could add up to, that really turns the light on for them.

Tony: So I would say in answer to the question, basically anybody. Of course the next question is probably going to be well, what about traditionals? Who should go there?

Speaker 1: Right, basically, yeah.

Tony: You know, sometimes though when you run the numbers, depending on a person's situation and their appetite for, if they're just tax deduction hounds, the traditional might be better for, especially if they're already basically using say the Roth in their 401k, because there are Roth portions there. They may want to take a traditional IRA and defer some taxes to just stuff more money into something. That would be one, another one would be somebody that may want to just take the tax deduction now, and say again, they don't run any numbers, they just say, I want the tax deduction now. But if the numbers truly work out and they would actually pay less tax in retirement, that might be another option.

Tony: And what I'm pointing to on all of these is in this area, I think it's important that you get some professional help and run numbers on both types of scenarios so you could see what would benefit you most. Because it's going to be different for everybody. But generally everybody's opinion is always well, I'll stuff as much as I can in my 401k or my traditional IRA, and that everything is going to be set. And what we go over in the book and show some real life examples is, you can see by doing that, what a person would pay over their remaining life expectancy in taxes versus if they've done the same thing in a Roth. And generally the Roth wins.

Speaker 1: With so many people interested I guess, Tony, lately with conversions. And this has been going on since the tax reform, the current one that went into play in '17. There has been a big topic about, there has been a lot of conversation about converting over, because of the lower tax rates. Because with the traditional, as you've pointed out, at the end Uncle Sam is waiting. They're standing there going hello.

Tony: We're hand out.

Speaker 1: That's right. So is it beneficial to consider a conversion? It wasn't really on our topic list, but let's just kind of address it real fast, because it is such a big animal out there. That's a pretty powerful tool, should you choose to implement it correctly within your plan?

Tony: Yes. Well, and I think the conversions, what we do with clients is if they are thinking about converting, basically talking about the benefits, the pay Uncle Sam later, pay him now. The fact that it's never going to be taxed. At death that the income beneficiaries are going to get it tax-free, versus the traditional where there's going to be taxes due. There's no lifetime minimum distributions, things like that. And then another one that a lot of people forget about, is in a Roth you can definitely still make contributions after 70 and a half. A lot of people still want to do that. And in traditional you can't.

Tony: But after we go over that with them and say, all right, you're in this tax bracket, and you've got this much room before you jump into the next tax bracket. Maybe it would be a good idea to convert just that much this year and do that much every year. So you don't jump tax brackets and cost yourself more. But that way over a period of X, you'll have it converted over into a Roth. And then you're where you want to be, while we're taking advantage of these lower tax rates right now. Versus if you say you had $500,000 in a traditional IRA and you just went out and converted all of this to a Roth this year on your own not thinking. And the next thing you know, you got a tremendously large tax bill, because now you're in the top tax bracket for this year. So that's what you don't want to have happen.

Speaker 1: Gotcha. Okay. Well, when it comes to traditional IRAs versus Roth IRAs, as you mentioned earlier, Tony, sometimes it's a personal preference. But there is a lot of strategy that can be looked at, especially for retirees and pre-retirees, more so pre-retirees, I'd imagine. But there's still a lot of strategy that can be put into place with these, and they're a very powerful tool for your retirement savings. So it's best to really be working and talking through with an advisor in how it's going to fit within a plan that works well for your situation.

Tony: I would agree. I mean, there's a ton of strategy in them with the Roths from a tax standpoint, even though again, you'd get no tax deduction right now. And by utilizing some of that, like you said, I mean, it can make a world of difference over 10, 20, 30 years. So don't just go out and convert for sure. And if you just want to go start one and start contributing that's one thing, but definitely seek some advice before you convert a big balance.

Speaker 1: Well, I was going to ask you, since with you being a tax doctor, so to speak, when you mentioned, you don't get the tax benefit, obviously if you do the Roth. Is it much like with the houses now too as well? Where since we don't really with the 12,000 for, 24,000 for a married couple, is it really something you can even take an advantage of?

Tony: What's that, the IRA deduction?

Speaker 1: Yeah. I mean, is it kind of like the mortgage where it's probably not enough to matter, because you're not going to get over that 24,000. Let's say if you're married.

Tony: Well, with the standard deduction versus itemized, those are itemized deductions, the traditional IRA still ends up on the front page of the tax return. So you'll get that whether you itemize or not. So you still get that. But a lot of times though, people are already in their 401k in some form or fashion, or they'll make too much, and they can't contribute to the traditional. So it kind of phases them out that way.

Speaker 1: Gotcha. Okay. And again, that's why I ask the questions and you provide me the feedback, because sometimes it can be a little unclear for folks. And I know a lot of times ever since, especially with this new tax program that we've been on, your CPA or whatever may have said things like that to you. Well, you make too much, or it's not going to, whatever it is, it's not going to matter, because you're not going to get up over that 24,000 or so on and so forth. So if you're not working with somebody who is a CPA and a financial advisor, or has a CPA on the team, or whatever the case is, it's certainly a good idea to have kind of that complete team talking and working together. Because they do different animals, different things there. So the CPA is going to really help you with that portion of it, while the financial advisor is going to be able to help you with theirs, and so on and so forth.

Tony: Yeah. And I would throw out this stat out there, out of our many, many retail tax clients that we prepare tax returns for. So these are people that come in, we generally see once a year, they're kind of what I call, I mean, we know everything about them. So I always say, you're getting undressed financially in front of us, because it's all on there, what you're doing.

Tony: And it amazes me still that in today's age, we have as many people as we do that A. are either not participating in their 401ks, or if their company doesn't have a 401k they're doing zero for retirement. I mean, not even a Roth or a traditional, and these can be started for so little money, 50 bucks a month, and very little cost as well. And you need to get something going.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony: We can't do it for people, but we advise them, it's something I look at when every tax return I check over and visit with people is, if they're not doing anything they need to get started. If they are, they get a little raise or if they can afford to throw five, 10 more bucks a month, it's only going to help them in the long run.

Speaker 1: Well, and then the long run is a lot of what we have conversations about, because we are talking about investing, finance, and retirement, and a lot of cases you're talking about for retirement as well. So if you have some questions about IRAs versus Roth IRAs, if you have questions about conversions or some of the topics we've covered today on the show, make sure you reach out and talk with Tony before you take any action. Give him a call at (844) 707-7381. That's (844) 707-7381. Don't forget you can also go to yourplanningpros.com to learn more. That's yourplanningpros.com. That's Tony's website, lot of good tools, tips and resources can be found there as well. And as always, we suggest, we ask nicely, I suppose, if you would be so kind as to subscribe to the podcast. We would certainly appreciate it. It's Playing with the Tax Man at whatever podcasting app you find most enjoyable, Apple, Spotify, Google, whatever platform you like.

Speaker 1: All right, my friend. Well, I'm going to let you go for this week. Thank you for breaking down a little bit for us the traditional versus the Roth IRA. I hope you have a great week and we will talk soon.

Tony: All right, take care.

Speaker 1: We'll see you next time here, folks, on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro of Tax Doctor, Inc. And we'll see you next time. Take care.

View Details

What can we learn about money by exploring some quotes from the great Mark Twain?

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Welcome into this edition of Plan With The Tax Man. We appreciate your time as always here on the podcast with Tony Mauro as we talk investing, finance and retirement. What's going on my friend. How are you?

Tony: I'm good. Weather's turning good here, finally getting out of the rainy season and things are good.

Speaker 1: That's always nice. Yeah. It's good to be in June. We are now into that time of the year. Where you guys are at, has it been cool? Has it been a cool May? Our May has been very not normal.

Tony: Ours has been, too. It's been unseasonably cool and a lot of rain and usually we're beyond that by May.

Speaker 1: Yeah, definitely. And COVID and all that stuff aside, it's just been weird and then you add that into the mix and obviously, it's certainly been a really odd, but I'm glad to hear that it's [inaudible 00:00:54]. Because like for us, we have to share with our listeners before we're in different states, usually we're pretty darn toasty in May and we haven't even hit 90 yet, which is unusual for us. We'll see how it plays out.

Speaker 1: But anyway, we're going to jump into our topic this week. We're going to talk a little Mark Twain actually so that could be fun. We're going to see what Mark can teach us about money. Much like Will Rogers and several, Yogi Berra, some other famous folks through the years, they have these useful, interesting nuggets and ways of looking at life. And I think there's certainly some good stuff we can take from some of those guys and Mark Twain is one of them. And you think about obviously COVID and everything that's been going on, this first one I've got Tony is pretty apropos. He's like, "Apparently, there is nothing that cannot happen today." That's one of his sayings. It seems like when you just think you've been hit with everything you can get hit with something else will show up.

Tony: Something else will show up. And I have to admit in the interest of full disclosure, when I was a kid, I had no interest in Mark Twain and never wanted to read anything of his. And then as I got older, some of these things kind of came about, I was like, this guy is pretty interesting and little did I know until I learned more about him, what kind of guy he really was. But yeah, this little snip that he's got here really I think is appropriate in the time we're living in right now, which is the whole COVID virus thing still going on, and I think he meant it towards anything that can happen out of the ordinary generally does and you need to plan appropriately for that, especially with your portfolios.

Tony: And we always think of it in the financial world as just another financial crisis, economic downturn, recession comes to mind and then this whole COVID thing comes up and hits everyone. And when I say everyone, the world, by surprise, in my opinion, and unprecedented times we're now living in, no one has a plan for it. The government doesn't have a plan. And so for us as individuals and then of course, as advisors, it has forced us to take a hard look at things, especially on just the basic financial planning side. I think it's never more important than it is today.

Speaker 1: Well, yeah. With everything that's been going on, it's easy to get singularly focused, I suppose, on various things. And we've talked about that off and on over the last several weeks with the whole COVID thing. And as we're starting to pull more and more out of it, we have to remember that we can't just shut everything down and whatever camp you're in, as far as the economy and things of that nature, I mean internally, we can't just shut everything down and say, well, the only thing I can allow myself to do right now is worry about whether or not me or my family catches coronavirus. I think that you have to continue to want to live and push yourself forward and do all those normal things. I think most of us are pretty good about that and know that overall, but there's certainly no shortage of stuff can come out of nowhere and slap you. And just when you think the day is, it's like, okay, it can't get any worse. Well, sometimes it can. Just be careful there.

Speaker 1: Now, we've all heard that saying, Tony, and I think the popular way of viewing that is actually incorrect. That money is the root of all evil. I think actually it says the lust or the love of money is the root of all evil is the way it actually goes. But Mark said the lack of money is the root of all evil. What's your thoughts there?

Tony: Well, I'll tell you, he's got it right there because yeah, most people associate money with evil and there's a thousand sayings about money, whether it's good or bad-

Speaker 1: We also associate it with happiness, too. [crosstalk 00:04:48] it can't buy love, but it can buy happiness.

Tony: I say the money for most, I think people got to look at it as it's there for you not to serve it, for it to be a servant for you, meaning that it's only a tool that you're using to get the things in life that you want. And that's what's different for everybody. But I think the main thing, especially as you get into retirement, when you can't or don't want to work anymore, it's really comes down to it's not how much I have, but do I have an income coming in and how long am I going to need that income because boy, that makes life, especially towards the end, theoretically, a lot less stressful when that all is put into motion or in place, if you will. If you don't have that at, toward the end especially, and you haven't done the planning well, then it becomes a stressful time. And I think that's maybe what he talks about a little bit there is the lack of that is going to cause you some problems late in life.

Speaker 1: Well, and we go to retirement and I'll play the devil's advocate here, but it's easy to have those lofty goals and say money isn't everything. And then that is certainly true, but when we're talking A, on a financial show and B, with what it is that you do in retirement, one of those main goals, if not the main goal, is to make sure that you do have the income. Not necessarily because you want to have all the money in the world, but because you certainly want to be able to take care of yourself, provide for yourself and because also, we are physically getting into that point where we can't necessarily go out and work the way we used to in order to provide for ourselves. I think it's clearly important to make sure that we're not running out of money and so to kind of use that Mark Twain analogy, that the lack of money certainly can be problematic for folks.

Tony: And I think another thing, and I use it with clients a lot, and I try to tell them, for me and hopefully for you, money does have to put food on your table, roof over your head and whatnot, but after that, what I feel it's like is it buys you time. Not time to live, but time so that you can go out and enjoy the things that are important to you while you are here because otherwise... I always tell people, too, if money wasn't a factor in this world and money meant nothing and we could go out and do and have fun, not need to work, we would all do that because that's what we all want to do at the end of the day. But the lack of that money or planning and you're having to work maybe until you can't work anymore, it just goes to show you that you've got to have something there, otherwise it's a stressful time.

Speaker 1: With what's going on in the world, there are certainly folks that are like, well, why can't we just do that? Let's just stay home and have the government send us money. And it's like, well, you can continue to mortgage your kids' and grandkids' the future, but at some point, you just can't print it endlessly. I don't know, maybe you can. I don't know, but I don't think you can.

Tony: I know.

Speaker 1: And speaking of the government and I was wrestling whether I was going to throw this one out, Tony, but it's just too good to not and you figure Mark Twain lived in, what, 150 years ago?

Tony: Something like that.

Speaker 1: You know what I mean? And so even then, he has this saying, and he's like, "Suppose you were an idiot and now suppose you are a member of Congress, but I repeat myself."

Tony: Even then.

Speaker 1: Even then Congress was idiots.

Tony: No, I know it. And really, I think what he's talking about there is you really can't worry about or depend on what the government's going to do [crosstalk 00:08:35] policies and procedures and applying it to the financial situation and planning and whether they adapt new laws to make the IRA tax deferred or not, or whether they put new laws have to do with taxes going up or down. There's always going to be some change and you can't worry about that. You definitely got to get your own situation under control. And from a financial standpoint, you don't want to have to worry about the news and what's coming out of Washington affect you other than just being in the know about it.

Speaker 1: Sure. Because there's not a lot we can do anyway. And yes, of course, while, quote unquote, our vote makes a difference, in the end, what's going to happen is what's going to happen. How many times have you voted for somebody that said they won't this and they certainly do. It's one of those things that we all kind of know is the case and I think that's a good way of looking at it, especially when it comes to things like social security or whatnot. We don't know what's going to happen, down the way with that. We assume that no politician will be the one who wants to be like, well, it's gone and there's nothing we can do about it because they won't stick around for very long. We'll assume that something gets done, but you just never know. To use a Mark Twain type of word, rather than worry about all that tomfoolery in Washington, focus on how you can try to be as independent from it as you can. And then of course, social security's coming in or whatever happens with taxes, you're prepared to your point. Good stuff there when we're talking about Mark Twain and what he can teach us about money.

Speaker 1: Now this is another pretty awesome classic one and this is certainly relevant to what's been happening as well. He says, "October is one of the particularly dangerous months for speculating in stocks and there's other months as well, July, January and September, April, November, March, may, June, December, August, and February."

Tony: Basically every month is what he's saying.

Speaker 1: Which was great. It's a fantastic way of saying, look speculating in stocks is dangerous anytime.

Tony: Anything. And the keyword is speculating versus investing for your future. And to his point, and even going back to the crash of '87 and then historically, October for trading stocks generally is not that good, but hopefully you're not doing that. Hopefully, you're investing throughout the year, every year as part of a plan and you're not trying to speculate and turn a thousand dollars into a hundred thousand dollars because that is speculation and that doesn't come around very often. And not that you can't do that and take a little bit of your money and do a little bit of that, but that's more of what I call gambling, where you're going to take your money out to the track or the casino and chances are you're going to lose it.

Tony: And that's not the issue with a comprehensive plan and in today's environment, even right now, six weeks ago, seven weeks ago, well, it's probably been about what two, three months now. The market was doing very nicely and it has recovered some, but it has been extremely choppy. No one saw this coming necessarily and it has nothing to do with really the economy. At least it didn't early on, it's catching up now. I think what he's talking about there is you've got to get a plan. You've got to stick to the plan. Every month there's going to be things that you can't control. And as long as you're setting money aside, it's still one of the best places to make money over the long term.

Speaker 1: Oh yeah. Yeah, definitely. And having a well thought out plan that kind of takes your time horizon, your age into account, we had a conversation, Tony, you and I, and months back on a podcast where if you were saying, well, boy, I didn't get all of '19. '19 finished, what, 30 something odd percent was what the market finished up for 2019. And some folks might be like, well, I didn't make that much. And it's like, well, yeah, because you were diversified in a way to protect you in case of a downturn. And of course, that same person would have been quite pleased come '20 when it did fall because they may not have fallen the full 30% or 35% that it did. It's all about making sure that whatever your plan is, is that it's tied in nicely to a goal to an overall setup.

Speaker 1: And I will say, speaking of goals, I've got a couple more here, but before we do that, I was going to ask you, I know you're a big golf fan. Did you get a chance to check out one of the very few sporting events that have happened? Did you get a chance to see the Match 2 here this past weekend or so ago with a Tiger and Phil and Peyton Manning and Tom Brady?

Tony: I didn't. I was actually golfing during it, but I heard it was very good. It sounded to me like the people that watched it had a lot of fun sort of the commentary.

Speaker 1: There's some good clips on YouTube you can go check out, just highlights and things of that nature on various different places. But as a golf fan should probably check it out, it was a lot of fun and there's some pretty good shots on there as well, but a lot of good ribbing and stuff going on.

Tony: [crosstalk 00:13:26].

Speaker 1: It raised like $20 million.

Tony: Which is great-

Speaker 1: Fantastic.

Tony: And I do have it taped and I do plan on watching it. I have not watched it yet. It's good that they tried to raise some money. I like that. And it's weird how much we miss all sports, even if you're not a golf fan and you just end up watching just for something to do.

Speaker 1: Same thing with NASCAR coming back and they had a couple of races. I think their numbers, their viewership numbers were pretty high and it was like, well, because they're the only game in town, literally.

Tony: Literally.

Speaker 1: People are checking it out. Anyway, I just wanted to ask you about that. I'll be curious to, on another podcast, I'll ask you if you had a chance to check it out. It was pretty good, though. I enjoyed it.

Speaker 1: Let's hit maybe one more here, maybe two more, we'll see. We're on time. The secret to getting ahead, and this is great, is getting started. That's a fantastic quote for really any avenue of life, but certainly, we all know that the sooner we can start saving for retirement, the better, but it's also just good to just start period. Even if it's today and you're still behind, then just start.

Tony: Got to start somewhere, yes. A lot of times people get in the middle age group and then beyond and they say, well, it's starting to get too late. I just won't do anything. And that's the exact wrong thing to do. You can make headway, you can make progress and get to some goals. They may not be the goals that you had when you were 30 or 25, but if you don't do anything and don't get started on something, chances are, just like we were talking about earlier, that you're going to have a real lack of money at the end when you're going to desperately need it. You do have to get something going, it's going to start with goals, going to start with where you're at now and how long you have until maybe you want to retire and then start working backwards from there.

Tony: But I think the other thing, too, a different saying from a different guy, it's not my own, sometimes the best way out of a hole is to stop digging and that's so true. Similar to this is if you've dug yourself into a little bit of hole financially, whether it be some bad decisions with credit or other things, you got to just stop digging the hole and generally, you can get out of it. It may take a little time, but generally those things are [inaudible 00:15:46], but you got to get something going.

Speaker 1: For any of us fellas out there that have ever tried to give someone, maybe their wife or somebody, a compliment and it went sideways on you and you just kept talking and she's like, stop digging, you're just making it worse.

Tony: Making it worse, yeah.

Speaker 1: Same kind of idea.

Tony: Yes, it is.

Speaker 1: There you go. Well, you know what, actually in the interest of time, I think we're going to wrap it up this week, but that was a good place to leave it on as well. Take any action. The secret of getting ahead is getting started. No matter where you're at, make sure that you're taking the steps forward. Listening to this podcast, learning some things, picking up some useful nuggets along the way, that certainly can count as taking initiative, getting started, things of that nature.

Speaker 1: If you have questions or concerns as always before you take any action, you should always reach out to Tony and have a conversation with him. You can call him at 844-707-7381. That's 844-707-7381. You can go to the website, yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com and check out Tony's website there. And of course, as always, we would appreciate it if you subscribe to the podcast on whatever platform you choose, whether it's Apple, Google, Spotify, or whatever, the one you liked the best is just type in Plan With the Tax Man and search that out in, let's say, Apple's field for example and it'll pop up and you just hit the little subscribe button and we'd certainly appreciate it. And Tony, thanks for your time my friend. I hope you have a good week and be careful with some of these saying here. Watch out for those months, man. They're tricky.

Tony: Tricky, but you got to take care until next time.

Speaker 1: That's right. Well, have a great week folks. We'll see you next time here on Plan with the Tax Man with Tony Mauro of Des Moines Professional Alternative Tax Doctor Inc. We'll see you next time.

View Details

Let’s talk about some financial planning “strategies” that don’t really work (even though some people, even some financial advisors, believe in them).

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody, welcome in to another edition of Plan With The Tax Man. Thank you for tuning into the podcast. We appreciate your time. As always, hope that everyone is staying safe and sane out there as we are edging our way back into some levels of normalcy, and with that Tony, welcome in my friend, how are you? You doing okay?

Tony: I'm still doing good. How about you?

Speaker 1: Hanging in there. We are doing the same thing. We are very close to being set free here in our neck of the woods now that we're into mid May, so hopefully we're seeing much, much more [inaudible 00:00:29] all over the place. I thought this go around... We talked last week, or a couple of weeks ago there, about just kind of the state of things, we had a bit of a hiatus due to the coronavirus, but we are doing our podcast regularly again and I thought we would kind of touch on some strategies this week that just don't work.

Speaker 1: A lot of things happening obviously in the world of finance and will continue to happen all through 2020. I think it's just going to be an interesting rocky year of all kinds. I think you and I even talked about that quite a bit last year as the year was winding down. Obviously we did not foresee just how rocky it was going to be thanks to the bug, but we certainly... I think a lot of people just felt like 2020 in general, election year and just a lot of things, it was going to be kind of volatile. So let's talk about a few financial strategies that don't really work, even though they kind of keep finding their way to the forefront of conversations.

Speaker 1: We'll start it with the market. Because of what has been going on in March and in April and all the volatility, you hear questions, you hear people saying tell me stuff like, well since it's being so volatile and work's being the way it's been with the coronavirus, maybe I shouldn't be pumping money into my 401k like I normally would if you're still working, or maybe I should get out so that I don't lose any more then I'll jump back in later when it starts to get better.

Speaker 1: If you tried to do that in late March when it was down 12% one day and up six the next, then down 10 the next, there's no way.

Tony: There's absolutely not. We've been getting a lot of calls on it about just what you said. Everything from, "Well, do you think I should stop contributing to my 401k? Do you think I should move all my money to cash?" I've had clients say I want to open up an investment account and invest in stocks even though that they've never done it before because they feel like the market was way down. Which in theory that's okay, but we've been trying to tell them, well, one, with the 401ks we've been telling people, unless you are in financial dire straights, you need to keep investing in your 401k because obviously you're automatically then buying when things are down because those funds are continuing to buy stocks and bonds and whatnot. So, that's not a good option to try to time that.

Tony: I think what's even worse and what I love to catch people on from a planning point of view is when they say they want to put some money in stocks because they want to buy... And they'll actually give me individual stocks. I had a client who was an accounting client who's never invested before, call me and say, "Well I want to put $20,000 in Dow Chemical." And I said, "Well, why?" And he said, "I don't know. It looks like it's down." I said, "That's it?" And I said, "Well, so what if it goes down more instead of up?" They don't have answers to those kinds of questions. When I try to draw them out on that I say, "Timing the market like this generally doesn't work for us individuals very well." Information is happening so fast and just with a few little stocks, especially what they want to do really is they want to make a very fast gain. I attribute it to almost like go and throw a couple chips out gambling.

Speaker 1: Well yeah, because you see some of these... Especially, obviously now here into May, it's stabilized a bit more, but in late March there everything's dropping, there are those folks who can smartly say, "Hey look, it's down. This is a good time to buy." And that's true. It is, it can be. Now, every time horizon is different and if you're getting closer to retirement, all those kinds of things you've got to factor in and you've got to talk with your advisor about how it's going to affect your plan. But a lot of people were kind of doing that, oh well this particular stock is way, way down. But I think that's going to...

Speaker 1: I don't know, let's just use cruise ships for an example. Right? You know, they're taking a beating so should we get in on them because, I don't know, six months from now or whatever, they'll be killing it when things get back to normal or whatnot. Again, maybe, but that's being speculative. So if you're going to do that, as an advisor, Tony, if somebody is really interested in doing that, is that how you approach the conversation? Do you say, "Look, that's fine if you really have your mind set on it, but let's make sure it's not affecting retirement plans or the overall investment strategy. Let's make that the speculative money and not get too crazy."

Tony: Exactly, and that's what we tell them, especially if we haven't worked with them before and we don't have any idea what their real financial situation is. I've actually told clients, I won't work with you. Because if this is a little bit of speculation money and you want to do that, then there's some strict criteria that I'll go through with them to say that, first of all, I want to know what your financial situation is to know that you're not just playing with money you should not be. Number two is, I want to know, if you can't tell me, then I'll tell you what your buy and sell disciplines are because us as financial planners, some people look at us still as the old stock brokers where we're all sitting and we have inside information or we're watching charts that they don't see. All this stuff's public now.

Tony: We as advisors are not that role. I certainly am not. I know most advisors aren't, is we're trying to help people get to their end goals. I tell them, for example, I said, "Let's say you put $10,000 into this stock and let's say that it goes up, I don't know, in let's say a year, a hypothetical, and it's now worth $15,000. Nice gain. Very nice gain. But is $5,000 really life changing to you in the big picture? I would say in most cases not. Yeah, it's nice to have, but at the same time, well you lose 5,000 and now you're devastated." I try to get them thinking of the bigger picture and trying to not get them trying to be a stock picker.

Speaker 1: And that's another strategy that doesn't work either. Timing the market, picking the stocks. I'm glad you brought that up. That was actually on my list. It doesn't really matter what, I guess, economic era we're in or what's going on, those are some, not tried and true, but those are some believed methods that just continue to permeate and they never really work.

Tony: They don't work. I mean, people want to try to pick individual stocks as in my example. I've had a couple clients call and what they were looking at was the airlines. The airline, they're way down, travel's way off. Airlines are volatile industry and they always are. I try to stress to them and tell them that may be the case, but I think you're going to have to be really patient and be able to say, I got to give this two, three, four, five years possibly before these things really... And that's assuming that they have good financials and the economy stays good.

Tony: There's so much that goes into that. I always like to tell them, if I was an expert stock picker, I certainly wouldn't be working, nor would the guys, I believe sometimes on Wall Street.

Speaker 1: You'd be sitting on your island and enjoying all your...

Tony: I'd be sitting on a yacht somewhere. It's a slow steady growth. While I think yes, there are some people that can make some fast money, I think for the average person, it's just not going to be that possible. If they do, then that's going to be the one time in a long time. You can't get in that mindset why, geez, this is pretty easy. I can do this every couple of months or every year and I'm going to be set.

Speaker 1: It's like, I don't know, it'd be like the lottery or lightening striking, right? If you do happen to get lucky and hit one one time, I imagine that's got to be tough because it could be much like a drug and you're like, I'm going to do that again. But the odds are just astronomical. So, proper planning to ensure that your... It's like anything. It's like making a budget when you first had a family or whatever the case is. You've got all these things that you say, okay Christmas time when you first have a family and you're building your family, you're like, well we can't go overboard on the kids at Christmas because A, we're setting this precedent and B, we want to make sure that we don't mess up our budget for regular life.

Speaker 1: We learn as we're going through these things, and so as we get closer to retirement or we're pre-retirees or whatever, and we're doing investing, we want to make sure that we have that good base built that's going to take care of us as we age. But yeah, I get the understanding, the itch to want to speculate a little bit, but just make sure you're doing it responsibly and it's something you can afford to lose.

Tony: That's exactly it. And my last story there really, the same client that asked me about Dow Chemical, in the same conversation said he had went out and Googled, if you had bought, of course everybody does this with some of these stocks that I'm talking about. Apple, when it first came out and you still held it today you'd have this many millions of dollars. My first point to him was, "Well, very, very few actually buy something like that and hold it for this long."

Tony: And I said, "But if it goes to prove though, if you are and do have the discipline to do that, that's how you're rewarded." But many, many don't. As soon as they make a little money, boom, they're out and then they're onto something new and then that one, they lose money and then longterm instead of having a lot of money basically have what you started with or worse.

Speaker 1: Well, investing is a marathon, right? Not a sprint.

Tony: A marathon. That's exactly it.

Speaker 1: Yeah, exactly. So those are two strategies right off the bat Tony, that are again, they show up all the time, they just really don't work. Timing the market, picking the right stocks. Another one is the whole... And we're going to continue on through, we won't focus on just the investment, we won't focus on some other things as well, some other strategies.

Speaker 1: The whole taking care of each other thing. So my wife, I'm 50, my wife's just a couple of years behind me. We have the conversation every now and again. But you have these people who will say, "Well we're not going to have to worry about a nursing home because we're going to care for one another, our kids are all help out," whatever that kind of scenario looks like. I don't know if that's just fear of talking about or dealing with the potential to think the term "nursing home," which, and that might not even be a nursing home, it might just be a longterm care event in general. Or if it's just the mortality thing or what it might be, but that seems to be a really shortsighted way of looking at things because...

Speaker 1: My wife will say to me now, she's like, "There's no way I can..." I've got a bad back and she's like, "I can't pick you up when you're on the ground now when I'm 45 and healthy, how could I do it when I'm 70."

Tony: That's right. And we get a lot of people that I think for some they'll immediately when you start talking about it, they want to not talk about it because they're denying the fact that they're ever going to need this. But if they can get past that, then a lot of them immediately look to longterm care insurance. I've heard of that. I cringe. It's too expensive and I'm never going to use it. Then to others, really that may not make sense, but you need to at least have a plan in place of what you'll do if one or both of you need some kind of care and be able to have that plan and have it shared with others as you age and whatnot.

Tony: Because I think for a certain segment of the population, I think it comes down to income in a lot of situations. I think people at the lower end of the income spectrum probably don't need longterm care insurance. A, they can't afford it and B, if they need care, they're probably going to be on Medicaid if it's longer term. The problem with that though is many people don't need that long longterm care, they can just need in home care, they need care of some kind and that they have to plan for that somehow. Whether it's federal assistance, whether it's some kind of reduced policy. Then there's people on the other end of the spectrum that have a lot of assets and a lot of money, probably can self-insure most of the time. If you're above a certain amount then maybe you don't have that need, but you still have to have a plan.

Tony: Here's how it's going to work, here's what's going to happen, here's how it's going to happen. But it's everybody in between, which is the bulk of us. It is, well I probably am not going to qualify for Medicaid. I don't maybe have enough to self-insure for five years. I need to have a policy just like I do on my home or my auto and I just have to live with it. I just bought one on myself and my wife and I'm just now going to be 53 this June. I had put that out there, but it's still relatively inexpensive and it's just something we felt we had to have watching my wife's mom go through it without any insurance. Basically the kids trying to take care of her and it was five years of... And anybody that's been through it will tell you, torture, mental torture and it's tough to watch.

Speaker 1: No, it's definitely tough to watch that. The same analogy, if you break that down to saying well, the kids are going to help take care of us. I mean that's putting a lot on family strain and individual. So again, that's a strategy that just doesn't work. Really take the time to talk with your advisor. It's not a pleasant conversation but a little forethought can just stave off a lot of heartache later on to discuss what you're going to do in the event of some form of longterm care requirement. The reality is it's one in three people I think. So, it's something you just have to discuss. We'll hit one more here on our episode this week, and it kind of falls into that same line Tony a little bit.

Speaker 1: My mom is kind of guilty of this. I'm guilty of this a little bit as well. But, basing or guessing, I suppose, at your retirement planning process, your longterm care needs around the assumption that your life will mirror your parents or your family history, the hereditary of it. Most of the men in my family do pass away before 70 so I tend to ride this thought that I will probably die a little earlier, maybe in my seventies. Maybe I'm kind of giving myself the medical advances and saying well I'll probably get into my seventies, but I don't foresee 80 coming down the pike. But with that being said, I'm trying to plan as though I will make it to a 100.

Tony: Yes. I think that's a good assumption is to plan that you are going to live into your mid to late eighties and even beyond because that's, I don't want to say worst case scenario, because usually that's a good thing depending on the quality of life you have. But, from a financial standpoint is a good thing because you want to make sure that you don't run out of money, and that's every retirees fear is just getting up into those ages and maybe you do run out of money and you can't work at that point. I think that some of us tend to look at this too literally and just mirror that and say, "Well, I'm only going to live this long so I'll go ahead and my retirement should be okay because I'm going to spend this much."

Tony: Then they outlive that guess, and they end up with a different type of lifestyle. I think on the flip side too, this is just a personal opinion, I'd love to live into my mid to late eighties which should be great. But obviously, and I think we all want the same thing, we want that quality of life that we have in forties fifties. For a lot of us that just isn't going to be there. It's not anything we've done. The body is going to potentially fall apart, who knows? Are we coming down with some chronic disease? The lifestyle may not be what you had hoped for. So I do think there's a delicate balance there, that you obviously you want to live in the moment while planning for that old age to make sure you don't run out of money.

Speaker 1: Yeah. I think that's a good point. I imagine from multiple standpoints, whether it's health or wealth, I imagine you don't have too many people calling you and saying, "I want to work on a retirement plan where my lifestyle is less in retirement than what it was going into it." So you do have to kind of plan your way through those things. From a health side, obviously we've got this interesting new element that we were all dealing with here this last six, seven weeks, but it's still one of those things where we have to focus on that as well. Being active and all the things, and overall societally we are. We are living longer. We are living better for the most part prior to this thing happening. For the most part, everybody is doing a little bit better in a lot of cases.

Speaker 1: Sure there are markers, there are hereditary markers that can, I guess, impact your health, but it's not the be all end all. The medicine that and the treatments that my grandfather and my father got is not the same that I'm getting. So you got to bear that in mind.

Tony: Exactly.

Speaker 1: Yeah. All right. I think that's a good podcast to kind of leave people with some thoughts to think about. It's easy to kind of get pulled into these conversation pieces, these financial strategies that just kind of continue to hang around that people talk about a lot. Timing the market, picking stocks, putting your head in the sand when it comes to the longevity of life or the lifestyle, but they're never a good strategy.

Speaker 1: Do yourself a favor. Do your retirement a favor. Talk with your advisor, work with an advisor, and talk with yourselves as well. A great place to go is having an initial conversation about some of these things with your loved ones and making sure you're on the same page and then planning through that with an advisor like Tony Mauro, which is why we call the show Plan With The Tax Man. So, if you need some help, you got some questions, at this point you should know what to do, but if you don't, I'll tell you again, it's (844) 707-7381. That's how you can call him and let him know you want to chat. That's (844) 707-7381. With everything going on, you can have a phone conversation, you could have a virtual meeting. There's lots of things happening so you can still take some action.

Speaker 1: But if you are working with Tony or you know someone who might benefit from the message and you have not yet subscribed to the show, we would certainly appreciate it. You can just simply go to yourplanningpros.com. You'll see the podcast page there. You can check out Tony's website, a lot of good tools, tips, and resources. And of course, while you're there, you could subscribe to the show. You could also just search Plan With The Tax Man on Apple or Google or Spotify or whatever platform you choose. We would certainly appreciate it. And with that, Tony, I'm going to let you go this week, but have a safe, sane week and I will talk to you real soon.

Tony: All right, you the same and take care until next time.

Speaker 1: We'll see you next time right here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

View Details

On today's episode we check in with Tony on how things have been going through the month of April for his clients, his team and himself.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Marc: Hey everybody, welcome in to Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro. Thank you for tuning into the podcast. We've actually been missing for a couple of weeks, because there's been a lot going on. And so, Tony, how you doing buddy? You hanging in there?

Tony Mauro: We're hanging in. It's been a whirlwind about month and a half here.

Marc: Absolutely. You were telling me, just before we got started, so we're just going to do this week's podcast on just the state of things, how things have been going for you and the business, and your clients, personally. Obviously, tax season, and then Corona virus, and then just wham, wham, wham. How you been getting through with everything?

Tony Mauro: Well, it's been no shortage of information, that's for sure-

Marc: That's for sure, yeah.

Tony Mauro: ... with all the virus stuff going on. Really, for us, here in the Midwest, started about the last week of March, when all of this started happening. And to think, just that long ago, life seemed to be as normal and everything seemed to be going very well.

Marc: Oh yeah. I mean, the record declines from the highs. I mean everything just a super whirlwind.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, and out of everybody's control really. The first thing that came, at least here, and I know that now it's all over the country, is many of the governors have shut down most of their states as far as business goes. Around here, with all the small businesses we serve, it's been very difficult for some, depending on what business they have been in. I think it's going to touch us all, including us, in certain respects because they can't get out and earn a living. Yeah, the last few weeks have-

Marc: The ramifications a few weeks from now, I think, are going to be even more interesting, couple months from now.

Tony Mauro: It really will be. In the last three or four weeks, we've been spending a lot of time not only with our small business clients, trying to help them decipher how to get some federal help with all these PPP funds and different SBA loans, which literally they've been making up the rules as they go.

Marc: Exactly.

Tony Mauro: And changing them about every day as well.

Marc: And changing, yeah, exactly. I mean, with you guys doing tax planning and and being EA and a CFP, I mean, it's just the information overload has had to been interesting for sure. So, trying to appease and talk through clients who are worried about their retirement, as well as talk through clients on the tax situation, and how do I get some government assistance, I imagine you have been cooking.

Tony Mauro: We have bee. So, we have that first of all, and then the IRS, which I think they did the right thing of... It wasn't them, it was Congress, but extended the filing deadline on the individual side to July 15th. And so, that has changed a lot of things. And then, they had the stimulus, and they were still getting tons of questions on the stimulus. Where's my money? I don't have this. I moved. What do I do? The bad part is for the first time in a long, long, time we don't have a lot of answers on some of these things, because we just don't know. The IRS has kind of been shuttered as well. They don't have anybody working, and so we can't get answers. It's hard to tell clients, well you've just got to be patient and you get what you get type of thing. They don't want to hear that.

Marc: Right. And then, you were telling me you're actually doing stuff in the parking lot and stuff in order to try to like work around the social distancing. I mean, I have this mental image in my head. I imagine that was strange.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, it's still going on. We have a sign in the door. People come in if they want to drop off things. They honk a couple of times and we go out. We kind of feel like the old A&W waiters and waitresses for those of you that have been around long enough to know what those are.

Marc: Hey, those are great though, right? I would take that in a heartbeat right now. But yeah.

Tony Mauro: So yeah, we have been doing that and doing a lot of business in the parking lot, and just to try to be on the safe side.

Marc: Sure. Yeah, yeah.

Tony Mauro: I mean, we could let people in, but we're trying to keep everybody, the staff safe, and the clients too.

Marc: Right, right. Well, and your demographic is a little different than just a straight retirement planner who primarily has older folks, because you do taxes and things for businesses. You have a bit of a wider demographic. But in some ways, again, you still want to be cautious of that, because you don't want to be that facilitation point. Are you doing Zoom meetings with clients as well, like most everybody else is doing now, or go to meetings or whatnot when you need to contact somebody and talk them through whatever's going on?

Tony Mauro: We do. I've been using Zoom meetings for a long time.

Marc: Yeah. You and I've been ahead of the curve. We've been doing this on Zoom for a while.

Tony Mauro: For a long time. I mostly used it with accounting clients and payroll clients for our monthly or quarterly meetings.

Marc: Gotcha.

Tony Mauro: It's forced us, on the retail tax side where we normally have clients come in and we do their appointment while they're here, to basically use electronic means, using portals, and then Zoom meetings, and whatnot. For a lot of them, even some of the older folks, have really caught on and say, "Wow, I think I want to do this every year now. I didn't know this was going to be this easy."

Marc: The side benefit, there's all these things we're learning about what business may or may not look like in the future, and that's some of it. I mean, did you see the interesting story, Tony, that sales of tops and blouses and things were up but pants were not?

Tony Mauro: No, I did not see that. That's interesting. Oh, yeah.

Marc: You only have to look nice from the waist up, because you've got your laptop open, and the camera, and you're being filmed for a business meeting, or like you're talking about, working with clients and stuff. So, people are at home with their jammies on, and then they've got a nice dress shirt or something like that. So, all these interesting things that have come out of this. I imagine that clients have embraced some of that said, "Hey, okay." I imagine, for some people, once they get over the fear of transferring documents securely, which I mean, your information's been out there for a while now. I mean, if you basically have filed taxes in the last decade, your information's out there.

Tony Mauro: It is. Even we store all the client copies out on a secure portal [crosstalk 00:06:08].

Marc: Right, right. But, just in general, people are always amazed that... They're like, "Oh, I don't want my information out in the cloud." And it's like, if you pay anything electronically ever there's a lot of information out there on you. I'm glad to see that people are embracing it. I'm seeing that. You know I talk with people all across the country and doing this different kinds of shows and I see different pockets of areas where maybe retirees, or pre-retirees that are really close, they're a little leery of that at first. They're like, "Well, okay fine, we'll do the webcam meeting, but I don't want to send any documents." That started to, like you said, it started to ebb and flow, and people are realizing, hey, this may be... A, it's easier once they get over that initial concern. And then, it may be just the necessary evil for a while.

Tony Mauro: I think it will be on a lot of fronts, I know for us, especially now with our electronic portal on the tax side. Before, people I think were a little apprehensive uploading documents, because, A, a lot of them didn't have scanners or the right kind of scanners, and then having to save it somewhere, drag it here, drag it there. But now, with the software, if we can get them to just take pics, they all know how to do that. If they could just take a picture of that document and then hit add, it makes it very easy for almost any age. Because, even some of the retirees, they know how to take a pic and send it to their grandkids. It has forced us to do some things like that, which in our mind, on a business side, on the tax side of things, we've been wanting to do this for several years. It's been slower than we wanted and this has accelerated it for us.

Tony Mauro: I find it interesting too, I've actually spent on a personal level, probably just as much or more, because I'm a big, the people that know me, a big wine guy and so I like to drink wine. I like to collect wine. I like everything about it. Well, I remember when the fires happened in 2017 in Napa and everybody was caught out there, and they lost a lot. Now, the wineries have gotten out ahead of it and saying, "We're doing virtual tastings." I've been on a lot of them.

Marc: Really?

Tony Mauro: And virtual cooking.

Marc: Interesting. See, that, I have a hard time with, because it's like, how are you supposed to know what it... You can't taste it.

Tony Mauro: Well, you have the wine or they'll sell you some wine ahead of time. And then, you get on with the wine maker, and just like you were there, you're tasting the same wines, you're talking about them.

Marc: Oh, okay, okay. So, they're sending it to you.

Tony Mauro: Yes, yes.

Marc: Okay, interesting. But, if you hate it, I guess you're stuck with it, right?

Tony Mauro: You are. I mean, you have to be into it [crosstalk 00:08:42].

Marc: Got to be a little picky. Yeah, understand what you're getting into. Yeah, absolutely. I mean, yeah, we're seeing it like it was virtual tours of museums, and zoos, and all these kind of... Since there's nobody in the zoos, they're now going around with the different cameras and whatnot, and they're filming the animals, and then letting kids and adults as well take virtual tours of the zoo. All that's great, I think, to have really helped. But at the same time, it's also like the part of you, depending on your age, I'm sure as well, but it's like, no, this is not what life's supposed to be.

Marc: We've got to turn that corner and get back to doing... And maybe there's some positives, like we will learn to not sardine each other in everything. Like, maybe the airlines, they're talking of taking out some chairs, not cramming as many people into as they can just to increase the dollar amount, I guess, of what you're making per flight, or what you're making per restaurant, or whatever type of thing. Maybe there'll be some nice benefits from that. I think, at the same time, as humans, we're still social creatures. We still want to be around other folks and see other things. Even if you're a bit of a home body or people going into public places sometimes causes you stress, I think we all still miss a level of that.

Tony Mauro: I do too. I really do. The thing I miss the most, with my wife and I, is at going out to dinner, which we generally would do every weekend. We've done a lot of takeout, try to help local restaurants, but it's just not the same. It's not the same ambiance, and there's the social aspect of it, yes, is missing bad. I'm not a guy that goes out, does a lot of mall shopping.

Marc: Yeah, I'm not a big partier, but there's like a weird disconnect isn't it? It's like a strange feeling to go, "Well, I'm going to go to Lowe's to get some stuff," but then you go and you think, "Well, now I feel bad because I went to Lowe's and I probably shouldn't." It's like there's this weird disconnect in the whole thing. Hopefully, we'll be seeing the elimination of that or the scale down of that, which we're starting to see already.

Marc: We're taping this, folks, here, right here at the beginning of May. So, let me also go ahead and say happy Mother's Day coming up here shortly. I think, we're going to put this podcast out about two days or so before Mother's Day. So, happy Mother's Day to all the moms out there. Thank you for all you do. But yeah, it's the beginning of May, so we're beginning to see some phase down. We're also seeing a lot of unrest around the country. It's going to be interesting the next, I think, another four to six weeks, it's going to be really interesting to see how our country, as a whole, starts to react pocket by pocket, because every area is a little bit different. It'll be certainly interesting, and I'm glad that you guys are doing well. Anything else that we should touch on this quick episode? You've been talking with clients. How's clients been overall? They've been concerned with everything that's been happening or feeling pretty good, because they knew they had a good plan in place with you, or how's that been going?

Tony Mauro: Our small business clients, for the most part, I think it's been really eye opening for them, because while they have most of their financial affairs in order, one thing that many, and even on the individual side as well, don't have the necessary emergency funds in place. I've been shocked, even at the small businesses, most of them haven't had but maybe two weeks worth of bills set aside. In other words, monthly expenses set aside. Of course, this is an unprecedented event, but we all should be, and even on the individual side, the old financial planning adage of getting an emergency fund, that three to six months worth of expenses sure would be very handy, especially if you've been laid off. Hopefully, it's only going to be a month, month and a half here. I think clients in this city and in Iowa are worried, but they're pretty positive that they're going to get back to work pretty quick.

Tony Mauro: The stories are starting to come out now of people that have been laid off that may not be able to return. Their jobs may be eliminated and whatnot, and they're looking at a rough patch. And so, I think a lot of them at least have woken up to the fact that, I need to start planning a little better.

Marc: Well, what we do when we do the podcast [inaudible 00:12:59], Tony, is we talk a lot about planning. We talk a lot about the various different things to take into account, whether it's business tax planning, personal tax planning, retirement planning, all those things we go through. I think, hopefully, people will start to learn and start to move more. I mean, obviously, the market doing what it did in March and early April certainly... Especially early March was really a lot of the heavy falling. Interestingly enough though, April finished with one of the better Aprils than it's ever had in that rad?

Tony Mauro: [crosstalk 00:13:29].

Marc: I think people, they missed that piece, because there's so many other things went on. March was so, obviously, super bad, but then it was... What was it? I think it was 28% or something like that for April.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, very, very, close to that.

Marc: Yeah. That's an encouraging sign as well. So hopefully, we'll start to pull these things back together. But if you do have those questions, you do have those concerns, you haven't taken some action, or you haven't followed through on some steps or whatever, as always, Tony and the team are here to help. Obviously, they've been swamped, but they are here to help. Whether you're an existing client, you already know that, or if you're been listening to our podcast and thinking about reaching out to them, you can. Just let them know that you need to talk and they'll help you out.

Marc: You can go to yourplanningpros.com, that's yourplanningpros.com. While you're there, you can subscribe to the podcast, Playing With The Tax Man, on Apple, or Google, or Spotify, or whatever platform you choose. Or you could just call them as well. If you have questions or concerns, before you take any action, you should always talk to a qualified professional like Tony and his team at Tax Doctor Inc, (844) 707-7381, that's (844) 707-7381. I guess, with that, we'll wrap up this week's podcast. I'm glad that we were able to get back together and talk. I know we're going to do another one here in a couple of weeks. So, you guys stay safe, you stay sane, and we'll look forward to seeing you soon.

Tony Mauro: All right, sounds good, Mark. Thank you.

Marc: Thanks, Tony. I appreciate you folks. Make sure, again, you subscribe to the show. We'll see you here again soon on Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro of Tax Doctor Inc. We'll see you next time.

View Details

It is no secret that our financial plan will shift and change throughout our lives. However, this is even more prevalent the closer we get to retirement. Tony will discuss the different retirement planning stages and what the focus should be when you hit these checkpoints.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Mark: Hey everybody, welcome into this edition of Plan With The Tax Man, with [Tony Mauro 00:00:00:04]. Mark and I... I am Mark. Mark and Tony here talking about investing, finance and retirement. How are you doing bud?

Tony Mauro: I'm doing well. Thank you.

Mark: Better than me apparently. I'm all messed up today. Everything had been going okay so far?

Tony Mauro: It's been going good. You know we're in the throws of tax seasons, so it's a very busy time. But we know that every year, so it's not like it's a surprise.

Mark: Right. It's certainly been an interesting few weeks with everything going on between campaign stuff and financial stuff with a Coronavirus stuff. There's been lots of things going on over the last couple of weeks. But I'm going to focus right now here on a news article I saw when I ask you about this. That Bloomberg, obviously one of the gents running, has stated that unlike... I guess the point is he's kind of poking fun at the current president maybe. That he'll sell off all his financial data and media company if he was to win and become elected. It's worth estimated, I guess around 60 billion. My big question is not from a political standpoint, but how many buyers could there be for such a thing? Maybe Disney, they buy everything.

Tony Mauro: That's right. It would have to be somebody, a big company to buy something like that from him, because his wealth... If you ever looked at him like maybe some people were looking at our current president, he's into a lot of things and it would have to be a large company. Somebody like, say, an At&T, General Electric, somebody like that, somebody huge. Maybe it'll be one of these tech companies who knows, Google and Amazon, some of these companies are sitting on large piles of cash. Not probably that much, but it would have to be somebody like that. But it is interesting that they're kind of going back and forth to so-called billionaires on... Obviously he's making fun of the president a little bit, but he'd be willing to give up all his [crosstalk 00:01:56] what's happening now.

Mark: Now you kind of can't help but see the jab in there, but at the same time, I mean 60 billion. That's a pretty hefty price tag. So it would have to be definitely the right suitor, I'm sure.

Tony Mauro: [crosstalk 00:02:10].

Mark: We'll see how that all plays out as the year goes along. Obviously we're just in March right now, so plenty of time to go. But we'll see how things rock and roll. But for our conversation today, Tony, our main portion of our podcast, I want to talk about the stages of retirement planning. What I've done is, I've kind of broken them down into a couple of categories. Basically let's just assume for the sake of the argument and for the podcast today, that people are retiring at the age of 65. That's the number we all kind of associate anyway. So let's use that as our median number and say, let's talk through some stages. Stage one being those folks who, like myself, are about 15 years away or so from retirement. Maybe you're right around 50, maybe you're 49, 50, 51. What are some main financial things, some things we should start to focus on if we're this I guess preliminary stage, stage one if you will, of thinking about retirement planning? 15 years out.

Tony Mauro: 15 years out, and I'm right there with you. I think about it myself, my brother who just turned 50. It's like a switch went off with him, all of a sudden he's thinking about this more as well. So that seems to be kind of the age, 15 years or so out. But I think there's a number of things we could talk about here, but a few of them basically... I mean for me, one of the most important things is getting out and staying out of debt, trying to eliminate as much of that as you can in these next 15 years. So that you can not have those pressures you have when you're younger of, I've got to pay all these bills. It makes it a lot easier to live on less if you don't have all that debt. That'd be the number one I would say. Number two is, you've got to start thinking about what you want at the end in forms of different income streams and what you are going to have.

Tony Mauro: This is where the planning starts to come in, you can't wait until the last day to do this. You've got to kind of start planning on, here's where I'm at now, here's where I want to be and am I going to have enough? If not, how am I going to fix that? Then that opens up a whole new conversation. But that would be something else. Then the last thing would be, this is probably the last time, especially in today's market, that you want to be increasing your risk in your portfolio. If anything you want to start, if you're haven't already, getting your diversification intact and starting to take a little bit less risk for these next 15 years. Not I'm saying you have to go all the way, all the cash or anything like that, but certainly need to take a look at that and your appetite for that as you get a little closer.

Mark: Right. Now, I think that's a good idea. So 15 years out, you're really kind of in that beginning stage, you're starting to think about it. I think those are some good bullet points you gave us there, Tony, to start kind of considering. So let's move it into stage two and say okay, well maybe we find ourselves now at the 10 year window. Okay, so maybe we're 55, 56, somewhere in that neighborhood. We're starting to amp this up. Give us some bullet points, some ideas to start ticking this thing closer.

Tony Mauro: So a couple things we can do right off the bat and this is easily obtainable, is to get a statement not only from social security as to what your potential benefit will be at 65, maybe 67, 70. Finding out what your full retirement age will be for them, because they have increased it for us a little bit. Doing the same thing with any pensions that you might have. Not as many people have the old fashioned pensions, but if you do, you want to get a rough estimate of what your monthly benefit will be there.

Tony Mauro: I think another thing too is you got to start thinking about, because I know I will be. Okay, when do I really want to call it quit? Is it going to be 65, is it going to be 70, maybe I continue to work. Again, big picture stuff, but you need this start narrowing it down a little bit. That would be something to think about. Then last is, because it's all based on, I think for me again it's close to home. Because I want to know what people want to do in retirement. Because for me, it's not going to be the same as you or somebody else, but that's what it's all about for me, is what I actually want to do. And am I going to have enough money to do that or not?

Mark: Right. Of course everybody is different, but you are starting to pull these things together. You starting to determine or maybe getting closer and have an idea of where you want to retire, how you want to retire, what do you want it to look like? What are you wanting to do? Settle a lot of those things. I mean hopefully you've been thinking about that all along, but I think it starts to... naturally it starts to ramp up in our mind as we get closer, we start to have more conversations over dinner with our spouse and daydream maybe if you will, of things you want to do, so on and so forth.

Mark: All this kind of takes up and takes forward, but then we start to get to the five year window. Now hopefully by now we have actually started taking action on many of these items, hopefully anyway. But either way, let's talk about five years out. Now, let's just say, for the sake of the argument, we're 60 and it's right around the corner. Maybe 62 is looking better, maybe it's 65, maybe it's 67, whatever the case is. But what are some of the more serious things to consider here?

Tony Mauro: So now we're starting to get into a little more of a tighter funnel here. Because we're starting to come closer to the end. I think for a lot of people it's important, just like you said, is to think about, okay, what are we going to do for that date? What are we going to kind of pencil in, if you will, as to at least when we're going to start? The other thing I think, if you haven't already, you really need to take a serious look and not have a lot of your retirement assets tied up, maybe in equities. Now I'm not saying again move everything.

Tony Mauro: But you should be working with someone to assure that your portfolio or nest egg is well diversified and not taking the risks like a 25 year old would be, looking for growth. Because you don't have the time to make up those potential losses if they should occur. Then I think last probably is again, trying to get a tighter number on what streams of income are going to come in and how much, because you're getting close now and you want to firm up some of these numbers that you've been talking about over the last five years or so.

Mark: Right. When you're in that five year window, Tony, it's often referred to as the retirement red zone or the financial red zone or whatever. Hopefully you're working with an advisor at this point. Now, it's never too late, it's one of those things where you don't want to give somebody the impression they'd say, well, you've waited till five years out. Oh well, tough noogies. You can still come in-

Tony Mauro: There's always some things.

Mark: Always some things you can be doing, but hopefully you've been addressing some of these ahead of time. Working with an advisor is going to help you go through these different stages. I think the stages will obviously, if you even started with an advisor 15 years out, the level of working with him, it's going to slowly kind of amp up as well. As you're moving through this and getting closer, the activity between you two should be increasing as well. Or am I off there?

Tony Mauro: No, I think you're exactly right. We work mostly and have the most contact with our pre-retirees and retirees, because of the stage that they're at. In the growth stage, yes, you're monitoring the plan and making some small changes, but that's pretty much it. As goals change, adjusting, but retirees, it becomes a whole different thing, because you've got to make sure that you've got enough income coming. Make sure your taxes are paid and all this other stuff. So, yeah.

Mark: Okay. We've hit all these, we've hit these windows, the 15, the 10, the five, excuse me. So now Tony, well, it's the big day. We're on the day of retirement, what are the absolute essential things that we should have and need to have figured out at this point?

Tony Mauro: Well at this point, hopefully you've covered everything that we just talked about and you have your income sources in place, you know what they are. Then I think an important add on is, if they have never been taxed, make sure that your taxes are being withheld or your taxes are being paid. So you don't have a surprise come tax time that you owe a large tax bill. Then you need to have a really good grasp, and a lot of people don't. Because they've never done it, is to what our monthly expenses are going to be, our monthly budget? What do we spend in that we have to spend money on? Then what's the fun stuff? Another thing is, even though you are in retirement, I still think there's a need for some sort of emergency fund.

Tony Mauro: It doesn't need to be maybe to the extent of when during your earning years, but just something in case something happens. You've got some reserves, you're not wondering and maybe getting into debt to replace something or something like that. Then on the investment side, and I see it all the time on the tax side of our business. Retirees come in, they have a handful of CDs, they're getting 0.1% and they're wondering why they don't have enough income. You got to have something that's going to, at least with part of your money, to outpace inflation.

Mark: Right. No, definitely. I'll go back to the market drop a couple of weeks ago. Yeah, a couple of weeks ago, I guess at this point. The big first big day, I'm thinking about it from a standpoint of I was having a conversation with someone and we were talking about the diversification. So in 2019, it was a good year. I mean you had people overall 2019 ended up well. There are a lot of people saying that the average was somewhere between 25, 30%, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Mark: You have different people, I've heard from folks saying, well I didn't make 30% and I was upset with my advisor for it. It's like, well, a lot of that had to do with probably how you're allocated based on your risk tolerance, where you're at in life. Like the people that were making 30% that was mostly, if I'm not mistaken, all large cap, which is going to put you in a different risk category. Again, correct me if I'm wrong, because this is what you do every day. But that's the whole purpose of an advisor is to mitigate some of that. So if you were making 10, 12, 15, 17 you still were having a good year. That was based on the fact of your risk tolerance. Now in a case where the market's been dropping due to the Coronavirus, you're probably not losing as much as the 3% or the 4%. because again, you're diversified. Am I right in that?

Tony Mauro: No, you're too right on it. Yes, because as the markets have chugged up over the last four or five years, everybody's now thinking that no matter what their risk tolerance is, they should be getting anywhere 15, 20%. I mean something higher. What I'm telling them, because I have had a couple of clients, they're the pre-retirement, but they said the same thing. Hey, the market's up X, but we only got X. I'm quick to remind them that, hey, it's because here's the way we're invested based on your risk tolerance and your nearest to retirement.

Tony Mauro: We can't afford to take those risks. If you want to take those risks, I can make it very easy for you. We'll go out, we'll just basically drop everything and we'll buy an ETF in the S&P fund. You'll get the returns of the market, but you're also going to get the losses when they happen as well. So sometimes I have to try to correct what I call... I tell them what I feel like it's irrational thinking, that if you're basically using advisor to outperform the market, I think you're going to be disappointed in all cases. That doesn't mean we're bad. It just means that, we're out there trying to devise a portfolio that is going to work for you and your risk tolerance.

Mark: Right. Kind of weathering multiple storms. Yeah. I think that's where, of course, we've talked many times on the podcast, the greed factor that we all possess. And there's nothing wrong. It doesn't make you a bad person. You go, man, I want to make 30% too. But if you're 60 chasing 30%, it's probably not the best idea in last year's market in case of something like this. If you want to kind of use the conversation about the market downturn so far, early this year. We had multiple 10% drops in 19, yet it's still finished up almost 30%.

Tony Mauro: It still finished up.

Mark: Right. So you just don't know until as the year plays out. That's why investing is a longterm proposition, right?

Tony Mauro: Long-term proposition. In fact, I just had a funny story. I had a client who just emailed me two days ago. He's a client that isn't involved too much in this portfolio, but he started listing off all these points that have been happening the last few weeks.

Tony Mauro: He gets it from the news-

Mark: Of course, right.

Tony Mauro: ... of course, the internet. He pointed to China and the Coronavirus, maybe we should get out of any investments that hold anything over there, the economy. All the way down to if the democratic president becomes president, there's going to be a market correction. And I said, well, you're watching way too much [crosstalk 00:00:14:26]. We're longterm here. I said this is always happens. It may not be these points, but there's always something going on and the markets could be turbulent over the next six, eight months. But in the end, over time you have to view it as longterm, number one. But as you get closer to retirement, to our point, you can't be in that whirlwind of trying to chase those types of returns.

Mark: Now I think that's a great point. Well, I want to wrap this up here with our stages of retirement. So we went through 15, 10 and five. We also hit the big day of actual retirement. Of course the great thing about a podcast folks is, if you're listening to us and we tend to sometimes veer off target, kind of like we did just a second ago. But I think there were some good points in there. You can always go back and re-listen to it. You can pause, rewind, all those kinds of things and of course subscribe to the podcast so that you always get new episodes when they come out. You can listen to past episodes by going to yourplanningpros.com, that's yourplanningpros.com. But we've hit retirement. We went, I guess, like I said, 15, 10, five, the big day, we retire. That's it. Tony, we're done. There's nothing else to think about after you retire with a retirement plan on the day you retire. No.

Tony Mauro: I would say no [crosstalk 00:15:30] You could live anywhere from zero to 30 years from retirement, depending when you go and your longevity. So [crosstalk 00:15:38].

Mark: It should be a living document, it should flow and change with you through retirement. Now you need to think about post-retirement.

Tony Mauro: Yes. This is an important area, because again, a lot of retirees could spend 10 to 15, 20 years in this stage. Which is a long time and things change. I think a couple things they need to think about is a rising health costs and medical expenses and how that's going to affect their monthly cashflow, number one. But number two is, it's that real grim reaper that everybody thinks about and it isn't death. It's the dreaded nursing home. [crosstalk 00:16:14] about the possibility of ending up there, losing all your money. Everybody says that, nobody comes and says, well, maybe I should take this out of my name now and do this with it. I always ask them why? It's always because they are afraid that they're going to lose it if they go in a nursing home.

Tony Mauro: So I think there needs to be some planning around that really, that probably should have been done about 10, 15 years earlier. Not at this point, because generally there's not a ton of options there. But I think there's that. I think there's the fact of facing that there's going to be an end for all of us, making sure that your end and your legacy is carried out like you want it. I think the other thing is, trying to get your assets depending on where they're at, so they're transitioned to the next generation as smoothly as possible, and definitely the most efficient tax way possible. The optimized way, because there are some mistakes that people make, then their heirs end up paying more taxes than they should.

Mark: Yeah, definitely. Of course, you could see our episode, our podcast on... We just had not too long ago on some of that. We covered that topic. Of course the new elimination of the stretch IRA within the secure act also changes how you're going to try to leave money to your heirs in a tax efficient way and all that kind of stuff. So there's definitely a lot more planning that has to go involved. The idea of, again, stages of retirement planning. There's multiple stages you may find yourself in, whether you're in stage one and you're 15 years away like I am.

Mark: Or you're in stage two, you're 10 years away, or you're five years away, or you're getting close. Or even after retirement there's still planning that needs to be done to make sure that we're being as efficient and hopefully smooth as we can try to keep it. Anyway, that's the idea. There's always going to be something going on. But you want to try to keep it as smooth as we can through retirement, because God willing, you're not going to be retired for just a couple of years. You're going to be retired for many years, nowadays possibly 40.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, possibly.

Mark: It's pretty crazy when you think about that, versus our parents or our grandparents. So that's going to do it for our main show here on Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro. But before we go, I want to ask Tony something a little fun getting to know you. Since it is tax season and I know this gets to be your hectic time. What do you do to kind of chill out, remove some stress and work your way through this hectic busy month or two?

Tony Mauro: Sure. It is stressful, but I think everybody deals with stress and it is a more serious thing than I used to give it credit for. But now that I get a little older, I see people having some health problems and different things. So very mindful of it, not only during the day. But I'll tell you what I like to do, I do something at the start of the day and believe it or not, I actually pay for a journal that I actually kind of journal my day, what I'm going to try to accomplish?

Mark: Really? Okay.

Tony Mauro: What's going to make it a good day? Then of course try to get some exercise. For me that works, I have to actually pay for that. You think I could just write that down on my own, but I have that, I like it. So that's what I aspire to do. But to relieve my stress really, I like to get away and tune out. I'm not a big TV watcher, but I do like to read and I do like to do some yoga, because for me that's... I struggled so much with it just to maintain those little poses. [crosstalk 00:00:19:21].

Mark: It's tough, isn't it? Some of those are pretty complicated. I started doing that as well myself.,I had some back injuries. It's actually really helpful.

Tony Mauro: It is, but I'd say to people, you've got to find something that works for you. Don't think that stress isn't real, because I think it is definitely real.

Mark: No, it's absolutely, and it causes so many hidden things. I think we've gotten much better as a society and as a people understanding how stress affects us through the years versus, again, like even our parents or our grandparents. So certainly beneficial there. Good to hear that everybody takes a time or we should be taking the time to distress once in a while. Well folks, there you go. That's going to do it for this week, this episode on Plan With The Tax Man. If you have questions about what stage of retirement planning you might be in or you need some help getting through those stages, whether you've gotten this through an email blast from Tony or you've gone to the website, or you subscribe to it on whatever platform. We have Apple or Google or Spotify or Stitcher, definitely reach out and have a conversation with them.

Mark: They are Des Moines professional alternative at Tax Doctor Inc. You want to always talk with a professional about your specific situation before you take action. Because again, we're talking in generalities here on the podcast for a wide audience. So if you want to talk about the stage you might find yourself in, whether you're 15 years away or 10 years away or five years away, give them a call, get on the counter, have a chat at (844) 707-7381, that's (844) 707-7381 or go to yourplanningpros.com, that's your planning pros.com. Tony's been helping families in the area for more than 23 years. He's an EA and a CFP and my friend. Thanks for your time, buddy. I hope you have a great week.

Tony Mauro: All right, you take care. We'll talk to you next time.

Mark: We'll see you next time in a couple of weeks on more with Plan With The Tax Man, with Tony Mauro.

View Details

We talk all the time about how people need to give their dollars purpose or set goals for their retirement and even specifically for certain investments. But let’s dive deeper into what different goals look like for various folks approaching retirement. How do you determine if a goal is realistic or out of reach? We’ll tackle that conversation with plenty of examples on this episode.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody. Welcome into this edition of Plan With The Tax Man. We appreciate your time, as always, while we talk about investing, finance and retirement here on the podcast. Tony, my friend, how are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm great. Thank you for asking.

Speaker 1: Absolutely. You've been doing good? Had a good week?

Tony Mauro: A good week so far, a busy week.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: A lot of clients. One thing that we do this time of year is, we're so dependent on our computers. We got to make sure that they're always functioning properly.

Speaker 1: Oh yes, big fun.

Tony Mauro: Which is always a challenge.

Speaker 1: Mm-hmm (affirmative). I tell you what, and updates are the worst sometimes, aren't they?

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: You'll do an update, and it just messes all sorts of stuff up. I imagine. Yeah, doing so many taxes and financial prep, and all that stuff, you definitely got to make sure you're on track with all that good jazz. It'd typically be like to get into some financial chat here right off the bat, but this week we're going to switch it around a little bit and take an email question that has come into yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com, and it's from Miles. Where was Miles at? He's over in a Joaquin.

Tony Mauro: He's in Joaquin.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Miles says, "Hey Tony, I've worked with a couple of different financial advisors over the years, and I do like both of them. Do I need to pick just one? Or, is it okay to work with multiple people?"

Tony Mauro: Mm-hmm (affirmative). This question, I got to preface it by saying, this is a little bit self serving and I think most advisors are going to say the same thing.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: But, it is my opinion that you should pick one or the other. The reason for that is because, it's very difficult unless you, again, we talked about it last podcast, are trying to pit them against one another in performance, difficult to make sure everybody's on the same page.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: Again, without knowing how much you have and you're at the complexity, obviously there's exceptions, but for most, I think it's better to stick with one, make sure that they understand the entire financial situation, and that you're both on the same page. Now, some clients would think, well that's a little self-serving, because somebody wants to get paid either a larger fee or a larger commission. Generally, the fees are going to be the same, whether you work for two or with one, but I don't think that's-

Speaker 1: Right. Yeah, that doesn't... yeah.

Tony Mauro: All that relevant.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: But, I think it's a lot easier when you have a closer relationship with just one person at a time. Now, that doesn't mean you can't migrate to somebody else, but I generally, that's not a great idea.

Speaker 1: Well, and I think having two people, to your point, again I don't know the specifics of this Miles, but maybe one was helping you more through the accumulation phase and the other one you're starting to work with as you're getting closer to retirement, and they're just two different mindsets. Yeah, I mean having... I don't know, having two people in that situation definitely could be a little bit more convoluted than it needs to be, even if nothing else, because you just got to make sure that everybody stays in sync and all that good stuff. I do tend to hear a lot of advisors advise against that, just simply for, now again, the convolution of it all just gets a little too much. Maybe take a look, analyze what, I guess, pieces of each of the advisors. I guess, with the two guys, which one you feel is going to be the better fit moving forward into whatever stage of life you're in.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Sometimes that's a good place to look at that. Of course, you can always get a second opinion, or in this case, a third opinion. You can always just come in and talk with Tony, and have a chat as well. Thank you so much Miles for the question, we certainly appreciate it. Let's get into our main topic this week, and that is How To Set Financial And Retirement Goals. We talk all the time about different advice and different things that we're sharing with folks, when it comes to giving their dollars purpose, Tony. Let's go through just a few basics, here, of some things for folks to think about. Specific financial goals are different for everybody. We say that every week or every time we do the show, but are there some general ones that we all can adhere to, that you can give us?

Tony Mauro: Oh, there certainly is, yes. Even though everybody is different, I mean, at the end of the day when you talk about retirement, the first piece, I think, is, what is financial freedom? Or, the best case scenario for you? Determine that, number one. That, of course, is going to be different, but that's the number one question. Then number two is, you really need to understand your entire situation. What I mean by that, other than just what you have, and a couple of IRAs, you need to make sure that you're covered with insurance, whether it be life, disability, possibly longterm care. What you want to do at the end, is also important. I think people don't give that enough thought, they just meander through. They think, "Well, the end is going to take care of itself." A lot of times, that's not the case. Then I think last is, most people want the same thing, is, they want to know they're going to be okay, that their goals are going to be able to be achieved and worked through, little bit of that peace of mind.

Speaker 1: Yeah. No I think that's a good point cause we all have those general, I guess, things on our wishlist that we want to accomplish in our retirement plan, of course peace of mind, and financial independence is certainly one of those. I think when you talk about financial independence, you could easily say independence from needing help from the kids.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Or, being too reliant on anything from the government per se, Social Security. Hopefully, we're in a situation where Social Security is not the major component, it's just a factored in additional component to our retirement plan. But anyway, we'll stay with the goals here. How do you help somebody set those to their specific needs, Tony? What do you do when you're working with different people? Because again, they're all different.

Tony Mauro: They're all different. What we do is, after a little bit of a brainstorming session, generally, we use some software now. It used to be data sheets, now it's much more interactive, much easier for clients to use and have fun with. It'll do a lot of this at home with spouses and things, but really a lot of it is asking questions. General questions, just the easy stuff, such as, "How much do you think you want in retirement? What are your plans? Do you like to travel?" There's a lot of them. It's actually a lot of work, but hopefully fun work for the client, because we got to ask a lot of questions, so we can see what's important to them. That's where we have to start. We can't do it if we don't ask any questions. Just, the software makes it a lot easier now, and a lot more interactive versus just somebody handing somebody, like the old days, a big old, what appeared to be a book of paper, and you had to go through all this. People would get bored with it.

Speaker 1: Yeah, that's true. That's a good point. The questions certainly key. Really, it's not just you guys asking those questions, but we have, we as the other people on the other side of the table, have to be willing to answer those questions honestly too.

Tony Mauro: You do.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: I mean, you got to be able to take the time, sit down, and just dream a little bit.

Speaker 1: There you go.

Tony Mauro: It's not they require a lot of math or writing a big essay.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: Just try to think about what's good for you.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Obviously, if a married couple, being on the same page helps working through some of those. Many times you guys get to play as, quote unquote, marriage counselors as well, because sometimes [crosstalk 00:07:33] the folks get to the table, they started talking, and they haven't really maybe completely communicated with themselves as to what they want to do. What are some ideas or some things on realistic goals that people come in with? I think, obviously, this market has certainly probably helped spawn some potentially unrealistic goals.

Tony Mauro: Yes.

Speaker 1: Because, they're the ones like, "Yes, it's going to go forever."

Tony Mauro: Yeah, I mean that's a big one, right now, that we see across the board, but there are other things too. Some people are looking for just that single perfect investment. I get that a lot, and there is no such thing by the way. I mean, everything's got their advantages and disadvantages. The other thing though, especially with retirees on the back end, is they're really unrealistic with the sustainable withdrawal rate that they can use over their lifetime. We show them that visually. That if they're saying, "Well I want to have a withdrawal rate of 8%, 9%." For example, never touch their principal, we draw that out and say, "Based on what you have, you will be out of money at this age. Is that okay with you? Because if not, we may have to tame down your expectations there." That's a huge one. The other one, along the lines of that, is we'll get people coming in where they might be a little bit behind in saving for retirement, especially. They want to take too much risk, they get a little too ambitious, and trying to achieve too much gain too late.

Tony Mauro: I think that's a mistake, because it's good in this market, but boy if we don't have this market going, it could be a disaster. Then, it's too late to recover. That's another one. The growth without risk is, of course, always there.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: Everybody wants that, we'd have to tame that down a little bit. There is no such thing as that. It's amazing, again, I think this is bred by a lot of information out there.

Speaker 1: No, that's true, definitely we were certainly inundated with it on a daily basis. Now, I always think about just the amount. Well, I think it's something we heard just several years ago, but they were saying that we get more information now in a day than our grandparents or great grandparents got in the entire year. Maybe it was even an hour to versus a year. It's pretty crazy, whatever it is, but yeah, being careful of unrealistic goals, seeing these commercials where everybody's got a boat and going to Disney four times a year. That's possible maybe, but also just don't think that every day... Retirement's just like any other days in life, you're going to have up days, down days, all those kinds of things from a physical standpoint, from a financial standpoint. It's going to be a lot of those things. You want to make sure that you're having some realistic goals when you're planning your retirements with your advisor and talking those through. Now, how can you know or how can we know, maybe that's a better question, if a financial goal is realistic or achievable, Tony?

Tony Mauro: Well, I think one of the things you've got to basically ask yourself is, "Am I as prepared as I need to be for all scenarios?" I mean, an easy thing is, you can't rely on just everything always going well.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: You got to plan for things.

Speaker 1: Right. If everything's got to be perfect for it to happen, that might not be the best scenario, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah, might not be the best thing, because generally that doesn't happen, then there's a lot of heartache when that happens. It could be financially devastating as well.

Speaker 1: Sure.

Tony Mauro: Basically being able to take control of things, formulating a plan, that even if you just plot along at quote average, or a little better than average, that your scenario is going to work for you, that you're prepared if things don't go well. "What's plan B?" I would say that. Then, the last thing is not depending on just one particular investment or product, because it's not going to meet all your goals. I think you've got to be able and understand that it's the whole package that's going to help you meet your goal, not just one particular stock, a bond, or something like that. It's got to be a combination of things.

Speaker 1: Yeah, yeah. No, I think that's a good point, and I think that's a great place for us to end this week's podcast. Make sure that you're setting realistic goals that are achievable. Don't get too crazy in your lofty ideas. It's cool to shoot for the moon, but you want to make sure that you keep those grounded and have that conversation with your advisor, so that you aren't getting too far out of whack, and having that conversation on how to set and attain those financial and retirement goals. Of course, if you want to reach out to Tony and have that chat, get on the calendar, come in for a consultation. It's 844-707-7381. That's 844-707-7381. As always, go to yourplanningpros.com, send an email question to the show if you'd like, or just check them out online. You can also subscribe to the podcast through the website, as well as other outlets like Apple, Google, and Spotify, and just type in Plan With The Tax Man in the little search window on whatever platform of choice you use. You can find us that way, and you can always check them out. We certainly appreciate it.

Speaker 1: Tony, thanks for your time, my friend. I know you've got a busy day ahead. I'm going to let you rock and roll, but I always appreciate doing the podcast with you.

Tony Mauro: All right. Take care until we talk again.

Speaker 1: We'll see you soon here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro.

View Details

Most people like to think that they always make decisions based on logic and facts, but the truth is that emotions usually play a role for all of us in the decision-making process...

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey, everybody. Thanks for tuning in to this edition of Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro. As always, we appreciate your time here on our podcast while we talk about investing, finance, and retirement. What's up, Tony? How are you, bud?

Tony Mauro: I'm good. Cold here in the Midwest, and we're bracing for colder.

Speaker 1: Well, yeah, big fun. As February is winding down, it's about that time of the year. But you're also heating up because you got more and more going on with the tax side of things, right?

Tony Mauro:We do. Yeah. We're just getting into the throes of it, and everybody's starting to receive all of their info and are calling in for their appointments and asking a lot of questions. Yeah, so February, March, very busy for us on the tax prep/compliance side. Yeah.

Speaker 1: There's a big Wells Fargo component out there, so I wanted to ask you about this. Obviously, this deal with the CEO, John Stumpf, I guess... if I'm saying that right... where he's been barred from the banking industry and has to pay back almost $18 million in fines, due to some issues that had been going on. I wanted to get your take on that.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And I get asked that a lot from our tax clients who are our clients who happen to be Wells Fargo employees. And, of course, they're hearing it on the front lines. It was hard to miss it over the last couple of years. Everybody knows kind of what happened there with...

Speaker 1: Creating fake bank accounts.

Tony Mauro: They created some fake accounts at the retail banking level to make things look better than they were...

Speaker 1: Like sales quotas or something.

Tony Mauro: ... because they were under a lot of pressure.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony Mauro: And I've heard from employees there that, besides him basically being barred and getting out, a number of others as well. Of course, I feel for the employees because they take a lot of heat. But their clients, the public, are very upset about it...

Speaker 1: Sure. [crosstalk 00:01:50].

Tony Mauro: ... obviously. It gives them a black eye, so to speak. Taking a lot of bad press because of it, just because of that whole trust issue. [crosstalk 00:01:59]

Speaker 1: Right. Right.

Tony Mauro: ... down to. And I don't know. We tend to laugh about it, but it's a serious matter. But it does go on at these big companies, more than some things. And, unfortunately, this one kind of reared its head. And I'm not justifying it by any means. Managers in the branches probably thought they were doing what they needed to do. It sounds to me like there just was a breakdown in supervision and some things like that. Some checks and balances.

Speaker 1: Yeah, possibly. Yeah. Sometimes in these companies you just get directives from higher above, and you just kind of are doing what you're told or whatever the case is. And sometimes it's just not a matter of taking a minute to think it through and think, "Well, does this make any sense?" or whatever. And emotions can factor into those things because you want to keep your job, so you want to do the things that you're being asked to do, and...

Tony Mauro: Exactly.

Speaker 1: ... and so on, and so forth. So I thought we would spend a little time today talking about how to account for emotions in our financial plan. Not solely just this type of situation, but just kind of leading us into it. Because they do factor into everything we do, whether it's at our work, whether it's at home, whether it's in our financial decisions. Obviously, in this situation, for this gentleman, greed got in there, but what, typically, do you find are the most common emotions when you're sitting down to work with clients, or prospective clients, that drive their financial decisions? Is it usually the big two, which is fear and greed?

Tony Mauro: I think it's both of those, and I think we have too much news coming at us 24/7, and people get fixated on the latest and greatest. And I think that drives a lot of it, too. 20 years ago, 25 years ago, all of those channels that run 24/7 weren't really around.

Speaker 1: I know.

Tony Mauro: We have a lot of information at our fingertips, but I think people make their decisions based on how the market does in one day, and then they listen to CNN or somebody else giving their opinion.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And they want to change everything they're doing. And we try to advise them. That's not the best way to... obviously... to invest for the long term. But generally, I think, it's more fear. Lately, I think, it's more greed because everybody thinks that this market that we've had... for the last few years, especially... is going to always continue. And we're trying to temper it a little bit. It's just, "Let's stay the course here."

Speaker 1: Right. Well, is that the most common mistake? I was going to ask you. What are the big ones that you typically see? I use my brother a lot as an example, on shows that I'm hosting, because he's 61, and he is forever very skittish about, "Oh, is this the thing that's going to cause the market to finally fall?" Right now, obviously, it's the coronavirus thing, and he's like, "Oh, yeah, production is going to come to a halt and yada yada yada." So he's forever hopping back and forth. What are some other things you see people do?

Tony Mauro: I see a lot of people basically jumping into things that they don't know anything about, especially on some information they've gotten and... Not so much the retirees, but this would be the younger people.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: Instead of just sticking with their goals and systematically investing, I see a lot of them, right now, wanting to... They're point-blank asking me, "Well, what do you think I should invest in because everything's going up?" And I tell them, "Well, if I knew that, I wouldn't be still working here. I would have already done it and I'd been gone." So I think they take a real chance by doing that. And I think that's a mistake unless that's truly part of their goals.

Tony Mauro: Now, on the retirees, a little different. Retirees are constantly on that fence of, "Boy, I don't want to take any risk, but I'm not getting enough return. So maybe I'll dump a bunch of money into a high-yielding dividend-paying stock." And that may not be the best, either, so...

Speaker 1: Right, right. Okay, so, if we're definitely looking at our listening audience, which is typically pre-retirees and retirees, are there some times when it's appropriate to factor in the emotions into the decision making, knowing that it's probably going to happen anyway? Is there some that maybe make more sense than others, I guess?

Tony Mauro: I think so. I think fear... It would be the big one. I think you always have to understand that these markets go up and down, depending on what you're in. And it's got to be sensible for you, and you've got to be willing to accept the return based on the risk that you want to take, not what just the S&P 500 is doing. Because sometimes, I think, people think a little bit irrationally. And I try to tell them, "If you're basing our relationship on return, and return only, you're going to be sorely disappointed. But not only with me, I think. With any adviser." Because if you want the return of the S&P 500, for example, I can do that. We'll just go out and get you an index fund, but you're going to have to stomach what happens in that index fund over time.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: So we try to talk to them a little bit about some of that and the fact that maybe you don't need the best return. Maybe the risk you want to take, it's X. And I think that's the one that I would lean towards.

Speaker 1: I was also thinking... And tell me what you think on this. Sometimes, if we're thinking emotions and financial decision, the first thing that pops in my mind for a lot of retirees is the homestead. Maybe it makes logical or financial sense to downsize the home, but obviously an emotional factor goes into it if it's the home where you raised the kids. Right?

Tony Mauro: Right. Exactly.

Speaker 1: So sometimes you have to work people through those. So what do you do in those situations? Do you present the data and say, "Okay, here's what the math says, and now let's figure out a happy ground"? Because let's say one part of the family, maybe the wife, wants to stay in the house, and the husband wants to move. You've got to help them through that, too, right?

Tony Mauro: Yes, that's correct. Yeah. And a lot of times we'll work, especially with retirees, drawing up different plans and offering advice. And I do like to be visual, but I don't like to get real technical because most people aren't into the numbers like most finance people are.

Speaker 1: Sure. Right.

Tony Mauro: But-

Speaker 1: That's why we come to you guys.

Tony Mauro: I try to show them mathematically, and in simple terms, "Here's what, based on what you said you need and what you said you want... This can work, but you need to do it this way. And here's the pluses and minuses of doing it that way. And if you can live with that, then this is a great way to go. If not, then we have to change some things up a little bit so that you're comfortable on the emotional side." Because the last thing you want, especially in retirement, is to be worried about, "Oh, my gosh, I just saw the news today that something happened." The coronavirus.

Speaker 1: Right, right, yeah.

Tony Mauro: Whatever it might be. "And I'm all panicked about my future." That's not what we're about at all. So, it's definitely worth constructing a plan based on, I think, your emotional needs as well as... The math's got to work, at the end of the day, for-

Speaker 1: Right, right.

Tony Mauro: For everybody.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And that's kind of how I was going to finish this podcast off. I was going to say, "At the end of the day, I guess, you really do have to balance both sides of this coin," right?

Tony Mauro: You do.

Speaker 1: Of this equation. You've got to say, "Okay, what are the concerns you have emotionally?" And then, "Here's what the math says, and where can we strike that balance?" So I imagine the outcome of every plan has to take both of those things into account.

Tony Mauro: It does. Absolutely.

Speaker 1: All right, well, there you go. So we got to account for emotions in our financial planning because we're emotional creatures, right? It's just something we do, in all aspects and walks of life, and we can try to let something like math be kind of cold, hard data, but it's still going to creep in there. So we want to make sure that we're balancing both of those, being smart about the decisions we're trying to make, obviously, from a mathematical and from an emotional standpoint. And working with an adviser can certainly help you do that because they're going to be able to take some of that emotional component out. Because they're not, obviously, emotionally invested like we are. Right? So that's a way...

Tony Mauro: That's right.

Speaker 1: ... to look at that. Yeah. All right, well, so, if you've got questions or concerns, you want to get on the calendar with Tony, give him a call. Come in, have a conversation with him. It's going to be getting busy, so definitely reach out and let him know if you've get some tax questions. If you want to spend some time with the team at Tax Doctor Inc, let them know at (844) 707-7381. You may have gotten this a podcast through their email blast or a newsletter. Reach out. Let them know you want to come in and have a chat, maybe get on the calendar.

Speaker 1: You can also go to yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com. Tony's an EA and a CFP with 23 plus years in the experience... or experience in the industry. Excuse me. And, of course, you can always subscribe to our podcast to catch future episodes as well at that website, yourplanningpros.com or at various different outlets, like Apple, Google, Spotify, and so on.

Speaker 1: This has been Plan With the Tax Man with Tony Mauro. Tony, my friend, thanks so much. I'll let you get back to your busy day, and we'll talk soon.

Tony Mauro: All right, sounds good. Take care.

Speaker 1: All right, folks. We'll see you next time, right here on Plan With the Tax Man.

View Details

A lot of financial professionals say things that just aren’t true. And it’s not that they’re intentionally trying to mislead, it’s just that they’ve been trained to use certain talking points, which they might even believe to be true themselves. Let’s talk about the statements you should be cautious of if you hear them from a financial advisor.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody, welcome in to Playing With the Tax Man. Thanks so much for tuning into our podcast this week as we talk about investing, finance and retirement. As usual with Tony Mauro. Tony, buddy, what's going on? How are you?

Tony Mauro: Not too bad. Cold up here where I'm at right now.

Speaker 1: You a little chilly, just a bit?

Tony Mauro: A little chilly. Yes. Yes. It is winter in Iowa.

Speaker 1: That is true. It was 22 degrees this morning where I'm at, if that helps. So it was chilling.

Tony Mauro: That's not bad.

Speaker 1: Yeah, we don't do 22 too well down here.

Tony Mauro: That low for us, generally most of [inaudible 00:00:33] is about, I don't know, zero and below is when we start really complaining.

Speaker 1: No, I'm with you. I used to live in Michigan and the in the Chicago area for a long time when I was younger and I got tired of negative 12 and six feet of snow. So I certainly understand that. But yes, the power of the internet allows us to do this show and I get to host it from different places. And so you know, we can always jump on here and do our program, but yeah, very cool to always talk with Tony and have some fun with different things. Hopefully we impart some useful wisdom along the way and you pick out a useful nugget or two on the program.

Speaker 1: This week is kind of a funny title for our topic, the show notes here: "Lies We Learn in Broker School." I was like, that's kind of interesting one, so a lot of financial professionals say things, Tony, that just really aren't necessarily always accurate. We'll go with that and I don't know that it's even intentional trying to mislead. Sometimes there's a lot of training involved where you're just kind of, especially if you come through some of these big brokerage houses where you're just kind of sold on talking points and you just naturally gravitate to them.

Speaker 1: For example, I always start the show by saying we're going to talk about investing finance and retirement because it's what we talk about, but I've gotten into a groove and it rolls off the tongue really well. So the same kind of thing sometimes can happen and sometimes maybe just these brokers kind of believe this information themselves. So I got a collection of statements that I think folks should be cautious of if we hear these from some financial advisors or experts or whatever you want to call them from time to time. And I think we've all probably heard these, but I'm going to let you break them down as to why they might be a quote unquote lie we picked up in broker school.

Tony Mauro: Okay.

Speaker 1: All right. So when you see things on print or online or you hear "Well, we have experts who can accurately predict market movement to have you in the best investments." What do you think about that?

Tony Mauro: I think if people are telling you that, and I just battled this actually last week with a client of mine who's been with me for five years and he was out at a, I can't remember, some work function. Somebody cornered him and said, "Hey, you know you should come over here because you know we can promise you this much in return." And I just looked at him and said, if they're telling you that, and this goes for everybody, in my opinion, they're not telling you the truth because none of us can predict the market. The best minds in the world can't predict the market. They might be able to do a little bit better job, but I think people get confused with that and certainly I wouldn't fall for it. What you need to do is find somebody that's going to get you to your goals, whatever that is, with the least amount of risk involved.

Tony Mauro: And if they're promising you this return or that return, you better take a strong look at it because there's going to be a lot of risk you're taking and in good times, like we've had the last four or five years, anybody can basically pick something.

Speaker 1: We're all geniuses the last 10 years, right?

Tony Mauro: Yeah. It's going to be what happens when the market goes down per se. And we have another downturn, which you know, is at some point, again, nobody can really predict that with true accuracy, what's going to happen to your money then? And I think that's what you got to look at, focus more on.

Speaker 1: Okay. All right. So, and that one, I think a lot of us have definitely heard that and it's pretty funny that you actually had a pretty similar scenario just recently pop up. So a funny thing is we didn't even talk about that ahead of time. So just kind of random. And I think we've seen this one too, and we've heard this one. "Well, if you look at our past investment returns, you can see that we have a system that works well in all markets." And this one cracks me up because what's also the thing that everyone says, past performance does not indicate future results, but yet they'll still turn around and say this is the exact opposite thing.

Tony Mauro: They say that. And you know, nothing really works well in every market. Especially if you're heavily concentrated, which is why most advisors advise you might want to give up a little bit of return to be more diversified and have more of a consistent return because no asset class is going to work well in all markets. And if you look at it and what we talked about in our last show about having too much cash, cash doesn't work well right now because you're just not earning anything on it. If you really look at, you're losing money if you factor in taxes and inflation. So that's just totally, in my mind, an untrue statement. And I think the rebuttal or the solution for that is diversification. And then, of course, deciding with your advisor what return is good for you based on the risk, in yours, that you want to take in your situation.

Speaker 1: Right? Yeah. No, and I agree with you and to me it's kind of like, the funny thing about, you're talking about cash is not necessarily great right now or whatever, somebody will be like with a gold, and you'll see these commercials "Buy gold" and it's like, we want to buy them with your dollars. But the dollar is devaluing, so you should buy gold. And it's like, yeah, but you still want to get paid with money. You're not going to get paid with bread, are you?

Speaker 1: All right, so lies we learned at broker school. This one is actually, I think really, really common. And again, I think this is one that I don't necessarily think is intended to be necessarily false information. I think we just, I don't know if it's become urban legend or if it's just, I don't know what, but basically we all kind of feel as though it would make sense to say, "Well, our tax rate should be much lower in retirement than it is when we're working because we're quote unquote making less money." But that's definitely not always the case. Matter of fact, a lot of times it can be the same or even more.

Tony Mauro: It's quite the opposite today. I think that this is a true statement, but maybe just a little outdated because back when people were just retiring, had a little social security, a little bit of a pension, a little bit of savings and that was basically it. Versus today where more people are investing early, developing larger nest eggs and whatnot and continuing to work even though they're quote retired that, you add all that in and the taxability of social security. And some of that stuff that's never been taxed. You very well could be in a little bit higher bracket. It's sometimes not a lot higher. I've seen that too, where people retire, our tax clients, they retire. They're much better off than when they were working and they have to really plan for taxes just so they're not short.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And that's a good point and I think that's probably a fair statement is that, it definitely probably made sense once upon a time, but it just doesn't seem to be the case now. This is my final one and I love this one because somebody gave me a great response to this and it was like we definitely hear and we really haven't had a problem just yet because the market obviously overall has been trucking along pretty good. But if you want an example of this, go back to December of 18, right there around Christmas time, when the market had a huge fall, and of course it rebounded in January of 19 but for a bit there it had a pretty, what was it like the second or maybe even the single largest fall in a month I think in like 20 years, the December fall of 18 but you'll hear things like, "Well it's just a paper loss. Hang in there, you'll be fine." And that always kind of struck me as weird because isn't it all just paper loss or gain until you do something with it?

Tony Mauro: Until you do something with it, yes. However, if you hang in there and you'll be fine, I'd think that the next part of that sentence is until you're not fine. Because if you have a prolonged downturn, it's going to take you a long, long time to recover. And what I think people don't realize is if you, and I use this example a lot with clients, if you have a thousand dollar investment, you lose 10%, so you've lost $100 and your investment's worth 900 and if you've got your advisor saying, hang in there, you'll be fine. And he says, all we got to do is earn 10% next year, that's not true. You've actually got to earn 11.1% just to get back to even. And so the more you have that paper loss, the longer and or more return you're going to have to have to get back to even. And I think people discount that time period a lot, which is why you don't want to see huge paper losses even though, yes, they are just on paper. But you don't want to see that for prolonged periods because you may run out of time before you recoup.

Tony Mauro: Hopefully though, if you're working with an advisor, you've got a strategy in place that says, depending on your aggressiveness that we are, if certain things happen, we're out and we're going to something else and it's not a bad thing to realize a loss either. Some people say, well I want to hang in there. I don't want to take a loss. Like psychologically like you've been beaten and sometimes, you take a little loss, it's better and reinvest than a big loss.

Speaker 1: Well and a lot of times we'll have this conversation where people are like, the market continues to do well. Like we said, it's hitting all time highs seems like every other day, who would've thought we would've seen a jump from 28 into 29 in just basically a month of December of 19 and yet at the same time, depending on your time horizon and your age, you may still want to consider looking at that and saying, okay, from a paper loss standpoint or not, if we do have a downturn, I stand to lose X number of dollars.

Speaker 1: Maybe it is time to start doing the whole Vegas thing and taking a little off the table and preserving some of this. Again, time horizon based, based on your age, but certainly be worth having the conversation I should say. Because even if green gets a hold of you and says like, yeah, but what if it makes it to 30,000 on the DOW, well it's probably going to get to 30,000 but again, at the same time, are you being responsible with your risk allocation and your risk tolerance for whatever age you happen to be?

Tony Mauro: Yes. I mean there's no doubt about it and especially for the retiree crowd, you don't have time to make up losses, you know? And so there's no sense in, I always tell my retiree your crowd, forget about, I know you're inundated with news every in every device.

Tony Mauro: It's always in front of us, but you're not really worried about the returns on the market so much anymore. You're at the end game. Now it's important for you to keep generating income and preserve your principle.

Speaker 1: Yeah, absolutely. Well, that's our main topic this week folks. So again, a lot of times we hear these kinds of statements and they definitely have some ring of well that kind of makes sense but at the same time when you do a little bit more investigating, especially for some of these things, they're just probably not true. So always, always, always, always do your homework and do your own due diligence to make sure that you're not falling for some of these old tropes that happened to exist out there. And if you have questions or concerns is always, well you can tune into the podcast and hopefully we're going to shed some light on those for you.

Speaker 1: Tony is an EA and a CFP of 23 plus years in the industry and so a great resource for you to tap into here in the Des Moines area, central Iowa area really and you can go to yourplanningpros.com and send an email question to the show, learn more about Tony and what he does, and the team and all that good stuff. You can also subscribe to the podcast from there while you are on the site as well. So it's Google, Apple, iHeart, whatever. And if you're on one of those sites and you're checking out other podcasts and maybe you're subscribing to whatever new one that you're interested in about cooking or a book of the month or something like that, just type in Plan With the Tax Man and you can search that out and subscribe to it that way as well.

Speaker 1: All right Tony. So got a couple of emails questions. Actually I got one email question and I'm going to do something fun and a little getting to know you time here on the show. So let's see what Lisa's got for ya. Lisa, where was Lisa? Urban Dale and she says, "Tony, I would really like to meet a financial advisor, but my husband says we've been fine handling things on our own, our investments and so he doesn't really want to do this. Do you think it's okay to continue on without help?"

Tony Mauro: I would say you certainly could do it. It's out there and especially with today with the technology, you certainly can continue without any help. Do I advise it? Of course I'm a little biased because I am an advisor. I would say no or at least maybe pay for some advice to see if you are on the right track and maybe you can handle it yourself.

Tony Mauro: But what I find with most is generally they lack a complete type of plan. They lack the discipline to hold themselves accountable and to make the tough decisions and that's where the advisor's going to come in. It's not really about picking the right investments, it's about helping you get to your goals, and making sure that the plan is always there and it's being followed and somebody else to bounce things off of. You certainly though could choose your own investments from that plan if you see so fit. But I would definitely at least one time solicit some advice.

Speaker 1: We get these questions sort of in different formats from time to time. We don't know what your age is, Lisa, but I always say the same thing is that, and we even mentioned this earlier in this podcast, that just about everybody looks like a genius over the last 10 years for the most part because of the way the market has gone.

Speaker 1: But if you were accumulating, it's definitely easier in my opinion, but if you are talking about preservation and distribution for retirement, man, there is so many components. I didn't realize half of what there is until I started being a host of radio and podcast talking about this subject. There's a lot of moving parts.

Tony Mauro: There is a lot of moving parts. Yes. And a lot of different laws that could trip you up and even in the end potentially cost your errors a lot of money if things aren't done right. So I think you need a team, not only an advisor but your accountant and or attorney so you can make sure that you know you've got all the bases covered.

Speaker 1: Yeah, well and there's definitely a lot going on and actually coming up on a future podcast here, we're going to discuss some of the changes that actually happened for this year, so we'll get into some of those things as well.

Speaker 1: So yeah. Lisa, great question. As Tony mentioned, get him to come in and just have a conversation, do a one off where you pay for some advice for the session or whatever the case is and see how you feel from there. But getting a plan put together, certainly going to go a long way towards helping you I think achieve and attain your goals and you can always reach out to Tony at (844)707-7381 to talk with him. (844) 707-7381 and go to yourplanningpros.com.

Speaker 1: All right, my friend, a little getting to know you as we depart this week just to change it up, what's your day start like? Like, what's your routine for you to kind of get things rocking and rolling?

Tony Mauro: In the mornings?

Speaker 1: Sure. Yeah, let's go with that.

Tony Mauro: Well, I'm an early riser so I like to get up, and I never used to be, but I like to get up now and I like to try to get some exercise in and do a little light reading in the morning, and then get into work early. I don't know, I seem to just kind of flow better. I like to have that kind of dangling over me so I can feel like I can end my day a little earlier and go out and do other things. But I tend to, I used to be for years I would try to say, "Well, I'm going to do this, this and this after I get off work."

Tony Mauro: And then, for most of us, I don't know, you're kind of worn out when you get off. And then a lot of that times that stuff doesn't get done. So I like to exercise. I do some light reading, get a light breakfast in and then I like to get into work.

Speaker 1: Okay. All right.

Tony Mauro: So yeah, that's me.

Speaker 1: So you kind of wake up the body with the exercise and wake up the mind with the reading, huh?

Tony Mauro: Some light reading, you know, just something easy. I tend to not really focus on news too much because I think too much of it is negative. We get enough of that during the day. Just something positive to read, you know? And there's all kinds of little things you can do just for five, 10 minutes a day.

Speaker 1: Yeah, no, I'm with you there. Boy, reading the news every morning. Back in the day, you can get up and my dad would get the paper and he'd sit there and he'd read the paper and have a cup of coffee or whatever before he got his day rocking and rolling and it's like now man, it was probably even the same way then a little bit. But it just seems like now you're just asking to have your day start off on a bad note to me, because everything's doom and gloom constantly, so I'm with you. Something a little bit more uplifting or positive would be a good way to start the day. All right, well, there you go. That's our podcast for this week. You guys have yourself a great one. Tony, you have a good one as well. I'll see you in a couple of weeks here on the program and we'll talk more about that investing, finance and retirement strategies that we like to share here on Playing With the Tax Man.

View Details

Of course, we all want a healthy bank account. Having a good amount of dollars within easy grasp is helpful in the case of emergencies or for medium-sized purchases where you don’t want to have to liquidate assets. But is it counterproductive to have too much cash on hand? We’ll explore that idea and other pressing questions about the role that cash plays in financial and retirement planning.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody, welcome in to Plan With The Tax Man. Thanks for tuning into our podcast. As always, with Tony Mauro talking about all things investing, finance, retirement, taxes, all that good stuff here on the show. As always, we appreciate your time. And Tony, buddy, what's going on? How are you?

Tony Mauro: I'm good. Glad to be back from the holidays and getting busy.

Speaker 1: I know, yeah, it's been hectic already. So we are in, this is our first, technically, this is our first podcast of the new year. So obviously the new year kicked off a little heavy, a little busy. So lots to catch up on and get into. We've got several things we're going to talk about. But before we jump into our main topic, let me ask you a question. Speaking of the new year, IRS contribution limits changed.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: So let's discuss that real quick. $6,000 for any type of IRA, 7,000 to 50 and older. Correct? Is that right?

Tony Mauro: That is correct.

Speaker 1: What else have we got?

Tony Mauro: We've also increased the limits for the 401ks and some other retirement plans.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: They're doing a $500 increase. 19,500, and then if you're 50 plus, all the way up to 26,000. And they've also bumped up the contributions on the Seps and the Simples and even the HSA. So, I would encourage everybody to check with their financial advisor or their tax man or woman to see what those are. Because those are an important piece of hopefully what you're doing to save for retirement.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And it seems like they do this, what, about every other year it seems like we're touching on the fact that it's $500 bumps or so. Because I don't think it was last year, was it?

Tony Mauro: They didn't do much last year, but generally they're doing something every year, just bumping them up for probably just inflationary purposes.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: Which, like I say, for those of us that are at or near those limits, I always encourage people that if they can to, you bump yours up too.

Speaker 1: Right, right.

Tony Mauro: Bump up the limits. Yeah.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And a lot of times people feel like they're maybe behind the eight ball. I think we all get to let's say 50 and we're like, "Yeah, I probably should be putting more away." While it may not necessarily set you for retirement, let's say for the example of the 26,000 if you're 50 plus. I mean if you did that for the next 10 to 15 years, let's say from 50 to 65, that's a pretty good chunk of change you're able to put away.

Tony Mauro: True. It sure is. You take the 260 and then you add a little bit of some sort of reasonable rate of return to that. And yeah, by 65 it's going to be well worth your time and effort to do that. It, more than likely if it's invested properly, diversified and all that, it's going to be well worth more than the 260 that you started with. So. [Crosstalk 00:02:33].

Speaker 1: I mean, you're probably somewhere, what, 300 to maybe 450, maybe even a half a million dollars depending on how it's invested and how the markets do over that time obviously. But certainly half a million dollars goes a long way towards a healthy retirement.

Tony Mauro: It goes a long way.

Speaker 1: That's [crosstalk 00:02:47].

Tony Mauro: I tell you once I turned 50 you really start thinking about that more than you ever have. So.

Speaker 1: Very true. Very true. All right, so folks, again, the contribution limits have increased yet again. So, if you are not working with Tony and you're checking out the podcast, give him a call and see how he can help you out with getting yourself planned correctly for retirement. That's what he does at Tax Doctor Inc. Of course, he is an EA and a certified financial planner as well.

Speaker 1: All right, so let's get into our main topic on this first one here, our podcast today. And we are going to talk a little bit about good old cash. Good old Benjamins. You've got to like the Benjamins.

Tony Mauro: You've always got to like having a lot of cash. Most people wish they had more.

Speaker 1: Oh, very true. All right, so we all want a healthy bank account, right? We all feel that definitely. I mean I get it. And we all have like this, I don't know, it's like a magical number that somehow seems to exist in each person's head that they want to see in their savings account or in their... Whatever, right? Like, "Oh, I don't feel comfortable if I don't have X dollars." Or whatever the case might be. And of course, like you said, we always want more.

Speaker 1: But it can be counterproductive, especially again, from our standpoint here on the podcast, we're typically talking to retirees and pre-retirees. So, too much cash can get you in a little bit of trouble there because it's, not necessarily trouble, but it's just not being effective. It's not doing as much as you'd like it to do.

Speaker 1: So, with that in mind, what are some of the possible uses of cash that make it a good idea to have that sufficient amount on hand? And are we talking about simply an emergency fund, Tony? Are we talking about above that where we're just, it's basically just sitting there doing nothing.

Tony Mauro: Well, I think we're talking about above that. What I've seen in most people is the first thing they'll do is say, "Well, I do have a savings account." But it's just one account and that's supposed to cover their emergency fund when things break down in the house, their vacations, their Christmas fund. And so to me, I think it's more important to break off into separate accounts for every little thing. You should have your emergency fund in one account that should be funded for, if you are working, the emergency happens, you lose your job.

Speaker 1: Gotcha.

Tony Mauro: You've got to have living expenses for so long. But you should break up your "home repairs" fund, your travel fund, and then fund those just like you were in your own little mini business. So that way you know how much you've got to have in each of those every year, so that you don't have to stress out about when the dishwasher goes out or you want to take a vacation. Things like that.

Tony Mauro: So I think the more of those you have and can fund properly over time, you're going to be much less stressed about cash. Now above those things, I don't think you should have just another, say, 40, 50... I've seen people with as much as $100,000 sitting in a checking or savings because there's just no earnings on them.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And that's the counterproductive side, right? It's just basically you're losing money safely.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. You're losing money safely. And if you've got all those other things covered, you probably should move that into something that at least gets you a little bit of earnings. Even if it's a CD money market, some short term type of thing.

Speaker 1: Right. Yeah. I mean because when was the last time anybody had $100,000 emergency? I mean, I guess some people do depending on your lifestyle, but still. Yeah, that's not, I mean, and again, I get it. There's an emotional component to looking at it and going, "I just feel better seeing X number of dollars."

Speaker 1: So that begs the question then, how much is an appropriate amount to have? I know it varies from person to person. Is there, I don't know, is there... I know for emergency funds sometimes some people will say 6 months worth or 12 months worth of expenses should you lose your job or whatever. I don't know. What's your thoughts?

Tony Mauro: Well, my thoughts for emergency fund, it really runs along the general consensus with most planners is 3 to 6 months of your living expenses for an emergency fund. The key there though is that should only be for emergencies. We shouldn't be tapping that for vacations and my car breaks down. Because I think you should have a separate fund for that and that should be, everybody's different but 5, 7, $8,000 in that one, just to cover things that come up. Then beyond that, again, I'm a big different funds guy. I'm the old Dave Ramsey, the old envelope system. I like to have a fund for everything and a little bit gets allocated to each one and then I'm covered.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: But most people don't think like that but I try to get them to think like that. Because then that way once you have all that covered, you shouldn't really have a lot of cash on hand other than to pay your expenses and go out and I call it have fun with.

Speaker 1: Now I hear people say stuff like any other investment, no more than 5 or 10%. You'll hear things like that as well.

Tony Mauro: Right.

Speaker 1: Does that fall in that same line? Okay, so you've got your buckets for your different things, emergencies and whatnot. And then additionally, sitting in cash, let's be smart and not do more than 5% or so, because again, it's not working hard for you if you have much more than that. It's just sitting there.

Tony Mauro: That's right. I generally use between the 5 and 10 when we're doing planning. After, if we can get clients to use the different buckets and/or envelopes, then yeah, after that you've got enough to pay your bills every month. And you have a little bit of a cushion just in case. Then the rest should be working for you somehow.

Speaker 1: Okay. Well I'm going to jump to this last question here because I think the other one we've already answered. So for maybe a client or a potential client, Tony, that comes in and talks with you, who's gotten used to having a large amount. Let's say that $100,000 person we were just talking about. And you're trying to talk with them about, okay, this is just too much sitting there. What's a way they can invest more efficiently without necessarily giving themselves a heart attack because they're watching... Let's say they're jumping into the market right now, obviously when it's new highs every other day it seems like. What's some smart ways to maybe peel that ridiculously too much cash back? Any ideas there, something you can share with us?

Tony Mauro: Well, I would say the first thing is, of course, before you even put the money in, is decide on some conservative type of investment, if you will, just to get started. Of course, and everybody's different, it depends on their goals and their risk appetite and all that. But all that being aside and once you have that determined, really, I still like the old fashioned dollar cost averaging, so that depending on what you are going into, you're not just throwing $100,000, let's say into a bond fund for example.

Speaker 1: Right.

Tony Mauro: And then all of a sudden rates go up and the prices of the bond fund go down and then you can't figure out what happened. And that's, again, too much stress. We have all this stuff coming at us already every day. We don't need that. So that's what I recommend, is just going slow and especially in high markets, like you said, no reason to just jump on in.

Speaker 1: Well, it's, what is the adage, how do you eat an elephant? One bite at a time.

Tony Mauro: A little bite. Yes.

Speaker 1: Yeah. So same thing. If you do have way too much cash sitting there, don't just, and you're working with an advisor and they're deciding to do that, yeah, like you said, don't maybe just go ahead and just break it all down. Do things gradual too. Because that will help you deal with the stress or the would be "heart attack" of seeing it all go down. It's not necessarily going down, it's just going into different, hopefully, allocations and investment vehicles that are just going to make it work a little harder for you. Because I mean, interest rates are still, let's be honest, they're still pretty much garbage.

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: So, you're not getting anything at the bank, right?

Tony Mauro: No. You're not getting anything there. And we talk about, a lot about having it work for you, but at the same time preservation of principal, return of principal is, at least for most of our clients, is the number one goal.

Speaker 1: Right. Yeah, I was talking with somebody a while back and they were talking about, they look at their money as different types of... Well how did they word that? Kind of different groupings of the military, like the soldiers, if you will. And each soldier, each division of money has its job to go out and conquer, so on and so forth, and be effective in recruiting more soldiers. So making more money basically. Right?

Speaker 1: So you want to have jobs... Your money needs to have a job just like you have a job. What's its job, what's it doing and is it being effective in growing? And of course, some of that stuff's going to sit there. But again, if you have too much, you have what we call lazy money and you're just losing purchasing power and all that kind of stuff.

Speaker 1: So that's the idea of not getting too enamored with the Benjamins. We all like looking at him, that's for sure. But we want to make sure that we're being effective and not just having too much cash, and it's sitting around not doing us any good.

Speaker 1: So that was our main topic this week on the podcast with Tony. If you've got questions or concerns, as always, make sure you check them out online. You can go to yourplanningpros.com. That is yourplanningpros.com. Subscribe to this podcast while you're there at Google, Spotify, iHeart, Stitcher, lots of different platforms that you can choose from. We make it easy for you to hopefully share that as well as subscribe. And if you do have questions, always, always, always check with a qualified professional before you take any action. And you can call Tony if need be at 844-707-7381. That's 844-707-7381.

Speaker 1: All right, my friend, now I've got an email question here before I let you go this week from Beth in West Des Moines. And Beth says, "Tony, I could sell the house right now for a half million and I only owe a thousand, a hundred thousand, excuse me on that. So, and I'm 57 but I'm thinking about selling it, downsizing and then using that extra cash, roughly 400,000 or so to retire now. Is that a bad idea?

Tony Mauro: Well, I would say without knowing any more facts right off the top, yes. I wouldn't agree with that idea at all.

Speaker 1: Okay.

Tony Mauro: But there could be other extenuating circumstances. But off the top of my head, so you sell it for 500, you owe 100, so you're going to net 400,000. Granted, assuming she's lived there for two of the last five years, the gain's not going to be taxable. So throwing that aside, your first inkling is well, 400,000, that sounds pretty good. But at 57 there's a lot of life left [crosstalk 00:00:13:09]

Speaker 1: A lot of retiring years, yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, ahead of you. And even if you can put that money to work at let's say 4 or 5%, that's going to be depleted, assuming you live to 75, 80 years old, which is the norm these days. So, if it were me... And then we're not even addressing the fact that you've got to put some of that money maybe into another place, unless you go back into a mortgage, which I don't particularly like. So I don't know how much you'd even have there to even invest. It sounds good right off the top, but I think there's more to think about there and I would definitely get some advice on that.

Speaker 1: Yeah. And there's, I mean, granted she doesn't mention, we have no idea if she has any other savings set aside or retirement accounts, a 401k. We're assuming that maybe she probably does.

Tony Mauro: Right.

Speaker 1: So there's probably some other things in there. So definitely need some more information. And the one piece that I would definitely toss out there, Beth, as well as what are you going to do from a medical standpoint from 57 to 65?

Tony Mauro: Exactly. Exactly. I mean, if you're retiring from somewhere you can't get on Medicare, so you're going to have to-

Speaker 1: That's 8 years, man.

Tony Mauro: ... go out and purchase insurance.

Speaker 1: That's a long time. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: It's expensive and so you're going to have to take that into account. So again, you've got to plan all that out and take all that into account. And then if it's still a good idea, if you think it is, then you can make that decision with all the facts.

Speaker 1: Well, and Beth, you may already have answers to some of these, you just didn't share those with us. So based on this information, I would definitely say talk with your advisor and spend more time chatting about that. And look at all your numbers or reach out to Tony as well.

Speaker 1: And I was thinking about it, we mentioned the medical side, Tony, it's so funny now that things are so out of skew. Remember how it used to be that if you said, "Well, I'm going to have to do COBRA for a certain amount of time." You're like, "Oh my gosh, it's going to be so crazy expensive." Isn't it wild that COBRA is not the craziest option now because things are so out of control. Isn't that nuts?

Tony Mauro: It's crazy. I think, we still have to fix this-

Speaker 1: Oh no, for sure.

Tony Mauro: ... as a nation because it's just, it's out of control.

Speaker 1: Mm-hmm (affirmative). Yeah. I was looking at some stuff the other day and it was somebody was pointing out that COBRA's not the worst option. I was like, "Wow, who would've thought that?"

Tony Mauro: Yeah.

Speaker 1: So there you go. So Beth, all right, so check into those things. Definitely the medical side as well, because eight years is a long time to not have something in place.

Speaker 1: All right, so that's our show for this week. Thanks so much for tuning in to Plan With The Tax Man. As always, please, please, please subscribe to the podcast. We certainly would appreciate it. Share the message with someone who might benefit from that as well. That's just basically sharing the podcast with them and see if they can enjoy a little, a few nuggets of useful information that we do here from time to time on the podcast.

Speaker 1: And Tony, my friend, thanks so much. I'll catch you in a couple of weeks. I hope you have a good one.

Tony Mauro: All right, take care.

Speaker 1: We'll talk to you next time here on Plan With The Tax Man with Tony Mauro, Des Moines' professional alternative at Tax Doctor Inc. Don't forget to go to yourplanningpros.com. That's yourplanningpros.com.

View Details

Not everything goes smoothly in your financial life. We’ll look at some negative circumstances that many retirees and pre-retirees face and help you find the silver lining in the midst of tough situations.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Once again here on the podcast with Tony Mauro, as we're talking about investing, finance and retirement here on Plan with the Tax Man. And, Tony, hello. How are you, my friend?

Tony Mauro: I am fantastic. How about you today?

Speaker 1: I am doing pretty good hanging in there. We are in the midst of December. We are closing out on Christmas. Are you all set?

Tony Mauro: I'm not all set quite yet. I've still got a little bit of shopping to do, so I do have to get out and get it done. I'm hearing it from my wife that we need to wrap this up.

Speaker 1: Yep, yep. I'm with you. Well, at the time of this podcast taping, we're about 12 or 14, I guess, I want to do the math here, 12 days. Oh, I guess, we'd be the 12 days of Christmas now, so we can jump into that. And so in kind of sort of a roundabout way, our topic this week is actually going to be trying to find the silver lining, like holiday season, right? People like to use silver, gold or colors like that when they're decorating on their tree and so on and so forth. So we're going to try to find the silver lining, Tony, in some unfortunate financial situations. So try to put a positive, happy spin on some of these, okay?

Tony Mauro: All right.

Speaker 1: That's what we're going to do. But first, before we do that, I'm wanted to ... two email questions this week on the podcast. So if you'd like to submit your own email question, go to yourplanningpros.com, that is yourplanningpros.com, and we'll be happy to read it here on the show and let Tony answer it. Or you can just let him know you'd like to talk to him and not have it read. That's fine as well. Just let us know. Either way, we'll be happy to get it going for you. And our question, first one is from Ellie, and she says, "Tony, I'm a little worried because it seems like all my friends have more money saved for retirement than I do. Is that a bad sign?"

Tony Mauro: Yes. Well, and not yes to that question, but it depends. But I would tell Ellie, because we don't know her age here, I mean, it could be a a sign that you may need to make some changes and maybe need to ... if you feel like you're behind, first of all, I would say you can't compare yourself to others. That's tough to do.

Speaker 1: Right. I was going to say, that's a bad sign to me because you're just asking to set yourself up for something.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, because somebody always has more than you, and you can go right down the line, whether it's money, cars.

Speaker 1: Or they just live like they do, right? They can be further in debt than you are too.

Tony Mauro: Yeah, exactly. So but, I mean, if it's a concern for you, what I would do is I would talk to your advisor or you can reach out to us, and we could see based on where you're at and what you want to do, how good or bad shape you're in. But the good news is, is generally no matter where you're at, it's never too late to get started.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Well, if you're getting a little Freudian with this, and I don't know if that's the right term, but if she's saying that it seems like her friends have more than she does, Ellie, maybe you just feel like you don't have enough in general and you're just kind of using that as a way to kind of frame it. So, yeah, have the numbers ran. If you're not working with an advisor, then get with one and go in and have a conversation. You can usually get complimentary reviews. You talk with one, talk with two, whatever the case might be, and see where you stand. If you do have a plan in place, then have those numbers reran for you. And as Tony mentioned, you can always reach out to them if you'd like, at (844) 707-7381. But thank you for listening to the podcast and continue to do so, and feel free to share that with others who hopefully will benefit from it.

Speaker 1: All right. So let's get into our main topic. We're going to do one more email question on the other side of this. But first, like I said, let's talk about finding some silver lining. So I'm going to give you the situation, Tony. You see if you can give us one or two or three bullet points of a potential silver lining. So we'll start with early retirement, but in this case, maybe you're being sent out to retirement sooner than you wanted to.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And I mean, obviously people look at that as, "Oh, my goodness. This is a real negative. What am I going to do?"

Speaker 1: Right. Yeah, I'm not ready or whatever.

Tony Mauro: I read something about a month ago. For the first time, it was a great saying by a guy and he said ... and so I think you need to keep this in mind with all of this. I've been trying to use it in my own life since I found it out. And it said this, "Things in life don't happen to you. They happen for you." And if you really think about that, that's a powerful statement. And so we all, when bad things happen, want to generally feel sorry for ourselves. But there generally is a silver lining. Generally, it's happening, sometimes we can't control it, but there's a reason. And generally, you can find some good in it and maneuver in a different direction.

Tony Mauro: I think in the case, if they're forcing you into an early retirement, hopefully you're getting some money, possibly in a severance. Maybe you can find an opportunity to do something that you might enjoy more or maybe it has a better pay. Maybe it's time you strike it out on your own, or maybe it's just time to say, "You know what? If I'm near retirement, maybe I need to think about that a little bit." And then try to make plans. I mean, life changes, and if you've been planning along the way, it's a change, but it shouldn't be that devastating.

Speaker 1: Well, and I think that's a couple of good points that, A, you could have some money due from a severance, like you said. B, it could give you the opportunity to say, I really wanted to get into this or that, or whatever the case might be. I wanted to start my own business, or I wanted to whatever. And I think, finally, yeah, a lot of people do find themselves in that situation where if they're being forced into early retirement, you go get the numbers ran and sit down and put a plan together, and you might see, "Well, heck, I'm ready to retire now. And I didn't realize it." So definitely a silver lining there that's potential. Or you may find that you are just a little bit short or whatever the case is and then it gives you something to kind of work yourself towards. So that's the first one. So all right. Very good. How about this one, you're finding out that the life insurance premiums are going up? Give us some silver linings. Yeah.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. Nobody likes that, to pay more for basically the same. And life insurance and so does the case with longterm care insurance, generally, premiums are going up. Of course, they're never going to go down. And one thing you might check if that happens is, depending on when you bought the policy, there might be cheaper options nowadays, depending on what your needs are and whatnot. So it never hurts to take a look if you haven't looked in a while. The other one is the fact that maybe you're at the point in your life and you're just now realizing it, that I've had this policy forever. I really don't need the coverage anymore. Maybe I just decided to say I'm going to terminate the policy and just skip it all together. Or in the case sometimes of longterm care, and life insurance to a lesser extent, maybe you just say, "You know what? I understand costs are going up. I like this coverage, and I feel like I need it." And it's not normally the funnest thing they have to pay more. Like I said, but it's not all that bad either.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Okay. So there's a couple of silver linings there for insurance premiums. I think definitely some good ones there. You may find you don't need it. Of course, before you take action, please check with your advisor or qualified professional. Don't just cancel because you heard someone say, "Oh, you don't need it anymore." And, B, you may be able to get better coverage at a cheaper price. Lots of things to think about there. Okay, so how about this one, Tony? The company is doing away with the pension and you're moving to just ... they're giving you just a lump sum buyout.

Tony Mauro: Yeah. And that's easy one to really feel like, "Wow, this is not a good situation." And everybody wants that pension. But a lot of companies are moving that way simply because the old-fashioned pensions are very costly for them. But assuming that nothing's gone wrong with the pension, if they're offering you a lump sum buyout, you possibly obviously could take that lump sum and maybe create more income investing yourself and to create that income to replace that. And two is, now you've got total control. It can be a good and a bad, but you've got total control of the assets to basically kind of direct and invest and/or spend how you want, which adds to your flexibility in life. So it's not all bad, but I would seek some advice before you just take a big lump sum payout, plop it in your savings account and then start spending it.

Speaker 1: Yeah, I think that's probably pretty good advice. Yeah. Even though here at the holiday season it might be tempting, but definitely don't do it.

Tony Mauro: It's tempting, yes.

Speaker 1: All right, final one and then we'll get to wrapping this thing up here. Looking for the silver lining, Tony, in the fact that the company has been bought out and you've got a whole new team to get used to. Maybe you're getting closer to retirement and you're thinking, "Oh, man, I got to learn new managers or new protocols," or whatever the case might be. What's some silver linings here?

Tony Mauro: Well, I think this happens a lot, especially in the bigger companies, and I mean, so it's not as uncommon as it used to be. And some of the things, really, I would give it some time and say, "Hey, I'm going to try to get used to this. Let's see what they have to offer." Maybe it could be better than the old management. You might have options you didn't have before. I know some people, and it's a big thing in the workplace now, even with a small companies like mine, is flexibility in people's work schedules and being able to work from home possibly. And it could be some new benefits that weren't offered before. There could be, who knows, maybe different type of bonus structure type of thing. You also could be able to, maybe they're going to bring in their own retirement plan. Maybe you have more options there and more flexibility there. So I would give it a chance before you just jump ship.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Yeah. And I think that's kind of the idea is that look for the silver lining, folks, here at the end of the 2019. Look for that brass ring, if you will. We can change colors, I guess, from silver to brass. But either way, you get the idea. Look for something that's just a little bit more positive in what could maybe be a seemingly unfortunate financial situation. Hopefully there is a silver lining there for you and all that good stuff. So there you go. So hopefully you enjoyed that. And we're going to take one more question before we get out of here and let everybody enjoy the remainder of their holiday season. But this one is from Randall, and Randall says, "Tony, I'm in my mid-50s, I don't have much saved for retirement and all, but I do own my own business and I have had a really big year this year. Best I've had by far, so I'm going to have some big profits I can invest for retirement. Can you give me some places to start?

Tony Mauro: And I would tell Randall, if he hasn't already and if he's not working with an accountant and/or advisor, to definitely get some advice. But we hear this a lot from on our accounting side of the business. And what we hear generally is, "I don't need a retirement plan because I have my business. That's the big one. And I'm just going to plow all my money back into my business and this is going to take care of me forever." But that could be a big mistake depending on what kind of business it is. And the business, as soon as you stop doing the work, sometimes can't generate that income if you were the business itself. So I would say that be careful there, but it's nice that you're looking at, you had a good year and you're thinking about, "Hey, I need to take some of this profit and start investing for retirement."

Tony Mauro: And small business owners, there's a lot of plans available to utilize and stash this money away, either a pretax or post-tax using Roth type of contributions. So I always encourage the clients we work with on the accounting side, one of our number one tax savings goals is, why don't you have a retirement plan through the business, because they're so flexible for us. And so you want to get with somebody and learn the ins and outs and learn which one is best for you because they all have their pluses and minuses. But you really can use it to stash a lot of money away.

Speaker 1: All right. Well, great email question. Great podcast this week here on Plan with the Tax Man, with Tony Mauro. As always, do us a favor and subscribe to the podcast on Google or Apple or Spotify, whatever platform of choice that you use. You can find it on those sites by just searching out Plan with the Tax Man, or you can go to yourplanningpros.com, that's Tony's website. Check out Tax Doctor Inc there. Check out Tony and the team, a lot of good tools, tips and resources. And again, subscribe to our podcast. Get future episode updates as well as past episodes if you want to go back through those, and hopefully find a useful nugget or two that helps you along your path towards retirement. And of course, Tony's been doing this for quite a few years, over 23 years in the industry. He's an EA and a certified financial planner and a great resource for you at Tax Doctor Inc here in central Iowa.

Speaker 1: Give him a call if you do have any questions. Before you take any action, we always strongly suggest that please don't just run out and do something that you hear on any show, let alone just ours. Always check with a qualified professional about your specific situation. (844) 707-7381 is how you do that, (844) 707-7381. And, Tony, my friend, have yourself a fantastic Christmas. I hope our listeners do as well. And I hope everybody just enjoys and has a nice safe holiday.

Tony Mauro: You do the same.

Speaker 1: And we'll talk to you next time here on Plan with the Tax Man. So go get that shopping done. Don't be a last second person and be pulling your hair out.

Tony Mauro: That's right, like me.

Speaker 1: Because the traffic will be insane, and so will the people. So have yourself a great holiday, folks. We'll see you in 2020. Wow, that sounds weird. We'll see you in 2020 on Plan with the Tax Man.

View Details

Myths, rumors, and misunderstandings are pervasive in the world of Social Security. On this show, we’ll look to clear up the top 5 misunderstandings about Social Security.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

----more----

Transcript Of Today's Show:

Speaker 1: Hey everybody, welcome into another edition of Plan With The Tax Man. Thanks for checking out our podcast. As always with Tony and myself. Tony, what's going on buddy? How are you?

Tony: I'm good. How about you?

Speaker 1: Hanging in there? A little bloated. So this is our post Thanksgiving podcast. How are you doing? Did you have a good Turkey day? And.

Tony: We had a good Turkey day. It was relaxing as usual, try to eat, you know, these last couple years, trying to eat a little healthier, you know, and while still being able to enjoy it.

Speaker 1: But isn't this the one day like you really could not be healthy.

Tony: I know, I mean within moderation, you know, and we have been, my wife and I had been working on it hard these last couple of years, but I mean, you know, it's still enjoyable. We still eat and have a little wine and relax with family. Yeah.

Speaker 1: Very cool. The average person eats about the average American, I should say, eats about 4,500 calories on Thanksgiving day and that crazy.

Tony: I did not know that.

Speaker 1: Yeah. That's a little Turkey day trivia for you. Well anyway, we hope that everybody enjoyed their Thanksgiving, and if you're checking on our podcast, we appreciate that. And of course, you know the great thing about podcasts is you can check these out anytime. Maybe you're catching this one, you know, the week after, or maybe you're catching it several weeks after, who knows. But either way, we appreciate it as always. And if you've got any questions, need some help, make sure you go to yourplanningpros.com that's yourplanningpros.com.

Speaker 1: All right, so Tony, let's get into it this week. I got to ask you this. This is my little tidbit of, did you see this? I don't know if you want to call this a fun fact, a weird fact or what, but a man pretending to be an investment advisor in Nevada just got a cease and desist letter, I guess a few weeks back or whatever from the SEC. He basically is a baggage handler at the airport and we've been giving an investment advice to like a thousand people, like airline employees and whatnot and started charging them a fee. And of course that's when it becomes a no no. And so obviously that's fraud and yada yada yada. So I don't know, what do you think about something like that?

Tony: You know, I didn't see that, but that is a question I would have is how are those people, basically taking his advice but you know how it is around the water cooler, so to speak, employees share information or yeah, maybe he came off as a really knowing a lot. But yeah, I mean I guess the moral of that is obviously you certainly wouldn't want to pay and a fellow employee or anybody a fee unless you really thought that they were, either in the business of giving the advice and things like that. It's basically, you know, with the internet and there's so much info out there, some people are out there and they study and they read a lot. And then they all of a sudden they want to dispense a lot of advice. So you've got to be careful who you're listening to.

Speaker 1: Well I mean, I guess, I mean, if he's, you know, what he should have done, I guess if he was, you know, started off as a, you know, a friend, coworker, blah blah, blah, that's all fine and good if you're doing that. But when you start charging a fee is when it becomes, you know, that's when the sec starts paying attention and it's like if he had a good knack for it, go get the education right. Go get the license.

Tony: Exactly, go get the education and then you don't have to worry about, breaking any rules, charging the fees.

Speaker 1: Right, right.

Tony: Yeah.

Speaker 1: Then you're on the up and up. Yeah. It's pretty funny. Well, and of course now, Tony, you've been doing this for 23 years. You do have all the proper things. You're a certified financial planner. So yeah, I just thought that was interesting. I guess you can never underestimate people and they'll do some interesting things. All right, well, so on our addition here, let's go ahead and hit our main topic this week. I want to talk about just some simple misunderstandings with social security. I've got a top five here, call them myths, call them rumors, column misunderstandings call them just whatever, urban legend, I don't know, but whatever you want to call them. And I'm just going to have you give us a quick rundown on what you think as to these particular misunderstandings. OK.

Tony: Okay.

Speaker 1: Social security. It's broke, it's going broke, all that good stuff. What do you think? Is that a misunderstanding? Is that legit? What's your thoughts?

Tony: You know, we hear that all the time from clients and the prospective clients cause it's out there. A lot of people talk about it. It's not going broke. You know, it's had some financial setbacks, there's no doubt about it. And I think the latest statistics are, is that it will be out of money right around 2034 now that doesn't mean that everybody just stops getting benefits. Basically what that means, unless Congress changes some things is that I think the latest assessments, 70 you know, if you're getting social security at that time, instead of getting what you normally get, you'd only get about 79-80% of that. Now Congress more than likely we'll probably act to fix that. There's a number of things they can and trying to do.

Speaker 1: Yeah probably in 2033 probably like three months before.

Tony: Yeah right? It's always the last minute. You know, and so, you know, you're 15-16 years out. It's hard to say is I think it's important to a lot of people. I mean it's important to me. I mean I look out that far and by that time, I mean I won't be quite full retirement age, but you know, start to become more and more important and people start paying attention as they get a little closer to it. But the short answer is it's not broke yet.

Speaker 1: Yeah.

Tony: I don't think it will go broken. That's just my opinion. I think they will act and fix it somehow.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Man that just kind of hit me all of a sudden Tony, that's a little kind of heartbreaking. You're, you know, you're like, yeah, if you're 14-15 years out and I real quick I did the math and I'm like Oh I'm I'm 14 years away.

Tony: Right, right. So you, you start wondering, well gosh I really want to even hopefully you're not just dependent upon that. Of course, but it is there and there and if nothing else you can use it as a longevity kind of insurance.

Speaker 1: Right?

Tony: Yeah, it's important.

Speaker 1: Well I think a lot of folks definitely 55 and over probably even 50 and over are probably going to be fine the way it is, but certainly 15 under which I'm just barely under that threshold is going to probably see some changes. Who knows? We'll see. But I think the idea being is that if you are worried about it going broken, you are worried about 75% and if that's going to be enough based on the other things that you have, well then hopefully you have a plan in place and kind of address some of those things. If not, make sure you're talking with your advisor about that. Run those numbers and if you need a little help with that, of course you can always reach out to Tony here on the podcast and let him know @taxdrinc, he'll be happy to do that for you.

Speaker 1: Okay, so a couple of more misunderstandings on social security. This one's kind of a twofer. This is kind of like to a number two, part A and part B if you will. And it's the saying or the myth that social security starting as soon as you possibly can. Tony. Well, darn it, that's just the best option.

Tony: And then the next one probably waiting as long as I want to wait, you know? And basically, it's a personal decision at the end of the day and people ask us this all the time too. And most of the time we get asked, well I as soon as I turned 62 that's the first age you can take it. I want to go ahead and take it. We try to talk to him a little bit about, well you know, maybe that might not be best. Now in my opinion, that's generally best. Especially if you have maybe no other savings, you know, your life expectancy, you know, you don't have a lot of longevity in your family or maybe you've been hopefully not but diagnosed with something that you know, you really think you're not going to live that long. That might be a good idea.

Speaker 1: Sure. Yeah.

Tony: But most of the time, if you've got other means, delaying it at least until full retirement age, which is somewhere between, for most of us now, 65 and 67 is generally best because if you live, and we could do the math for you and actually do the calculation, but generally if you live till 75 76 by delaying it until your full retirement, you're going to be well ahead of the game.

Tony: And then anything after that is gravy because they do increase the benefit a little bit. So, you know, I say talk to somebody, talk to your advisor and pick out what's best for you because it's not just one or the other.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Well now you mentioned that, you know, changes a little bit. There's, I guess there's a Cola increase supposedly for 2020 right? Like 1.6%, which is not very much. And then of course also what you're talking about maybe is the break even point. Right? So running the numbers and seeing, you know, again, no one can tell exactly how long they're going to live, but it kind of gives you a rough idea as to say, well you have to make it to this age if you started at this point to make X number of dollars and so on and so forth. And that kind of helps factor that into, correct.

Tony: It does. Yeah. And at least people know that, okay, I know that and based on what I have and maybe I could use some of my savings to supplement until you know, later age to get that higher benefit and make that decision.

Speaker 1: So for example, if folks, if you're not tracking, so what we're saying is kind of if you turn it on at 62 and by age, I don't know, whatever it is, Tony, you tell me where it's at, but let's just say 80 you make X number of dollars. Or if you waited until 70 full retirement age, that would be X number of dollars at 80 you can kind of weigh out, or I guess what the break even point would be. So starting on 60 to probably take you longer to get to where it would be. But again, you have to live that long.

Tony: You have to live that long. And that's the big gamble. So speak. But you know, the way I look at it is, again, a little bit on a personal level is yes, we want the income and hopefully, I won't be dependent on it, I don't think I will be. Yeah. By any means. But it's nice to have, you know as that, I call it the longevity insurance, just in case you have to be one of those people that live into their late eighties, nineties and people are living longer and at least you can't outlive it and you that you want that higher income.

Speaker 1: Okay. So again, I know another misunderstanding is turning it on as soon as you can or waiting as long as you can is the best option. And it may be either one could be, but there also could be something to be said for a happy medium and also having those conversations to run those projections. And then of course, you know at the end of the day you are still kind of making a bit of a guess cause you're gambling on your life expectancy. So okay, so a couple more quick ones here and then we'll hop up out of here for our podcast. As I know people, if they are checking us out here shortly after Thanksgiving, they're probably bloated like I am. The Social Security Administration, those folks can help you choose the best strategies, claiming strategies for yourself. That's definitely a myth, isn't it?

Tony: I think that's a myth and nothing against the people that work at social security. I think that they've done a lot over the years. They've gotten their website a lot better. They've got a lot more tools out there. However, depending on who you're talking to, they're obviously they don't know your financial situation. And they're not going to get into that with you.

Speaker 1: That's the first and foremost.

Tony: I think that's the biggest drawback. So it's nothing against them and they don't know what they're talking about. They know their system and they can give you some facts, but you still got to take that and get some advice or calculate some of the things on your own as to what's best for you and your family and your situation. I would use them for fact gathering and then, talk to your advisor.

Speaker 1: Yeah. Now, I haven't actually been myself, but my understanding is it's a lot like the DMV.

Tony: A lot of times it is. My dad goes down and he comes back complaining all the time. You know, he's down there for four hours. And then he doesn't get an answer and then it's, you know, he's got to go down again and yeah. Ideas and, but you know, in their defense they're serving a lot of people. It's not easy. And they're doing it with limited funds. They at times, I've got a few friends that work higher up, they're not on the front lines, but you know, they just kind of tell me some of the stories. But overall, they do a pretty good job of getting benefits pay obviously. But yeah, for info and things.

Speaker 1: And just like you said, just from a time standpoint, I mean you think about how it is when you're at the DMV, they're typically not interested in answering a lot of extra questions. They kind of want to get to the, the situation at hand and get on through. And of course at the main point that you had, the areas obviously, hopefully the one that rings true with most people is that they don't know you and they don't know your situation. So it's not best to really ask them that. And of course they can't legally, tell you what to do anyway. All right, so final one here on our social security misunderstandings is this one's pretty common Tony, and that's that you don't have to pay taxes on those social security benefits.

Tony: Yeah, and that's the biggie. You know, from the tax angle for us, everybody's surprised. You do have to pay taxes if your income is over a certain level. So it, it's one of those, you know, it depends. But for most of us, I mean if, if social security is just your only income, then no, you don't have to pay any taxes on that. However, most of us have some sort of other income, whether it be from wages, other retirement plans, pensions, things like that. And there's a calculation that the tax code makes us do. And then if you make over a certain amount, it's not very much either. You do have to pay taxes on those benefits and everybody is always during tax season, kind of crying.

Tony: Yeah. You know, they've got a point, you know, I paid taxes on this money already. Now I've got to pay it again. I don't understand. You don't understand. It doesn't seem right, but unfortunately that's the law. So yes, you have to factor that in. Otherwise, you could end up short at tax time. So we do try to talk to people about maybe withholding taxes on their social security, like they would their wages so they just don't end up owing and have a surprise on April 15th.

Speaker 1: That would be good. That would not be good. But that would be good done to avoid that surprise. All right, well I think you know what, that's going to do it for our podcast this week. So pretty short and simple. And to the point if you've got some misunderstandings about social security and maybe one of those ones we discussed or maybe some other ones and you need a little help, you want to have a conversation, make sure that you always check with a qualified professional like Tony before you take any action, you can reach out to him. If you're not currently a client, you can reach out and let them know that you have some concerns or misunderstandings and they'll give you a hand as best they can at 844-707-7381, that's (844) 707-7381 if you have not yet done so, please go to yourplanningpros.com that is yourplanningpros.com and click on the podcast section of the page there.

Speaker 1: Make sure you subscribe to us on Google or Apple or Spotify or various other ones that are on there. Whatever platform of choice you like to use for podcasting, share it with friends or family whose somebody who might benefit from it. We give you a couple of little link options and ways to do that. So I mean you can tweet it or Facebook or whatever the case might be and we certainly appreciate it and hopefully you've got something useful out of this and you continue to enjoy our podcast. And if so, we'll reach out to Tony and let him know. We would certainly appreciate it.

Speaker 1: And Tony, my friend, thank you so much for your time this week. We going to try to hit one more here before the holiday. The big holiday is upon us. Yeah, but I hope you have a good weekend. I'll talk to you soon.

Tony: All right, we'll talk to you later.

Speaker 1: Thank you so much for your time here on playing with the tax man with Tony Mauro, Des Moines professional alternative @taxdoctorinc, we'll see you next time.

View Details

Simple mistakes can sometimes lead to larger regrets in retirement. On today’s show, we’ll explore some of the things you can do to avoid living with regret in retirement.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

View Details

If the variables were the same for everybody, retirement planning would be much simpler. But the fact that everybody is different is what makes it fun. On today’s show, we’ll explain why answers to some of retirement’s critical questions vary from person to person.

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

View Details

The last decade of your working life is a very important one from a retirement planning perspective. Let’s talk about some of the things you want to be sure you address during that 10-year period...

Important Links

Website: http://www.yourplanningpros.com

Call: 844-707-7381

View Details

Even for people who have been very responsible with their money over the years, entering retirement can still be a challenge because it’s such a different stage of life. Let’s talk about some of the missteps that even responsible savers can make...

View Details

Today’s episode is simple. We’ll look at some of the most widely believed financial myths and try to bust them wide open. The scary thing is that a lot of people base their financial plans on some of these myths. Don’t be like that.

View Details

Very often we see a broker or advisor who’s doing a less than stellar job, but folks continue to work with him or her simply because they feel that he or she is a nice guy/gal. Let’s talk about the ridiculousness of actual statements we’ve heard from clients and why it’s important for people to get help and advice that they really need, instead of just maintaining a relationship for strictly personal reasons.

View Details

Some people (in fact, probably most people) find it easy to procrastinate when it comes to financial planning issues. But let’s talk about some scenarios that might cause people to have a bit more sense of urgency.

View Details

Your 401k can be your most powerful retirement savings tool. But it’s not perfect. Let’s talk about some of the weaknesses that you should be aware of in your 401k (or 403b...or TSP...or 457 plan).

View Details

This topic is simple. Things related to your money, finances, and retirement that should get way more attention and excitement. Let’s give them the love they deserve on this episode.

View Details

Sometimes things get pushed or catch a lot of buzz in the financial landscape and they just aren’t all they’re cracked up to be. Let’s explore some of the things that might be sold to you as the greatest thing since sliced bread, but in reality it’s probably way too much focus and attention being paid to them.

View Details

The realities of retirement planning are different than they were even a decade ago. Let’s talk about some of the realities that affect how you need to plan...

View Details

Let’s discuss a few examples where following conventional wisdom might lead you astray.

View Details

When it comes to financial planning, everybody has some kind of pain point. Those pain points are different for each person, but everyone has something that bothers them. Tony tells us about some times where he's helped clients through these frustrating areas.

View Details

Most people have a junk drawer at home. It usually contains things like rubber bands, clothespins, highlighters, glue sticks, a tape measure, a label maker, and a pair of scissors. But most people have a financial junk drawer too. Let’s talk about some of the things that end up there and how they might be put to better use.